‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitic felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.

Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—

LINNZUS.

Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir

qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent

toutes ses opérations.”—BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767.

rie et Ace sei waite) suets whe BY ITen One

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

> Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL. XIII.

[SECOND SERIES.]

NUMBER LXXIil.

I. On the Structure of the Echmoderms. By JoHANNES MULLER.

II. On a new species of Tanager in the British Marcem, By

ER RPE SCLA TER, M.A} c.. .ncccencanacuescanacauqqshenesstons see

III. Descriptions of new or little-known species of Reptiles col-

lected in Ceylon. By E. F. Kexaarrt, M.D., F.L.S. &e. «...2....00

IV. Note on Spadiz purpurea, Gosse. By Professor EDWARD

Forses, F-.R.S. &c. ......... Kem POR» Ca aE oh eee PEEL sp KERR AD he

V. Descriptions and Illustrations of new speeies of Verrucaria and

Sagedia found about Torquay, Devonshire. By RicHarp DEAKIN,

PIE EOUIE PURER.) onc nn oncloncsacyantavessnbsoe+a4os cnnBianehstges

VI. Account of a MS. of Laurence Theodore Gronov lately pur-

chased for the British Museum, with a Collection of Dry Fish which

it describes. By Jonn Epwarp Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. ...

VII. A Catalogue of the Species of Ants found in Southern India.

By T. C. Jerpon, Esq., Assistant —— Madras Medical Esta-

blishment .......... RevebVhduact ccavecsys. vests ssscssccenbebunsccedosaqe abesecaae

New Books :—The Palm Trees of the Amazon and their Uses, by

A. R. Wallace.—The Botanist’s Word-Book: an Etymological

and Explanatory Vocabulary of the Terms employed in the Sci-

ence of Botany, by G. Macdonald and J. Allan.—A Narrative of

Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro, with an Account of the

Natiye Tribes and Observations on the Climate, Geology, and

Natural History of the Amazon Valley, by A. R. Wallace ... 56—58

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin-

burgh ; Royal Society of Edinburgh ......... .....seccsceeeeeeees 58—72

On the Anatomy of Terebratula australis, by M. P. Gratiolet ; On the

Teeth of Peronia and Otina, by Dr. J. E. Gray; Habits of

iv CONTEN'S.

é P Page

Birds; On a species of African Ant, by Dr. L. Imhoff; On a

New Muscle-element in the Thoracic Muscles of Insects, by

Dr. Burnett ; Desmarestia pinnatinervia, Mont., by the Rey. M.

_ J. Berkeley, M.A.; On Oligoneuria rhenana, by Dr. L. Imhoff ;

Meteorological Observations and Table ...........cssceceeeseseees 72—80

NUMBER LXXIV.

VIII. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. A.

LerenTon, B.A., F.B.S.E. (With four Plates.) .........cccececeeseeees 8]

IX. Characters of a new European Pupa, and of a new Australian

Bulimus. . By W. H. BENSON, Esq. ...0éscccssccosssesesestnawesoess sche 97

X. A Catalogue of the Species of Ants found in Southern India.

» By T. C. Jerpon, Esq., Assistant Surgeon, Madras Medical Esta-

Dlg ee shis occ cscs katana inst nes cpaaeen tes soeiagacsosetinetnn eegeuis a , 100

XI. Note on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. By Joun Han-

OOCK, Bags ivcevesdudecwsieteivee vince scebsvondueneys sbbusneesssseueetta eae hens Uae 110

XII. On the Structure of the Echinoderms. By JoHANNES

MULLER HERO R OORT RHEE OE EH ETOH EEE EE TH ee BOOST DHSS ESSE ESEEEE EH ee esas OOo reesee 112

XIII. Notes on the Ornithology of. Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Ep¢ar Leopoip Layarp,

FZ Big: CM BaBei6. a nsniede dines hen candvonvei Capea ele eee 123

XIV. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Struc-

ture of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By THomas

Wyhnrg mss M.D, Londdss iis tunics: scdaseinceisdnecies cdadae Me dle Rens deus «oh 131

XV. Catalogue of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. By E. F. Krnaarr,

WED, ReTaSs Gen oes secvedssscucdevesccoeessevescseo0shs5en tut aaaneennnnSED 137

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ........... ssaesaeeecesenens jedleverssees 140

Note on the Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda), by M. de Lafresnaye ;

New Observations on the Development of the Intestinal Worms,

by Prof. Van Beneden; Further Observations on the Animal

Substance analogous to Vegetable Cellulose, by M. Virchow;

Meteorological Observations and Table. ...... davvciibgsbieds 157—160

NUMBER LXXV.

XVI. Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire :—A

description, with Figures, of some new species of Echinodermata

from the Lias and Oolites. By THomas Wricut, M.D. &e. (With

ChrOe PIAGES:) 5. tissssssaiacssacsos savbacessesscbecaeeutpaeianyeneyeanm Bakeasu css) 161

XVII. Descriptions of some newly discovered species of Araneidea.

By JoHN BLACKWALL, F.L.S. ..s.scseseeseeeese doe sushicnv eA Chania mee 173

a a es

-“

CONTENTS. gieres Vv

. Page

XVIII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

‘Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By

Tuomas Wiiuiams, M.D. Lond. (With two Plates.) ......... sbeet 180

XIX. Description of a new genus and species of Seal (Heliophoca

Atlantica) from Madeira. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e. 200-

XX. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. A.

I: ARS BIL Been ova. tre as vendabendousscQpwatids sussncRbanenee 202

XXI. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Leopoip Layarp,

REM: <occndesecdsossaeqdeohesecse Spabeatains Paseo Scnap agievsanssss ses 212

New Books :—Symbole ad Monographiam Marseniadarum, Auctore

Rudolph Bergh ...ss-ssccssesseeeesersnees bi Sisavess mores tant} a |

Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society; Botanical

Society of Edinburgh (2.2.0 ..cc.00. cece scascocesecsteccase raakee 219—236

On Seymnus glacialis (Lemargus borealis, Mill. & Henle) and its Pa-

rasites, by P. J. Van Beneden; On the genus Latia, by Dr. J.

E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; The Anglesey Morris, Leptocephalus Mor-

risii, by C. W. Peach; Figured Pearls of the Chinese, by Dr. J.

E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; On a Migration of Dragon-flies, by M. C.

Morren; Meteorological Observations and Table ............ 236—240

NUMBER LXXVI.

XXII. On the Structure of the Echinoderms. By JoHANNES

XXIII. Description of a new species of Closterium (Closterium

Griffith). By the Rev. M. J. Berxevey, M.A., F.L.S. (With a

REM Jor RN des E Stic Je cbacducdsseseat ds tucpdaessisduvsdnsddebevensWeloinasvt dlbens 256

XXIV. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By EpGar Leopoip Layarp,

Bes MATES: Bees iiciww eld sine swekseeteieewensaveevetcnesrsceshedevescass 257

XXV. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. A.

SCRIPT ON DSc Asg Pe laa Saad cbcdeccsdcéccncdtdanvethdedecadctusscavebdecdies 264

XXVI. A Reply to two Statements published by the Palzontogra-

phical Society, in their volume for 1852; one appearing to accuse the

University of Cambridge of illiberality in the administration of its

Museum ; the other reflecting on Professor M‘Coy. By the Rev. Pro-

erpamtcne. MR ETN, Bee... ci vcessanccsnuasenien ees ue 280

XXVII. Notice of the discovery of Desmarestia Dresnayi on the

coast of Ireland. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &c. (With a Plate.) 292

v1. CONTENTS.

- Page

XXVIII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By

Tuomas WiuuiaMs, M.D. Lond. (With two Plates.) .-...e-seccsees 294

XXIX. Contributions to the Palzontology of Gloucestershire :—A

description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata

from the Lias and Oolites. By THomas Wricut, M.D. &e. ......... 312

New Books :—Botanical Letters to a Friend, by Dr. F. Unger.—Sy-

nopsis des Caloptérygines, par M. E. de Selys-Longchamps. 324—327

Proceedings of the Royal Institution ; Zoological Society ; Botanical

SOHIOLY GE SOODODOTON 0455s ssecanscactssustscussdsesnecaccelaiines 327—344

Note on the Vegetation of Mount Argus in Cappadocia, by M. P.

de Tchihatcheff; On certain Statements contained in Dr, T. Wil-

liams’s papers on the Respiratory Organs of the Articulata, by

George Newport, F.R.S. ; On the genera Volutella and Cymbiola,

by Dr. J. E. Gray ; Observations on Notamia bursaria, by G. H.

Kingsley, M.D.; Description of a new species of Helix from Van

Diemen’s Land, by Lovell Reeve, F.L.S. &c.; On the Colours

of Plants, by M. Martens; Meteorological Observations and

Table Ee: Seba vicevke Seesgbasntarseotate ssn teak eotess gies sedaes 344—352

NUMBER LXXVIL.

xx A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bucconide. By Pui.ip

LuTLEY SCLATER, MLA... FiZ.8 2) cisieccec cles sc cosenes vac enbes cage naununada 353

XXXI. Observations on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. By Capt.

Rosert C. Tyrer, of the 38th Regiment Bengal Light Infantry... 365

XXXII. Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire :—

A description, with Figures, of some new species of Echinodermata

from the Lias and Oolites. By THomas Wricurt, M.D. &c. ......... 376

XXXIII. Observations on “ Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some State-°

ments reflecting on the University of Cambridge.” By J. S. Bowrr-

et FORT ou. . ougeavecnenegeionsvisbesesioe ies ibe apolar ae 384

XXXIV. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W.

AP TIRIGHTON, BiAss, Heist kus. osaccuenacescncesdteistheceesghetarrMerteds 387

XXXV. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rey. M. J. BerKE.Ley,

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With two Plates.) ......... 396

XXXVI. Descriptions of new species of Ceylon Reptiles. By

Dr. KELAART oeccccccccocees bn CRRA jake eR ER. ase omer 407

XXXVII. A Revision of the Arrangement of the Families of

Bivalve Shells (Conchifera). By Joun Epwarp Gray, Ph.D.,

FR.S.; V.P.Z.S.' 80. oes cee covesvecsegsies se getvesceWsedbescsvecndatesunbnonts 408

CONTENTS. vil

5: Page

XXXVIII. On the Reproduction of a lost part of an Operculum,

and of its probable Restoration when entirely destroyed. By Joun

Enwanpv Garay, Ph.D., FR-S., V.P.Z.S.- Se... 0.5. cccescscvecsccsnesscocs 419

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society ..........cceesceseseeeeeeeeeeees 421—430

Note on Runcina Hancocki, by Dr. J. E. Gray ; On the Coloration of

the Waters of the Chinese Sea, by M. Camille Dareste ; Meteo-

rological Observations and Table ......sceccsseceseseeseeceetes 430—432

NUMBER LXXVIII.

XXXIX. On some new Genera and Species of Fossil Fishes. By

Sir Poitie Grey Ecerton, Bart., F.R.S. &e. (2... . ce eeees ese cceeee 433

XL. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. A.

aru ER GS ONT: Eb S5, BCs: by cana suis aoncnd ds cbecve citys vnecepescdcscnnsdoadce 436

XLI. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Leopotp Layarp,

SMe Maty APUMRONS, SEC. 50... cecosesncecancnsoveranansens RAMU ass 250 dekh ake 446

XLII. Description of a new Helix from Montpellier, and a new

Hydrobia from Nice, with Observations on some varieties of the

Extra-marine Shells of those districts. By JoHn Paaert, Esq. ...... 454

XLII. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxeey,

ee eee, and ©. Ke. DROOME, FAQ. j...52.....cccdesccsescedeceecenes » 458

XLIV. A Reply to Prof. Sedgwick’s Article published in the Annals

and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd Series, No. 76, April 1854. By

IR MEISUUEMIIG coc cconae. ox cas cgucthavhcensciscrscoutcebensccccece se 469

XLV. A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bucconide. By Pui.ip

Pere OCB ATER, MOA. TS. rics. coiclaacesescesdesecteccccscccccéccnys 474

XLVI. On the Anatomy of the Giraffe (Camelopardalis giraffa,

Limn.). By T. Spencer Cospso.p, M.D., Conservator of the Ana-

tomical Museum, University of Edinburgh ...................ceeeceseesees 484

XLVII. On the Growth of Sea-Weeds. By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S. 488

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Royal Society; Botanical So-

NRO MATIN vegeta coc ance s50sks ccd sersisecect sane. 491—504

Bellia arenaria, by C. Spence Bate ; Mr. Bowerbank and Prof. Sedg-

wick; On the Habits of the Mungoos (Herpestes griseus), by

Lieut. Pegus; Viola lactea, by C. C. Lucas; On some Varieties

of Land Shells from the South of France, by J. Paget;

Scherer’s Collection of Lichens; Meteorological Observations

SMINNEE cent sas tneininness Sninst pi cirashs thts sc ac ia saisesedaouseeui 504—507

PLATES IN VOL. XIII.

_ Puarte I.

a New species of Verrucaria and Sagedia.

IV.

Vv.

Vir, { British Graphidew. :

VIII.

2 } Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration in Invertebrate Animals.

xa,

ALL } New British Echinodermata,

XIII. °

XIV. Desmarestia Dresnayi.—Closterium Griffithii..

een } New British Fungi, |

XVII.

XVIIL. } Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration in Invertebrate Animals.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.}

66 seccennsneccecese per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circm vitreos considite fontes :

a Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite fiores :

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

— ode rupibus, et a conchas

erte, Dez i, et pingui conchylia succo.”

aes N. Parthenii Giannetiasii Ecl. 1.

No. 73. JANUARY 1854.

I.—On the Structure of the Echinoderms.

By Jouannes Miier*.

[With a Plate.]

IN addition to their radial form and division, the Echinoderms

are essentially characterized by the calcification of their perisoma

and of many internal parts, by their peculiar metamorphoses,

and especially by their ambulacral organs, feet or suckers, which

may be distended by means of a peculiar system of internally

ciliated canals.

The larve of the Echinoderms are bilaterally symmetrical,

and present no trace of a radial arrangement ; when impelled by

their cilia, it is always one end which is directed forwards. The

radial arrangement is met with only in the adult Echinoderm

forms, and even they always present more or less obvious traces

of a bilateral symmetry. In those Holothurie which creep upon

an ‘ambulatory region’ (Sohle) and in the irregular Echinide,

the bilaterality is at once obvious. But all Echinoderms do not

constantly creep on the same surface, or in other words, possess

* Read before the Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, May 26, 1853.

Translated and communicated by Thomas Huxley, F.R.S.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 1

2 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. |

an ambulatory region ; many Holothuria having nothing of the

kind. The ambulatory region, or the surface turned towards the

ground, sometimes includes an equal portion of all the radii or

ambulacra, so that the mouth, which is situated in the midst of

them, occupies its centre, as in the regular Hchini and in the

Asteride, or the mouth is placed at the end, and the ambulatory

region, as in those Holothuriade which possess one, is not con-

stituted by all the radii, but is formed by only three out of

the five ambulacra. The abdominal and dorsal surfaces there-

fore are not constant in relation to the radial form. The inquiry

into the bilateral symmetry of a radial form becomes, partly from

this reason and partly from the predominating radial symmetry

of the regular forms, exceedingly complicated, and it is even

necessary to avail ourselves of the instinct manifested by the

Echinoderms in their movements.

All the forms provided with one, exhibit the most distinct in-

stinctive impulse to direct the ambulatory region, however con-

stituted, whether the mouth be placed in its centre or at one end,

towards the ground, and if laid upon their backs they endeavour

to turn round as an insect would do under like circumstances.

Even the radiated rudiment of the Echinoderm, in the larva,

behaves in this way as soon as the first ambulacral feet have

made their appearance. The primitive rudiment of the Echinus

or of the Starfish, dragging its larval framework about with it,

opposes by the movement of its suckers every position in which

they are not directed towards the containing glass, and thus

endeavours to reinstate itself in its natural ambulatory posture.

It is undoubtedly no part of the instinctive tendencies of the

animal to turn its ambulatory or abdominal side in accordance

with gravitation : for insects run upon the under side of fixed

surfaces when they are able to adhere to them, and the Echinide

creep actively up perpendicular surfaces by the aid of their

suckers ; the instinct of these animals, it may rather be said, di-

rects them to turn the ambulatory portion of their ambulacra to

whatever firm supports present themselves.

The regular forms, whose ambulatory region includes equal

portions of all the radii and whose mouth lies in its centre, as

the regular Echinide, the Asteride, and Ophiuride, do not creep

in any particular direction, with one radius constantly anterior,

but it is sometimes one, sometimes ‘the other radius or inter-

radius which is directed forwards as the animal progresses.

What Tiedemann says about the Asteride holds equally good of

the Ophiuride and Echinide. These animals move exactly as if

they were not aware of any difference between back and front,

although they distinguish the ventral from the dorsal sides in

the most marked manner. The very young Holothuria with

re ee SSeS eee Se a

ee ee

~ ile ke 25 iis :

Se ee

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 3

position of an Echinus with its mouth directed downwards and

its body upwards, it adheres by the oral suckers and stretches

them about in various oma When, cata aa

ventral sucker emerges at posterior extremity e y;

I ore step ees of fee ace

bulatory region and availing itself, sometimes some-

times of the lateral sucker for adhesion, and as fixed points

whence to stretch itself, the young animal forms a sort of trans-

ition towards a Holothuria with an ambulatory region. In this

condition also we see that the young Holothuria does not creep in

any particular direction ; on the other hand, feeling about on the

glass, it moves hither and thither indiscrimimately. I have not

yet seen the adult Holothuriade with ambulatory regions creep-

ing head foremost ; I have oe piss ag

are completely adapted for this mode of progression. €

BM aie ited pot thie peteCircceee, they have been

seen creeping, but it is not stated in what direction. Johnston

says of Thyone papillosa (Forbes’s British Starfishes, p. 236),

that it has a slow progressive motion, more gradual than that of

_ the shadow on a sun-dial, effected by the suckers being elongated

and fixed to some spot, and then contracting so as to drag the

body forwards ; the suckers, however, are said to be used more

as anchors than as feet, since these animals are slug-

gish and indolent im disposition. The Synapte do not move in

any particular direction, but simply twist and wind about, unless

they are upon a sandy bottom ; thus placed however in vessels

of water, Quatrefages has seen them bury themselves in the sand

with their oral tentacles.

The elongated Sea-urchins occupy an important position in

this inquiry. In the Spatangide the ambulatory region consists

of segments of all the five ambulacra, but the mouth is situated

nearer the one extremity of the ventral surface and the anus at the

other, between two radii and opposite to the azygos radius, which

has thenee been called the anterior radius ; in fact, as its suckers

are more particularly made use of in locomotion, it would really

seem to deserve this name. Accordingly it has been sought for

also in the regular forms, in which the anus either lies in the cen-

tre of the dorsal surface (regular Echinide and most Asteride),

or asin other Asteride is wholly absent. That the position of the

madreporie plate does not determine the posterior extremity was

rendered evident by the circumstance that in many elongated

Echinide it is lateral, while in others it is an expansion of the

4 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

right anterior genital plate towards the centre (Anat. Studien

tiber die Echinodermen, Archiv 1850).

Among the regular Echinide the elongated forms of the

Echinometre are particularly interesting.

In Echinometra acufera the anus is approximated to one, the

longest radius, so that the antero-posterior diameter is the

longest. If the azygos middle radius of an Echinometra be

placed in front, the madreporic plate will constantly be found to

he laterally and to be the left posterior genital plate. In this

position the radii and inter-radii of Echinometra are perfectly

symmetrical, and it is the only position in which they are so.

In the genera Heterocentrotus, Br. (Acrocladia, Ag.), and Colo-

bocentrotus*, Br. (Podophora, Ag.), which have been separated

from Echinometra, the body is only symmetrical when placed

transversely, as was observed by Brandt in the first-named genus,

and expressed by him in the phrase ‘ corpus transversum’, but over-

looked by Agassiz, who regards their forms as oblique, in com-

mon with Echinometra. The proper position of these shells is—

with the greatest diameter of the shell transversely, the smallest

longitudinally, and the smallest radius anteriorly ; thus placed,

the madreporic plate in Heterocentrus trigonarius, mammillatus,

and in Colobocentrus atratus, is the right anterior genital plate.

Among twenty-four specimens of Colobocentrus atratus, twenty-

three had the madreporic plate thus situated; one however had

this plate in the left posterior inter-radius. Such variations de-

pend upon whether the Echinus-dise with its madreporic canal

is formed on the right or on the left side of the larval frame-

work—deviations which, as my figures of Echinus-larve from

Helgoland show, have already been observed.

In Echinometra the transverse symmetry occurs rarely as an

anomaly ; among a great number of Echinometre (about eighty

specimens, including all the known species) only four transversely

symmetrical specimens were met with. Among fifteen examples

of Echinometra acufera, Bl., from the same locality (Venezuela),

there was one; among six of EH. oblonga, Bl., one also was trans-

versely syminetrical, z. e. one had the azygos radius shortest ;

in the others, the azygos radius was the longest of the five.

The division of the Echinometre into genera rejected by Sou-

leyet (Bonite) is hence shown to be natural.

In the Spatangide of the present epoch the madreporic plate

is commonly situated at the posterior extremity of the apex, but

even in this case its position is problematical ; I have already

* It may be preferable to shorten these names into Heterocentrus and

Colobocentrus.

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 5

remarked, that its perforated area (Porenfeld) in Schizaster ca-

naliferus extends from the right genital plate and from the im-

mediate neighbourhood of the right genital pore. A short time

ago I had occasion to demonstrate this by internal dissection.

The canal which passes from the madreporic plate to the circular

canal of the ambulacral vessels, the analogue of the sand-canal

of the Asteriade, is inserted in fact, in Schizaster canaliferus, into

the circular canal between the right anterior and right posterior

ambulacral canals, corresponding therefore with the right poste-

rior inter-radius. In the Clypeasters the posterior extremity is

also determined by the position of the anus; but in this divi-

sion of the Sea-urchins the madreporic plate, on the other hand,

lies exactly in the centre between the genital apertures, which

are not carried by special plates. Singularly enough, however, in

this case, the canal which passes from the madreporic plate to

the circular canal, as well as the short thick heart which lies

close to it, is so disposed, that its position corresponds, not with

that of the anal inter-radius, but with that of the right posterior

inter-radius. From all this it follows, that the anus as well as

the madreporic plate may be inter-radial ; that sometimes the

one and sometimes the other may pass out of its inter-radial

space into the centre; that the inter-radius of the madreporic

plate may be distinct from that of the anus ; that the madreporic

plate, even when it lies between the genital pores or at the pos-

terior extremity of the apex, may be reduced to a lateral genital

plate; and that it is united, not with the posterior part of the

circular canal, but with a lateral part of it by means of the

‘sand-canal ;’ finally, that no one of the five inter-radii is inva-

riably that of the madreporic plate, but that this may be seated

in the most widely different inter-radii, sometimes on the right

and sometimes on the left side.

We may now compare the azygos radius in those Echinoderms

in which it is easily determinable, as in Echini and Holothurie,

and it at once appears that an anterior radius corresponding

with that of the Spatangide cannot universally exist in the

Echinodermata. In the Holothuriade with an ambulatory disc,

the anterior and posterior extremities and the bilateral sym-

metry also are indisputable. The azygos radius, however, is

here directed, not from the mouth upwards and forwards, so

as to lie in front of and above it, as in the Spatangide, but

takes exactly the opposite direction—from the mouth backwards

and downwards—and lies beneath and behind the mouth; the

azygos radius is here the middle ventral radius and the ambu-

latory disc is formed by three radii, while on the dorsum there

are only two.

Whether now is the true ventral surface, that of the Spa-

6 Prof. J. Muller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

tangide or of the Echinide, or that of the Holothuriade? 1

imagine no one will be disposed to get rid of this difficulty by

supposing that. the Holothuriade are exceptions and creep upon

their backs. Let us conceive the typical form (Mittelform) of

the Echinoderms to be a sphere with radial arex, the question

is, whether this typical form passes from that of the Spatangus

into that of the Holothuria, by the body being rotated in the

plane of its middle longitudinal section, so that from resting

upon the inferior inter-radius it comes to lie upon the opposite

radius; or, whether this change is effected by the rotation of

‘the typical form round the axis of the radii, so as to bring the

globe from its position with an inter-radius inferior into that

with a radius inferior. In the former case, the conju ate sides

and the anal inter-radius remain constant, but the denomina-

tions of the conjugate sides as regards right and left become

changed with the rotation in the longitudinal plane. In the

latter case, the conjugate sides and the position of the anus would

shift, but the anterior and posterior ends would remain constant,

different radii and inter-radii becoming developed into the am-

bulatory disc, and the anal inter-radius undergoing a corre-

sponding alteration.

If any such thing as a homology of the Echinoderms exists,

it can only be sought for in the former of these hypotheses.

By rotation round its axis the position of the Spatangus may

indeed approximatively be converted into that of the Holothuria,

but not wholly ; for even then to correct this position, and at the

same time to change a Spatangus into an Echinus, the rotation

in the opposite direction round a transverse axis, or in the lon-

gitudinal plane between the conjugate sides, would still be

required.

If, therefore, we seek an ideal middle term among the various

actual forms of Echinoderms, this typical form will be found to

possess no constant anterior and posterior extremities ; it has the

mouth in the one pole of the ambulacra, but in passing into the

various forms of Kchinoderms, it may turn sometimes one side

of its radial body forwards, sometimes exactly the opposite.

These anteriorly directed sides are, however, determinate in all

cases ; they are invariably cut by the same constant meridian of

the radial form ; 7. e. the longitudinal plane of separation between

the symmetrical halves of the ideal typical form is im all cases

constant.

Those terms are best which are derived from the intrinsic pe-

culiarities of a form and not from positions, which it may alter.

On the former principle we may bring the ambulacra of the

5-partite Echinoderms under two classes, the one of which con-

tains three, the other two ambulacra; we thus obtain a triradial

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 7

and a biradial segment, a frivium and a bivium. In the Sea-

urchins of the genus Dysaster, trivium and bivium are actually

separated by a wide interspace; but in most quinquepartite

Echinoderms they may be discovered and the position of the

radii thence determined. Between the two radii of the bivium

lies the anus, or it moves away from the mouth to the apical

pole, and even beyond it, to the opposite azygos radius.

If the azygos radius be unknown, it may be determined by

the meridian of the anus, which in Cidaris and Echinus is ap-

pomennes to one of the five ambulacra. If the azygos radius

known, but the anus central, as in the Holothuriade with am-

bulatory regions, the meridian of the anus may be determined

from the azygos radius of the elongated form.

We may lay down then, upon the ideal spherical Echinoderm,

the oral and apical pole ; a triradial segment and a biradial seg-

ment, with the anal area. If the ambulacral arez of this Echi-

noderm are equally developed in all directions, it will become an

Echinus with its mouth directed downwards. The sphere is as

it were in equilibrium in this position ; it is, however, traversed

by an ideal plane which passes through the meridian of the

azygos radius. If it be rotated, within this plane, out of its

position of equilibrium, in such a manner that the bivium occu-

pies more of the ventral surface than the trivium, we have the

position of the Spatangide. If within the plane, the globe ro-

tate in the opposite direction, so that the trivium alone occupies

the ventral surface, the result is the position of the Holothuriade.,

In this ideal globular model of the quinquepartite Echinoderm

we have then the following points fixed, and good for all pos-

sible cases, viz. the oral and apical poles and their axis ; the con-

trasted trivium and bivium; the longitudinal plane passing

through the meridian of both, and dividing the Echinoderm

into two equal parts ; and finally, the anal area. In the creeping

Echinoderms the oral pole may be directed downwards or for-

wards, the apical pole upwards or backwards; the trivium, with

its azygos radius, may sometimes be presented forwards, some-

times downwards; the bivium, with its azygos inter-radius,

sometimes backwards, sometimes upwards ; the anus downwards

and backwards, upwards and backwards, or upwards.

The radial segments of the Echinoderm have an oral pole, and

opposed to this an apical pole. The mouth, surrounded by the

circular canal of the ambulacra, lies in general in the centre of

the oral region, rarely on one side of it. The surface between

the poles may be divided into ambulacral and interambulacral

segments. By the extension of the former in breadth, the latter

may entirely disappear, as in the Holothurie sporadipodes. In

8 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

the Holothurie the ambulacra pass from the mouth to the oppo-~

site extremity; when they cease before attaining this extremity,

there is formed, opposite to the ambulacral zone, an antambu- —

lacral zone, e. g. the apex of the Sea-urehins, which is continuous

with the inter-ambulacral arez.

If, like the Asteride, an Echinoderm has radial arms, the

antambulacral area is continued, as well upon the antambulacral

side of the arms, as between them into the inter-ambulacral areze.

It is not uncommon, as in many Asteride, for the inter-ambu-

lacral part of the perisoma to be distinguished from the antam-

bulacral arez by the character of its plates—-the inter-ambulacral

plates. The boundary between the inter-ambulacral and antam-

bulacral arez is at times indicated by a peripheral margin, or

even by special marginal plates, such as the margmat plates of

the pentagonal Astrogonium and Goniodiscus, between the ventral

and dorsal surfaces, which also lie between the ambulacral and

antambulacral zones. In the Asteride and many Crinoids, the

ambulacral or ventral and the antambulacral or dorsal, sides are

about equally developed. Arms are free radii with an ambu-

lacral and antambulaeral side, and are either simple or divided.

Divisions produced by processes or imsections of the periphery

of the Echinoderm are Jobes, if they present no distinction of an

ambulacral and antambulacral side, such as the lobes of a few

flat Sea-urchins, Runa, Rotula, Encope. There exist ambulacral

and inter-ambulacral lobes (Runa). Ambulacral lobes are ambu-

lacral upon both sides and may be subdivided (Rotula). Segmen-

tation of the margin and the formation of lobes, therefore, do

not approximate the sea-urchin to the star-fish. If the antam-

bulacral area of the Echinoderm grow up close to the mouth,

arms for the ambulacra may still be developed in its neighbour-

hood, as in Agelocrinus, Pseudocrinites, and as in the oral arms

of the calyx of Echinoencrinus and Echinospherites discovered

by Volborth. The existence of ambulacral pores upon the ant-

ambulacral area, on the opposite side of the arms, is self-contra-

dictory ; and it would appear that wherever arms are developed,

whether at the circumference or at the oral part of the calyx,

no ambulacral pores nor suckers can exist in the region which

extends from the apical end to the arms.

The development of the ambulacra, as it is here set forth,

‘renders it probable, therefore, that the pores in the plates of the

ealyx of Caryocrinus, Hemicosmites and Echinospherites cannot

possibly be ambulacral pores, inasmuch as they are situated in

the antambulacral region and behind the arms, to which they

have no relation whatsoever. Pentacrinus contributes analogi-

cally to this view, as it possesses similar pores in the inter-

Prof. J. Miller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 9

ambulacral areze, without suckers or any relation to the ambu-

lacral grooves of the calyx, the suckers being situated in the

ambulacral grooves of the calyx and of the arms.

I shall return to the antambulacral pores of the calyx of

Caryocrinus, Hemicosmites, and Echinospherites, m a particular

section devoted to the ambulacra of the Crinoids in general, and

especially the group of Cystidea of Von Buch.

In an Echinoderm which remains antambulacral close up to

the mouth, and developes arms only from the oral part of the

calyx, we have at its maximum that condition which in the

Echinide is at its minimum. To borrow the phraseology of the

‘Natur-philosophie, we may say that the calyx of a Pseudo-

crinites, Agelocrinites, Echinospherites, Echinoencrinus, is the

apex of an Echinus; it is, however, an expansion of the apex

large enough to enclose the whole intestines of the animal, while

in the Echinus these are invested for the most part by the ambu-

lacral zone of the perisoma.

The region of the ambulacra may be reduced to a circlet of

suckers about the mouth, as in the Synapte, Chiridote, Mol-

padie, among the Holothuriade. In the last instance, the antam-

bulacral. area is only so large externally, Jager having demon-

strated that the ambulacral canals of the Synapte have as wide

a distribution internally as those of the other Holothurie.

Although the ambulacra converge towards the oral pole, yet

they are not in all cases provided with suckers up to the middle

of the oral surface. In Echinus, for example, the ambulacra are

interrupted around the oral area; and in many Crinoids, also,

the oral area between the ambulacral sides of the arms, instead

of presenting a continuation of the ambulacral grooves to the

mouth, is covered uniformly with plates, as in Actinocrinus.

To the ambulacral system of canals, taken in its widest sense,

belong, together with the suckers, the ambulacral canals of the

radii, with their branches to the suckers and their ampullz,—the

circular canal which unites the five ambulacral canals around the

mouth and a few appendages connected with it. The system of

ambulacral canals exhibits ciliary motion over the whole extent

of its internal walls and is everywhere closed, if we except the

porous commencement of the sand-canal in the madreporic plate.

This canal, extending from the madreporic plate to the circular

canal, has now been observed in all forms of Echinoderms, with

the exception of the Crinoids. Its porous commencement either

opens externally as a madreporic plate in the Asteride, Euryale,

Echinide ; or is turned towards the abdominal cavity, as the

porous calcareous sac of the Holothuriade, which possesses an

external aperture only in the young state. In the Ophiuride,

also, the calcareous sac is hidden in the cavity of the body.

10 ~~‘ Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

These peculiarities have already been explained in the ‘ Anato-

mische Studien.’ Besides the one or many sand-canals, there

are two other descriptions of organs united with the circular

canal of the Echinoderms,—the ‘ Polian vesicles’ and the ‘ race-

mose appendages.’ Both these organs occur contemporaneously

in the Asteride (as is well known from Tiedemann’s invyestiga-

tions) and reappear in the Holothuriade. In the latter the

racemose appendages are recognizable as little vesicles, which

are connected in pairs, by short stalks, with the circular canal

of young Holothurie, and contain very peculiar double granules

in constant tremulous motion, just like that of the otolithes of

the Gasteropoda. In the adult Holothurie these organs are

recognizable in the multitudinous small vesicles which beset the

circular canal and open into its interior. The Ophiuride possess

four simple vesicles and no racemes. In the Spatangide the

appendages are absent upon the circular canal. In the regular

Sea-urchins five stalked vesicles are connected with this canal ;

they have the same position as the Polian vesicles of the Ophiu-

ride, but their walls are cellular, and therefore allied to the

racemose appendages. In the Clypeasteride only, however, is

the circular canal provided with many such appendages.

Analysis of the Ambulacra of the Sea-urchins.

After having expounded the anatomy of the central portion of

the ambulacral canals in the ‘Anatomische Studien iiber die

Echinodermen’ (Archiv 1850), I set before myself the task of

analysing the ambulacra themselves.

The double pores of the ambulacra lie, in the Sea-urchins,

either in the plates themselves or in their sutures; the latter

occurring in the petaloid aimbulacra of the Clypeasteride. In

this case, either the ambulacral plates are similar, as in the peta-

loid ambulacra of Scutella, Laganum, Echinarachnius, Lobophora,

Mellita, Encope, Echinocyamus; or alternately dissimilar, as in

Clypeaster and Arachnoides; the smaller plates pass, in these,

only from the external to the internal pore, the larger extend from

the external pore to the internal suture. Upon this point Des-

moulins has already made some good observations. At the lower

extremity of the petaloid ambulacra, for the rest, the double

pores readily pass from the sutures on to the plates themselves.

Desmoulins has thrown out the supposition, that originally:

there is a special ambulacral plate for every double pore of the

Sea-urchins. In the Clypeasteride, a number of pores corre-

sponding with locomotive feet occur on a single plate, and the

multiply in proportion to the growth of ‘the plate; but in all

other Sea-urchins, this hypothesis would appear to hold good.

The composition of the ambulacral plates in Echinus has hitherto

" ,

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 11

remained unknown. In the shell of an Echinus, the so-called

ambulacral plates are nothing but secondary ambulacral plates

made up of the minute primary ambulacral plates. We may

observe on the inner side of the shell the sutures between the

primitive plates, which contribute to the formation of a secondary

ambulacral plate. The primary plates correspond in number

with the pairs of pores in one oblique transverse series of the

ambulacrum. The sutures are also recognizable upon the ex-

terior, and by careful examination we observe, that they divide

even the tubercles situated upon them, as may be well observed

in E. sphera. Where there are four pairs of pores in a second-

ary ambulacral plate, the four pieces have very unequal hori-

zontal diameters, the two median ones, in fact, being smaller

transversely ; all four pieces extend as far as the external suture,

but only the first and the last attain the inner suture, applymg

themselves around the ends of the shorter pieces in such a

manner, that the secondary ambulacral plate is divided inter-

nally by only one suture. The same suture exists when there

are three pairs of pores. Here, again, it is the plate of the

median pair of pores which does not reach the imner edge. In

£. albus, 9-10 primary plates for 9-10 pairs of pores form in a

similar way a secondary plate. The smaller plates are not sub-

sequent to and intercalated between, the larger, but are found

in the smallest specimens in which the plate is developed at all ;

so that a young Sea-urchin has just as many pairs of pores in

an obliquely transverse series as afterwards, according to the

species to which it belongs.

Agassiz has demonstrated, that in Echinus the addition of new

ambulacral and inter-ambulacral plates takes place at the apical

end of the corona, but denies the occurrence of such new forma-

tions in the Clypeasteride. The fact is, however, that it occurs

here in exactly the same manner as in the regular Sea-urchins.

The whole under surface of the Clypeasteride grows, retaining

the original number of its plates, only by their individual increase;

whilst the plates of the upper surface not only increase indivi-

dually, but at the same time fresh, minute, ambulacral and inter-

ambulacral plates are added at the apex. This must be borne

in mind in describing species, and the number of the plates

should be reckoned from the end of the petaloid ambulacrum to

the edge, and also from the edge to the mouth.

Philippi, again, who confirmed and extended the observation

that new plates are formed at the apical end of the corona in

Echinus, denies that the same new development takes place in

the Spatangide; but it unquestionably occurs, from what I have

observed, in Schizaster canaliferus, at different ages. I have com-

pared specimens of 8”, of 2”, and of 3”. The first has in each

12 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

petaloid ambulacrum of the anterior pair only 28 ; the second 40 ;

the third, 44 pairs of pores: in each ambulacrum of the posterior

pair the first has only 14, the second 21, the third 25 pairs of

pores on each side.

The Clypeasteride have, while the Cidaride have not, a per-

manent equatorial periphery. If an old and a young Echinus

of the same species be compared, those plates which in the

young specimen lay in the equator of the periphery, have in the

older ones moved towards its ventral side; and the equator is

occupied by a circlet of plates which in youth lay near the apex.

If the shell of the Sea-urchin terminate at some distance from

the mouth and the oral feet are seated upon the oral integu-

ment, both the inter-ambulacral and the ambulaeral plates ter-

minate in pairs, as in Echinus. If, however, the shell is con-

tinuous up to the mouth and the oral feet are situated upon the

shell itself, then the ambulacral plates terminate in pairs, while

the inter-ambulacrals are single, as in the Spatangide and Cly-

peasteride. At the oral aperture in the Clypeasteride the corona

becomes, it is true, considerably simplified, but not so much as

is commonly supposed; in the end we have either a circlet of

fifteen pieces, five of which are inter-ambulacral (Clypeaster,

Mellita), or ten ambulacral pieces (Arachnoides). It is requisite

to examine young specimens, though the sutures may always be

recognized upon the inner surface. In Clypeaster, the first

circlet around the mouth is composed of fifteen pieces, the second,

on the other hand, only of ten,—the ambulacral plates becoming

mutually applied, which is a generic character for all the species :

in a few species the third circle also is completely formed by the

ambulacral plates; further out, two alternating series of inter-

ambulacral plates lie between them.

At the oral aperture of the shell of the Clypeasteride with

branched clefts, there is a small process at the commencement of

each ambulacrum, noticed, in fact, by Agassiz in his beautiful

monograph upon the Scutellide, and regarded by him as a tube

with one or many apertures for the reception of the gills. Upon

this process, however, only two small tentaculiform processes

with rounded ends like the feet are attached. These little ten-

tacles are fixed to two shallow depressions of the process, from

each of which a fine pore, similar to an ambulacral pore, leads

obliquely into the interior of the shell. In Arachnoides placenta

the process is absent, but the apertures exist at the edge of the

shell, separated by the width of the groove. _ To these apertures

the two anterior branches of the ambulacral vessel run, whence

it is perfectly demonstrated that they are ambulacral and not

branchial, and that they correspond with the oral feet of the

regular Sea-urchins. The gills of Echinus are replaced in all

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echmoderms. 13

the Sea-urchins with petaloid ambulacra, as well Spatangide as

Clypeasteride, by the ambulacral gills of the petaloid ambulacra ;

however, the Spatangide have well-developed oral tentacles.

In the regular Sea-urchins of the genera Echinus, Echino-

metra, Salmacis, and others, all the feet, including those of

the oral disc, have a similar structure, being suckers with a

sucking disc; but this is not the case with every regular Sea-

urchin ; they are not all, to use Duvernoy’s term, homotopodous.

Delle Chiaje, indeed, has already stated that the dorsal feet of

Echinus neapolitanus (Echinocidaris equituberculata) are pecti-

nated, though his figure does not give a correct representation

of them. ‘The fact is, that all the Echinocidarides present this

peculiarity. The lower feet have a sucking disc below, which is

a circular calcareous ring. On the dorsal portion of the ambu-

lacrum, the sucking disc and the calcareous ring suddenly vanish

altogether, the feet becoming at the same time laterally flattened,

pointed at their ends, and lobed on their flat sides. This arrange-

ment, which would appear to be repeated in Asteropyga and

Diadema (from dried specimens), evidently affords a transition

to the gill-like dorsal feet of the Spatangide. In Colobocentrus

atratus, likewise, the feet undergo a metamorphosis from the

ventral to the dorsal sides ; the suckers gradually disappear, and

the feet take, upon the dorsal surface, a flat pointed form without

lobes, very different from that in Echinometra. These feet con-

tain two canals separated by a partition, but uniting with one

another at the extremity, while at the base each is connected

with one of the double pores. All previously mentioned sea-

urchins have the ordinary cutaneous gills at the anterior edge

of the corona, like Echinus (Diadema and Asteropyga, also, if

we may judge by the insections of the shell). They are absent

im Cidaris, the ventral feet here beimg cylindrical with terminal

suckers, while on the dorsum they are conical and not lobed.

The oral feet of Cidaris form complete series upon the move-

able buccal plates, which here, in a manner, repeat the corona,

and may be divided into ambulacral buccal plates with double

"pores and inter-ambulacral buccal plates, the former of which

remain double up to the mouth, while the latter become simple

at the furthermost extremity.

The Spatangide present far more numerous differences in the

characters of the ambulacral feet. Four general forms may be

distinguished :—1. Simple locomotive feet, truncated or slightly

rounded, without any special sucking disc. 2. Locomotive feet

terminated by a sucker; this is either a large round dise notched

at its edges and supported by radiating reticulated calcareous

plates, or its edge is divided, star-like, into digitations, the

14 ~Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

calcareous plate dividing and sending a ray to each digitation.

3. Tactile feet, whose expanded end is penicillate, being closely.

covered with stalked knobs; the stalks contain a simple calea-

reous rod. 4. Gill-like feet, ambulacral gills; three-cornered

lamine pointed at thew ends and having their edges pectinated

by processes or insections. Two or even three kinds of feet are

disposed on the same radius in those portions of the ambulacra’

which are bounded by the semita.

The import of the semite of Philippi, the fascioles of peek

—structures peculiar to the Spatangide—has been hitherto un-

known. They are distinguished from other parts of the shell by

bearing fine ciliated bristles instead of spines, the outer surface

of which up to the soft, knobbed, outer extremity of the bristle

exhibits a lively ciliary motion, The semite are therefore ciliated

fringes upon determinate areze of the shell. (Archiv 1853, p..1.),

In the genus Spatangus we meet with three kinds of feet;

tactile, locomotive, and branchial feet, with regard to which I

may refer to Duvernoy’s beautiful figures. In all the ambulaera,

those feet which are nearest the mouth, the oral tentacles, are

covered at their extremities with clavate cirri; the other ventral

feet are locomotive without any cap of cirri. In the subanal area,

on the other hand, that is, within the area circumscribed by

the subanal semita, there are on each side three additional cir-

rated feet which Duvernoy has overlooked. Delle Chiaje, on

the contrary, has improperly given cirri to all the ventral feet in

his figure of Brissus Scille. The subanal cirrated feet belong to

the two posterior ambulacra and in fact, to their inner halves, so

that the subanal semita passes between the internal and the

external halves of the ambulacrum. The dorsal feet of the four

petaloid ambulacra are gill-like. The anterior radius, has no

ambulacral gills at all; but the locomotive feet, preserving the

same form, extend to its upper extremity ; this radius is there-

fore rightly distinguished by Duvernoy as radius locomotorius.

The genus Spatangus possesses no semita upon the upper sur-

face of its shell. In those genera which possess one, either cir-

cumscribing the dorsal part of all the ambulaera, as in Brissopis,

Schizaster, &c., or that of the anterior ambulacrum alone, with

the apex (Amphidetus, &c.), 1 find a peculiar kind of feet in the

upper part of the anterior radius also, 7. e. locomotive feet, with

discoid or stellate digitated suctorial plates. The figure of Brissus

Scille by Delle Chiaje, again, shows nothing of this difference ; he

even represents the cirrated oral feet extending along the anterior

radius as far as the semita. It isimprobable that Brissus should

differ from Brissopis, and the figure would appear to be in fault.

In Brissopis and Schizaster the peripetalous semita divides

the anterior radius transversely into two portions; the region

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 15

below the semita contains simple locomotive feet ; that above the

semita, on the other hand, as far as the dorsal extremity, presents

a sudden transition to feet provided with large suctorial discs,

which are strengthened by radiating osseous plates. In the

northern Schizaster fragilis these feet are disposed in simple

series on each side of the ambulacrum ; in Schizaster canaliferus,

however, they constitute a dense series on each side. The lower

portion of the anterior radius, from the oral tentacles as far as

the semita, contains in Schizaster only a small number (three) of

simple locomotive feet at considerable distances from one another

upon each side.

“In Amphidetus the peripetalous semita is absent ; the four

conjugate ambulacra possess branchial feet in their dorsal por-

tion, as is commonly the case among the Spatangide. The

internal dorsal semita which occurs in this genus divides the

azygos radius into an anterior and a posterior part, and, enclosing

the posterior part and the apex, it forms an area in which the

azygos radius contains only large feet with stellate digitated

extremities. On the contrary, the portion of the radius in front

of the semita has simple locomotive feet without digitations.

The digitations are supported by calcareous plates. The semita

not only cuts off a portion of the anterior, but also a part of the

four lateral ambulacra; the portions of the conjugate ambulacra

lying within the semita contain no branchial feet, but exceed-

ingly small and readily overlooked cylindrical feelers, simple and

rounded off at their extremities. The penicillate cirrated feet

around the mouth in the five ambulacra present similar relations

in all the Spatangide which I have examined, and all likewise

possess subanal cirri. Brissopis has upon each side a series of

six feet with cirri. In Schizaster (canaliferus), where the subanal

semita is absent, and a posterior semita branches off from the

peripetalous semita and forms an arch under the anus, seven

cirrated feet exist upon each side in a longitudinal series, at a

considerable distance from the anus, in the posterior part of the

ventral region of the shell ; not between the posterior semita and

the anus, but in front of the posterior semita. The stems of

the different feet, besides, contain transverse notched calcareous

bands in their walls, which are absent in the branchial feet.

The Clypeasteride present the greatest deviations in the for-

mation of their ambulacra. The feet of the double pores of the

petaloid ambulacra are gill-like; they are broad, depressed,

lobulated, hollow projections between every pair of pores, and

are distended by the large ampulle of the ambulacra. The

locomotive feet, on the other hand, are cylindrical and exceed-

ingly delicate, so that in the Clypeaster they have a diameter of

Zo", in Mellita only 3". They are extremely numerous, much

16 ~— Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Wchinoderms.

more so than in the regular Sea-urchins, where their number

amounts usually to about 2000, or in the Spatangide, which

possess only a few hundred; in the Clypeasters the number of

locomotive feet may, without fear of exaggeration, be estimated

at many myriads. They are provided with a sucker at their

extremities, which is either supported by a notched calcareous

ring, as in the Clypeasters and their allies, or contains at least a

couple of calcareous bodies, as in Mellita; where at the base of

the sucker we find in general two scale-beam-shaped (wiage-

balkenformig) calcareous rods, with two leng and one short

process, lying opposite to one another. Mellita hexapora,

Agassiz. The locomotive feet extend for a greater or a less

distance from the ventral to the dorsal surface. Their distribu-

tion upon the abdominal surface varies greatly, whence the Cly-

peasters may be divided into two sections. In the first, the feet

are not distributed over the whole of the ambulacral plates, but

occupy separate branched passages in which the pores are aggre-

gated, the pore-fascie. These fascie are at first simple, then

divide dichotomously or trichotomously (Hchinarachnius), and

their principal branches ramify again for the most part into

lateral branches. Agassiz has already observed that these branches

also pass on to the imter-ambulacral plates. To this section

belong the genera Rotula, Mellita, Enevpe, Lobophora, Scutella,

Eichinarachnius. In the other section of the Clypeasteride,

including the genera Clypeaster, Laganum, Arachnoides, Mou-

linia, Scutellina, Echinocyamus, Fibularia, the pore-fascie are

entirely absent. A few have, indeed, in the middle line of the

ambulacra a simple groove, as Arachnoides, but it is known to

be without pores. The distribution of the pores and feet in

these genera has hitherto been unknown, but may be determined

with certainty in the larger kinds. The pores and feet are scat-

tered over the entire surface of the ambulacral plates; and in Cjy-

peaster, but not in Arachnoides, they pass on to a considerable

portion of the inter-ambulacral plates. These, therefore, are

Clypeasteride with pore-aree, in opposition to those with pore-

fascie. The division into Clypeasteride with simple, and those

with branched grooves, does not seize the real distinction. A

few genera with pore-aree have the middle of the pore-area not

even depressed, as Echinocyamus and Fibularia. In Laganum,

indeed, the depression is half lost.

Upon the dorsal side of the Clypeasteride we must distinguish,

in the petaloid ambulacra, the external area between every two

series of double pores and the internal area. The former is

always provided with ambulacral gills appertaining to the large

double pores ; the latter in many genera, Clypeaster, Arachnoides,

Echinarachnius, is covered with the very small locomotive feet

eS ae

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 17

be al with pedicellaric and spines). When the petaloid am-

) terminate, their internal pore-area extends peripherally as

far as the edge. In Clypeaster it again occupies a portion of the

inter-ambulacral plates, while in Arachnoides it is excluded from

them. The pores of the locomotive feet are most readily observed

apon the inner surface of the shell when this is naked; in the

large Clypeasteride they may also be easily detected on the

exterior with high magnifying powers, and still more readily in

the fascize of the other section, in which they are round and

simple. In the Clypeasters, where the internal apertures of the

locomotive pores are also simple, their external openings are

pone usually figure-of-8-shaped, and not uncommonly

ivided into two distinct pores. an Clypeaster rosaceus these

pores are 3" to 3." long, and 2,” broad.

Upon the internal arcrofthe petaloid ambulacra, the locomo-

tive pores are arranged in such a manner, that their longitudinal

diameter is directed radially, a disposition which they retain

until close to the peripheral edge ; the lateral ones, however, in

the peripheral portion of the shell have a somewhat oblique di-

rection, and become more and more so the more external their

position ; the direction of the axes of the pores in fact is from

the periphery upwards and outwards. Upon the ventral surface of

Clypeaster, the similarly constructed elongated pores are all dis-

posed obliquely, viz. instead of taking a direction from the oral

centre towards the periphery, they diverge from the middl line

of the ambulacrum ; that is, if we produce the longitudinal axis of

each single locomotive pore, it will eut obliquely the middle line

of the ambulacrum, and form an acute angle open towards the

periphery. It is only towards the edge that the middle portion

of the series becomes straighter. The lines of direction of the

axes of the locomotive pores on the back are the continuation of

_ the.same lines of direction on the ventral surface. What are

here denominated lines of direction of the axes of the pores must

not be confounded with the lines upon which the pores are ar-

ranged, for these in the Clypeasters are never disposed in series,

but are scattered without order. On the other hand, in Arach-

notdes, the pores, as internally they are disposed in transverse

series, so, externally, they are arranged in oblique parallel rows,

whose parallelism is continued from the ventral to the dorsal

side, and through the whole extent of the petaloid ambulacra.

In Echinarachnius parma, according to Agassiz, who has ex-

amined the living animal, the locomotive feet are replaced b

tentacles, which, without being connected with the ambulacral

vessels, open through their ampulle into the abdominal cavity.

The pores for these tubes are found in the petaloid-ambulacra in

regular rows internal to the great pores ; through these tubes he

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 2

18 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

supposes the water to have access to the interior of the shell

(Comptes Rendus de l’Acad. des Sciences de Paris, t. xxv. 679).

Hence we see that Agassiz was the first to observe these fine

pes and their ampulle, but that he confounded the proper

ocomotive feet which are supplied from the ambulacral vessels

with respiratory tentacles. Neither in this nor in other Sea-

urchins are there any tubules which penetrate the shell to open

into the interior of the abdominal cavity. The ampulle in

question, in fact, are connected with the ambulacral vessels by

their branches to the locomotive feet ; and similar ampullee exist

also external to the petaloid ambulacra and upon the ventral sur-

face, connected with the branches of the ambulacral vessels and

corresponding with each locomotive pore.

Relations of this kind appear to be prevalent among the Cly-

peasteride, and obtain, not only in Echinarachnius parma, for spe-

cimens of which I am indebted to Prof. Eschricht, but in Cly-

peaster and Arachnoides, as results from the examination of the

specimens of Clypeaster placunarius collected by Messrs. Ehren-

berg and Hemprich, and in like manner in Clypeaster Rangi-

anus, and in the specimens of Arachnoides placenta brought by

Dr. Th. Philippi from Mergui.

We may first examine the internal area of the petaloid ambu-

lacra. The whole area from one marginal double series of large

pores to the opposite double series of the petal is covered with

small cylindrical locomotive feet, which have the same size and

structure as the feet of the peripheral dorsal pore-aree, and as

the feet of the ventral pore-arez. The investigation of the in-

ternal surface of the shell throws further light upon the matter.

The median ambulacral canal in Clypeaster Rangianus, Cl. pla-

cunarius, Arachnoides placenta, Echinarachnius parma, supplies

the ambulacrum with as many parallel lateral branches as there

are double pores for the ambulacral gills; each lateral branch in

these is connected with the internal pore and with the large am-

pulla of the gill-like foot. But before reaching the internal pore,

an additional series of small cecal ampullee, of exactly the same

form as those of the peripheral dorsal and the ventral, locomotive

feet, is attached to the lateral vessel. Each of these small am-

pulle, of ;3,!" long and 5!” broad, corresponds with a very small

aperture through which a twig of the transverse lateral vessel

penetrates the shell and passes to the locomotive foot upon the

external surface of the ambulacrum. In Clypeaster Rangianus

there are twenty pores and ampulle in one transverse row of

half the ambulacrum in its broadest part, in Clypeaster rosaceus

thirty, in Clypeaster placunarius ten, in Arachnoides placenta

twenty, in Echinarachnius parma fifteen. In Echinarachnius

parma, whose ambulacral plates are similar, these locomotive pores

silat ek

a a a

a ee ee

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 19

lie in the sutures: in Clypeaster and Arachnoides, where the am-

bulacral plates are alternately dissimilar, so that the internal

area of the ambulacrum is formed by the broad plates, the loco-

motive pores are found in the plates themselves, so arranged, that

either two transverse series of pores occur on one plate (Clypeaster

Rangianus and placunarius and Arachnoides placenta), or, as in

Clypeaster rosaceus, four series of pores exist upon one ambu-

laeral plate. In the former, therefore, every great ampulla of the

branchial feet receives the lateral vessel of one series of pores and

small ampulle ; in the latter, two series of small pores correspond

with every large pore. Clypeaster rosaceus has (judging by a

hasty examination) about 4000 of these fine locomotive pores

within each petaloid ambulacrum, C/. Rangianus about 1200,

Cl. placunarius about 600. In Echinarachnius parma their external

apertures also lie in the sutures, and likewise in regular transverse

series, which is rendered possible by the extreme minuteness

of the tubercles upon the shell of this sea-urchin. In the Cly-

peasters with large tubercles, on the other hand, the latter dis-

turb the serial arrangement of the pores upon the external surface

of the shell, and the apertures may rather be said to be scattered

irregularly between the tubercles.

In Clypeaster placunarius we meet with small caleareous spi-

cula on the inner surface of each ambulacral plate between the

series of pores: in C/. Rangianus these spicula, which also abound

over the rest of the internal surface of the shell, are arranged

upon walls, into which the ambulacral plates are produced be-

tween every two series of pores. In Clypeaster rosaceus the spi-

cula are absent ; on the other hand, the walls of the ambulacral

plates are raised up into septa, which are again united by a cal-

careous covering, in which the sutures of the ambulacral plates

are repeated. The petaloid ambulacra, therefore, have double

walls (like the dome of St. Peter’s at Rome), the inner wall be-

longing only to the locomotive area, not to the area of the large

or branchial pores, whose ampulle are uncovered. Between the

double walls in these Sea-urchins there are regular interseptal am-

bulacrai chambers, each of which contains four rows of locomotive

pores. All the transverse chambers are, however, intersected by

a longitudinal passage, open towards them, for the median ambu-

lacral vessel. In the covering there are three longitudinal series

of apertures, by which the ambulacral galleries are connected

with the abdominal cavity. The middie series answers to the

median gallery, the lateral ones to the transverse chambers ; the

lateral apertures are intended for the passage of the ambulacral

vessels to the large ampullz of the ambulacral gills. Since every

chamber opens in the neighbourhood of two double pores, the

20 ~=Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms:

number of the lateral apertures in the galleries is exactly half

that of the large double pores.

At the peripheral part of the dorsal ambulacra as far as their

edge, and over the whole ventral part of the ambulacra, the am-

bulacral vessels in Clypeaster, Arachnoides and Echinarachnius;.

give off pennate branches to transverse series of pores, and are |

again provided with a corresponding number of ampulle. In»

Clypeaster Rangianus about 100 transverse series of pores may

be counted from the mouth to the peripheral edge ; on the back,

from the edge to the petaloid ambulacra, about 40; the number

in a transverse series increases from the mouth to the edge and.

diminishes again, from the edge to the petaloid ambulacrum ;,

towards the edge there are 80-90 pores in one transverse series:

of the half-ambulacrum. ick

The ambulacral vessels as they are distributed to the pores he

sometimes free, sometimes covered in ambulacral chambers. In

Clypeaster scutiformis the series of pores are uncovered through

the whole ambulacral area, but the ventral and dorsal portions of

the shell are connected by numerous acicular pillars; in Cly-

peaster Rangianus, placunarius, and Arachnoides placenta, the

series of pores lie for the most part free, but at the edge of the

dise they are enclosed in chambers, which, however, are wholly or

partially common to the abdominal and dorsal sides, masmuch

as the walls of separation connect the abdominal and dorsal.

parts of the shell. These parallel transverse chambers, of which

there are six in the Clypeasters im question, many (about twelve)

in Arachnoides, are traversed by a median longitudinal canal

which extends from the abdominal to the dorsal side. In this

lies the median ambulacral vessel, bending round from the

abdominal part of the shell to the dorsal portion, and giving off,

both in the ventral and in the dorsal part of its course, two

transverse branches to each chamber, so that every marginal

chamber has four vessels, two ventral and two dorsal, and as

many series of pores. Clypeaster rosaceus, with a ventricose pe-

riphery, has no common dorso-ventral marginal chambers, but’

the entire ambulacra lie between double walls, and the pennate

branches of the ambulacral vessels and their series of pores

are everywhere contained in ambulacral chambers or ducts.

Between the two transverse series of chambers there is also a

covered way for the trunk of the ambulacral vessel. In this

Deedalian maze there are usually four chambers on every am-

bulacral plate, and from the mouth to the petaloid ambulacrum,

on each side about fifty chambers; at their outer extremities

they open into the abdominal cavity. Every chamber contains

four series of pores, the number of pores in which is about

80-90 in the broadest part of the ambulacrum. » The 2 x 50

ak ae me 2

Prof; J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 21

chambers of the two halves of an ambulacrum may, in the space

from the mouth to the petaloid ambulacrum, contain about

16,000 pores for the ambulacral vessels of the locomotive feet ;

if we add to these the 4000 locomotive pores of the petaloid

ambulacrum, we shall find that Clypeaster rosaceus has in an en-

tire ambulacrum about 20,000, and in the five ambulacra together

about 100,000 locomotive pores. About 15 are visible in an

area of 1’ in diameter on the external surface.

‘The interambulacral plates between the petaloid ambulacra

are destitute of pores. The other interambulacral plates, on the

other hand, both on the dorsal and on the ventral surface, are

porous; the pores being so arranged that, on the back, they are

more distributed upon the outer portion of the interambulacral

plates, a poreless area remaining between the perforated areze

of any two ambulacra. This poreless area takes up so much space

on the dorsum of Clypeaster rosaceus, that 6-10 tubercles arise

from it transversely ; on the ventral surface the perforated aree

a so closely, that only 2-3 tubercles stand between

To the division of Clypeasteride characterized by ambulacra

with double walls and parallel ambulacral chambers from the

mouth to the apex, belong, besides Clypeaster rosaceus, many fos-

sil: Clypeasters whose sections I have examined, as Cl. altus and

pyramidalist, and more particularly those high Clypeasters,

whose peripheral part is not flattened. On the other hand, flat-

tened fossil forms, like Ci. scuteliatus, M. de S., and its allies,

present nothing of this kind, but only marginal chambers, so

that it would be justifiable to separate those forms with double-

walled ambulacra, under the name of Echiwanthus (Leske), from

the other Clypeasteride. .

_ * Klem’s figure (tab. 29) of a section of Clypeaster rosaceus may for

the present be sufficient to give an idea of the regular succession of cham-

bers, and of the double walls of the ambulacra.

+ There is a Clypeaster in the collection of the Gesellschaft Naturforsch.

Freunde with a very high crown similar to the high varieties of Cl. altus, but

iffering totally from it by the breadth of the interambulacral arez between

the am petaloidea, as compared with the ambulacra themselves.

The interambulacral area is for half its length, and as far as the upper half

of the length of the petaloid ambulacra, about as wide as the internal area

of the latter at the same height, and about four times as broad as the di-

stance between two corresponding pores; beyond the upper half of the

petaloid ambulacra the interambulacral ‘area is broader than their internal

area. In all varieties of C7. altus, to which also the species distinguished by

Philippi appear to belong, the interambulacral area between the ambulacral

petals is very narrow. The peculiarity of Cl. pyramidalis may be as di-

stinctly recognised in transyerse sections by the high median and transverse

ridges upon the internal coat of the petaloid ambulacra, the median ridges

united like buttresses with the ventral wall. The Scutella pyramidaiis,

bailly figured by Risso, would appear to belong here.

22 ~~ Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

Laganum Bonanni has only two marginal chambers common

to the dorsal and ventral walls. The pore-arese on the outer

surface of the shell resemble those of the Clypeasters ; only every

ambulacral plate has its peculiar pore-area, narrow poreless bands”

intervening between them. On the internal surface of “the

shell every ambulacral plate presents an especial pore-area, whose

pores are not disposed in many transverse series; in the mar-

ginal chambers we meet with many parallel series of pores. The

dorsal surface of the shell also presents certain peculiarities ;

small pores are perceptible upon the internal surface of the pe-

taloid ambulacra, which spread out upon the peripheral portion

of the back; and the interambulacral ares also, between these,

contain similar fine pores upon those portions of the interambu-

lacral plates which are contiguous to the large branchial double

pores, where, in other cases, locomotive pores are never found :

specimens preserved in spirit should be examined with regard to

this point. : fe

T now pass to the Clypeasteride with ventral pore-fascia. The

internal area of the petaloid ambulacra presents the same rela-

tion in Echinarachnius as in the Clypeasters and Arachnoides,

and it would therefore seem, at first, as if this character were uni-

versal in the entire family of Clypeasteride. However, in spirit

specimens of Mellita quinquepora and hexapora, and Lobophora

bifissa, for which I am indebted to MM. Krantz, Eschricht, and

Steenstrup, I have been unable to find either the small ampulle or

feet on the lateral branches of the ambulacral vessel in the peta-

loid ambulacrum. The peripheral dorsal part of the ambulacra

is always present. Not far distant from the edge, the ambulacral

vessel of Mellita quinguepora forms a pennate ramification on

the imperforate anterior radius. These curved parallel branches

lie in canals of the shell, which are here and there connected

with other sinuses of the shell. I have also persuaded myself of

the presence of feet upon the peripheral part of the dorsal shell

of Mellita.

In Echinarachnius parma the ambulacral galleries are absent,

and we find only transversely perforated partitions and rafters

between the dorsal and ventral walls at the periphery of the dise,

constituting imperfect marginal chambers, On the ventral part

of the amoulacrum of Echinarachnius, we observe from the mouth

to the peripheral galleries, on the inner surface of the shell,

many short pennate branches with appended ampulle. It is

from these therefore that the pores of the median pore-fasciz

must be supplied. In correspondence with the lateral branches

of the fascia externally, there run internally long pennate

branches of the ambulacral vessel provided with many ampulle.

The further ramifications take place in the peripheral galleries.

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 23

» In the genera Mellita, Lobophora and Encope, the lateral twigs

of the ambulacral vessel become immediately hidden in a super-

ficial labyrinth of fine canals in the shell, which fourm ambulacral

galleries, and are here and there connected with deeper sinuses

open towards the abdominal cavity.

»-In these genera the pore-fasciz, at a short distance from the

mouth, divaricate in consequence of their dichotomous divisions

from the middle of the ambulacrum, in which the trunk of the

ambulacral vessel lies. No branches of the ambulacral vessel

follow the course of the two principal branches of the pore-fasciz,

but the pores of these two large pore-fasciz are supplied by vas-

cular twigs, which are directed transversely to them, and partly

arise directly from the median ambulacral trunk, partly have a

pennate origin from branches of the latter. But all these twigs

of the ambulacral vessels run in narrow ambulacral galleries,

which occasionally anastomose and give off transverse offsets in

close succession which meet the lateral ambulacral fasciz, and

then penetrate in part transversely, in part obliquely, to their

pores. From this source then the pores receive their twigs. . In

Mellita quinquepora 1 could follow out the branches of the am-

bulacral vessels from the trunk into the galleries, to then very ulti-

mate ramuscules. In this manner also the many secondary

branches of the pore-fasciz are supplied. But, I repeat, the ra-

mifications of the pore-fasciz and those of the branches of the

ambulacral vessels are totally different.

The ambulacral galleries of Mellita, Lobophora and Encope

occupy a thin superficial layer of the shell and are distinguished,

by the narrowness of the canals, from the other deeper sinuses of

the shell common in this genus.

- 1 am unable to confirm the statement that cecal processes of

the intestine’lie in these sinuses in Mellita quinquepora and other

Clypeasteride. In the former species, as well as in Mellita hexa-

pora, in Lobophora, Clypeaster, and, m fact, in all the genera

which I have examined, the intestine has no cca, and passes by

the sinuses and apertures of the ambulacral chambers without

giving off any processes whatever, accompanied at its outer edge

by a great vessel, as in the regular Sea-urchins, and fastened by

a mesentery. In Mellita and Lobophora a portion of the lobules

of the sexual organs passes into the sinuses of the shell.

The innumerable muscular organs, subject to voluntary con-

trol, on the back of the shell of a Sea-urchin, such as the

suckers, pedicellarie, and the muscies of the spines, receive

their nerves from the ambulacral nervous trunk lying in the in-

terior of the shell, whose branches accompany the branches of

the ambulacral vessel.. The nervous trunks of the five ambulacra,

24 . Mr. P. L. Sclater on a new species of Tanager.

united around the mouth by a nervous ring, form the larger por-

tion of the nervous system, and inasmuch as they become more

slender towards both ends of the ambulacrum and far surpass

the nervous ring of the oral aperture in diameter, these ambu-

lacral nervous trunks might be regarded as ambulacral cerebra,

whose unity of action is provided for by the nervous ring. It is

this ring which is cut through in the Synapte, when we divide

the head longitudinally upon one side, and so deprive them of

the power of breaking themselves up. .

[To be continued. }

II.—On a new species of Tanager in the British Museum.

By Pari Lutiey Scrater, M.A,

Turoveu the kindness of Mr. G. R. Gray I have had an oppor-

tunity of examining an apparently new species of Tanager lately

acquired by the British Museum. It is nearly allied to the

Saltator rubicus of Vieillot, which is the type of the genus Pha-

nicothraupis, Cabanis. But I agree with Dr. Cabanis that the

proper place of this bird is nearer Pyranga and Tachyphonus than

Saltator, with which it is often classed, and I think we may with

propriety adopt the new generic name Dr. Cabanis has coined

for it, and station it intermediately to the two former genera.

My new bird will be the third of the genus, if we admit the

claims of the Mexican variety named rubicoides by De la Fresnaye

to be a true species. A specimen of this latter bird from Gua-

timala in my collection differs little in size from the southern

race, although varying slightly in the conformation of the bill

and rosy tint of the under plumage, as that accurate naturalist

has remarked.

I possess a second local variety of this species from the islan

of Trinidad. It is smaller, and has the throat, belly and crissum

of a rosy tint like the rubicoides; but 1 should be unwilling to

separate it specifically without seeing more specimens.

The three species of the genus Phenicothraupis will therefore

stand as follows :—

Sp. 1. Poa@nicoruravris Rusica (V.).

Saltator rubicus, Vieill. Nov. Dict. xiv. 107.

Tanagra flammiceps, Temm. Pl. Col. 177.

porphyrio, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 31.

Pyranga rubica, D’Orb. Voy. p. 265.

Phenicothraupis rubica, Cab. M. H. p. 24.

Hab. in Brazilia (Max.), Bolivia (D’?Orb.), Paraguaya (Azara).

po a ee

i il ce a a al

—

eI co

On new or little-known species of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. 25

Sp. 2. Puenicornravris rusicorpEs (Lafr.).

Saltator rubicoides, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 41.

- Pheenicothraupis rubicoides, Cab. M. H. p. 24,

Hab. in Mexico (Lafr.), Guatimala.

Sp. 3. PH@nicoTuRAUPIS GUTTURALIS, Sclater.

P. niger : vertice cristato cum gutture medio coccineis: rostro

ohana nigris.

ng. tota 7°25; ale 3°8; caude 3°2 (poll. angl.).

~ Hab. in Nova Grenada (?).

The plumage is of a nearly uniform brown-black ; bill and

feet deep black ; an elongated vertical crest and the middle of

the throat crimson: the nape of the neck and upper breast are

slightly tinged with the crimson colour. The extreme tips of

some of the crest feathers are black ; the chin and sides of the

throat are black.

49 Pall Mall, Nov. 24, 1853,

IlI.—Descriptions of new or little-known species of Reptiles col-

lected in Ceylon. By E. F. Ketaarrt, M.D., F.L.S. &e.

Order SAURIA.

Tribe Geissosaura.

Fam. AconrTIADZz.

Genus Ness1a, Gray.

Nessia Burtoni (?), Gray.

Dark rufous brown above, and spotted longitudinally with

darker brown spots ; dark gray beneath, clouded and indistinctly

spotted. Tail cylindrical, rounded at the end, and coloured

and spotted like the body. Limbs four, very small, each with

three subequal toes, clawed.

Length 52 inches.

Hab. Allagalla, 3000 ft., and Kaduganava, 2500 ft.

If our identification is correct, it would appear probable that

the only specimen in Europe, found in the Army Medical Offi-

cers’ Museum at Fort Pitt, was sent from Ceylon. The speci-

men was named after Staff Surgeon Burton, who was the Curator

of the Museum when Dr. Gray visited that establishment.

26 Dr. Kelaart on new or little-known species

Genus Acontias, Cuvier.

Acontias Layardi, n. s., nobis.

Light olive, and spotted iongitudinally with brown spots, paler

beneath.

Length of young 4 inches. 4

Hab. Soil of the Cinnamon gardens of Colombo.

The form of this reptile is distinguished from that of Nessia,

above described, by the absence of limbs; in other respects it

is very like the ‘outline characters of Nessia. Mr. Layard pro-

cured us the specimens (apparently young) of this curious lizard.

Mr. Blyth writes, that he has described an allied genus from

Rangoon by the name of Ophiseps.

Fam. Urore.rip2.

Rough-tails. Dapat-naya, Sing.

This curiously formed family of reptiles is known in the island

as Dapat-nayas, or Double-headed Snakes. The natives con-

sider them poisonous, but our experience of their habits leads

us to believe that they are perfectly harmless, and that they are

timid creatures, seldom making their appearance aboye ground,

living chiefly im ant-hills or dung-hills, sometimes also several

feet deep in rich loamy soil. They feed on ants, small earth-

worms, and larvee of insects.

It appears from Dr. Gray’s Catalogue, that in the museums of

Europe there are only three species, and of these three only one

is from Ceylon, viz. Silubowra Ceylonicus, many specimens of

which we have found in the Kandyan Hills since our work ‘on

the Fauna of Ceylon was published. We have also, since the

publication of that work, collected three other species, making

im all five distinct, undescribed or new species of Rough-tails

(Uropeltide) in the island of Ceylon, which we shall now de-

scribe in a connected form.

Dr. Gray subdivides the family into three groups, and we have

added a fourth, to admit of two species, one of which only we

have described in the ‘ Prodromus.’

Genus Rurnoruis, Hempr.

Rhinophis Blythii, n. s., nobis,

Dark yellowish brown above, with darker brown spots on the

anterior third of scales; paler beneath. Rostrum yellow. Sides

of nape and neck waved with angular marks of a yellowish hue ;

yellow spots on each side of vent. Tail thick, shghtly truncated,

conical; upper part near termination has.a small subtriangular

“of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. 27

nearly smooth shield, lower surface covered with broad scales.

Vent-shields 1-2.

__ Length 16 inches ; circumference of the middle of body 1,3,

inch ; ‘tail and neck rather thicker.

Hab. Mountains of Ceylon. Three specimens, found 3 or 4 feet

below the surface soil of coffee plantations.

Genus Uropettis (part), Cuvier.

Tail obliquely truncated, flattish, and covered with a flat

roundish radiating granular shield, lower edge rounded, the

under side of tail with six series of small scales. Gray.

Uropeltis Saffragamus, n. s., nobis.

Head dark olive-brown, the rest of the upper surface of a

blackish brown colour, with bluish bronze reflections; beneath

white ; a pale white spot on each side of neck near the head.

Tail deeply truncated and nearly covered with a large flat cir-

cular blackish granular shield, white and rounded beneath, and

lower covered with five series of small scales, the central

series broader than the lateral ones. Vent-shields 1-2. The

neck and fore part of the body much thicker.

Length 9 inches.

_ Hab. District of Saffragam, near Adam’s Peak.

The only specimen of this species which we have as yet seen

is one sent to us by Mr. Barnes De Zilva from Ratnapoora.

Uropeltis grandis, n. s., nobis.

» Above dark brown with a bluish metallic lustre, anterior part

of each scale with a blackish spot; beneath of a pale yellow

colour, spotted brown on the anterior part of scale. Head of a

light olive-brown colour. Tail short, abruptly truncated, the

truncated surface entirely covered with a large circular granular

shield. Vent-scales 1-2.

Total length superiorly, 1 foot 7 inches; inferiorly, 1 foot

8 inches. Tail-shield nearly the size of a shilling-piece. Head 8—

10 ‘amg in length. Greatest circumference 23 inches near the

neck.

Hab. Southern Province. ;

The only specimen we have seen of this very large Rougb-tail

is one procured by Mr. Balkhuysen of the Colonial Medical Ser-

vice, from Kerinday near Matura.

Uropeltis pardalis, n. s., nobis.

Head small, dark olive; upper parts black with beautiful

bluish bronze reflections, irregularly spotted white ; beneath yel-

28 Dr. Kelaart on new or little-known species

lowish white, marked with small and larger black spots of various

shapes ; some palee-yed. These black spots occupy more than

one scale, generally two or three contiguous scales, and they are

placed without order in various directions. Chin and throat uni-

maculate. Tail very short, obliquely truncated and covered with

a large flat orbicular granular shield. wh

Length 64 inches ; cireumference 3 inch.

Hab. Matura, Southern Province.

Genus DAPpaTNAYA, n. g.

Tail obliquely truncated, upper part and tip covered with a

large semi-conical granular shield. Vent-shields 1-2.

Dapatnaya Lankadivana, n. s., nobis.

Above dark brown, beneath paler. Scales with pale margins. |

Head yellowish in some. Rostrum yellow. Shield of tail sloping

down to the lower surface. Vent-scales yellow; in some the

spot extends beyond the vent.

Length from 1 to 2 feet. Thickness nearly the same through-

out, about 1 inch.

Hab. Common at Trincomalie and in the Kandyan Province.

Found 2 or 3 feet under ground, and in ant-hills. The young

is of a dark olive-brown colour.

Dapatnaya Trevelyanii, n. s., nobis.

Black above, margin of scales pale ; white beneath, with lon-

gitudinal series of black spots, formed of central spots on each

scale ; a line of triangular white spots, with their apices directed

upwards, along each side. Vent white. A white lne rising from

this spot runs over the tail, and another whitish line extends

forwards from the vent for about 3 inch. Tail short, and nearly

covered with a white semi-conical granular shield ; tip ridged, a

little produced.

Length from 12 to 18 inches; nearly of the same thickness

throughout, about 1 inch.

Hab. Kandyan Hills, 3 or 4 feet under ground, and in the soil

near the roots of coffee trees and cane.

Some of the young are of a bluish colour, others are spotted

on the back.

Tribe Nyctisaura.

Fam. Grckorip.

Genus Borraria.

Boltalia sublevis, Gray.

Above dark rufous brown ; beneath sulphurecus yellow, some-

Vanadyl Dn 3 we oe

SS Se Se

of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. 29°

times clouded with black. Back granular, with two or more

longitudinal lines of larger granules on each side. Scales of chin

large. Tail armed with adpressed spines in rings. Femoral

pores in male ouly, from sixteen to twenty.

Length 54 inches. ;

Hab. The Central and Southern Provinces.

This Gecko we obtained in great abundance in Galle; we have

also seen a few at Kaduganava after the publication of the ‘ Pro-

dromus.’ It is rarely seen on the walls of houses, generally on

trees and on the roofs of houses. The rufous brown colour

changes at times into a dark gray mottled with black. When

immersed in spirits the rufous brown colour is entirely lost.

This Gecko has been mistaken for Hemidactylus Leschenaultit,

and also for a large variety of H. frenatus, but the clawless com-

Preates last joint of the thumb will distinguish this lizard from

others.

_ From Peripia Peronii it is sufficiently removed by its granular

back and armed tail. This lizard cannot be confounded. with

Hemidactylus Coctai ; it has very little resemblance to it, and

the thumb of H. Coctzi is clawed. (Vide Prodromus Faune Zey-

lanice.)

: Genus Hemipactytvs, Cuvier.

Hemidactylus Pieresii, n. s., nobis.

This new species of Gecko, described in ‘Prod. Faune Zey-

lanice,’ p. 159, is found in the Kandia Hills, and also in the

southern parts of the island. It is recognised by Mr. Blyth as

a distinct species from H. trihedrus.

Genus Gymnopactytvs, Gray.

Gymnodactylus Kandianus, n. s., nobis.

(Prod. F. Zeylanicz, fol. 186.)

This.diurnal Gecko is considered by Mr. Blyth to be identical

with Gray’s Gontodactylus Timorensis ; but we are still of opi-

nion that it is a distinct species, more particularly as Goniodac-

tylus Timorensis is not described as bearing spines on the tail or

back. There are also, in the male of our species, a small curved

translucent elevation on each thigh with two or three glandular

bodies or pores. Dr. Gray has now with him specimens from

Ceylon, which we have sent him by Mr. E. Layard.

30 On new or little-known species of Reptilescollected in Ceylon.

Order BATRACHIA.

Suborder 1. Salientia.

Fam. Ranipz&. Frogs.

Genus Rana, Linn.

Rana Kandiana, nu. s., nobis.

Beautiful grass-green above; beneath orange-red, inside of

limbs slightly vermiculated with yellow. Skin of upper parts

rough, coriaceous ; a white granular ridge on each side of the

back.

Length 33 inches.

Hab. Kaduganava, Kandyan Province.

We have only seen two specimens of this rare frog.

Fam. Hytip#. Tree Frogs.

Genus Limnopytes, Dum. et Bib.

Limnodytes mutabilis, n. s., nobis.

Upper parts very changeable; generally of a bright green

above and yellow beneath, a red line on the outer edge of limbs ;

sometimes of a dark chestnut on the upper parts, and variegated

with yellow and green on the sides and limbs; of a more slender

form than the common tree frogs, Polypedates cruciger and

P. leucomystaz. About 2 inches long.

Hab. Cinnamon gardens, Cotta, near Colombo. °

If not mistaken, we have also seen this elegant frog at Newera

Ellia. In spirits the colours fade into a pale leaden hue; the

red streak on the limbs disappears last.

Limnodytes maculata, n. s., nobis.

Brown, spotted and streaked with black or dark brown ; paler

beneath, seldom spotted. About 1+ inch long.

Hab. Galle, Southern Province.

We believe this species to be generally distributed, but have

before mistaken it for the young of Polypedates leucomystax. —

Genus Eveystoma, Gray.

Eugystoma cinnamomea, n. s., nobis.

Cinnamon-red, spotted black. Limbs also spotted. Belly

whitish.

Length (young) 1} inch.

Hab, Colombo, Western Province.

ea en eae

<oolet} a+ Getes\\Prof, E. Forbes on-Spadix purpurea. 81

Order PSEUDOPHIDIA.

Fam. CacrLiipz.

Genus IcutTHyoPHIs.

Ichthyophis glutinosus, Gray.

Since the publication of ‘Prod. Faune Zeylanice,’ we have

collected several large and small specimens near rivulets on the

. hills of Kaduganava, Kandyan Province. They are generally seen

_.crawling on mud after rain. They feed on small earth-worms.

. We have not yet succeeded in securing a “ tadpole ” of this rep-

tile. The pale lines seen in specimens preserved in spirits are of

a pale yellow colour in fresh specimens, very distinctly marked

even in young animals.

IV.—Note on Spadix purpurea, Gosse.

By Professor Epwarp Forsss, F.R.S. &e.

I raxe some blame to myself for not having two months ago

called attention to the fact that this most curious and interesting

» creature, or one very near it, had already received a generic and

specific denomination from the illustrious Sars. Before Mr. Gosse

published his account of it, that excellent naturalist kindly sent

~Me a specimen, which accidentally arrived in a bad state for ex-

amination. I recognised, however, its probable identity with a

curious zoophyte found by Mr. Cocks and Mr. Alder, and of

which I had a good outline drawing in my possession, seut me

«by Mr. Alder in 1847. Unfortunately its discoverers delayed

> publishing any account of it.

In a valuable paper by Sars, entitled “ Beretning om en i

Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Fin-

marken,” published I believe origmally in the ‘ Christiania

_Journal’ (though, having only a separate copy, I cannot speak

to the exact date), is the following generic description, among his

list of Polypes of the group of Anthozoa (p. 14) :—

__. “ Myriothela arctica, 8., nov. genus et sp. (a wupios, innume-

rabilis, et 07d), papilla). Character generis: Animal solitarium,

nudum, cylindraceum, affixum, superne tentaculis numerosis

brevibus sparsis apice globoso, ore terminali; inferne gemmis

globosis breviter pedicellatis, racematim coacervatis.”

_ Then follows a brief remark in Norwegian on its distinctions

‘from Coryne and Syncoryna; and the statement that it was

found at Tromsé in a depth of from 20 to 30 fathoms, attached

to a stone with Sertularie.

It is enumerated in his list between Hydractinea carnea and

Syncoryna ramosa.

32 Dr. Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia.

I need not say that I was unacquainted with this passage when

I received the communication from Mr. Gosse, to whom, I. be-

lieve, in my reply I mentioned the likelihood of his animal

identical with that discovered by Mr. Cocks and Mr. Alder.

In the paper referred to are many notices of new marine ani-

mals, including several zoophytes, to which the attention of the

explorers of our seas might well be directed.

The fact of the occurrence of the Bryarea Scolopendra i in the

British seas was first made known by myself, in a communi-

cation to the Wernerian Society in 1840; and at the Meeting of

the British Association in 1849, when Dr. Ball gave am account,

of its discovery in Ireland, much information was communicated

by several naturalists present respecting this very heantifulh poe

still anomalous animal. i reg

V.—Description and Illustrations of new species of Verruicotil

and Sagedia found about Torquay, Devonshire. By Ricuarp

Deakin, M.D. ny

[With Four Plates.]

Verrucari, Pers.

Apothecia globose, enclosed within or protruded above the

thallus. Nucleus gelatinous, enveloped in a tunic, and entirely

or partly covered with a black or brownish perttheciwm (not eon-

tracted into a neck), perforated with a minute or dilated pore,

and often papillated at the si Sporidia in asci. Thallus

horizontal, crustaceous.

V. neglecta. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Thallus crustaceous, a dark dull olive-green, warty and uneven,

unequally cracked, upon a black substratum, indeterminate ;

apothecia numerous, crowded, black, immersed, conico-hemi-

spherical, with a naked subpapillated apex and large open pore ;

perithecium dimidiate ; nucleus brown, in a black tunic ; sporidia

small, oblong, single- celled.

Thallus in large, spreading, indeterminate patches, of a dark

dull olive-green, uneven, warty, and more or less granulated,

irregularly cracked, becoming greener and continuous when

moistened, here and there showing the black. substratum which

forms a thin layer beneath the whole, and often forms a margin

beyond the edge of the outer coat. When the plant is grown in

shady places and not exposed to the sun, it has a much more

powdery appearance, is continuous, not cracked, and in this state

closely resembles the V. trachona, Tay). Apothecia numerous,

crowded, black, at first entirely covered by the thallus and hemi-

spherical, becoming more conical and naked at the apex, often

Dr, Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia. 33

with a minute papillated elevation; but as the pore becomes

larger and open, this seems to disappear ; frequently in exposed

arts of the stone, the outer coat of the thallus falls away,

eaving the apothecia much more prominent and rough, and

attached only to the black substratum. Perithecium dimidiate,

slightly imeurved at the base. Nucleus brown, almost black

when dry, in a thin black tunic. Sporidia in asci eight, small,

pale, single-celled, ovate-oblong.

Hab. Limestone rocks, Babbicombe near Torquay, Devonshire.

“The Verrucaria trachona described by Taylor in ‘ Flora Hiber-

nica,’ part 2. p. 93, is not, as is shown by Leighton (British

Angiocarpous Lichens, p.50), the V. trachona (Eng}. Bot. Suppl.),

but an undescribed species; and the V. trachona (Engl. Bot.

Suppl.), which he supposes to be Acharius’s, and like V. lithina,

Tayl., is a Pyrenothea, and named by him P. lithina. Both

these species are very different from the above, which is at once

distinguished by the black substratum to the thallus; and the

sporidia are ovate, single-celled, and not of a fusiform shape and

four-celled, as is shown in the V. trachona, Tayl., by Leighton.

From Pyrenothea lithina they are readily distinguished by the

difference in their generic character.

V. parva. (Plate 1. fig. 2.)

Thallus crustaceous, thin, ashy-gray, continuous, indetermi-

nate, the surface minutely granulated ; apothecia minute, glo-

bose, black, prominent ; pore small, at length widely umbilicated ;

perithecium entire; nucleus brown, in a pale tunic; sporidia

elliptical, two-celled, colourless.

Thallus thin, crustaceous, of a dull ashy-gray colour, becoming

of a greenish-brown hue when moistened, spreading in conti-

nuous indeterminate patches; the surface, when seen with a

magnifying power, rough with minute granular-looking points

giving it a powdery appearance; the internal substance white,

with green tires thickly scattered amongst it. Apothecia

very small, numerous, scattered, full, black, globose, half im-

mersed ; pore scarcely visible, at length it is widely open and

umbilicated, looking like a minute cup. Perithecium entire.

Nucleus brown, inapale tunic. Sporidia in asci eight, elliptical,

two-celled, colourless.

Hab. Limestone rocks near Torquay, Devonshire.

This little Verrucaria may have been overlooked as a variety

of V. rupestris, but its entire perithecium and two-celled sporidia

distinguish it from that species; and its smaller globose apo-

thecia, together with its two-celled sporidia, separate it from

V. murina, Leight., which has much larger apothecia, and the

sporidia are single-celled.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 3

34 Dr, Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia.

V. Leighton. (Plate I. fig. 8.)

Thallus crustaceous, very thin, continuous, indeterminate,

dark brownish-gray, somewhat powdery-looking on the surface ;_

apothecia very small, black, hemispherical; pore minute, at

length widely umbilicated; perithecium dimidiate, neither spread-

ing nor incurved at the base; nucleus pale yellow, in a thir

black tunic; sporidia ovate, two-celled, contracted at the septa,

yellowish-brown. laot

Thallus very thin, continuous, indeterminate or limited, with

a pale margin ; the surface is. even, but when seen through a

magnifying power is minutely powdery-looking, with dark points;

when dry it is a dull dark gray or mouse-colour, becoming darker

and of an olive hue when moistened ; beneath the outer coat and

generally through the white substratum are scattered green gra-

nular bodies. -Apothecia at first. very small, prominent, hemi-

spherical, without any distinct pore; at length the top becomes

flattened, sunk, and bie then, bebin the margins being elevated,

the appearance of a Lecidea; when moistened it becomes more

elevated from the swelling of the nucleus, and is roughish with

slightly elevated points. Perithecium dimidiate, thin, covering

half the nucleus, neither spreading nor incutved at the base.

Nucleus pale yellowish-brown, hyaline when moist, in a thick

black tunic. Sporidia in asci eight, ovate-oblong, more or less

pointed or obtuse at the extremities, two-celled, and generally

slightly contracted at the septa, dark yellowish-brown, the mar-

gin and septa darker. he

Hab. Limestone rocks near the sea, Torquay, Devonshire.

This little plant appears to have been overlooked, or may have

been mistaken for a species of Lecidea, which the apothecia in

an old state resemble; but it will be seen from the description

and illustration that its structure is that of a true Verrucaria ;

and it is named in compliment to the Rev. W. A. Leighton, the

author of the ‘ British Angiocarpous Lichens,’ in which he has

pointed out the way to a more accurate knowledge and satisfac-

tory investigation of the structure of Lichens and their distinctive

specific characters,

V. ovata. (Plate IL. fig. 4.)

Thallus crustaceous, dark dull olive-green, thin, terminated

by a narrow black line cracked into angular areole; apothecia

black, small, scattered, immersed, hemispherical, the apex be-

coming naked, depressed ; pore minute; perithecium dimidiate,

thick, incurved at the base; nucleus black, in a thin black tunic ;

sporidia ovate, single-celled, pale yellow, granulated.

Thallus thin, in irregular-shaped patches, terminated when

growing with other species, which is generally the case, in’ a

OO a se

Dr. Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia. 35

narrow, black, often indistinct margin ; the surface a dull dark

brownish-olive, even and smooth, more or less cracked into

angular areolz, which are not visible when the plant is moist-

ened; beneath the outer coat is a green granular layer upon a

white substratum. Apothecia immersed in the thallus, which

swells about its base; the apex at length becomes naked,

and more or less prominent, sometimes conical, but afterwards

de ed or flattened; pore minute. Perithecium thick, clumsy-

looking, and often so swollen and spreading at the base as to

‘appear to entirely envelope the nucleus, but upon careful exami-

‘nation it is found wanting at the base, and the nucleus only

separated from the stone by a thin black tunic. Nucleus black,

‘becoming white and hyaline when moistened. Sporidia in asci

‘eight, ovate, single-celled, pale yellow, granulated or clouded

from the contained sporules.

Hab, Calcareous rocks near the sea, Torquay, Devonshire.

bale. : V. fugaz. (Plate I. fig. 5.)

_ Thallus crustaceous, very thin, continuous or scattered, mi-

nutely sealy, fugacious, greenish-olive ; apothecia minute, scat-

d, hemispherical, glossy black ; pore minute, becoming um-

bilicated, large and open ; perithecium dimidiate, incurved at the

base; nucleus pale brown, in a pale tunic; sporidia ovate,

single-celled, pale yellow.

_ Thallus crastaceous, very thin, spreading in indeterminate

patches, continuous, or sometimes here and there cracked into

minute areole, apparently soon falling away, leaving a few scat-

tered scales especially about the apothecia, and then pulverulent ;

it is of a dull brownish-gray when dry, olive-green when moist ;

“beneath the outer coat is a green granular layer upon a white

‘substratum. Apothecia numerous, scattered, minute, hemisphe-

rical, prominent, glossy black, the base only immersed in the

7 us; pore minute, becoming umbilicated, at length open, the

op falling away, leaving the remains, a minute ring. Perithecium

dimidiate, incurved at the base, and enveloping the nucleus

except a small space at the bottom. Nucleus pale brown, white

and hyaline when moist; tunic pale. Sporidia in asci eight,

ovate, ae lin single-celled, often clouded from the con-

tained sporules.

Hab. Calcareous rocks, Torquay, Devonshire.

V. perminuta. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

Thallus dark olive-green, thin, indeterminate, continuous,

uneven, rugose and warty; apothecia scattered or crowded, mi-

nute, prominent, brownish-black, globoso-hemispherical ; pore

minute; perithecium dimidiate, incurved at the base; nucleus

86 Dr. Deakin on new ‘species vf Verrucaria and Sagedia.

white, in a thin black tunic; sporidia fusiform, septa se i

ellow.

, Thallus thin, in wnequal-sized indeterminate patched oft a aie

olive-green, unchanged by moisture, sometimes of a brownish

hue, uneyen and somewhat warty, but smooth, not polished ;

beneath the outer coat is a green granular layer upon a white

substratum. —Apothecia scattered, sometimes several are crowded

together, very small, scarcely visible to the naked e, promi-

nent, globose or hemispherical, black with a brownish hue, some-

times glossy. Perithecium dimidiate, incuryed at the base, the

pore very minute, often not visible, but in an old state it becomes

large and open. Nucleus white, in a very thin’ black ‘tunic.

Sporida in asci eight, fusiform, tapermg at each end, pale yel-

low, six-celled, with five septa.

Hab. Rocks near the sea, Torquay, Devonshire.

Notwithstanding the close affinity in the general appearance

and the structure of the thallus and apothecia with V. trachona,

Tayl., the sporidia are very distinctly different ; they are more

tapering at the extremities, and have six cells and five septa,

while in V. trachona, Tayl., they are obtusely pointed at the

extremities, have four cells and three septa.

V. viridis. (Plate III. fig. 7.)

Thallus crustaceous, very thin, grayish-green, cracked into

angular areole, indeterminate ; apothecia small, scattered, black,

at length depressed and umbilicated ; perithecium prominent,

dimidiate, neither incurved nor spreading at the base; nucleus

white, in a pale tunic; sporidia elliptical, twoecelled, yellow,

granulated.

Thallus crustaceous, very thin, spreading in indtbetrainatd

patches of a dull grayish-green, becoming yellowish-green when

moist and somewhat gelatinous, cracked when dry into an-

gular areole, the internal substance, scattered throughout with

green granules. Apothecia minute, black, prominent, scattered,

hemispherical, becoming depressed, and the minute pore widely

umbilicated. Perithecium dimidiate, short, neither incurved nor

spreading at the base. Nucleus white, and hyaline when moist:

Sporidia in asci eight, elliptical, two- celled, yellow, and granu-

lated with the ultimate sporules.

Hab. Red Sandstone rocks, Torquay, Devonshire.

The three following species, though not new, have not been,

I think, fully illustrated.

V. plumbea, Ach.. (Plate III. fig. 8.)

Thallus crustaceous, lead colour, terminated by a black margin

cracked into small angular areole ; apothecia small, black, sub-

p70

— ne

Dr. Deakin. on new species of Verrucaria.and Sagedia. 37

ical, immersed, becoming half-protruded, depressed at

the top ; pore minute, rarely umbilicated; perithecium entire ;

nucleus pale, brown or white; sporidia elliptical, smgle-celled,

pale, yellow. i119! itz

Pernicaria plimbea, Ach. Lich. Uniy. 285. Syn. 93 ; Fries,

*'° ich. Europ. p. 438; Hook. Brit. Fl. ii. 153 ; Tayl. Fl. Hib.

"Dt: 2.p. 91; Bohl. Lich. Brit. pl. 81.

’Verrucaria cerulea, DeCand, Fl. Franc. ii. 318; Scher. Lich.

~**Enum. 216. Exs. 102.

‘Lichen plumbosus, Sm. Eng. Bot. 2540.

~ Thallus crustaceous, rather thin, in irregular-shaped patches,

termimated by a somewhat thickened black margin, the surface

even or slightly rugged, of a bluish lead-colour, becoming in an

old state darker. and often brownish, cracked into small angular

areolz ; beneath the outer coat is a green granular layer upon a

white substratum. Apothecia numerous, scattered, one, sometimes

two, in.an areola, small, black, immersed in the thallus, becoming

half protruded, hemispherical, at length depressed, and a section

shows. them to be almost square; pore minute, occasionally

becoming open and umbilicated. Perithecium entire. Nucleus

white or pale brown, hyaline when moist. Sporidia in asci

eight, elliptic ovate, single-celled, pale yellow, sometimes gra-

~ Hab. » pel Sie rocks in various. parts of Europe.

V. Gagei? Borr. (Plate III. fig. 10.)

_- Thallus erustaceous, thin, indeterminate, a dull gray or brown-

ish-white, uneven, cracked into angular areolz ; apothecia minute,

black, half-immersed, globose, becoming much larger, open and

i 3 perithecium entire ; nucleus pale brown ; sporidia

oblong-ovate, four-celled, colourless.

_ Lichen Gagei, Sm. Eng. Bot. 2580.

Verrucaria Gagei, Borr. Hook. Eng. FI, ii. 153.

Thallus thin, spreading in irregular-shaped indeterminate

patches, whitish-gray, and generally with a brownish hue, cracked

into small. angular areole, the surface more or less uneven, not

powdery ; beneath the outer coat is a green granular layer upon

a white substratum. Apothecia numerous, scattered, very minute,

scarcely visible to the naked eye, black and polished, half-pro-

truded, with an indistinct pore, globose or oblong. | Perithecium

thin, entire. Nucleus black when dry, but pale brown and hya-

line when moist: » Sporidia in asci eight, oblong-ovate, four-

celled, with the septa colourless.

Hab, Sandstone rocks near Florence, Italy.

38 Dr. Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia.

Such is the normal state of the apothecia, but by age they

become much larger, the pore gradually expanding into the

appearance of a small dise and minutely granulated, the margin

of the perithecium forming an elevated border ; but in this st

I have not been able to find any sporidia in the asci, nor is the

nucleus changed by moisture, as it is in the young state, but

remains black ; in some of the asci, in those apothecia which

are not so fully expanded, T have found sporidia, and they are

of a darker colour with the margin and septa brownish, 1

It is probable that the old state of the apothecia, as above

described, was the reason why Sir J. Smith considered his plant

an Urceolaria, and allied it to U. Acharii, to which they have

a great resemblance ; and it may have been also the reason wh

Fries was so doubtful respecting it (see Lich. Burop. p. 198}.

I have ventured to keep the name of V. Gagei for the above

reasons ; but in Leighton’s Brit. Angio. Lich. p. 68, he says

that “the specimens of V. Gagei, Borr., and V. Harrimanni,

Ach., in herb. Borr., showed only on section a black, flat perithe-

cium; with a roundish-yellow spot underneath, no trace of asti

or sporidia being discernible.”

The sporidia resemble those of V. prenophora, Ach. (see Leight.

Brit. Angio. Lich. p. 54. tab. 23), but the apothecia are very

much smaller and of a different shape, and the perithecium is

entire and not dimidiate as in that species.

V. Harrimanni, Ach. (Plate III. fig. 9.)

Thallus crustaceous, thin, mouse-coloured, continuous, termi-

nated by a narrow black margin, the surface minutely dotted

and. powdery-looking; apothecia minute, black, immersed, the

apex prominent; pore at length widely umbilicated ; perithecium

dimidiate, very short; nucleus pale brown, in a pale tunic;

sporidia ovate, single-celled, colourless.

Verrucaria Harrimanni, Ach. Univ. 284. Syn. 93; Hook.

Brit. Fl. ii. 153; Leight. Brit. Angio, Lich. 63; Scher.

Lich. Enum, 216.

Verrucaria rupestris, b, Fries, Lich. Europ. 437.

Thallus erustaceous, thin, spreading in irregular-shaped small

patches, terminating with a narrow black margin; the surface

gray with a reddish hue, minutely dotted and powdery-looking

when seen through a magnifying power; beneath the outer coat

is a green granular layer upon a white substratum. Apothecia

minute, scarcely visible to the naked eye, scattered, immersed ;

the apex black, slightly protruded, hemispherical or flattish ;

pore at first very minute, becoming open and umbilicated. - Peri-

thecium dimidiate, slightly immersed at the base. Nucleus pale

Dr; Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia. 389

yellowish-brown, hyaline when moistened, in a pale indistinct

peat Sporidia in asci eight, ovate, very minute, single-celled,

colourless,

_ Hab, Limestone rocks near Torquay, Devonshire.

‘ Sacepra, Ach. (in part), Fries.

| Apothecia enclosed within the thallus, globose or obovate.

Nucleus gelatinous, deliquescing. Perithecium membranaceous, at

length becoming black. Pore distinct, attenuated into a slender

neck, dilated at the apex, perforated. Thallus horizontal, sub-

crustaceous or crustaceous.

S. ampullacea. (Plate IV. fig. 11.)

_ Thallus crustaceous, thin, indeterminate, greenish-gray, cracked

into angular areole, slightly powdery on the surface, pale green

when moist; apothecia, numerous, scattered, immersed, black,

ampullaform, the apex hemispherical, slightly protruded ; peri-

jum. entire; nucleus white; sporidia irregularly ovate or

elliptical, large, granulated, single-celled, pale yellow.

Thallus spreading in large indeterminate patches of a greenish-

gray, cracked into unequal-sized, variable-shaped, angular areolz,

the surface when magnified having a powdery or minutely warty

appearance; when moistened it becomes of ‘a bright yellowish-

n, and somewhat gelatinous-looking ; beneath the outer coat

is a green granular layer upon a white substratum. Apothecia

numerous, scattered, immersed in the thallus, and forming a

cavity in the mortar beneath it, of a medium size and ampulla-

form shape; the apex small, hemispherical, slightly protruded,

black, with a depressed central pore slightly thickened at the

top of the constricted neck. Pertthecium thickish, entire, tough,

black. Nucleus white, hyaline when moist, in a pale thin tunie,

scarcely visible. Sporidia in asci eight, large, ovate, oblong,

obovate or elliptical, single-celled, pale yellow, granulated.

Hab. Growing on the plaster of an old gate-post near Ilsham,

Torquay, Devonshire.

8. calcarea, (Plate IV. fig. 12.)

Thallus crustaceous, thin, atk continuous, indeterminate,

pinkish-gray, dusty-looking on the surface; apothecia small,

entirely cB atthe gS apex naked, globose, contracted into a

narrow neck; perithecium entire; pore slightly umbilicated ;

nucleus dark brown; sporidia brownish-yellow, large, oblong,

two-celled, granulated, contracted in the middle.

Thallus spreading in large indeterminate patches, hard and

stone-like, contmuous; the surface smooth, even, and when seen

through a magnifying glass appearing dusty, of a pale pinkish-

40 Dr. Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia,

gray, sometimes quite pink, becoming of a. brownish hue when

moistened ; beneath the outer coat is a green layer of minute gra-

nules upon a hard white substratum. Apothecia scattered, entirely

sunk in the thallus, of a globose shape, contracted at. the top

into a narrow neck; the apex small, naked, but not elevated above

the thallus, obtuse, with a small, more or less umbilicated pore.

Perithecium entire, thickish, tough, black. © Nucleus black,

becoming blackish-brown when moistened, and with black gra-

nules mixed amongst it. Sporidia in asci eight, large, oblong

obtuse, two-celled, slightly contracted at the septa, granulated,

of a pale brownish-yellow colour.

Hab. Limestone rocks, Torquay, Devonshire.

S. marina. (Plate IV. fig. 13.)

Thallus crustaceous, subgelatinous when moist, smooth, con-

tinuous, dark greenish-black, terminated by a narrow black

margin; apothecia very small, numerous, scattered, immersed,

the apex slightly elevated ; pore minutely papillated ; perithe-

cium entire, black, submembranaceous ; nucleus black, yellowish -

and hyaline when moist ; sporidia minute, ovate-oblong, single-

celled, colourless.

Thallus spreading in large, continuous, smooth, even, irregular-

shaped patches of a dark greenish-black, becoming of an olive

hue when moistened ; the surface is somewhat polished, occa-

sionally slightly pitted, at other times with minute elevated points;

generally it is perfectly continuous, but in those specimens

grown upon rocks less frequently covered by the sea it is cracked ;

the internal substance when dry is similar in appearance to the

outer, but when moistened it is a yellowish-green, darker towards

the surface, semitransparent, and of a subgelatinous texture. Apo-

thecia very minute, not visible to the naked eye, immersed in the

thallus, of an obovate or oblong shape; the apex slightly elevated

above the surface of the thallus, depressed in the middle, having

a central minutely papillated pore. Perithecium entire, thin,

submembranaceous, black; when dry almost colourless, when

moist more or less contracted towards the top into a neck.

Nucleus when dry almost black, pale yellowish-brown and hyaline

when moist. Sporidia minute, ovate-oblong, single-celled,

colourless, containing one, two, or three granules.

Hab. Rocks submerged by the sea at high-water, Meadfoot,

&c., near Torquay, Devonshire. F

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. IJ. II. ann IV.

Fig. 1. Verrucaria neglecta, Deak. :—a, in a dry state; 6, in a moist state; .

c, slightly magnified ; d, vertical section of thallus and apothecia

magnified; e, apothecium with its papillated apex; f, the same

with the apex fallen away; g, vertical section of the same;

h, sporidia greatly magnified.

—————————————————

VISUII

Dri FB. Gray on’a MS. of Laurence Theodore Gronov. 41

“Figs 2: Verrucaria parva, Deak. :—a, in a dry state ; 5, in a moist state ;

“Ere Stu des slightly magnified; d, vertical section of thallus and apothecia ;

‘e, apothecium magnified ; f, vertical section of the same; g, spo-

ridia greatly magnified.

Fig. 3, Verrucaria Leightonii, Deak. :—a, in a dry state; 6, in a moist

- state; ¢, slightly magnified; d, vertical section of thallus and

_ apothecia ; e, vertical section of apothecium magnified ; f, sporidia

Joo .greatly magnified.

Fig. 4. Verrucaria ovata, Deak. :—a, in a dry state; 6, slightly magnified ;

~~ “¢, vertical section of thallus and apothecia; d, vertical section of

hecium magnified ; e, sporidia greatly ified.

Fig: 5. Verrucaria fugaz, Deak. :—a, in a dry state; b,im a moist state ;

e, slightly magnified ; d, vertical section of thallus and apothecia ;

e, vertical section of apothecium magnified; f, sporidia greatly

magnified.

Fig. 6. Verrucaria perminuta, Deak. :—a, in a dry state; 6, slightly mag-

nified ; S vertical section of thallus anil speteecn 3 d, vertical

section of apothecium magnified ; e, sporidia greatly magnified.

Fig. 7. Verrucaria ohidis, Deak. :—a, ina Seite ; b,in ¥ ont state ;

2 é, slightly magnified ; d, vertical section of thallus and apothecia ;

-o/to0 @ vertical: section’ of apothecium magnified; f, sporidia greatly

Jj. ».|\.. magnified.

Fig. 8. Verrucaria plumbea, Ach. :—a, in a dry state ; 4, slightly magnified ;

€, vertical section of thallus and apothecia; d, vertical section of

apothecium magnified ; e, sporidia greatly magnified.

Fig. 9. Verrucaria Harrimanni, Ach. :—a, in a dry state ; 6, slightly mag-

avr nified; ¢, vertical section of thallus and apothecia; d, sporidia

_..._ | greatly magnified.

Fig. 10. Verrucaria Gagei? Borr.:—a, in a dry state; 6, in a moist state;

¢, slightly magnified ; d, vertical section of thallus and apothecia ;

~~ @, vertical section of apothecium magnified ; /, vertical section of

: an old apothecium ; g, apothecium in a perfect state ; h, apothe-

it cium in an old state; i, sporidia greatly magnified.

Fig. 11. Sagedia ampullacea, Deak. :—a, ma dry state; 0, slightly mag-

ae nified ; c,in a moist state; d, vertical section of thallus and

apothecium; e, vertical section of apothecium; f, sporidia in ascus;

9) ©) 00g, sporidia greatly magnified.

Fig. 12. Sagedia calearea, Deak. :—a, in a dry state ; 5, m a moist state;

se ¢, slightly magnified ; d, vertical section of thallus and apothecia ;

ay é, vertical section of apothecium ; f, sporidia greatly magnified.

Fig. 13. Sagedia marina, Deak. :—a, in a dry state; 6, in a moist state ;

any ¢, vertical section of thallus and apothecia; d, e, vertical sections

of apothecia in a moist state ; f, vertical section of apothecium in

a dried state ; g, sporidia highly magnified.

Vi.— Account of a MS. of Laurence Theodore Gronov lately

purchased for the British Museum, with a Collection of Dry Fish

which it describes. By Joun Enwarp Gray, Ph.D., F.RS.,

V.P.Z,S.

A sox of dry skins of fish arranged between sheets of cartridge

paper like a collection of dry plants, said to be accompanied by

42 Dr. J. E. Gray on a MS. of Laurence Theodore Gronov.

a MS. description, was offered for public sale in a collection of

objects of vertu in Bond Street.

At the time of the sale and while on view the MS. could not

be found ; however, as a slight examination of the specimens

showed they were a partially named collection of about the time

of Gronov (better known by his Latinized name of Gronovius),

who was, without doubt, one of the best ichthyologists of the

latter part of the last century, and by a person who used the

names which he had introduced, and I found there were sundry

Dutch names on the specimens, and the paper of Dutch manu-

facture, I considered the collection even without the MS. would

be an advantageous purchase.

The day after the sale the MS. was found and delivered, and

I was much pleased to find it consisted of 120 separate sheets

of gilt-edged quarto letter paper, containing the generie and. spe-

cific characters and detailed descriptions of the new species in the

collection, with a reference to their synonyma, illustrated with

84 similar sheets, consisting of original drawings of the more

pit shoes species, some engravings extracted from Gronovius’s

‘Museum Ichthyologicum,’ and some of the original drawings

from whence other figures in that work and the ‘Gazophylacium ’

of the same author had been engraved.

A careful examination of the MS. convinced me that it must

have been written by that author, and was a revision and exten-

sion of his other works on Ichthyology, and must have been pre-

pared between 1774 and his death in 1777. I am led to this

conclusion from the following reasons :—

1. In referring to the works of other authors the name pre-

cedes the reference, but in referring to the ‘Museum Ichthyolo-

gicum ’ and the ‘ Gazophylacium’ (which is referred to through-

out the whole MS.) the name is always omitted, and only the

title of the work cited. .

2. Under the genus “ Teuthis Linnea” the author refers as

a synonym to “ Hepatus nobis,’ and this genus was established

by Gronovius in the ‘ Zoophylacium,’ n. 352,

3. The style of the work exactly agrees with that of his pre-

ceding works, and the author uses the technical terms peculiar

to him, and explained in the ‘ Museum Ichthyologicum.’

4, The new species are fully described ; but when the species

is described at length in the ‘ Zoophylacium,’ he only refers to

the page where it is to be found.

But all doubt of the authorship was set at rest by observing

that in several instances the author states at the end of the

species, “ Descripsi in Zoophylaceo, p. 113. n. 362,” and once,

“ Descriptionem exhibui in Zooph. p. 24.”

If there had remained any doubt I might have added, the

a ee

ee ee,

Dr. J.B. Gray on a MS. of Laurence Theodore Gronov. 48

paper has the same water-mark as the paper used in the printed

work above referred to, the possession of the original drawings

engraved in those works, and other particulars.

I fixed the date above given, because several of the drawings

are marked “ De la Targue genaannd van Nieuwland ad vivum

del. 1774,” so that it could not have been prepared before that

year, and one is marked “J. J. Byland 1768.” Gronovius died

in 1777. ,

Since the above account was prepared, I have discovered the

following paragraph in the preface to Meuschen’s ‘ Museum

Gronovianum,’ according to which the collection of M. Laurence

Theodore Gronov was sold by public sale on Wednesday the 7th

of October and subsequent day, 1778.

I do not find the MS. and collection referred to in the sale, so

that it was probably kept by the family, and from the appear-

ance of the box and the padlock on it which contained the

collection, it appears doubtful if it has been more than ecursorily

examined since that period. The key appears to have been lost,

as the box has evidently been forced open.

Speaking of the former possessor of the collection, he observes—

“Tngens studium per omnem fere vitam precipue nuper De-

functus hujus Thesauri Possessor collocavit in excolenda Jch-

eyologia, suique indefessi laboris specimina abunde prebuit in

us@o Ichthyologico ante viginti annos edito, et in primo sui

Zoophylacit fasciculo a 1763, in lucem emisso ; unde pre ceteris

hee Muszi Gronoviani pars Nature Curiosorum alliciet atten-

tionem ; tanto magis, quum in eadem Parte Regni Animalis per-

ficienda ad mortem suam usque incredibili diligentia perrexerit ;

quemadmodum docuit novum Systema Ichthyologicum MS. ab Eo

_relictum, inque scriniis Ejus inventum, in quo multorum Piscium

imagines @ prestantissimis artificibus depicte exstant, neque pauci

exsiccati Pisces novo huic operi sunt inserti, quos, licet in Museo

et Zoophylacio Gronoviano sint descripti, Jrustra ideo in hoc Elencho

querent Historie Naturalis cultores.”

The MS. contains the following genera which are not in the

‘ Zoophylacium’ ; the numbers are those in the MS, :—

5. Pastinaca = Myliobates, Dum.

6. Torpedo = Temera, Gray, and Narke, Kaup.

7. Squalina = Squatina, Dum.

12. Holocanthus = Ostracion § 3. Zooph.=Diodon, Linn.

19. Callionymus.

22. Cestrus = Sciena, Cuv.

24. Boops.

27. Sargus = Ephippus, Cur.

29. Gonopterus = Chelmon, Cwv.

44 Dr. J. E. Gray ona M8. of Laurence. Theodore Gronov.

85. Adonis = Blennius,, Cw,

42, Gonocephalus, = Dactylopterus, Lacep., fen.

46, Scorpzena Scorpzena, Cuv.

47, Sarda. Caranxomores, Lacep., Cur,

48. Thynnus Centronotus, Cuv.

49, Trachurus Caranx, Cuv. “a yout bop

52. Merlucius Merlucius, Cuv. 14

71. Chromis

79, Cephalinus

81. Trichopterus

82. Cordylus

84. Orthagoriscus

85, Lepturus

87. Elops

89. Pteracles

91. Dascilus

93. Holocentrus

Agriopus, Cuv.

Cirrhites, Comm., Cuv.

Scomber, Cuv.

Orthagoriscus, Schn.

Macrourus, Bloch, Cuv.

Pteraclis, Cuv. Bh oft ii

? Holocentrum, Cuv.

Hou tee ton Wa a ae a

94. Amia Apogon, Lacep., Cuv.

95. Stethochetus = Trichopus.

97. Czpola Ceepola.

102. Acronurus = Acanthurus, Lacep., Cuv.

All these genera are fully characterized.

Lacépéde commenced his work on Fish in 1798, and finished

the last volume in 1808. Bloch published his large work on

Fish between 1785 and 1796, and Schneider his Synopsis of Bloch.

in 1801; so that all these authors published their works after

the death of Gronov in 1777. And all these genera would have

had priority, if the publication of the MS. had not been prevented:

by his death.

It is to be feared that the MS., and perhaps the collection, is’

not quite complete, as left by the author, though some part of

the imperfection in the MS. may have been occasioned by its not

having been completed at his death, as is proved by the absence

of any description to the genus Mystus, and the unfinished state’

of the description of Dascilus and some others.

The imperfections are supposed, because some person, evi-

dently not the author, or one well conversant with the subject,

has marked the genera in the MS., which had never been sewed

together, with a consecutive number, and the number of illus-

trations which accompany each genus ; the same number is also

marked on the cover; and on most of the separate papers con-

taining the specimens the generic numbers are often also marked

with a page, as if referring to the pages of the MS., but they are

not paged, and do not agree with the pages which now exist.

It is evident that these numbers are an addition after the MS.

Scizena ? 29

On new species of Ants found in Southern India. 45

had left the hands of the author, for they are written in quite a dif-

ferent hand. “The generic names ‘are in one or two instances

incorrectly written, and the numbers on the specimen pages are

often very carelessly’placed on the wrong end of the paper, so

that the fish are seen on their back when the numbers are read ;

and they are frequently equally carelessly placed over the name

of the specimen written by the hand of the author in pencil on

each of the papers. Unfortunately these names, as well as being

so written over in a few instances, have been obliterated by the

dust and rubbing of the papers against the sides of the box ; but

the illustrations generally enable one to determine the specimens

where the name has been so destroyed.

The specimens are prepared after the manner described by the

uncle of the author, John Frederic Gronov, in a paper published

in the 42nd volume of the * Philosophical Transactions.’ They

are in a very good condition, showing that the plan is one well

— for the purpose of a collection of the smaller species of

fish.

VII.—A Catalogue of the Species of Ants found in Southern

India. By T. C. Jerpon, Esq., Assistant Surgeon, Madras

» Medical Establishment *. — -

I nave been induced to pen the following brief account of the

Ants I have met with in Southern India, more with the view of

stimulating others to record their observations on any species

they..may meet with, than under a sense of the value or com-

pleteness of the remarks contained herein. But no one, as yet,

haying taken the initiative, I trust that any errors in the accom-

panying paper will be pardoned by the scientific entomologist at

home} and that the meagre details I have given will be improved

and, rendered. more faithful and complete by observers in this

country.

. To assist any observers in this country, who may be able and

willing to aid science on this subject, I shall here present them

with. a view of the classification of these interesting insects by

modern entomologists, so that they may be able, in describing

one which is deemed a novelty, to refer it to its place in the

system, even if its real genus be not satisfactorily made out,

which I fear will.be too often the case, as I have experienced in

my attempts at naming those described in the following pages.

Latreille, in the ‘ Régne Animal’ of Cuvier, places Ants as part

* Extracted from the ‘ Madras Journal of Literature and Science’ for

1851, by Frederic Moore, Assistant, Museum, East India House.

46 Mr. T. C. Jerdon on new species of Ants

of the family of the Heterogynes, of the section Aculeata of the

order Hymenoptera, and divides them as follows :—

Ist. Formica, without sting, the antenne inserted near: the

forehead, and with triangular jaws; abdominal pedicle of only

one knot or scale.

2nd. Polyergus, also without a sting, but with the antenne

inserted near the mouth, and the jaws narrow, arched or bent;

abdominal pedicle also of one knot,

3rd, Ponera, neuters and females with a sting; abdominal

pedicle of one knot ; antenne thicker towards the end; jaws tri-

angular ; head somewhat triangular.

4th. Odontomachus, differs from the last in the one ceksiniall

pedicle ending superiorly in a spine ; antennee very slender and

filiform in the neuters; head oblong, much notched posteriorly ;

jaws long, narrow, parallel, three-toothed.

5th. Myrmica, with sting ; abdominal pedicle with two knots

jaws triangular ; maxillary palpi long.

6th. Atta, differs from the last only in its short palpi; head of

neuters usually very large.

7th. Cryptocerus, also with a sting; two knots in the abdo-

minal pedicle ; head very large and flattened, with a cleft on each

side to lodge part of the antennz. (Peculiar to South America.)

St. Fargeau, in the Ist volume on the Hymenoptera in the

‘Suites & Buffon,’ divides the Ants thus :—

Ist Tribe. Les Myrmicites, females with a sting; 1st segment

of abdomen of two knots. This includes the following genera :

Ist, Cryptocerus; 2nd, Atta; 8rd, Ocodoma; differmg from

Atta in its larger head, and the presence of spines. 4th, Myr-

mica.

2nd Tribe. Les Ponerites, females with sting ; 1st segment of

abdomen of one knot only. It includes the genera Odontomachus

and Ponera.

3rd Tribe, Les Formicites, females without a sting; Ist seg-

ment of the abdomen of one knot only. It contaims the genera

Polyergus and Formica.

It will be shortly seen that many of our ants cannot be well

referred to any of these genera; but as it is probable that some

new genera have been formed by recent writers, I shall in general

content myself with referring most of my species to one or other

of those here characterized.

Following the arrangement of St. Fargeau, we have first the

tribe of Myrmicites, md the first genus mentioned by him, Cryp-

tocerus, bemg American exclusively, we come to the genus Adta

of Latreille, from which St. Fargeau has separated Ocodoma, the

chief distinction being the spines which exist either on the head

or thorax of the latter, which, moreover, is said to haye the head

found in Southern India. AT

of variable size, whilst in Aféa it is said to be usually not of a

large size. We have in India species belonging apparently to

both groups, which I shall now endeavour to describe.

Bs Ist Tribe. Mynrmicirezs.

5 Genus Ara.

I possess six species of Ants, all of small size, which appear to

belong to this genus, haying a sting, two knots in the first seg-

ment of the abdomen, antenne not concealed in a cleft, thorax

without spines, and short palpi.

: . 1. Atta minuta, Jerdon (p. 105).

_ Worker barely ;4,th of an inch long ; head oblong; eyes mi-

nute, advanced ; thorax narrow; abdominal pedicles long, nar-

row, the first much more raised than the second; antenne gra-

dually thickening, of a rufous colour, with the abdomen some-

‘what darker or fuscous. Female about ird of an inch long,

similar in form to the worker ; abdomen larger proportionally,

and head smaller. :

This minute species makes a temporary nest in various situa-

tions—in an empty box; between the back of a book and its

leaves; even among the loose pages of a book; in an empty

shell, &. Nothing is used in its construction, a shelter

- from the light merely being sought for. It is perhaps not very

humerous in individuals ; one wingless female is generally found

in the nest. It is very common in the Carnatic and most of

India, but I have not seen it in Malabar. It appears to prefer

dead animal matter to saccharine or vegetable products.

2. Atta destructor, Jerdon (p. 105).

Worker about ,5,ths of an inch long ; head oblong, not so long

in proportion as in the last ; eyes small, more medial than in the

last ; antenne short ; thorax narrow, slightly grooved ; abdo-

minal pedicles long, narrow, first higher than the second ; abdo-

men oval ; colour rufous; abdomen glossy brown. I have not

seen the female.

They live in holes in the ground or in walls, &c., and are

very numerous in individuals. They prefer animal to vegetable

substances, destroying dead insects, bird skins, &c., but also

feed greedily on sugar, They are very common in all parts of

India, and often prove very troublesome and destructive to the

naturalist.

8. Atta domicola, Jerdon (p. 106).

Worker about 4th of an inch long ; head oblong ; eyes mode-

rate size, medial ; antenne rather long; jaws strongly 4-toothed ;

48 Mr. T. C. Jerdon:on new species of Ants

thorax very slightly notched; abdominal pedicles narrow, first

much raised, second slightly so; abdomen ovate; legs longish ;

head, thorax and legs deep red-brown ; abdomen blackish.

This species of Ant does not seem to be common. I have

only hitherto procured it at Nellore in a hole in a house, and I

only saw one kind of individual.

4, Atta rufa, Jerdon (p. 106).

Worker 4th to 4th of an inch long; head short, oblong; eyes

rather small, medial; antenne rather short, with the two last

joints much enlarged; jaws linear, oblong, strongly toothed ;

thorax slightly grooved ; first abdominal pedicle lengthened,

narrow in front, wide behind and much raised ; second broader,

not so high, of a uniform glossy rufous colour, with the end of

the abdomen somewhat darker. . .

Warrior variable, about jth of an inch long; head large, very

square, slightly notched behind, smcoth ; eyes advanced, lateral ;

jaws oblong, quite entire, blunt ; antenne short, otherwise as in

the ordinary worker. “Female about 7,ths of an ineh long;

head small, diamond-shaped ; eyes very large, three large ocell

on the top of the head ; antenne not geniculate, short, all the

joints nearly equal ; thorax thick in front, depressed behind ;

abdomen long, oval ; wings reach beyond the abdomen.

This ant is the only one of the true Atta that has two kinds

of neuter individuals, and in its form and general habits it ap-

proaches much to the next genus, Ocodoma ; but as it wants the

spines on the thorax, I have referred it to Atta. It is very com-

mon in Malabar, but is also found in the Carnatic ; it is found

in holes under ground, about gravel walks, mud walls, and often

appears in houses, coming through a crevice in the floor or wall,

There is a colony of them in my bathing-room, and every now

and then vast numbers of the winged females (and males) issue

forth just before sunset, attended as far as the window by swarms

of the neuters of both kinds. Its favourite food is dead imsects

and other matter, but it also carries off seeds like the Ocodoma;.

as I know to my cost, chaff, &c. It stings very. severely,

leaying a burning pain that lasts for several minutes.

5. Atta dissimilis, Jerdon (p. 107).

About =},th of an inch long; head oblong, rounded ; eyes mo-

derate; antenne suddenly thickening at the last joimt ; thorax

very slightly grooved; abdominal pedicles narrow above, both

equally raised, first rather more conic than the second ; abdomen

long, oval, colour blackish throughout. I have only found this

ant in small numbers on trees in Malabar.

found in Southern India. — 49

©)» 6. Atta floricola, Jerdon (p. 107).

“Worker not ;!-th of an inch long ; head oblong, square ; eyes

smal], advanced ; jaws linear, pointed ; antennze very short, last

joint suddenly enlarged ; thorax very slightly grooved ; abdo-

minal pedicles about equal, narrow, raised ; abdomen long, oval ;

thorax and legs dark rufous; head and abdomen glossy dark

brown.

I have obtained this very small ant, of which I have only seen

one kind of individual, in small numbers on flowers and leaves

at Tellicherry, and it appears to feed solely on vegetable secre-

date Genus Ocopoma.

_ We now come toa set of Ants extremely numerous over all

India, and comprising several species very nearly alike, and pro-

bably confounded together by those who have not examined them

hly., Almost all the species that I have seen have two

kinds of neuters, one of them of very large size compared with

the.ordinary workers, and which are usually called warriors.

Some points in the history of the ceconomy of these Ants have

caused much interest among. naturalists at home.with regard to

the food of these little creatures. The chief distinction of Oco-

doma from Atta consists in the former having some small spines

on the thorax.

i" 7. Ocodoma malabarica, Jerdon (p. 107).

Worker jth of an inch long ; head oval ; eyes moderate ; jaws

rounded, triangular, pointed and finely serrated ; antenne long

and slender ; thorax doubly notched and with some small tuber-

cles, especially two in the usual situation of the thoracic spines ;

first abdominal pedicle small and conic, second large, rounded ;

head, thorax and legs rufous ; abdomen blackish ; legs long.

* Warrior ith of an inch long ; head enormous, rugose, striated,

notched behind; eyes minute, advanced, lateral; jaws

triangular, bluntly toothed, and with an appendage at the base ;

thorax very rough, tubercled, with two minute rudimentary

spines ; first abdominal pedicle small, narrow, barely raised ;

second large, broad, raised, rounded; antenne short; antenne,

legs and abdominal pedicles rufous, the rest of the body blackish.

This species of Ant appears to form a link between the two

genera Atta and Ocudoma, as shown by the rudimentary state of

the thoracic spines. I have found it chiefly about houses ; it

runs rapidly, lives both on insects and other animal matter, and

on sugar, bread, &c. At first sight I mistook it for a small spe-

cies of Formica, mentioned hereafter, F. vagans.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 4

50 Mr. T. C. Jerdon on new species of Ants

8. Ocodoma providens (Sykes ?}, Jerdon (p. 108).

Worker about +th of an inch long; head somewhat ovate,

bulging slightly at the sides and narrowed behind, notched pos-

teriorly and with two points, rough and granular; eyes mode-

rate, central ; thorax slightly grooved, with two small spines on

its posterior angles; first abdominal pedicle pointed, second

longer, broader and rounded. Warrior with jaws pointed and

finely toothed; thorax very rough. Length }th of an inch;

head large, otherwise similar.

I am by no means certain if this be Sykes’s species or not, and

indeed, without actual comparison, it would be very difficult to

determine, so similar are the general features of these small ants,

of which I possess four very closely allied species from Southern

India, and have only collected these from two or three localities ;

so that many other allied species may still exist.

The habits and manners of all are very similar. They live

under ground, making for their size a large series of excavations.

Their common food I suspect to be animal matter, dead insects,

&e., which at all events they take readily, but they also

carry off large quantities of seeds of various kinds, especially the

small grass seeds, and, as every gardener knows to his cost, more

especially garden seeds. They will take off cabbage, celery,

radish, carrot and tomato seeds, but are particularly partial to

the light lettuce seeds; and in some gardens, unless the pots in

which they are sown be suspended or otherwise protected, the

whole of the seeds sown will be removed in one night. I have

also had inany packets of seeds (especially lettuce) in my room

completely emptied before I was aware that the ants had dis-

covered them. I do not know, however, if they eat them or feed

their larvee on them, though for what other purpose they carry

them off I cannot divine. I have often observed them bring

the seeds outside their holes, as recorded by Colonel Sykes, and

this, I think, generally at the close of the rainy season ; but in

some cases I had reason to believe that it was merely the husks,

of which I have seen quite heaps, and that the ants did not take

them back to their nests. If any of the forementioned seeds be

sown at once in a bed, most likely in the morning you will

find the surface of the whole spot covered over with little ridges,

the work of these creatures, and the few seeds that perhaps re-

main, dug all round, and being carried off, sometimes above

ground, at other times under ground. Their galleries and sub-

terranean passages are often very extensive, and it is no easy

matter to dig down to their nest to see what becomes of the

seeds. I have not procured the male or female of this species.

found in Southern India. 51

9. Ocodoma diffusa, Jerdon (p. 109).

Worker about 3th of an inch long; head somewhat oval,

nearly smooth, with a few scattered granules, slightly emargi-

nate behind ; eyes moderate size; thorax deeply grooved, with

two small spines posteriorly ; first abdominal pedicle very pointed,

conic, second rounded, of equal height ; head, thorax and legs

rufous ; abdomen brown.

Warrior 1th of an inch long; jaw strongly toothed; head

large, much striated, deeply notched behind; thorax more deeply

grooved and tubercled; otherwise as in the worker. This spe-

cies appears to be spread over most of India, and has similar

habits to the last.

10. Ocodoma diversa, Jerdon (p. 109).

Worker about ths of an inch long; head oblong, nearly

smooth, emarginate baie 3 eyes small; jaws triangular, toothed ;

thorax but slightly grooved and with two longish spines poste-

riorly ; first abdominal pedicle broadly conic, second rounded ;

head, thorax and legs dark maroon ; abdomen blackish.

Warrior nearly 4 an inch long; head very large, nearly

smooth, slightly striated ; jaws lancet-shaped, entire ; eyes small,

somewhat advanced ; antennz short ; otherwise as in the worker.

I procured this ant in the Wynaad, where it is not uncom-

mon. The difference between the worker and the warrior is

greater than in any other Indian species.

11. Ocodoma affinis, Jerdon (p. 110).

Worker jth of an inch long; head nearly square, almost

smooth, with only a few strie ; eyes nearly medial, smallish ;

Jaws triangular, with two strong teeth at the external angle of

the jaw, and two smaller at the internal angle; thorax very

shghtly grooved, with two curved spines posteriorly ; first abdo-

minal pedicle very narrow, long, conic posteriorly, not much

raised ; second rounded, of equal height, broader; head, legs

and thorax rufous ; abdomen dusky.

Warrior nearly {ths of an inch long ; head and jaws striated ;

eyes very minute ; head notched anteriorly; antennz inserted

in a deep groove ; metathorax elevated; no palpi apparently.

This ant is very common in Malabar; is nearly allied to, but

differs from, O. diversa in the toothed jaws of the warrior, &c.

12. Ocodoma minor, Jerdon (p. 110).

Worker about ;,ths of an inch long, entirely rufous ; head ob-

long,smooth; eyes small; jawslong, somewhat triangular, toothed,

last tooth prolonged ; thorax slightly grooved, with two small

52 Mr. T. C. Jerdon on new species of Ants

spines in its posterior extremity; abdominal pedicles slightly

raised, first long, conic, second rounded, both narrow, above.

Female 3ths of an inch long; head nearly square, slightl

notched behind, three ocelli on top of head; eyes large, medial ;

head striated, with a hollow for the base of the antenne ; jaws

triangular, bluntly toothed at the two angles; antennz short ;

thorax much raised anteriorly, and with two small posterior.

spines ; abdomen long, oval, large. hit icca

I, on one occasion only, found a single individual, which I

presume to be the female (which had lost her wings), under a

stone in my garden at Tellicherry, surrounded by numerous

workers who were busy tending her, and removing some eggs or

larvee. It is the only female I have seen of this genus, and is

well characterized by its large eyes and ocelli.

13. Ocodoma quadrispinosa, Jerdon (p. 111).

Worker nearly jth of an inch long; head smooth; eyes

small ; thorax with two small spines anteriorly, and two large

curved spines posteriorly ; first abdominal pedicle long, raised,

rounded behind; second also rounded, blunter, of equal height ;

head, legs and thorax dark rufous ; abdomen blackish brown. ©

Ihave not seen the warrior (if any) of this race, which I found

during the monsoon forming a small temporary mud abode

round the head of flowers of a species of Leucas abundant in

Malabar. It appeared to be feeding on the vegetable secretions

surrounding the seeds.

Of these seven species of Ocodoma the first and last are very

distinct from all the others, the first by having only rudimentary

spines, and the last by having four spines instead of two. Oco-

doma minor is easily recognized by its smaller size; and the

other four are most readily distinguished by the jaws of the

warriors, which in diversa is entire, in affinis with two teeth at

each angle, in diffusa with moderately strong teeth throughout

its extent, and in providens with the jaw very finely toothed.

Genus Ecrron.

The characters of this genus are thus given by St. Fargeau :

«Antenne entirely free, head elongated, and the thorax without

spines ; maxillary palpi long, of six joints ; jaws linear; wings

unknown.” I have got four species of ants which perhaps may

be ranged under this genus, of which only one species is de-

scribed, and that from South America; but it is more than

probable that they will form a new genus, to which however |

will not attempt to impose a name. My species have a long

slender body, oblong head, large eyes, short antennz, inserted

very near the mouth, linear or oblong jaws, and sting very

severely.

found in Southern India. 53

ViTgiwziie

14. Eciton? rufonigrum, Jerdon (p. 111). -

Worker, length about 31 ths of an inch ; head square ; antennz

short, first joint thickened; very long palpi; eyes large, lateral,

posterior ; jaws somewhat linear, oblong, with two strong teeth at

the external angle, and bluntly toothed in the rest of its extent ;

thorax slightly grooved ; abdominal pedicles very little elevated,

first very long ; abdomen long, oyoid ; thorax, legs, abdominal

pedicles and antenne rufous ; head and abdomen black. This

ant is very common in the Carnatic, less so in Malabar. It

makes its nests in holes of trees, old palings, bamboo rafters,

and such like; it does not care for sweets, is never seen on

flowers, but devours dead animal matter. I have not seen the

female. It stings very severely.

15, Eciton nigrum, Jerdon (p. 112).

_ Worker, length 2,ths of an inch; head long ; eyes large,

medial ; antennz short, the first jomt not being so long as the

head; jaws somewhat square, bluntly toothed; thorax low,

barely grooved; both abdominal pedicles rounded, low; abdo-

men long, oval ; sting very large. Colour uniform black. Fe-

male, length 2iths of an inch; differs from the worker only in

having wings. This ant, like the last, is rare in Malabar, but

tolerably common in parts of the Carnatic; it has the same

habits as the last, living in holes of trees, &c.,and feeds on the

same matter. I have found, on cutting open a dead branch on

which they had formed their nest, many winged females, and

larvee and pupee in different states of development.

16. Eciton rufipes, Jerdon (p. 112).

Worker, length 43ths of an inch; head oblong; eyes. very

large, slightly advanced; thorax considerably grooved ; abdo-

minal pedicles long, low; abdomen. long, ovate, black, with

rufous legs.

I have only found this species on one occasion under a stone

in the Salem district, and know not if it has the dendrophilous

habits of the two last.

17. Eciton minutum, Jerdon (p. 112).

Worker about }th of an inch long, black throughout, very

slender ; legs rather thick ; palpi much exposed. I regret that

[have not at present a specimen of this little ant to deseribe

from more fully. Its general structure, however, is exceedingly

similar to that of its congeners, from which its small size suffi-

ciently distinguishes it... 1 have found it both in the Carnatic

and in Malabar, almost always on trees, but do not. know if it

54 Mr. T. C. Jerdon on new species of Ants

has its nest in holes of the wood or otherwise. Though scarce

in individuals, it is by no means rare, and I hope to be able to

describe it more fully hereafter.

Genus Myrmica.

Gen. Char. Antenne sufficiently exposed; head triangular,

without spines; maxillary palpi long, of six joints; jaws trian-

gular; three cubital cells in the upper wings, the third incom-

plete, &c. Such are the characters assigned to this genus by

modern authors. Whether the following species all belong to

this genus or not, I cannot decide, but judging from thei dif-

ferences, I imagine that they form at least three groups.

In the first group I shall place two or three nearly allied

species, one of which has already been described by Col. Sykes

as a Myrmica, so that it may be considered the typical group.

Of this I have what I imagine to be three species, but all very

closely allied to each other.

18. Myrmica diffusa, Jerdon (p. 1138).

Worker rather more than {th of an inch long ; head wider than

thorax, oblong, triangular, striated; antenne rather short, basal

joint barely longer than the head, imserted near the mouth ;

eyes large ; thorax notched, with two small spines on the pos-

terior angles, curving backwards ; first abdominal pedicle longish,

somewhat heart-shaped, excavated, second obovate, both very

slightly raised ; abdomen triangular; head and body rufous ;

abdomen dark glossy brown.

Female, head not wider than the thorax, which is not spined ;

length ;5,ths of an inch; wings not so long as abdomen.

Male, head very small; eyes large; antennz with the first

joint not elongated ; no spines on thorax, which is much raised ;

wings reach beyond abdomen ; length +th of an inch.

This is a well-known and widely diffused species, bemg found

throughout India. It makes its nest in holes in branches of

trees, runs with its abdomen turned upwards almost over its

head, especially when excited, and feeds on honey and other

vegetable secretions. Occasionally they appear to join their nest

among the roots of moss, orchidez, and various epiphytic plants ;

at least this is the case in Malabar, and I cannot detect any

marked difference of species, although it is possible that the two

races may be distinct. It is very pugnacious, and bites very

severely, not appearing to use its sting much.

19. Myrmica rufa, Jerdon (p. 114).

Worker, length ,%,ths of an inch, head shorter proportionally,

and eyes larger ; thoracie spines longer, straighter ; first abdo-

found in Southern India. 55

minal pedicle longer and less raised than in the last ; entirely of

a rufous colour.

This is a very closely allied species and is found in the same

localities as the last. Had I found it in a different tract of

country, I should have perhaps considered it as a climatal variety,

but its large size and the few points enumerated above lead me

to view it as distinct. Its habits are similar.

20. Myrmica Kirbii ? (Sykes*), Jerdon (p. 114).

Is very closely allied to the two last; has its thorax larger,

rough, and much ridged ; its thoracic spines larger ; first abdo-

minal pedicle somewhat diamond-shaped, second heart-shaped ;

the abdomen strongly ridged longitudinally ; head, thorax and

legs dark maroon; abdomen dark brown. Length ,4ths of an

inch.

I have found this species chiefly in the elevated forests of the

Wynaad ; I cannot say that I have met it below the Ghauts.

It forms a~considerable nest of some papyraceous materials,

usually of an oval form, and placed round a small branch which

supports it. It is very numerous in individuals, countless

swarms issuing from it on being disturbed, and boldly attacking

the assailant both with teeth and sting. It feeds on honey of

flowers and other vegetable secretions.

21. Myrmica fodiens, Jerdon (p. 115).

Worker, length ;4,ths of an inch; head rounded, triangular

striated ; eyes large, posterior; jaws somewhat lmear, four-

toothed ; thorax raised in front, depressed posteriorly, with two

small spines on each side in front, and two tubercles above

these, and two large nearly horizontal spines at the posterior ex-

tremity of thorax; first abdominal pedicle long, narrow, raised

behind, second raised, rounded ; abdomen somewhat triangular ;

head, thorax, legs and abdominal pedicles maroon colour ; ab-

domen shining brown.

Female, head rather smaller proportionally, finely striated ;

eyes larger ; three ocelli; jaws blunt, without teeth ; antennz

scarcely longer than the head ; thoracic spines less developed ;

abdomen larger.

This is one of the most common and abundant ants in Mala-

bar ; I do not remember to have seen it in the Carnatic. It sel-

dom enters houses, but otherwise appears to take the place of

Formica indefessa, which is not found in Malabar. It feeds

chiefly on honey and other vegetable secretions, but also. will

* Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 99. Col. Sykes’s specimens of M. Kirbii are in

the Museum at the East India House.—F. M.

56 Bibliographical Notices.

take dead animal matter. | It is also occasionally found in ‘the

train of caterpillars feeding on leaves. It makes large excava-

tions underground, generally having the entrance round the

trunk of a tree, and it forms considerable heaps of fine earth

round the mouth of the nest. It runs, unlike the last Pickt

with its abdomen turned downwards under the abdominal pedi-

cles. It appears to form the type of a very distinct group from

the last. |

22. Myrmica? tarda, Jerdon (p. 115).

Worker, length 4th of an inch; head somewhat triangular,

square behind, of same width as thorax ; eyes rather small, quite

lateral, somewhat posterior ; antenne short, thick, inserted near

the mouth ; thorax short, square, ending in two spines on each

side, it and the head rough and shagreened ; abdominal pedicles

much raised, long, narrow; abdomen triangular, also shagreened;

head, thorax, legs and abdominal pedicles brick-red ; abdomen

dusky, dark blue. This is a very curious-looking ant. | It lives

in holes in the ground in small societies, and feeds on vegetable

secretions. It moves very slowly. It is found both in the Car-

natic and Malabar.

23. Myrmica? ceca, Jerdon (p. 116).

Worker, length 4th of an inch; head somewhat oval, rather

small; no eyes ; antenne short, thick, inserted near the mouth ;

an oblique groove on each side of forehead for the insertion of the

antennz ; jaws triangular, hooked at the tip, and finely serrated ;

thorax narrow, of uniform width, granulose, with an elevation

posteriorly ending in two small spines; abdominal pedicles

raised, rounded, pointed backwards, the first the highest; abdo-

men long, oval ; head, thorax and legs reddish brown ; abdomen

glossy brown.

1 found this curious ant only once, under a stone in the

Wynaad. ;

[To be continued. }

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Palm Trees of the Amazon and their Uses. By A. R. Watuace.

With 48 Plates. London: Van Voorst, 1853.

We beg most strongly to recommend this book, as one that will not

interest the botanist alone, but give pleasure to unbotanical readers.

It must be looked upon as a highly valuable companion to the

great work on Palms by Martius, supplying to us a very clear idea

of the general appearance of the palm-trees. Being the work of a

professed and excellent naturalist, it is quite trustworthy even in the

Bibliographical Notices. 57

smallest details. The book contains full-length portraits of forty-

three species, accompanied in several cases with an enlarged figure of

some of their parts. These portraits are especially interesting to

Europeans, from our having no native trees of this graceful group ;

the only palm of our quarter of the world being the Chamerops hu-

malis, which inhabits Sicily.

Tn the introduction Mr. Wallace has given a most curious account

of the almost endless uses to which palms are applied by the inhabit-

ants of tropical countries. It is probable that very few of his readers

will have had any approach to an adequate conception of their value,

not only to those who live amongst the palm-trees themselves, but

also to us and other nations of the temperate regions of the earth.

We should like to transfer some part of this introduction to our

pages, but find that it must be the whole or none. We choose the

latter alternative, in the confident hope that very many of our readers

will see it in the book itself.

The Botanists Word-Book : an Etymological and Explanatory Voca-

» bulary of the Terms employed in the Science of Botany. By

G@. Macponaxp and J. Aruan. London: Reeve & Co., 1853,

We are sorry that it is not in our power to recommend this little

book, for there are internal proofs of its having been compiled by

persons unacquainted with botany. It is full of blunders, and even

if correct, it would have been found to be far too meagre to be of use

to botanical students. For instance: ‘‘Acina. The small granules

which make up a bramble or mulberry.’ Of course we need scarcely

add that it means neither, and that they are not of similar structure.

“ Adnate. Applied to stipule growing close to the stem.” To take

another part of the book: “‘ Nodose. Knotty. A term applied toa

particular form of pubescence.”” ‘‘Pappus. A particular kind of

seed.” But we have said enough, and are sorry that Messrs. Reeve

_ should have been persuaded to publish such a book.

A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro, with an

Account of the Native Tribes and Observations on the Climate,

Geology, and Natural History of the Amazon Valley. By A. R.

Wauiace. Pp. 541. 8vo. London, 1853. Reeve & Co.

This book has interested us greatly, and we advise our readers to

peruse it. The travels of a good naturalist in such a region as that

of the Amazon could scarcely be related without forming a most

agreeable work. That is pre-eminently the case in the instance be-

fore us, in which the author has so happily blended the account of

his journey with the scientific observations, as to produce a narratiye,

which no reader, even only slightly or not at all acquainted with

natural science, will read without pleasure.

During a residence of four years in the valley of the Amazon,

Mr. Wallace visited most of the interesting places upon the banks of

the lower half of that great river, and also throughout nearly the

whole extent of the Rio Negro. Perhaps the most interesting part

58 Zoological Society.

of the book is that containing an account of his two visits to the Rio

Uaupés, which is inhabited solely by tribes of Indians in their na-

tural state, not at all altered and deteriorated by contact with the

unprincipled white residents on the banks of the neighbouring rivers.

Mr. Wallace collected quite a museum of the productions of the Indian

tribes, but, most unfortunately, lost them all, together with the spe-

cimens of natural history obtained during the latter two years of his

stay in that country, his journals for that period and numerous

sketches, by the burning of the ship on his homeward voyage. The

results which we have before us cause us the more to lament this

misfortune. We hope that when he fulfils the desire expressed in

his preface, of ‘‘ again visiting the wild and luxuriant scenery and

the sparkling life of the tropics,’ he may be again successful, but

escape the concluding misfortune of his former journey. The author

proposed to pay the expenses of his journey by making collections in

natural history, and was enabled to do so, notwithstanding the de-

lorable loss which we have mentioned.

At the conclusion of the narrative there are four chapters on the

natural history of the country and on the Indian tribes, which, had

he saved all his materials, were intended to form part of a separate

work on the Physical History of the Amazon. They well deserve

careful perusal, and lead us to hope that, should Mr. Wallace fulfil

his desire of revisiting the country, we may at a future time have

such a work from his pen.

At the end of the volume are some valuable remarks by Dr. R. G.

Latham on the vocabularies of Amazonian languages collected in the

course of this journey.

Preparing for Publication.

The Aquarium: a Biography of Marine Animals. With coloured

Plates.

Mr. P. H. Gosse is preparing for the press a work under the above -

title, which will contain many interesting particulars of the instincts

and manners of various marine animals (hitherto little known) as

observed in captivity. These will be preceded by a brief sketch of

the history of the Marine Aquarium, and instructions for its use.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., Vice-

President, in the Chair.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW FORM OF LAMPREY FROM AUSTRA-

LIA, WITH A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY.

By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. ere.

The Lamprey which I have now to present to the attention of the

Society differs in so remarkable a degree from any other known spe-

cies, that, premising that I propose for it the name of Geotria Austra-

Zoological Society. 59

lis, I think it best to connect with the description a revision of the

whole Family to which it belongs.

eT PETROMYZONID2.

"Nasal aperture closed, and the palate entirely covered with skin.

Lampredia, Rafi. Anal. Nat. 94, 1818.—Petromyzonide (Petro-

myzonini), Bonap. Syst. Ichth. 1838 ; De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New

York,379.—(Fam.) Hyperoartia, Mill. Abhandl. Akad. Berlin, 1836,

77; Mag. Zool. & Bot. i.406.—Petromyzide, Gray, Syn. B.M. 1842,

148, 150.

Miiller (4handl. Akad. Berlin) divided the genera thus :—

1. Petromyzon, with visible teeth.

2. Ammocetes, without visible teeth.

Synopsis of Genera.

a. Petromyzonina. Teeth distinet ; eyes visible.

1. Perromyzon. Upper inner teeth two, conical, close together;

lower single, crescent-shaped ; labial teeth numerous, conical ; lin-

gual teeth two, pinnate.

2. Lampetra. Upper and lower teeth transverse, crescent-

shaped; labial teeth in two submarginal rows; inner lateral teeth

larger, two- or three-lobed, lingual teeth pectinate.

3. Greorria. Upper and lower teeth transverse, crescent-shaped ;

upper lobed ; labial teeth numerous, distant, acute, innermost largest ;

lingual teeth elongate, conical, arched.

4. Vexasia. Upper and lower teeth transverse, crescent-shaped ;

upper two-lobed ; labial teeth numerous, crowded, truncate ; inner-

most largest ; lingual teeth elongate, arched.

5. Caracota. Upper internal teeth two, far apart, three-lobed ;

lower crescent-shaped, nine-lobed ; labial teeth transverse, band-like,

four tubercles ; lingual teeth flattened.

6. Morpacta. Upper inner teeth two ; lateral three-lobed ; lower

nine, conical, in an arched series ; labial teeth conical, in a single sub-

marginal series ; lingual teeth elongate, conical, arched.

s. Ammoceetina. Teeth none; eyes hidden.

7. AMMOCGTES.

A. Petromyzonina. Teeth distinct.

1, PETROMYZON.

Upper inner teeth two, triangular, close together. Lower inner

tooth single, large, crescent-shaped, many-toothed. Labial teeth

conical, acute, numerous, in diverging, arched series ; the inner one

largest, and gradually becoming smaller near the edge. ‘Tongue with

two compressed, pectinated teeth above, and a broad, lunate, dentated

60 Zoological. Society.

tooth beneath, which is strongly bent up between the upper teeth in.

the centre. er arene

Yarr. Brit. Fish. fig. p. 603 ; De Kay, Zool. New York, t. 56, 216

(bad).—Petromyzon, sp., Linn. Syst. Nat.; Rafin. Anal. Nat.; Mill.

Abhandl, Akad. Berlin, 1834, 77 (1836).—Petromyzon, Gray, Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1851.

1. PeETRoMYZON MARINUsS. The LAMPREY.

Petromyzon marinus, Linn. Bloch, iii. pl. 77; Linn. (édit. de Gme-

lin) Faun. Suec. 292 ; Artedi, Ichth. gen. 64. syn. 90; Neue Schrift.

der Berl. Naturf. 7. 466 ; Schneid. Bloch, i. 530, 1801; Penn. Brit.

Zool. iii. 102. pl. 10, 1776-78; Shaw, Gen. Zool. v. 251. pt. 2. pl. 133,

1804; Don. Brit. Fish. pl. 81, 1820-21; Flem. Brit. An. 163. sp. 1,

1827; Cuy. Rég. An. ii. 404, 1829; Mill. Mém. de P Acad. Berlin,

1834, 78. t. 4. f.1,5; Osteol. t. 9, 65, 67, 68. f.9; Yarr. Brit. Fish.

2 ed. ii. 598, 1841.—Lamproie marbrée, Daub. Encycl. Méth.; Bonn.

~ Planches d’Hist. Nat. de ?Enc. Méth.—Petromyzon maculosus, Ar-

tedi, Ichth. gen. 64. syn. 90.—Petromyzon lamproie, Bloch, Hist. Nat.

Poiss. 31, 77. pt. 13.—Petromyzon maximus, Cuv. Rég. An. ii. 118,

1817.—Petromyzon, Klein, Misc. Pisce. ii. f. 30. n. 3.—Mustela sive

Lampetra, Belon, Aquat. 76; Salv. Aquat. f. 62 6.—Lampetra major,

Schwenck. Theriotr. Siles. f.451; Charlet, Onom. f.153.n.3; Aldrov.

539. liv. 4.c. 13; Jonston, liv. 2. tit. 2. c.3. pl. 24. f. 5—Lamproie,

Coms. Hist. Nat. v. 284; Fermin, Surin. 85; Rond. 310. pt.1. liv.13;

Valmont de Bomare, Dict. Hist. Nat.—Lampetra Rondeletii, Lam-

prey or Lamprey-Eel, Will. Ichth. 105. pl. 2. f. 2, 1685; Ray, Syn.

f. 35. n. 3.—Ioatzma unagi, Keempfer, Voy. au Japan, i. pl. 12. f. 2,

—II mustilla, Forsk. Desc. Anim. f. 18.—Plota fluta, Authors.—

Lampetra, Lampreda kentmanni, lampreda, marina, mustela, Gesn.

(germ.) 180 4. et paralip. 22.—LLe Pétromyzon Lamproie, Lacépéde,

Hist. Nat. Poiss. 1. 2, 3. pl. 1, 1798.—La Grande Lamproye, Cuv.

Rag. An. ii. 404, 1819, |

fab. European Seas.

2. Perromyzon Jur&. MacCurziocna’s Lamprey.

Petromyzon Jure, MacCull. West. Isles, ii. 186, 187. t. 29. f..1;

Jen. B. V. A. 522.—Petromyzon fluviatilis, var., Flem. Brit. An. 162.

Hab. Coast of Scotland, east shore; island of Jura. 1

Probably a variety of P. marinus: the drawing of the teeth shows

it has no relation to P. fluviatilis.

3, 7PeETROMYZON AMERICANUS. AMERICAN SEA LAMPREY.

Petromyzon marinus, Schepff. Beobachtungen, &e. viii: 184 ;

Mitch. Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. 1. 461.—Petromyzon americanus, Le-

sueur, Amer. Phil. Soc. (N.S.)i. 382; Hist. N. A, Fish. ined. plate ;

Storer, Rep. on the Fishes of Massachusetts ; De Kay, Nat. Hist. of

New York, 379. pl. 66. f. 216. pt. 1; Zool. 1842.

Hab. N. America.

4. PeTROMYZON NIGRICANS. BuiuisH SEA LAMPREY.

Petromyzon nigricans, Lesueur, Amer. Phil. Soc. (N. 8.) i. 385 ;

Zooloyical Society. 61

Storer, Rep. on the Fishes of Massachusetts; De Kay, Nat. Hist. of

New York, 381. pl. 79. f. 247 (teeth indistinct), pt. 1; Zool. 1842.

~ Hab. N. America.

5, PETROMYZON ARGENTEUS. Sitvery Lamprey.

Petromyzon argenteus, Kirtland, Boston Journ. iii. 342. pl. 4. f.3;

De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New York, 382. pt. 1; Zool. 1842.

Hab. N. America, river Ohio.

2. LAMPETRA.

Upper inner tooth single, transverse, lunate, entire, with a conical

prominence at each end, Lower inner tooth single, transverse, lu-

nate, many-toothed, outer lobe largest. Labial teeth unequal, the

outer numerous, small, subequal, conical, in a single, submarginal

series; the inner larger, unequal ; of the upper part small, in series ;

of the sides in a single series, larger, with two or three conical tu-

bereles. Tongue with two compressed, pectinated teeth above, and

a large, crescent-shaped, transverse tooth below, crenated on the edge,

and with a larger, conical projection in the centre.

Yarr. Brit. Fish. fig. p. 604; De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New York,

t. 79, 249 (bad).—Petromyzon, sp., Linn., Cuy., Mill.—Lampetra,

sp., Ray.—Lampetra, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1851.

* Dorsal fins separate.

1. Lamperra fiuviaTiILis. LamMPern or River LAMPREY.

Petromyzon fluviatilis, Linn. Bloch, pt. 3. pl. 78.f.1; Linn. (edit.

de Gmel.); Mill. Prod. 37. n. 307; Aldrov. 587; Penn. Brit. Zool.

y. pt. 106. pl. 10, 1776-78; Schneid. Bloch, 530, 2, 1801; Shaw,

Gen. Zool. 257. pt. 2, 1804; Don. Brit. Fish. pl. 80, 1820-28 ; Flem.

Brit. An, 404, 1827; Cuv. Rég. An. ii. 404, 1829; Mém. de Il’Acad.

Berlin, 78, 1834 ; Jen. Man. Brit. Vert. 521. sp. 210, 1835; Yarr.

Brit. Fish. 2 ed. ii. 598, 1841; Parnell; Rich. Faun. Bor. 294, 1836.

—Petromyzon fluviatilis, Cuv. Rég. An. ii. 118, 1817.—Lamproie

prycka, Daub. Encycl. Méth.—WNein-oga natting, Faun. Suec. 106.

—Petromyzon, Se., Artedi, gen. 64. syn. 89. sp. 99.—La petite Lam-

proie, Bloch, 34. pt. 3. pl. 78. f. 1.—La Lamproie branchiale, Boun.

Planches de l’Encycl. Méth.—Petromyzon, Prick (negen-oog), Gro-

noy. Mus. i. 64. n.114; Zooph. 38.—Mustela, Pliny, liv. 9. ¢. 17.

—Mustela fluviatilis, Belon, Aquat. 75.—Lampetra subcinerea, ma-

eulis carens, Salv. Aquat. 62.—Lampetra, alterum genus, Gesn.

Aquat. 597.—Lampreda, Icon. Anim. 326.—Lampetra, medium ge-

nus, Will. Ichth. 106. tab. g. 2, 3. f.1, 2; Ray, Syn. Pise. 25. n. 1.

—Lampetra fluviatilis, Aldroy. 587; Jonston, 104. pl. 28. f..11;

Schone, 41 ; Charlet, 159. n.7; Marseli, Dan. Pann. iv. 2. t. 1, 1726.

—Lampetra fluviatilis, media, Schwenck. Theriotr. Siles. 532.—

Jaatz me unagi, Kempfer, Voy. dans le Japan, i. 156. pl. 12.f. 2.—

Minog, Rzezynski, 134.—Lamproie, Fermin, Hist. Nat. de Surinam,

85.—Petromyzon, Kramer, Elenchus, 38. n. 1; Klein, Mise. Pise.

iii. 29. n. 1. t. 1. f. 3.—Le Petromyzon pricka, Lacépéde, Hist. Nat.

des Poiss. i. 18, 1798.

Hab, Europe.

62 Zoological Society.

2. LAMPETRA PLANERY. FRINGED-LIPPED LAMPERN.

Petromyzon planeri, Linn. Bloch, viii. pl. 78. f. 3; Linn. (édit. de

Gmelin) ; Schneid. Bloch, 531, 532, 4, 1801; Shaw, Gen. Zool. vy.

pt. 2. p. 259, 1804; Jen. Man. Brit. Vert. 522. sp. 211, 1835; Miill.

Mém. de l’Acad. Berlin, 78, 1834; Cuv. Rég. An. ii. 404, 1829;

Yarr. Brit. Fish. 2 ed. ii. 607, 1841.—Lamproiea planer, Bonn.

Planches de I’Encycl. Méth.—Le Pétromyzon planer, Lacépsde,

Hist. Nat. des Poiss. i. 30. pl. 3, 1798.

Hab. Europe.

** Dorsal fin in contact with the second.

3. LAMPETRA SANGUISUGA. LEeECcH LAMPERN.

Petromyzon Sanguisuga, Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. ii. 99.

pl. 1; Supp. to Petromyzon; Shaw, Gen. Zool. v. pt. 2. p. 261, 1804.

—Petromyzon planeri, var., Cuv. Rég. An. ii. 118.

Hab. Europe, Seine.

A very doubtful species; Cuvier says it is the same as the former.

4. Lampetra LAMOTTENII. AMERICAN LAMPERN.-

Petromyzon Lamotteni, Lesueur, Hist. N.A.; De Kay, Nat. Hist.

of New York, 382. pl. 79. f. 249 (mouth), pt.1; Zool. 1842.

Hab. N. America, New York.

3. GEOTRIA, n. g.

Upper internal tooth large, transverse, crescent-like, divided into

four lobes ; the two inner lobes small, acute ; outer truncated. The

lower internal tooth transverse, narrow, slightly sinuous. The labial

teeth numerous, far apart, conical, acute, in arched series, diverging

from the throat; the innermost one larger, rest small; the inner-

most one of the lower part on each side small, elongate, transverse,

with two small, rudimentary tubercles. Tongue with two elongate,

conical, arched teeth, with a triangular plate on the lower side of the

base. Throat with a very large dilatable pouch. Dorsal fins two,

far apart. Mouth very large, surrounded with rather large, trans-

verse, torn leaves.

This genus chiefly differs from Velasia in the rudimentary state

of the lower internal tooth, in the form of the labial teeth, in the

large size of the oral disk, and the extraordinary development of the

throat-pouch, which is found in a rudimentary state in the Petro-

myzon marinus. 'This development of the pouch is perhaps to adapt

the animal to the long drought of the Australian rivers.

1. GroTrRIA AUSTRALIS. PoucHEep LAMPREY.

Hab. South Australia. Fresh water.

4. VELASIA.

Upper internal teeth large, transverse, crescent-like, divided into

four flat, elongated lobes ; the outer lobes largest. The lower inter-

nal teeth large, transverse, crescent-like, convex, denticulated on the

edge. The labial teeth very numerous, truncated, in crowded, arched

a? = — eee ee eee) ee

—— a

Zoological Society. 63

series, diverging from the throat ; the inner ones large, and gra-

dually diminishing in size to the edge. Tongue with two very large,

long, curved teeth, with a triangular plate beneath at their base.

Dorsal fins two, far apart. Mouth moderate, edged with transverse

foliations.

1. VELASIA CHILENSIS. CuHrILiAN LAMPERN.

Hab. Chili. In fresh water.

5. CARAGOLA.

Upper inner teeth two, large, separate, lateral, submarginal, each

with acute tubercles. Lower inner teeth large, crescent-shaped,

- nine-lobed ; the central and two lateral lobes on each side larger.

The labial teeth in a subcircular, submarginal series, large, trans-

verse, band-like, with three or four tubercles. Tongue with two flat-

tened teeth, and a triangular, transverse plate below, with an acute

process between the teeth on the upper edge. Dorsal fins two, far

apart.

1. CARAGOLA LAPICIDA. CARAGOL.

Hab. West Coast of America.

6. MORDACTIA.

Upper imner teeth two, separate, lateral, subtrigonal, each with

three tubercles. The lower nime conical, acute, in an arched series ;

the five central smaller. Labial teeth small, conical, in a single, cir-

cular, submarginal series, with a single, additional, odd tooth in the

centre above. Tongue with two conical, arched teeth. (Rich. Voy.

Erebus & Terror, t. 38.)

Petromyzon, sp., Rich. Voy. Erebus & Terror, t. 38, 1845.

1. Morpacia MoRDAX. AUSTRALIAN LAMPERN,

Petromyzon mordaz, Rich. Voy. Erebus & Terror, t. 38, 1845.—

Mordacia mordaz, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851.

Hab. Tasmania. |

Species of Doubtful Situation in the Family.

1. PETROMYZON APPENDIX. SMALL LAmMpREY.

Petromyzon appendix, De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New York, 381. pl. 64.

f. 211. pt. 1; Zool. 1842.

Hab. N. America, Hudson River.

**A ring of irregular-shaped corneous processes within the oral

orifice, and a large isolated double tooth of the same texture on the

inferior portion of the mouth.” —De Kay.

2. PETROMYZON TRIDENTATUS. TRIDENTATE LAMPREY.

Petromyzon tridentatus, Gairdener, Rich. Faun. Bor. Amer. 293,

1836; De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New York, 381. pt. 1; Zool. 1842.

Hab. N. America, Falls of the Walamet.

G4 Zoological Society.

3. PETROMYZON ARGENTEUS, SILVERY LAMPREY.

Petromyzon argenteus, Bloch, t. 415. f..2.;- Schneid.: Bloch, ot,

t. 102. f. 1, 1801; Shaw, Gen. Zool. v. pt. 2. : 262, eis B01 8

Hab. Indian Seas. ‘ “a

4, PETROMYZON BICOLOR... BRILLIANT. Siti £ on ne

Petromyzon bicolor, Shaw, Gen. ZLool.v. pt-2«\p- 263, 1804,—

Petromyzon niger, Lacépéde, iv. 667. :

Hab. Europe, Seine. ninotial A a

5. Perromyzon pLumBeEus.; LEapEN LAMPREY,» o%/ .b

Petromyzon plumbeus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. v, ‘Pe 2 io 263, ant

—Petromyzon Septeil, Lacépsde, iv: 667. .

Hab. Europe, Seine. oY woh 46 sei a7

snremA i (ooh

B. Ammoceetina. Teeth none; eyes none.

7. AMMOCGTES. hse’ “inh

Teeth none. : |

Ammoceetes, Dum. Zool. Anal.; Cuy. Rég. An, ii. 118, 1817;

Mill. Abhandl. Akad. Berlin, 1834, 78 (1836).—?Lampreda, Rafin.

Anal, Nat. 94, 1815.

1. AMMOC@TES BRANCHIALIS. PriprE or SANDPIPER.

Ammocetes branchialis, Dum. ; Flem. Brit. An. 164. sp. 3, 1828;

Cuy. Rég. An. 406, 1829; + Mill. Mém, de Acad. Berlin 1834 ;

Jen. Man. Brit. Vert. 522. sp. 212, 18355 Yarr. Brit. Fish. 2 ed. ii.

609, 1841.—Petrom oo branchialis, Linn. (édit. de Gmelin) 1815 ;

Bloch, pt. 3. pl. 78? f. 2; Linn. Faun. Suec. 292; Wulff. Ichth.

Boris. 18.2. bo; Mail: Prod:’Zool,’ Dan: 37. 1. 307 B: Kramer,

Elench. 483; Penn, Brit. Zool. iii 107. pl. 10, 1776-78 Shaw,

Gen. Zool. 260, 1804.—Petromyzon corpore annuloso, §¢:, ‘Artedi,

gen. 42. syn. 90.—Lamproie branchiale, Bonn. Planches de PEncyél.;

Daub. Encycl. Méth.—Petromyzon, Gronov. Zooph. 38. 02-160;

Klein, Misc. Pise. iii. 30. n. 4.—Petromyzon’ ceeus, Couch; ‘Mag?

Nat. Hist. v.23. f. 60.— Mustela fluviatilis, Gesner, Aquat.°589 ;

Teon. Anim. 286; Thierb. 159 6..-_Lampetra minima, Aldyrov: 539.1

—Lampern, or Pride of the Isis, Will. Iechth. 104.—Pride,' bea!

Hist. of Oxford, 182. t. 10.— Lampetra ceca, Will. Ichth. tab: oped

fl; Ray, Syn. Pisce. 35. n. 2,4; ‘Couch, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist:

v. 23. f. 9, 10.—Lampreta neunange, Jonston, t, 28. 0 22 Baill

proyon et Lamprillon, Rond. Hist. Poiss. ii..202. ~Querder, Schlam~

querder, Schwenckf. Theriotr. Siles. 423.—Der Kieferwurn, Mill.

lie. ii. 234.—Lampreyon, Valmont de Bomare, Dict. Hist. Nat.—

Le Petromyzon lampreyon, ea org Hist. Nat. des Poiss. ‘hs 260

pl. 2. f..1, 1798. Bt

Hab. Europe, rivers. i aos

2. AMMOCG@TES RUBER. Rep LAMPREY.

Ammoceetes ruber, Cuv. Reg. An. 406, 1829; Mill. Mém. de

PAcad. Berl. 78, 1834.—Petromyzon -ruber, Lacéptde, Hist. Nat.

rf ot

; oe

Zoological Society. es

des Poiss. ii. 99. pl. 1; Supp. to Petromyzon; Shaw, Gen. Zool. v.

pt. 2. p. 261, 1804.—Ammocetes branchialis, var., Cuv. Rég. An.

li, 118, 1817.

Hab. Europe, Seine.

3. AMMOoC@TES ConNCOLOR. Mup Een or Buinp EEt.

~ Ammoceetes concolor, Kirtland, Boston Journ. iii. 473. pl. 27.

f. 1 a, 6, 1841.

Hab. N. America, Mahoning and Scioto rivers.

4. AMMOoC@TES BIcoLOoR. CoLoURED Mup LAmprey.

'Ammoceetes bicolor, Lesueur, Amer. Phil. Soc. (N. 8.) i. 386.—

Ammoceetes bicolor, Storer, Fishes of Massachusetts, 198; De Kay,

Nat. Hist. of New York, 383, 679. f. 248. pt. 1; Zool. 1842.

Hab. N. America, Connecticut river.

5. AMMOC@:TES UNICOLOR. PrLAtIn Mup LAMPREY.

Ammoceetes unicolor, De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New York, 383. pl. 79.

f. 250. pt. 1; Zool. 1842.

Hab. N. America, Lake Champlain.

Nov. 11, 1851.—W. J. Broderip, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following paper was read :—

_. Descriprions OF SIXTEEN NEW SPECIES or Rissorna.

By Artuur Apams, Surceron R.N., F.L.S. ere.

Rissorna, D’Orbigny.

_ About eighteen species of this genus, as restricted by M. d’Or-

bigny, have been already described, inhabiting various countries.

Those here named are a portion of the discoveries made by Mr. Cu-

ming among the islands of the Philippine Archipelago, and are many

of them of considerable size; and it is in these that the peculiarity

of. operculum is best seen.

: The process of the semiovate, horny, subspiral operculum, first

pointed out by D’Orbigny, is sometimes very long and slender, and

very much resembles im appearance the analogous appendage of the

operculum of Nerita and Neritina. The genus Jeffreysia of Alder,

or Rissoella of Gray, has a similar appendage, but the position of

the eyes, and the peculiar structure of the fore part of the head,

ae latter genus in a different family, viz. Pyramidellide. The

may also’ readily be known from the neighbouring genus

Rissoa, by the aperture being somewhat channeled anteriorly, whereas

in Rissoa it is continuous and entire. The nature of the animal re-

sembles Rissoa, according to D’Orbigny, who places the genus

among the Melaniade.

1. Rissorna piicata, A. Adams. R. testd turrito-subulatd,

subpyramidali, albd, sordidd, anfractibus octo; planis, longi-

tudinaliter valdé plieatd, transversim striatd, plicis elevatis,

postice subangulatis, interstitiis transversim striatis ; aperturd

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 5

66 Zoological Society.

semiovatd, antice subcanaliculatd; labro anticé subdilatato,

margine incrassato.

Hab. Isle of Masbate. Mus. Cuming.

2. Rissorna rascratTa, A. Adams. R. testd subulato-turritd,

solidd, sordidé albd, rufo-fusco fasciatd, anfractibus octo, con-

vewiusculis, transversim tenuissime (sub lente) striatd, longitu-

dinaliter plicatd, plicis obliquis, equalibus, subdistantibus ;

aperturd semiovatd, anticé subcanaliculatd ; labro subdilatato.

Hab. Sydney, under stones, low water (Mr. Strange). Mus.

Cuming.

3. RIssOINA SCALARIANA, A. Adams. RR. festd subulato-

turritd, albd, solidd, anfractibus octo, convexiusculis, trans-

versim tenuissime striatd, longitudinaliter costatd, costis ele-

vatis, equalibus, subdistantibus, anfractu ultimo antice callo

circumdato ; aperturd semiovali, antice subcanaliculatd ; labio

anticé callo desinente ; labro flexuoso, antice subproducto.

Hab. Isle of Burias, Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

4. Rissoina pyRAMIDALIS, A. Adams. R. festd turrito-pyra-

midali, sordidé albd, solidd, anfractibus octo, planiusculis,

transversim tenuiter striatd, longitudinaliter plicatd, plicis

obliquis, confertis, subelevatis, interstitiis transversim striatis ;

aperturd semiovatd, anticée subcanaliculatd ; labio anticé callo

desinente ; labro subdilatato, incrassato.

Hab. Isle of Baclayon. Mus. Cuming.

5. Rissorna pD’Orpieny1, A. Adams. R. testd subulato-tur-

ritd, albidd, subpellucidd ; anfractibus decem, convewiusculis,

supremis costellatis, lineolis elevatis, transversis, et longitudi-

nalibus, decussatd ; aperturd semiovatd, anticé subcanaliculatd ;

labio anticé subealloso; labro dilatato, subreflexo, margine

flexuoso, subacuto.

Hab. Isle of Luzon. Mus. Cuming.

6. Rissorna CLATHRATA, A. Adams. QR. testd subulato-turritd,

albd, solidd, anfractibus convexiusculis, lineis elevatis, longi-

tudinalibus et transversis decussatis, valde clathratd, anfractu

ultimo anticée sulco transverso instructo; aperturd semiovatd,

anticé subcanaliculatd; labro flexuoso, anticé producto, margine

extus varicoso.

Hab. Isle of Bohol. Mus. Cuming.

7. Rissorna micans, A. Adams. R. testd turrito-subulatd,

albd, solidd, nitidd, anfractibus convexis, novem, longitudi-

naliter plicatd, plicis elevatis, subdistantibus, equalibus, in-

terstitiis transversim striatis, anfractu ultimo anticé valde

sulcato ; aperturd semiovatd, anticé subcanaliculatd ; labro

exuoso, antice subproducto, extus varicoso.

Hab. Island of Mindanao. Mus. Cuming.

8. Rissorna nivea, A. Adams. R. testd parvd, subulato-tur-

ritd, subpellucidd, nived, subnitidd, anfractibus convexiusculis,

ee a a ee vee

oe ae eT

— a

~— ll eee al

ch ts

. Zoological Society. 67

4 dongitudinaliter plicatd, plicis obliquis, anticé subobsoletis ;

aperturd semiovatd, anticé subcanaliculatd ; labro subdilatato,

extus incrassato.

Hab. Port Lincoln, Australia. Mus. Cuming.

9. Rissorna moniiis, A. Adams. R. testd turrito-subulatd,

solidd, fulvd, anfractibus septem, planis, granulis monilifor-

mibus ad suturas, longitudinaliter plicaté, plicis confertis, an-

gustis, equalibus, interstitiis punctato-clathratis ; aperturd

semiovatd, antice subcanaliculatd; labio subincrassato ; labro

extus valde varicoso, margine transversim striato.

‘ Hab. Philippine islands. Mus. Cuming.

~ 10. Rissorna Bettuta, A. Adams. R. testd subulato-turritd,

albd, semipellucidd ; anfractibus octo, convexiusculis, cingillis

transversis, elevatis, granulosis, interstitiis longitudinaliter

concinne clathratis, ornatd ; anfractu ultimo sulco profundo

instructo; aperturd semiovatd, anticé subcanaliculatd ; labio

antice callo terminato; labro fleruoso, margine extus valde

varicoso.

- Hab. Isle of Calapan. Mus. Cuming.

11. Rissorna srriotaTa, A. Adams. QR. testd subulato-turritd,

albd, tenui, pellucida; anfractibus undecim, supremis longi-

tudinaliter plicatis, planulatis, prope suturas subangulatis ;

transversim striatd, striolis confertis concentricis ; aperturd

semiovatd, antic? subcanaliculata ; labio posticé incrassato, an-

ticé callo desinente ; labro dilatato, margine incrassato, sub-

reflexo.

Hab. Baclayon island, Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

12. Rissorna cosrata, A. Adams. R. testd subulato-turritd,

alba, opacd, solidd, anfractibus septem, convexiusculis, longi-

tudinaliter costatd, costis crassis, elevatis, posticé subangula-

tis, anfractu ultimo anticé sulco transverso valido instructo ;

aperturd semiovatd, anticé subcanaliculatd ; labio anticé tuber-

culo terminato ; labro subdilatato, margine varicoso, flexuoso.

Hab. Cobiga, Peru. Mus. Cuming.

13. Rissorina niripa, A. Adams. R. testd turrito-subulatd,

albd, solidd, nitidd, anfractibus novem, convexiusculis, longi-

tudinaliter costatd, transversim. liratéd, liris ad costas nodu-

losis ; apertura semiovatd, anticée subcanaliculatd ; labio anticé

callo desinente ; labro extus incrassato, margine subacuto, antice

diaphano producto.

Hab. Isle of Camaguing. Mus. Cuming.

14, Rissomna concinna, A. Adams. R, testd subulato-turritd,

albd, solidd, nitidd, anfractibus septem, planiusculis, longitu-

dinaliter plicatd, plicis antice evanidis, transversim striatéd,

striis creberrimis, confertis; apertura semiovatd, antice sub-

canaliculatd ; labio calloso ; labro margine valde incrassato et

rotundato.

Hab. Cagayan, Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

68 Botanical Society of Euinburgh.

15. Rissorna Nopicrneta, A. Adams, R. testd subulato-tur-

ritd, alba, solidd, anfractibus 10-12, convewis, longitudinaliter

plicatd, plicis angustis, distantibus, transversim tenuissime stri-

atd, in medio anfractuum cinguld elevatd ad plicas nodosd, or-

natd, suturd nodulis moniliformibus cinctd; | aperturd semiovatd,

antice subcanaliculatd; labio anticé eallo terminato; labro dila-

tato, extus incrassato, margine flexuoso.

Hab. Isle of Capul, Philippines... Mus. Cuming.

16. Rissorna caHLaTa, A. Adams. R. testd subulato-turritd,

albidd, solidé ; anfractibus octo, convewxiusculis, supremis cla-

thratis, ultimo cingulis elevatis, equalibus, subdistantibus,

transversis, interstitiis lineis elevatis, longitudinalibus et trans-

versis, decussatim ornato; apertura semiellipticd, antice sub-

canaliculatd ; labio calloso ; labro anticé dilatato, margine in-.

crassato, subreflexo.

Hab. Siquijor. Mus. Cuming.

The two followmg species are true Rissow, characterized by the

simple aperture, which is not channeled in front, and by the absence

of the calcareous appendage to the operculum. Many species of

small shells have been inaccurately referred to Réssoa, some of which:

belong, however, to entirely different families.

Rissoa BeLua, A. Adams. RR. testd turrito-subulatd, albd,

solidd; anfractibus quinque, planiusculis ; spird apice obtuso,

lineis transversis, elevatis, concentricis, confertis, ornatd ;

apertura ovali, antice integrd; labio subcalloso; labro sub-

dilatato, extus marginato, margine flexuoso.

Hab. Philippine islands. Mus, Cuming.

Rissoa ELEGANS, A. Adams. R&R. testd subulato-turritd, albd,

semipellucidd ; anfractibus 7, convexiusculis ; suturd canalicu-

latd, lineis elevatis transversis concentricis. et longitudinalibus

concinnée decussatd; aperturd ovali, subproductd, antice inte-

grad; labio calloso; labro anticé dilatato, extus varicoso, mar-

gine acuto, subreflexo.

Hab. Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

The Society opened their Eighteenth Session on Thursday, No-

vember 10th,—

Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair. -

Dr. Balfour, in taking the Chair, alluded to the value of the Society

as a means of keeping up a friendly intercourse among those who

were prosecuting the science of botany. He noticed the recent

researches in regard to the class of plants called Diatomacez, and

stated that a large microscopical collection had been made at the

Botanic Garden, and that the specimens would be exhibited during

the Session.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 69

‘ A new part (concluding volume iv.) of the Society’s ‘Transac-

tions’ was placed on the table, containing papers by Professor Bal-

four, Mr. Babington, Professor M‘Cosh, Dr. Greville, Major Madden,

Dr. Wilson, Dr. Macadam, and Dr. M an. The Secretary stated

that the price of the Part had been fixed at 4s.

Many: donations to the Society’s library and herbarium were an-

nounced.

Dr. Balfour read a note from Professor Gregory, im which he stated

that he had continued the examination of the Mull deposit of Diato-

maceous lorice, which he described last winter as containing 60 spe-

cies of Diatoms, and that he had now found in it upwards of 140

species, which beats all the richest deposits known. Even at 60 it

was far the richest. Besides the new species doubtfully indicated in

his former paper, which Smith had named Eunotia incisa, he had

found another and a very beautiful species, new not only to him, but

to all those who had yet seen it or a figure of it. It is a Pinnularia,

which, provisionally, he had named P. hebridensis. It is scarce in

the deposit, a large and populous slide rarely yielding more than one

specimen, and often none at all; and as yet he has not been able to

find a trace of it in any other deposit within his reach, nor is there

anything like it in any work he had seen. As to Hunotia incisa it

occurs in a deposit from Lapland, in that from Luneberg, and in one

from the banks of the Spey, and it seems remarkable that it has been

so long overlooked. P. hebridensis is small, its length from °00125

to ‘0026 inch, and it has, like P. lata. P. alpina, and P. distans,

only nine or ten coste in -001 inch. But all these are three or four

times larger, and all on the side view are widest in the middle, whereas

P. hebridensis is slightly contracted there. But it has the general

characters of these three species from the fewness and thickness of

the costee.

The following papers were read :—

1. “Account of a Botanical Trip to the Grampian Mountains in

August 1853,” by Professor Balfour.

~ He gave a general account of the Clova and Glen Isla district which

was visited, and noticed the rare alpine plants gathered. He offered

some observations on the remarkably limited distribution of the Ozy-

tropis campestris and Lychnis alpina, which were confined, the former

to a single rocky projection in Glen Fiadh, and the latter to a small

mountain summit called Little Gilrannoch. These plants only spread

to asmall extent from acentre. Besides the usual alpine plants, the

party gathered a profusion of. Polypodium alpéstre in various states.

In Glen Fiadh the plant was small, and very little of it was in fruc-

tification. In this state it is difficult to distinguish it at first sight

from Athyrium Filix-feemina. In Glen Dole the plant was also seen

abundantly, but in most parts sparingly in fructification. At the

upper part of the glen, near the falls of the White Water, and at the

station where Mulgedium alpinum was originally found by Don, there

were fine specimens of the Polypodium, 2 or more feet high, abun-

dantly covered with sori. The same thing occurred a little above the

track called Jock’s Road. In these localities the fern was associated

70 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

with fine specimens of Athyrium filix-foeemina. The party looked in

vain for specimens of Carex Grahami in the old station in Glen Fiadh,

and they failed in seeing Potentilla tridentata on the rocks near

Loch Brandy, which is the station given for it by Don. Dr. Balfour

noticed the heights at which the alpine species occurred, and exhi-

bited a plan of the alpine district of Scotland, with specimens of the

plants arranged upon it at their different altitudes.

Dr. Balfour stated that, through the kind permission of Colonel

Ogilvie, the party had the use of the large hall at Clova, and that

Lord Castlereagh offered every facility for visiting Caénlochan Glen.

2. “ Notes of a Tour on the Hartz Mountains, Part II.,” by W.

Lauder Lindsay, M.D.

3. “ Note on a Vegetable Substance formed in a water-pipe at

Hafton, Argyleshire,” by James Hunter, Esq. of Hafton. Commu-

nicated by Henry Paul, Esq.

About twelve months ago, having occasion to bring in an additional

supply of water for the use of Hafton House, I had formed a small

reservoir or fountain-head, as it is called, from which to lead the

water to the then only existing fountain-head, so as to increase the

supply in the latter. The connexion between the two was by means

of a burnt clay-pipe, 2 inches in diameter, and in lengths of 36 inches,

securely fastened at the joinings with Roman cement or mastic, the

total length of the piping being 320 yards, secured at each end by

zinc roses 4 inches in diameter in order to prevent any impurities

passing through the pipe. When the work was finished the supply

of water was very good, and it continued so until a fortnight ago,

when the running of the water through the tile piping gradually di-

minished, and at last almost entirely ceased, a mere driblet, indeed,

finding its way into the old fountain-head. Upon examination as to

the cause of this change, by raising a considerable portion of the

piping, there was found about halfway between the two fountain-

heads the vegetable substance herewith sent. It was firmly lodged

in one length of the piping and projected an inch or so into another.

It is very curious to observe that the colour of the water pressed

out of this substance when first taken out of the pipe, and saturated

as it was, was deep brown, whereas the water itself flowing through

the pipe to the very last was as pure as crystal.

Several new Members were proposed, and the Society then ad-

journed till the second Thursday of December.

December 8, 1853.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following office-bearers were elected for the ensuing year :—

President.—Professor Balfour.

Secretary.—Dr. Greville.

Treasurer.—W. W. Evans, Esq.

Curator of Museum.—Dr. Anderson.

Assistant Secretary and Curator.—Mr. G. Lawson.

The following papers were read :—

1. “Notice of a Botanical Trip to Helvellyn, with pupils, in July

1853,” by Professor Balfour.

Royal Society of Edinburgh. 71

2. ‘Notes of a Tour on the Hartz Mountains, Part III.,’’ by

Dr. Lindsay.

-°3. “On the Physiological and Therapeutical actions of Cannabis

indiea,” by Dr. James B. Balfour, Kilsyth.

4. “Notice of Plants found in the neighbourhood of Dollar in the

autumn of 1853,” by Dr. Balfour.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. .

Tuesday, December 6, 1853.—Sir Thomas Brisbane, President, in

the Chair.

Notice of the Blind Animals which inhabit the Mammoth Cave of

Kentucky. By James Witson, Esq.

The cave in question was described as of great extent, and remark-

able in several respects. Although described as a “cave,” it consists

of innumerable extensive underground galleries, the sides and tops of

which consist of limestone. The temperature of the cave is uniformly

59° Fahrenheit throughout the whole year, and a remarkable pheeno-

menon is shown by the variation of temperature outside. When the

temperature outside is higher than that of the cave, then an outward

current of air is observed, its violence being proportionate to the dif-

ference of temperature. On the other hand, when the outer air falls

below 59°, then a reverse current sets in. In some cases these cur-

rents are so strong as to extinguish the lamps carried by explorers.

No change of temperature has, however, been on any occasion ob-

served in the cave, a proof of its vast extent. It is completely dark,

but inhabited by some animals. These inhabitants are, in most cases

that have been observed, completely blind, some indeed having the

rudiments of eyes, and others the eyes to appearance pretty well

developed, but useless for the purposes of vision. Specimens of the

animals were handed round, and the author of the paper detailed their

characteristics and habits, as well as of all other remarkable animals

in other parts of the world that are known to be without the power

of vision. As blind inhabitants of the Kentucky cave, he noticed

two bats, two fishes, several beetles, two rats,—one found at a

distance of seven miles from daylight, some spiders, moles, crustacea,

and other animals, including the minute infusoria, which last not

being furnished with eyes in those species that live in light, were not

to be expected to possess them in those that live in darkness. He

alluded to the blind mole of the Cape, and also to the blind mole of

Greece, which is the common mole there, and the mole of Aristotle.

Aristotle was therefore correct in describing the mole as blind, and

his correctors and commentators wrong who found eyes in the British

mole, which is a different animal, possessed of the faculty of vision.

He also noticed a blind reptile. The inquiry as to the origin of those

remarkable beings that inhabit the Kentucky cave is full of interest.

Whether their origin is cozeval with the cave itself we cannot tell ; it

may be that they were created for the remarkable conditions which

72 Miscellaneous.

it affords. .But.it is also possible that they may represent) unfortu-»

nate animals that had ages ago wandered into the dark recesses of the

caye, and in the total absence of light, and consequent disuse of their

visual organs, these organs may have become obliterated, or where

their forms remain, they may have become incapable of. performing

their functions. In such an inquiry, the author remarked, that, like:

the animals themselves, we grope in the dark.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Anatomy of Terebratula australis.. By M. P. Grariouer.

1. The muscles which move the shell—The Brachiopoda are de-

stitute of the sort of spring which opens the shells of the Lamelli-

branchiate Mollusca. Cuvier in his work on Lingula supposed that

they separated the valves by means of their arms. This explanation

has been adopted by Owen, Blainville, aud Siebold. D’Orbigny has

put forward the opinion within the last few years, that the movement

which separates the valves might be explained by the action of the

corneous cilia with which the edges of the mantle are furnished.

The author’s examination of some specimens of Terebratula au-

stralis leads him to support the views announced by Quenstedt as

early as 1835, that the shell of these animals is opened by the action

of certam special muscles, which he calls diductors. These muscles

are attached to the cardinal process (ta/on) of the imperforate valve

behind the point of articulation of the valves ; they raise this cardinal

process, and consequently depress the other extremity of the lever.

Thus there are muscles to close the shell and others to open it. This

is peculiar to the Brachiopoda, and occurs in all the genera of which

the anatomy is known. ;

{The true action of these muscles, called by Professor Owen Ad-

ductores breves, and by Mr. Davidson Cardinal muscles, is well

known in this country, having been pointed out by Mr. Woodward

in 1851. The question of the real nature of those processes of the

mantle which M. Gratiolet calls ‘ branchial papille,’ but which are

assuredly not branchial, will be found fully discussed by Dr. Car-

penter, “‘ On the intimate structure of the Shells of the Brachiopoda,”

Palzeontographical Society, 1853, ]

Besides these muscles there are four symmetrical and very fleshy

muscles which pass from the valves to the peduncle. These muscles

cause the various movements of the shell upon its stalk.

2: The mantle.—The structure of the mantle is remarkable. Its

edges are furnished with a crown of corneous cilia, finely annulated,

and originating in follicules, like true hairs. A circular muscle and

small radiating fibres move these ciliated margins.

The internal lamina of the mantle is smooth and searcely vascular,

which is the reverse of what takes place in the Lingule and Orbicule ;

on the other hand, the outer lamina. is rich in vessels and covered

with branchial papillee which are inserted in the iniumerable perfo-

Miscellaneous. 73

rations ‘with which: the shell is pierced.. These facts establish 2

characteristic difference between the Terebratule and the Lamelli-

branchiate Mollusca, and justify the denomination of Palliobranchiata

which has been bestowed upon the Brachiopoda.

«3. The arms:—The large stiff canal which serves as their base is

im communication with the cavity of the body, but it has no con-

nexion with the capillary tubes of the fringes. These tubes are con-

nected with delicate canals which run beneath the base of the fringes,

and by means of which the erection of the tubular threads is pro-

duced. The organization of these arms does not justify our attri-

buting to them very extended movements, which, moreover, agrees

with«the ‘direct observations of Quoy and Gaimard. The author

found no traces in this animal of the retractor muscle of the arm so

apparent,in the Orbicule and Lingule.

_4, Digestive apparatus.—The mouth is a small opening bordered

on one side by the fringe of the arms, and on the other by a small lip

which is, not ciliated, and which is continued on each side through

the whole length of the fringe as far as the extremity of the median

arm. The anus does not open upon the side of the animal, as has

been stated, but on the middle near the bottom of the perforated

valye.

5. Vascular system.—The large venous sinuses of the body send

auricle does not open into the sinuses of the cavity of the body, as has

been stated ; it is exclusively branchial, as is the case in all Mollusca.

_ 6. Nervous system.—The centre of the nervous system of Tere-

braiula australis consists of a quadrilateral collar which surrounds

the cesophagus. The side of the collar which is beneath the fringed

lip is the thickest. From the angles arise long nerves which ramify

in the pallial lobes, and especially in the margin. The author could

not perceive the nerves of the arms. The same structure is found in

7. Generative apparatus.—The male and female organs are not

mingled with the granulations of the liver, as has been stated from

analogy with what exists in Ordicula and Lingula. They consist of

small czeca attached in great numbers to a sort of mesentery, and

float in the interior of the pallial venous sinuses. The author sup-

poses that the ova of the females and the seminal fluid of the males

escape by canals opened on the inner surface of the mantle.—Comptes

Rendus, July 11, 1853, p. 45.

ON THE TEETH OF PERONIA AND OTINA.

In the ‘ Annals’ for November 1853, I described the teeth of the

genus Peronia as exactly similar to those of Testacellus ; they were

described from a slide mounted by Mr. Wilton, shown to me by

74 Miscellaneous.

Mr. S. P. Woodward. Having since had an opportunity of exami-

ning the teeth of Peronia mauritiana, 1 find them similar to those

of Oncidium, Helicide, &e. 1 am convinced that the slide so named

must have been taken from a Testacellus, which Mr. Woodward now

considers probable: the number attached to the specimens from

which it was taken may have ‘been misplaced, and there were both

Peronia and Testacellus in the lot of animals examined by Mr. Wil-

ton. The family Peroniade must therefore be abolished. This ob-

servation is interesting, as it gets rid of the apparent anomaly of the

teeth of two allied genera being different.

Mr. Alder has most kindly sent me a series of drawings of the

teeth of British Mollusca to examine ; among other interesting speci-

mens is that of Otina otis, which he describes as having ‘‘ about ten

rows of sixty teeth in each row.” From the similarity of these teeth

to those of other Pulmonata, I have little doubt that this mollusk,

which has been placed in various parts of the system and in different

families, will prove to be a marine species of Auriculide, like Voluta

alba and V, biplicata.—J. E. Gray.

HABITS OF BIRDS,

In all works on Natural History, we constantly find details of the

marvellous adaptation of animals to their food, their habits, and the

localities in which they are found. But naturalists are now beginning

to look beyond this, and to see that there must be some other prin-

ciple regulating the infinitely varied forms of animal life. It must

strike every one, that the numbers of birds and insects of different

groups, having scarcely any resemblance to each other, which yet

feed on the same food and inhabit the same localities, cannot have

been so differently constructed and adorned for that purpose alone.

Thus the goatsuckers, the swallows, the tyrant flycatchers, and the

jacamars, all use the same kind of food, and procure it in the same

manner: they all capture insects on the wing, yet how entirely dif-

ferent is the structure and the whole appearance of these birds! The

swallows, with their powerful wings, are almost entirely inhabitants

of the air; the goatsuckers, nearly allied to them, but of a much

weaker structure, and with largely-developed eyes, are semi-nocturnal

birds, sometimes flying in the evening in company with the swallows,

but most frequently settling on the ground, seizing their prey by

short flights from it, and then returning to the same spot. The fly-

catchers are strong-legged, but short-winged birds, which can perch,

but cannot fly with the ease of the swallows: they generally seat

themselves on a bare tree, and from it watch for any insects which

may come within reach of a short swoop, and which their broad bills

and wide gape enable them to seize. But with the jacamars this is

not the case: their bills are long and pointed—in fact, a weak king-

fisher’s bill—yet they have similar habits to the preceding ; they sit

on branches in open parts of the forest, from thence flying after in-

sects, which they catch on the wing, and then return to their former

station to devour them. Then there are the trogons, with a strong

serrated bill, which have similar habits: and the little humming-

Miscellaneous. 75

birds, though they generally procure insects from the flowers, often

take them on the wing, like any other fissirostral bird. ;

- What birds can have their bills more peculiarly formed than the

_ ibis, the spoonbill, and the heron? Yet they may be seen side by

side, picking up the same food from the shallow water on the beach;

and on opening their stomachs, we find the same little erustacea and

shell-fish in them all. Then among the fruit-eating birds, there are

pigeons, parrots, toucans and chatterers,—families as distinct and

widely separated as possible,—which yet may be often seen feeding

all together on the same tree ; for in the forests of South America,

certain fruits are favourites with almost every kind of fruit-eating

bird. It has been assumed by some writers on natural history, that

every wild fruit is the food of some bird or animal, and that the

varied forms and structure of their mouths may be necessitated by

the peculiar character of the fruits they are to feed on; but there is

more of imagination than fact in this statement : the number of wild

fruits furnishing food for birds is very hmited, and birds of the most

varied structure and of every size will be found visiting the same

tree.—Wallace’s Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro.

On a species of African Ant. By Dr. L. Imuorr.

In describing a species of Ant brought from Acropong on the Gold

coast by M. Widmann, a Missionary, Dr. Imhoff gives the following

account of one of its habits. The ant belongs to the genus Anomma,

Shuck.

** Amongst the various ants which occur at the Missionary station

at Acropong, there is one in particular of which both M. Widmann

and his wife have a very vivid recollection. One New Year’s night,

during their many years’ residence in that place, an army of ants,

several inches broad, entered their bedroom ; the ants scattered them-

selves in every direction, and spread over all the furniture and other

objects in the room ; whatever fell in their way was immediately laid

hold of ; the bed-cover was soon covered with them, until he and his

wife could no longer endure the bites of the creatures and were com-

pelled to leave the house. The ants continued to stream through the

dwelling in an uninterrupted line for half an hour. This visit was

quite unexpected by the inhabitants of the house; they had indeed

seen ants in the house before, but only one at a time.”

“This statement agrees remarkably with that made by Reugger in

his ‘ Reise nach Paraguay.’ The tajy-ne of Paraguay, an ant, appa-

rently belonging to the genus Odontomachus, is, says he, a species

men’ builds its nest in the earth, and only appears occasionally in

houses, but then comes in crowds and quite unexpectedly, breaking

through a crack in the wall or between the tiles of the floor. He

describes it also as being exceedingly voracious and fond of biting.

These ants attack every kind of animal, not excepting man. Crickets,

spiders, mantides, which are also to be met with in the rooms, are

immediately torn to pieces by them.”

Dr. Imhoff originally proposed the name of Sphegomyrmezx. for

76 Miscellaneous.

this insect, believing it to form the type of a genus previously wn-'

known ; he afterwards, however, recognised it as belonging to the’

genus Anomma, Shuck., described in 1840. He seems to think, how-"’

ever, that the latter name comes so near that of Anommatus, whith

was appropriated in 1836 by Wesmael for a genus of Coleoptera, that

it ought to be suppressed, in which case his name would be substi-

tuted for that given by Shuckard to this genus.— Bericht tiber eed

Verh. der Naturf. Gesellsch. zu Basel, x. 1852, p. 175.

On a new Muscle-element in the Thoracie Muscles of Insects. a 7

By Dr. Burnerr.

Aubert* states that he has found an entirely new form of muscle-

element in the Libellulide ; this consists of flat, primitive, muscular

bands occurring only in the ‘thorax; and which by means of a pitcher-

shaped (4echerformigen) apparatus move the wings.

The following are his conclusions on this subject :—

«1. The comparatively very large muscles of those insects tite

fly with a buzzing sound, separate, when fresh, into fine, mee Bers

striated fibres.

«2. The fibres are the primitive muscular fibrillee.

‘3. Between the fibrillee there is a granular mass, the use of which

is unknown.

*©4, All other muscles when fresh present no appearances of this

kind.

“5. The Libellulide have in the thorax primitive muscular bands.

«6. The elements of the muscles are little cakes or cylinders which

are applied together, forming the fibrillee.

«7, During contraction the fibrillze thicken, and the strize are ap-

proximated. ¥

These results have been confirmed by my own experience, for the

thoracic muscles of insects have long been to me beautiful objects for

the study of the histological elements of muscular tissues. It is a

form of this tissue particularly to be recommended for the study of

the intimate sarcous elements. The fibrille readily separate into the

discs of which they are composed, and the whole field is then filled

with these last floating freely about. But it is a question if these

primitive fibrillee, which are here so distinct, are not the products of

definite cleavages of primitive muscular fibres. In studying them

carefully with a power of 800 to 1000, we have been able to detect

no remains of their early formative conditions. Furthermore, we

know that the muscular fibre is the primitive embryological element

of this tissue. It therefore appears to us probable that this peeu-

liarity of the thoracic muscles of insects is due simply to readiness

for cleavage, and which may be subservient to their rapid and deli-

cate action.

Another point which we have noticed, and which Aubert also has

alluded to, is the singular spiral aspect which these fibrillee some-

times assume from an apparently irregular movement in their con-

* “ Ueber die eigenthiimliche Structur der Thoraxmuskeln der Insekten,”

im Siebold and Kolliker’s Zeitsch. fiir Zool. iv. 1853, p. 388, taf. 15. ~

Miscellaneous. 77

traction... This is particularly worthy of note now, since, recently,

Martin Barry (Miiller’s Arch. 1850, p, 529) has advanced the doc-

trine of the spiral structure of muscular fibrille.. We have not

critically examined the ground on which Barry has based his views,

but from our knowledge of this tissue, the phases of its formation

from the earliest to the perfect state, and the various appearances it

presents in different parts of the animal kingdom, we are led to

venture the conjecture that its alleged spiral structure may be due to

irregularities and anomalies of contraction.—Silliman’s Journal,

Sept. 1853.

DESMARESTIA PINNATINERYVIA, MONT.

Some specimens of Alga, apparently new to our Flora, found float-

ing in Lough Foyle in August 1853, were transmitted by Mr. W.

Sawers of Londonderry to the late Meeting of the British Association,

which were pronounced by the authorities there present to be a state

of some common Laminaria, There were, however, peculiarities in

the nervation and structure of the specimens which made this very

improbable, and in the absence of Dr. Harvey, some of the speci-

mens fell into my hands. After a minute examination and consi-

deration of the probable affinities of the production, I applied to

Dr. Montagne for his opinion, and he at once referred it to his Des-

marestia pinnatinervia, figured from a specimen gathered on the

coast of Spain, in the October number of the ‘ Annales des Sciences

Naturelles’ for 1842. The Irish specimens are indeed rather nar-

rower, but differ in no essential character.

The species of Dr. Montagne is considered by J. Agardh as most

probably a state of the broad form of Desmarestia ligulata, and this

view is confirmed by Messrs. Crouan, who refer it as a variety to

D. Dresnaji, Lamouroux, which is regarded as a form of D, ligulata

by J. Agardh.

There is however a peculiarity of structure, as noticed both by

myself and Mr. Sawers, which no one seems to have recorded, namely

that the dark specks with which the specimens are sprinkled, and

which exist equally in Dr. Montagne’s plant, consist of red creepi

anastomosing beaded cells, just like those of a young Callithamnion.

It is possible, however, that these may be extraneous. It would be

yety desirable to compare very young specimens of the narrow form

of D. ligulata with Mr. Sawers’s plant, and till this is done, some

doubt must still exist as to the real nature of the production. The

youngest individuals, that I have seen, sent to me by Mrs. Griffith,

though retaining their disc, are already repeatedly divided.—M. J. B.

On Oligoneuria rhenana. By Dr. L. Imuorr.

Every year, usually in August, many thousands of an Ephemera make

ir appearance for several days together in this town (Basle).

During a considerable series of years they appeared at the end of

this month; in the year 1834 they were observed at its commence-

ment; in 1851 they delayed their appearance until early in Septem-

ber. They are produced in the Rhme. A few hours before sunset,

but not earlier, a few of these insects may be seen fluttering along

78 Miscellaneous.

close to the surface of the water, whilst others rise to a greater height

in the air and even fly over the bridge. These are all males ; their

numbers gradually increase as evening approaches, when they force

themselves upon the notice even of the least observant. They appear

then in multitudes, and when at the approach of night the females

mix with them the crowds become still more dense, and the animals

settle by dozens on the clothes of the passengers on the bridge, and

the air appears as though snowflakes were whirling about in it in

every direction. At a later hour innumerable multitudes of these

Ephemerze may be seen dashing in circles round the lamps. What

takes place later in the night I know not, but in the morning we

often find the dead bodies of the animals lying heaped together in

prodigious quantities at the bottom of different houses situated close

to the Rhine.

I have ascertained that these insects, which are rather nocturnal

than diurnal, stray to a considerable distance from the river, but only

single individuals, and these always males; for this year, some days

after I had seen them on the bridge, I found single male specimens

in the “ Hardt,” a wood which is at some distance from the Rhine.

The spot where I took them was about three-quarters of a mile from

the town on the road which passes through this wood, so that by

this we know that the Ephemera exists at least that distance up the

stream ; but how much further its distribution may extend in that

direction, or to what distance down the river it may make its appear-

ance, is unknown.

These appearances of large quantities of Ephemeree have long since

been noticed in Paris and Holland by Réaumur and Swammerdam.

The latter says, ‘‘ Sometimes in Holland the sky suddenly becomes

darkened, as though covered with clouds, and this arises from an

innumerable quantity of Ephemerze which are produced all at onee,

and which after death cover the shore, the ships and other objects,

forming sometimes a layer of an inch thick.” Latreille, speaking of

the species described by Réaumur, says, ‘ The fall of a species re-

markable for the whiteness of its wings produces the appearance of

one of those winter days when the snow descends in large flakes.”

Pictet was informed by DeCandolle that on one occasion a small

Ephemera crowded into his house on the lake of Geneva, and that all

the furniture in the rooms in which lights were burning were covered

with a thick layer of them.

One circumstance connected with this subject is interesting: each

of these different districts has its particular Ephemera. The insect

of the lake of Geneva (Cenis lactea, Pict.) is not the same as that

which makes its appearance in Holland (Ephemera Swammerdamiana,

Lat.), whilst this again is distinct from that which rises from the

Seine in Paris (2. albipennis, Lat.?) ; and lastly, the species which

inhabits the Rhine at this place differs from all the rest, and is as

yet undescribed, or at all events is not described in the most com-

prehensive works on these insects,—Pictet’s Hist. Nat. des Ephé-

mérines.

Even the genus to which it belongs, although constituted by Pictet

under the name of Oligoneuria, was but very imperfectly known to

Meteorological Observations. 79

him ; its character is said to be, that, of the seven genera composing

the family, it presents the smallest number of longitudinal nervures

in the wings. Pictet possessed only two specimens, both females,

and belonging to one species, which he calls O. anomala; one of

them was received from Vienna and said to come from Brazil; the

derivation of the other was unknown.

The wings of the present Ephemera, which I will name Oligo-

neuria rhenana, after the shedding of the last membrane are trans-

parent and of a pure white; the nervures are yellowish. The body

is brownish-yellow in the female, of a purer brown in the male; the

former is about 4 lines, the latter 5 lines, in length. The caudal

setee of the female are about half the length of the abdomen ; those

of the male as long as the whole body. The compound eyes of the

male are of a globular form and include nearly the whole of the head,

whilst in the female they are much smaller and inserted in the sides

of the head. Only two wings are visible until after the casting of the

last skin, when four make their appearance.— Bericht iiber die Verh.

der Naturf. Gesellsch. zu Basel, x. 1852, p. 177.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR Noy. 1853.

Chiswick.—November 1. Cloudy and fine. 2. Very fine. 3. Foggy. 4. Very

fine: overcast. 5. Uniform haze: clear at night. 6. Rain: foggy: uniformly

overcast. 7. Foggy: overcast. 8. Foggy: fine: clear. 9. Clear and fine 10.

Frosty: fine: foggy. 11. Dense fog: clear at night. 12. Overcast. 13. Foggy:

densely overcast. 14. Foggy: overcast. 15. Dense fog: rain at night. 16. Fine.

17. Frosty: fine. 18. Sharp frost: very fine. 19. Frosty: fine : clear and frosty.

20. Overcast : rain: clear and frosty. 21. Frosty: clear. 22. Foggy. 23. Dense

fog. 24. Overcast: rain. 25. Hazy and dull: rain. 26. Overcast. 27. Fine.

28. Overcast throughout. 29. Densely overcast: rain. 30. Hazy: slight rain.

Mean temperature of the month ...........+..sseesececseeeeeeees 40°14

~ Mean temperature of November 1852 -......00.....seeeseeses soe 47 °38

Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty-seven years . 43 ‘18

Average amount of rain in Nov. ......c0e.eseeeeeee serercccserace 2°38 inches,

~ Boston.—Noy. 1—4. Fine. 5. Cloudy. 6. Cloudy: rain a.m. 7. Cloudy.

8—12. Fine. 13. Fine: rain p.m. 14. Fine. 15. Foggy: raine.m. 16. Rain:

rain a.m. 17—19. Fine. 20. Rain: rain a.m. 21, 22. Fine. 23. Cloudy.

24, 25. Cloudy: rain p.m. 26. Rain: rain a.m. 27. Cloudy. 28. Cloudy:

rainp.m. 29. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 30. Cloudy: rain a.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1. Cloudy a.m.: rain p.m. 2. Cloudy a.m. : clear

P.M. 3. Clear,fine a.m.: clear p.m. 4. Damp A.M. and p.m. 5. Cloudy a.m. and p.m.

6. Rain a.m.: clear, fine p.m. 7. Drizzle, showers a.m.: clear p.m. 8. Rain a.m.:

hail-showers, lightning p.m. 9. Cloudy a.m.: damp p.m. 10. Cloudy a.m.:

showers p.m. 1]. Sleet-showers a.M.: showers p.m. 12. Bright a.m.: clear,

fine p.m. 13. Cloudy a-m.: clear, fine p.m. 14. Cloudy, frost a.m.: damp p.m.

15. Clear, frost a.m.and p.m. 16. Clondy, frost a.m.: clear, frost p.m. 17. Clear,

frost A.M. and p.m. 18. Showers a.m.: cloudy p.m. 19. Cloudy a.m.: rain,

cloudy p.m. 20. Clear, fine a.m. : sleet-showers p.m. 21. Clear, fine A.m.: clear

p.M. 22. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora S. p.m. 23. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 24. Cloudy

A.M. and P.M. 25. Bright a.m.: raine.m. 26. Clear, frost a.m.: clear, aurora

p.m. 27. Clear, frost A.M.: rainp.M. 28. Clear a.m.: clear, aurora P.M. 29. Rain

A.M. : clear, aurora P.M. 30. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora P.M.

Mean temperature of Novy. for twenty-six previous years ..,... 42°-59

Mean temperature of this month .......... Goons se SuseSie Veahe aioe 44 87

Mean temperature of Nov. 1852 = .............eeeeee dacenaotnane’ 41 -52

Average quantity of rain in Nov. for thirteen previous years. 4°38 inches.

@9.% | €€1 | 1g.0 ‘ ob.by SESH| o.g€ lgr.zé Er.gb| LSg.6z 618.62 >L.62 996.62 6Lo.0f = |{-uvay

60. Lz. | 10. *as | «mss | as 6> | «xt Lv! Ly | 2S £6.62 oL.6z zL,6z $z0.0£ gSo.0£ of@

of, | $o, So. | -oss | +s *s | §£b | obj] LE| 6€ | OS 2S 62 £v.62 vL.6z | 096.62 9g0.0f | +6

60. see eeererleeececves "oS "s *g : gt C+ S.gf LE SY +662 79.62 3.62 gz1.of 16z,0£ © "Sz

sserecersl “Lo, ‘lesereeeeel eae | ema | com |. $b | $zb | 6£| LE | Ob 94,62 $6.62 98.6 gto.of 611,0£ Lt

oz, | gf | So. | -as | -an | -w.| , 6£-| $2€ ov] 1£ | £¢ | . to,0f 3g.6z $$.6c | 1g4.62 | 26.62 ° | -9z

toreeeeerl Lot gz, “y *s |-as | Sb | cb $f] ££ | ov 2S 62 $9.62 0g.6z 656.62 $60,0£ ?.

Sihentaen zr. | -ags | +g ‘s | ch! th) €€! 6c | Iv $3.62 99.6z 64,62 $26.62 .| LSo0f* | bz

reteserssleseeseeteleneereree! gee | umrea| +g | $zb | $9+ of| tz £E £6.62 $0.0£ 76,62 . 640,08 Let.o€ * ‘Ezy

ttttteasleneterenelereererss! eoce | emt | ag fb | Sb gz| fz | 9£-| - 26.62 go.of So,0f gZt.0f $6z.0£ a4

Er. | bo, |ereeeerte] og ua |-u fb | ob | of] rz | oF ZI,0£ $1.08 £0,0f ofz.0f - |’ z6z.0£ IZ

or. |r"! 90. [msm ems | se | Seb | rb] ob| Ez | oF 98.67 oL,6z 49.6c | Leg.6z 980.08 Oz

QO. [rettestelerseesepel eg | ag *s | Sb | $0 zf| Sz | 6+ gS .6z br.6z $L.6z | : 696.62 So.0£ “61

QE. [rrerseteleeescenes! og | ema | ems | Sb | ob | Lz| xz | IF 29.67 £8.62 oL,6z 956.62 $66.62 *gI

go. sereeeeee] eggs | mua |“ LE | $ZE | S.of] gt | ov 69.62 $1.62 €5.6c |. S€Z.6z 108.67 “LI

esseteee, Lo, jeoeeseer*! emu }-omm | cm | ob | ch | 6.66] Sz | oF | -99,6z 79.6% S+.6z +b9.62 $69.6¢ | ‘or

seeeeteee! Ho.’ leeeeeeees! ea | «mu | am | fb | oF gt} of | S¥ £9.62 23.6 £v.62 zL9,6% obL.6z “v1

“trettensieeeseeterlensseceee! om | ayy | com | Eb | Lb | gf| 16 | oF 1g.6z - gl.6z $9.62 ogl,6z 716,62 ee

QO, [seeseeree ‘us | mu |-vou | gh | 41S | S.of| gf | of 96.6z | go.of - | . 0,08 £¥0,0£ got.of ‘tI

gz. ‘wm. |*mum| ‘ou-|, ob | Lb | bE] gz | 18 gt.o€ - Lo,of 96,62 Loz,of zgz,0f ‘Ir

RGrr*teselecessstesincerocessl mgm | om fitmu | $b} Sh 79 ea A ke 96.62 66.62 00,0£ gtz.0f 6zb,08 ‘Or

seresseweleeeeeeoee! msg emu (mu | Egb | Lb gf| bz | 18 go.0£ gr.0£ VI.0£ 654,08 L1$,of 6

reneceeenlensersooe! om lunto| ‘m | zh] Sh | S.cbl Se | S$ 00,0£ gg.6z 83.62 z$z.08 zzt.of 3 ¢

gi. [rere] ms | om | ou | Lb] 6b) 1S] ot | 9S T1,0f £0,0£ £3.62 991.0£ o$z,0£ “L

sasereseeleepeneees! og 9 | +98 gb | oS gh| Sb | gS Lo,of 46.67 09.62 1$3.6z oS0.0f 9

, OI. | ‘ass | ‘oso | *a | $67} of gv| br -| of . 91.62 £9.62 $$ .6z £LL.6z $£3.62

ttt eet ees eeeeeettsleaseeees! agg “98 "9 oS oS gb| s+ 662 26.62 20.0£ £9.62 $9.62 : ++6.62 ad

rtteeressleeseasttslesersvees! ewes | eou'| a Sb | $Lb | bbl of | 9S Z1.0£ 70,08 9L.6z. £16.62 glo.of - | “f

ft. zo, | mss} ‘s | ms | gh! £5 | of] o£ | 09 9.6z 18.6% 9v.6z gbg.6z Loo.of | *%

zt. tssreorsel oggg |g | vas | €£$ | €$ o$| rb | 09 | °:19.62 gv.6z 78.62 ggl.6z £16.62 1 @

Ee w- | 2° Eg F se vad fl-ure $6 2F | uu xe] curd fs mars 36 &? =e TN | sot

é hee r) is :

2.8 g : ay £8 “3° “8 e ~yormpueg | 8 g ‘ Be '

a4 ; aig : ‘KauyIO shi “Orastyg *yornpueg ‘fouyio rs YOLMsty “uory

“Urey “PULA *AogoULOULIET,L, Eset canis aa

‘AUNMUG ‘asunpy a. Ld besser "co ‘aay ay2 fg pun { NOLsog 7m ‘Teo, “AW AQ

Snonuorr upau -ZOLASIBD qo hyawoog D uosduoy ha opuus $u01704.49890) Jnorboposoazayy

afct) TRESANNALS

Tae

; ors AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

|: tageed [SECOND SERIES.] 2

: . a & ¥ : : e ~

ae No. 74. FEBRUARY 1854, i RS

nae VIII.— Monograph of the British Graphidez. = &

| » ©) By the Rev. W-A. Lztcuton, B.A., F.B.S.E. © &-

| [With four Plates.] (48

| pm GRAPHIDE. t é

_ Apothecium oblong or lirelleform. Disk at first connivent or g

veiled, oblong, subcanaliculate. In a normal state margined

with a proper or thallodal margin, or both. a

This is a very extensive tribe of Lichens, and is well marked, ms

in its typical genera, by the peculiar form of the apothecium,

which is elongated into a furrow-like form, simple or branched, >

sessile or immersed in the thallus, and termed a Uirel/a from its ae

shape. — This lirella seems in reality to be the patellula of a Le- :

cidea whose growth has ceased at two opposite sides or points,and . ~

- been carried on and developed excessively at two other opposite =

points at right angles to the former. ‘The carbonaceous exci- :g

pulum is either entire, enclosing the sides and base of the lamina =a

proligera, and surrounding the disk with a proper margin, as in 23

| Opegrapha ; or is dimidiate and confined to the sides of the =

- lamina proligera, the base being naked, as in Graphis ; or disap- ae

| pears altogether in the abnormal genera, as Arthonia, by which “

it approximates to the genus Xyloma of the Fungi. Fries

(L. Reform.) regards the plants as deformations of Parmeliacee

and Lecidine, Parmelig and Biatore “in statu atypico,” de-

forming their apothecia so as to become like those of Leuco-

_ gramma and Ustalia, and Lecidee compressing and elongating

_ theirs similar to those of Opegraphe. In the tropics also Leuco-

~ gramma. reverts to thé type of Parmelia, just as Opegrapha in

temperate regions reverts to Lecidea ; whilst Lecanactis oscillates

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 6

_ 82 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphideee.

between the three tribes. The Graphidee are most abundant in

the tropics, the genera decreasing northwards, some few obsolete

vestiges of tropical genera remaining in Southern Europe. The

species also decrease in similar geographical mode, one only,

Arthonia radiata, being found in Lapland. This geographical

distribution he regards as of the highest importance both m

distinguishing the species and determining abortive forms. Con-

cerning few tribes has greater diversity of opinion prevailed (and

it still prevails) as to what genera should or should not be in-

’ cluded in it, and of course it has been subjected to numberless

modifications and frequent changes of arrangement. The fol-

lowing succinct summary will show the history of the tribe so

fay as it could be gained from the works within our reach.

Ray, in the 3rd edition of his ‘Synopsis,’ p. 71. n. 48 (1724),

mentions a lichen “ peregrinis velut literis inscripta,’”’ which both

Micheli and Dillenius identify with their plants.‘ Micheli (Nova

Genera, 1729) represents in tab. 56. f.3, an Opegrapha growing

on the hazel, which Fries (L. Reform. 463) refers to Opegrapha

stenocarpa, Ach... He deseribes (p. 102) also two other forms,

one growing on holly in England, and the other (which Dillenius

considers as a variety only of the former) on hazel. He includes —

them in-his Ordo 87, which is a singular conglomeration of

heterogeneous plants, Lichens and Fungi. Dillenius (Muse.

p. 125, 1741) regards the figure of Micheli (t. 56. f. 3) as iden-

tical with his own figure in tab. 18. fig. 1. A & B, representing

a plant occurring on the oak and elm. They appear to me very

dissimilar in appearance. Fries (L. Reform. 370 & 468) refers

Dillenius’s figure to Graphis seripta, Ach. Most probably both

these elder writers intended to comprehend all Opegraphe yene-

rally under their descriptions and figures, not having devoted

themselves to distinguish the various species. Adanson in ‘ Fa-

milles des’ Plantes’ (1763) first allotted a particular name to

these plants, Graphis, which Ehrhart also adopted im his ‘ Plante

Exsiccate.’ Linnzus in his ‘Systema Vegetabilium’ (1767) and

all his subsequent writings included them all under his Lichen

seriptus. And this view was followed by all subsequent authors

until Humboldt (Flor. Friberg. 1798) first published the genus

Opegrapha, constituted originally (see Luyken, Tentam. 44, and

Humb. FI. Frib. 57) by Willdenow [? in MS., certainly not in

his Prodr. Fl. Berol.], under which he arranges three species

which had been previously described by preceding writers under

another name, Verrucaria. The name Opegrapha was adopted

by Persoon, Schrader (Spicil. Fl. Germ. 1794), Acharims (Prodr.

1798 & Meth. 1803), Lamarck and DeCandolle (Flor. Frangaise,

1803), Dufour and other botanists universally. Persoon in

‘ Usteri Annal.’ st. 7 (1794) and in the ‘ Act. Wetter.’ first ex-

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 83

tends our knowledge of species by describing and figuring with

his characteristic perspicuity and acuteness many additional ones.

He also invented the expressive term Jirella for the apothecium.

DeCandolle (Flor. Frangaise, 1803) comprehends Opegrapha in

the 2nd Tribe, Pseudo-Lichenes, of his Order Hypoxyla, inter-

mediate between Fungi and Lichenes, and comprising in the

1st Tribe (Pseudo-Fungi) the genera Rhizomorpha, Spheria, Ne-

maspora, Xyloma and Hypoderma ; and in the 2nd Tribe, Hyste-

rium, apha, Verrucaria and Pertusaria. Acharius in his

‘Lich. Univ.’ (1810) distributes the comprehensive genus Ope-

grapha of previous authors into three separate genera, distin-

guished by the structure of the apothecium, viz. Arthonia, Ope-

grapha and Graphis. The first is characterized by an apothecitum

subrotund, plane, without a proper margin and covered with a

black membrane ; the second by an apothecium elongated, having

a proper margin, perithecium entire and surrounding the base

and sides, sessile and without a thallodal margin ; and the third

by an elongated apothecium, with a proper margin, perithecium

lateral only, the base being naked, immersed, and with a thal-

lodal margin. The name Graphis, though adopted from Adan-

son and Ehrhart, was not used by him in the comprehensive

sense of these authors. The same arrangement, with some modi-

fications and numerous additions to the species, was continued

by Acharius in his ‘Synopsis’ (1814). Dufour published a Mo-

nograph of this tribe in the ‘ Journal de Physique’ for 1818, and

_ Chevallier in the same journal for February 1822 published a

précis of his proposed larger work. The latter in his unfinished

‘Histoire des Graphidées’ (1824) forms a new order termed

Pherophoree, equivalent to the 2nd Tribe, Pseudo-Lichenes, of

DeCandolle’s Hypoxyla, and divides it into two tribes :—1st,

Graphidee, containing Opegrapha, Allographa, Arthonia and

Schizoaylon ; 2nd, Verrucarioidee, containing Verrucaria, Pyre-

nula, Trypethelium, Glyphis and Chidothecia. Opegrapha is di-

vided into two sections, Hysterina= Opegrapha, Ach., and Gra-

phina=Graphis, Ach. Allographa is made up of exotic species,

and is founded on Graphis Poitei, Fée, and Graphis Afzelit, Ach.

[? if therefore equivalent to Fries’s Graphis, S.O. V.]. Arthonia

=Arthonia, Ach.; Schizorylon, Pers. and Auct., according to

Fries (S. O. V. 121) a genus of Fungi of his Order Xylomacei.

The published portion of the work comprises only the first and a

small part of the second subdivision of the section Hysterina of

Opegrapha, and is illustrated with twenty coloured plates filled

with representations, nat. size and magnified, many of them

very faithful, and characteristic of the various forms rather than

distinct species with which the author would bring us acquainted.

im his ‘ §picilegium’ (1823-1836), and in his other

84, Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

works retains all under Opegrapha and Arthonia. Fée in the

first part of his ‘Essai sur les Cryptogames’ (1824) divides the

Graphidee as follows :—“ Arthonia, fausses lirelles sessiles, ho-

mogénes, immarginées, non impressionées” = Arthonia, Ach.

L. Univ. “ Heterographa, fausses lirelles sessiles, homogénes,

maculiformes en vieillissant, pourvues d’une fente dans la

jeunesse,” founded on Opegrapha faginea and quercina, DC.

(Opeg. macularis, Ach.), which is regarded by Fries as a fungus,

and perhaps justly. ‘ Hnterographa, lirelles profondement im-

mergées, homogénes, non impressionées,” founded on Opegrapha

crassa, DC. (Sagedia aggregata, Fries). ‘ Opegrapha, lirelles

sessiles, homogénes, impressionées 7’ = Opegrapha, Ach. L. Univ.

“ Graphs, lirelles sessiles, hétérogénes, canaliculées ”” = Graphis,

Ach. L. Univ. ‘ Sarcographa, lirelles labyrinthiformes 4 base

charnue.” “ Fissurina, fausses lirelles situées inférieurement,

déterminant une fissure dans le thallus qui margine.”

Eschweiler (Syst. Lich. 1824) makes nine genera out of Ope-

grapha, Graphis and Arthonia of Acharius, using the form and

structure of the lirella as the foundation of his arrangement ; viz.

1. Diorygma, type Opeg. hieroglyphica, Pers. Act. Soc. Wetter.

2. 16. t. 10. f. 3, “orbis novi incole.” 2. Leiorreuma, which

includes many tropical species of Graphis, Ach. As its type

Opegrapha Lyellit, Eng. Bot. t. 1876. is given, but the section of

that plant which is represented with an entire perithecium sur-

rounding the base, as is really the case in the authentic spe-

cimens which I have examined in herb. Borrer., does not corre-

spond with the section of the same part in the figure of Leior-

reuma hepaticum given by Eschweiler, in which the perithecium

is lateral only im accordance with the generic description.

3. Graphis=Graphis, Ach., according to the figures given, and

those of Acharius, ‘ Lich. Univ.’ (t. 3. figs. 14, 15) referred to.

4. Opegrapha = Opegrapha, Ach., section 1. Hysterina, Ach.

5. Oxystoma, type Op. cylindrica, Radd. Act. Soe. Ital. della Sci-

enza, xviii. 1820, tome ul. fig.1. 6. Scaphis= Opegrapha, Ach.,

section 2. Alyzoria, Ach. 7. Lecanactis, type Arthonia lyncea,

Ach. 8. Sclerophyton, Eschw., “ perithecio mere infero, nucleam

tenuem suffulciente, disco planiusculo.” 9. Pyrochroa, types

Graphis coccinea, Holl.; G. caribea, Ach.—all tropical plants.

Eschweiler figures the sporidia of each genus, but in Fée’s esti-

mation incorrectly. Fries in his ‘Systema Orbis Vegetabilis’

(1825) re-arranges them in six genera:—1. Graphis= Leiorreuma,

Eschw. ; its type Graphis Afzelii, Ach. 2. Opegrapha in four

subgenera, viz. A. Hysterina = Opegrapha, Eschw., and Opegrapha

sect. Hysterina, Ach. B. Oxystoma, Eschw. C. Scaphis, Eschw.,

and Opegrapha, sect. Alyxoria, Ach. D. Erumpentes= Graphis,

Eschw. {and by consequence Graphis, Ach.]. 3, Lecanactis,

ee ee a a

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 85

Eschw. 4. Sclerophyton, Eschw. Fries gives Arthonia dendri-

tica, Duf., Graphis, Ach., as his type, but the structure in au-

thentie specimens in herb. Borrer. of Graphis dendritica is very

different from Eschweiler’s figure. 5. Ustalia = Pyrochroa,

Eschw., type Graphis caribea, Ach. 6. Coniangium, types Ar-

thonia ochracea, Duf., Spiloma auratum, E. Bot. Meyer in his

‘Lichenum Dispositio’ (1826) does not recognise the genus

Opegrapha, but adopts the following :—-Graphis = Oxysioma,

Scaphis, Lecanactis and Sclerophyton, Eschw., and Fissurina, Fée ;

Asterisca, Meyer = Sarcographa, Fée ; Leucogramma, Meyer; and

Platygramma, Meyer=the greater part of the species of Lezor-

reuma, Diorygma, Pyrochroa, many species of Arthonia, and

many of Graphis, Ach. Sprengel in his edition of Linnzus’s

‘Systema Vegetabilium’ (1827) has Graphis, Adans., Asterisea,

Meyer, and Platygramma, Meyer.

Wallroth, ‘Crypt. Germ.’ (1831), includes in the first tribe of

his Ordo 2. Lichenes Discocymatii: 1. Arthonia, Ach. = Conio-

carpon, DC., Conioloma, DC. and Eschw., and some species of

] and Arthonia, Ach. 2. Graphis, Adans. = Graphis,

Adans., Ehrh. & Ach., Opegrapha, Auct., Arthonia, Ach., Tra-

chia, Fries, Gyrophora, Ach., Umbilicaria, Hoffm., and some

species of Lecidea, Spreng. Syst.

Fries (L. Reform. 1831) considers that all the European forms

of Graphis, Ach., may be safely referred to Opegrapha, and

regards the apparent deviations from it which are occasionally

met with as merely approaches to tropical genera, rather than

as species of those tropical genera which have, contrary to

geographical data, penetrated mto these more temperate zones.

He therefore rejects Graphis and retains the old name Ope-

grapha, “per omnem orbem literatum jam receptissimum

egraphe nomen, cum sub isto omnes species jam descripte

et cognite sint”’ He includes therein Opegrapha, Humboldt,

Pers. & Auct.; Opegrapha and some species of Graphis, Ach.

L. Univ. ; Opegrapha, Graphis, Scaphis, Eschw. Syst., and some

species of Graphis, Meyer. He regards Arthonia, Ach., and

Spiloma, Ach., chiefly as abortive forms of Opegrapha. The

other genera which he arranges in his Graphidee are Lecanactis,

Eschw., type O. lyncea, T. & B.;. Coniangium, Fries, type Spi-

loma paradoxum, Ach., and Coniocarpon, DC., type Spiloma

gregarium, Turn. & Borr.,—appending Umbilicaria, Hoffm., as a

genus intermediate between Lecidine and Graphidee.

Eschweiler in ‘ Mart. Flor. Brasil.’ (1833) modifies the views

he had taken of the genera in his ‘Systema,’ and distributes

them afresh, thus :—1. Diorygma= Fissurina, Fée. 2. Graphis,

Adans., comprising two sections, I. Zugraphis= Graphis, Eschw.

Syst.; Graphis, Ach. & Fée in part; Opegraphe erumpentes,

86 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

Fries, 8. O. V.; with the characteristics, “ Apothecium immer-

sum, perithecio infra deficiente, diseum canaliculatum elevato-

marginante.”” II. Opegrapha = Opegrapha, Ach. ; Opegrapha

and Scaphis, Eschw. Syst.; Opegrapha hysterina and Scaphis,

Fries, 8. O. V.; Opegrapha hysterina and Allographe species,

Chev., with the distinctions, “ Apothecium emersum, perithecio

integro, discum plano-canaliculatum suffulciente.” 3. Oxystoma

= Oxystoma, Eschw. Syst., and Opegrapha Oxystoma, Fries,

S. O. V., with an entire perithecium converging upwards. 4.

Leiogramma, with, as it appears to me, somewhat of an inde-

finite character, the base of the perithecium being described as

either entire or deficient, and yet he remarks, “ perithecium

licet subinde tenuissimum, in perfectis adultis nunguam deest.”

Hence he concludes that Meyer’s characters of his genera Leu-

cogramma and Platygramme are erroneous, the former being, in

his estimation, a younger, the latter an adult state of the same

species of Ustalia, Eschw. It is further remarked, that Leio-

gramma “a Graphide strictissime distinguitur defectu marginis

proprii ob perithecium omnino latens,” and that the nucleus

is tetraquetrous. This genus is divided into three sections:

I. Leiorreuma, “ perithecio basi deficiente ” = Leiorreuma, Eschw.

Syst. & Icon. Sel. Crypt. t. 6. f. 2, 3; Graphis, Fries, 8. O. V.;

species of Graphis and Arthonia, Ach. & Fée ; species of Leuco-

gramma, and perhaps also of Platygramme, Meyer. Opegrapha

dendritica, K, Bot. 1756, is cited as being referable here, but

this plant has constantly a distinct though very thin perithecium

subtending the base, and therefore would seem rather to belong

to section 2. Il. Lecanactis, “ perithecio dimidiato mfra sub-

continuo” = Lecanactis, Eschw. Syst. & Icon. Sel. Crypt., and

Fries, 8. 0. V.; and species of Arthonia, Ach. & Fée. The type

of course is Lecanactis lyncea. WI. Medusula= Medusula, Recht

Syst. & Fries, 8. O. V.; species of Sarcographa, Fée ; species of

Asterisca, Meyer. 5. Sclerophyton= Sclerophyton, Eschw. Syst.,

and Fries, S.O. V. 6. Ustalia = Ustalia, Fries, 8. O. V., and

Eschw. Icon. Sel. Crypt.; Pyrochroa, Eschw. Syst. ; species of

Platygramme and Leucogramma, Meyer. 7. Arthonia= Arthonia,

Eschw. Syst. & Icon. Sel. Crypt.; species of Arthonia, Ach.

L. Univ.

Borrer in Hooker’s ‘ British Flora,’ 2. (1833) arranges in the

family Graphidee: 1. Arthonia = Arthonia, Ach., and 2. Ope-

grapha= Opegrapha and Graphis, Ach., and Platygramme, Meyer.

He sanctions Meyer’s genus Platygramme as distinct, remarking

that three of our British species, dendritica, Lyellit and venosa,

belong to it.

Taylor in Mackay’s ‘ Flora Hibernica,’ part 2 (1836), follows

the same arrangement.

Fée in the 2nd part of his ‘ Essai’ published in 18387 states,

es ae ee

Rev, W. A. Leighton on the British Graphider. 87

that the study of the theez (asci) of the Graphidee has convinced

him-that many of the genera are empiric, and has proved to him

that his genus Thecaria and Glyphis, Ach., before arranged

among the Verrucariee, should be added to the Graphidee. He

thinks that the genera Coniangium (Spiloma paradoxum, Ach.)

and Coniocarpon (Spiloma, Ach.) are improperly placed among

the Graphidee.

Fries in ‘Summa Veg. Scand.’ (1846) includes in Gra-

vhidee—1. Unmbilicaria, Hoffm. 2. Opegrapha (comprehending

Graphis, Ach., and Opegrapha, Ach.). 3. Lecanactis, Eschw.

4. Arthonia, Duf., “genus dubium.” 5. Contocarpon, DC. He

omits in the enumeration of the species included under each

genus all mention of Opegrapha elegans, dendritica, Lyellii, and

Coniangium vulgare, possibly regarding the first as belonging to

a distinct genus, and the three latter as referable to Arthonia,

Duf.

Many of the genera above enumerated refer almost exclusively

to tropical plants, and are wholly inapplicable to the structure of

our indigenous ones. Moreover, Fries declares it to be in his

opinion incorrect to consider the plants of temperate zones as

species of tropical genera. Considering however that we act in

direct violation of nature by comprising, as Fries has done, plants

of such markedly different structure all under one genus, Ope-

grapha, it seems best to give up ourselves to the guidance of

nature and follow the path which she may point out. With this

principle in view, I have been under the necessity of creating

some few additional genera in this already overloaded tribe, in

endeavouring to arrange our indigenous species under genera

founded conjointly on the structure of the perithecium, the

nature and general character of the thallus, and the sporidia.

‘This essay is founded on the microscopical examination of

rs thousand specimens im the herbaria of Wm. Borrer, Esq.;

L.S.; Rev. T. Salwey; Rev. Andrew Bloxam; the late W.

Thompson, Esq. of Belfast, and others, to all of whom my best

thanks are offered for their zeal and liberality in communicating

specimens ; together with those in my own collection.

It should be observed that the figures of the sporidia in all

the species are drawn to the same scale, and consequently are in

relative proportion.

1. Opegrapha, Ach.

Apothecium lirelleform, sessile ; perithecium carbonaceous,

entire, or surrounding the sides and base; disk rimeform or

canaliculate, surrounded with a prominent proper margin. Thal-

lus crustaceous or membranaceous.

Name from 677), hollow, and ypaqy), writing.

88 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidex.

* Sazicole.

1. O. tesserata, DC. Thallus tessellato-areolate; _lirelle

slightly prominent, short, obtuse, dark brown; sporidia eight in

asci, minute, oblong, pale, hyaline.

Opegrapha tesserata, DC. Flor. Franc. 2. 313 (1805); Chevallier, Hist.

des Graphidées, 51. t. 11. f. 1; Borr. E. Bot. Suppl. 2632. fig. 2

(good) ; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 146. ‘

—— petrea, Ach. Syn. 72 (1814); Fries, L. Ref. 362. 255

sacatilis, B. tesserata, Scher. Enum. 159 (1851). ,

. Holwick Scar on the Tees, Yorkshire! Mr. W. Robertson in

herb. Borrer. Valley of Rocks, Linton, North Devon, Mr. Borrer.

Nothing need be added to the characteristic figures and de-

scriptions both in ‘ E. Bot. Suppl.’ and Chevallier’s work, but to

remark that the edges of the areolz within the interstices are of

a brownish-black colour, as if there were a dark substratum. By

reason of the firm and persistent nature of the pale gelatinous

contents of the lirelle, the examination under the microscope

was scarcely so satisfactory as could have been desired. It ap-

peared to consist of erect oblong asci, in each of which were

eight rather minute oblong pale sporidia, apparently without

septum.

The thallus and sporidia distinguish this from O. rupestris and

O. saxigena; the thallus, sporidia, and lirelle from O. cerebrina,

O. saxatilis, and O. Chevallieri.

Puate V. fig. l. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidia;

c, aseus.

2. O. cerebrina, DC. Thallus continuous, chalky-white ; li-

relle prominent, lumpy, rounded or squarish, full-black ; spo-

ridia in asci eight, linear-oblong, margined, uniseptate, bluish-

slate or smoky colour, surrounded with a broad white margin.

Opegrapha cerebrina, DC. Flor. Frang. 2. 312 (1805); Chev. Hist, des

Graphidées, 57. t. 12. f.4; Borr. E. Bot. Suppl. 2632. fig. 1; Fries,

L. Ref. 363; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 146.

Lecidea plocina, Ach. L. Univ. 155 (1810); Syn. 16.

cerebrina, Scheer. Spicil. 136. 196 (1823-1836) ; Enum. 159.

North of England! Rev. J. Harrimann in herb. Borrer.

The general aspect, colour and structure of the chalky con-

tinuous thallus distinguish this at first sight from Op. tesserata,

The more lumpy, rounded or squarish form of the scattered, less

frequently grouped lirellz, which are more prominent and less

immersed in the thallus, their full-black colour, their thinner,

sharper and less swollen inflexed margins, and the singular spo-

ridia are the marked characteristic distinctions from that species.

Each sporidium seems enveloped in a hyaline membranous sac,

which appears as a white margin surrounding it, the proper mar-

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 89

gin or sac of the sporidium itself being visible through its slate-

colour.

Puate I. fig. 2. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 5, sporidia.

3. O.sazatilis, DC. Thallus pulverulent, chalky-white ; lirellz

prominent, rigid, straight or stellato-divergent, tapering towards

each extremity ; sporidia in asci eight, obtusely or subclavately

fusiform, 5-, 6- or 7-septate, the central cell the largest, pale

yellow.

Opegrapha saratilis, DC. Flor. Frang. 2. 312 (1805); Chey. Hist. des

~. Graphidées, 56. t. 12. figs. 1, 2, 3; Fries, L. Reform. 366; Hook. Br.

_ Fl. 2.145 (in part); Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 106 (in part); «, Massalongo,

Comm. Lich, 102. t. 19. fig. 120.

—— calcarea, Turn. E. Bot. 1790 (1807).

— calcaria, Ach. L. Univ. 250 (1810); Syn. 72.

— lithyrga, Ach. Syn. 72. ex specim. Schleicheri in herb. Borrer ! ; Moug.

_ & Nestl. Stirpes, 856 !

—— cymbiformis, ¢. hebraica, B. saxicola, Scher. Spicil. 331 (1823-1836),

— varia, @. calearia, Scher. Enum. 158 (1851).

Netley Abbey ! Mr, Lyell in herb. Borrer (on chalk and on

mortar). Stone Farm Rocks in Ardingley, Sussex ! Mr. Borrer

(on white sandstone). Killarney (on the same stone with O,

Chevallieri)| Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer. Lamphey, Pembroke-

shire! Rev. T. Salwey. Bangor, Co. Down! Wm. Thompson, Esq.

Newton Wood, Cleveland, Yorkshire! Mr. J. G. Baker. Great

Ayton, Yorkshire! Mr. G. Dizon. Great Orme’s Head, Caer-

narvonshire.

Thallus white, pulverulent, chalky, variable in thickness,

sometimes entirely obliterated. Lirelle scattered or confluent

and crowded, peculiarly rigid in general appearance, full-black

in colour, straight or slightly curved and nearly linear im an

early state, slightly tapering towards each extremity; in a later

and mature state the disk expands in width in the middle, and

the lirelle in consequence become narrowly oblongo-elliptical,

very markedly pointed or tapered at the extremities, frequently

in stellate groups, at other times with a single ray going off from

another at nearly a right angle, sometimes two rays so as to form

a trifid lirella, sometimes as represented by Chevallier and in

*E. Bot.’ with three or four rays, sessile and prominent. The

disk in the early state of the lirella is a straight chink or slit,

nearly equal throughout its entire length, and the margins tumid

and rounded. Subsequently the disk expands in width in the

centre, pushing the margins outwards, which become thin, ele-

yated and somewhat sharp, bulged or baggy, as would arise if

growth had been arrested at the extremities, and still gone on

m both directions in the middle of the lirella. Finally, the disk

becomes still more elevated and expanded, occupying the whole

upper surface of the lirella on a level with the margins, which

90 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

are nearly obliterated and scarcely visible. Lam. prol. pale, more

or less tinged with brown. Sporidia as above, sometimes how-

ever one extremity is a little broader and more obtuse than the

other, and so of a subclavate fusiform shape; in an old state.

becoming of a brown colour and more expanded in width, the

septa nearly or quite obliterated. The brown membranes of the

whole eight sporidia are constantly seen still enclosed in the

ascus, which is never observed in Chevalliert and rupestris. The

septa vary in number, sometimes five, six or seven, four on one

side and three on the other of the central cell, which is always

the largest. ,

The specimen of O. lithyrga from Schleicher in herb. Borrer. !

is a very indifferent one, is on a quartzose rock and nearly or quite

denuded of the thallus, which 1s discoloured brown. The spo-

ridia decide its proper arrangement.

The specimens from Ardingley are on coarse white sandstone,

quite destitute of thallus, the lirelle, which are crowded and

numerous, resting on the stone itself.

Chevallier (/. c.) says, “sa créute est tantot épaisse d’un beau

noir :” this state I have never seen.

The specimen of O. saxicola, Ach., from Schleicher in herb,

Borrer. ! seems to be something in a young state. It is too im-

perfect to say positively to what it really belongs, but judging

from its general appearance, I incline to refer it to O. rupestris

rather than to O. saxatilis, DC., with which Mr. Borrer (K. Bot.

Suppl. /. c.) seems to consider it identical.

The rigid lirelle, stellato-divergent, tapermg towards either

extremity, and the form and septa of the sporidia are the cha-

ratters which keep it distinct from Chevalliert and rupestris.

Puate V. fig. 3. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidia.

4. O. Chevallieri. Livelle simple, linear, elongated, curved or

bent back, flexuose and wavy, black; sporidia eight in asci,

broadly clavate, rounded at each extremity, 3-septate, pale

yellow. '

Opegrapha lithyrga, Chev. Hist. des Graphidées, 54. t. 11. figs. 4 & 5 (excl.

Ach. synon.) (1824). ,

—— saxatilis, Hook. Br, Fl. 2. 145 (in part) (1833); Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2.

106 (in part).

atra, e. lithyrga, Scher. Enum. 154 (1851).

—— Chevallieri, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 67 ! (1852).

North Wales, Rev. Hugh Davies. Killarney (on the same stone

with O. sawatilis)! Miss Hutchins. Netley Abbey! Mr. Lyell.

Rocks on the sea-shore at Derriquin, Co. Kerry! Dr. Taylor.

North of England! Rev. J. Harrimann; all in herb. Borrer,

Craigforda near Oswestry, Shropshire! Llanaber! Barmouth !

Rev. T. Salwey. Colin Glen, Belfast! Mr. W. Thompson. Great

Orme’s Head, Caernarvonshire! South Stacks, Holyhead ! Aber.!

Rev. W, A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 91

» Thailus thin, crustaceous, very minutely cracked and crumbly,

white or pale yellow, sometimes rs obliterated. Lirelle

numerous, crowded together in patches of greater or less extent,

sometimes so thickly so as to be heaped together in black plicate

or cerebrinal masses. In a perfect state, elongated, linear, of

about the same width throughout their whole length, in various

ways bent back upon themselves, curved, flexuose and wavy in a

y peculiar and remarkable manner, generally quite simple,

seldom if ever branched, sometimes subimmersed, at others sessile

and prominent, obtuse at the extremities, smooth and somewhat

shinmg or greasy-looking, the margins tumid, round, and in-

eurved. The younger lirellz are much shorter and not so curved.

The disk is a narrow slit of about the same width throughout, .

which widens in age, and in extreme maturity becomes open and

on a level with the margins which are obliterated, but never

as in sazatilis.

Dr. Taylor’s specimen was on a slaty rock, entirely denuded

of the thallus, with only a whitish discoloration, the lirellz

remarkably twisted together in innumerable crowded plice or

gyrations, forming highly prominent, rounded, black shining

masses or clusters. I have gathered similar specimens at the

South Stacks, Holyhead, and received such from Rev. T. Salwey

tr Barmouth. Possibly it may be the var. d. steriza; Ach.

~ 72.

The strongly curved, elongated, linear, simple lielle with

their singular undulate, wavy and flexuose appearance distin-

guish this plant from O. rupestris ; the lirellee and sporidia from

O. sazxatilis.

Puate V. fig. 4. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 5, sporidia;

¢, upper surface of thallus and lirellz.

5. O. rupestris, Pers. Lirelle oblong or ovate, deformed;

short, obtuse, variously ):2nched, wider at one extremity; spo- -

ridia eight in asci, clavate, rounded at each extremity, triseptate,

pale yellow.

Lichen Persoonii, Ach. Prod. 19 (1798).

Opegrapha rupestris, Pers. Ust, Ann. Bot. 11. 20; Fries, L, Ref. 364.

—— Persoonii, Ach. Meth. 17 (1803); Sm. E. Bot. 2345; Chev. Hist. des

Graph. 53. t. 11. f. 2. :

— Persoonii «, Ach. L. Univ. 246 (1810); Syn. 71.

— saxatilis, Scheer. Spicil. 49. 328 (1823-1836). é

—— saxatilis «, Scher. Enum, 159; Exsic. 94! Hook. Br, Fl, 2, 145 (in

part) (1833), ‘

Ireland! Miss Hutchins.. Netley Abbey! Mr. Lyell; both

in herb. Borrer. Barmouth, Merionethshire! Rev. T. Salwey,

Larne, Co. Antrim! Mr. W. Thompson. Newton Wood, Cleve-

land, Yorkshire! Mr. J. G. Baker, Great Orme’s Head, Caer-

narvonshire |:

92 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphides.

Thallus thin, crustaceous, of an irregular, scaly or crumbly

appearance, dirty white. Jire/le numerous, scattered, for the

most part short and obtuse, often nearly round or triquetrous,

sessile and somewhat prominent, in variously modified oblong

or ovate shapes, straight or slightly curved, either plump and

bluntly obtuse at both ends, or widened at one extremity and

tapered or narrow at the other, smooth, slightly shining, dark

brown. Disk varying in width and form according to the shape

of the lirella, either an entire narrow slit or trifid, or furcate at

one or both ends, more or less open, especially m old age; mar-

gins tumid, rounded, and incurved in a perfect state; in old age

thinner, sharp-edged, and elevated persistently above the ex-

panded depressed or concave disk.

A specimen from Nent Force, Cumberland! from Mr. WY

Robertson in herb. Borrer, on granite, has the lirelle small, round

and tumid, or triquetrous, the disk varying much in shape. This

may be the var. 8. aporea, Ach. :.the form of the lirelle and spo-

ridia shows distinctly its connection with O. rupestris. I have

found precisely similar states on the Great Orme’s Head, Caernar-

vonshire, and on the Eglwsg rocks near Llangollen.’

The specimen of “ Lichen simplex, EK. Bot., from Rev. Hugh

Davies” in herb. Borrer, was a thin slaty rock, on a small darker

part of which were scattered a few fragments or frustules of a

whitish, smooth, very thin, slightly cracked thallus, growing on a

hypothallus of a dark brownor blackish colour, spreading copiously

on all sides in a dendritic manner. Imbedded in the centre of the

frustules of the thallus was a single minute shield, or sometimes

two or three crowded together, dark brown, with a thick prominent

margin surrounding a deep very concave disk of similar colour,

which, when wetted, swelled and became convex, or. at least level

with the surface of the margin. A vertical section (see Plate V.

fig. 6 a) exhibited the dark brown excipulum, interrupted however,

of a Lecidea supporting a lamina proligera, the asci in which

were filled with brown oblong sporidia, uniseptate (fig. 6 5), and

were so numerous as to give the section a speckled appearance.

On other paler and more shaly portions of the specimens were

an abundance of irregularly rounded black bodies of various

sizes, some as large as poppy seed, others as small as the shields

before spoken of. The smaller of these bodies were somewhat

like the plump tumid form of a lirella of an Opegrapha ; the

generality of the larger kind presented a prominent wrinkled

or broken inflexed border or margin, surrounding either a sunk

disk ora sunken ring which encompassed a central portion thick

and irregularly raised to a level with the margins ; whilst others

again were gyrate like the apothecia of an Umbilicaria. All

were sessile on the naked rock, without the slightest trace or

appearance of any thallus. A vertical section (fig. 6 a, 1) showed

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphifler. 98

the inflexed margins supporting the sides of a lamina proligera,

whose upper surface was covered in the centre with the thick

central portion, the base being naked and resting on the rock.

The lamina proligera was pale and hyaline, consisting of para-

physes, amongst which were asci of an obovate-elongated or

elayate shape filled with minute granular matter.

Schleicher’s specimen! of O. saxicola, Ach., in herb. Borrer,

seemed referable to this species, see p. 90 ante.

_ Distinguished from O. sazatilis by the shape of the lirelle and

sporidia ; from O. Chevallieri by the form of the lirelle ; from

O. tesserata and O. cerebrina by the thallus and sporidia.

Puate V. fig. 5. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 8, sporidia. »

6. O. saxigena, Tayl. Lirelle linear, linear-oblong, oblong

or ovate, deformed, obtuse at the extremities, chiefly simple and

straight, dark brown; sporidia eight in asci, narrow, linear-

oblong, rounded at each extremity, 3-septate, pale yellow.

Opegrapha saxigena, Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 259.

Dunkerron! Dr. Taylor in herb. Borrer.

Thallus moderately thick, crustaceous, indeterminate, irregu-

larly cracked, of a dirty rusty-brown colour in the older portions

where the crust is thiner, m the younger and thicker portions

and about the lirelle, of a scaly, crumbling, leprose, yellow ap-

pearance. Jurelle loosely congregated in groups, very various

in shape, round or punctiform, oblong, linear-oblong, linear,

ovate, subtriquetrous, modified by branching into an irregular,

oblong, triquetrous form, generally simple, straightish or slightly

curved and waved, very obtuse at the extremities, dark brown,

smooth, somewhat shiming, the margins incurved, tumid and

round, slightly rugged or broken. Disk generally narrow,

straightish, though varying in width and direction according to

the form of the lirella, yet not widely open and expanded, the

margins always rounded and incurved, tumid, not sharp-edged

as in O. rupestris. The sporidia are sometimes broader at one

end than the other, and so approaching a subclavate form.

So closely allied to O. rupestris, that, notwithstanding the

above differences, we shall perhaps do well in hesitating to pro-

nounce it decidedly distinct from that species.

A specimen! m Mr. Borrer’s herbarium from Dr. Taylor,

labelled by him ‘ Opegrapha saxigena, F\. Hib., var. trochodes,

(new variety), Carig Mountain, Co. Kerry,” proved on exami-

nation to be the deformed patellulz of some Lecidea. (See Pl. V.

fig. 8 a & 0).

Pars V. fig. 7, a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella ; }, sporidia.

94 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

** Corticole.

7. O. varia, Pers. Thallus pulverulent, white ; lirellze hernia

nent, sessile, round, oblong, elliptical or elongated and attenu-

ated at each end ; ask canaliculate or dilated in the middle, or

plane and convex ; proper margins prominent, inflexed, some-

times subevanescent ; ; sporidia in asci eight, irregularly obovate

or obovate-fusiform, 5-septate, the central cell larger, hyaline;

pale yellow. ;

The so-called varieties of this very variable lichen seem to be

more properly speaking s¢aées, arising from a greater or lesser

development of the lirellee dependent upon local circumstances,

localities or atmospheric influences, or of more or less mature

age. The sporidia are alike in all.

a. pulicaris, Lightf. Lirelle oval, oblong or elliptical, mi-

nute, simple ; disk concave, dilated in the middle; proper mar-

gins persistent, inflexed.

Lichen crustaceus, §c., Mich. Gen. Pl. p. 102. t. 54. nah 37. f. 2? (1729).

scriptus, 8. pulicaris, Lightf. Fl. Scot. 2. 801 (1777).

—— pulicaris, Hoffm. En. 14. t. 3. f. 2. e? (1784).

Verrucaria pulicaris, Willd. F|. Berol. 370 (1787).

Lichen vulvella, Ach. Prodr. 22 (1798).

Opegrapha vulvella, Ach. Meth. 19. t.1. f. 9 (1803); Wahl. Fl. Suec. 859.

— vulvella, «. & 8. pulicaris, Ach. L. Univ. 251 (1810).

—— vulvella «, Ach. Syn. 77 (1814),

notha, Mart. Fl. Erlang. 278. in part (1817).

— cymbiformis, «. pulicaris & B. phea, Scher. Spicil. 50. 329 (1893-

1836); Exs. 97! 518! 520!

— cymbiformis, Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 75 (1824) ; Fingerhuth, Eiffl. 24.

—— ramealis, Chevallier, Graphid. 65. t, 14. f. 3 (1824),

stizorina, Chevallier, Graphid. 66, t. 14. f.4 (1824).

Graphis pulicaris, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 335 (1831).

Opegrapha varia, a. pulicaris, Fries, L. Ref. 364 (1831); Hook. Br, Fl. yk

145. in part.

—— varia, Oh. pulicaris, Tuckermann, N. Lich. 75.

—— varia, y. pulicaris & B. phea, Scher, Enum, 156.

On beech and ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hants!

Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer.

Thallus effuse, thin, pulverulent, whitish, almost obliterated.

Lirellg numerous, scattered, prominent and sessile, minute, tu-

mid, either oval, oblong, elliptical or elliptico-oblong, sometimes

a little elongated, straight, sometimes curved, generally simple,

occasionally triquetrous, obtuse at the extremities, dark brown-

black, broad for the size, but variable in width, according to the

greater or Jesser degree of expansion of the disk, which is either

regularly canaliculate and of the same width throughout, or

more or less dilated, frequently very considerably in the middle,

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 95

Proper margins thick, tumid, prominent, rounded and inflexed,

entire and uniform, persistent.

Pare V. fig. 9. Sporidia.

B. notha, Ach. Lirelle round or ebui deformed ; disk

plane or convex, obliterating the proper margins.

Opegraphalichenoides, Pers. Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. p. 30. t.2. f. 4. a, 6

(1794)

Lichen nothus, Ach. Prodr. 19 (1798).

ha notha «. & 8, Ach. Meth. 17 (1803).

satcpmathe, Sm. E. Bot. t. 1890 (1808); Ach. L. Univ. 252; a, Syn. 76;

Wahl.. Fl. Carpat. 391 ; Fl, Upsal. 449 ; a. Fl. Suec. 859 ; eCand.

. Franc. ed. 3. 2. 310; Mart. FL Erlang. 278. in part; Grev. Fi.

Edin. 353 ; Heppe, Fi. Wurzb. 75; Fingerhuth, Eiffl. 24; Moug. &

Nestl. Stirpes, 857.

— cymbiformis, 8. lichenoides, Scheer. Spicil. 51. 330 (1823-1836) ;

Exs. 282!

Graphis notha, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 336 (1831).

pha varia, b. notha, Fries, L. Ref. 364 (1831).

— varia, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145. in part (1836).

—— varia, ef notha, Tuckermann, N. Lich. 75 (1848); Leight. Lich. Brit.

Exsic.

— varia, «. lichenoides, Scher. Enum. 156 (1850).

On oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. High Vawr Lane, Oswestry,

Shropshire ! Rev. 7. Sa/wey. Montford Bridge near Shrewsbury,

Shropshire !

Thallus effuse, thin, pulverulent, white. Lirelle numerous,

- seattered and congregated, large, very prominent and sessile,

various in size and form, generally of a round, oblong, or linear-

oblong shape, obtuse at the extremities, simple and straight,

opake black. Proper margins very narrow, almost obliterated by

the expansion of the broad plane or tumid and convex disk.

Not to be confounded with Lecanactis lyncea, nor with Lecidea

albo-atra, var. corticola, from which the different sporidia keep

it distinct. _

Puare V. fig. 9. Sporidia.

ry. diaphora, Ach. Lirelle elongated, attenuated at both ex-

tremities ; disk plane ; proper margins persistent, flexuose.

“ Opegrapha varia, Pers. Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. p. 30” (fide Ach.) (1794).

Lichen diaphorus, Ach. Prodr. 20 (1798), sec. ae ab Achario seipso in

herb. Borrer!

Opegrapha aplers a, Ach. Meth. 19 (1803); L. Univ. 254; Mart. Fl.

cee 3. diaphora, Ach. Syn. 77 (1814).

erm eymbifornis, y. hebraica, Scheer. Spicil. 51. 330 (1823-1836); Exs

8!519!

— varia, d. diaphora, Fries, L. Reform. 365 (1831); Hook. Br. Fi. 2.

145. in

— varia, ao diaphora, Tuckermann, N. Lich. 75.

—-— varia, 3. diaphora & ¢. chlorina, Scher. Enum, 157, .

On oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

96 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidese.

Thallus effuse, thin, pulverulent, white. irelle numerous,

scattered or congregated close together, prominent and sessile,

black, elongated, narrow, wider in the centre, acuminated at both

extremities, for the most part simple, but frequently by juxta-

position becoming of a stellate arrangement, straightish or va-

riously curved and flexuose, usually with other lirelle of a smaller

size, and either rotund or oblong, interspersed among them.

Proper margins narrow, elevated and prominent, wavy, flexuose

and inflexed. Disk broad, expanded, open and plane, without

praina. zt

. To be distinguished from O. saxatilis by its place of growth

and the different form of the sporidia,

Pratt V, fig. 9. Sporidia.

8. tigrina, Ach. Lirelle linear-oblong, obtuse at the extre-

mities ; disk channelled, nearly uniform; proper margins per-

sistent, rounded and inflexed. wes

Opegrapha signata, B. tigrina, Ach. L. Univ. 262 (1810).

diaphora (excl. syn.), Sm. E. Bot. t. 2280 (1811).

—— notha, «. tigrina, Ach. Syn. 77 (1814), see. specim. a Schleichero im

herb. Borrer. !

—~— versiformis, Chevallier, Graphid. p. 13. t. 1. f. 1 a (1824).

—— varia, n. tigrina, Scher. Enum. 157 (1850).

“ —__. yaria, Pers.’’ Bohler’s Lich. Brit. no. 52!

On beech, oak, elm. New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb,

Borrer. Hurst Pierpoint, Sussex ! Haddisco, Norfolk ! Coulsdon,

Surrey ! Mr. Borrer..

Thallus effuse, thin, pulverulent, dirty-white, often scarcely

visible. Lirelie numerous, scattered here and there, or crowded

in groups, prominent and sessile, for the most part simple,

straight or sometimes more or less curved, black, shining, linear-

oblong, narrow and nearly of the same width throughout, obtuse

and rounded at the extremities. Proper margins very thick,

prominent, rounded and inflexed, entire and uniform, not wavy

or crisped. Disk narrow, canaliculate, of about the same width

throughout and concave, sometimes a little dilated about the

middle and then plane.

Puare V. fig. 9. Sporidia.

e. tridens, Ach. Lirelle elongated, stellately arranged ; disk

channelled ; proper margins persistent, rounded and inflexed. —

Opegrapha tridens a, Ach. L. Uniy. 263 (1810) ; Syn. 79. mt

varia, d. diaphora, Fries, L. Ref. 365. in part (1831).

— varia, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145. in part (1836).

—— varia, «. tridens, Scher. Enum, 158 (1850).

On beech and elm. New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb.

Borrer, Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Mr. WL. Benson on a new Pupa anda new Bulimus. 97

» Thallus effase, much thicker than in the other varieties, pul-

verulent, almost tartareous, of a dirty-white, often tinged with

yom Armen (I could not detect any of the minute fibres men-

tioned by Acharius, L. Univ. 263), with numerous elevated

black points or tubercles, the rudiments doubtless of the lirelle,

‘scattered irregularly. Lirelle numerous, scattered, large, pro-

minent, sessile, oblongo- or lineari-elongated, Sesenie: more or

less acuminate ‘at the extremities, frequently also of the same

width throughout, and with rather obtuse points, arranged by

juxtaposition chiefly, sometimes by confluence into conspicuous

groups of three or more elongated flexuose rays. Proper

margins thick, prominent, persistent, rounded and inflexed, more

or less wavy. Disk expanded, according to age, either canali-

culate and of uniform width throughout, or more or less dilated

in the middle.

Specimens! in herb. Borrer from Acharius labelled “ Opegr.

nimbose modific. ;” from Schleicher labelled “ O. nimbosa,”’ and

“ O. phea v. brunnea 3’ and from Scherer labelled “ Opegrapha

nimbosa,” according to the form and septa of the sporidia, are all

referable to this species. Schleicher’s O. phea v. brunnea and

Scherer’s Opegrapha nimbosa are identical with each other, as is

also Opegrapha phea, Moug. and Nestl. Stirpes, 954!.

PuateE V. fig. 9. Sporidia.

; [To be continued. |

1X.— Characters of a new European Pupa, and of a new Austra-

fan Bulimus. By W. H. Benson, Esq.

Tue following very interesting Pupa being undescribed either

in Pfeiffer’s or Kiister’s works, and not being contained in Mor-

tillet’s recent Catalogue of the South-Western species of Europe,

in which list a new Heliz and a new Bulimus, from Nice and its

neighbourhood, are enumerated, I am induced by its fortunate

discovery, at an early period of my residence here, to lose no

time in deseribing such an important acquisition to the Italian

and European fauna. I take the opportunity of publishing at

the same time a beautiful addition to the Australian Bulimi

brought to England by Dr. J. F. Bacon, whose health, severely

shaken by a tropical climate, has ultimately rendered necessary

a premature return to his native land.

Pupa Rivierana, nobis, n. s.

Testa rimato-perforata, exacte cylindrica, diaphana, nitidula, fusco-

cornea, minutissime oblique costulato-striata ; ; sutura profunda,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii.

98 Mr. W.H. Benson‘on a new Pupa and a néw Bulimius.

apice obtuso; anfractibus 6} convexis, ultimo } totius longitudinis

sequante, antice leviter adscendente, basi circa umbilicum -vix com-

pressiuscula; apertura truncato-ovata, 3-plicata, obliqua ;. peristo-

mate simplici, disjuncto, acuto, albido, margimibus. expansiusculis,

exteriori superne valde arcuato, labio subreflexo; plica unica in

medio parietis, columellari 1 obliqua obtusata brunnea, palatali,1

_ elongata, albida; extus sulcum efformante, omnibus profundis..~

Long. 2, diam. 3 mill, eS

Hab. in regione Riviera Pedemontana ad basin collium prope Nizza

maritimam sub lapide. fi

In form, size and sculpture approaching most. nearly to the

edentate P. minutissima, but more slender than that species, . It

is singular that this beautiful little shell. should have escaped the

researches of Risso, none of whose doubtful species exhibit-any

approach to it. 3

It_differs from triplicata, Studer, in its. much smaller, size

more slender cylindrical form and stronger. sculpture, in. the

greater comparative size of the columellar plait, in the transverse

position of the parietal plait, and the more deeply set palatal

tooth, which in some aspects is not visible from the aperture.

It is also deficient im the stricture and callus observable behind

the outer lip in adult specimens of that species. As in P. tri-

plicata, and partially in the South African P. fontana, the palatal

tooth causes a furrow on the outside of the lower whorl. The

costule are flattened and narrow, and the intercostal. spaces

double the breadth of the ribs.

It has a whorl more than P. Ascaniensis, A. Schmidt, is larger

and more lengthened in form, the forms and proportions of the

teeth differ, and its peristome, which is fully formed, has no re-

semblance to that of the Aschersleben species.. The sculpture,

moreover, is more delicate, and the whorls more ventricose than

in Archdeacon Schmidt’s late interesting addition to the German

fauna.

In M. Albin Gras’ Mollusca of the Department of the Isére,

his figure of P. muscorum, Michaud, var. & deux dents, pli 4.

f. 18, from the Bastille near Guy Pape, approaches P. Rivierana.

He notes one tooth on the columella (the plate shows it to be

parietal), and one on the lower edge (the plate shows this to be

within the outer lip near the base, not deeply placed in the centre

of the lower whorl, as in Ascaniensis and Rivierana). In the

description M. Gras makes no mention of the sculpture, and no

striz or costule are observable in the plate, while the obtuse

plait on the columella of P. Rivierana appears also to be defi-

cient. Pfeiffer and Kiister both refer Michaud’s P. muscorum

to minutissima, together with Draparnaud’s shell, in which that

author notices a slight parietal plait. Risso’s P. muscorum is

ee a

MroW.H. Benson ona new Pupa anda new Bulimus. 99

also referred, with a mark-of doubt, to P. minutissima, but the

size, the ivory peristome, and the angular plait (postice ad dex-

fram) seem to identify his shell with P. umbilicata, which is not

uncommon about Nice. Linneus’s prior name of P. muscorum

being now by common consent attributed to P. marginata, Drap.,

the species intended by Draparnaud and his followers, whether

referable to minutissima or to the species above described, can

no longer bear the name assigned to them by those authors.

Kiister notes as one of the characters which separate P. um-

bilicata from P. Sempronti, a species found at Bex and the

‘Simplon, that the latter is deficient in the fold of the columella,

which is always present in the other, to which he assigns the

character “columella subplicata.’” Pfeiffer overlooks it alto-

gether; it must however be confessed that ordinarily this plait is

inconspicuous, and only to be observed when particular attention

is directed to it. In one of my Nice specimens this feature is so

strongly marked as to attract immediate notice.

{Note.—Specimens of Pupa Rivierana were collected by Mr.

John Paget near Montpellier, quite identical with the Nice shell

in habit, teeth, and columellar fold. They were by him referred

to P. minutissima, although the parietal and palatal teeth had

attracted his notice. The climate and situation of Montpellier

are similar to those of Nice. I have found two specimens here, and

Mr. Paget has since procured a third —W.H. B. Jan.10,1854.]

Bulimus Bacont, nobis, n. s.

Testa perforata, globoso-ovata, tenui, pallida, castaneo-fusco-bifasciata,

sericea, confertim striata, superne striis exilissimis decussata ; spira

__ conica, apice obtuso, papillari, sutura tenuiter crenulata ; anfrac-

_ tibus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo inflato, dimidium teste vix supe-

tante, bifasciato, fascia 1 superiori angusta, altera inferiori lata:

apertura ovata, peristomate simplici acuto, margine columellari

“superne reflexiusculo.

Axis 23, diam. 15, alt. apert. 12, diam. 9 mill.

Hab. in Australia occidentali.

_, Found by Dr. Bacon in Darling’s Range, six miles from Hen-

Jey Park on the Avon River. In its transverse bands and colour-

ing it differs from all the West Australian species, and inclines

to the Tasmanian B. Dufresnii.

~ Nizza Maritima, December 1853.

100 Mr. T. C. Jerdon. on new species of Ants

X.— A Catalogue of the Species of Ants found in’ Southern

India. By T. C. Jervon, Esq., Assistant Surgeon, ne

Medical Establishment.

[Concluded from: p. 56. |

2nd Tribe. PongERITES.

Genus Opontomacuus, Lat, LY

The single species of Ant which I place under this head ap-

pears to correspond pretty well with the characters of the genus

which haye already been given.

24. Odontomachus rufus, Jerdon (p. 116).

Worker, length jth of an inch ; head bulging at the sides,

narrowed in front ; eyes of rioderate size, anterior; antenns

rather long, slender ; jaws closely approached at their base, long,

linear, with three strong pointed teeth at the end; thorax nar-

row; abdominal pedicle raised, poimted and conic; abdomen

long, oval; head, thorax and legs rufous; abdomen dark

brown.

I obtained this ant under stones in a jungle in the Salem

district, and know nothing of its habits.

I have since obtained one individual also in the Wynaad,

which may be the warrior of thes species, if the society consist of

different individuals. It is }{ths of an inch long, and appears

only to differ, besides its larger size, in having the eyes smaller

and more advanced, the — of the jaw blunt, and the thorax

finely striated.

HarPEGNATHOS*, yan Nt new genus (p. 116).

Gen. Char. Jaws scythe-shaped, pointed, and finely serrated ;

head oblong, notched behind ; eyes very large, situated at the

anterior extremity of the head; antenne rising between the

eyes ; abdominal pedicle slightly raised.

I cannot class this remarkable ant as an Odontomachus, and

- have therefore been compelled to institute a new genus for its

reception ; some of the characters given may not be generic, but,

till other species are discovered, it is difficult to say which are,

and which are not, of generic value.

25. Harpegnathos saltator, Jerdon (p. 117).

Worker, head long, granulated ; jaws with a strong tooth near

the base pointing downwards and inwards, and thence gradually

* This name is too like Harpognathus of Wesmael, who used it for a

genus of Staphylinide in 1834.—F. M.

ee Se ee ee ee

\\ found in Southern India. 101

tapering to the tip, and finely serrated, {th of an inch long ;

thorax’ barely. grooved ; abdominal pedicle small, low, ovate ;

abdomen very long; sting large; head and abdomen blackish

brown, thorax and legs rufous. Length 3 of an inch.

I have not seen this remarkable ant in the Carnatic. I first

saw it at Tellicherry, and subsequently in other parts of Mala-

bar. It is also found in the Mysore country, as I learn from

Mr. Hamilton, a most talented and industrious amateur entomo-

i ye given it the name.of sa/tator from its power of making

most surprising jumps, which it does when alarmed or disturbed.

It is very pugnacious, and bites and stings severely. It makes

its nest underground, generally about the roots of some plant.

Its society does not consist of many individuals. It appears to

feed on insects, which it often seizes alive.

Genus Ponera, Lat.

Its generic character has been given above.

26. Ponera sculpta, Jerdon (p. 117).

Worker, length from ;4,ths of an inch to nearly } an inch;

head oblong, pointed in front and rounded behind ; jaws large,

triangular, armed with, alternately, a large and a small tooth;

eyes very large, nearly medial; antenne inserted on a line

just in front of the eyes, rather long; thorax nearly uniform

in width and height ; abdominal pedicle raised, pointing forwards

with two small spines; abdomen long, cylindric ; legs long; the

whole body curiously sculptured, being channeled and grooved

in different directions, longitudinally, circularly, obliquely, giving

a peculiar dull appearance ; colour blackish green.

This is one of the commonest species of Ant in Malabar,

extending from the level of the sea up to the top of the Neil-

gherries. It lives in the ground in small societies, often making

its »nest' in a flower-pot, occasionally under a large stone. It

does not work in concert, being generally seen solitary. It

lives on animal substances, but apparently will also take vege-

_ table matter. I have seen two fighting for a ripe seed of the

Lantana.

I have not met with the female of this species.

27. Ponera stenocheilos, Jerdon (p. 118).

Worker, length $ths of an inch ; head large, square behind,

pointed and advancing anteriorly, widest in front of the eyes

which are large ;. antennx long ; jaws very long, linear, ending

102 Mr. T. C. Jerdon on ‘new ‘species of Ants

in a strong tooth externally, and a smaller one at the internal

angle} thorax narrow; abdominal pedicle raised, rounded,

poimting backwards ; abdomen very long; sting large; legs:long;

colour dingy greenish-brown. 103

I have found this ant very rarely in» Malabar, and. know

nothing of its habits.

28. Ponera processionalis, Jerdon (p. 118).

Worker, length 3rd of an inch; head oblong, advanced

anteriorly ; eyes medial, large; antenne moderately long,

thickened at the end; jaws triangular, strongly four-toothed ;

thorax wide, not grooved; abdominal pedicle of equal width

with the thorax, square truncated ; colour shining black.

I have met this species over most of India, It lives in the

ground in very numerous societies, and is most frequent in jungly

districts; occasionally a vast column of them, three or four deep,

may be seen crossing a road, and I have traced the column for

forty and fifty yards. It stings very severely.

29. Ponera affinis, Jerdon (p. 118).

Worker, length trd of an inch; head oblong, notched behind,

advanced anteriorly ; jaws triangular, strongly toothed ; antennz

thickened at the tip; eyes somewhat anterior, moderately large ;

thorax slightly grooved; abdominal pedicle pointed, thin ;

abdomen oval, colour dingy black.

I have only procured this ant once in Malabar, and know

nothing of its habits.

30. Ponera rufipes, Jerdon (p. 119).

Worker, length ;%ths of an inch ; head oblong ; eyes anterior,

small; antenne short and thick; jaws triangular, finely toothed ;

thorax not furrowed, truncated posteriorly ; abdominal pedicle

wide, thick, truncated, and excavated posteriorly; abdomen

long, the division of the joints strongly marked ; body ridged,

furrowed, and channeled throughout ; antenne, legs, and end

of abdomen dark rufous, rest of the body dull black.

I have procured this ant only on one occasion, hitherto, in

Malabar.

31. Ponera pumila, Jerdon (p. 119).

Worker, length about 3th of an inch; head oblong; eyes

rather small, advanced; jaws triangular, strongly toothed ;

antenne thickened; thorax smooth; abdominal pedicle long,

square ; abdomen long, cylindric; dull black, with rufous legs

and antennee.

IT found this ant in Malabar, where it is rare.

at. «found in Southern India. | 103

leeeter od} te ono Srd\ Tribe. Formicirss.

.55SWe now come to the last family; containing those ants that

have no sting; and the abdominal pedicle of one knot only. It

comprises two genera, Polyergus and Formica, but I do not thmk

we any species of the former genus. |

Genus Formica.

This genus comprises two distinct forms, the one with spines

‘on the thorax, the other unarmed, which certainly ought to

form two. genera, inasmuch as this distinction is made to separate

Atta from Ocecodomat.

* Without spines on the thorax.

| 82. Formica compressa, Fabr.? Jerdon (p. 119).

_ Syn. F. indefessat, Sykes, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 104.

_ Worker, length ;4,ths to } an inch; head oblong, notched ©

behind ; eyes medial, of moderate size; jaws triangular, toothed;

antenne long; thorax widened anteriorly ; abdominal pedicles

somewhat diamond-shaped above, much raised and thin as seen

laterally ; legs rufous, the rest of the body black.

.. Warrior, 3%ths of an inch long; differs from the ordinary

worker in the head being proportionally much larger, and the

_jJaws haying blunt teeth. .

Male, length ;+,ths of an inch; has a small triangular head,

lateral eyes, three ocelli, the thorax raised in front, and the abdo-

minal pedicle broader ; wings do not reach to end of abdomen.

Female, jths of an inch long; very similar to the male, has

the jaws strongly toothed, somewhat oblong, and the abdomen

proportionally large.

' This species, well known in India as the Black Ant, is found

throughout every part of this country which I have traversed,

except the western coast, where I have never seen it. It appears

to me that it lives in very numerous societies in the ground, the

entrance to the nest being often round the trunk of a tree, or

close to some building. The warriors are very numerous.

Their food is chiefly vegetable secretions, sugar, &c.; and

Colonel Sykes has given an interesting account of the devasta-

tions committed by them on preserves, sugar, &c. They bite

rather severely, but the pain is quite momentary. At certain

“times great numbers of the winged males and females are seen

at the mouth of the nest, and they remain there for several days.

+ In the former part of this paper, p. 49 et seq. this name is misprinted

Ocodoma.

} Col. Sykes’s specimens of F. indefessa are in the Museum at the East

India House.—F. M.

104 Mr. T. C. Jerdon on new species of Ants

When they take wing, they do so in vast numbers, and always

at night. fe

33. Formica angusticollis, Jerdon (p. 120).

Worker, 3 an inch long ; head long, oblong, ending posteriorly

in a narrow neck; eyes posterior, of moderate size; jaws trian-.

gular, strongly toothed; antenne long; thorax low, narrow,

uniform; abdominal pedicle conical, high, narrow; abdomen

oyal ; colour dull black, with antenne and legs rufous.

Warrior, -®,ths of an inch long; head very large, notched pos-

teriorly ; eyes much smaller; otherwise similar. I haye only

found this ant in forests in Malabar, and always singly.

34. Formica smaragdina, Faby. (p. 121).

Worker, length about ;4,ths of an inch; head long, triangular;

antenne long; eyes large, medial ; jaws triangular, pointed, with

sharp teeth ; thorax not furrowed ; abdominal pedicle long, low,

narrow, linear ; legs long ; colour of a uniform pale rufous.

Male, ths of an inch long; head diamond-shaped ; eyes

lateral, small; thorax raised in front; abdomen. small; wings

reaching beyond the abdomen; of a rufous colour.

Female, {ths of an inch long; head short, triangular; eyes

lateral ; three ocelli; thorax very large, wide ; abdominal pedicle

wide in the middle as viewed from above, very thin laterally;

abdomen large ; wings reaching beyond abdomen ; entirely of a

pale shining green colour.

This ant is well known in Malabar and the wooded parts of

India, but is rare in the Carnatic, where I have only seen it in

one or two large mango-groves. It forms a nest of living leaves

which it draws together without detaching from the branch, and

unites with a fine white web; sometimes this nest is above a

foot in diameter, but usually smaller. The society consists of

a vast number of individuals, and in large nests we find many

females and males, both with and without their wings at all

times of the year. They are very bold and pugnacious, and bite

very severely. They live chiefly on vegetable secretions, and are

very partial to the flowers and buds of some of the Loranthi

which abound so on the western coast ; they often form a tem-

porary web round the flowers, or sometimes round the fruit of

various trees, viz. the Hugenia malaccensis, Artabothrys odora-

tissima, &c., apparently only for the purpose of feeding undis-

turbed ; they will, however, also sometimes feed on decaying

animal matter. It is said that the web they form is occasionally

used in writing on in the N.W. provinces of India, and that the

ants are made use of to destroy a nest of wasps that may have

established themselves ina house. In this case they are said to

found in Southern India. 105

destroy all the wasps, but become so infuriated, that their own

indiscriminate attacks are nearly as bad as those of their foes.

In gardens they are most partial to mango-trees, and also to

the large leaves of the Jaméi Malae (Eugenia Malaccensis), but

in the jungles they select a vast number of trees, or rather make

no selection at all. :

35. Formica longipes, Jerdon (p. 122).

Worker, length }th of an inch ; in form exceedingly similar

to the last; head more oblong than triangular; eyes more

posterior ; antenne very long; abdominal pedicle shorter pro-

portionally ; abdomen a longer oval; legs very long, of a pale

rufous colour throughout, tinged with dusky on the abdomen.

This ant is found in all the forests of India, living in holes

in the ground, in tolerably numerous societies, and feeding on

vegetable secretions. I have not seen it at any distance from the

jungles. At Tellicherry, for example, I have never seen it, but

as soon as you go a little inland and get into the jungle you

meet with it. It is often found about bungalows and out-houses.

36. Formica timida, Jerdon (p. 122).

Worker, length ths of an inch long; head oblong, oval ;

eyes large, posterior ; jaws triangular, strongly toothed ; thorax

smooth ; abdominal pedicle raised, conical ; colour dingy rufous,

darkest on the head, and tinged with dusky on the abdomen.

All the body covered with long scattered hairs.

Warrior, } an inch long; differs from the ordinary worker

in the head being much larger proportionally, and notched

posteriorly ; thorax thicker, and the abdomen shorter.

Female, like worker, but somewhat larger, with wings, and

three ocelli. Male, 7,ths of an inch long; thorax much elevated ;

eyes large; head small ; three ocelli; wings reach beyond the

abdomen.

I have only found this ant on the Malabar coast, where it is

very common, living chiefly on vegetable secretions. It has its

nest under ground. It is very different in habit from the

other large red ant (F. smaragdina), being most timid, and if

approached or touched, dropping to the ground at once and

hiding itself. It does not always confine itself to vegetable

matter. On one occasion I had a box of pigeons containing

some squabs placed inaroom on the floor. I next morning found

several of the squabs dead, covered with these ants, chiefly how-

ever the warriors.

87. Formica stricta, Jerdon (p. 123).

Worker, length 7,ths of an inch; head nearly square, slightly

106 Mr. T. C. Jerdon. on new species of Ants

narrowed anteriorly ; jaws rough, triangular, strongly toothed ;

eyes large, posterior; prothorax wide, metathorax narrowed ;

post-thorax in the form of a rounded narrow platform, ending

in two points, and truncated ; abdominal pedicle blunt, rounded,

raised; abdomen short, oval; antenne rufous; head and thorax

dull greenish black, shagreened ; ; abdomen shining glancems

green ; legs shining ‘black.

I have found this ant on flowers in Malabar, but have never

seen its nest ; it is not a very common species.

38. Formica cinerascens, Fabr. (p. 128).

Worker, length jths of an inch; head large; eyes rather

small, posterior ; jaws strongly toothed ; thorax wide in front,

narrowed behind with two glands on each side above ; abdominal

pedicle elevated, conic; abdomen oval ; colour dull black, except

the abdomen, which is glaucous green, ‘and somewhat pubescent.

Female } an inch long nearly ; head smaller ; thorax not so wide ;

abdomen long, oval ; wings not reaching to the end of the ab-

domen.

Male, ;3,ths of an inch long; similar in form to the female,

but with much narrower abdomen, and head still smaller pro-

portionally. Warrior, ;%ths of an inch long; head large; an-

tenne short ; eyes minute.

This species lives in the ground in small societies. I have

only seen it in the Carnatic. It is described as having the head

fulvous, and a triangular spot on the abdomen ; but as it is said

by Fabricius to have been sent from Tranquebar, in the vicinity

of which I have seen our present species, I think they are pro-

bably identical, and that the difference of colour is accidental,

especially as there are only two species common in the Carnatic

with glaucous abdomen, this and our F. rufoglauca.

39. Formica velox, Jerdon (p. 124).

Worker, length ,°,ths of an inch to ths; head long, ob-

long; eyes posterior, large; jaws strongly toothed; antenne

long; thorax smooth ; abdominal pedicle raised, ‘somewhat

rounded, wide above; abdomen with the divisions of the seg-

ments strongly marked; legs long; colour dull blackish, with

the abdomen greenish pubescent.

This ant is very common in Malabar, and | think is also found

in the Carnatic. It frequents flowers, especially delighting in

those that have great quantities of pollen, such as the Cucurbi-

tacee, Hibisci, &e. It runs very speedily, and is very easily

alarmed, dropping to the ground on being touched. I have not

succeeded in finding its nest.

found in Southern'India. = 107

yee ~~ 40. Formica rufoglauca, Jerdon (p. 124).

- Worker; #;ths of an imch long; head long, oblong; eyes

large; posterior ; jaws strongly toothed; thorax not grooved ;

abdominal pedicle raised, conic, wide above ; abdomen fine silky

glaucous green; head, thorax and legs bright rufous.

Warrior, 2,ths of an inch long; head large; eyes much

smaller; antenne shorter; abdominal pedicle flattened poste-

riorly ; abdomen short, and. triangular ; colour similar.

I have found this ant only in the Carnatic, in small societies,

living in holes in the ground.

It is possible that this may turn out to be Fabricius’s species

cinerascens.

41. Formica vagans, Jerdon (p. 124).

Worker, %,ths of an inch long ; eyes large, medial ; antennz

long ; abdominal pedicle raised, rounded ; legs very long.

Female, ;3,ths of an inch long ; the thorax shorter and wider,

and abdomen very large ; wings reaching beyond the abdomen.

This little ant is exceedingly common in the Carnatic, but I

have not seen it on the Malabar coast. It takes up its quarters

in any sheltered spot in a house, under a box, a stone, a hole in

the wall, or such like places, and when disturbed flits with great

speed to another suitable spot. Its society is very numerous in

individuals, and there are many females and males, sometimes

with, at other times without wings. It feeds both on vegetable

and animal substances, preferring the former like all the true

Formice.

42. Formica assimilis, Jerdon (p. 125).

Worker, exceedingly similar to the last.

Length 3,ths of an inch; differs in its colour, chiefly being

of a shining reddish black, in its eyes being apparently large, the

thorax narrower, and in being covered all over with scattered

white hairs.

I have found it frequenting flowers in Malabar, but not

abundant.

43. Formica phyllophila, Jerdon (p. 125).

Worker, length ths of an inch; eyes small; anterior jaws

triangular ; thorax slightly furrowed posteriorly ; abdominal pe-

dicle thin, low, linear; abdomen large, triangular; legs and an-

tenne rather short ; colour shining brown-black.

_ This little species forms a temporary nest usually between two

leaves, or sometimes in a head of flowers. It lives in small

societies, and feeds entirely on vegetable secretions.

108 Mr. T. Ci Jerdon on new species of Ants

44. Formica nana, Jerdon (p. 125).

Worker, length not ~.th of an inch; eyes anterior; thorax

wide ; abdomen long, elliptical; head and thorax brown; an-

tennze, legs and abdomen pale whity brown. a Rial

This minute species is found in all parts of India, and is.

abundant in Mysore; but from its small size is noticed with

difficulty. It feeds on flowers and vegetable secretions.

fe (TE

** With spines on the thorax.

45. Formica nidificans, Jerdon (p. 125),

Worker, ,°,ths of an inch long; head triangularly ovate, ele-

vated; eyes moderate; jaws strongly three-toothed; thorax

wide anteriorly, narrowed behind, with two small spines ante-.

riorly pointing forwards, and two large ones behind pointing —

upwards and backwards, and two rudimentary spines or points

behind and beneath these latter; abdominal pedicle square,

raised, with two large upright spines, and a smaller one on each

side; abdomen short; head and abdomen rufous ; thorax dark

glossy brown. ©

Female, {rd of an inch long, similar to the worker; three

ocelli on top of the head : wingless.

This ant makes a small nest about half an inch, or rather

more, in diameter, of some papyraceous material, which it fixes

on a leaf. I have opened two, each of which contained one

female and eight or ten workers. It is very rare, and I have

only seen it in Malabar.

46. Formica sylvicola, Jerdon (p. 126).

Worker, ;3,ths of an inch long; head narrowed in front and

rounded behind; eyes posterior, salient ; antennz inserted in

front of the eyes, with a strong crest bordering their insertion |

internally ; jaws short, with five teeth, the upper one much, the

longest and bent; thorax wide, with two spines on its anterior

angles, and two stronger ones posteriorly pointing backwards

and upwards; abdominal pedicle large, square, ending behind

in two large curved spines, pointing backwards and outwards,

and two points or tubercles behind and between them; abdomen

short, oval, colour dull black; abdomen shining glaucous green.

Female, 2,ths of an inch long, differs in the anterior thoracic

spines being apparently shorter, and in having three ocelli:

wingless.

This ant has the same habits as the last, but is not found

except in the jungles. It appears very closely allied to F. hastata

of Latreille, from India, and to several other species said to’ be

from Southern Asia; and as many of these may be found in

India, I add here a brief, description.of them ‘taken from St.

Fargeau’s work on Hymenoptera :—

“Formica sexspinosa, Latr. Body black, covered with a fine

silky yellowish down, especially on the abdomen ; head oblong,

narrowed posteriorly ; antenne long; posterior angles of the

head salient; jaws large, triangular, with three or four teeth ;

eyes small, globular, salient ; thorax with two. spines anteriorly

on its lateral angles, and two on the posterior extremity pointing

backwards; abdominal pedicle thick, rounded im front, truncated

posteriorly, with two spines almost as large as those on the pos-

terior extremity of thorax. Length 72 limes (French). From

Southern Asia.

" Formica hastata, Latr, Black, finely shagreened and slightly

hairy ; head short ; antenne long ; jaws short, with two teeth

and a larger curved one at the end; space between the antenne

elevated, with an arched crest on each side ; eyes small, round ;

thorax cubical, compressed, its surface flat, and the ridge on each

side sharp, anteriorly wide and square, with a spine on each side,

at the humeral angles strong, sharp, straight, and reaching to

the head ; its posterior part truncated, with a strong spine at

each angle pointing obliquely upwards; abdominal pedicle large,

trian , With its upper edge concaye, a small tooth in the

middle, and a strong arched spine on its lateral angles directed

backwards, with a little tooth beneath each. Length 4 lines,

From India.

“ Formica relucens, Latr. Exceeding like the last (F. hastata),

but differs in the following points—body covered with silky,

golden, shining down, with a few larger hairs ; thorax with two

spines anteriorly and none posteriorly ; abdominal pedicle with

four spines, the upper ones nearly straight. Length 4 lines.

From Southern Asia.

“ Formica Ammon, Latr. Very like the two last; body black,

striated, with a few hairs; thorax ashy; anterior angles advanced;

posteriorly the lateral angles prolonged into a large straight

spine, pointing backwards ; abdominal pedicle large, triangular,

with the upper angles prolonged into a very long curved spine,

directed backwards ; abdomen covered with a silky golden down.

Length 2} lines. From Southern Asia.

“‘ Formica carinata, Fabr.. Head rounded, black; thorax

black, divided imto three by two deep transverse lines; the

anterior portion with a spine on each side directed forwards, and

the posterior part with two small straight spines; abdominal

pedicle large, square, with two raised sharp bent spines. Length ?

of medium size. Southern Asia.”

110) = Mr. J. Hancock ‘on the Greenland and Ieeland:Faleons!

Ihave very little: doubt but that many more species of<ants’

will be discovered even in the southern portion of the Peninsula,’

and I hope myself >to add others to the present list,:and more

especially to gain additional information on their habits.) ‘9>00

rotisi

iy OFHE

XI.—Note on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons.” ~

By Joun Hancock, Esq. ev per

ido 9978

Sincz the publication of my. paper in 1838 on the Greenland:

and Iceland Falcons, I have had, the opportunity of examming a

great number of specimens of both species, and haye found muchi

to corroborate the opinion I. then expressed..of the distinctness!

of the two kinds. I must now have seen upwards. of .150.spe~

cimens, and have had in my possession at one time no less than

seventy individuals. This extended experience enables ‘me to

correct an error in the description of Falco Grenlandicus, — I.

find that I have confounded the young with the. adult of. this:

species, and am wrong regarding the immature. t te

When I drew up my paper I considered all the white: birds

from Greenland to be mature, describing the nest plumage from

a dark specimen, which having a white quill-feather coming,

seemed to prove that it was the young of this species.. There is

now no doubt that this is wrong, and that this individual is

really an immature Iceland faleon,—the white quill-feather

being abnormal. iT

The Greenland falcon is never dark like the young of »the

other species ; in fact, the nest plumage of the former is always

whiter than the mature plumage of the latter, and is not unfre-

quently as white as that of the mature of its own speciess so: )91

The mature Greenland falcon is distinguished from the young;

not so much by its greater whiteness as by the character of, the

markings, which on the back and scapulars are always cordate

inclining to sagittiform ; the head, under parts and tail are fre-

quently unspotted, but not by any means constantly so. The

young is characterized by having the upper parts marked with

large oblong spots, and the head and under parts with long nar-

row dashes. In both old and young the markings are of a dark

warm gray, almost black in the former, which is also distin:

guished by the cere, beak, feet and toes being of a pale yellow

or straw colour; while in the young, these parts, with ‘the

exception of the beak, are of a light livid blue. Some. of the

young are very white, so that they can be distinguished only by

the form of the spots and colour of the naked parts. In such

the spots or dashes on the head and under parts ;are reduced to

mere lines, scarcely wider than the shafts of the feathers,’ and

Mr.J\Haneock \on:the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. 111

the:tailis-not;uncommonly devoid of all:markings. Other nest

birds are Gomparatively dark, with the spots large and crowded.

The-former, on maturity, are very little spotted, and have all the

under parts, head and tail not unfrequently pure white ; the

latter never attain the same degree of whiteness, but change

into the dark and richly marked varieties of the adult.

There is no doubt with regard.to the: mature and immature

state of this species... I possess several specimens with the

large oblong markings of the nest plumage, which are moulting,

_ and incevery case the new feathers have the cordate spots of

maturity; and to show that no change takes place afterwards, it

is°only necessary to refer to the beautiful specimen which was

kept alive in the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park. This indi-

vidual was a male’; it had the plumage very light ; and when I first

saw it in 1849 it exhibited both mature and immature feathers ;

the old and faded ones, on the upper parts, having the oblong

spots of the first plumage, the new feathers of the back and

scapulars being ali marked with cordate spots. I took a drawing

of the bird in this state. On completing its moult it was one of

the whitest specimens I have ever seen. It lived until May 1852,

and must consequently have changed its plumage twice after

having assumed its mature dress ; but no further alteration took

place in the form of the markings, and the bird was as white on

its first moult as it was when it died. _ Another living specimen,

which I had in my possession some years ago, moulted once.

This was mature when I received it, and it was as white then as

after its moult ; and no change whatever took place in the cha-

raeter of its plumage. It may also be stated that I have several

specimens in the mature plumage which have partially cast their

feathers; and those coming are exactly like the old ones—neither

darker nor whiter—the feathers of the upper parts bearing the

same ‘characteristic cordate spots. Thus there appears ample

proof that the birds with oblong spots on the upper parts change

at once into those with cordate spots, and that the latter undergo

no subsequent alteration; the one is therefore evidently the

young of the other, and is undoubtedly in the first or nest plu-

mage, unless this species be an exception to the rule, that all the

true falcons get the mature plumage on-the first moult : the Ice-

land faleon, peregrine, merlin, hobby, red-legged falcon and

kestrel all do.

Faleo Grenlandicus then differs from F. Islandicus in both the

mature and immature states, and is characterized by its greater

whiteness-of plumage. The former, in fact, may be stated to

have white feathers with dark markings, the latter dark feathers

with white markings ; besides that the mature Iceland falcon is

further distinguished by conspicuous transverse bands above and

112 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

on the flanks, and by the blue colour of the beak and bright

yellow of the cere and feet. It is now certain that the conti-

nuity or non-continuity of the bars of the tail is not of specific

importance, as I originally thought. No further obseryations

need be made here respecting the young and adult plumages of

F, Islandicus, as in my former paper I described from birds. shot

at their breeding station, having in my possession a brood with

their two parents. It therefore only remains to. be shown that

no change takes place in this species after it has attained its

mature garb ; and of this there is now sufficient evidence.

In August 1847 I received a living mature male Iceland falcon ;

it had not quite completed its first moult, haying still a few of the

nest feathers, and was a fine characteristic specimen. It died in

June 1850, after having cast its feathers three times; and its last

plumage was precisely similar to that of its first mature dress—

being no whiter nor in the least changed in the markings.

Another individual may be alluded to which was brought to

England in 1846, and which I saw in November 1848, after. it

had completed its second moult. It was afterwards sent to the

Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park, where I saw it again im the

beginning of last year (1853); and though it must then have

changed its plumage four times since I first examined it, there was

no perceptible difference in its whiteness, or in the character of its

markings. Other examples might be cited, for I have had man

opportunities of seeing this species alive; but the above wou

seem quite sufficient to prove that the Iceland faleon under

no further change after having attained its mature plumage. __-

In conclusion it may be stated that the characters of the two

forms are permanent and sharply defined, never blending mto

each other ; and that the young as well as the mature birds can

always be distinguished. But whether these two falcons are to

be considered distinct species or mere races must depend upon

the views entertained regarding what is to constitute specific

character. For my own part I see no reason to doubt the cor-

rectness of the opinion I originally expressed.

XII.—On the Structure of the Echinoderms.

By Jonannes Mixer.

[Continued from p. 24.]

Ambulacra of the Asteride.

Wrru the restriction of the ambulacra to the ventral surface in

the Asteride, all differences among the feet disappear. re

always locomotive and either conical, as in all Asteride without

‘Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 113

“an anus, Astropecten, Luidia, Ctenodiscus ; or cylindrical with a

“suéking disc and without a calcareous plate, as in all those

omen Asteride which are provided with an anus. The

discrimination of Astropecten from Archaster is therefore easy ;

“it should be remarked, however, that it is often difficult at once

“to recognise the anus, though it is easy to do so, if in Archaster

‘we remove the external crowns of the pazille in the middle of

‘the starfish by which it is hidden, as the ground is by the

‘foliage of closely planted trees. In Astropecten Parelii, v. D. et K.

(Kongl. Vet. Acad. Handl. f. 1844, p. 247. tab. 7. figs. 14-16),

the definiteness of this character was recently well exemplified.

“M. Sars had informed me that this Astropecten formed an ex-

‘ception to the law which I had enunciated with respect to the

feet ; I therefore concluded that this starfish would turn out to

‘be no Astropecten, but an Archaster, a genus hitherto not known

to inhabit the European seas. M. Sars has since that time

furnished me with a specimen preserved in spirits, in which I

‘at once discovered the anus, when the external crowns of the

coe were removed so as to render the skin of the back

“In comparing the Asteride and Echinide as Blainville and

Agassiz endeavoured to do, we soon perceive that the inter-

ambulacral plates, instead of being analogous in the two families,

are quite differently arranged. It is not the marginal plates of

the Asteride alone which lie between the radii, and the upper

marginal plates are already dorsal.

In the Asteride we must distinguish different kinds of inter-

ambulacral plates from one another. Those which rest upon the

external processes of the ambulacral plates have a certain pecu-

liarity as marginal plates of the ambulacra or adambulacral

P< moa they exactly agree in number with the ambulacral plates.

fo the second kind belong the more or less well-marked mar-

ginal inter-ambulacral plates at the peripheral edge, which are

sometimes in single, sometimes in double series. Between the

adambulacral and marginal there are often intermediate inter-

ambulacral plates. In Astropecten this area is exceedingly small,

and is reduced to a few easily overlooked plates behind the

angles of the mouth ; in the pentagonal forms it is very large. In

form and size these plates often, as in Astrogonium, differ both

ome the adambulacral and from the marginal inter-ambulacral

plates. ;

The marginal inter-ambulacral and the adambulacral plates

extend to the end of the arms; the intermediate plates cease

for the most part earlier. In those Asteride whose arms are round

and whose margin is not developed, the series of plates which

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii.

114 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

marks off the dorsal pore-area from the ventral surface is the

equivalent of the marginal plates. In these forms also the

number of the series of plates from the groove of the arm to the

pore-area varies very greatly ; in some there are only two series

of plates, the intermediate plates disappearing, as in Hchinaster

and Seytaster, whilst in Ophidiaster there are many series of

plates between the groove of the arm and the pore-area, the

outermost of which, as adambulacral plates and marginal plates,

extend completely to the extremity of the arm, the others, as ins

termediate rows of plates, are more or less, and, indeed, gradually,

diminished. It is obvious that the inter-ambulacral plates’ of

the Sea-urchins and Asteride@ are differently, and, in fact, so dif-

ferently disposed, as to give rise to the main distinctive pecu-

liarities of a Sea-urchin and of a Starfish.

Still greater are the differences between the ambulacra of the

Asteride and Echinide in the vertical direction. The nervous

cord and the ambulacral canal of the Asteride lie, covered by the

integument, over the mutually applied ambulacral plates, that is,

upon the outer side of the vertebral processes of these plates ; in

the Echinide, however, they lie beneath the ambulacral plates on

the inner surface of the shell. The vertebral processes of the am-

bulacral plates of the Asteride are absent in most Echinide, but

in the Cidaride they have a perfectly analogous structure at the

anterior extremity of the ambulacra, where the ambulacral plates

on the inner side of the series of pores send off perpendicular

processes into the cavity of the shell, between which lie the

trunks of the ambulacral organs. The ampulle are external.

The clavate ends of a number of these processes unite to form a

continuous colonnade, while they leave between their bases mter-

vertebral passages, apertures for the branches given off by the

ambulacral vessel to the ampulle and the pores of the shell.

There is no union of the vertebral processes of the right and left

side. The analogy of the auricular processes at the anterior ex-

tremity of the corona of the Sea-urchins with the vertebral pro-

cesses of the Asteride, which is remarked in the ‘ Anatomische

Studien tiber die Echinodermen ’ (Archiv, 1850), is more appa-

rent than universally true. The auricular processes are, indeed,

in most Sea-urchins, processes of the ambulacral plates, and the

ambulacral organs pass between them; but in Cidaris we meet

with an exception, the inter-ambulacral plates giving off the

auricular processes for the muscles of the jaws.

Besides Cidaris, Clypeaster rosaceus and altus (or the genus

Echinanthus altogether) possess that part of the ambulacral

plates which is analogous to the vertebral processes of the Aste-

ride in the internal table of their ambulacral plates. In this

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms, 115

éase all the ambulacral plates take a part in its formation, and

the right and left portions are even united by a suture. This

ambulacral floor lies, as in the Asteride, beneath the trunks of

the ambulacral vessels and nerves. On the other hand, the ex-

ternal table of the ambulacral plates lies over the trunks of the

nerves and vessels, like the membranous covering of the ambu-

lacra of the Asteride. Herein we have sufficient evidence that

in fact the structure of the ambulacra in the Echinide and Aste-

rid@ is widely different, and Cidaris and Echinanthus may be con-

sidered to furnish the key to the proper understanding of these

deviations.

The Ophiuride depart a step further than the Asteride from

the Sea-urchins. The ambulacral plates have still retained their

vertebral form in the Ophiuride, and the ambulacral canal runs

in a groove over them ; above the ambulacral vessel, however,

lies the flat nervous cord of the arm, and above that are the pecu-

liar plates, the ventral discs of the arms ; but under the vertebral

ions or analogues of the ambulacral plates there are no am-

pulle, the latter structures being totally absent in the Ophiuride.

The lateral branches of the ambulacral vessel pierce the ventral

portion of the vertebral segment horizontally as far as the suckers,

which are arranged along a groove of this part of the skeleton.

Pores leading to internal diverticula, comparable to the ambu-

lacral pores of the Asteride and Sea-urchins, are non-existent.

The nervous trunk of the arm gives a branch to every sucker, for

which an appropriate groove is excavated upon the ventral sur-

face of the vertebral segment.

In comparing the Sea-urchins with the Aséeride, particular in-

terest attaches to the five plates of the apex of the former, which,

from their position between the genital plates, have been called

intergenital plates—a term long in use, for which Agassiz has

lately substituted the name of ocellar plates, which I think

almost too theoretical to be safely used. Each of these plates is

situated at the end of an ambulacrum without being itself an

ambulacral plate; it is pierced, and in the aperture the ocular

bulb discovered by Forbes is situated. This body, the fact of

whose existence has been confirmed by Agassiz and Valentin,

and which I also have seen (in Cidaris), is the analogue of the

coloured ocular spot discovered by Ehrenberg at the extremity of

the arms of the Asteridz. In both cases the nervous cord of the

radius enters the bulb, passing in the Sea-urchins from within out-

wards, through the aperture in the plate. Agassiz justly lays very

great weight on this analogy, and ascribes to the Asteride also

an ocellar plate at the end of the ambulacrum, between which

and the ambulacrum the new ambulacral plates are formed, as in

the Sea-urchins. Here also the new inter-ambulaecral plates

116 ~~ Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

are formed at the point of the arms, but this can only hold

good of those which reach the extremity of the arm. In most

Asteride many series of plates do not attain the end of the

arms, as in Ophidiaster, Asteriscus, Astrogonium. He supposes

further, that the plate in question has the same relations in the

Asteride as in the Sea-urchins, and that the eye is in the Aste-

ride also seated in it (Ann. d. Sc. Nat. t. vi. 1846, pp. 309, 311).

It is here presupposed that the radial nerve has an internal

course underneath the ambulacral plates in the Asteride as in

the Echinide, which, however, is true only of the latter and not

of the former. Neither is there any aperture in the azygos plate

which lies at the end of the ambulacrum and at the beginnin

of the dorsal part of the arm. The analogy of the plates in the

Sea-urchins and Asteride, however, is not weakened, but is

strengthened, by this circumstance. It is in all cases the ter-

minal plate, the outermost of the radius. In the Asteride, which

have large marginal plates developed in their peripheral border,

it is the marginal plates, viz. the upper marginal plates, which

have the same shape as this apical radial plate and form one series

with it. The marginal plates are, therefore, in a manner repe-

titions of the apical plate of the radius, which unite the radii in

festoons and separate the abdominal or inter-ambulacral side

from the dorsal or antambulacral side. The terminal plate is

smooth when the marginal plates are smooth (Astrogonium) ; in

other cases, when all the inter-ambulacral and ambulacral plates

are granulated (Scytaster, Ophidiaster), it is covered with gra-

nules. As the terminal piece of the arm, this plate has relations

to the antambulacral as well as to the ambulacral and inter-

ambulaeral sides, and it is equally true for the antambulacral side

that new plates are formed in its vicinity to extend those series

which reach the end of the arm.

In the Ophiuride the terminal portion of the radius is a pecu-

liarly formed articulation without either spines or suckers, be-

tween which and the next all the new articulations of the radius

arise, as has been shown by the history of the development of

the Ophiuride. This articulation is obviously the analogue of

the terminal piece of the arm of the Starfishes. The mode in

which the terminal articulation of the arm of the young Ophiurid

is penetrated by the ambulacral canal, whose cecal extremity is

visible for a long time projecting from the end of the articula-

tion, is described in the memoir upon the Ophiuride. of the

Adriatic. in

In the Asterid-larva described by Busch, there is a :promi-

nent azygos process of the ambulacral canal ; not. however at, the

point of the arm, but on its ventral surface. This would appear

to result from the position of the ambulacral canal of the As-

Prof. J. Miiller on ‘the Structure of the Echmoderms. 117

terids, which is superficial and uncovered by any hard structure.

In the vermiform Asterid-larva which I have described, the

cecal extremities of the ambulacral canals project from the ex-

tremities of the arms, in which respect this larva agrees much

more closely with the Ophiwride than with the Asteride. We

e not yet acquainted with its earliest condition, and it is very

sirable to ascertain whether its form resembles a Pluteus or a

Bipinnaria. There is no evidence to enable us to say whether

the terminal segment of its vermiform body should be referred

to the anus or madreporic plate of the body of a starfish. If it

were an Ophiurid, this segment must be considered as the

remains of the dome of the larva.

- The terminal articulation of the arm of an Ophiura is neither

ambulacral nor purely anti-ambulacral, but as it were an osseous

node, from which the ambulacral plates, the ventral and dorsal or

anti-ambulacral discs, and the inter-ambulacral lateral discs take

their origin. The terminal plate of the arm of the Asterid may

be considered to be such a node. The ocellar plate of the Sea-

urchin is the terminal plate of a radius whose antambulacral

side is absent. In analysing the radii of Dysaster into a trivium

and biyium, the genital plates, of which there are four, remain

at the apex of the trivium ; the ocellar plates however follow

their radii.

_ Oral Skeleton of Echinide, Holothuriade and Ophiuride.

According to H. Mayer’s elaborate analysis the oral skeleton

of the regular Echinide consists of five pairs of alveoli for the

five enamelled teeth, of ten epiphyses for the inter-connexion of the

former, and of five other radial pieces upon which the epiphyses

articulate. These are the pieces which Des Moulins calls rotu/e,

Valentin falces. An additional suspensory apparatus of the oral

skeleton is constituted by the five ‘compasses’ of Valentin,

which have been shown by Mayer to consist each of two por-

tions ; they are present only in the regular Sea-urchins, and are

totally absent in the Clypeasteride.

The two epiphyses of each pair of alveoli are, in-the regular

Sea-urchins, provided with processes, which in Echinus, &c.,

become united into an arch at the base of the alveoli ; in Cidaris

and Echinocidaris the processes are present, but no longer united

into arches ; in Diadema the processes of the epiphyses have en-

tirely vanished. In the Echini therefore, the ten epiphyses form

with the five rotule a continuous circle ; in Cidaris, Echinocidaris

and Diadema an interrupted one. In the ‘ Anatomische Studien

iiber die Echinodermen’ I have compared this circle with the

118 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

oral ring of the Holothuriade. The rotule or radii of the Lantern

resemble those pieces of the calcareous ring in the Holothuriade,

over which the five ambulacral canals pass outwards ; in the Sea-

urchins they have the same relation to the five ambulacral canals.

The Holothuriade have neither alveoli nor teeth.

In the Clypeasieride the oral apparatus has exactly the same

composition as in the regular Sea-urchins, with a somewhat dif-

ferent form of the epiphyses and rotule, That their oral skeleton

possesses only the five pair of jaws, the remaining parts being

wholly absent, as Agassiz states with regard to those genera de-

scribed in his monograph upon the Scutellide, is true of no genus

of this family. On the other hand, in all the genera of Clypeas-

teride, this apparatus consists of twenty-five calcareous pieces,

viz. ten semi-alveoli, their ten articular epiphyses, and five rotule.

The rotule of the Clypeasters were observed by Des Moulins,

who, however, failed to find them in the other genera. Their

form differs from that of the regular Sea-urchins, inasmuch as

they are deep and disc-shaped; the ambulacral canal passes as

usual beneath them and above the inter-alveolar muscles, to the

circular canal. The articular epiphyses of the alveoli are con-

nected with them by a joint, and they hold the alveoli sufficiently

apart to prevent the ambulacral canal, which passes under the

rotula, from being compressed by the action of the inter-alveolar

muscles. In most genera of the Clypeasteride the epiphyses of

the alveoli have almost the same form as the rotule, and are

united by sutures with the alveoli. Des Moulins has not recog-

nised the epiphyses, but Don Antonio Parra observed both the

epiphyses and the rotule in Clypeaster rosaceus, stating that

there are three small pieces between the alveoli :—* En la union

de dos de estas piezas, por la parte superior, dexan un hueco en el

que estén calocadas maravillosamente tres piececitas, de figura

de la pepita de un meldén verde, éstas se designan por la fig. 8.”

(Descripcion de differentes piezas de historia natural, Havana,

1787, p.141.) So that the structure of the oral skeleton in the

Clypeasteride was well understood in the last century, and long

before that of the regular Sea-urchins.

The genera of the Clypeasteride all possess the same pieces,

and are distinguished merely by the form of the alveoli and the

position of their articulating surfaces, which ‘in Clypeaster and

Arachnoides are nearer the oral cavity, in the others are at the

external angles of the jaws. In Arachnoides placenta, however,

the rotule are remarkable for their excessive and unusual pre-

dominance in size over the epiphyses and the elevation of their

bases above the alveoli, while the epiphyses are small and have

the ordinary form. In Lebophora both the rotule and the epi-

Prof, J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 119

physes are very depressed in correspondence with the flattening

of the alveoli. Short thin muscles pass from the auriculz to the

under surface of the alveoli.

The teeth of the Clypeasters, which are fixed in the groove of

the alveoli, are only naked at their outermost extremity, the rest

being covered by a proper soft membrane which must be re-

garded as the sac-like matrix of the tooth.

In describing and figuring the teeth of a Galerites (Mem.

Geol. Survey, Lond. Decade 3. pl. 8) Forbes expresses the opi-

nion, that perhaps all Cassidulide have teeth. 1 have examined

a specimen of Echinoneus which still retained its buccal and anal

plates, and although dry had lost nothing from its interior.

However I could find no teeth in the contained matters, which

consisted only of coarse sand, small Gasteropod shells, and frag-

ments of shells, such as we meet with in sea-sand, and which

proceeded from the contents of the intestine.

_ The stellate gap in the skeleton above the mouth of the

Ophiuride and Asteride is well known not to be the mouth, but

its antechamber. The mouth itself is round and lies deeper in

a membranous diaphragm. The anterior chamber is therefore

comparable to the vestibule in front of the mouth of the Holo-

thuriade. ©

In the Ophiuride the stellate gap above the membranous dia-

phragm is surrounded by twenty pieces, which are simply the

most anterior ambulacral plates united with five pair of inter-

ambulacral plates. The anterior ambulacral plates are in pairs

like all the others ; they are as usual united with the following

ambulacral plates by muscles and articulations, but their union

with one another takes place not by suture but by a toothed

joint, and is therefore moveable. These anterior ambulacral

plates bound the open angles of the oral gap, while the inter-am-

bulacral pieces correspond with its salient angles ; the ambulacral

plate is united with the inter-ambulacral plate of the angle of

the mouth by a firm suture. The union of the inter-ambulacral

plates constituting any one of the salient angles of the mouth

takes place by a denticulation, which allows of motion by means

of transverse mascles which approximate the crura of the open

angle and unite the anterior ambulacral plates of two ambulacra.

The external edges of the angles of the mouth are beset with cal-

careous papille towards the oral clefts—papille marginales—mar-

ginal papille of the oral cleft. Upon the vertical edge of the

oral angle again, we find in many genera a multitude of papillz,

the papille angulares or papille of the oral angles (dental pa-

pill, Miiller and Troschel); below these in the Ophiuride stand

the dentiform labial plates, arranged in a vertical series, and

which I denominate pale angulares instead of teeth. Are these

120. ~—- Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

oral angles of the Ophiuride and Euryalide to be considered as

alveoli, and are they homologous with the alveoli of the Sea-

wvohins 1 ? In such case the alveoli of the Sea-urchins, which

consist of two halves, and whose angles are also inter-radial in

relation to the mouth, must”be considered to be metamorphosed

inter-ambulacral plates, separated by a great space from the

plates of the corona, but connected by muscles with the: auri-

cule, and these alveolar muscles would be the analogues ng the

inter-vertebral muscles of the Ophiuride.

Important considerations, however, are opposed to this ini

pretation. On more close examination, the apparent analogy of

the oral angles of the Ophiuride with the alveoli of the Sea-

urchins completely disappears. In fact there exists upon the

vertical obtuse edge of the oral angle, both in the Ophiuride and

Euryalide, a peculiar azygos plate (torus angularis), upon which

the papille angulares and the dentiform: plates are seated.

These azygos plates upon the oral angles are wanting in all

Asteride ; they would themselves have a claim to be considered

analogous to alveolar plates, if the so-called dental plates of

Ophiuride were to be regarded as true teeth. The five azygos

alveolar plates of the Ophiuride in question, however, have no si-

milarity with the conjugate alveoli of the Sea-urchins; nor have

the dentiform plates or pale of the Ophiuride more resemblance

to the enamelled teeth of the Sea-urchins, since they exhibit the

ordinary osseous structure.. Furthermore, if we take into con-

sideration the manner in which the pale are inserted upon the

plates of the oral angles, it clearly results that they are not teeth

at all. They are in fact moveable and united with the angular

plates by two muscles, which are inserted into deep excavations

or perforations lying in pairs in these plates. These perforations

in part pierce the torus angularis and extend as far as the bases

of the oral angles. The other insertion of the muscles is into

the upper edge of the base of the pal, so that when they con-

tract, the outer ends of the pale are drawn upwards. They

are doubtless used as manducatory organs. The papille angu-

lares above the pale are also moveable, but they possess no

such muscles at their bases; the Huryale have only papille ~

angulares on the plates of their oral angles, but no pale. The

peculiar plates at the oral angles of the Ophiuride are therefore

to be regarded as bases of the lips to which the labial papilla or

dentes spurii are attached. The comparison of the oral angular

plates (tori angulares) or most anterior inter-ambulacral plates of

the Ophiuride with the alveoli of the Sea-urchins is therefore

incorrect. This results also from other facts observable in the

Sea-urchins themselves.. In Cidaris, in fact, the corona is con-

tinued in the form of moveable ambulacral and inter-ambulacral

Prof. J..Miiller.on the Strueture of the Echmoderms. 121

plates up to the mouth, so that even the series of feet are unin-

terruptedly continuous: to the same extent... While in Echinus

there is only a single pair of oral suckers between the corona and

the mouth im the line of the ambulacrum, the series of moveable

ambulacral plates of Cidaris terminate above the dental. appa-

ratus in the form of five lobes surrounding the mouth; they are

distinguished from the angles of the mouth of the Ophiuride by

being, ambulacral. or radial, while those of the Ophiuride are

inter-radial.. The dental apparatus of the Sea-urchins, therefore,

is something peculiar which is not possessed by the Ophiuride.

There is in the latter an analogue of the caleareous ring of

the Holothuriade which has hitherto been unnoticed, lying be-

neath the most anterior ambulacral plates and the oral angles,

and affording a basis for further comparison. These parts become

visible in an. Ophioderma, Ophiocoma, &c., or in an Astrophyton,

if the internal surface of the ambulacral skeleton,—that which is

turned, towards the abdominal cavity,—be examined. Here also

we observe the nervous ring and the circular canal of the am-

bulacra; the ambulacral nerve and vessel pass at the oral end

of the ambulacrum from above downwards over the most anterior

ambulacral plates, so that they appear upon the under surface

in the midst of the cleft of the anterior ambulacral plates; here

each enters its ring. The nervous. ring lies in a groove, which

is excavated transversely upon the inner surface of the united

plates of the oral angle. This groove, which is readily visible in all

Ophiuride, is covered by the peculiar peristomial calcareous plates

with which we are now concerned. The membranous ring which

constitutes the proper mouth of the Ophiuride below the oral

angles is strengthened at its circumference by these calcareous

plates. As a rule, there are ten calcareous plates, which in the

Ophiuride, however, constitute no complete ring ; they are con-

joined in pairs and lie upon the lower surface of the oral angles.

In Ophioderma two additional plates occur where these two

plates meet, one in front of and the other behind their junction.

In Ophiolepis ciliata these -peristomial plates are least vbvious

and may readily be overlooked; but, on the other hand, the cir-

cular canal of the ambulacral vessels is here most readily visible,

and may be injected or inflated from the Polian vesicles.

The latter are disposed inter-radially close to the ab-oral edge

of the peristomial plates. From the circular canal ten branches

pass through little perforations of the most anterior ambulacral

plates to the lower oral suckers, which are situated in the stellate

cleft, above the membranous oral disc.

In Astrophyton the two plates which lie upon the lower surface

of the oral angle are united into a single one, but fiye additional

azygos plates make their appearance which are absent. in. the

122 ~=Prof. J. Miiller.on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

Ophiuride; they lie at the oral ends of the ambulacra in front of

the pair of ambulacral plates, so that the nervous cord and ambu-

lacral canal pass downwards between them and the first ambula-

cral plates. These also would appear to be parts of the oral ring,

although their position is peculiar. The nervous circle of the

Asteride is also placed beneath the oral angles at the cireum-

ference of the membranous oral disc, where likewise there is a

groove; it lies upon the oral disc under the angles, and may be

immediately discovered from without, by bieaking them off. The

circular canal of the ambulacral vessels has the same position as

in the Ophiuride.

The torus angularis is absent in the Asteride; the angles

themselves consist of a pair of inter-ambulacral plates,—the most

anterior pair of adambulacral plates, in fact,—which are applied

together to form an angle. Between every pair of ambulacra we

observe upon the inner surface an azygos plate, which cannot be

enumerated among the intermediate mter-ambulacral plates, and

is therefore hardly to be compared with the inter-ambulacral

discs on the ventral perisoma of the Ophiuride.

It appears to me to be exceedingly probable that the parts of the

oral ring of the Ophiurida, here described, are the same as those

which constitute the calcareous ring in the Holothuriade; those

parts of the ring which lie in the direction of the radii to which

the longitudinal muscles of the Holothuriade are affixed, and over

which the branches of the circular canal pass to the ambulacra,

being absent in the Ophiuride. The peristomial plates of the

Ophiuride are then the analogues of those portions of the lantern

of the Sea-urchins to which the alveoli are fixed.

The nervous cord lies invariably beneath the perisoma of the

mouth and the oral angles; in Holothuria, under the perisoma

of the mouth; in Echinus, beneath the perisoma of the mouth

where it is continuous with the ambulacra; in the Asteride

and Ophiuride also beneath the oral angles of the calcified

perisoma. The nervous ring hes mvariably close to the proper

mouth; where there is a membranous oral disc, at its cireum-

ference, and always above the oral calcareous ring when this exists.

The circular canal of the ambulacral vessels lies more or less

deeply below the calcareous ring when this is present ; in the

Echinide the dental apparatus lies between the nervous ring and

the circular canal.

The relations of the oral ring of the Ophiuride are perfectly

different from those of the buccal plates of the Sea-urchins

which cover the external surface of the oral membrane, as in the

Spatangide*, Echinoneus, and the regular Sea-urchias. These

* In the Spatangide the mouth lies excentrically to the excavation of

the corona and to the cireular canal which surrounds its edge, and is close

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 128

are everywhere continuous with the plates of the perisoma, and

either irregular and without suckers as in the Spatangide and

Echinoneus, or partially ambulacral as in Echinus (the ten

suckers round the mouth), or divided like the corona into inter-

ambulacral and ambulacral plates with suckers, as in Cidaris.

In the Holothuriade these plates upon the oral dise are absent,

and the oral membrane in the Ophiuride also is naked.

[To be continued. ]

XIII.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epear Leoroip

Layarp, F.Z.S., C.M.E.S.

[Continued from vol. xii. p. 272.]

113. Or1otus mMELANocEPHALUS, Linn. Ka-cooroolla, Cing. ;

lit. Yellow Bird. Mam-coel, Mal. ; lit. Mango Coel from its

colour. Mango Bird and Golden Oriole of Europeans.

The Ceylon race of this common and widely distribated spe-

cies differs from the Indian in having the tertiaries much less

tipped with yellow; nor is this an accidental circumstance, but

constant in every one of the many specimens I have examined.

Tt may not be amiss to mention here that many of our island

species differ in some degree from their continental brethren,

though perhaps not sufficiently to constitute distinct races.

Mr. Blyth, whose great experience in Indian ornithology enables

him, perhaps better than most, to judge of these gradations of

colour and size, early noticed the peculiarities of our fauna in

our correspondence, and I cannot do better than give his own

words on this subject*. “Others,” says he, “are doubtfully

distinct, as Megalaima zeylanica from M. caniceps of S. India;

Leucocerca compressirostris (J. A. 8. B. xviii. 815) from L. albo-

frontata ; and we might have here placed Malacocercus striatus as

to the posterior lip-like edge of the excavation. The anterior lip is not

formed by the opposite edge of the shell, but by the plated buccal mem-

brane.

* The late lamented Mr. Strickland was so much struck with these dif-

ferences, that at his request the publication of these ‘‘ Notes” was sus-

pended until we might together go over a series of Ceylon killed specimens

and compare them with examples from India and the Indian Archipelago,

I am not sorry for the delay, since it has enabled me to add several species

new to the fauna of Ceylon which have been received from Mr. Thwaites

of Peradenia within the last two months; but I have been deprived of the

invaluable notes and remarks promised me, and which would have rendered

these memoranda of much use to the naturalist, by the untimely death of

my learned and accomplished friend.

124 Mr. BE. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

doubtfully distinet from M. Bengalensis, Dierurus leucopygialis

from D. cerulescens, and Pomatorhinus melanura from P. Hors-

fieldi. Corvus splendens and Acridotheres tristis are of a much

darker hue in Ceylon than in Bengal and N. India ; so is Mi-

cropternus gularis of Ceylon as compared with the bird of

S. India. Hypsipetes Nilgiriensis is on the contrary paler in

Ceylon and more like the Himalayan H. psaroides. Acrocephalus

dumetorum (xviii. 815) has in Ceylon a distinguishing greenish

shade. The difference of Palumbus Elphinstonii of Ceylon from

that of the Nilgiris has been already indicated: and _ lastly,

Oriolus melanocephalus of Malabar and Ceylon may be constantly

distinguished from that of Bengal, Nepal, Assam, &c. by the

markings of the wings, as especially the quantity of yellow at the

tips of the tertiaries ; this bemg much more developed in the

Bengal race, in which it occupies the whole outer web of the

first and second tertiaries, and about 3 in. of the outer webs of

the two next, whereas in the Ceylon and Malabar race it forms

merely a series of small terminal spots to the tertiaries ; the yel-

low tips of the coverts of the primaries are also constantly re-

duced in size in O, melanocephalus of Malabar and Ceylon*.”

O. melanocephalus is very abundant in all parts of the island,

and its glowing colouring adds much to the brilliancy of the

eastern landscape ; in my mind, palm trees, orioles, and white

egrets are always associated with tropical scenery, and I often

recall the delight I felt in my first shooting excursion in the

swamps and paddy fields near Colombo, when orioles and other

birds then new to me flitted from tree to tree before me. The

note of the oriole is a clear, flute-like whistle, uttered on the

wing as also when at rest : it is generally found in pairs, and is

very partial to the jambo and other densely clothed trees.

114. Orroxvus Inpicvus, Briss.

A single pair only of these birds fell under my notice: they

were shot by a native at the back of the Bishop’s residence near

Colombo.

115. Crinicer Icrericus, Strickland.

Abounds in the mountain zone. I have not seen it elsewhere.

Dr. Kelaart writes that it ‘is a common species in the low

country ;” he surely alludes to |

116. Pycnonorus FLaviriatus, Strickland. Ca-cooroolla,Cing.,

which is a very common species throughout the low country,

and not uncommon in the hills. From its frequenting the cin-

** See also his “ Remarks on the modes of variation of nearly affined

species or races of Birds chiefly inhabitants of India.”

Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 125

namon. gardens Europeans call it the “Cinnamon Thrush.” It

builds in low bushes, constructing a loose untidy-looking nest

of fibres and. grasses, in which it deposits four or five globose

eggs of an earthy colour profusely freckled. The young are

hatched about June; it has an abrupt mellow song.

117. Pycnonotus PENICILLATUs, Kelaart.

Diecwenod at Nuwera Elia by Dr. Kelaart, where he states it

is ‘found in great abundance.”

118. Pycnonotus nzmorruavs, Gmel, Kondacla, Mal., and

_ Konda cooroolla, Cing., from the resemblance of the top-

knot of the bird to the knot in which the Cingalese and

Tamils tie their hair, and which is called “‘ Kondeh.”

This bulbul is everywhere very abundant ; it feeds on all kinds

of insects, and builds a deep cup-shaped nest in bushes or trees.

I saw one placed in the trellis-work of a verandah, close to the

entrance of the house, through which the family continually

passed and repassed. The birds sat unconcernedly on their eggs

and hatched them. The eggs are—axis 10 lines, diam. 8 lines,

and of a pale cream-colour, profusely blotched with darker mark-

ings; which are most frequent on the obtuse end.

119. Pycnonorus ATRICAPILLUS.

Syn. A githina atricapilla, Vieill.

“Is common in the southern and central provinces. Its habits

are those of the flycatcher, lying in wait and pouncing suddenly

on its prey. I believe it breeds in low bushes, as I once found

an unfinished nest which I feel sure belonged to this bird; a

pair hovered about all the time I examined it. It was a loose

structure of fibres and hair.

2 120. Hypsireres NILGHERRIENSIS, Jerdon.

I have not seen this species lower than Avishavelly ; there it

appears scantily, and increases in numbers with the altitude, until

it becomes one of the most common of the hill tribes. It always

flies in small flocks and feeds on berries, which it culls either

from the loftiest tree-tops far beyond gun-shot, or from the low

bushes by the road-side.

121. Cyornis RuBECULOIDEs, Vigors.

I obtained a few specimens of this elegant little flycatcher

during their migration from the main land. I first shot them

on the 14th of October, 1851, and a few subsequently at Point

Pedro ; they then disappeared, and I saw no more of them.

126 = Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

122. Hemrirvus Picatus, Sykes.

Rare, though widely distributed. I procured a specimen or

two in Colombo near Jaffna; it frequents trees, and when seen

is generally in small parties of four or five. The stomachs of

those dissected proved full of small flies.

123. OcHRoMELA NIGRORUFA, Jerdon ?

Among the drawings made by E. L. Mitford, Esq., of the

birds which fell under his notice at Ratnapoora, was one which cer-

tainly represented this bird. He described it to me as migratory,

appearing in June, and added that they fed much on spiders.

124. Myracra c#Ruea, Vieill.

This lovely little azure flycatcher is widely distributed, though

Dr. Kelaart has not noticed it at Nuwera Elia. It generally

hunts in small flocks, and at times I have heard it utter a short

but pleasing song. I think it is migratory.

125. Tcnrrrea Paraptsi, Linn. Val cooroovi, Mal.; lit. Tail

Bird. Ginihora, Cing. (the Red Bird) ; lit. Fire Thief.

Raddehora, Cing. (the White Bird) ; lit. Cotton Thief.

This “ Bird of Paradise” of the Europeans is common in Cey-

lon. Nothing can exceed the gracefulness of the adult cock

birds, when in full plumage they fly from tree to tree, their

long tails fluttering in elegant undulations. I have often watched

them, when seeking their insect prey, suddenly turn on their

perch, and whisk their long tails with a jerk over the bough

as if to protect them from injury. The white plumage is only

‘assumed in the second year ; the red tint apparently fades, leaving

the feathers white, though the shaft turns: black. I have a

specimen shot in February in which this change is going on;

most of the feathers have altered their hue, some more or less,

others not at all. Certainly they migrate, but breed with us ;

the nest is a neat, well-built, cup-shaped structure, composed of

mosses and lichens outwardly, and lined with hair and wool. I

found one nearly completed in the fork of a satin-wood tree at

Tangalle ; the eggs I could never procure.

126. Levcocrrca comPREssIRosTRIS, Blyth.

Of this bird Mr. Blyth thus writes: “ Like L. albofrontata,

but with the bill much more compressed ; perhaps a variety only.”

I procured two at Tangalle, and a third in a little native vil-

lage near Anarajahpoora. I shot them in tamarind trees. They

secured their prey in the usual manner of flycatchers, and were

Mri EB. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 127

fearless birds, allowing me to approach and watch them closely

for some time before I shot. I fancy those at Tangalle had a

nest in the boughs of the tamarind, but though I searched

closely I could not find it.

127. CryPTOLOPHA CINEREOCAPILLA, Vieill.

I procured this bird in plenty at Ambegamoa in March.

Dr. Kelaart found it at Nuwera Elia. I consider it as strictly a

hill species. It frequents high trees in small parties, and darts

at minute insects at rest on the leaves.

128. Burais Latrrostris, Raffles.

A migratory visitant, appearing in Colombo in October ; it is

very common and widely distributed. It likes to sit on the out-

side branches of trees, from which it darts on its insect prey like

our English species.

129. Buratis Murrvt, Layard.

Length 5 inches, of closed wing 3 inches, of tarsi nearly 7 lines,

bill (to the end of gape) 83 lines ; upper mandible dark brown

with pale tip, lower mandible yellowish. General resemblance of

But. latirostris, but of a far more rufous colour; this colour

most prevalent on the outer webs of the wing-primaries, the outer

tail-coverts, and sides of the breast and belly. Throat, belly and

vent white ; breast rufous ashy; back of the head dark brown ;

irides light brown.

I name this new species after my old and attached servant

Muttu, to whose patient perseverance and hunting skill I owe so

many of my best birds. This one he brought in one morning at

Pt. Pedro during the month of June: he described its habits

as precisely similar to B. Jatirostris. As a specimen it is unique.

130. SrorporaLa MELANOPS, Vigors.

Rare; only appearing in the hills. I procured it at Ambe-

gamoa,—Dr. Kelaart at Nuwera Elia.

131. PericrocoTus FLAMMEUS.

Is common, inhabiting high jungle. It does not, however, ex-

tend further into the Northern province than Vavoniavlancolom,

where it is entirely replaced by

132. Pericrocorus PEREGRINUS, Linn.,

which is however mingled with it in all localities. In habits

these two species are similar, hunting about trees for small im-

128 «Mr. E. L. Layard on’ the Ornithology of Ceylon.

sects and larvee, but never descending to bushes. It always ap-

pears in flocks, and.when. one bird flies off to ‘another:tree, the

whole party follow.in.successiony) oyec or) | au) te weeds ed

. ans } Bald edn WL m be

133. Camprrnaca Macer, Less... 44) «) sing

Found in the'S. and W. provinces generally in ‘pairs, but it is

decidedly a rare bird.» I know nothing’ of its ‘habits’ save" that

it-feeds on insects. and utters’ a hoarse'cackling note. © Thave

observed it: much on dead trees. iy jomt blo yaw

saath a AG

134. Camprrnaca Syxest, Stricke yo ee

Is far more common than the preceding, and extends over’ the

whole island. Like C. Macei also it is only found it A Eng

quenting high trees and avoiding the neighbourhood 6 habi:

: : : F clare re SPECS

tations ; it feeds on insects. Iridés dark hhair-brown. °°"?

way neither

135. Arramus Fruscus, Vieill. (6) stoves

The “ wood-swallow ” is a widely distributed but local species,

small parties being found in various parts of Ceylon. These

parties generally consist of three or four families, each of whith

has its own tree. When the nestlings have left their cradle they

may be seen sitting side by side on a branch, whilst the old birds

ty off for insects and return to feed their offspring ‘by turns.

ven after the young birds can shift for themselves they keep

up their gregarious habits, and return to their bough after each

hunting excursion. Their fellows receive them open-mouthed,

as if repelling the intrusion, but finally they all settle down in

good fellowship. The flight of this species is very elegant ; they

soar upwards to a great height, and then sail down again in

widening circles to the branch from which they started. They

build a cup nest, composed of fibres and grasses, in the heads of

cocoa-nut trees, on the base of the large fronds, but I never suc-

ceeded in getting the eggs.

136. Epotius Parapisevs, Linn.

I obtained this racket-tailed shrike in the jungles near Anara-

japoora, as detailed in a previous Number of this publication:

Mr, Blyth makes the following observations upon itz—“The

Edolius is also peculiar, and nearly resembles L. Paradiseus of

the Malay countries, but has the frontal crest: more developed}

though much. less so than in the Hdolii\ we have seen’ from

S. India.”

This species seems confined 'to the jungles of the Wanny, and

to frequent lofty trees, amid the boughs of which they sing very

sweetly. “aby

Mr. Eo. Layard om the Ornithology of Ceylon. 129

qe eyow's (187, Dicrurus macrocercus, Vieill.

» I cannot help thinking that Dr. Kelaart has wrongly identified

this ies in his ‘ Prodromus Faunz Zeylanice,’ for he writes—

“ E. Malabaricus, or king crow, is seen in all parts, generally in

pairs, in the open fields ; they perch on the backs of cattle.”

. Surely he refers to Dicrurus macrocereus, which is the Colombo

species, and much addicted to perching on cattle: this is also

a habit of D. longicaudatus; one of the Jaffna species, and

my old note upon it, which I copy verbatim, is curiously like

Dr. Kelaart’s own observation. I do not, however, think he ever

saw D. longicaudatus, not having visited the Jaffna peninsula, to

which it is confined, and not including it in his list ; D. macro-

cercus therefore is probably the bird to which he alludes. Even

this latter name is likely to be changed, for Mr. Blyth writes, after

comparing a number of Ceylonese specimens with some of the

Indian race, “The Cingalese small race is so constant in its

characters, that it may bear the distinctive name of D. minor.

The Javanese race is perfectly similar to that of India.”

__ D. minor is common about Colombo, frequenting the natives’

gardens ; it feeds on insects, upon which it darts from a spray,

pleasingly, and often pour out a note,of joy as they follow

each other in rapid coursings through the trees.

7" 188. Dickurvs epouirormis, Blyth.

Not uncommon. I procured a few specimens during a short

sojourn I made at Ambegamoa; their habits were not different

from those of the other Dicruri ; they seem to keep entirely to

the jungle. The species was first discovered by Dr. Templeton

in 1847, and described by Mr. Blyth in J. A. S. xv. 297.

139. Dicrurus tonercaupatus, A. Hay. LErattoo valan coo-

++ roovi, Mal. ;. lit. Double-tailed Bird.

Common in the Jaffna peninsula, and extending as far as

Anarajahpoora; it frequents open lands and perches on the

backs of cattle to seek for ticks, on which it feeds largely. It

usually goes in pairs and is fond of sitting on the “ matties,” of

which the fences in the open country are generally composed.

From these it sallies forth in quest of insects, which it captures

either on the wing or in the grass, and I have often seen it on

the ground itself seeking its food, a habit I never saw displayed

by any of our other Dicruri.. It has a hoarse unmusical note. —

Sita , 140, Dicrurus c#ruLescens, Linn.

,L procured one or two specimens of this species at Pt. Pedro,

but it probably is only an accidental visitor.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 9

130 Mr. B. L. Layard, onsthe, Ornithology of Ceylon.

14), DickURus LevVCOPYGIALIs, Blyth.

_A common species about Colombo... The Europeaii ‘hhame for

all these birds is “king crow,” which seems to be derived ;

‘an inveterate habit they all have of chasing every crow’ fro

their vicinity. D. leucopygialis is yery partial to ihe cocoa-nut

tree, on the fronds of which it sits, pouring out a lively song, and

battling with its fellows or some stray crow. When one of these

latter comes in sight the king crow rushes down, screaming and

“darting upon his back ; in vain the crow attempts to elude’ ‘his

persecutor by doubling ‘and twisting among the anches: ~ His

enemy pertinaciously follows in pursuit, and by his cries attracts

all within hearing, and the crow runs the gauntlet among them

till out of his adversaries’ dominions. I see Dr. Kelaart includes

this species in his list, marked with an asterisk, denoting that he

does so on the authority of Mr. Blyth. He must be acquainted

with this bird, and bas doubtless mistaken it for the £.. Remifer

of Temminck, which he has enumerated in. his Catalans and

which does not-exist in the island. ae ae

; SMBS

142. IRENA PUELLA, Horsf.

Is very rare, but one specimen has fallen under my notice, and

one is named by Dr. Kelaart ; both were shot im the central | pro-

vince near Kandy.

143. Lantus surerciLiosus, Linn.

Our bird isa variety, but not sufficiently distinct: to corsets

a species, bemg simply paler and wanting the rufous: crown of

the Indian bird. It is exceedingly abundant im-all- open Jands

dotted with small bushes. I saw them in greater numbers: about

Hambantotte than im any other part of Ceylon; they ween

low bushes.

144, LANius ERYTHRONOTUS, Vigors.

...Is.confined to the Jaffna peninsula, where.they. are not..un-

common. They frequent the Euphorbia trees, buildmg a cup-

shaped.nest composed. of mosses and. lichens. lined; with wool

and. hair;.the young are fledged in June, but Iwas not.so for-

tunate as to find the eggs. .. I never detected either of, our indi-

genous “ Butcher birds.’’ fixing an insect on a,thorn: previous, to

devouring it; nor did I ever see an insect. so.impaled ;. yet) ‘the

birds were very abundant in. the N. Province, and. even .in,my

own compound, several pairs. were constantly about... am.in-

clined to think that this habit is attributed.to them mths ibsine

investigation, a179

“On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration. 131

(145. Teenropornis arrinis, Blyth,

eculiar to | name where it affects wooded grass lands ; it is

be eal yo ae Jaffna, Colombo and Kandy. It is | migra-

sei ae ab in October. The iris of this. species is a

a Y

; mae be SREY

é,

ils Bis a 108 cig

es ro k

POFtaS 3F I

‘Si zy the. Mechanism of ana Respiration and onthe

_ 1 Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

_., By. Tuomas, Wittiams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

mod lege of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

= baemetanny at, Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

f tadi«a

st S#41

& a! [Continued from vol. xn. p. 408.]

mebicalata: —The annulose are most naturally succeeded by

basis articulate classes. The word ‘annulose’ differs in‘ signifi-

cation not more from the word ‘articulate,’ than in structure

the annulose differs from the articulate animal. In the former

a mechanically perfect oint never occurs. An ‘articulation,’

complete in all its mechanical appliances, is not produced in the

‘animal kingdom below the Myriapod. The feet and tentacles of

the Annelid, the spines and hard appendages of the Echinoderm,

the soft processes of the Medusan, and the feelers of the Zoophyte

are equally remote in construction from the leg of the insect or

the claw of the crab. A “joint” is the symbol of organic supe-

wiority:: it is not-an arbitrary symbol; it is a unit in an assem-

‘lage of signs which proclaim anew and higher combination in

athe:arrangements which constitute ‘life.’ At this limit inthe

janimah series, the fluids and the solids of the organism undergo

‘a signal exaltation of standard. The system of the chylaqueous

fluid exists no longer in the adult organism,—it is present only

in the embryonic. , It is supplanted by that of the blood-proper.

This capital fact supplies the material wherewith the physiologist

forges the golden key which is eapable of unlocking treasures

long’ hidden ‘from the eye of science. Coincidentally with the

joint, at the frontier of the articulate subkingdom, there occurs

@ heart to circulate the blood, fibrine, and with it an order of

floating corpuscles more highly organized in the fluids; a won-

‘drous ovelopitient of the muscular apparatus, strize in the muscle-

“ell, a rapid increase in the dimemsions of the cephalic ganglia,

‘and in those of the organs of the special senses. It is here, in

‘the’ history of ‘the reproductive system, that the dicecious cha

‘racter is first unquestionably assumed. These are note-worthy

events in the ascensive march of organic architecture! Why, at

132 Dr. T.\ Williams..on. the Mechanism. of. Aquatic

this particular, link in the chain, are these events. declared?

How are they, to be explained ? Is it necessary. in the scheme. of

creation that the Annelid. should chronologically, antecede the

Myriapod? Are the fluids of the Annelid plus fibrine suddenly

invested with such new building capacity as to be enabled to

construct.a Myriapod? |,,The.ra will assuredly. arrive when

organic science will satisfactorily answer such transcendental

questions ; there repose, beneath the curtain of the theories, of

spontaneous generation, specific transmutation, progressive deve-

lopment, &c., truths more recondite. than, any yet, projected..by

the genius of the author of ‘The Vestiges, &c., or defended by

the mgenuity of his countless. reviewers.

The Myriapod. is the lowest articulate animal, the Annelid

the highest annulose: though constituting juxtaposed classes,

they are yet divided by deep differential characters,,.. The cireu-

lating system of the articulated animal. is. distinguished by one

remarkable fact : only the central (dorsal), vessel enjoys the power

of contracting and dilating ; every other part of the circulatory

apparatus is passive. The supra-spinal vessel in. the Myxiapod

and the insect is not pulsatile; it is like the abdominal, aorta in

fishes. It is separated from the. contractile centre by the, inter-

vention of narrow branches, the aortic arches, which embrace’ the

cesophagus. The pulse-wave imparted to. the fluid current, by

the. ventricular action of the dorsal vessel is. broken. by these

straitened tubes. The system of the branchial capillaries in. the

fish converts the saltatory manner in which the blood moves.in

the mterval between them and the heart. into a continuous non

pulsatile current... Thus the velocity of the current, and. the

force with which. it travels, are reduced. . A. slackened course. is

impressed upon the blood-stream in every part of, the body.

From these anatomical facts will hereafter. flow physiological

consequences of great importance; they will unriddle the arcana

of the second stage of respiration. The parietes of the peripheral

channels, though undoubtedly constituting independent mem-

branes, are adherent externally to the solid structures amid which

they penetrate. In this particular they differ strikingly from. the

corresponding parts of the true-blood system of the Annelid.

In the latter case, every vessel, the minutest and, the. largest, is

detached from all other structures, appearing everywhere in form

of independent systolising and. diastolising, tubes.

The dorsal vessel of the articulate animal is much more perfect)

viewed .as-an hydraulic instrument. of propulsion, than: that,of

the Annelid.. .In a few. species,,of Annelids, indeed, a.cordi-

form.development of this vessel occurs ;.it is, notwithstanding,

little distinguished from the. rest of the apparatus, centralization

is not required... Kyery segment of the system, periphery. and

ovo Respiration in Invertebrate Animals! 1 188

ceritres is actively operative in'cireulating the contents. In the

itistaiice of ‘the articulate animal the mechanical conditions are

different: ‘the dorsal vessel alone is the active instrument of

©? The circumferential’ segments of the system cannot contract

tipon the contained fluid ; the central organ therefore in ‘this

class is invested with additional strength ; it is adapted for more

powerful work. In its peripheric parts the circulatory apparatus

of ‘the articulate animal may be described as inferior to the

logous” divisions of that of the Annelid. The conditions

are reversed with reference tothe centres. This character is

not restricted to the au~breathing or tracheary Articulata; it

prevails amongst the Crustacea. From Hunter to Newport this

question has formed an’ arena of microscopic controversy :—are

the vessels provided with separate and independent coats, or does

the blood: only traverse fortuitous channels in the “ cellular

membrane” of the solids? It is not devoid of imterest, in the

study of the material conditions of solid nutrition: it is not

difficult of solution: it will be afterwards answered in detail.

No channel through which chylaqueous fluid circulates is con-

traetile. In no invertebrate animal; from the highest Annelid

to the Zoophyte, does this anatomical character know an excep-

tion. *° It is tis character which is extended to the anatomical

disposition of the blood-tubes ‘in the Articulata; it will be sub-

sequently shown to belong equally to the circulatory system of

the Mollusca. Although the fiuids of the Articulate and Mol-

luscan ‘organisms represent’ true blood, the conduits through

which it moves are not detached and independent. structures.

Although more complex and more raised ‘in vital standard than

the chylaqueous fluid of the Annelid and the Echinoderm, the

blood of the Articulata and Mollusca is Jess complex and: less

raised in the scale of composition than that of vertebrated

animals. It is thus easy to demonstrate that there obtains a

direct and constant relation between the vital’ standard and

chemical composition of the living fluids, and the anatomical

characters of the tubular apparatus in which they perform their

circulatory orbits. These facts have especial reference to the

theory of respiration afterwards to be propounded.

“The muscular system of the Articulata, as compared with that

of the Annulose classes, manifests features of great superiority.

The muscle-cell is more densely charged with fibrinous con-

tents: the property of contractility is far higher in degree.» The

ceaseless activity of these animals flows from their remarkable

muscularity. It is mechanically obvious that such a powerful

muscular system as that of the Articulata presupposes an appa-

ratus of fixed solids on which to act, and through which to pro-

134 Dr. Ty Williauis ‘on the Meehanism of Aquatic

duce ‘mechanical results. “Contemporaneously with this: system

accordingly appears the dermal’ skeleton of these: classes,° It is

quite certain that’ such a highly developed state of the muscle!

system as that which exists m the articulated animal implies ‘of

necessity* the presence of a considerable proportion of fibrine im

the blood. The production “of fibrine in the ‘fluids ‘supposes'a

high standard of respiration, and a correspondently developed

nervous system. NtoeTIKS

Of these several events, which takes the lead? Is it possible.

that an iecrease in the complexity of ‘solid systems, the integu+

mentary, the nervous, and the muscular, can go before the

increasing complexity which occurs at this stage im the zoological

series in the composition of the fluids?» The question involves

the absurdity of conceiving an effect without a cause, a sequence

without an antecedence. Nature makes first the mortar, then

builds ; the fluids are first prepared, then the superstructure of

the ‘solids is raised.’ ron qint

Phe function of respiration always, in every animal, is msepa-

rable from the blood-making physiological actions. It is coni-

monly supposed that it is with the system of the fluids that the

office of breathing’ immediately connects itself. Extraordinary

facts will be afterwards adduced which will render this suppo-

sition no longer exclusively tenable. The tubular apparatus of

the fluids evolves itself at-some point’ or other of its periphery,

such that the amount of oxygen received shall be proportional,

not to the abstract bulk of that fiuid, but to its vital compo-

sition. A very small vertebrated animal weighing fivefold dess

than a given ivertebrated animal, will consume in equal.times

fiftyfold more oxygen than the latter. ‘ Respiration, therefore,

is not an isolated physiological act, separable physically and

dynamically from that complex assemblage of events which con-

spire in the maintenance of the living organism: it is an in-

teger in the arithmetic sum of life. Its real value can only be

determined by a study of it.in its connections. Given the vital

and chemical composition of the fluids, to estimate the propor-

tion of oxygen demanded by any appointed organism? The

problem is not empirical; it is scientific’ in the highest degree.

It is an absolute rule in the physics of organization, that the

structure and the function are directly proportional. An im-

perfect instrument can only produce imperfect results. The

complex fluids and highly organized solids of the articulated ani-

mal render indispensable the provision of an adequate machinery

for the inhalation of the vivifying principle. Thus then are

'* See the author’s papers “ On the Blood,” now being published in the

British and Foreign Medical and Chirurgical Review, for a full exposition

of this subject.” ‘ } sina

>in Respiration. in Invertebrate Animals. 135

traced: irrefutably the. physiological circumstances which, neces-

sitate at-this limit in the scale a new order of respiratory organs.

The-object is! inimitably accomplished ;. for the first dime in the

serial history of animal life; an. air-breathing being is introduced

on the stage: Nature surmounts all difficulties by adroitly

resorting to an unexpected but matchless variation of her former

plan; all at once, and without apparent reason, a new and

extraordinary system of organs is contrived ; an exquisite appa~

ratus of aériferous vessels isso skilfully blended with all the

other and normal constituents of the living body, that an air-

breathing animal.results without deformity of exterior contour :

in-asmall space a large result is realized. An insect is a dimi-

nutive animal; its muscular and nervous systems are intensely

active; its fluids are highly corpusculated and fibrinized ; a con-

siderable proportion of oxygen is absolutely essential. Could it

by any other expedient have been adequately supplied? But the

simple distribution of patulous trachez throughout all the ‘strue-

tures of the body, by which air is rather brought to the blood

than blood to the air, would most imperfectly accomplish the

great function of breathing. It was not enough to provide an

elasti¢ inimitable spiral, by which the passive patency of each

tube is maintained. Such property as that of physical elasticity

in a structure so singularly beautiful answers another end; i

recoils on the contracting of the tube... The contracting of the

trachee is in the insect the-act of. evspiration; by this act the

diameter of the tubes of the universal tracheary system is dimi-

nished, and the air is driven out through the spiracular orifices :

this act is rythmically followed by that of tmspiration, in which

_ the physical elasticity of the spiral, by rebound, restores the tube

to its former diameter*. No part of the circulating system but

the dorsal vessel is capable of contracting and dilating. This

_ (* Lhave diligently sought for the announcement of this fact amongst the

varied and excellent writings of Mr. Newport, M. E. Blanchard, and M.

Léon Dufour. No allusion whatever is anywhere made to this property of

rythmic contraction and dilatation, which I have proved, by repeated obser-

yations on larvae and adult insects and Myriapods, the trachex to possess.

The omission is the more surprising, since, without such a property, the tra-

cheary system would be mechanically imperfect as an apparatus of respiration.

As the vessels do not contract, there would be no provision for renewing

the air in the extremes of the system. The working of the general muscles

of the body external to the system would obviously prove a niost imperfect

substitute. What is denied indeed to the vessels is conferred onthe

tracheze.. I cannot prove that the parietes of the trachee are capable of

iginating this movement. I cannot demonstrate them to be muscular.

t is possible that the opening and shutting of the air-tubes may only follow

from those alternate acts of contraction and dilatation in the abdominal

ats by which the dorsal and ventral arches of the abdomen are alter-

nately elevated and depressed like the ribs of the vertebrated animal.

136... On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration. |») 00

fact explains .an,.observation which the author.has, often made;

that, considering the exalted, muscular activity of the Articulata,

of. insects,.in, particular, the current of the. blood. in its.channels

moves. at a disproportionately slow rate. This diminished velocity,

is compensated, in the most perfect manner, by the rythmic.con-

tractility possessed by the parietes.of the trachez.. , In virtue of

this property the required motion is, imparted. to, the air, rather

than tothe blood. _ As well observed by M. E., Blanchard; the

yoluntary muscles. of the body,by their peculiar. distribution

favour the course taken by the blood, both in the arterial and °

venous moiety of the system. .No.valves exist. The mechanism

of nutrition and respiration in the tracheary Articulata would be

most unsuccessfully studied without the guidmg knowledge of

these general facts.

The characters then which distinguish an annulose from an

articulate animal are more deeply graven in the interior of the

organism and in its physiological actions than on the visible and

exterior forms by which they are respectively. characterized.

There is deep meaning in the freaks of nature.

In the water-breathing Articulata the system of air-tubes just

described suddenly disappears. The large size of the crustacean

renders practicable the introduction of complex branchial organs.

They accomplish that office which in the myriapod and, the in-

sect devolved upon the aériferous trachee. Nature has nowhere

blended the two methods of respiration in the same class. There

exists no adult water-breathing myriapod or insect... An au

breathing crustacean can nowhere be found, Her plans. are con-

sistent.

One more general fact of organization with respect. to the

Articulata remains to be stated.. Nowhere from the myriapod

to the crustacean is any trace whatever to be discovered of the

existence of a true ciliary epithelium! Why should a structure so

constant and profuse in all classes below the Articulata so sud-

denly and so completely disappear at the lower limit of this

class? If in the epidermie system of the articulated animal

there .be something incompatible with the evolution .of the

ciliary variety of epithelium, why should it noé.oecur.on the

mucous? In no single instance, in any species of myriapod, in-

sect or crustacean, on the mucous tract of the alimentary canal,

or anywhere else, has any indication whatever of the presence of

vibratile epithelium been ever yet discoyered. "This extraordinary

fact cannot be arbitrary and unmeaning. Cilia are here sup-

pressed for some reason and from, some: cause—what can it-be:?

The solution should be sought in the rapid and: unwonted evyo-

lution of the muscular system which takes place at this poit:

In the organism of the articulated animal there does not exist

Dr. Kelaart’s Catalogue of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. 37

motive force enough to sustain two motive systems at one and

the’ same time : one is 'supplanted by the other. Ciliary 1s com-

muted into muscular motion. While studying the mechanism

of respiration in the articulated animal, vibratile epithelium will

’ therefore nowhere demand attention : its agency will be found to

have been substituted by other instruments.

~ An exposition of the preceding general principles has deemed

to the author indispensable to an intelligent study of the novel

and extraordinary details, upon which it is proposed next to

Mevred35 60 ' -fTo be continued.]

30 D

XV.— Catalogue of Reptiles collected in Ceylon.

By E. F. Keraarrt, M.D., F.LS. &e.

Order SAURIA. Lizards.

Suborder I. Leprocross®. Slender-tongued Lizards.

Fam. Monitoride. . Monitors.

Miinitor Draceena, Gray.

Hydrosaurus Salvator, Wagler.

Fam. Scincide. The Scincs.

Rigps punctata, Gray.

— Hardwickii, Gray.

Mabouia elegans (2), Gray.

— rufescens, Gray.

. Fam. Acontiade.

Nessia Burtoni (?), Gray.

Acontias (?) Layardi, n. s., nobis.

Fam. Typhlopside. Typhlops.

Argyrophis Bramicus, Daud. *Two varieties ; one with a pale white

streak beneath. r 3

Fam. Uropeltide. Rough-tails.

Uroipetts grandis, n. s., nobis.

—— Saffragamus, n. s., nobis.

is, n. Ss. dobias

Rhinophis (?) Blythii, n. s., nodis.

Siluboura Ceylonicus, Gray.

Dapatnaya Lankadivana, n. s., nobis.

—— Trevelyanii, n. s., nobis.

138 Dr: Kelaart’s, Catalogue.of Reptiles collected in Ceylon

Suborder II. Pacnuyeioss#., .Thick-tongued Lizards.

Fam. Geckotide. The Geckos. nobiqorT

Hemidactylus trihedrus, Lesson.

maculatus, Dum. et Bid.

Pieresii, n. s., nobis (Prod. Faunze Zeylanicze, p. 159).

—— Coctzi, Dan. et Bib.

— frenatus, Schlegel.

Leschenaultii?, Dum, et Bib. apna Blyth.

Boltalia subleevis, Gray.

Peripia Peroni, Dum. et Bib.

Gymnodactylus (?) Kandianus, n. s., nobis (Prod. F. Z. p. 186).

Fam. Agamide.. The Agamas.

Litana Ponticereana, Cuvier. [soomogis

Lyriocephalus scutatus, Wagler. u

Ceratophora Hoddartii, Gray.

Salea Jerdoni, Gray.

Calotes ophiomachus, Gray. u

Rouxi (?), Gray, apud Blyth. C. viridis (2), Gray, agi nos.

—_— mystaceus, Dum. et Bib.

versicolor, Dum. et Bib.

Fam. Chameleonide. The Chameleons.

Chameleo vulgaris, Daud.

Order OPHIDIA. Serpents,

Innocuous Serpents.

Fam. Boide.

Burrowing.

Cylindrophis maculata, Wagler.

Terrestrial.

Python molurus, Gray.

Fam. Colubride, Bonaparte.

Terrestrial.

Calamaria Scytale?

Lycodon. Two or more species.

Xenodon purpurascens, Schlegel, var.

Coluber Korros, Reinwardt.

Arboreal.

Dipsas multimaculata (?), Schlegel. '

Drynius prasinus, Reinwardt. Two or more varieties.

Leptophis pictus, Gmelin.

ornatus, Shaw.

—— sp.

Di. Kelaart’s Catalogue’ of Reptiles eillected in Ceylon. 139

ehrrs: Aquatic:

inn umbratus, 2 var., Daudin et.

—— stolbatus, Linn.

—— schistosus, Daud.

Cerberus cinereus,.Cuvier.

‘Venomous Serpents.

Fam. Viperide: Vipers.

Terrestrial.

Bungarus candidus, Linn.

Naja lutescens, var. nigra.

Arboreal.

Trigonocephalus hypnale, Wagler.

Grammeus, Shaw.

*Trimesurus Ceylonensis?, apud Gray.

Megeera trigonocephala, Wagler.

Daboia elegans, Gray.

—— Russellii?,; Gray.

N.B.—There are about six or eight more Ceylon snakes which

have not yet been identified.

Order CHELONTA.

Fam. Testudinide.

Testudo Indica, Gmelin.

stellata, Schweig.

Fam. Enydide.

Emys trijuga, var. Emys seba, Gray, apud Blyth.

Fam. Trionycide.

Emyda punctata, Gray.

Fam. Chelonide.

Caretta imbricata, Gray.

Chelonia virgata, Gray.

Order EMYDOSAURIA.

Fam. Crocodilide.

Crocodilus porosus, Schweig.

—— palustris, Lesson.

—— bombifrons, Gray. C. palustris, male, apud Blyth.

AMPHIBIA.

Order BATRACHIA.

Fam. Ranide.

Rana cutipora, Dum. et Bib.

140 Doological Sicily.

Rana Malabarica, Dum. et Bib.

— Bengalensis, Gray. PRET BPO, Re

—— tigrina, Daudin. titans Stake

—— Newera Elliana, n. s., zodvzs. Bap! Oy

Ea Fa a. Bey sober penne &

—— Leschenaultii?, "Dum. et Bib. ieee te *

Fam. Hylide. sie

pomen leucomystax, Gravenhorst. ; ofl

cruciger, Blyth,

stellata, pare (Prod. F. Z. p, 194).

Lit mutabilis, n. s., nobis.

maculata, n. s., nobis.

Fam. sin feo

Bufo melanostictus, Schneider.

Engystoma marmorata, Gray.

cinnamomea, nN. 8., nobis.

N.B.—Mr. Blyth in his Report (J. A. S. Bengal, No. 4. 1853)

enumerates among the reptiles we sent him the following new spe-

cies :—Rana robusta, limnodytes lividus, L. macularis, Pyaicephalus

JSodiens, Jerdon, and Engystoma rubrum.

Order, PSEUDOPHIDIA.

Fam: Ceciliide.

Ichthyophis glutinosus, Gray.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 22, 1851.—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S. ein Vice-

President, in the Chair.

DescripTION oF Firry-rour New SPECIES OF fvticts FROM

THE CoLLEcTION or Hucu Cumine, Esa.

By Dr. L. Preirrer.

i. Strepraxis piscus, Pfr. 8. testd late umbilicatd, discoided,

subregulari, levigatd, albido-hyalind ; spird pland, vertice promi-

nulo; anfractibus 63, vix convexiusculis, irregulariter varicosis,

ultimo. depresso, subtus deviante, pone aperturam ‘rotundato, de-

flexo; aperturd subhorizontali, transverse sinuato- auriformi, plicd

obliqud parietali et dentibus peristomatis coarctatd ; peristomate

candido, refleco, margine supero impresso, obsolete dentato, dextro

dente distinctiore munito, basi intus transverse calloso.

Diam: maj. 14, min, 11, alt. 43 mill.

“Hab.

Zoological Society. 141

2. Hextrx Ricumonnpiana, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd,. trochi-

Fformi, solidd, striatd et irregulariter granulatd, ‘nitidd, castaned;

spird castaned, sursum pallidiore, apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus

53; planis, sensim accrescentibus, ultimo compressé. carinato, antice

vie deflexiusculo ; basi plano ; aperturd perobliqud, subrhombed,

ad carinam rostratd, intus livido- opalind ; peristomate nigro-

Fusco, subincrassato, marginibus callo tenut junctis, supero expanso,

basali dilatato, reflero. .

Diam. maj. 54, min. 47, alt. 30 mill.

Hab. ad Richmond River, Australia.

3. Hexiix semrpecussata, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, conoided,

solidd, superné minute decussatd, opacd, unicolore rufo-fuscd ; spird

conoided, acutiusculd ; anfractibus7, vix convexiusculis, ultimo cari-

nato, non descendente, basi convexo; aperturd diagonali, angulato-

lunari ; peristomate simplice, recto, obtuso, margine columellari

superne brevissimé reflexiusculo.

Diam. maj. 33, min. 30, alt. 18 mill.

Hab. in insula Mauritii.

-4. Herrx Souveyeriana, Pfr. H. testa perforatd, conoideo-

__. depressd, soliduld, rugoso-striatd, superné inter strias sub lente

_ eonfertissime undulato-lineatd, pallidé fulvd ; spird breviter ‘co-

~~ noided, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 6 subplanis, lente accrescentibus,

ultimo acute carinato, infra carinam ecastaneo-fasciato, convexo,

medio profundé excavato; aperturd perobliqud, angulato-lunari ;

peristomate simplice, marginibus subparallelis, dextro antrorsum

subarcuato, columellari.subincrassato, superné brevissim? reflexo.

Diam. oe . a min. 36, alt. 18 mill.

Hab.

5. Herix raprans, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, depressd, tenui,

levigatd, nitidissimd, pellucidd, corned, strigis albidis irregulariter

radiatd ; spird brevissimd, convexd ; suturd impressd, submargi-

natd ; anfractibus 4}, planiusculis, ultimo non descendente, superne

anguilato, basi convexo, medio subimpresso ; aperturd subverticali,

‘angulato-lunari ; peristomate simplicissimo, recto.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 4 mill.

_. fab. im insula Tahiti.

6. Herix GArtnertana, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, coniformi,

solidd, irregulariter elevato-striatd, opacd, nitiduld, lutescenti-

_ earned ; spird conicd, apice obtusd ; suturd submarginatd ; anfrac-

____ tibus 7, convezis, ultimo peripheria. subangulato, lined rubrd cincto,

antice non descendente, subtus planiusculo ; umbilico angustissimo,

pervio; aperturd parum obliqud, subtetragond ; peristomate albo,

margine supero fer angulatim arcuato, expanso, basali substricto,

columellari lilaceo, brevi, verticali, reflero.

Pe, Pak, 12% min. 19, alt. 22 mill.

7. iste 3 LITURATA, Pfr. H. testd.imperforatd, turbinato-semi-

globosd, striatd, minut? rugoso-malleatd, nitiduld, roseo-earned,

142

sta, ultimo vie descendente, peripherid: rotundato, fascidecastaned,

Zoological Society.

oe eorile punctatim: vel lituratim interruptis rifis. ornatd > spird

» depresso-turbinatd, apice acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5,-conveviuscu-

\-subtessellatd eircumdato; basi: convexiusculo ; aperturd diagonali,

rotundato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, — aricwaison ex-

pansiusculo, columellari subcalloso. “OS .jsox, mat

Diam. maj. ~~ min. 20, alt. 15 mill. J AilertasA ai d0¥

Hab. rraat

8,. Heiix Hiden best. Pfr... .H. testa umbilicata; debsacdipcto-

depressd, tenui, striata, fulvd, pellucidd,maculis: luteis.,

irregulariter variegatd ;, spird. subturbinatd, apice..acutiusculd ;

. anfractibus 5, vix. conveviusculis,, ultimo non descendente, peri-

oo) pherid angulato, basi convexiore ; umbilico angusto, pervio;aper-

». turd parum obligua, rotundato-lunari; peristomate simplice, tenui,

undique expanso, margine columellari pareeanenes eRe ah

Diam. maj. 14, min. 12, alt. 83 mill. reviedaes

Hab. in insula Bourbon. SS, {sor casi

9. Hexrx Srurmiana, Pfr. H. testd mediocriter umbilicatd: Ve.

Diam. maj. 22, min. 184, alt,.12 mill. ‘eink

Hab. ‘

presso-semiglobosd, solidd, supern? confertim plicatd,parum nitidd,

unicolore fusco-lutescente ; spird brevi,.convead, obtusd ;anfrac-

tibus 4, planiusculis, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo antic? descen-

dente, subdepresso, peripherid rotundato, basi convexo, levigato ;

aperturd parum obligud, lunato-ovali, intus margaritaced ;.peri- -

stomate simplice, marginibus conniventibus, callo.tenui venti, Su-

pero recto, basalt subrefleno,

SOS aS 4

10. Hexrrx Layarot, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, turbinutd, tenui-

usculd, ruguloso-striai.1, parum-nitente, pellucidd, pallide, corned ;

spird conoided, apice acutiusculd ; anfractibus 54, convexiusculis,

ultimo carinato, non descendente, basi convexo; aperturd parum

obligqud, rotundato-lunari, via angulatd ; peristomate recto, tenui,

acuto, margine columellari supern? brevissime refleriusculo. .

Diam. maj. 13, min, feré 12, alt. 9 mill.

Hab. in insula Ceylon (Mr, Layard).

11, Hetix Woopiana, Pfr. HH. testd umbilicaté, Seniiati tekst,

levigatd, nitidissimd, corneo-fuscd ; ‘spird parum elevatd;vertice

subtili; suturd impressd ; anfractibus 5, viv convexiuseulis, lent?

accrescentibus, ultimo depresso, obsolet? angulato, non descendente,

basi planiusculo ; umbilico angusto, pervio ; aperturd subverticali,

lunari ; peristomate simplice, recto, acuto, margine columellari vir

reflexiusculo. oo

Diam..maj..10, min. 9, alt. 43. mill.

Hab. in insula Ceylon (Mr. Layard),

°12.° Heurx Forsrmeriana, Pfr.° H.: testd fniDilicab Yieboeo-

depressd, tenuiusculd, undique minut? granulatd, diaphand, corneo-

isabellind, fasciis 2 angustis rufis superne ornatd; spirdparum

elevatd, convexo-conoided, vertice acutiusculo ; anfractibis 6) con-

A ee a a a Se

Zoological Society. 148

vuqweaiusenlis, ultimo antice vir descendente, bast subplanulato ; um-

-soeubilice mediocri, pervio ; aperturd « obliqud, rotundato-lunari ;» peri-

“vonusomate simplice, marginibus remotis; dextro recto, basali reflexo,

Lange aa in loceinem: siege spl ari apt asec

= -dilatato> SHS pT

oO maj. 203, min. 18, alt, 12 mill

Hab. in Australi boreali.

13. Heurx prycuompnata, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depresso-

“©‘niglobosd; tenui, supern? confertim costulatd, ' lineis concentricis

220pancis obsolete decussatd, nitidd, castaneo-corned ; spird viz con-

vend anfractibus 4, vir convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente,

-vmsobsoletissim® angulato, basi convero, levigato, corneo-virente,

~vireasumbilicum mediocrem, pervium confertim plicato ; aperturd

TR ‘parum. ‘ebliqua, irregulariter truncato-ovali, multo altiore quam

lata’; peristomate simplice, obtuso, margine columellari elongato,

substricte descendente, superné Sornicatim ia

Diam. maj. 22, min. 20, alt. 13 mill.

.Tab,.ad. Portum, Essington.

a “4 Heir Porrertana, Pfr. H. testd soepielaie — Solid,

“\striatuld, nitidd, carneo-albidd, strigis pallid? fusculis irregulari-

epee: ‘spird conied, obtusiusculd ; suturd impressd, subtilis-

_°\gim® crenulatd ; anfractibus 7, vix conveaiusculis, ultimo subro-

“tundato, fascid und fusca signato, antic® breviter descendente ;

* “apertura diagonali, lunato-rotundatd ; peristomate acuto, margine

dextro repando, basali subincrassato, columellari yarns re-

flexo, perforationem Fere iegente.

Diam. maj. 193, min. 183, alt. 23 mill.

_dfab..ad Portum Essington.

15. Hexuix Dittwyntana, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd,

solidd, irregulariter rugosd et subtilissim? malleutd, nitidd, cre-

“‘taced ; 3. Spird subpland, vertice papillatim prominulo, castaneo ;

oe a sta 43, planiusculis, ultimo rotundato, antic? breviter de-

flezo, basi inflato ; umbilico angusto, non pervio; aperturd per-

obliqud, late lunari, intus albd ; peristomate acuto, intus ineras-

sato, margine supero subhorizontali et deztro arcuato expansis,

basali substricto, reflexo, columellari brevissimo, angusto, patente.

Sian maj. — min. 25; alt. 14 mill.

StF abs wos?

em nap Ate! GLAUCOPHTHALMUS, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd,

ovato-oblongd, solidd, striatuld, nigro- -castaned, epidermide hy-

'drophandt fusco-cinered’ strigatd ; spird convero-conicd, apice

saturate ceruled, obtusd; suturd impressd; anfractibus 5, con-

veriusculis, ultimo spird breviore, basi obsolet? angulato ; colu-

melld subdeclivi, dilatatd, pland, albd, basi subdentatd ; aperturd

.»» sebligud, -truncato-ovali, intus lividd; peristomate simplice, bre-

-»vissime expanso, margine dextro repando.

«Long. 36, diam, 25 mill,

, Hab. im insulis. Philippinis.

144. Zoological Society.

17. BuLimus suTurauis, Pfr. 3B. testd imperforatd, oblongo-

conicd, tenui, striatuld, nitiduld, alabastrino-albidd ; spird conicd,

apice obtusd ; suturd parum impressd, candidd, confertissime no-

duloso-crenatd ; anfractibus 7, planiusculis, ultimo % longitudinis

subequante, infra medium obtuse angulato et fasciis 2 nigricanti-

castanets ornato ; columelld superne fusco-callosd, suotortd ; aper-

turd obliqud, truncato-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, vie expan-

siusculo,

Long. 43, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. in Africa occidentali.

18. Buxiimus tuctuosvs, Pfr. B. testd perforata, ane.

minatd, soliduld, obsolete decussatd, viw nitiduld, atro-castaned ;

spird elongata, apice obtusd; suturd impressd, submarginatd ;

anfractibus 7, convewiusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis ae

rante, basi circa perforationem angustam subcarinato ; co.

verticali, levissime arcuatd; aperturd parum obliqud, subsemiovali,

ad columellam angulatd, intus lividd ; peristomate simplice, recto,

margine columellari fornicato, breviter reflexo.

Long. 39, diam. 17 mill.

Hab. in Africa occidentali.

19. BuLimus INFUNDIBULUM, Pfr. B. testd umbilicatd, ovato-

conicd, subfusiformi, confertim striatd, opacd, alba ; spird convexo-

conicd, apice attenuatd, rosed, acutiusculd ; sulurd lineari ; anfrac-

tibus 9, fer? planis, ultimo % longitudinis subequante, basi alte-

nuato, circa umbilicum latum, pervium, infundibuliformem com-

presso ; aperturd subverticali, angustd, oblongd ; peristomate sim-

plice, marginibus superne approximatis, dextro breviter expanso,

columellari subdilatato, patente.

Long. 18, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. in Andibus Peruvianis.

Nearly allied to Bul. umbilicaris, Souleyet.

20. Butimus suBiInTERRUPTUS, Pfr. B. testd perforatd, subfu-

siformi-oblongd, tenuiusculd, levigald, sub lente spiraliter striatd,

nitiduld, albidd, fascits 5 latis, subinterruptis, spadiceis ornatd ;

spird elongato-conicd, acutd ; suturd parum impressd ; anfractibus

6, planiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, basi attenuato ;

columelld substrictd, recedente ; aperturd obliqud, angustd, acu-

minato-semiovali ; peristomate simplice, tenui, lutescente, margine

dextro late expanso, columellari triangulatim e basi dilatato, su-

é late reflexo.

Long. 37, diam. 13} mill.

Hab. in Andibus Boliviee.

21. Buuimus varicosus, Pfr. B. testd perforatd, oblongo-acumi-

natd, tenui, striatd, sub lente obsoleté decussatuld, parum nitente,

albidd, strigis castaneis sparsis irregulariter variegatd ; suturd ir-

regulariter crenulatd ; spird elongato-conicd, acutiusculd ; anfrac-

tibus 6, convexiusculis, varicosis (varicibus prioribus obtusis, ultimo

acute prominente), ultimo spird vie breviore, basi subcompresso ;

ener stheete apertura parum is 8 oblongo-

> tenui, margine ‘dextro expanso,

ym eran 7 REE sk [ weetts s z *

Hab. in republich Mexican;

22. Burrus ATTENUATUS, “pe B. testd at mpfr Fusif ormi-

“~ oblongd, solidiusculd, sublevigatd, nitidd, albd, strigis. ie ma-

culatim subinterruptis, spadiceis, ornatd; spird conied, acutiusculd ;

anfractibus fer 6, convexiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante,

antic? striato, basi attenuato ; columelld intrante, tortd, Sunali ;

yee erturd vie obliqud, ovali-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, tenut,

rioting er — rev agmeerta ‘breviter reflexo, su-

ppl tae NNN Pfr. B. testa im enorede, ovatd, tenui-

\*useuld, rugoso-striatd, transverse submatleatd, diaphand, nitidd,

castaneo-olivaced ; spird conoided, apice obtusa; anfractibus 4,

convexiusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante, antic? descen-

dente, basi subrotundato; columelld intrante, subtortd, rosed ;

. Sperturd subverticali, ovak, intus margaritaced ; peristomate roseo,

eo ‘0, breviter reflexo, anes callo supra regionem

_umbilici dilatato junctis.

n . 36, diam. 18 mill.

Hab. in Andibus Novee Granade.

24, Buuimus scyropxs, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovato-conicd,

_ tenui, remote striatd, undique minut? granulatd (granulis non se-

riatis), haud nitente, fuscd, maculis rufis majoribusque nigrican-

tibus irregulariter adspersd, lineis longitudinalibus flexuosis, an-

gulatis, luteis, sepe geminatis vel anastomosantibus pictd ; spird

brevi, convexo-conicd, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 4, convexiusculis,

. ultimo magno, 4 longitudinis equante, antic? deflexo, basi rotun-

' dato ; columella filari, intrante, leviter arcuatd ; aperturd parum

- _ obligqud, ovali, intus concolore, nitidd ; peristomate simplice, tenui,

__ Tubello, undique breviter expanso.

‘Hab. in Andthain Nove Granade.

25. Buiimus meveaeris, Pfr. B. testd imperforata, actiminato-

ovatd, tenuiusculd, striis incrementi confertis et lineis spiralibus

granulatd, parum nitente, fulvd, fusco-strigatd et irregulariter

guttatd ; spird conicd, acutd ; suturd suberenulatd ; anfractibus ot,

planiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, convexiore, antice

_ descendente, basi rotundato ; columella filari, leviter areuatd ;

- apertura obliqud, oblongo-ovali, intus submargaritaced ; Bewiato-

_mate simplice, recto.

. dl, diam. 14 mill.

in Andibus Novee Granadee.

ae Buummus nrGroumaates, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovatd,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 10

146 Zoological Society.

tenui, rugosd, striis confertis spiralibus subgranulatd, parum ni-

tidd, olivaceo-fulud, strigis angustis castaneis variegatd ; spird

conicd, apice obtusd ; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo spiram

paulo superante, convexiore, basi rotundato; columella tenui, sub-

callosd, subrecedente ; aperturd obliqud, angulato-ovali, intus pli-

catd, margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, recto, obtuse, nigro-

limbato. \o-080

Long. 28, diam. 14 mill.

Hab. in Andibus Novee Granade.

27. Buximus pusivus, Pfr. B. tesid subperforatd, oblongo-fusi-

formi, tenui, striatd, nitiduld, albo-lutescente, strigis spadiceis

subundulatis ornatd ; spird gracili, elongato-conicd, apice obtu-

suld ; suturd submarginatd ; anfractibus 6, vix converiusculis,

ultimo spird paulo breviore, basi attenuato, subcompresso; colu-

melld subverticali, fere ad basin aperture elongata ;, apertura vir

obliqud, oblongd, utringue angustatd, intus concolore ; peristomate

simplice, recto, margine dextro levissime arcuato, columellari bre-

viter fornicatim reflexro, subappresso.

Long. 28, diam. 10 mill.

Hab. in Andibus Nove Granade.

28. BuLimus NuBecuxatus, Pfr. B. testd umbilicatd, ovato-

oblongd, soliduld, sublevigatd, nitidd, pallid? corned, saturatius

nubeculatd ; spird conicd, apice obtusuld; suturd profundd; an-

Sractibus 53, convexis, ultimo + longitwdinis equante, basi rotun-

dato ; columella verticali, ad basin aperiure porrigente ; aperturd

parum obliqud, subellipticd, basi subangulatd, intus albidd ; peri-

stomate simplice, recto, margine dextro perarcuato, columellari

dilatato, fornicatim reflexo, libero.

Long. 16, diam. 83 mill.

Hab. in America centrali (Morelet.)

29. Bunimus Ecanvs, Pfr. 8B. testd perforaid, conico-ovatd,

tenut, lineis longitudinalibus et spiralibus sub lente obsolete decus-

satd, vix nitiduld, quasi pruinosd, fusco-corned; spird conicd,

apice obtusd; suturd mediocri; anfractibus 5, modice convexis,

ultimo spiram paulo superante, medio obsolete angulate, basi vix

compressiusculo ; aperturd obliqud, subellipticd, basi subangulatd ;

peristomate simplice, tenui, margine dewtro repando, columellari

sursum dilatato, reflevo, subappresso:

Long. 13, diam. 6} mill.

Hab. Ega Brasilie.

30. Buximus acaties, Pfr. B. testd subperforatd, evate-conicd,

tenui, longitudinaliter confertim striatd et distantins plicatd, haud

aitente, fulvo-grised; spird conicd, obtusiusculd, fulvescenie ; an-

Sractibus 44, viz convexiusculis, ultimo spiram superante, basi ro-

tundato ; columella via arcuatd, subrecedente ; aperturd obliqud,

ovali, intus fulvo-carned ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine

dextro arcuato, columellari superne reflexo, swbadnato.

Long. 10, diam. 6 mill.

Had. in Andibus Peruvianis.

———————————— tS

Zoological Society 147

“Sh Butnevs Dinitwysianus, Pfr. B. testa perforata, ovato-

»\“eblongd, solidd, ruditer striata et irregulariter malleatd, viz niti-

sey ge toda geet gecemaree et variegatd ; spird convero-conicd,

» . superante,

- press ; colamelld valide torto-plicatd ; apertura viz obliqud, sinu-

oso-oblongd ;. peristomate albo, expanso-reflexo, margine dextro

leviter arcuato, columellari superné dilatato, perforationem fere

claudente.

39, diam. 163 mill.

_in Andibus Novee Granade.

“82. AcHATINA FuLGURATA, Pfr. (4. testd conico-ovatd, tenui,

» striis longitudinalibus superné confertis, in anfractu ultimo obso-

+ oletis, lineisque spiralibus granulatd, corneo-luted, strigis latis ful- —

“ta ald cotarcoconis. nies spird conicd, obtusa ; anfractibus 64,

Superis parum convexis, ultimo ventricoso, lineis paucis spiralibus

infra suturam granulato, infra medium sublevigato ; columelld

cerulescente, vix arcuatd, supra basin aperture elliptico-semi-

ovali abrupte truncatd ; peristomate simplice, recto.

Long. 67, diam. 36 mill.

. Hab. in Africa oceidentali.

"33. “ACHATINA PLICATULA, Pfr. A. testd oblongo-fusiformi, tenui,

xi iter confertim plicatuld, lineis spiralibus obsolete de-

-eussatd, diaphand, parum nitente, fusco-carned ; spird elongato-

\eonicd, apice obtusd ; suturd marginatd, minute crenulatd ; anfrac-

~ tibus7 , via convexiusculis, ultimo spiram equante, paulo conveziore,

» basi attenuato ; columelld callosd, viz arcuatd, ad basin aperture

semiovali, intus nitidissime, abrupté truncatd; peristomate sim-

plice, tenui.

Long. 60, diam. 25 mill.

_Hab.in Andibus Nove Granade.

— ACHATINA ALBICANS, Pfr... A. testd ovato-conicd, tenui, lon-

a striatd, lineis sptralibus infra medium anfractds ul-

“timi obsoletis decussatuld, diaphand, vir nitidd, albicante ; spird

, obtusiusculd ; suturdé submarginatd ; anfractibus 63,

. eno conveciusenlis, ultimo ‘spird paulo longiore, basi vir attenuato ; ;

~columelld verticali, substrictd, supra basin aperture rhombeo-

semiovalis horizontaliter et breviter truncaté ; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, margine basali leviter arcuato.

Long. 46, diam. 23 mill.

Hage, in Africa occidentali.

35. AcnaTiIna mNORNATA, Pfr. 4. testd turrito-oblongd, solidd,

onan striatd, pallide fulvd, strigis saturatioribus variegatd ;

vate turritd, apice obtusiusculd ; suturd levi, confertissime cre-

_ nulatd ; anfractibus 7; planiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis sub-

euayuante; basi vie compresso, leviore ; columelid perarcuaté, albo-

callosé, oblique abrupt? truncatd ; aperturd sinuoso-semiovali,

intus albd ; peristomate simplice, obtuso, margine dextro repando.

Long. 28, diene 11 mill.

Hab. in insula Ceylon.

10*

148 Zoological Society.

36. ACHATINA VIOLACEA, Pfr. A. testd oblongo-conicd,. solidd,

striatd, parum nitente, violaced ; spird elongato-conicd, sursum ru-

bella, apice obtusd ; suturd levi, marginatd ; anfractibus 7, con-

vexiusculis, ultimo 3 longitudinis subequante, infra medium angu-

lato; columelld subarcuatd, tenuiter callosd, supra basin aperture

oblique, angulato-ovalis breviter truncatd ; peristomate simplice,

recto.

Long. 38, diam. 18 mill.

Hab. in Africa occidentali.

37. AcHATINA (GLANDINA) ATTENUATA, Pfr. A. testd oblon 0-

fusiformi, gracili, tenui, levigatd, nitidissimd, fulvd, sirigis _

arcuatis saturatioribus pictd ; spird elongato-conicd ; apice obtu-

siusculd ; suturd levi, subsimplice ; anfractibus 7, planiusculis,

ultimo 3 longitudinis subequante, basi attenuato ; columella sub-

callosd, ‘leviter arcuatd, subtortd, basi oblique trancatd ; aperturd

angustissimd, oblongd, supern® acutd, prope basin sinistrorsum

dilatatd ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro repando.

Long. 31, ‘diam. 11 mill.

Hab. in America centrali.

38. Hexrx supruGata, Pfr. H. testd subperforatd, depresso-

turbinatd, distanter subrugatd, pellucidd, pallide corned; spird

breviter conoided, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 53-6, planiusculis,

ultimo carinato, basi convexiusculo, levigato ; aperturd diagonali,

subangulato- -lunari ; peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari

Superne via refleciusculo.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 114, alt. 65 mill.

- Hab. ad Clarence River, New South Wales.

39. Hexix orostoma, Pfr... H. testd anguste vorliliiahd: sublen-

tiformi, solidd, acute? carinatd, striatd et subtiliter granulatd,

olivaceo-nigricante vel castaned; spird subconoideo-convexd, ob-

tusd; anfractibus 5, planiusculis, ultimo utringue convexo, antice

subito deflexo, supra et infra carinam ascendentem profunde, scro-

biculato; aperturd perobliqud, subrhombeo-ensiformi, .ringente ;

peristomate continuo, ad anfractum penultimum sinuoso, medio

laminam longe intrantem emittente, margine supero dente conico

obtusulo munito, basali medio subangulatim descendente, parte

sinistrd dentem validum, compressum, parte deatrd dentem leviter

et irregulariter bifurcatum gerente.

Diam. maj. 31, min. 26, alt. 13 mill.

Hab. in Andibus Novee Granade.

40. He.ix aNNULIFERA, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd,len-

tiformi, carinatd, solidd, striatd et minute granulatd, saturate:cas-

taned, ad carinam acutam late albo-fasciatd ; spird breviter. co-

noided, obtusd ; anfractibus 5, planiusculis, ultimo antice breviter

deflexo, basi convexo, antic? strangulato et scrobiculato; umbilico

mediocri; aperturd subhorizontahi, irregulari, ringente 3» peristo-

mate subincrassato, albo, continuo, margine parietali perarcuato,

laminam elongatam intrantem emittente, in umbilicum descendente

et cum basali parallelo juncto; margine basali usque ad medium:

a a

ee eee

———

Zoological Soviely, i49

2 a ge acute dentato, tum angulatim: descendente, lat2. reflezo,

‘sth _ lamind lingueformi latd munito, ad carinam ascendente, a dextro

_eapanso canali angusto, supern? in annulum icstiahiny desinente

hs __ separato.

= ee a ae 29, alt. 13 mill.

Hab. Panama.

This is the shell figured by Prof. E. Forbes in Trans. Zool. Soc.

1850, p. 53. Moll. t. 9. f. 4, under the name of H. labyrinthus var.

sipunculata.

Ai. Heurx Gasxornt, Pfr. AH. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-de-

pressd, solidd, oblique rugato-plicatd, nitidd, alba ; spird conoideo-

~ converd, obtusd ; anfractibus 54, convezis, ultimo anticé deflexo,

“medio carinato, ‘basi conveviusculo, sublevigato ; aperturd perob-

ae ligu Tanceolato-ovali; peristomate subincrassato, marginibus

‘umbilicum mediocrem, pervium semioccultante junctis, supero

breviter expanso, basali reflexo.

Diam: maj. 31, min. 27, alt. 15 mill.

Hab. in insula Haiti (Sallé).

42. Butimus Tasmanicus, Pfr. B.testd imperforatd, ovato-conicd

soliduld, rugoso-striatd, vir nitidd, albidd ; spird conicd, acutius-

culd, apice suberubescente; anfractibus 5, vir converiusculis, ultimo

re spiram paulo superante, basi rotundato ; columelld filari, subrece-

dente ; aperturd obliqud, ovali, intus ‘pallide Sulvescente ; peri-

~~ stomate simplice, recto, margine deztro leviter arcuato, columellari

viz reflexiusculo, adnato.

Long. 25, diam. 11 mill.

Hab. Van Diemen’s Land.

43. Buirmus Betcuert, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovato-oblongd,

solidd, glabriusculd, fulvido-albidd, castaneo-fasciatd ; spird con-

vexo-conicd, obtusa; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo spird

vix breviore, ad suturam et basin lat?, medio angust? fasciato ;

columella pland, substrictd, supra basin recedente ; aperturd obli-

gua, truncato-oblongd ; peristomate subincrassato, nigricante, re-

culo.

. 40, diam. 233 mill.

Habe in insulis Philippinis.

44. Butimus NewcomsiAnvs, Pfr. B. testd sinistrorsd viz sub-

perforata, ovato-turritd, tenuiusculd, plicis validis longitudinalibus

sulcisque spiralibus sculptd, olivaceo-fuscd ; spird turritd, gracili,

obtusuld ; anfractibus 54, summis planis, sequentibus convexius-

» culis, ultimo F longitudinis subequante, medio inflato; columelid

- callosd, substrict? recedente; peristomate recto, acuto, margine ex-

terno leviter arcuato, subrepando, columellari reflexo, subappresso.

Long. 144, diam. 5} mill.

Hab. in insulis Sandwich.

This species is nearly allied to Achatinella plicata, Gould, which

must be rather referred to the genus Bulimus, in which there being

already a Bulimus plicatus, I have marked it in -_ yeoman i s Mu-

seum with the name of Bulimus liratus.

150 Zoological Society.

45. Bunimus porpHyrostomus, Pfr. B, testd tmperforatd,

ovato-conied, solidd, rugoso-plicatd, pallide earned, epidermide

decidua fusco-olivaced indutd ; spird conicd, obtusiuseuld ; an-

Sractibus 6, vie convexiusculis, ultimo spiram equante, basi sub-

attenuato ; columelld oblonge plicatd, albd ; aperturd vertical,

angustd, oblongd, oblique recedente, intus saturate purpureo-

eastaned, nitidd ; peristomate incrassato, recto, albo, moet,

bus callo crasso, albo, medio tuberculifero junctis.

Long. 62, diam. 28 mill.

Locality unknown.

46. Butimus micropon, Pfr. B. testd dreviter otal sub-

Susiformi-turritd, oblique costulato-striatd, albidd, strigis spar-

sis corneis, lacteo-marginatis ornatd ; spird elongata, apice

acutiusculd ; anfractibus 12, via convexiusculis, ultimo 2 longi-

tudinis subequante, infra medium filoso-unicarinato 5 columellé

superne plicd dentiformi munitd; aperturd vie obliqud, trun-

cato-ovali ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro breviter ex-

panso, columellari dilatato, angulatim reflexo.

Long. 15, diam. 4 mill.

Hab. in insula Jamaica.

47. Acuatina Newcomat, Pfr. 4. testd turritd, solidd, lon-

gitudinaliter rugoso-striatd, cingulis obtuse elevatis sculpti,

castaned ; spird elongatd, sursum in eonum convexiusculum,

acuminatum attenuatd; anfractibus 9, planiusculis, ultimo 2

longitudinis subequante, infra medium angulato, fascid pallide

cincto, basi nigro ; columella lamella angustd, tortd, albd mu-

nitd, basi subtruncatd; aperturd obliqua, subrhombed ; peri-

stomate simplice, recto. |

Long. 71, diam. 19 mill. 7

Hab. in insulis Sandwich (Newcomb). :

48. ACHATINELLA MELAMPOIDES, Pfr. A. testd oblongd, solidd,

ruguloso-striatd, vix nitiduld, saturate fused ; spird convexo-

conicd, acutiuseuld; suturd impressd, submarginatd ; anfrac-

tibus 6, vie convexiusculis, ultimo spird paulo breviore, base

rotundato ; columelld medio acute tuberculatd ; apertura ver-

ticalr, sinuato-ovali ; peristomate recto, acuto, intus labiato,

margine columellari calloso, albo, appresse reflexo.

Long, 13, diam. 52 mill.

Hab. in insulis Sandwich.

49. Parruta nonosa, Pfr. P. testd perforata, conico-ovatd,

soliduld, obsolete decussatuld, castaned, ad suturam fascia lata

albd et interdum nonnullis pallidis ornatd ; spird conied, acutd ;

anfractibus 5%, planiusculis, ultimo spiram subequante ; colu-

melld superné profunde plicatd, tum subnodosd ; aperturd sub-

verticali, oblongd, angustd ; peristomate eatus via expanso, in-

tus callo acute prominente munito, marginibus subparallelis,

dextro strictiusculo.

Long. 16, diam. 8 mill.

Had. in insulis Tahiti et Navigatorum,

Zoological Society. 151

wih PARTULA FILOSA, Pfr. P. testd perforatd, conico-ovaté,

d, lineis impressis spiralibus, confertis sculptd, haud

me “nitente, castaned, strigis filaribus cinereis ornatd; spird co-

_., nied, obtusiusculd ; anfrac ibus 5, planiusculis, ultimo spiram

_ @quante, convexiore ; columella supern? vie plicatd; aperturd

_parum obliqua, subtriangulari-semiovali ; peristomate expan-

Long. 16, diam. 83 mill.

Hab. in insulis Navigatorum.

51. Hexix eLapriuscuna, Pfr. H. testé perforatd, conoideo-

» semiglobosd, tenui, levigatd, pellucidd, nitente, lutescente,

_ rufo angulato-lineatd ; spird convexo-conotded, acutiusculd ;

anfractibus 5}, convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, basi

- planiusculo ; aperturd obliqud, subdepressé, lunari ; peristo-

mate simplice, recto, margine columellart declivi, superné viz

reftextusculo.

Diam. maj. 35, min. 3, alt. 2 mill.

Hab. in Nova Seelandid (Strange).

52. Hetrx soxrpa, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, conoideo-semi-

globosd, crass, striatd, fulvescente, epidermide tenui, ee

non nitente obductd ; spird converd, obtusd, apice rubella; an-

ctibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo convexiore, dimidium altitu:

_dinis formante, medio obsolete angulato, anticée vir descendente ;

columellé strictd, declivi, latd, albidd; aperturd obliqud, sub-

tetragono-lunari, intus albé; peristomate subincrassato, vix

__ expansiusculo, fusco-limbato.

~ Diam. maj. 37, min. 33, alt. 27 mill.

Hab. prope Nanjan, insulze Mindoro.

53. Hetix opiita, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, sublenticulari,

tenuissimd, supernée confertim arcuato-plicatd, pellucideé, pal-

lide corned; spird depresso-turbinatd, acutiusculd ; anfracti-

bus 6, viz convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, pas obtuse

- denticulato-carinato, basi convexiore, radiatim striato ;- aper-

turd parum obliqud, lunari ; peristomate simplice, tenut, recto,

margine basali leviter arcuato, ad perforationem breviter re-

Os flexo,

Diam. maj. 23, min. 20, alt. 11} mill.

Hab. in India.

54. Hexrx vinis, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depresso-globosd,

tenuiusculd, granulato-striatd, corned; spird breviter conoided,

acutiusculé ; anfractibus 5, vix convexiusculis, celeriter accres-

centibus, ultimo antice deflexo, peripherid obsolete subangu-

lato, basi convexo; umbilico angusto, non pervio; aperturd

diagonali, fere circulari; peristomate intus valide labiato,

marginibus approximatis, columellari superné dilatato, pa-

“tente.

Dizi. maj. hs min. 9, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. ——?

152 Zoological Society.

September 9, 1851.—Sir Roderick Impey Murchison, G-C.. St. 8,

F.R.S. &c., in the Chair.

Professor Owen read an elaborate paper ‘On the Skeleton of Tro-

glodytes Gorilla,” which, will be published in the Transactions of the

Society.

Noy. 11, 1851.—W. J. Broderip, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVERAL NEW SPECIES OF MUREX, ‘Ris-

SOINA, PLANAXIS, AND EvLimMA, FROM THE CUMINGIAN

Cot.ection. By Artuur ApaAms, F.L.S. etc.

1, Murex tosromus, A. Adams... M.. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acuminata; anfractibus planulatis, squamulosis, spinis

acutis, in serie elevato disposito ornatis, cinered ; anfractu ul-

timo spinis elevatis, bifidis, in seriebus qguatuor. dispositis in-

structo, varicibus sex, longitudinalibus ; aperturd ovato-oblongd,

intus violaced ; labio subtuberculari ; labro fimbriato.

Hab. Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

2. Murex soxipus, A. Adams. M. testd solidd, profunde um-

bilicatd, alba; spird brevi, obtusd ; anfractibus planulatis, lon-

gitudinaliter plicato-varicosis (varicibus in anfractu ultimo 7),

transversim liratis ; liris, ad plicas, incrassatis, interstitus lon-

gitudinaliter cancellatis ; aperturd subrotundatd ; canali recto,

aperturam equante ; labro simplici, intus levi.

Hab. Ichiboe, West Africa. . Mus. Cuming.

3. Murex ruracantuus, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi,

umbilicatd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus planis, serie tuber-

culorum spiniformium in medio dorsi, albd, spinis et parte an-

ticd rubro tinctis; anfractu ultimo lirts squamulosis, et spinis

tubulosis, longis, in seriebus duobus dispositis, ornato ; aper-

turd ovata, oblongd ; labio antice producto et tuberculato ; ca-

nali brevi, subrecurvd.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

Figured by Mr. Reeve as M. noduliferus, which is very different

from the present species.

4. Murex exasperatus, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi,

umbilicatd, albd, nitidd; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus angu-

latis, in medio longitudinaliter plicato-varicosd, transversim

liratd; liris subspinulosis ad plicas; aperturd ovatd; canali

mediocri, subincurvato ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

5. Murex ticnarius, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi,

subumbilicatd ; spird acuminatd, rufo-fused; anfractibus. su-

perne excavatis, in medio liris duabus, elevatis, nodulosis ; trans-

versim liratd, liris elevatis rugulosis, inequalibus, longitudi-

naliter trivaricosd, varicibus, in medio, spinis duabus, elevatis,

fimbriatis ; aperturd ovato-rotundatd, intus albd ; canali aper-

turam equante, subrecurvato.

Hab. West Africa. Mus. Cuming.

Zoological Society. 158

6. Murex rusirormis, A, Adams. M. testd fusiformi, cinered,

' fulvo variegatd ; spird productd ; anfractibus rotundis ; vari-

_cibus longitudinalibus, subelevatis, nodospinosis, et lineis ele-

vatis, transversis, late clathratd; aperturd oblongo-ovatd ; ca-

nali aperturam equante, recto ; labro extus varicoso, intus sul-

cato.

Hab. Africa. Mus. Cuming.

7. Murex spinosus, A. Adams. M. testd ovatd, umbilicatd,

_, alba, lineis rufo-fuseis transversis ornatd ; anfractibus rotundis,

~ transversim liratd; varicibus longitudinalibus regularibus (6 in

anfractu ultimo), spinis longis, rectis, acutis, armatis; canali

_ subrecurvato, aperturam equante ; aperturd ovato-rotundatd.

Hab. ?. Mus. Cuming.

8. Murex serotinus, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird peracutd, serotind, longitudinaliter plicatd, transversim

- liratd ; liris, ad plicas, nodulosis; aperturd ovatd, oblonga ;

labio anticé bituberculato ; labro extus incrassato, margine den-

tato, intus lirato ; canali mediocri, subrecurvato.

Hab. --—? Maus. Cuming.

9. Murex srrasciatus, A. Adams. WM. testd ventricosd, pro-

Sunde umbilicatd ; spird brevi; anfractibus rotundatis ; alba ;

anfractu ultimo fasciis duabus, latis, rufo-fuscis ornato, trans-

versim elevate liratd, liris rugosis ; longitudinaliter varicibus

_ equalibus (in anfractu ultimo 9) subelevatis, rotundatis, fimbria-

tis ; aperturd ovato-rotundatd ; labio subproducto, fulvo ; canali

> apertura breviore, valde recurvato.

Hab. Senegal. Mus. Cuming.

10. Murex crassvus, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi, umbi-

licatd, solidd, fulvd; spird medioert; anfractibus rotundatis,

superne angulatis, obsolete transversim liratd, varicibus crassis,

distantibus, irregularibus (4 in ultimo anfractu), ornatd ; aper-

turd ovatd, intus violaced; labro extus incrassato, intus den-

tato.

Hab. China. Mus. Cuming.

11. Murex Pacopus, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

~~» spird acuminatd, levi, albd, anticé maculis fuscis sparsim pict ;

anfractibus septem, concavis, seriebus spinarum ornatis, spinis

regularibus, tubulosis, recurvatis, marginibus fimbriatis ; aper-

turd subrotundatd; columelld levi; canali recurvato, ad dextram

inclinato, aperturam equante. :

Hab. —~--? Mus. Cuming.

12, Murex excavatus, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi,

subumbilicatd, albd, solidd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus con-

cavis (quasi excavatis) ad partem anticam ; in medio angulatis,

longitudinaliter plicatd, transversim liratd, liris ad plicas no-

dulosis ; anfractu ultimo liris duabus elevatis ornato; apertura

_semiovali ; canali mediocri, viz recto ; labro intus sulcato.

Hab. ——? Mus. Cuming.

154 Zoological Society.

13. Murex rnornatus, A. Adams. M. testéd fusiformi, valde

umbilicatd ; spiré acuminaté ; anfractibus rotundis, albidd, liris

transversis, elevatis, squamulosis, et varicibus longitudinalibus,

rotundatis (in anfractu ultimo 7), ornatd; aperturd ovali ;

canali subrecurvato, aperturam equante; labro extus fimbriato,

intus lirato.

Hab. ? Maus. Cuming.

14, Murex opettscus, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-pyramidali,

subtrigonali ; spird elevatd ; anfractibus planis, apice obtuso,

albd, seriebus transversis macularum rufo-fuscarum ornatd,

transversim liratd, liris subgranosis, varicibus tribus, longitu-

dinalibus, varice intermedio, brevi, triangulari, ad partem po-

sticam instructd ; aperturd ovatd ; canali valde recurvato.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

15. Murex tiratus, A. Adams, M. testd ovato-fusiformi, sub-

umbilicatd ; spird acuminatd; anfractibus planiusculis, albd,

varicibus rufo-fuscis ornatd, transversim liratd; liris trans-

versis, angustis, asperulatis, varicibus longitudinalibus, rotun-

datis, subfimbriatis (7 in ultimo anfractu); aperturd subrotun-

dati, intus albd; columelld posticé callosd ; canali brevi, recto,

viv clauso ; labro intus lirato. )

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

16. Murex putcner, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi,

subtrigonali ; spird acuminatd; anfractibus rotundatis, nodu-

losis, varicibus tribus subspinosis; liris transversis, elevatis,

anfractu ultimo varicibus prominentibus, subspinosis, ornato ;

varicibus antice fimbriatis et spinosis ; aperturd ovato-rotundé ;

labio tubereulato ; labro intus crenato-lirato, canali perlongo,

subrecurvo, vie clauso.

Hab. St. Croix, 60 fathoms; M. Sueuson. Mus. Cuming.

17. Murex Stncarorensis, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusi-

Sormi; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus rotundatis ; fulvd, longi-

tudinaliter plicatd, plicis rotundis, transversim liratd, liris

asperulatis, squamulis aculeatis obsitis; aperturd ovatd, oblongd,

intus lividd ; canali aperturam equante, subreflexo ; labro intus

dentato.

Hab. Singapore. Mus. Cuming.

18. Murex niveus, A. Adams. WM. testd ovatd, umbilicatd,

nived; spird brevi, acuminatd ; anfractibus rotundatis ; longi-

tudinaliter plicatd, plicis rotundis, prominentibus, crassis

(8-10 tn anfractu ultimo), transversim liratd, liris squamulis,

confertis, longitudinalibus, obsitis; aperturd ovatd, oblonga ;

canali brevi, subrectd ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. ? Mas. Cuming.

19. Murex Cuminen, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi,

trivaricosd ; spird subproductd, anfractibus rotundatis, pallide

rufo-fuscd, fasciis tribus, transversis, rufo-fuscis, ornatd ; vari-

be het Ba

Zoological Society. 155

. \eibus longitudinalibus, tribus, continuis, obtusis, liris intermediis

-« nodosis, liris transversis inequalibus, rufo-fusco articulatis, in-

» structd ; aperturd ovali, labro intus crenato-lirato extus fimbriato,

_ fimbriis non squamulosis, canali clauso, anticé recurvato, —

Hab. Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

Somewhat closely allied to M. triquetra of Born.

20. Mirra Maravesana, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi,

\ anfractibus planis, spird acuta, carneold, maculis albis et lineis un-

-. dulatis, longitudinalibus rufo-fuscis, eleganter pictd, longitudinali-

ter substriatd, transversim liratd, interstitiis valde punctatis ;

aperturd spiram majorem equante, columella plicis quingue in-

ii structd, labro margine crenato.

Hab. Marquesas. Mus. Cuming.

Markings very similar to those of M. serpentinu, Lamk. The

Mitra figured in Mr. Reeve’s Monograph, as M. nebulosa of Swain-

son, is quite different from that species, and requires therefore a

change of name ; I have called it M. propingua.

21. Awnci~LaRta LingouaTa, A. Adams. 4. testd ovato-fusi-

formi; spird brevi, subacutd, suturis albis, pallide fulvd, lineis

itudinalibus, confertis, fuscis, ornatd; anfractu ultimo cingulda

elevatd transversd, ad marginem labri, in dente acuto desinexte ;

aperturd oblongd ; columelld tortuosd, albd, antice plicis obliquis

instructd.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

“ese? pretty species, distinguished by the fine longitudinal brown

22. Puanaxis opscura, A. Adams. P. tesid ovato-conicd, epi-

dermide fusco obtectd; fusco-rufescente; anfractibus planis, suturd

distinctd, transversim valde sulcatd, interstitiis longitudinaliter

striatis ; aperturd ovato-oblongd, columella longitudinaliter sul-

cata; labro subdilatato, margine acuto, intus valde lirato.

Hab. ——? Mus. Cuming.

23. Puanaxis rutva, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-conicd, fulvd ;

spird acuminatd, apice acuto, anfractibus planis, ulitmo angulato,

itransversim tenuiter striatd; aperturd ovato-oblongd ; columella

incurvatd, antice callosd; labro margine subdilatato, exius in-

crassato, intus lirato.

Hab. Swan River. Mus. Cuming.

Allied to P. mollis, Sowerby, but the last whorl is angulated.

24. Puanaxis zonata, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-conicd, rimatd,

. glabrd, nitidd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus convexiusculis, pal-

lide lutescente, zonula transversd rufo-fuscd cinctd ad suturas, et,

in anfractu ultimo, fasciis duabus transversis ornatd, transversim

tenuissim? striatd; aperturd ovatd; columella incurvatdé; labro

subdilatato, intus lirato.

Hab. Calapan, Philippines. Mus. Cuming.

25. Puanaxis crncuiata, A. Adams. JP. testé ovato-conicd,

156 Zoological Society.

solidd, rimatd; spird acutd ; aafranhies ‘convexiusculis, fulvd,

zonulis rufo-fuscis transversis, prope suturas, duplicatis, ornatd,

longitudinaliter tenuissime striatd, transversim valde sulcatd ; aper-

turd ovato- oblongd, coarctatd ; columella incurvatd ; labro eatus ,

incrassato, intus dentato- Leatis:

Hab, China Seas. Mus. Cuming.

Species collected by me during the yoyage of H.M.S. Samarang,

26. PLANAxis succtnera, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-conicd,

spird acuminatd, apice acuto, anfractibus convexiusculis, pallide

JSuscd, fasciis linearibus, transversis, multis, rufo-fuscis, ornatd,

longitudinaliter substriatd ; anfractu ultimo transversim sul-

cato; aperturd ovato- oblongd ; columelld fused ; labro intus sul-

cato.

Hab. Peru, and the West Indies. Mus. Cuming.

Allied to P. lineata of Montagu, but of larger growth and different

form. ‘

27. PLANAXIS BUCCINEA, A, Adams. P. testd ovata; spird

brevi, acutd, apice obtuso, rubro ; anfractibus planis, plicato-gra-

nulosis ; nigro-fuscd, cingillis articulatis, transversis, ornatd ;

longitudinaliter substriatd, transversim valde sulcatd; aperturd

ovato-oblongd; columella excavatd; labro intus creno-plicato,

extus incrassato, varicoso.

Hab. West Indies. Mus, Cuming.

28. Puanaxis LaBiosA, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-conicd,

spird acutd, anfractibus convexiusculis, atro-purpured, fasciis

pallidis (5-6) transversis, in anfractu ultimo; transversim striata;

apertura ovato-oblongd ; columella incurvatd et dilatatd ; labo

dilatato, margine reflexo et incrassato, intus lirato.

Hab. Sandwich Islands. Mus. Cuming.

29. Lacena Caxirornica, A. Adams. LL. testd solidd, ovato-

Jusiformi ; spird, in medio, tumidd, anfractibus planiusculis, in-

Jerne nodospinosis, albd, cingulis transversis, elevatis, rufo-fuscis

articulatis ornatd, interstitiis obscuris, fuscis ; anfractu ultimo

longitudinaliter plicato, seriebus duobus tuberculorum subspinoso-

rum instructo ; apertura ovato-oblongd ; columelld carneold, plicis

quatuor, albis, obliquis ; labro intus lirato.

Hab. California. Mus. Cuming.

Allied to L. picta, Lamk., but of different form and markings.

30. Nassa Ausrrauis, A. Adams. N. testd ovato-fusiformi ;

spird acuminata, pallide olivaced, fasciis tribus, transversis, fuscis,

ornatd, longitudinaliter valde plicatd, interstitiis valde transversim

sulcatis ; anfractu ultimo antice liris transversis subgranosis,

postice, prope suturam, tuberculis moniliformibus ornato ; aper-

turd ovato-rotundatd, intus fused, et dentato-liratd ; labro margine

albo, postice valde inflexo et dentato.

Hab. Australia. Mus. Cuming.

SS errr

Miscellaneous. 157

a MISCELLANEOUS.

..».» Note on the Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda).

— By M. de Larresnayve.

We understand from an old merchant at Rouen, a great amateur

in Natural History, that one of his friends, a captain, had informed

him, that being lately at Batavia and compelled to remain there for

some time, he had made the acquaintance of a rich colonist who had

a taste for keeping live birds, and possessed some which are very rare

and valuable. Amongst others he noticed several pairs of the Bird

of Paradise, and it was not without astonishment that he several

times saw the males of this bird display themselves before the female,

expanding the long plumes of their flanks... By means of a sort of

vibration of their entire plumage, they raised all their feathers,

including these long plumes, and surrounded themselves completely,

so as to form a sort of halo, in the centre of which the bright green

head formed a disc, which at the moment looked like a little emerald

sun, with its rays formed by the feathers of the two plumes. He had

no doubt that this action, which was ibe a | repeated, was intended

to please the females, as is remarked in all birds the males of which are

furnished with ornaments.— Revue et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 339.

New Observations on the Development of the Intestinal Worms.

By Prof. Van BENEDEN.

In the intestines of Rana temporaria I have found in abundance

r creaaeag of Tenia dispar, which is usually observed only in the

itons. In the adult Proglottis the eggs are distributed in threes

in eapsules placed in two longitudinal rows. The embryos can move

in. their shells, and their motions may be seen through the integuments

of the mother ; the hooks especially are constantly in motion. I

succeeded in hatching these ova artificially, as I had done five years

before, with the Linguatule, by crushing them between two plates of

glass. Amongst a great number of ova and embryos which were

completely destroyed, a few still retained life and motion, and I made

the following observations upon them.

All their movements were the same; they were consequently the

effect of a normal condition. The six hooks are disposed exactly in

the same manner in all the individuals,—there are two in the middle

in front, and four others placed in pairs to the right and left of

these. These six hooks are not all alike, as has hitherto been sup-

posed ; they vary both in length and form. Those placed in the

middle are not recurved at the apex like the others; they are straight,

very tapering, a little longer than the others, and thinner throughout

their length. The four lateral hooks are all alike ; they consist of

two parts—a rather long, straight stem, and a terminal portion,

recurved so as to form a hook with the concavity behind. The

two. hooks in the middle are in contact at their base, but separate

towards the apex, like a fan.

The following is the action of these organs, it being understood

that the embryos are in the midst of the débris of the Proglottis.

The six hooks are first of all united in a bundle, and plunged into

the tissue before them ; the two central straight styles remain sta-

158 Miscellaneous.

tionary, but the two pairs of hooks move backwards, the base

remaining stationary whilst the apex describes a quarter of a circle.

They stop when they form a right angle with the central ‘styles.

After a moment’s repose, the embryo contracts itself, and the hooks

return to their original position. ‘The same operation is continued

for hours, and in this manner the worm penetrates into’ the tissues

by means of the two central styles, and the two’ pairs taking’ their

point of support in front, tear a passage for the entire embryo. ° If

we bear in mind that these embryos scarcely exceed the size of ‘the

blood-dises of the frog, we may easily understand that they ‘cai’

perforate the intestine to encyst themselves under the peritoneum, or

penetrate into the vessels, so as to be carried with the blood into the’

various viscera, not excepting either the brain or the eyes. ;

The question remaining for solution is that of the transformation

of the embryo with six hooks into a Cysticereus ; is this effected’ b

metamorphosis, or by germination, as has recently been ad: t

There are Cistoid worms, in which, according to my observations, this

transition evidently takes place by metamorphosis, that is to say, the

first embryo becomes a Cysticercus ; in other cases, if Stein's state-

ments be correct, the embryo produces the Cysticercus. In other

words, the Seolex.is born of a Proscolex.—Comptes Rendus, Novem-

ber 21st, 1853, p. 788.

Further Observations on the Animal Substance analogous to Vegetable

Cellulose. By M. Vircuow.

In a previous note*, I announced to the Academy the as

of a peculiar substance in the brain and spinal cord of man, whi

gives rise to the same chemical reactions as vegetable cellulose. © ©

Wishing to follow out this discovery, I sought for the new sub-

stance in most of the tissues of the human body, both m a healthy

and morbid condition, but in vain, until it occurred to me again in a

rare disease, an affection of the human spleen, which commences

by a nearly pasty (colloide) degeneration of the follicles (white cor-

puscles of Malpighi). This disease, commonly known in Germany

as Wachsmilz (waxy spleen), is considered by some pathologists as

an albuminous or fibrinous effusion, by others as a fatty or

degeneration. In point of fact, the follicles of the spleen from th

centre to their circumference are converted into an apparently homo-

geneous, transparent, grayish or yellowish mass, presenting a consi-

derable resemblance to the grains of boiled sago. I have long known

that these grains were composed of microscopic corpuscles, sli

irregular in form, but perfectly homogeneous, which might be consi-

dered as resulting from the transformation of the lymphatic eells,

which constitute the contents of the follicles of the spleen. When

the effects of chemical reagents upon these corpuscles are observed

under the microscope, it is seen that they are rendered pale by acetic

acid, and that a granular precipitate is produced in the interstices of

the corpuscles when a little ferrocyanate of potash is added to the

acidulated preparation. Hot nitric acid produces a yellow colour,

which becomes brownish on the addition of caustic ammonia, owing

* Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xii, p. 481.

Meteorological Observations. 159

i to xantho-proteic acid. For these reasons I formerly con-

red these corpuscles as composed of a solid albuminous substance ;

bens eine struck, however, with the resemblance of the waxy corpuscles

of the spleen to the amylaceous corpuscles of the brain, I took advan-

tage of a recent case to try the effect of iodine and sulphuric acid

upon them ; the bright violet colour characteristic of cellulose made

its appearance with surprising promptitude.

. The correctness of the reaction was proved upon several old pre-

parations im our pathological collection (Marburg), preserved in

weak spirits of wine. . This substance possesses so much fixity that

a ened ang rte wheal bas. heen, maecrated in

ing water for a fortnight.

i may add that this singular degeneration of the spleen occurs

principally in. general derangement of the system, and that it is most

frequently met with in patients who have been subject to ulcerous

affections for a very long time.—Comptes Rendus, Dec. 5, 1853,

p- 860. ——

_ METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1853.

% fons slight Dib id a ipo ig By lh Gy slight

5. : slight rain. 6, 7. : overcast. 8. Foggy: 5 : sli

rain. 10,11. Cloudy. 12. Hay: uniformly overcast. 13. Foggy. 14. Over-

cast. 15. Snowing: clear and frosty. 16. Overcast: clear, with bright sun:

severe frost at night. 17. Severe frost: overcast: frosty. 18. Clear: overcast.

19. Uniformly overcast : clear and fine: cloudy. 20. Hazy. 21. Densely clouded:

boisterous at night. 22. Overcast. 23. Cloudy: clear. 24. Clondy: clear and

frosty. 25. Frosty: hazy: clear, with sharp frost at night. 26. Frosty; fine:

frosty. 27. Clear and frosty : hazy: clear and frosty. 28. Clear and frosty : fine:

severe frost at night. 29. Severe frost: clear and fine: frosty. 30. Snow-

shower: frosty. 31. Very clear and frosty: partially overcast: sharp frost at

Mean temperature of the month ........+,..s0eseersspeeeeeoneres D249

‘Mean temperature of Dec. 1852 0.2.2.2 .2.. cen. eeseneee-eee 46 “56

Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-eight years . 39 ‘64

Average amount of rain in Dec. ................c...seeeeceneetes 1°5 inch.

_ Boston.—Dec. 1. Cloudy: rain a.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4,5. Foggy. 6,

Cloudy: raina.m. 7. . 8. Fine. 9. Fine: rainr.m. 10. Fine: rain

early a.m. £11—13. Cloudy. 14. Fine. 15. Snow and rain a.m. and P.M,

16. Clondy: snow a.m. 17. Cloudy. 18,19. Fine. 20. Cloudy: rain p.m,

21. Clondy: rain a.m.andrp.m. 22,23. Cloudy: rain a.m. 24. Cloudy. 25.

Foggy. 26. Foggy: rain and snow p.m. 27. Fine: snow P.M. 28. Snow a.m.

pe 29. Fine. 30. Fine: snowa.m. 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Hazy a.m.: rain p.m. 2. Damp a.m.:

drops P.M. 3. Bright a.m.: cloudy, aurorap.m. 4. Clear a.m. and p.m. 5.

Bright a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 6. Clear a.m.: clear, aurora 8. p.m. 7. Bright

am. : frost, showers p.m. 8. Showers a.m. andr.m. 9. Showers a.m. : clear P.M.

10. Bright a.m.: fine pot 11. Frost am.: damp p.m. 12. Damp aa:

showers rm. 13. Bright a.m.: clear, lamar halo p.m. 14. Damp a.m.

and p.m. 15. Cloudy a.m.: clearp.m. 16. Damp a.m.: clear p.m. 17. Clear,

frost a.m.andp.m. 18. Bright, frost a.a.: clear, frost pw. 19. Showers a.m:

clear p.m. 20. Showers a.m.: clear, frost p.m. 21. Clear, frost a.s.: clear,

rest, aurora p.m. 22. Cloudy, frost a.m.: showers p.m. 23. Showers a.m.:

showers, aurorar.m. 24. Cloudy a.m.and p.m. 25. Clondy «.a.: sleet-showers

pm. 26. Hail-showers a.a.: snow-showers p.m. 27. Snow drift a.m. and p.m.

28. Snow-showers a.M.: snow, cloudy p.m. 29. Thaw: showers a.m. and Pp.»

30, 31. Snow-drift a.m. : snow-showers p.m.

Mean ure of Dec. for twenty-six previous years ... 41°18

Mean temperature of this month —..........++..+. pabeare}osense 38 -97

Mean temperature of Dec. 1852 ............00 aa spevecsivenceesss 40-74

Average quantity of rain in Dec. for thirteen previous years 4°13 inches,

ee ee ee ee ee

lox | Lr.x £0.6£/ 996.6 936.62 $9.62 26.62 616.62 | -uvayy

wreeeeeeel G0, €¢ 6£.6z gv.6z ob.6z 108,62 6L9,6z “rf

pe Seres'ob aban tele od LE 79.6% 68.62 LE.6z o$$ 62 049.62 ‘f@

rE. OZ. frrerserrl ou | oon | cg. | $48] of | rl Sx | ze £9.62 " £6.6< g0.0£ Igr.of. 167.0 *6z

ZO. a. feel emo! a au | 2 | Sof Lz] g ve LE.0€ g£.0€ $1.62 706,67 £g0,0£ "gt

‘ steeeeees ZO. pasacees UL wyeo “ul rf gz ZT tt Ee Lr.0f - go.0f oL,6z: eLg. 6z ¥ 716.62 “Lz

“BO. froesseses|oaseoereel oar wyeo| *as wf | S1€ €£| 61 gf Vo.0£ 1Z,0£ £3.62 El0,0£ BzI.o£ “gz

sesgerteleseceeeeeleseeeeree! swtr | umeo! cou | eh gb vE| br gf fr.0£ $z.0f 46.62 661.0£ 107,0£ Sz

Go, |ersrereeeleereeeseel oa | egg ‘au | vb | Sth gf| vz | gf VE.0£ Z£.0£ 06,62 $90.0 Lzz.of bz

to. to. ‘ou | uw uo Iv} oF gt| bz Iv of.0£ L1.0€ £9,6z £61.62 176,62 “Ezy

Mr. |e*tee*-! ema | gaa] an | +h |. LE gf| 62 | LE 8z.08 LY.of 26,62 $Lo.6z $00.08 Sz

mendosesell Gale besseeseecbvesaee | opm} aoe gf | +f gf| £& | of gv.of gl.o£ gL.6z 696.6z $66.62 “IZ

II, |reseresselsteeeeeee) sag | ggg | cau | ob | Sob Sf] ve | ZE ¥E.0f L1,0£ VS .6z VzL.6z £3.62 Ot

5 2 ee Cd eee "9 "9 "9 gt Sgt zt Qz S¢ to.o£ 08.6z S£.6z £9.62 $09,6z 63

poss scene |ceestare ‘a | ‘ass | +s LE | gf zi| gz | vf 1L:6z 69.62 ov.6z 9tS.6z 199.62 QI

pectacetelenacsaces|oncosenadl coup | eg S| og bs 6) L~ $6 Ef] zz |} of $L.6z $1.62 9£.6z £9.62 g69.6z . | «Zr

bo. | ch. ere! og |b aupeo | ou | e| él Z $E 1£,6z L9.6z 01.62 bz£.6z 9z$.6z "gt

wesneeeee) a oz, |-ouu| ou | ou | oh | rb] zf} Le | gf 64,62 7.6% 00,62 961.62 vbz.6z SIO

Go. |rressreesieeeereres| cag | aug | cou | Sele Sb |. oF Sz | &b 6L.6z €L.6z 0,62 L61.6z 662,62 “OL

Bott tntuicnss ‘ou | °9 9 VE |: gf | S.of| gt gt 9L.6z 11,67 $£.6z £££.62 6LS 62 “$y

go. - ‘as-| s | cas.| ob | rh] .zf] gz | S¢ $3.62 96.62 oL.6z 7gl.6z +£6.62 4

preseee | BOs 21erer""| eg Somme! vou |e, |. Sb1-6 ee] of lore $£.08 $£.0£ $o,0f 611.0£ £gz,of *Or

‘60,. zo. | ‘ms |*mum} ‘an | Le | ob rf} ve | 2S $£.08 1£.08 or.of gzt.of gff.of 6

stteveeeeleeceeveeelocersreee! om 1 ema | con | bb | LE SE] gz | tp $9.62 - $6.62 £3.62 $30.08 660,0£ “L ¢

his [oboe “presseeessherness | smn | som t PE 1. GE ob] ofc Sp £1208 11,0£ 7L,6z 0£6.6z 090,08 9

oypeerrny To, | cau | upeo| a | $66 | bb | S.of| $F gv 16.6% gL.6z - $9.62 763.62 L06,6z $

ssseeeeslecseasseeleeeeereee] omg | emg | eg Sv | Sch LE 1 S82 & oLl.6z €L.6z ZL.6% $06.62. 96.62 v:

Yo. [rrr zo. | smss | mea] a vb | fob | cf] of | xb 1g.6z || | 9g.6z 01.62 186.62 686.62 | “£

4 ZT | Eo, [revereere] sms | cass | co Lb! Sb} LE| 1c | a zg.6z «|. 26.6 | oL,6z 663.62 | L£6.6z 4

£0. Lo, “|rrvrersee| ersere | og fogs | Shp | Eb gh| bz | gt £g.6% | 2g.6z LL.6z 116.62 960.08 I

w Q Fo 2] = ‘ward ary ; ; {e] “ur . urd re ue : oh “ur "xe ‘00d

JS Sees ee

oO ° 5 ig .

a ? a eS ee ea go Sey BE “HOLST ‘yotmpueg ‘Aouxi9 PP “PERSO "qUOTT

“Urey "pula *19}OULOULIOY, T, *ToyOMOLV | pated

‘AUNAUQ “asunpy younpung yo “uoysnojy ‘Cg ‘soy ay7 hq pun § NOLSoOg qv Teo, “A oe

Suopuory uma ‘MOIMSIHO 70 fgayoog 1oanyyno1240H aus fo wananer aur an moscmox sre fo, amos omnes

a ninpnr oaimaningnanoem +

THE ANNALS

AND

- Fe ENEA 2

haere

- MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 75. MARCH 1854.

XV1.—Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire :—A

description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata

from the Lias and Oolites. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &c.,

Professor of the Natural Sciences in the Cheltenham Grammar

School *.

[With two Plates. ]

Cidaris Edwardsii, Wright. Pl. XI. fig. 1, a.

Test crushed, the form therefore unknown. Ambulacral areas

narrow, with two rows of small perforated tubercles, and

smaller perforated ones interspersed amongst them ; interam-

bulacral areas about four times the width of the ambulacral,

having two rows of large tubercles with confluent areolas ; the

primary spines long, with a compound structure; the secondary

spines short with blunt apices, the surfaces of both sculptured

with delicate longitudinal lines ; mouth armed with powerful

jaws, each with three prominent tricarinated ridges. Upper

part of the test and ovarial dise unknown.

Description.—It is much to be regretted that no other speci-

men of this noble Urchin but the one before us has been ob-

tained from the Lias of Gloucestershire, and as the specimen

exhibits only the lower half of the test, many points of its ana-

tomy remain unknown; enough of its structure, however, is

shown to enable us to point out some important affinities and

differences in this rare species.

The narrow ambulacral areas are provided with two rows of

small perforated tubercles, amongst which smaller tubercles are

irregularly scattered ; these tubercles all support short stout

spines with a minutely sculptured surface, and which are abun-

* Read at a Meeting of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club, held at Chel-

tenham, May 4th, 1852.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 11

162 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

dantly preserved in situ on the specimen. The wide poriferous

avenues are occupied with large oblong pedal pores with very

thin partition-walls between them, a circumstance which forms

a good diagnostic character between C. Hdwardsii and C. Fowler,

which it very much resembles in many points of structure, the

pores in C. Fowlert being small and separated by thick partition-

walls. The interambulacral areas are four times the width of

the ambulacral, and are occupied by two rows of large tubercles

set closely together in a vertical direction, so that the areolas

above and below are quite confluent throughout.

The imperfect condition of the shell prevents us from ascer-

taining the precise number of these tubercles there were in each

row, but judging from the number (eight) contained in an im-

perfect column, we suppose there could not have been less than

from twelve to fourteen; they increase gradually in size from

the mouth upwards, and are of a moderate magnitude when

compared with the shell they adorn. The areolas are small and

not prominent, and the tubercles are deeply perforated. The

space between the two rows of tubercles is wide and filled with

close-set miliary tubercles, most of which are raised on eleva-

tions, and have their summits perforated; these all support

small spines, which are well preserved in situ in our specimen.

The spines are of two kinds—those articulated with the large

tubercles (the primaries), and those articulated with the small tu-

bereles (the secondaries). The primary spines exhibit a peculiar

structure: the head is large, increasing gradually in diameter

from the articulating cavity to the circular band ; the rim of the

acetabulum is coarsely and deeply crenulated, and ‘the raised band

is prominent, narrow, and finely milled ; the neck tapers gradually

from the band to the point where it joins the stem, which has the

same structure as the head, and its surface is delicately sculp-

tured with fine longitudinal lines ; the stem is united to the

neck by an oblique harmonia suture. The structure cf this part

of the spine differs from that of the head and neck; in the

spines denuded of their external layer, it has a horny semi-

transparent appearance ; in those in which this layer is pre-

sent the surface is sculptured with longitudinal lines of miero-

scopic delicacy, and there are numerous small proéesses, having

their points directed forwards, arranged with some regularity in

rows. The stem is circular or: slightly compressed; but as

none of the spines are complete, a part having been broken

off, we are unable to ascertain their length. The secondary

spines are very uniform in size and structure, and are abun-

dantly preserved in situ; they measure from ths to 7>ths of

an inch in length and are round, and have their surface orna-

mented with fine longitudinal lines, The mouth is armed with

from the Lias and Oolites. 163

a powerful dental apparatus: three of the jaws are very promi-

nent; the external surface of each is strengthened by three pro-

minent ridges ; the teeth are large, but are fractured. As the

under surface of the test only is shown, we are unable to describe

the ovarial dise and the dorsal surface thereof.

Affinities and differences—This Urchin belongs to the same

group as C. Fow/leri and C. maxima, Goldf. It resembles the

former in the form and structure of both areas, and in the gra-

dual development of the primary tubercles from the mouth

upwards. It is distinguished from that species, however, by the

greater size and uniform perforation of the miliary tubercles, but

above all by the form and structure of the primary spines.

Having ascertained that our conjecture * relative to the spines

of C. Fowleri is correct, from having seen a specimen recently

found with some spines attached to it, we can speak positively

upon this point.

Locality and stratigraphical range-——Found by Mr. G. E.

Gavey, C.E., in the upper shale beds of the Lower Lias at

Mickleton Tunnel near Chipping Campden. It was associated

with Pentacrinus Goldfussii, Wright, Ophioderma Gaveyi, Wnenh,

Uraster Gaveyi, Forbes, and Ammonites planicosta, Sow.

History.—Isolated plates of this species have been found in

beds of the same geological horizon in other localities of the

county of Gloucester, but the specimen before us is the only

one from which the anatomy of the Urchin could be made out.

We dedicate this species to Prof. Milne-Edwards, of the Museum

of Natural History at the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, as a tribute

of gratitude for the pleasure and profit derived from the study of

his admirable monograph on British Fossil Corals.

Cidaris Bouchardii, Wright. Pl. XI. fig. 2, a=c.

Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas narrow and flexuous ;

interambulacral areas with two rows of primary tubercles, 5-6

in each row ; the areolas of the small mammillary eminences

deeply excavated, and surrounded by an elevated ridge, on

which a distinct circle of granules for each areolar space is

disposed.

Dimensions of the largest specimen. Height 43ths of an inch,

transverse diameter 1 inch and {5ths. ;

- Dimensions of a moderate-sized apecimen. Height 34ths of

an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ;4ths.

Description.—It was for some time deshead whether the young

forms of this Urchin were not the C. elegans, Goldf., but a com-

* Annals of Nat. Hist. Oct. 1851.

d 11*

164 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

parison of several individuals of our fossil with a typical spe-

cimen of Goldfuss’s species, kindly sent us by our friend Dr.

Roemer of Bonn, which he had identified with the original

C. elegans in the Bonn Museum now under his care, has con-

vinced us of their distinctness. The test of our Urchin is

circular and much depressed from the great flattening of both

poles; the ambulacral areas are narrow and slightly flexuous,

and have two rows of small marginal granules set nearly op-

posite to each other throughout the areas. The poriferous

avenues are much depressed, and the pairs of pedal pores are

disposed in a single file. ‘The interambulacral areas are about

five times the width of the ambulacral, and have two rows of

primary tubercles of moderate size, with from five to six in each

row. The mammillary emimences on which the tubercles are

supported are surrounded by areolas deeply excavated out of the

substance of the test plates ; the margin bounding the areolas is

raised into a ridge on which a distinct row of close-set granules is

disposed, so that each tubercle is thereby separated from its fellow;

the elevation of the marginal ridges produces a zigzag depression

down the centre of the areas, which is covered with a small

close-set granulation. The mouth-opening is small and circular,

and lies in a slight depression; the apical dise is absent in all

the specimens that have yet been found. The crenulations on

the mamme are small, but distinct, and the tubercles are of

moderate size and not deeply perforated.

Affinities and differences.—This Urchin has many affinities with

C. coronata, Goldf., and C. propingua, Miinst., and has been cata-

logued as the former by some authors ; it is therefore important

that we should point out the diagnostic characters by which it is

distinguished from them. In both these corallian forms the am-

bulacral.areas have four rows of granules, whilst in C. Bouchardii

there are only two rows. From C. propingqua and C. coronata

it is further distinguished by having more rows of primary

tubercles in the interambulacral areas, in having the areolas

smaller and more deeply sunk, the tubercles proportionately

smaller, and the marginal circle of granules smaller and set

closer together. With C. marginata, Goldf., it has some affinity

) in the excavated style of its areolar spaces, but it is distinguished

from this beautiful form in having the tubercles smaller and

tore numerous. In C. marginata the ambulacral areas moreover

are broader and more prominent, and they support four rows of

small granules, whilst in C. Bouchardii there are only two. With

C. elegans,Goldf., it has no resemblance whatever ; it belongs there-

fore to a different group of Cidarites than these foreign corallian

forms. From C. Fowleri, nobis, it is distinguished by having

narrower and more deeply concealed poriferous avenues, fewer

from the Lias and OQolites. 165

primary tubercles in the interambulacral areas, and deeper exca-

_yated areolar spaces with a more elevated marginal rim around

them: these characters serve to distinguish C. Fowleri from

C. Bouchardii at a glance, and the same diagnostic traits separate

it from C. Edwardsii, nobis.

Locality and stratigraphical range——We have found this spe-

cies in the Pea-grit of the Inferior Oolite of Crickley, Leck-

hampton, and Birdlip Hills, Gloucestershire, but have never met

with any traces of it in the Upper Ragstone beds so rich in

Urchin forms. Some separate plates collected from the Bradford

clay near the Tetbury Road Station, Great Western Railway,

closely resemble this form ; but as no entire specimen, that we are

aware of, has been found, it is impossible to state whether it has

a wider range in the higher beds of the lower division of the

Oolites or not.

We dedicate this species to our friend M. Bouchard Chantereaux

of Boulogne, to whom we are indebted for some beautiful and

rare specimens of Echmoderms and other fossils from the rocks

of the Boulonnais, most kindly contributed by him to aid us in

the composition of these memoirs.

Hemicidaris minor, Agassiz. Pl. XI. fig.3, a-c.

Syn. Hemicidaris minor, Agassiz, Catalogus Systematicus, p. 9;

Agassiz and Desor’s Catalogue raisonné des Echinides, Annales

des Sei. Nat. tom. vi. p. 339.

Acrosalenia rarispina, M‘Coy, Aun. of Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. ii.

p- 411.

Test hemispherical above, flat at the base ; ambulacral areas

slightly flexuous, not prominent, with six large tubercles at

their base, and four rows of small unequal-sized granules in

the middle, diminishing to two rows in the upper part of the

areas ; interambulacral areas three times the width of the am-

bulacral, with three primary tubercles on the upper surface

and three smaller ones at the base ; the wide intertubercular

spaces are covered with small distinct nearly equal-sized gra-

nules, which form complete circles around the margins of the

areolas of the primary tubercles ; the apical dise is of mode-

rate size, and its ovarial plates are covered with a delicate gra-

nulation ; base flat, mouth-opening large and decagonal ;

pores arranged in the avenues in a single file throughout.

Height {6,ths of an inch, transverse diameter %,ths of an inch.

Description.—This beautiful little Urchin was first discovered

in the étage Bathonien of Langrune, Calvados, the true equiva-

lent of the Great Oolite of English geologists; it was entered

166 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

in M. Agassiz’s ‘ Catalogus Systematicus*’ as Hemicidaris minor,

from specimens sent to him by M. Michelin ; it afterwards found

a place in the ‘ Catalogue raisonné des Echinides’” of Agassiz and

Desor, accompanied with this remark : “ Se distingue entre tous

les Hemicidaris par les tubercules trés espacés, dont il n’y a que

deux out rois dans une rangée.—Terrain J urassique de France.—

Michelin.” Professor M‘Coy, in his paper “ On some new Me-

sozoic Radiata}, afterwards described this Urchin under the

name Acrosalenia rarispina, giving the Great Oolite of Minchin-

hampton for its locality. As that gentleman has kindly favoured

us with pen-and-ink sketches of the species described as new in

that paper, we have no difficulty in deciding on the identity of

his specimen. Moreover we have ascertained the collection from

whence it originally came. The error committed by this learned

author in the genus must have arisen from the disé in his spe-

cimen having been covered with “adhering siliceous matrix,”

and from his having overlooked the very remarkable character

pointed out by Agassiz, “ les tubercules trés espacés.” We have

been fortunate to receive a typical specimen of the original spe-

cies from the Great Oolite of Langrune, through the kindness

of our friend Professor Deslongchamps ; we have compared the

French Urchin with specimens obtained from the same locality

as that from whence Prof. M‘Coy’s was collected, and there is not

a shadow of a doubt about their perfect identity. We have

figured in detail this beautiful and singular form, to prevent the

possibility of mistakes occurring about it in future.

This pretty little Hemicidaris is very distinct from all others of

the group to which it belongs: the test is nearly hemispherical,

and the few primary tubercles stand prominently at great di-

stances apart from the surface of the test. The narrow ambulacral

areas are slightly flexuous above, and have from four to six large

perforated tubercles at their base only, the sides and upper part

of the areas having first four, and then two rows of small imper-

forate granules upon their surface about equal in size to the gra-

nulation which covers other parts of the test. The poriferous

avenues are depressed, and the pedal pores are disposed in pairs

throughout. The interambulacral areas depart considerably from

the typical structure of this portion of the test in other Hchinide ;

they are three times the width of the ambulacra, and have at

their base three large primary tubercles, two on one side and one

on the other, with a smaller tubercle above the single large one ;

on the sides and upper part of the areas-there are only three

primary tubercles, two on one side and one on the other, making

_ * Catalogus Systematicus Ectyporum Echinoderm. Foss. Mus. Neoco-

mensis, 1840,

+ Annals of Natural History, 2nd Series, vol. ii: p. 411.

€ hs groue the Léag and: Oolites. —

only three pairs of primary tubercles in the interambulacral areas,

those of the base being closely set together, and those on the

sides at great distances apart ; the tubercles are large and hemi-

spherical and only slightly perforated ; the mammillary eminences

which support them are small and ring-like with faintly marked

crenulations, and the areolas are rather wide and only slightly

grooved, so that the tubercles project prominently and abruptly

from the surface of the test. The margin of the areolas is en-

circled by a row of granules rather larger than those which cover

the rest of the intertubercular surface of the plates; here the

ape are close-set and disposed without much regularity.

‘he apical disc is of moderate size and slightly prominent ; the

five ovarial plates are large and of a heptagonal form, the ocular

plates are small and heart-shaped, and the surface of both is

covered with a close-set delicate granulation ; the anal opening

is nearly central and circular; the base is flat; the mouth-

opening is large and widely decagonal from the great span of

the ambulacral arches, and the comparative smallness of those

of the interambulacra. The spines are as yet unknown.

Affinities and differences ——This remarkable little Urchin is so

entirely different from its congeners, that it is impossible to

mistake it for any other of the group to which it belongs. The

presence of tubercles at the base of the ambulacral areas only,

and of granules on the sides of these spaces, associate it with

H. diademata, but the small number of the primary tubercles on

the mterambulacra, added to the great distance at which they are

placed apart, serve to distinguish it from the young of that spe-

cies; in fact, these characters alone are perfectly diagnostic of

H. minor among all other forms of Hemicidaris.

Locality and stratigraphical range.—It was first found in the

“Grand Oolite” of Langrune, Calvados, from whence the beau-

tifal specimen before us was obtained, and kindly sent by Pro-

fessor Deslongchamps of Caen. We take the present opportunity

of recording our grateful acknowledgements to that emiment na-

turalist for his kindness and courtesy, not only in contributing

specimens to our cabinet for comparison and reference, but

likewise for communicating many rare species of oolitie Echi-

nidz which served as the types of sevéral of M. Agassiz’s spe-

cies, and which specimens have been of much service in clear-

ing up doubts as to the identity of some other English forms.

H. minor was collected in this country by W. Walton, Esq., from

the Great Oolite of Hampton near Bath.

_ History.—First named by M. Agassiz from specimens in

M. Michelin’s cabinet ; afterwards described as Acrosalenia rari-

spina by Prof. MCoy from specimens in the Cambridge Museum,

which came from Mr. Walton’s series collected near Bath ; it has

168 Dr. T. Wright on new Species.of Echinodermata

never yet been found either by Mr. Lycett. or, ourselves in the

Great: Qolite of Minchinhampton.

Acrosalenia Crinifera, Wright. Pl. XII. fig. 1, a—d.

Syn. Echinus minutus, Buckman, Geology of Cheltenham, 2nd ed.

p- 99.

Cidarites criniferus, Quenstedt, Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde,

tab. 49. fig. 32. p. 574.

Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas narrow, with two rows

of microscopic tubercles placed at some distance apart on each

side of the areas, those of the right side alternating with those

of the left ; interambulacral areas with two rows of primary

tubercles, 9-10 in each row, so disposed that the test appears

to possess only ten rows of primary tubercles nearly equidistant

from each other ; spines long, numerous and hair-like.

Height ,5,ths of an inch, transverse diameter z%ths of an inch.

Description.—This singular little Urchin has been long known

to collectors, and has been often a puzzle to them, for although

a few specimens. have been collected in a tolerable state of pre-

servation, still for the most part the test is much injured by

pyrites ; under the most favourable circumstances, it requires a

good lens and much patient study to make out the details of its

structure. It was first found in the black shales of the lower

Lias near this town, and recently, with its hair-like spines at-

tached to the test, from the same bed near Gloucester, when ex-

cavating the new docks of that city ; it was there associated with

Ammonites oxynotus, Quenst. It is difficult to say whether this

tiny Urchin is a Hemicidaris or an Acrosalenia, and the absence

of the apical disc leaves the question unsolved; we incline to the

opinion that it is an Acrosalenia from the structure of the am-

bulacral areas, the shape, length and development of the spines

when compared with the diameter of the test, the spines being

more than four times the diameter of the latter ; be this however

as it may, it is neither an Echinus nor a Cidaris, as previous

authors have supposed. The ambulacral areas are narrow, with

two rows of small marginal tubercles not much larger than the

common granulation of the test; these tubercles are placed in

each row at some distance apart, and the tubercles of the one

side alternate with those of the opposite side ; between these rows

of tubercles the surface of the plates is adorned with a delicate

granulation, which is arranged. into a zigzag line; the tubercles

are very uniform in size and distribution throughout the areas,

and do not increase at the base thereof, as is the case in the ge-

nus Hemicidaris. The interambulacral areas are wide, and have

two rows of primary tubercles, from 9-10 in each row; their

from the Lias and Oolites. 169

mammillary eminences have well-defined areolas, the summits of

the mamme are deeply crenulated, and the tubercles are small

and widely perforated ; the areolas are confluent above and be-

low ; between the two rows of tubercles an elevated band extends

from the mouth to the apical disc, composed of from 4—6 rows

of unequal-sized granules. When viewed at the equator with

the naked eye, this Urchin appears to possess only ten rows of

tubercles placed nearly equidistant from each other ; but when

examined with an inch object-glass under the microscope its

true structure is disclosed,—the narrowness of the ambulacral

areas, the closeness and smallness of their rows of tubercles, the

granular band down the centre of the interambulacra, and the

unequal size of its component tubercles, alike contribute to make

the deception almost complete.

- The most remarkable parts of the structure of this tiny fossil

are the spines, which in some crushed specimens are preserved

in situ; they are long, delicate and hair-like, and have large

articular heads ; these spines look like so many bristles laid down

in all directions upon some slabs of the Lias shales ; in a crushed

test of four-tenths of an inch in diameter the spines measured an

inch and a half in length.

» Affinities and differences—The only Cidarites for which A. eri-

ntfera is likely to be mistaken are Diadema Mooreii and Pedina

Etheridgit ; from the former it is easily distinguished by the nar-

rowness of the ambulacral areas and the smallness of the tubercles

thereof ; from the latter it differs in the comparative smallness of

its ambulacral areas, and above all in having the mammillary

eminences of its tubercles deeply crenulated, a character which is

absent in all the Pedinas we know; at present we know of no

other Urchm in the Lias for which it can be mistaken.

- Locality and stratigraphical range—A. crinifera has been

found only in the lower shales of the lower Lias near Lans-

downe, Cheltenham, and in the same stratum near Gloucester ; it

is associated wtth Turrilites Valdani, D’Orbig., and Ammonites

oxynotus, Quenstedt. It has been collected by Prof. Quenstedt

in the lowest schist of the “ Posidonienschiefer von Pliensbach

bei Boll” in Wiirtemberg. We have before us now two slabs

of this curious bed ; one surface of the slab is covered over with

the long hair-like spies strewed about in all directions, with

- here and there the crushed test of one of these Urchins with its

spines attached and in situ.

- History.— Described by Mr. Buckman under the name Echinus

minutus, but previously noticed by M. Quenstedt in his work

on the Fleetzgebirge of Wiirtemberg ; it has been recently figured

by him in his ‘ Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde,’ under the name

Cidarites criniferus.

170 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

Diadema Davidsoni, Wright. » Pl. XI. fig. 2, a-e.

Test depressed, circular; tubercles elevated upon prominent

~mammillary eminences ; pores in a single file throughout ; a

few small secondary tubercles in the interambulacra ; the pri-

mary ambulacral tubercles nearly as large as those of the

interambulacra.

Height ,%,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ,%,ths.

Description.—This beautiful Urchin has a regular circular

test, not at all inclined to the pentagonal form of many of its

oolitic congeners. The ambulacral areas are three-fourths the

width of the interambulacral areas, and are nearly of a uniform

width throughout, tapering slightly and. gracefully inwards to-

wards their superior third; the contraction assumes the form

of a gentle curve slightly inclined towards the centre. The

double row of tubercles gradually increases in size from the

mouth to the equator, where three pairs are about the same size;

from this point upwards they gradually decrease, and terminate

in, two pairs of minute rudimentary tubercles at the disc. A

single row of granules, arranged in a zigzag form, separates the

primary tubercles from each other, a larger granule marking each

of the angles, There is no granulation or other sculpture be-

tween the mammillary eminences of the tubercles and the pori-

riferous avenues. There are from twelve to thirteen pairs of

tubercles in each area, The interambulacral areas are nearly

zsths of an inch in width, and jth wider than the ambulacral

areas; they retain their width uniformly throughout, and are

occupied by two rows of primary tubercles, nine to ten in a row,

the mammillary eminences of which are large and prominent,

and separated from each other by two rows of small granules

which extend only a short distance beyond the equator ; the

remaining space between their termination and the dise being

destitute of sculpture, where likewise the areas are slightly de-

pressed ; and a single row of granules rises on the external side

of the tubercles, with here and there a secondary tubercle towards

the basal portion of the test.

The poriferous avenues are very narrow: the pedal pores are

arranged in a single file, only three or four additional pairs being

introduced in the increased spaces around the circumference of

the mouth. The tubercles of both areas are of moderate size, but

exceedingly prominent, in consequence of being elevated upon

large mammillary eminences, the apices of which are deeply cre-

nulated. The tubercles of the ambulacral areas at the equator

are not much less than those of the interambulacral areas, but

upon the upper surface of the test they become much smaller

and more numerous.

from the Lias and Oolites. 171

_ The mouth is decagonal and of moderate size : the arches over

the bases of the ambulacral areas are about one-third greater in

span than those across the interambulacra. The disc is absent

in all the specimens, four in number, we have seen.

Affinities and differences.—This species resembles Cidarites

(Diadema) mamiillanus, Roemer, in the prominence of the tuber-

cles and depression of the test ; but Roemer’s figure*¥ is so indi-

stinet and devoid of details, that it is impossible to institute a

strict comparison between our Urchin and the one figured by

him. The difference between D. Davidsoni and D. subangulare

is so marked that it is impossible to mistake them—the penta-

gonal outline, large tubercles, wide granulated space between

the primary tubercles of both areas, with the pores arranged in

double files on the upper surface of the test, form a group of

characters which distinguish D. subangulare from our Urchin.

From D. pseudodiadema it is distinguished by the tubercles in

D. Davidsoni of the ambulacral equalling im size those of the

interambulacral areas, whilst in that species they are unequal.

The rudimentary condition of the secondary eiberalss in our

species forms a striking contrast to the size they attain in

D. pseudodiadema. The naked condition of the central parts of

the interambulacral areas connects it with D. subnudum, Ag., of

the Chalk, and the neatness of its outline allies it with other cre-

taceous forms.

Locality and stratigraphical range—We have collected this

species in the clays of the Coral rag near Calne, Wilts; it is a

very rare Urchin, as we only know four specimens of it.

We dedicate this species to our friend Thomas Davidson, Esq.,

whose learned monographs on the Brachiopoda have earned him

the gratitude of all paleontologists. We take this opportunity

likewise of recording our deep obligations to Mr. Davidson for

many friendly acts of assistance given during the preparation of

these memoirs, by which we have been enabled to compare a con-

siderable number of foreign Echinide with those of our own

island, and thereby have been enabled to obtain a better know-

ledge of the affinities existing among the Echinoderms of the

European Oolitic fauna.

Diadema Mooreti, Wright. PI. XII. fig. 3, a—d.

Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral tubercles smaller than those

of the interambulacral areas ; plates of the test covered with a

small wide-set prominent granulation ; mouth large and deca-

gonal; anal opening large ; apical dise of moderate size.

_ Height 5,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 42ths of an inch.

* Die Versteinerungen des Norddeutschen ‘Oolithen Gebirges, pl. 2.

fig. 1.

172 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata.

Description.—There is much difficulty in distinguishing some

of the smaller Diademas from each other, inasmuch as the young

condition of many of the larger species so closely resembles the

adult state of others, that it is only after one obtains a number

of individuals of different species in their various phases of

growth, that the naturalist feels himself upon sure ground when

he endeavours to distinguish the affinities and differences that

exist among them. fe

After a diligent search for Urchins in the Lias of Glouces-

tershire, we have succeeded in collecting only a very few examples

of this group from these rocks. In addition to those found here,

our friend Mr. Moore of Ilminster kindly presented us with a few

specimens which he collected from the Upper Lias near minster,

and from these collective materials the species under consider-

ation was discovered. Diadema Mooreii has a circular outline

slightly inclining to a pentagonal contour ; it is much depressed

at the upper surface and is flattened at the base. The ambu-

lacral areas are very narrow, being less than one-third the width

of the interambulacral ; their margins are occupied by two rows

of tubercles about eight in each row, which, at the base and up to

the equator, are nearly as large as those of the interambulacra ;

but from that region to the apex of the area they rapidly dimi-

nish in size, and are here very disproportionate in magnitude to

them ; a zigzag line of single granulation separates the two rows

of tubercles from each other. The interambulacral areas are

wide and well developed, and have two rows of tubercles, from

8-9 in each row, which occupy the centre of the plates; the

areolas of the tubercles on the upper surface are surrounded with

a circle of granules which separates them from each other, but

those of the base are confluent above and below. The inter-

- tubercular surface at the base of the test has a number of gra-

nules scattered over it, whilst on the upper surface, the plates are

destitute of any other ornament beyond the faint circles that

surround the tubercles. The pedal pores are arranged in pairs

in a single file; the avenues are, however, rather flexuous be-

low; the basal tubercles of both areas are nearly alike in size,

but on the dorsal surface those of the ambulacra dwindle into

large granules, whilst those of the interambulacra maintain their

size up to the last pair, which are small near the margin of the

disc. The mouth-opening is large, and its margin is divided

into ten nearly equal-sized lobes. The apical disc is partly pre-

served in the specimen here figured ; it consists of five large ovarial

plates of a heptagonal form ; two of the sides unite with the in-

terambulacral plates, two with the ocular, two with the adjoin-

ing ovarials, and the single surface contributes to form the

boundary of the anal opening, which is of moderate size; the

Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Avancidea. 173

five ocular plates are small and heart-shaped, their apex is di-

rected towards the anal opening, and their base to the area; the

madreporiform tubercle is slightly elevated on the single ovarial

plate, and the surface of the discal plates is almost destitute of

sculpture or granulation.

3 Affinities and differences.— D. Mooreti cesembles D. depressum,

Ag., in the depression of its upper surface and the flatness of its

base, likewise in having the tubercles of both areas of nearly a

uniform size around the base ; but it is readily distinguished

from D. depressum by the number and greater development of the

tubercles of the ambulacra, which mmatiinia their size throughout ;

whilst in D. Mooreii the ambulacral tubercles are fewer in num-

ber and rudimentary in size in all the upper part of the areas.

The contour of the test moreover does not assume the penta-

gonal outline of D. depressum, nor has the upper surface of the

imterambulacral areas the median depression seen on the test of

the latter. The mouth-opening is larger, and the decagonal

lobes are more equal in size in D. Mooreii than in D. depressum.

Locality and_stratigraphical range.—We have collected D.

Mooreii in the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire. Mr. Moore found

it in the same stratum near Ilminster with Ammonites communis

and A. serpentinus. Professor Deslongechamps has communicated

a specimen of this Urchin which he found in the Lias supérieure

of May, Calvados, associated with Leptena Davidsonit and The-

eidea Bouchardii and several other species.

We dedicate this species to Mr. Moore, of Ilminster, whose

assiduous researches have brought to light so many interesting

forms from the Upper Liassic beds of Somersetshire.

[To be continued. }

XVII.—Descriptions of some newly discovered species of

Araneidea. By Joun Brackwatt, F.LS.

Trike OCTONOCULINA,

Family Sarricrp2.

Genus Salticus, Latr.

Salticus promptus.

Length of an inmavare female 5,ths of an inch; length of

the cephalo-thorax 5‘; ; picadth zx; breadth of the abdomen

703 Jength of a posterior leg 4, ; length of a leg of the second

pair

me cephalo-thorax is large, glossy, nearly quadrilateral, ab-

A74 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Avancidea,’

ruptly sloped behind, depressed and prominent before, projecting’

beyond the base of the falces; it is of a fulvous colour, with ‘the’

entire space between the eyes, a line extending along the middle

of its posterior half, several oblique ones on the sides of that»

part, and the margins of a black hue, the cephalic regiom having

a slight tinge of brown, and the anterior eyes are surrounded

with white hairs. The falces are small, conical, vertical; and

have a few minute teeth on their mner surface; the’ maxillz,

which are straight, are enlarged and rounded at the extremity;

the lip is moderately long and rounded at the apex; and the«

sternum has a regular oval form. The colour of these parts is

pale yellowish brown, the sternum having a broad black border.

The lees are robust, particularly those of the anterior pair, and»

_are provided with hairs and sessile spies, two parallel rows of

the latter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibie and me-

tatarsi of the anterior legs; the fourth pair is the longest, the

first pair rather surpasses the third, and the second pair is the

shortest ; their colour is pale yellowish brown, and there is an

irregular black spot on the upper part of the coxee of the posterior

pair, and a curved one at the extremity of the femora of the

anterior pair, on the under side; each tarsus is terminated by

two curved, slightly pectinated claws, below which there is a

small scopula. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, and have

a few black spots on the cubital, radial, and digital joints, in

front. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, projecting a little

over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is clothed with black and

short hoary hairs, and is of a fulvous colour, with curved, trans-

verse, oblique rows of black spots, more or less confluent,

extending from the upper part to the sides; and on the under

part numerous black spots are distributed without regularity ;

the branchial opercula have a pale yellowish tint ; and there is a

longitudinal black streak on the upper part of each superior

spinner.

In October 1853 an immature female of this species, which is

nearly allied to Salticus frontalis and Salticus reticulatus, was

received from the Rev. Hamlet Clark, who took it near North-

ampton in the autumn of the same year. .

Salticus Jenynsii.

Length of the female ;5,ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo-

thorax +; breadth ;',; breadth of the abdomen +5; length of an

anterior leg 4; length of a leg of the third pair 3%.

The legs are robust, especially those of the first and second

pairs, and are provided with hairs and strong black spines; their

colour is yellowish brown, a longitudinal black line extending

Mr.J, Blackwall.on newly discovered species of Avaneidea. 175

long the-upper part of the femora, genua, and tibie; the an-

terior ‘and posterior pairs, which are the longest, are equal in

length, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is termi-

nated by two curved.claws, below which there is a scopula. The

i have a-yellowish brown hue, the digital joint being the

darkest. ..The cephalo-thorax is nearly quadrilateral, promment

in. front, projecting beyond the base of the falces; it is covered

with yellowish brown and black hairs intermixed, and has some

long yellowish ones below the anterior row of eyes; a narrow

black line oceurs on the margins, immediately above which there

isa longitudinal one of a yellowish brown hue. The falces are

short; powerful, conical, and vertical; the maxille are straight,

and enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; and the lip is some-

what. oval.. These parts have a yellowish brown tint, with the

exception of the bases of the maxillz and lip, which have a dark

brown hue... The sternum is small, oval, and of a brown colour,

the margins being much the darkest. The abdomen is oviform,

pointed at the spinners, convex above, projecting over the base

of the cephalo-thorax; it is densely clothed with short yellowish

brown hairs, interspersed with long black ones; a fait red-

brown line passes from the spinners along the middle of the

upper part, more than half of its length, and then separates into

two diverging branches which extend to its anterior extremity and

form a very acute angle ; these red-brown, lines have an obscure,

narrow, whitish border, bounded by a faint red-brown parallel

line, and an obscure whitish line-bisects the angular space com-

prised. between the diverging branches of the medial line; on

the under part there is an obscure dark band, which tapers gra-

dually from the sexual organs tothe spinners; and the branchial

opereula have a pale yellow hue. j

It affords me much gratification to connect with this species

of Salticus the name of so accomplished a naturalist as the

Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A., F.L.S. &c., to whose liberality Lam

indebted for this opportunity of describing the adult female. It

was comprised in a collection of spiders made in Cambridge-

shire, and obligingly placed at my disposal by Mr. Jenyns in

February 1853.

Family Drassrp2.

Genus Drassus, Walck.

Drassus propinquus.

Length of male 3th of an inch; length of the cephalo-thorax

ys; breadth 7,; breadth of the abdomen 4; ; length of a pos-

terior leg 4 ; length of a leg of the third pair 3,

The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo-

176 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Araneidea.

thorax in two short, transverse, slightly curved, concentric rows,

whose convexity is directed backwards, the intermediate ones of

the anterior row being rather the smallest and darkest of ‘the

eight. The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with slight

furrows on the sides converging towards a narrow indentation

in the medial line ; it is sparingly clothed with hoary hairs, some

of which are disposed in three faint rows on each side, along the

furrows ; the falces are conical, vertical, and armed with a few

minute teeth on the inner surface; the maxille are powerful,

enlarged where the palpi are inserted, greatly dilated. at the base,

rounded at the extremity, and inclined towards the lip, which is

longer than broad and rounded at the apex; the sternum is

heart-shaped. These parts are of a brown colour, the margins of

the cephalo-thorax and sternum, and the base of the lip being

much the darkest. The legs are long, slender, provided with hairs

and sessile spines, and are of a yellowish brown colour, with the

exception of the femora of the first and second pairs which have

a dark brown hue, those of the second pair being the paler ; the

fourth pair is rather ionger than the first, which surpasses the se-

cond, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated

by two plain curved claws, below which there is a small scopula.

he palpi are robust ; the humeral and cubital joints are somewhat

darker coloured than the legs, and the radial and digital joints

have a dark brown tint ; the humeral joint has a gibbosity near its

extremity on the under side, which is provided with short hairs,

and the radial joint projects forwards, from its outer side, a very

large curved apophysis, whose yellowish brown extremity ‘is

slightly bifid; the digital joint is of an elongated oval form,

convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the

palpal organs ; these organs are highly developed, very protu-

berant at the base, which is convex and glossy, and have a small

prominent process at the extremity; they are of a dark brown

colour faintly tinged with red. The abdomen is oviform, glossy,

thinly clothed with short hairs, convex above, projecting a little

over the base of the cephalo-thorax, and is of a dark brown

colour, the under part being the palest; there is a spot on each

side of the anterior extremity, a fine line extending thence along

the middle of the upper part nearly half of its length, and an

oblique, transverse, curved line, whose extremities pass along the

sides to the under part, and whose middle portion, abruptly

curved forwards, is bisected by the point of the fine medial line ;

these marks are somewhat obscure, of a deep yellowish brown

hue, and are sparingly covered with hoary hairs; a few white

hairs form a minute spot immediately above the spinners, and

the colour of the branchial opercula is brown.

Two adult males of Drassus propinguus, which is closely allied

Ves Blackwall on newly Sicbeared's species of Araneidea. 177

2et 2or

to. Drassus aitene, were captured i in the spring of 1853; one

»funning on a public road near Llanrwst, and the other in’ a

_ window of the eee at Oakland. In the sammer of the

same year Mr. R. H. Meade took an adult male of this species

; san Tiorielk.- .

oft em : Family LinyPHIip2&.

; :- 3 es Genus Linyphia, Latr.

Jl gpdhorsace Linyphia tenella.

ag 38 of the female si;th of an inch; length of the cephalo-

gz breadth -'; ; “breadth of the abdomen 7 #93 length of

7 an anterior leg 4; length of a leg of the third pair 3.

_.. The cephalo-t orax i8 oval, convex, glossy, with an indentation

“in the medial line; the falces are conical, vertical, and armed

with minute teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are straight,

_with the exterior angle at the extremity curvilmear. These parts

. have. a. brown tint, with the exception of the lateral margins:of

the cephalo-thorax, which are black. The lip. is semicireular

prominent at the apex; and the sternum is convex, glossy,

nd heart-shaped... Both these parts have a very dark brown

_ The eyes are seated on black.spots ; those of each lateral

_ pair are placed obliquely on a small tubercle and are contiguous,

_and the anterior eyes of the four intermediate ones forming the

trapezoid are seated ona slight protuberance and are the smallest

and. darkest of the eight. The legs are-long, slender, provided

_with hairs. and fine spines, and have a light yellowish red tint ;

the first pair is the longest, the second pair slightly surpasses

_the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is ter-

_ mainated by three claws; the two superior ones are curved and

pectinated, and the inferior one. is inflected near its base. The

palpi resemble the legs in colour. The abdomen is oviform,

pointed at the spinners, sparingly supplied with short hairs,

_glossy, convex. above, and projects over the base of the cephalo-

thorax ; it is of a dull clive-green hue, the under part being the

darkest, and along the middle of the upper part there extends a

_very obscure series of angular lines of a deeper shade having

their vertices directed forwards; the sexual organs present two

parallel, convex, glossy prominences of a red- brown. colour.

_ An adult female of this Linyphia was received from Mr. R.

I. Meade. in September, and an immature one from the Rev.

rbnonales Clark in. Oetober 1853.

Linyphia circumspecta.

Length of the male! th of an inch; length oft the eephalo-

thorax 9"; ; breedthy: sty breadth of the abdomen ! ¥05 length of

an anterior leg 5 hee of a leg of the third pair 4.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 12

178° Mr: J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Araneidea:

The eyes are seated on black spots; the four intermediate”

ones form a trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest, and’

those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a minute’

tubercle and are contiguous; the posterior eyes of the trapezoid’

are the largest and the anterior ones the smallest of the eight.

The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with slight furrows on™

the sides converging towards an indentation in the medial line's’

the falces are conical, armed with a few small teeth on the inner’

surface, and somewhat inclined towards the sternum, which is”

broad and heart-shaped; the maxille are enlarged where the’

palpi are inserted, and slightly inclined towards the lip, which is

semicircular and prominent at the apex ; the legs are long, slender,

and provided with hairs and fine spines; the first pair is the

longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; each”

tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two superior ones are

curved and minutely pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected

near its base. These parts are of a yellowish brown colour; the

sternum, lip, and lateral margins of the cephalo-thorax are the

darkest, the legs much the palest, and the falces and -maxille

are faintly tinged with red. The palpi resemble the legs im

colour, with the exception of the digital joint which has a brown

hue; the cubital and radial joints are short, the latter being the

stronger; the digital joint is oval, with a depressed, curved pro-

cess at the base, on the outer side; it is convex and hairy exter--

nally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are’

highly developed, prominent, with a black filiform spine at the’

extremity curved in a circular form, and are of a red-brown

colour. The convex sides of the digital jomts are directed

towards each other. The abdomen is oviform, pointed at the

spinners, thinly clothed with hairs, glossy, convex above, and

projects over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a yellowish

brown colour, the under part being much the darkest, and has

an obscure series of dark angular lines, whose vertices are directed

forwards, extending along the middle of the upper part: between

the branchial opercula there is a rather prominent transverse fold.

In the autumn 1853, males of this species, having their palpal

organs fully developed, were discovered among herbage growing

in woods about Oakland.

Linyphia flavipes.

Length of the male ;,th of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax z',; breadth 34,; breadth of the abdomen 3’, ; length of.

an anterior leg +; length of a leg of the third pair 4. 3

The legs are long, slender, provided with hairs and fine spines,

and of a pale yellow colour faintly tinged with brown ; the first

pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the,

shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two

Mr. J. Blackwall on newly. discovered species of Araneidea. 179

superior.ones are curved and minutely pectinated, and the inferior

one is,inflected near its base.. The palpi have a brown-black

tint ; the radial joint is stronger than the cubital, and is some-

what produced in front ; the digital joint is oval, with a lobe on

the outer side ; itis convex and hairy externally, concave within,

comprising: the palpal organs, which are highly developed, pro-

tuberant, complicated in structure, with a curved prominent

process. near the base, on the outer side, a few very short pointed

ones; at the extremity, and are of a reddish brown hue. The

conyex sides of the digital joints are directed towards each other.

The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with slight furrows

on the sides converging towards an indentation in the medial.

line; the falces are conical, armed with a few teeth on the inner

surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is broad,

convex, and heart-shaped; the maxille are straight, with the

exterior angle at the extremity curvilinear; and the lip is semi-

circular and prominent at the apex. These parts are of.a

brownish black hue, the falees and maxille being faintly tinged

with red. The four intermediate eyes form a trapezoid whose

anterior side is the shortest, and those of each lateral pair are

seated obliquely on a tubercle and are nearly contiguous; the

anterior eyes of the trapezoid are placed on a slight protuberance

and are the smallest and darkest of the eight.. The abdomen is

oyiform, glossy, thinly clothed with hairs, convex above, pro-

jecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax, and is of a brownish

black colour. Some individuals have an obscure series of slightly

angular lines of a pale brown colour, whose vertices are directed

forwards, extending along the upper part of the abdomen.

Adult males of Linyphia flavipes were found among moss. in

woods at Oakland in the summer of 1853.

Genus Neriéne, Blackw.

Neriéne herbigrada.

Length of the female ;',th of an inch; length of the cephalo-

thorax 3, ; breadth =4,; breadth of the abdomen ,,; length of

an anterior leg ;4,; length of a leg of the third pair +4.

The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with an indentation

in the medial line; the falces are powerful, conical, vertical,

divergent at the extremity, and armed with teeth on the inner

surface ; the maxille are enlarged where the palpi are inserted,

and inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular and prominent

at the apex ; and the sternum is broad and heart-shaped. These

parts have a brown hue; the sternum and lip are the darkest,

and the falces and maxille, which are the palest, are faintly

tinged with red. The eyes are seated on black spots; those of

each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a small tubercle, and

12*

180 Dr. T. Williamson the Mechanism of Aquatic

are contiguous, and the anterior eyes of the four mtermediate

ones forming the trapezoid, which are near to each other, are

the smallest and darkest of the eight. The legs are’ provided

with hairs, and have a yellowish brown hue; the anterior and

posterior pairs, which are the longest, are equal in length, and

the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three

claws ; the two superior ones are curved and slightly peetimated,

and the inferior one is inflected near its base. The ‘palpi

resemble the legs in colour. The abdomen is oviform, hairy,

glossy, convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalo-

thorax; it is of a pale brown colour, with obscure spots of a

deeper shade, the under part being rather the darkest; the

sexual organs have a reddish brown hue, and their anterior

margin is prominent and semicircular.

The colours of the sexes are similar. The male has the

humeral joint of its palpi curved towards the cephalo-thorax,

which has a narrow indentation immediately behind each lateral

pair of eyes; the radial is larger than the cubital joint and pro-

jects a strong obtuse apophysis from its extremity, im front,

towards the inner side; the digital joint is somewhat oval, with

a large lobe on the outer side; it is convex and hairy externally,

concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly

developed, complicated in structure, with a curved prominent

process at their base, on the outer side, another, situated under-

neath, which has its extremity enlarged and depressed, and two

long, contiguous, filiform, black spines, originating near their

base, on the outer side, which pass obliquely downwards, and

curving round their extremity, extend considerably beyond the

termination of the digital jomt: the colour of these organs is

red-brown,

Early in October 1853 both sexes of Neriéne herbigrada, ina

mature state, were detected among coarse herbage and moss

growing in woods on the northern slope of Gallt y Rhyg. Like

WNeriéne sulcata, this species makes a near approximation to the

spiders of the genus Walckenaéra.

XVIII.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

Structure of the Oryans of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

By Tuomas Wixuiams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

[With two Plate. ]

[Continued from p. 137.]

Tue orbit of the blood-proper in the Annelid is conducted in

obedience to the simplest hydraulic principles. The Annelid is

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 181

yermiform in figure. A dorsal vessel carries the blood from the

tail to the head, a ventral in the reverse direction. The inter-

mediate currents invariably, in every species, bear from the latter

unto the former vessel. This fact is perfectly patent to the eye

of every observer. The blood enters into the dorsal vessel from

the viscera, from the ventral trunk into the viscera, In sim-

plicity of mechanical principles nothing can exceed such an ar-

rangement. The annulose ‘circulation’ observes two leading

directions, longitudinal and transverse. The dorsal trunk is

propulsive, the ventral distributive, the cesophageal ring con-

nective. Let the circulatory system of the articulated animal be

studied with reference to this comparative standard.

Myriapoda, Insecta, Arachnida.

_ These three classes are distinguished by one type of organi-

zation. The blood-system, the nervous, and the respiratory are

constructed upon one essential plan. A law, true of one, cannot

therefore suffer aberration in the other. The unity of nature’s

constructive principles are observed with rigid inyiolability, The

lowest Myriapod is remoyed from the highest Annelid only by

a short distance: the former im the adult state has no chyl-

aqueous fluid, the latter no tracheal system. Is it mechanically

reasonable that the introduction of ‘ trachee’ into the organism

should involve a radical change of plan in the orbital direction

of the blood-current? It must be so, if Mr. Newport’s expo-

sition of this subject be founded in truth. In the Annelid the

eye follows with clearness and certainty the currents in all the

lateral yessels attached to the dorsal trunk moving info or in the

direction of the latter. In what Mr. Newport has called the

systemic arteries in Myriapods and Arachnids, the blood moves

in a contrary direction, from the dorsal vessel towards the viscera.

Those very vessels which in the Annelid can be proved indu-

bitably, by the eye, to be veins, are suddenly in the very next

class reversed into arteries! Which is the more probable,—that

her observers have perpetrated a paradox, or that nature has

reversed her course? The subject deserves a more accurate

examination.

All English and continental anatomists have implicitly followed

Mr. Newport; where he is in error they are wrong, where he is

truthful they are right. It is his exposition of this subject there-

fore that must be measured by the standard of actual nature.

Disciples will obey the master-teacher.

Mr. Newport’s researches on the “ Circulation of the Blood”

in the Myriapods, Insects, and Arachnids, constituted a remark-

182 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

able ra in the anatomical history of the Invertebrate animals*.

His researches are masterpieces of minute and difficult ana-

tomy ; they deserve, as they have received, the admiration of all

scientific men. The age of authority is gone by. Truth must

now be reyerenced at her native shrine, and Mr. Newport must

submit to the criticism of his peers. Mr. Newport’s anatomy is

exact, but his reasoning is unintelligibly contradictory. His

researches relate exclusively to the central parts of the circu-

lating system of the tracheary Articulata; he has not attempted

to investigate the peripheric. This is a natural division of this

subject. Let these heads be discussed separately.

Central Parts of the Circulatory System in the Myriapoda, ©

Insecta, and Arachnida.

The researches of Baker, Carus, Wagner +, Lyonet f, Cuvier §,

Treviranus |{, Latreille{, Straus-Durkheim**, Mr. Bowerbank +t,

Tyrrel tt, Miller §§, Hunter, Lord |||, Newport ¢{], m con-

nexion with this subject, should be historically signalized ; they

deserve the reverence, but not the servile acceptance, of the sci-

entific scholar ; they involve a vast mass of laboriously acquired

knowledge ; they constitute the foundation whereon all future

additions must rest.

The myriapodal ‘ circulation ’ exists in its least complex form

in the Julide. Of this family the Spirostrepti and Spiroboli re-

present the lowest genera. Mr. Newport has proved that the

chambers of the heart decrease in number as the articulate scale

is followed upwards from the lowest Myriapod to the highest

Arachnid. This principle is not observed in the larva of all m-

sects. In several aquatic species, the great venous abdominal

currents may be followed most perfectly with the eye, and seen to

enter the dorsal vessel only at its posterior extremity, where alone

auricular orifices exist (Pl. IX. fig. 4, 4). The dorsal vessel (a) of

* On the nervous and circulatory systems, and,on the existence of a

complete circulation of blood in vessels, in Myriapoda and Macrourous

Arachnida, Phil. Trans. 1843. Also Art. Insecta, Cyclop. Anat. and Phys. ;

and various papers in the ‘ Linnean Transactions,’ by George Newport, Esq.

+ Isis, 1832. t Traité Anatomique de la Chénille, &ec., 1760.

§ Lecous: d’ Anat. Comp.

|| Die Arachniden, 1812; and also his Vermischte Schriften Anato-

mischen und Physiologischen Inhalts. Gottingen, 1816 (Die Spinne), p. 5.

* Cours d’Entomologie, &c., Paris, 1831.

** Considérations générales sur Anat. Comp. des An. Art., 4to, Paris,

1828.

+t Entom. Mag. vol. i. April 1833.

ti Proceedings of the Royal Society, 1835.

§§ Nova Acta Nat. xii. 2.

i\\| Medical Gazette, 1838. 4 Op. cit.

..... Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 183

the larva of the Insect therefore bears a closer typal analogy to that

of the Annelid than that which is presented by that of the lowest

Myriapod.. The dorsal vessel of certain transparent aquatic

larve may be readily defined under the microscope ; its pul-

sations and currents may be perfectly observed. The corpuscles

floating in the blood mark with great clearness the direction of

the current. .It is certain that in some species the systemic

arteries (fig.1,f, & fig.3,n2,n.) (of Mr. Newport) do not exist.

aes in which these vessels are detectable, the current which

they convey tends éowards, not from, the dorsal vessel. Repeated

observations have convinced the author upon this point. They

are venous, not arterial; they return the blood from the viscera

into the dorsal vessel; these vessels are described everywhere, in

all his writings, by Mr. Newport, as visceral arteries; his dis-

sections have notwithstanding traced them into anastomosis with

branches coming from the supraspinal artery (fig. 1, c, fig. 3, ¢, e,

fig. 2,6). . In this vessel the blood moves from the head in the

direction of the tail; it follows therefore that the currents con-

veyed. by the anastomosing branches must meet each other in the

same vessel! action and reaction are equal and contrary! stag-

nation results! The subspinal venous trunk (fig. 3, ¢, /) discovered

by Mr. Newport in Insects and Arachnids does not exist in the

Myriapod. In the latter, therefore, the primary channels of the

system of the blood do not exceed two in number, the dorsal and

the ventral. This is the case in the Annelid ; the ventral vessel

of the Annelid undulates much less obviously than the dorsal.

It receives all its blood from the dorsal by means of the

esophageal collar-branches: it distributes. it chiefly to the

integumentary structures. Trunks of secondary size proceed

backwards, in some species from the heart, in others from the

cesophageal vessels, expressly to supply the walls of the alimentary

canal*, Now the vems which return this blood from the glan-

dular parietes of the intestinal canal in the Annelid enter into

the dorsal vessel precisely in the same manner as the systemic

arteries are described by Mr. Newport to proceed from this vessel

in the Myriapod, Insect, and the Arachnid. In classes so conti-

guous, why should the functions of the same vessels be reversed ?

Mr. Newport’s views are drawn from anatomical structures ; he

has never seen the blood moving im these so-called systemic

arteries ; he ignores the argument of analogy drawn from the

living circulation of the Annelid; he does not perceive the me-

chanical difficulty with which the blood would enter these vessels

from the segmental heart, on the supposition of their arterial

character. They arise from the latter at its extreme posterior

* See the Author’s Report on the British Annelida in the Transactions

of the British Association for 1851.

184 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

end (PI. 1X. fig. 3, n, n)—at that very point at which way should

enter if they were veins.

A large wave of blood rushing forwards may ‘be tidarig seenin

the dorsal vessel’ of larvae (fig. 4; b, a): the chambered dorsal

vessel contracts from behind forward; it observes the law of the

Annelidan ; the hindmost chamber contraéts first, that next ‘to

it in advance next, and so on. The systolic movement ‘does not

oceur throughout ‘the whole length of the vessel at the same

time, but in parts from behind forwards as the wave of blood

travels.. In two adjacent chambers the actions of systole: ‘and

diastole are alternate.

here is in fact no functional difference whatever Lanett te

dorsal vessel of the Annelid and that of the articulated animal ;

they are distinguished only in structure.’ In the Myriapod, the

tubular vessel of the Annelid is reinforced with propelling power

at successive points=the chambered hearts. Inthe articulated

animal this ewtra power in the central vessel is absolutely re-

quired. In the Annelid every vessel in the body is an elastic

tube tightly embracing the fluid contents. The channels through

which the blood moves in the Articulata do not closely grasp the

eontained fluid (fig. 2,9); they are indeed bounded by definitive

membranes, but they are not elastic contractile structures fitted

mechanically to favour the cireulation of the fluids (Pl. X. fig. 10,

b,c). This circumstance ought not to involve an alteration in the

type of the circulation. But if the systemic arteries of Mr. Newport

be really arteries, then the plan and principle of the circulatory

systems of the Annelid and the Myriapod must be diametrically

dissimilar. If they be arteries, the eircuit of the fluids cannot

be explained without involving physical contradictions. The

author is however convinced that Mr. Newport has committed

the mistake of imputing to vessels an arterial character, which

observation and analogy prove to be venous.

The orbit of the blood-current in the Myriapod conforms in

every particular with the Annelidan type. Ad/ vessels attached

to the dorsal vessel behind the esophageal collar (fig. 1, b) are

afferent with respect to that trunk. A// branches connected

with the great ventral or supraspinal vessel posterior to the same

limit are efferent with respect to this vessel: The currents in

these latter branches are divisible into two orders—that first

which supplies the viscera, that secondly which is distributed to

the integuments: the current from the first, after having tra-

versed the viscera en route, returns into the dorsal vessel under

a venous chavacter by means of the systemic arteries (sic) of Mr.

Newport. That from the second is poured from various sources

into the great splanchnic sinuses which enter the dorsal vessel

at the auricular orifices.

ass Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 7 185

{Inthe dorsal vessel; from the extreme tail to the extreme head,

the blood moves forwards, in the ventral backwards: in all

branches whether integumentary or visceral, from the latter into

the,former. . The dorsal vessel is afferent only with respect to

those parts which are situated anteriorly to the esophageal ring ;

the ventral is efferent only to the same parts—it is distributive

toall others...

» The preceding account of the course of the blood in the My-

riapoda embraces’ conclusions suggested by careful study and

numerous observations ; it is recommended by its mechanical

simplicity ; it entangles the physiologist in no hydraulic con-

)That, of the Insect (fig. 2) is regulated in exact. conformity

to' the myriapodal type... The dorsal vessel (a) in the Insect

exhibits signs of concentration ; it is only the abdominal portion

that is multiplied into chambers; through the thorax the vessel

is continued in form of a simple tube. The auricular orifice of

these chambers is furnished with a more perfect valvular appa-

ratus.. The same observations apply to the so-called systemic

arteries of Insects as to those of Myriapoda. .To the presence

of these vessels in this class, however, no allusion is made by Mr.

Newport*... If they exist in the Myriapod, they must also exist

in the adult Insect.

» The supra-spinal trunk (fig..2, 5) in Insects, as in Myriapods,

is the great centre of the ventral. circulation. It receives all its

blood from the dorsal vessel| by means of the anterior branches

into which the latter divides; it supplies chiefly the external

structures and the nervous chords. Either from the descending

aortic branches or from the anterior part of the supraspinal artery,

there proceed backwards along the ventral aspect of the viscera,

one or more secondary trunks which correspond with those which

im the Annelids are exclusively distributed over the parietes of the

alimentary canal ; in these, the direction of the blood corresponds

with ‘that in the great ventral artery; like the latter, they are

afferent and distributive. All the blood, thus, by means of these

trunks, entering the viscera from below, reaches again the dorsal

vessel, conducted by the so-called “ systemic arteries.” In Insects

the vessels connected with the abdominal circulation are more

perfect, mechanically, as conduits, than those traversing the exte-

rior structures of the body. This explains the difference of

structure which exists between the systemic arteries (sic) and the

loose membranous channels (fig. 2, g, f, e) opening into the auricles

of the heart. The former belong to a distinct segment (the vis-

ceral) of the circulation, the latter to the integumentary or peri-

* See article Insecta, Cyclop. Anat. and Phys.

186 Dr. T.. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

pheral. In the Insect, as in the Myriapod and the Annelid, the

circulatory current acknowledges two main directions; in all

dorsal trunks, from the extreme tail to the antenne, the moye-

ment of the blood is forwards, in all ventral trunks it assumes

an opposite course. )

In all branches connecting more or less transversely these tw

systems of longitudinal trunks, the blood travels from, below

upwards, from the ventral in the direction of the dorsal trunks.

On the supposition that the “systemic arteries” are distributive

neither in Insects nor in Myriapods, is it possible to solve the

-mechanical problem of the circulation? As now expleined, the

principle of the system is intelligible and consistent. It is

asserted with great confidence by the physiologist, that in Insects

no distinction into venous and arterial. blood can prevail. The

‘ubiquity of the trachez renders such a distinction impossible. .

Such are the doctrines now taught ; they aie not necessarily

true; at present neither the extreme peripheric parts of the

blood-system, nor those of the tracheze are known. New ques-

tions, to be presently propounded, will prove that the material

conditions of the processes of nutrition and respiration in the air-

breathing Articulata are as yet by no means clearly defined.

But let the central parts of the circulation in Arachnids be first

defined. |

To Mr. Newport. is due the credit of first solving the problem

of the ‘ circulation’ in the Arachnid; but his solution is neither

clear nor complete*. On his interpretation, conceding the merit

of correctness to his descriptive anatomy, the cireuit of the

blood cannot be consistently described... Like that of the My-

riapod and the Insect, the dorsal. vessel (fig..3,p,a) of the

Arachnid extends from the tail to the head, along the dorsal

median line. With its sides, along its entire course, there are

connected two orders of branches ; first, the pneumo- or brancho-

cardiac canals (fig. 3, k, k, k), which return the blood from the

pulmonary or branchial sacs (g) ; secondly, the systemic arteries

(n,n) of Mr. Newport}. At its anterior extremity it breaks

forth mto a great number of branches destined for the supply

of the appendages. To the dorsal vessel in the Arachnid Mr, .

Newport assigns an extraordinary duplicity of action. According

* See his papers in the Phil. Trans. Part ii. 1843,

+ Iam very desirous in this place to invite the attention of the, student

in comparative anatomy to the beautiful work now being published by M.

Emile Blanchard; it is entitled ‘ L’Organisation du Régne Animal,’ a Paris,

chez Victor Masson et J. B. Bailliére. The delineations which adorn this

work are executed in the first style of French art. M. Blanchard impli-

citly follows the interpretation of the circulatory system of the Arachnids,

rendered by Mr. Newport.

oo Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 187

to him; thé same straight vessel (p, a), and furnished too with

valves opening in one direction, sends the blood in two diame-

trically opposed currents! forwards towards the head, . and

directly backwards towards the tail at the same moment*. He

thus wantonly violates the unity of principle which presides over

the distribution of the blood in the whole annulese and arti-

ctilated series. ~

» Directly contrary to the views of Mr. Newport, the blood in

truth, in the caudal artery (fig. 3,p) of the Arachnid; moves

forwards, not backwards. It follows therefore, that in the ventral

‘trank (/) of the tail of the Scorpion the direction of the current

is backwards, not forwards as stated by Mr. Newport. The

spneumo-cardiae channels (k, k, k) enter the auricles of the heart ;

the systemic arteries arise (Newport) from almost the same point

in-the walls of the chambers. The author has already argued

in favour of the venous character of these vessels in Myriapods

and Insects: if in the latter classes they be venous, they cannot

be arterial in the Scorpion ; they are the same vessels—they

present the same relations—they are connected with the viscera

in the same manner. They anastomose with the branches which

d upwards from the supraspinal visceral arteries. Hence-

forth they will be called systemic veins.

At its cephalic extremity in the Scorpion, the dorsal vessel

divides into three groups of secondary trunks (fig. 3, 5, e, d),—

those first which supply the brain, head and tentacles,—those

secondly which proceed to the claws and legs,—and lastly those

which form the great ventral longitudinal trunks of the body.

In the Scorpion they consist of two orders, those first which

Mr. Newport in this instance has called the visceral arteries (4),

and secondly the swpraspinal artery (c). If the visceral arteries

exist as separate trunks in Arachnids, they must be present

_.* This is his language :—“ Having traced the distribution of the arterial

yessels from the anterior extremity of the heart, it remains now to follow

those of the posterior, which afford some curious peculiarities. The last

two chambers of the heart, which are situated in the seventh segment of

the abdomen, are greatly reduced in size, and constitute the origin of the

caudal artery (fig. 3, p, of the author’s plate), and seem to be the means

by which part of the current of the blood is directed backwards to the tail.”

See page 292 of his paper on the Myriapods and Arachnids, in the Phil.

Trans. 1843. There are eight valves to the heart. The anterior six act

forwards. The two posterior act directly backwards (Newport) !—Is this

probable, pisucioginally or mechanically? Does it not involve a hydraulic

absurdity? ‘Can the same linear tube, whose contractions begin behind and

travel undulatorily forwards, drive the contained fluid simultaneously baek-

wards and forwards? (!) Why should this reversal of the blood-current

take place in the same homologous vessel in the Arachnid, and no¢ in the

Insect and the Myriapod? The mere addition of a tail to the Scorpion

does not necessitate sueh a mechanical paradox.

188 Dr. T, Williams on the Mechanism of Ayuatic

under some form in the Myriapod and. the Insect... They consti-

tute a conspicuous class of distributive vessels in. the Anne-

lids. Mr. Newport does not suspect even their existence in the

Myriapod and the Insect. He replaces them by his incompré-

hensible systemic arteries. In the pulmonary Arachnids a great

venous abdominal trunk (fig. 3, e, /) is superadded to the system

of the circulation. It conveys forwards the blood (according to

Mr. Newport) from the caudal region, This again is undoubt-

edly an error. In this vessel in the Arachnid, as in the Insect,

the course of the blood is backwards ; it disteibabes: it over. the

branchiz, from which it is returned by the pneumo-cardiac

ehannels to the heart again to repeat the same course.

The corresponding central parts of the ¢racheary Mitte

require but few preparatory words :—

In the Myriapods the large trachesee communicate externality

with the spiracles. In the Scolopendride, e.g. the Lithobius,

they exist on alternate rings to the number of eight or ten. The

trachee proceed thence in longitudinal trunks to be distributed

over every part of the body.

In Insects the spiracles are usually nine in number on each

side ; each spiracle consists of a horny ring of an oval form,

within which is.a valve formed of a series of converging fibres,

and which opens perpendicularly on its long axis guarding the

external entrance*. In the perfect Insect the spiracles of the

abdomen are small, those of the larva large. In the latter, abdo-

minal respiration is most active ; in the former, the thoracic is

predominant. In Insects as in Myriapods, the tracheze, arising

at the spiracles, are distributed over every part of the body

(Plate X. fig. 8). The tracheze of all larve are simply tubular,

those of all volant perfect insects are dilated at various parts

into vesicles.

In some tribes, as in most of the Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera,

and Diptera, these sacs are present in almost every species and

occupy a large portion of the interior of the body, more espe-

cially of the abdominal region. They exist only in the volant

species of the Coleoptera. They are present in the winged Cara-

bide, but not in the apterous. The trachez, in those species

of Orthoptera which are merely saltatorial in habits, never dilate

into vesicles. M. Emile Blanchard declares that the substance

of the walls of these vesicles is channelled into plexiform passages

for the blood. This is most certainly incorrect. These sacs

have no reference to the respiratory process; they subserve only

a mechanical use; without them the insect could not fly. They

exist in the male of the common Glow-worm, but not in the

female (Newport).

* Art. Insecta, Cyclop. Anat, and Phys.

2 1\\Respiration’ in Invertebrate Animals. ‘189

~The relation of the trachez to the blood-currents will be studied

nder the next head.

Sid) HH, S9NSIaiZS VSG :

Peripheral extremes of the respiratory and circulatory systems in

is9Tg strtapeds, Insecta, and Arachnida.

* Tn their extreme distributions these two great systems will be

Most advantageously studied in connexion, There prevails be-

tween them an extensive parallelism; they are not, however,

everywhere in coincidence. Though much has been accomplished

by the ingenuity of minute anatomists during the last few years

to dispel the difficulties of this subject, much still remains to be

unravelled. Swammerdam, Malpighi, Lyonet, and Cuvier*, did

really no more than discover the existence of the dorsal vessel.

It was at this time that Cuvier first made the felicitous obser-

vation, “‘Le fluide nourricier, ne pouvant aller chercher lair,

eest Pair qui vient le chercher pour se combiner avec Iu.”

Cuvier believed the fluids in the Insect to be stagnant, except

in the dorsal vessel, in which they only oscillated to and fro.

In the year 1827 Carus saw the movement of the blood in

the transparent larve of the Ephemeride and Agrionidet+.

Carus could not trace the currents to their remote courses.

Wagner in 1832+ confirmed the observations of Carus. Straus

added his authority upon the same point. Mr. Bowerbank§

has published admirable observations on the circulation of the

blood in the wings of Chrysopa perla and Phlogophora meticulosa

in the order Lepidoptera. Mr. Bowerbank has in no instance,

however, followed the blood beyond the larger nervures of the

wings, in which he saw the current (accompanied always by a

trachea) turning back at certain points. He nowhere states that

these eurrents followed the trachez to their extreme ramifications.

Mr. Newport corroborates these observations in his article

“Tnsecta,” in the Cyclopzdia of Anatomy and Physiology. In »

the year 1848, M. E. Blanchard|| published a celebrated essay,

in which he first announced the ingenious experiments which led

him to conclude that the blood éravelled everywhere in the sheaths

of the trachez :—“il est démontré que le fluide nourricier

pénétre entre les deux membranes qui les constituent.” M.

Emile Blanchard does not attempt to show how the blood

can describe a circuit in such a manner and in such a situa-

* Sur la Nutrition dans les Insectes, Mém. de la Société d’Hist. Nat. de

Paris, 1797.

+ Nova Acta Physica, vol. xv. 1834.

- ¢ oe iiber den Kreislauf des Blutes, &c. bei den Insecten,

sis 1832.

§ Entomological Magazine, 1833.

|| Annales des Sciences Nat., 3™¢ série, Sur la Circulation dans les In-

sectes, &c.

190 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

tion, But his conclusions have by no means received the un=:

divided assent of subsequent observers*. It is easy»to prove»

that the coverings of the tracheze are very unlike those im)

plied. in the inferences of M. Blanchard... This will be ‘after:

wards done. if

Agassiz} declares that he has repeated. the injections of M:»

Blanchard with confirmatory results... At this period M.Charles

Bassi and M. Filippit undertook especially to examine: this’

question. They fed the larve of Sphinx atropos and Bombyx:

mori on indigo, cochineal and other coloured substances ; they»

found on dissection that the trachez were everywhere coloured;

they satisfied themselves that the colour was limited to the tunics

of the aériferous tubes ; it never entered into the interior.) Prof. |

Alessandrini§, varymg the preceding observations, concludes

from similar experiments that the coloured matter: actually

enters into the interior of the tracheal tube +‘ Le Prof. Ales~

sandrini crut remarquer que la matiére colorée était contenue

dans l’intérieur méme des trachées, et que la coloration dépen+9

dait. ainsi d’une véritable injection de. vaisseaux trachéens.”

The famed observations of Mr. Bowerbank lend support to the

views of the French and Italian observers just explained. He

remarks, “the course of the blood is almost invariably in imme-

diate connexion with that of the trachee.” Mr. Newport, in’

his article “ Insecta,” teaches precisely the same doctrine. Ina)

paper very recently || read before the Linnean Society on the Jeh- -

neumon atropos, Mr. Newport states, “that the ramifications of the

trachez which penetrate the structure of the alimentary canal and

of every other organ, become denuded of their external covering,

and then seem to form only two tissues, the spiral and the

mucous ; if indeed there be not also, as he has some reason to

think, an extremely delicate serous or basement, closely adherent

to and uniting the coils of the fibrous tissue on its external

* With reference to the remarkable relation which, according to M/

Blanchard, subsists between the trachez and the blood, it is important that

his views should be clearly apprehended. He says again,—*‘ Mais n’est-

ce pas plus encore sous le rapport de la nutrition que ces tubes respi-

ratoires, dont nous connaissons la nature actuellement, doivent arréter notre

attention. En portant de l’air dans leur intérieur ils portent le sang dans

leur périphérie. Ces trachées divisées et ramifiées & l’infini dans Ja pro-

fondeur de ’écondmie conduisent ainsi le fluide nourricier 4 tous les organes,

a tous les muscles au moment méme, ov il vient de subir le contact de lair.

C’est le sang nouvellement artérialisé, le sang propre a vivifier, & nourrir

tous les organes.”’—Op. cit. p. 380.

+ Annal. des Se. Nat. 1851, and Proceedings of the American Asso-

ciation for the Advancement of Science, Cambridge, U.S., &e. -

{ Ann. des Se. Nat. 1851.

§ At the Scientific Congress held at Geneva, Sept. 1851.

|| See Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. for July 1853.

»\ Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 191

surface:! The ultimate divisions of the trachea are always distri-

buted separately and do not anastomose, ending, as noticed by Mr.

Bowerbank, in extremely minute, filiform, blind extremities, and

this Mr. Newport finds to be their condition in all structures,

in the nervous and integumentary, in the glandular and mus-

cular*”’: M. Blanchard} has very recently proved the existence

inthe Arachnids of a true capillary network? at the extremes of

the circulation. |“ This network,” he remarks, “ which has not

yet been pointed out in the Articulata, exists under the inte-

guments and between the various layers of the muscles, in the

connective tissue; it consists of distinctly cireumseribed canals

lined: with a thin epithelium. Thence the blood is received by

the vénous canalsj.” Thus is presented in bibliographic but

faithful outline the sum of existing knowledge on the distribution

of the air-tubes and the blood-channels in the air-breathing

Articulata: who can say that it exhibits a consistent history ?

The physiologist rises from the scene confounded by its manifold

contradictions. The assertions of one observer are opposed and

outweighed by those of another. Mr. Newport, the most recent

and laborious investigator, leaves the subject utterly unintel-

ligible ; his observations cannot be verified in nature.

‘The author does not, for one moment, pretend to affirm that

his researches (now first published) have as yet destroyed the

possibility of all controversy upon every part of this subject.

He does, however, believe that he has finally settled one part,—

that which relates to the extreme distribution of the trachez.

He has not definitively established, by actual demonstration, the

manner in which the blood is related to the extreme trachee. On

this subject he will state at present only what he has clearly

and confidently observed. ;

It should first be affirmed as an absolute principle, from which

there can be no departure, that a tracheal tube is an air-tube in

part of its course. It is not, as supposed by Agassiz and

-. M) Léon Dufour§, an air-tube in its proximal moiety, and a

* I have given in the text at length the views of Mr. Newport, as

reported in the abstract published in the ‘Annals’; I have indicated the

aeape in controversy by italics. They express the results of Mr. Newport’s

and very recent observations. It will be afterwards seen by the text,

that the conclusions at which I have arrived, from numerous and scrupulous

examinations of the very same pomts, differ m a remarkable degree from

those just hase a by Mr. Newport to the Linnzan Society.

T Com Rendus, June 20, 1853, p. 1079. See also the beautiful

figures in his work ‘ Sur l’Organisation du Régne Animal.’

ise translated abstract in the Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. for Sept.

§ “Elles se divisent, comme dans les Insectes en général, en trachées-

artéres ou grand canaur aériferes, et en trachées nutritives, qui naisent des

premiéres, et vont épanouir leurs subtiles ramifications dans tous les

tissus.”—Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome xv. no. 2. p. 76, 1852.

192 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

blood or circulatory conduit in its distal; the microscope evéry-

where proves such a view to be an unmitigated error. It is

quite another and more rational supposition to maintain that the

passages which bear the trachee may probably serve also to

convey the nutritive fluids. Even this opinion requires the

evidence of new demonstration. The author will now proceed to

consider the results of his own reeent investigation, distributed

under the following heads:—1. The structure of the tracheze.

2. Their distribution; (a.) intheadult and larval internal struc-

tures; (b.) in the branchiz, in connexion with the quéstion

of insect aquatic respiration. 8. The anatomical relation in

which the trachee stand to the nuiritive fluids. 4, The me-

ehanism of respiration in air-breathing Articulatas©

{ ‘ coe

Structure of the Trachee.

The air-tubes in Myriapods, Insects, and Arachnids, admit.of

division into two distinctly different parts: 1. the spiral trachea,

and 2. its capillary continuation, the membranous... The former

is a continuously tapering tube, branching arborescently,. the

branches never re-entermg. It is always and everywhere fur-

nished with an elastic spiral by which its bore is maintained in

an open state. It is arptad: as stated originally by Sprengel,

of three anatomical elements (Pl. X. tig. 13); the outermost (a)

consists of a dense membrane which swells under the agency.of

acetic acid, and separates from the spiral on which it normally

rests and to which it forms a close investment. .When raised by

acetic acid it retains the impress of the spiral. This would not, be

the case if the membrane did not naturally closely embrace. the

spiral. And if it did closely embrace the spiral, it requiredino

further persuasive to satisfy the physiologist that between. it and

the spiral there can by possibility travel no current of blood. .. This

simple experiment is quite enough to effect the demolition of M.

Blanchard’s theory. All structures external to this membrane _

belong to the blood-channels (fig. 10, 4, c) and not to the trachea. —

From the coverings of the latter they are quite dissimilar im ana-

tomical structure ; they are really the loose delicate membranes

which constitute the walls-proper of the blood-channels.. They are

attached to the tracheze only by loose adhesions. If now, while

the tube is under the reagency of acetic acid, the eye search for

the internal lining membrane (fig. 13, ¢), which lies on a plane to

the inside of the spiral, it will appear with as perfect clearness

as the external. It swells and separates from the spiral like

the external. It is impossible to prove the existence of much

difference of structure between this and the external membrane ;

it is more delicate and less refractive. The spiral lies in, the

space between these two membranes. On close imspection it

_.... Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 193

seems as if a membrane distinct from the two former united

_ together tubularly the coils of the spiral, and that the spiral

_ Itself consisted of a hollow tube formed out of cells arranged

spirally in the substance of this membrane. In a short

time the fibre of the spiral, after immersion im acetic acid or

_ turpentine, loses its dark, highly refractive solid character. It

appears distinctly as though its substance were permeated by

the fluid and that air was displaced. In this state the spiral

looks like a pellucid diaphanous coil wound around the axis

_ formed by the internal. membrane. ‘This description applies to

~ every spiral trachea in the body. But there is a limit, different in

different structures, at which the spiral ceases. It is at this point

that the second division of these tubes or membranous trachee

begins. It is not the external covering, as stated by Mr. Newport,

which ceases, but the spiral (Pl. [X.fig.5,C,e). This fact admits of

various and unquestionable proofs. The spiral grows less and less

visible until it graduates insensibly into a continuous tube (f, 9).

It still however retains the peculiar optical character of a trachea.

Its edges are faint reddish, from the iridescent decomposition of

‘the light. This appearance was observed by MM. Alessandrini,

Filippi and Bassi. The latter of these observers believed that

the tint was due to the colour of the hollow cylinder of coloured

‘blood which embraced the air-tube, corroborative of the views of

M. Blanchard. It should rarely be ascribed first to the high

‘refractive index of the air contained in the tube, and next to the

density of the external fibrous membrane. It is a character by

which a membranous air-tube, though of capillary diameter, can

be distinguished with certainty from a blood-channel or a capil-

lary blood-vessel. The direct continuity of the bore, as well as

of the walls of this membranous capillary air-tube, with the larger

and spiral trachea, can be proved in several modes beyond the

possibility of dispute. By pressure, skilfully managed, while the

Specimen is under the microscope, air may be forced from the

“spiral” into the membranous tube; but the continuity of the

walls of the latter with those of the former is so clear and con-

vincing under the microscope, that no other evidence is required

to prove that the capillary membranous tube is to the ‘ spiral’ as

‘a capillary is to an artery. The diameter of the ‘spiral’ trachea

constantly decreases as it divides ; that of the membranous ob-

serves throughout its entire course, whether it multiply into a

network (PI. X.fig.9,d,e), or wavy brushes (fig. 12, ¢, d, f), or into

the muriform plexus which exists in the substance of muscles

(Pl. X. fig. 15), a uniformity which can compare only with that

of true blood-capillaries of the vertebrated animal.

_ A tracheal tube, in many instances at the point of penetrating

into the substance of a solid organ provided with a membranous

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2,. Vol. xiii. 13

194 Dr. T, Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

investment, will appear, from the close. and tubular manner in

which it is embraced by this membranous investment, to throw

off, as supposed by Mr. Newport, its external coat at the porat.of

entrance. Acetic acid however proves this appearance to be false.

The tube still preserves its three constituent elements after enter-

ing the substance of the organ, whatever it be, and until. it

assumes the capillary or membranous character. pie

It is important to observe, because it reconciles the accurate

observations of Mr. Bowerbank with those of the author, that on

the wings (fig. 10, /), especially on the scaly intervals between

the nervures, the spiral tracheze, as correctly stated by Mr, Bower-

bank, do not for the most part degenerate into the membranous

trachee. In these situations the spiral continues to the extreme

termination of the tube (fig. 11,6). There is something ana-

tomically characteristic in the walls of the membranous trachez.

They denote a difference between those ‘ parietes’ through which

a gas has to pass, and those (of the vessels) which fluids transude.

The smallest trachea differs from the largest only in the absence

of ‘the spiral, just as the largest artery differs from the capillary

only in the presence of a thick elastic coat. The trachez ter-

minate differently, and form different plexuses, in different organs,

according to the varying mechanical arrangements of the ulti-

mate parts of the latter.

The conclusion must be emphatically reiterated, that however,

wherever, and in whatever structure the trachez, may periphe-

rically terminate, they are air-tubes throughout all Pace to

their final extremes.

Distribution and Subdivision of the Trachee.

The primary, secondary and tertiary tubes divide and sub-

divide arborescently, the branches never reuniting (fig. 14). In

the spiral tracheze no plexiform union of the branches ever,

anywhere, occurs ; so far the observations of Mr. Bowerbank and

Mr. Newport are exact to nature. It is because these distin-

guished observers could not succeed in tracing the air-tubes

beyond this limit, and because they drew a general inference

intended to be applied to al/ structures, from the distribution

and termination observed by the trachez in the wings, that they

were both seduced into the error of supposing first these points

to be the distributive wltimata of the tubes, and secondly, that

the trachese nowhere inosculate. As already stated, this is true

only of the scaly intervals which separate the nervures of the

wings—of no other structures. In nearly every other structure in

the body of the Insect the air-tubes divide and subdivide in the —

same profuse retiform manner as the blood-capillaries of the

"Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 195

‘vertebrated animal. In the muscles the ultimate membranous

“trachez diyide and unite plexiformly (figs. 14, 15)... The meshes

“are large and oblong (fig. 15). Some tubes run parallel with the

‘ultimate muscle-fibre ; others cross the latter at right angles,

connecting the former. In the glands the capillary tubes enclose

the space occupied by the gland-cells (fig. 9) : they unquestion-

ably reticulate, and in their ultimate form preserve a remarkable

uniformity of diameter. In many parts of the mucous. mem-

‘branes they observe a peculiar wavy method of distribution

(fig. 12). They elaborately reticulate in the loose structure be-

‘neath the integuments. It is by no means improbable that M.

~E. Blanchard has mistaken the plexus formed by the ¢rachee in

the integuments of the Arachnids for a ree consisting of true

blood-yessels. In the nervous tissue they follow two modes, of

subdivision. The brain substance is actually penetrated by the

plexiform capillary tubes. The nerves are accompanied, by long

undulating filaments.

In some of the voluntary muscles the trachez are profusely

numerous. The larger spiral branches enter the sheaths of the

muscle=fascicles at right angles (fig. 14); the membranous

trachez into which in the substance of the muscle they sub-

divide, coincide generally in direction with the fibres of the

muscles (fig. 15). In other muscles the primary entering tracheze

are few in number. As a rule it seems at present probable, that

the volume of air (oxygen) which by means of the trachez enters

into the substance of a solid organ in the tracheary Articulata is

directly as the vital importance of that organ. The reticulation

of the trachez is most dense and profuse in the glandular and

nervous structures. The large spiral air-tubes which travel along

the axes of the spacious blood-channels, detach from their sides

here and there minute wavy branches (fig. 10,7, 5) which float in

the fluid, and which appear to be expressly intended to aérate

the fluids. These floating air-tubes are everywhere seen where

the blood-stream comes into contact with the main trachea. The

main trachez are simply convective. It will afterwards appear

that the function of these floating trachee is distinct from that

of those plexiform extremes of the system which penetrate and

traverse the substance of the solid organs. These aérate imme-

diately the solids, those the fluids.

The distribution and subdivision of the trachee in the branchie

of the aquatic larve of Insects involve the consideration of the

mechanism and significance of aquatic respiration as it occurs in

the young of the air-breathing Articulata. Is it real aquatic

breathing, or is it only apparently so ?

Tn the larve and pupz of gnats, the branchiz exist in the form

of slender hair-like organs arranged in tufts. Each filament is

13*

196 Dr. T. Williamson the. Mechanism. of Aquatic

penetrated by a single trachea and an advancing and, returning

current of blood. In the Agrionide (fig..5, a) they assume, the

character of lancet-shaped processes attached to the sides of the

abdomen at the points of the future spiracles... Examined care-

fully as transparent objects, the trachez of these. branchiz.

divide and subdivide much more elaborately than is commonly,

supposed (fig.5, B,d). It is only the larger trachez. that. are

accompanied by a current of blood (fig. 9, i, b, fig. 12, e)... The

latter is much /ess profusely subdivided than the former. This

fact seems incontestably to prove that the trachez, not the blood-

channels, extract the air from the surrounding water. In. the

anal branchie of the Libellulide, M. Léon Dufour exhibits the

tracheze (fig. 7) as terminating in bulged extremities (fig. 7, B, a).

The author will only state that he has never, in the course of his

numerous researches, in any instance met with this mode of ter-

mination. In the filiform branchie of the larva of gnats each

trachea tapers to the finest extreme.

In Pteronarcys regalis Mr. Newport describes the branchial

filaments as consisting “each of a simple, unarticulated, uniform

structure, slightly tapering and closed at its extremity, and in

the interior of which there is an extremely minute tracheal ves-

sel* terminating in delicate ceca.” In no one of his writings is

it evident that Mr. Newport is aware to what an extreme degree

of capillary subdivision the tracheze are carried in the flat branchie

(fig. 6, B, c), if not in the filiform, of the larva of Insects. In

those of the Agrionide, cut off and examined separately under

the microscope, they cannot be followed by the highest powers of

the microscope. The blood-current turns back at the larger

branches: it does not ramify in network streams. It is obviously

not designed to fulfil the office of breathing: this function falls

upon the trachee. . This conclusion is opposed to the views of

Mr. Newport. ‘ The blood-corpuscles of the whole body cireulate

through the branchie for the purposes of respiration, The

current of the blood is always in the vicinity of the tracher,

absorbing oxygen by endosmose and giving out carbonic acid.

This takes place in every form of branchie +.” The author is fully

satisfied that this is an erroneous interpretation of the respira-

tory process as it occurs in the branchiz of Insects. The rami-

fications of the tracheze in these organs are far more elaborate

than Mr. Newport and other observers have ever yet supposed.

They render the inference irresistible that the branchial respi-

ration of the Insect is really atmospheric in type. The air does

not, as in fish-breathing, enter immediately into the blood.

In the vessels of Insects in every phase of life, there seems to

* Linnean Transactions, 1851. + Op. cit. p. 432.

Respiration in Tivertebrate Animals. — 197

be'some Structural peculiarity which wnfits them for the inter-

change of gases. There resides on the contrary in the walls of

the trachesz a marvellous endosmotic property, which enables

them to give passage in any direction to gaseous elements with

extraordinary facility. There occurs then in reality no example of

true branchial breathing in the larve of Insects. It is only the

extracting of air from the water instead of directly from the

atmosphere*. ‘The aquatic life of the Insect therefore is only ap-

parent, not real. The principle of the respiratory process is the

sate whether in or out of the water, whether in the larva or

imago state, whether with internal trachee or external branchiz.

There is no example of real aquatic breathing.

What light then do these anatomical minutiz reflect on the

question which involves the mechanism of nutrition and respira-

tion in the tracheary Articulata? That is the question now to be

considered. It is surpassingly interesting. If the conclusions

which the author is about to present should prove to) be exact,

the physiologist will have approached nearer to a solution of the

ultimate problem of respiration. He will see this function under

a new phase—under strikingly novel conditions. é

Tn all the transparent structures of Insects, such as the wings,

antenne, branchiz, &e., every observer may prove for himself

that the blood-currents travel in the same passages as the trachez

(fig. 10,0, %, c). On closer seutiny it will be seen that a channel,

such as the nervure of the wings, bearmg im its centre a large

tracheal tube (4), exhibits on one side of this tube a current going

in one direction (b) ; on the other, another bearing in an opposite

course (ec). These are afferent and efferent, arterial and venous

blood-streams. They are bounded by separate walls. The

afferent current is circumscribed by its own proper coats, the:

efferent by its own; and the trachea is placed intermediately,

having parietes quite distinct from, though contiguous to, those

of the blood-channels. This coincidence between the trachee

and the blood-currents can be traced in the wings nowhere beyond

the hmits of the nervures into the scaly spaces which they cir-

cumscribe. The returning of the corpuscles at a certain point

renders this fact quite unquestionable. Beyond this limit only

the fluid elements, not the corpuscles of the blood, extend. In

this extra-vascular region it is cyclosis, not circulation, which

* M. Léon Dufour contends for the same principle: “ Le dernier terme

de la composition organique serait done ici, comme dans les branchies des

Poissons, une trame vasculaire, en ne donnant a ce dernier mot que sa va-

leur rigoureusement, étymologique, c’est-d-dire anatomique. Seulement

dans les Poissons c’est du sang, et dans les Insectes de l’air, qui est renfermé

dams les vaisseaux de cette trame.”” Aun. des Se. Nat. ]852, tom. xvii.

198 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

governs the movements of the nutritive fluid... If the same pas-

sages served everywhere for the blood and for the trachez, and

if their parallelism was unexceptional and universal, wherever

the trachez could be seen, there also should be observed the cor-

puscles of the blood. This is the case only in the primary and

secondary, never in the capillary trachee (fig. 11,4). The blood-

corpuscles (fig. 10,g) in the Myriapod, Insect, and Arachnid

exceed by several times in diameter that of the extreme capillary

membranous trachez. It is perfectly marvellous to what incon-

ceivable minuteness the ai-current is reduced in travelling along

these tubes, It affords a captivating example of the illimitable

divisibleness of matter.

If everywhere the blood and the air travelled together, branched

together, capillated in concert,—if everywhere a double blood-cur-

rent to one air-tube could meet the eye, the inference could not

be resisted, that the sole, entire and exclusive design of the

tracheal apparatus of the Insect consisted in aérating the fluids.

Since, however, the blood returns far before the trachee reach

their remote penetralia ;—since the comitance between the blood

and the air is broken abruptly at a limit proximal to the ex-

tremes of the organism, 7 is certain that the tracheal system in

the Insect fulfils some other function—answers some other end—

than that merely of aérating the fluids. What can be the mean-

ing of those incomparable pneumatic plexuses—veritable retia mi-

rabilia—which embrace immediately the very ultimate elements of

the solid organs of the body ;— those microscopic air-tubes, which

carry oxygen in its gaseous form, unfluidified by any intervening

liquid, to the very seats of the fixed solids which constitute the

fabric of the organism? There is an immeasurable difference be-

tween oxygen dissolved and oxygen free. In the former case, all

the forces liberated during the moment of condensation from the

elastic to the fluid form are expended upon the blood, and that,

too, remote from the scene at which that blood is to be utilized ;

in the latter case, free, gaseous and uncombined, it is delivered

immediately at the spot where the oxygen is to be employed ;

it electrizes by direct combination the last sedentary elements

of the organism; by such an arrangement those forces at-

tendant on chemical action vivify undissipated the very ulti-

mate components of the body at the very moment of their

disengagement. This then is the real difference between an

insect and every other living animal. This is the unequalled

mechanism which renders the insect a multum in parvo, the un-

solved riddle of creation. In ail other animals the quickening

action of oxygen is first exclusively exhausted upon the fluids ; in

the insect, the fluids are only partially influenced as the vitalizing

“Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 199

element travels forwards to operate immediately, in its unexhausted

form, on the final elements which conspire to maintain the nu-

trition of the living body.

~The intense electrical and chemical effects developed by the

immediate presence of oxygen, in the gaseous form, at the actual

scene of ali the nutritive operations of the body, fluid and solid,

give to the imsect its vivid and brilliant life, its matchless nervous

activity, its extreme muscularity, its voluntary power to augment

the animal heat ; such contrivance, subtle and unexampled, re-

conciles the paradox of a being microscopic in corporeal dimen-

sions and remarkable for the relative minuteness of the bulk

of its blood, sustaining a frame graceful in its littleness, yet

capable of prodigious mechanical results.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX. anv X.

PLATE IX.

Fig. \. Plan of the central parts of the circulatory system of the Myrapeds

constructed in part from Mr. Newport’s figures and in part from

the author’s dissections: a, d,the dorsal vessel; the arrows mark

the direction of the blood ; 4, the cesophageal collar ; ¢ §- e, supra-

spinal artery ; f, the systemic arteries (sic) of Mr. Newport.

Fig. 2. Plan of the central parts of the circulatory system of the Insect :

a, dorsal vessel. The anterior or thoracic half is a smooth tube,

the abdominal chambered by valves; 5. the supraspinal artery,

having on either side venous currents (¢), as shown by the arrows ;

d, branches; distributive, from the supraspinal artery; e, large,

loose-walled venous channels entering the capacious. abdominal

sinuses g, g; f, the membranous channels which pour their blood

into the dorsal vessel at the auricular orifices. e blood in the

dorsal vessel moves forwards, that m the supraspinal artery moves

backwards.

Fig. 3. a, p, Dorsal artery; p, its caudal continuation; d,.its eephalie;

b, visceral artery, sending distributive branches (7) mto the viscera,

the blood of which is returned into the dorsal artery by n, n, the

systemic arteries of Mr. Newport; c, the supraspinal artery,

conveying blood to the nervous and integumentary structures ;

e, subspinal vein ; f, branches goig to the pneumo-branchiz (g) ;

h, origin of the pneumo-cardiae channels (k, k, k) ; 2, continuation

of the subspinal vein into the tail; m, branches communicating

with the dorsal artery (p).

Fig. 4. Glassy, jelly-like aquatic larva of an Insect, common in the pools

about Swansea: a (c), kidney-shaped tracheal vesicles, without

any ramifying tubes; 5, dorsal vessel; d, arrows denoting the re-

. turning into the dorsal vessel at the posterior auricles (0).

. Fig. 5, Aquatic larva of Sialis Lutarius: a, branchial appendages ; B, one

of the branchize erg ee ; 5, trachez ; c, cell-tissue.

Fig. 6. Aquatic larva of one of the Libellulide : a, branchial appendages ;

, the same further enlarged; 5, trachea; ¢, secon arbo-

rescent branches; C, extreme end of one of the tracheal branches

reap under a high power to its membranous capillary termina-

tion f, g.

200, Dr. JE, Gray ona new genus and species of Seal.

PLATE X.

Fig. 7. Rectal branchise of shna grandis, after M. Léon’ Dufour: —

C, a, orifices in the rectum of the branchial folds (A); a, dilated )

extremities of the trachez.

Fig. 8. Head, tail, digestive system (d), tracheal (h) and branchial. (g)

systems, hepatic vessel (e), of Agrion Puella, after M. Dufour.

Fig. 9. A small piece from the parietes of the intestine of the Cockroach,

showing the extreme distribution of the trachea (a). The bloods

current accompanies the tube only as far as ¢.. The trachea then |

describes a true network (e, c,d) of membranous tubes. Tn the

meshes the glandular cells (f, g) are placed. A clear space inter- _

venes between the trachea and glandular cells in which the nutri- ~

tive fluids, without the corpuscles, may probably move.

Fig. 10, A small piece of the wing of the Cricket drawn under a hid

power : a, a large trachea in the centre of the nerynre or. chan-

nel, surrounded by two opposed eurrents of blood (0, ¢) ; 2, larger

brariches ; d, e, f, small terminal trachez, entering alone, without

coincident, blood-currents into the scaly interval ; 7, long, slender, —

‘trachez floating in the fluid ; g, blood-corpuscles, travelling

as e channel 6.

Fig. 11. One of the tracheze from the scaly intervals between the nervures

of the wing of the Cricket, showing the mode in which it termi-

nates (6) between the scales d.

Fig. 12. A minute portion of walls of the stomach of the Cockroach, show-

ing the wavy manner (c, f) in which the membranous capillary

trachee are distributed around and between the ultimate glan-

dular elements ; at e, the current of the blood, as traced through

the blood-corpuscles, turns back : a, large spiral tracheve.

Fig. 13. A small portion of a spiral trachea, exhibiting the coats under the

: action of acetic acid: a, outer coat raised, indented like the spi-

ral (0); c, the internal or mucous coat...

Fig. 14. A piece of voluntary muscle, representing the manner in which

the trachez enter the substance of the muscle.

Fig. 15. One of the above trachee traced into the substance of the muscle ;

a, b, c, network of ultimate membranous trachez as they are dis-

tributed between the ultimate ce mp is fibres—the latter being

omitted.

[To be continued. ]

XIX.—Description of a new genus and species of Seal (Heliophoca

Atlantica) from Madeira. By Dr. J. K. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

&e.

Somp months ago Mr. MacAndrew most kindly procured for me

the skin of a Seal from the island of Madeira. A careful exami-

nation of it convinced me that it was a new species, most allied

to Phoca barbata of the North Sea, but yet quite distinct from

it. Mr. MacAndrew after considerable trouble at length ob-

tained for me another skin of an older animal with its skull,

which proves that it is not only a new species, but presents a

new combination of characters such as I believe entitle it to be

Dred BeGray on anew genus and species of Seal. 201.

considered a new genus. It is the only species of Seal which

I believe has yet’ been found so near the tropic on the African

coast. — £) 2hid.

Both the specimens in the Museum came from the same cave

in the Deserta Grande Island; the larger skin is full-grown,

the other younger... Knight, in his ‘Once on a Time,’ speaks of

the seals as common near Funchal; he observes, “A multitude

of seals:rush out from that hollow with a sudden cry and plunge

into the waves ; that point shall be Camara das Lobos, the cave of

wali (i. 60.) hy bad 5 att, 0

r. MacAndrew observes, that there is an island called Isle

Lobos near the Canaries, on account of the number of seals

_ formerly found there. It is very difficult of access, and Mr.

MacAndrew could not hear of any existing there now, nor of any

remains of them.

The following are the characters of the genus :—

HeELioPpHoca.

Muzzle rather elongate, broad, hairy, with a slight groove be-

tween the nostrils ; whiskers small, quite smooth, fiat, tapering.

Fore-feet short ; fingers gradually shorter to the inner one;

claws 5, flat, truncate. Hind-feet hairy between the toes ; claws

very small ; hair short, adpressed, with very little or no under fur.

Skull depressed ; nose rather depressed, rather elongate, longer

than the length of the zygomatic arch ; palate angularly notched

behind. Cutting teeth °, large, notched within, the middle upper

much smaller, placed behind the intermediate ones. Canines

large, conical, sharp-edged. Grinders =, large, crowded, placed

obliquely with regard to the central palatine line, crown large,

conical, with several small conic rhombic tubercles. Lower jaw

angulated in front below with diverging branches, the lower edge

of the branches rounded, simple.

The feet, palate and teeth resemble those of the genus Callo-

halus (communis), but the grinders are larger and less deeply

lobed; but it has the smooth whiskers of the restricted genus

Phoca (P. barbaia). It differs from the Jatter genus in the de-

pressed form of the skull, the large tubercular grinders, and the

angular termination to the palate.

As the other subtropical: Seal, Phoca tropicalis (Gray, Cat.

Seals B.M. 28), from Jamaica, described from an imperfect skin

without a skull, has similar small smooth whiskers, it may very

probably when its skull has been examined belong to this genus,

and the genus thus prove a subtropical form of the family.

202 = Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidex,

Heliophoca Atlantica.

Fur short, adpressed, olive-gray, very obscurely grisled at the

tips of the hairs. Chin and under parts of the body rather

aler.

Length 5 feet 5 inches. :

Hab, Madeira. R, MacAndrew, F.R.S. &c.

While on the subject of Seals, I may draw the attention of

naturalists en the coast of the Pacific to the account of the Sea

Horses said to be found m abundance on the seaward part of

the island of St. Lorenza near Callao, mentioned in M. Bonelli’s

Travels in Bolivia, i. 90 & 128.

I have never heard of that genus living out of the Arctic

Ocean, and should have believed that the author had mistaken

the Sea Bear (Otaria Leonina) for the Sea Horse, if he did not

describe “ the two great white tusks projecting from the mouth

on either side,’ and further observe, that “the tusks are of

great value and form an important article of commerce” (see

i. 90), which cannot apply to the tusks of the Sea Bear.

It is to be observed that the Peruvian continuation of the

Antarctic current runs up the shores of Chili and Peru (see Journ.

Roy. Geog. Soc. 1853) and chills that coast. This may explain

why seals are found so near the tropics in those seas. I fear

that M. Bonelli is not to be relied on for his natural-history ob-

servations, for he states that the cedar, mahogany and banyan

tree (i. 79), and the date-palm (i. 146) grow on the coast of Peru.

XX.—Monograph of the British Graphidesz.

By the Rev. W. A. Luicuron, B.A., F.B.S.E,

[Continued from p. 97.]

8. Opegrapha Turneri, Thallus. very thin, pale dirty-yellow,

bordered with black ; lirellse very prominent, sessile, mostly

simple, slender and linear; disk yery narrow, uniform ; proper

margins plump, rounded and incurved; sporidia in asci, eight,

linear-obovate, 3-septate, pale yellow.

Opegrapha betulina, Sm. E. Bot. t. 2281. exel, syn, (1811) (good, the -

ye figure excellent); Hook. Br. Fl. 2, 145. vet, men stg

On birch. Hurst Pierpoint, Sussex! Bradwell! Burgh! Suffolk!

Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer.

Ireland! Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer. Loppington ! Shrop-

shire.

Thallus very thin, membranous, pale dirty-yellow, more or less

Rev..W. A. Leighton on the British Graphider, 203

shining, in small patches witha pale margin, or where in contact

with other plants throwing up a narrow brown watery line or

rgin. Lirelle scattered, more or less numerous, somewhat

inclining to a parallel arrangement, but very irregular and va-

riable in this respect, peculiarly prominent, lying on the surface

of the thallus, often apparently without any visible connexion,

variable in length, but never very long, simple, seldom branched,

straightish, or slightly curved and waved, very slender and nar-

row, of the same width throughout though tapering at the extre-

mities, which are obtuse or slightly pointed, of a full shining

black, more or less sprinkled with dingy yellow powder, which

is not unfrequently altogether absent. Disk a narrow chink,

uniform in its width throughout, in older states expanding, par-

ticularly in the middle, Proper margins peculiarly plump,

rounded and incurved, uniformly parallel, in an older state be-

coming more erect and narrower, and wavy or crisped around the

flattened expanded disk.

The thi membrane of the thallus is sometimes very slightly

raised here and there around the very base of the lirellx, but

scarcely to be noticed without a lens, certainly not in the decided

manner so as to form a considerable thallodal margin as repre-

sented in Persoon’s figure of his betuligna in Ust. Ann. Bot.

st. 7. p. 31. t. 3. f. 5. A. a. Without the comparison of an au-

thentic specimen we ought to hesitate to consider it identical.

Our plant is a true Opegrapha, whilst the Graphis betuligna of

Acharius is from his description as certainly a true Graphis.

Moreover he questions whether his plant may not be regarded

as a variety of Graphis scripta, with which ours has not one

feature in common.

I greatly doubt whether this is anything more than a state of

Opegrapha rimalis, Ach.

Puiate V. fig. 10. a,a, Vertical sections of thallus and lirelle; 8, spo-

ridium: all magnified.

9. apha atra, Pers. Thallus very thin, forming smooth,

pale yellow or whitish ocellate patches ; lirelle densely crowded

towards the centre of the thallodal spot, sessile, depressed, lying

in all directions or subparallel, linear, generally simple or con-

fluent, flexuose ; disk narrow, uniform ; proper margins thick,

elevated, wavy; sporidia in asci, eight? very minute, obovate,

somewhat pointed at the extremities, 3-septate, pale yellow.

Lichen scriptus, Hoffm. Enum. p. 12. t. 3. f. 2. ¢ (1784).

Opegrapha atra, Pers. in Ust. Ann. Bot. st.7. p. 30. t. 1. f. 2. C. ¢. (1794);

DeCand. FL. Frang. 2. 310. n. 840; Chey. Hist. Graphid. p. 21. t. 3,

f. 1, 2; Johnst.! Fl. Berw. 2. 100; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145 (in part),

ss S, dewia igrata, Scher. Spicil. 48. 324 (1823-1836); Enum, 153;

cc. !

204 Rev. W. A. Leighton’ on ‘the British Graphidese.

Opegrapha atra, a. stenocarpa (in part), Fries, L. Ref. 367 (1831); Stimina

Fl. Scand. 118. OU0W DoTSqMmos

atra; B. syngrapta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 1. 326 (1831)... y 1992

Lichen denigrata, Ach. Prodr. 24 (1798). brains: va dabead tr

Opegrapha denigrata, Ach. Meth. 27 (1803); Sm. E. Bot. 1753. (The upper

left-hand figure may perhaps belong to this, but the other figures are

doubtful having a black marginal line, and one of the magnified sec-

tions having the structure of a Graphis, the other of \an ge a.)

Mart. Fl. Erlang. 280; Wahl. Fl. Suec. 860; Fingerhuth, Fl. Biffly 23)

an emer en fe & 8. atra, Ach, L, Univ. 259 (1810); Moug. & Nestl,:

tirpes, t :

anaek a, 8. denigrata, Ach. Syn. 75 (1814).

reticulata, DeCand. FI. Frang. 6. 170” (1815), fide Scher. ; Chev:

Hist. Graphid. 28. t, 5. f..1, 2, 3,4. a. Mj

prominula, Chey. Hist. Graphid. 31. t. 6. f. 2, 3, 4 (1824),

wmplexa, Chey, Hist. Graphid, 34. t. 7. f..1, 2 (1824). he i

Graphis macularis, Mart. Fl. Brasil. 1. 85 (1833), im part.

On ash, oak, ivy, hazel, currant. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Net-

ley Abbey, Hants! (on ivy and mortar!), Mr. Lyell in herb.

Borrer. (Qn currant), Henfield! Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Knock-

nagoney !; Colin Glen! Belfast ; Massareene Park, Co. Antrim!

Mr. Wm. Thompson. Near Edinburgh! Dr. R. K. Greville.

Gopsall Wood, Leicestershire! Rev. A. Bloxam. Chelmsford,

Essex! Mr. H. Piggot. Yorkshire! Mr. G. Dizon. Castle

Bernard Park, Bandon, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks. Fermoy,

Ireland! Mr. T. Chandler. Berwick-upon-Tweed! Dr. G. John-

ston. Shropshire generally !

Thallus forming pale roundish or oblong irregular spots or

patches of about half an inch or more in diameter, on the smooth

bark of trees, not bounded by any brown or black line or margin,

but fading away in a watery manner (“crusta determinata sed

non limitata,”’ Ach. L. Univ. 260), thin, membranous, conti-

nuous, smooth, very slightly tartareous ; in colour generally pale

dirty-yellow or olive, not unfrequently also of a pure white, and

then decidedly pulverulent. Lirelle very numerous and crowded,;

densely congregated towards the centre of the thallodal spot, so,

as to appear at a little distance almost one black mass, more,

seattered and often smaller in size towards the. circumference,

prominent but at the same time depressed so as to form a uni-)

form level surface, sessile, immersed only and slightly at the

base, somewhat shining, of a full black, lying in all directions

and positions, curved and flexuose ; on some barks however be-.

coming more or less parallel to each other, moderate in length,

linear, and of nearly the same width throughout, more or Teas

obtuse at the extremities, though sometimes slightly tapered,

there, generally simple, but. by confluence and lying over one

another divided. .Dzsk narrow, uniform, rimeform, in age more.

open and canaliculate, surrounded by the elevated, thick, uniform

or wavy proper margins.

Revs W.. Ax Leighton, on the British Graphider, 205

_ Owing to. the great thickness of the substance of the lirella

compared with the small lamina proligera, the sporidia have been

seen with difficulty and with some uncertainty. They are very

minute, and as represented in

Puate. V. fig. 11. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirelle ; b, sporidia.

“Io. Opegrapha herpetica, Ach. Thallus thin, subtartareous,

more’or less cracked or slightly rugged, dusky olive, limited ;

lirellz small; innate, round, oval, oblong or linear-oblong, ob-

tuse, simple and divided, straight or curved; disk rimeform,

expanded i in. age; proper margins thick, rounded and inflexed ;

sporidia in asci, eight, fusiform, 3-septate, pale yellow.

a. vera. Thallus tuberculate, pulverulent ; lirelle imbedded,

small, simple, naked.

Lichen herpeticus, Ach. Prodr. 201798), sec. specim. ab Achario seipso in

herb. Borrer !

Cnepraene herpetica, Ach. Meth. 23 (1803); Sm. E. Bot. t. 1789 ?; Cheval.

~ Graph. 82. t. 19. fig. 1. 2. brunnea, 2, and e. linearis, 6 b; Heppe, Fi.

Wurzburg. 73 (excellent); Fingerh. Tent. Fl. Lich. Fifil. 21; Fries,

_L. Ref. 368 (in part, excl. syn.) ; Tuckermann, Lich. N, Amer. 75 (in

6} 40

me ica #, Ach. L. Univ. 248 (1810); Syn. 72.

a et, y- fuscata, Scher. Enum. 156 (1850).

— rimalis, 8. fuseata, Ach. L. Univ. 261 (1810).

— rubella, Sm. E. Bot. t. 2347 (good), exel. syn. (1811) ; Hook. Br. FI.

» 2. 144. exel. all the syn. (except E: Bot. 2347), which belong to our

6. rubella.

— rufescens, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 144. in part (excl. syn.).

—rufescens, y. fuscata, Scher. Spic. 327 (1836).

— Boats B. siderella, Fries, L. Ref. 368 (1331), apparently from the syno-

myms and Spey quoted, in part.

Grapes herpetica, Mart. Fl. Brasil. 1. 88 (1833).

On oak, ash, and beech. Bradwell, Suffolk! Mr. Borrer.

Ss, Leicestershire ! Rev: A: Bloram.” Lasswaie Vand near

Dandee! Dr. Greville. Oxfordshire! Mr. Baxter in herb. Dr.

Greville, Orton Wood near Twycross, Leicestershire! Rev.

A, Blozam. Chelmsford, Essex! Mr. H. Piggot. Charnwood

Forest! Rev, A. Blocam. Haughmond Hill, Shropshire !

Thallus thin, subtartareous, somewhat pulveralent, coarsely

cracked, of a dark dusky olive, forming irregular patches limited

by a thickened brown wavy line or margin. Lirel/@ numerous,

congregated close together but distinct, not crowded, immersed,

and imbedded in the thallus, and only slightly raised, small but

very variable in size and shape, roundish, oval, oblong; linear-

oblong, obtuse at the extremities, simple, straight, sometimes

slightly” curved. Proper margins thick, rounded and inflexed,

encompassing a narrow rimeform disk, which however varies in

206 =—- Rev. Wi A. Leighton on the’ British Graphidée.

its expansion, apparently according to age. Sporidid thé same

inall the varieties, eight in asci, fusiform, 3-septate, pale yellow,

easily separable from the ascus, straight when seen*on their back

or front, curved when lying on their sides. Fries’s remark (7. c.)

respecting the thallus is admirably characteristic: “ Crusta vera

sub epidermide latens albissima, mox vero in verrucis granulosis

albis erumpentibus collecta, unde crusta extus albo-guttata, , In

minus evolutis speciminibus tamen levigata est.” According to

the specimens in herb. Borrer!!! “ Op. rubella and_rufescens,

Brit. Fl.” are confounded together, and are distributed into, this

and the following varieties. The sporidia in Schzerer’s Opeg. her-

petica, a. rubella, Enum. 155, Exs. 95! and 6. subocellata, Exs.

281! are identical with those of our plants; but his var, 8. side-

rella, Kxs, 96! is a distinct species having sporidia elongato-

fusiform, 13-septate. ai?

Puate V. fig. 12. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 5, sporidia—all

magnified.

B. subocellata, Ach. Thallus tuberculate, pulverulent ; lirelle

imbedded, ocellate. ;

Opegrapha siderella, 8. enea, Ach. Meth. 26 (1803), sec. specim. ab Achario

seipso in herb. Borrer !

rubella, 5. enea, Ach. L. Univ. 250 (1810).

—— rubella, ¢. subocellata, Ach. L. Univ. 250 (1810).

— herpetica, y. subocellata, Ach. Syn. 73 (1814).

—— subocellata, Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 73 (1814) (excellent); Fingerh.

Tent. Fl. Lich. Kiffl. 22 (1829).

—— herpetica, Fries, L. Reform. 368. in part (1831); Tuckermann, N.-

Amer. Lich. 75 (in part).

a. simplex. Lirelle small, simple. Opegrapha subocellata,

y. enea, Cheval. Hist. Graphid. 82. t. 19. f. 4, as to colour and

general appearance ; a. brunnea, fig. 1 a, as to detail.

On ash and willow trees. Hurst, Cuckfield and Ardingley,

Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Bovingar, Essex ! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer.

Near Thirsk, Yorkshire! Mr. J. G. Baker.

Thallus thin, subtartareous, somewhat pulverulent, continuous,

scarcely if at all cracked, rough or rugose, with innumerable

minute raised irregularly-shaped pale-coloured or whitish eleva-

tions or projections, pale dirty tawny olive, raised around the

lirellze into a sort of spurious thallodal margin, narrow, whitish

and pulverulent, forming extensive patches either limited by a

brown wavy margin, or diffuse and without such being visible.

Lirelle simple, of the same size, shape and number, and. im-

mersed, as in the last.

b. divisa. Lirelle larger, substellate. | Opegrapha subocellata,

B. grisea, Cheval. Hist. Graphid. 82. t. 19. f. 3.

On ash trees. Hurst, Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

a ee

Rey,W. A. Leighton on the British Graphider, 207

., Similar, tothe last, but the immersed lirelle are larger and

af confluent, into, irregular substellate figures, with simple

spersed, all surrounded with the peculiar whitish spu-

‘ows tall margin.

y. elegans, Borrer MSS. Thallus pulverulent ; lirellz larger,

; gale and divided, prominent, wavy.

On ash trees. Ardingley, Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

| Thallus subtartareous, pulverulent, cracked, uneyen but not

‘so rugged as in the preceding varieties, of a pale tawny hue,

in extensive patches. Lirelle very numerous, more

inent, without the ocellate border, which however is occa-

mally seen imperfectly at the very base, longer and larger,

linear, variable in size and length, simple or branched, elegantly

curved and wavy. Disk variable in expansion, but generall

broader, the proper margin, though still thick and abi

frequently more erect and visible.

8. rubella. Thallus smooth ; lirellze prominent, immersed only

at the base.

“ Opegrapha rubella, Pers. Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. t. 1.f.2..A. a.” (fide Ach.)

_. = 77; Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 73 (excellent); Fingerh.

— rubella «#, Ach. Meth. 21 Vietk L. Uniy. 249.

Lichen rubellus, Ach. Prodr. 22 (1798).

ha herpetica, 8. disparata, Ach. Syn; 73 (1814), sec. specim. a

zrero in herb. Borrer!

—— rufescens, «. rubella, Scher. Spicil. 50, 327 (1836); Exs. 95!

atra, 8. siderella, Fries, L. Reform. 368. in part, according to the

onyms and Scher. Spec. Exs. 95. quoted (1831),

nae a, «. rubella, Scher. Enum. 155 (1850).

“*——. rufescens, Pers.,”’ Bohler’s Lich. Brit. no. 74.

a. simplex. Lirelle simple. Opegrapha rubella, Cheval. Hist.

Graphid. p. 74, t. 17. fig. 1a; 8. decorticata, 74. t. 17. f.2;

5. albicans TOs bo 80> tn Han

On ash trees, St, Leonard’s Forest and Charlton Forest,

Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Berrow, south end of Malvern Hills,

Worcestershire ! Mr. EH. Lees. Yorkshire! Mr. G. Dixon.

b. divisa. Lirelle substellate. Opegrapharubida, Cheval. Hist.

Graphid. 80. t. 18. f. 1 a, f.2 6. Opegrapha crucianella, 80. t. 18.

f. 3c.

On ash and birch trees. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Gopsall Wood,

Leicestershire! Rev. A. Bloxam.

Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, continuous, somewhat

shining, of a dark dingy olive, forming irregular patches bounded

by a thickened wavy brown margin. Lirelle scattered, promi-

nent, immersed only at the very base, linear, moderately long,

208 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidew.

variable in size and shape, simple or branched i in ah irregular

substellate manner. Proper margins rounded, thickened and

inflexed, enclosing the disk, which is variable in its expansion,

either rimzeform or broader and canaliculate.

Il. Opegrapha vulyata, Ach. Thallus effase, cartilagineo-

membranaceous, cracked and scaly, greenish white; lirellz pro-

minent and sessile, variable in size, shorter ones roundish or ob

Jong, longer ones slender and linear, simple, wavy and shining.

or greasy ; disk rimzform, uniform ; proper margins thick, very

round and inflexed; sporidia in asci, eight, fusiform, 5- ~fepiate;,

pale yellow.

a. vulgaia. Lirelle small, numerous, but regularly scattered ;

disk rimeeform, more or less expanded.

Lichen vulgatus, Ach. Prodr. 21 (excl. syn.) (1798).

Opegrapha vulgata, Ach. Meth. 20 (1803); L. Univ. 2553 Syn. 73 onli

dum specimina Cel. Swartzii “ cum Achario seipso collecta, ”? in herb.

Borrer!; Sm. E. Bot. t. 1811; Mart. Fl. Erlang. 279; Hook. Fl. Scot.

2. 43, Brit. Fl. 2. 145; Grey. Fl Edin. 352 ; Chevallier, Graphid. 32.

t. 6. f. 5e; Wahl. Fl. Suec. 860; Fingerh. Fl. Eiffl. 22; ‘Payl. Fl:

Hib. 2. 106; Bohler, Lich. Brit. no. 127!

Graphis atra (in ‘part), Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. 1. 251 (1827).

Opegrapha notha, Johnst.! Fl. Berw. 2. 100 (1831).

—— atra, ¢. vulgata, Scheer. Spicil. 325 (1836); Enum. 154; Exsic. 516!

atra, a. stenocarpa (in part), Fries, L. Ref. 367 (1831); Summe 'V-

S. 118; Tuckermann, ‘N. Amer. Lich. 75.

Graphis vulgata, 8. periblastetica, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 327 (1831).

On fir, ash, beech, apple, holly. Hurst and St. Leonard’s

Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Lasswade! and near Edinburgh !

Dr. Greville. Malvern Hills, Worcestershire! Mr. EH. Lees.

Portslade, Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. Berwick-on-Tweed ! Dr. G. John-_

ston. Haughmond Hill, Shropshire! near Shrewsbury! Pen

Maen Mawr, Caernarvoushire'! !

Thailus effuse, thin, membranous, cracked and scaly, subpul-

verulent and scurfy, of a pale dirty white tinged slightly with

green, sometimes quite smooth and continuous; and in other

specimens white, canescent, entirely pulverulent. Lirelle nume-

rous but regularly scattered, sessile and prominent, variable in

size, though chiefly small and short, roundish, oblong and

linear, of a plump turgid appearance, black and shining, straight

or curved. Not unfrequently there are longer lirelle inter-

mixed and approaching in size and flexuosity to those of steno-

carpa, so that it is difficult to say to which variety such speci-~

mens should be correctly referred. On these specimens, and

more especially in the variety stenocarpa, the lirelle are exceed-.

Ce}

———————————— ee ee

ae a ee ee

ee Se =

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 209

similar in appearance to those of Opeg. Chevallieri.. Disk

| isp state a mere chink, uniform in width throughout, in

alder state becoming wider, more open and expanded. Proper

Le very round, thick, plump and inflexed.

Puiate V. fig. 13. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirelle; 5, sporidia.

ESET IN 3 ae

BR. ste - Larelle long, slender and wavy, densely

crowded ; disk rimzeform, very narrow, closed.

Mpegrapha stenocarpa «, Ach. L. Uniy. 257 (1810); Syn. 75; Chevallier,

se Gra id. 37. t.7. f.5¢; Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 74; Fingerh. FI.

c Eiffl. 23. Pr

—— atra, 8. stenocarpa, Scher. Spicil. 48. 324 (1823-1836) ; Enum. 153;

Exsiec. 93! (in part); Fries, L. Ref. 367 ; Summa V.S. 118; Tucker-

_ mann, North. Lich. 75.

—— atra, y. gyrograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 326 (1831).

—— rimicola, Cheval. Graphid. 41. t. 9. f. 1 (1824).

Graphis stenocarpa, Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. 1. 250 (1827).

‘On oak, beech, elm. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest,

Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. Lasswade! Dr. Greville.

bi Leicestershire! Rev. A. Bloram. Near Cork, Ive-

nd! Mr. I. Carroll: Near Shrewsbury ! Gloddaeth, Caernar-

vonshire !

- Thallus effuse, thin, membranous, somewhat scaly or scurfy,

continuous, pale dirty yellow, scarcely if at all cracked, though

in old specimens very considerably cracked, and of a scurfy pul-

t appearance. Lvrelle very numerous and crowded, never-

theless quite distinct, forming a sort of black netlike work over

the thallus, sessile, prominent, variable in size, the smaller ones

short and oblong, the larger ones more considerable in number

and frequently no others are present, very long and slender, nar-

row, linear, curved, flexuose, and wavy in all degrees and direc-

tions, of nearly the same width throughout but narrower at the

extremities, of a full black, more or less shining, often with a

easy aspect. Disk a very narrow chink of the same uniform

width throughout, even in old age when it becomes a little more

open. Proper margins very thick in proportion to the disk,

rounded, prominent, and inflexed. )

_There are specimens in which the transition between the ya-

rieties vulgata and stenocarpa are clearly traceable.

Puarte V. fig. 13. a 1, Vertical section of thallus and lirelle ; 5, sporidia.

12. Opegrapha siderella, Ach.? Thallus thin, subtartareous,

cracked, pale dusky yellow, limited ; lirellze small, innate, various

in size, rounded, oblong or linear, straight or curved, chiefly

simple; disk rimeform, uniform ; proper margins rounded and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 14

210 ~—“Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Grapliides:

inflexed ; sporidia in asci, eight, elongato-fusiform or aciculate;

13-septate, pale yellow. to, <q0Tg

Lichen siderellus, Ach. Prod. 24? excl. syn. (1798). ‘ .

Opegrapha siderella, Ach. Meth. 25? (1803); Syn. 79? PES eee

—— siderella «. & B, Ach. L. Univ. 256?

—-— rubella, Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 648 ! (1820).

rufescens, 8. siderella, Scherer, Spicil. 50. 327 (1823-1836) ; Enum.

155; Exsice. 96! hike

rufescens, Hook. Br, Fl. 2, 144 (excl. syn. O. phea and O, herpetica,

and E. Bot.) in part (1833). eS AepRtite

—— atra, B. siderella, Fries, L. Reform. 368, in part (1836). cf fl

On beech in New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer (a

single specimen). er bi

Thallus thin, subtartareous, cracked, somewhat pulverulent

and leprose, forming irregular patches of greater or smaller ex-

tent, with a wavy margin but not bounded by any line, of a pale

dusky dirty yellow. Lirelle numerous, pretty regularly, scat-

tered over the whole thallus, minute, innate or immersed at the

base, the upper half only prominent, very various in size,. punc-

tiform, rounded, subtriquetrous, oblong or linear, straight or

crowded, simple or sometimes with a short branch, very plump

in general appearance and obtuse at the extremities, dull black,

somewhat greasy-looking. Proper margins rounded and inflexed.

Disk a mere chink, uniform in width throughout or more open

in age. iT bol

Our plant and Scheerer’s are identical, but 1 doubt whether

they be the same as Acharius’s plant, judging from the deserip-

tion, which states the lirelle to be stellate, and also from his re-

ference to Persoon’s figure, and it is almost impossible to decide

without comparison with an authentic Acharian specimen. If it

should prove to be really different from the siderella of Acharius,

then it is a “nova species,” and will appropriately be named

Opegrapha Schereri. Wb cay

The appearance of this plant at first sight is a good deal like

that of O. herpetica, but the sporidia keep them distinct. 1K

Puate VI. fig. 14. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 5, sporidium.

13. Opegrapha taxicola. Thallus very thin, tartareous, pul-

verulent, cracked, pale yellowish gray, effuse; lirelle large, ex-

cessively prominent and sessile, oblong, linear or linear-elongate,

straight er curved, chiefly simple ; disk broadly rimeform ; pro-

per margins rounded and inflexed, rugged; sporidia in asci,

eight, elongato-fusiform. or acicular, 13-septate, pale yellow...

On yew. Funtington churchyard ! Hunston churchyard! and

Aldingbourne ehurehyard ! Sussex, Mr. Borrer, vr

Thallus effuse, very thin, tartareous, somewhat. pulverulent,

eo ae aN ae ee ee ee

ae ee ; —- -

' a5)

Rev. W. A. Leighton onthe British Graphidexs 211.

partially cracked where it is thicker in substance amidst the

groups of lirellee, where and around the very bases of the lirellz

it is chiefly to be distinguished ; in other and opener portions

being only a pulverulent film, of a very pale yellowish gray.

Lirelle numerous, scattered and diffuse, or closely congregated

in dare or smaller groups, excessively prominent and sessile, of

a dull black colour, more or less sprinkled with the powder of

the thallus, lying in all directions, straight or variously curved,

chiefly simple, but here and there with a simple branch, variable

in size, oblong or linear, or linear-elongate, of the same width

throughout, obtuse at the extremities, very plump in appearance

from the rounded inflexed proper margins, which are rugged and

broken. Disk of the same width throughout, distinctly and

broadly rimeeform.

The size, appearance and habit of the denuded lirelle induce

me to present this as a new species, though doubtfully, for the

poridia would lead me to regard it as a variety of siderella. The

denuded state of the thallus may arise from local circumstances

connected with the nature of the matrix, and the otherwise im-

ati

age lirelle be thus rendered accidentally prominent. Nor is

he difference in size of the lirelle between this and the pre-

Sean, greater than prevails in other species, e. gr. O. rupestris

and ‘O.” varia.

Puate VI. fig. 15. ¢, Plant, nat. size; a, vertical section of thallus and

: lirella; 5, sporidium.

14. Opegrapha lentiginosa, Lyell MS. Thallus thin, tarta-

reous, smooth, cream-coloured, limited ; lirellz excessively pro-

minent and sessile, very minute, punctiform, oblong or linear,

straight, simple ; disk a mere chink ; proper margins tumid and

incuryed ; sporidia in asci, eight, irregularly obovate, uniseptate,

pale brown.

On beech and holly in New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb.

_ Borrer. On beech in St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex, sparingly !

Mr, Borrer.

. Thallus thin, tartareous, continuous, even and smooth, here

and there slightly and delicately cracked, cream-coloured, form-

ing irregularly rounded or oblong or more extended patches, one

or two inches in size, bounded by a tolerably broad, irregular,

wavy, brownish-black margin. Lirel/ie numerous and very mi-

nute, appearing to the naked eye as mere black specks, under a

lens like a multitude of minute black grains of wheat scattered

over the thallus and lying in all directions, either singly or

confluent and crowded, variable in size, the smaller or younger

ones punctiform and more or less imbedded in the thallus, the

larger and perfect ones of a narrow linear-oblong form, slightly

14*

212 Mr. EH... Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

tapered towards each extremity, which is rounded, very promi~

nent and sessile and plump in appearance. Proper margins full,

rounded and incurved. Disk a mere chink. The sporidia are

very singular and different from any other known ies

species.

ttl

Pate VI. fig. 16, c, Plant, nat. size; d, vertical section of thallus and

lirella; 5, sporidia.

Opegrapha siadalarks Ach., and O. epiphega, Ach. & BE. Bot. +

seem to be merely states of the same plant... Their structure will

be seen from our Plate VIII. fig. 34, which consists of a black

carbonaceous perithecium (a) which bursts at intervals through

the epidermis of the bark, and finally when the whole epidermis

is thrown off by it is found to be continuous. _ It is raised, and.

elevated here and there over the nucleus, and at those points

has frequently a longitudinal depression, like the rimeeform disk

of an Opegrapha or Hysterium. The base of the nucleus is quite

naked or destitute of perithecium. The nucleus consists of pale

hyaline oblong sporidia (6) of considerable size, margined and ele-

vated on simple pedicels, with others of various sizes in different

stages of maturity. This structure clearly distinguishes it from

Opegrapha, and refers it to the genus Hysterium, subgenus

Dichena of the Fungi.

[To be continued. |

XXI.—WNotes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during:an

eight years’ residence mm the Island. By Enear —_—

Layarp, F.Z.8., C.M.E.S

[Continued from p. 131.]

146. Zoothera (un. s. ?) imbricata, Layard.

Among the birds received from Mr. Thwaites is one which I

cannot identify with any Indian species, and which may perhaps

prove new. I have therefore provisionally named it imbricata

from its scaled appearance.

Length about 9 inches ; of closed wing 4% in. ; tail 3 in. ; bill

to'end of gape 1} in. tarsi 1,, in.

General colour of back and upper tail-coverts darkish olive-

brown, darker on the head; each feather pales off to the edge,

where a black border one line in breadth succeeds. Tail-feathers

wholly brown, shafts black. Shafts of wing-feathers dark brown,

outer webs reddish brown, mner-webs dark brown. On the

breast the same’style of marking prevails, the colours being pale

eo es CC

~— ee ee ee

My. E. Li Layard on thé Ornithology of Ceylon. 213

Tit

ellow darkening into deep rufous with very dark brown

Vent and under tail-coverts rufous. Bill corneous. Legs

“Tam indebted to the kindness of the Zoological officers of the

British Museum for the opportunity of examining and describing

this and other species.

147. Cissa puELLa, Blyth & Layard, J. A. 8. xvin. Kahibella,

7 sof Cing:

This, the most lovely of all our Ceylon birds, was discovered

by me“along the course of a mountain stream in the jungle

near Ambegamoa, and described by Mr. Blyth, loc. cit. Dr.

Kelaart writes that it is “common in Nuwera Eha, and fre-

quents the fields there, generally in small flocks, in search of

worms.” In such situations I never saw it ; all I have noticed

were in the most dense and lonely jungles. The last I procured

fell a victim to that curiosity so characteristic of all the jays. I

was creeping through some thick jungle to get a shot at a large

wood-pigeon, when the Cissa flew down from some lofty trees,

and coming ¢lose to me peered into my face. It came so near

that I refrained from firing, lest I should blow it to pieces;

neither did’ I wish to frighten it, lest I should drive it away

altogether ; I therefore waited till the bird had leisurely surveyed

me and flown to a little distance; still watching my movements.

This enabled me to shoot it.

Nothing can exceed the beauty of this bird when in full plu-

mage, and with the cere of the eyes and legs still fresh ; the con-

trast between the blue of the former and the crimson of the latter

being very striking. It has a loud harsh note, not unlike that

of the European jay. !

Mr. Thwaites has forwarded several specimens procured in the

central province.

148, Corvus cutminatus, Sykes. -dAndang, Mal.; lit. Grave

Crow. Goyegamma-caca, Cing. ; lit. High-caste, or Vellally

Crow.

The carrion crow is-everywhere common in Ceylon, being

found inland as well as on the sea-coast, the great resort of the

next species. It is found in the deep forests where C. splendens

hever appears, and such is its acuteness of sight and scent, that

though the wounded deer may retire to the most tangled brake

to die, its covert is invariably revealed to the hunter by these

crows, who, congregating in small parties on the surrounding

trees, patiently wait till life is extinct to begin their repast in

company with the jackals and wild hogs.

214 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

As soon as the carrion crow detects an animal lying on the

ground, it utters a curious soft modulated “caw,” wheeling in

circles round the object of its curiosity, beating the air with

heavy strokes, and then joining the wings over the back, it sails

down and alights within a few feet of its hoped-for prey. These

motions are known and understood by all the crows in the vici-

nity, who immediately flock to the expected banquet. One

bolder than the rest now approaches and hops upon the animal’s

body : as this is not an unusual practice with them whilst search-

ing for ticks, the animal lies still, till the crow peers: into its

eyes, when, should it be in a state to defend itself, a shake of the

head rids it of its dangerous friend, who then, instead of feasting

on its eyeballs, performs the grateful office of ridding it of its

vermin. Far different, however, is the fate of the wretched animal

dying of disease or of the deadly rifle-ball; full well the carrion

crow knows the dim eye over which the shadows of death are

stealing, and, like the wretches who rob the dying on the field of

battle, he hastens its last moments. Plunging its powerful bill

into the eyeball of his victim, it tugs at it, despite the feeble

struggles which oppose it, and is soon joined by its now bolder

companions, some pecking at the eyes, some at the fatal wound

or sore, but all select those points where the thinness of the skin,

or an abrasion in it, offer an easy access to the entrails: these

once reached are torn out and swallowed, but the eye is imva-

riably the first point of attack.

_ About the villages the carrion crow builds in the cocoa-nut

trees : in the jungles it selects a tall tree, amid the upper branches

of which it fixes a framework of sticks, and on this constructs a

nest of twigs and grasses. The eggs, from three to five in num-

ber, are usually of a dull greenish brown colour, thickly mottled

with brown ; these markings being most prevalent at the small

end. Axis 1} inch, diam. 14 inch. They are usually laid in

January or February.

149. Corvus spLenpeEns, Vieill. _Cagum, Mal. Caravy-caca,

Cing. ; lit. Low-caste or Fisher Crow, from its frequenting

the sea-coast.

The common hooded crow is essentially a “cit,” he is never

found away from towns, and the denser the population the more

frequent is he. He builds his nest in the hibiseus-trees in the

court-yard of the Government House, or of the merchant’s store,

and while in these situations the windows of his white fellow-

citizens often overlook his domestic arrangements; he in turn,

from his eyrie on the top of the rocking palm, looks down on the

lowly huts of the black ones. He levies contributions on all

So ees

\MxcB,AL Laysrd-on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 215

alike : leave but your breakfast-table for a moment, and as you

return, the rustling of hurrying wings, the marks of many feet

‘on the white table-cloth, the gashes in the pat of butter, and the

disappearance of plantains and small viands, proclaim who have

been the robbers. The old “hopper woman” sits frying her

cakes under the lowly “pandal” of her cadjan hut, and over her

with head inclined, taking a bird’s-eye view of her cookery, sits

the “caca;” and now the “ appah,” anglice “ hopper,” is done,

lifted from the pan, and laid on the little circular basket ready

for a customer. With a grunt of satisfaction the aged crone

surveys her handiwork, and drops her spoon to feel for her beloved

_ betel-pouch ; a tiresome little bit of “areca-nut ” has got into a

corner and the old dame bends over it, unmindful of her charge ;

a‘dark figure drops from the roof, and though she is instantly

on the alert, and aims an ineffectual blow at the thief, the nice

white “appah” is borne off. Sometimes however the robber

has but a poor hold on it and drops it on the red cabook road ;

down pounce a host of crows that have been looking on from

many a tree, and a scuffle ensues ; but anxious at least to cheat

them of their booty, if not to retain the damaged article for

her own eating, the old woman hurries to the rescue; but this

makes matters worse, the castle is defenceless, and unseen foes

drop down from beam and rafter or fly in through open doors.

The rice-basket is invaded, the chilli box overturned, the dried fish

stolen, and lucky is the dame if the crash of most of her little

store of crockery and glass, swept to the ground and scattered

in shining fragments, does not hastily recall her to her hut.

- But in spite of these annoying thefts, the amount of good

done by the vast numbers of these birds which frequent our

towns is very great ; they are the great street scavengers ; nothing

escapes their quick eyes, everything that can be eaten is de-

youred as soon as discovered, and early and late they are on the

watch for whatever is thrown out ; and so nimble are they, that I

have frequently seen them catch small bits of carrion, or other

matters, before they fell to the ground. They have not the least

fear of the natives, and even European children are unheeded by

them, and I have seen my boy’s hand bitten and bleeding from

their attempting to snatch his bread from him. But of the

white man and his gun they entertain the most wholesome dread.

Point but a stick at one and away it flies, while yet two or three

hundred yards distant, and alarms the whole winged fraternity

With his cries. Crows flock from all quarters, and sailing high

in air, caw in concert till the object of their dread has disap-

. However, should one unwary bird fall before the gun,

is companions hasten to assist him, and will often raise him up,

and fly so heedlessly round the head of the fowler, that a dozen

216 = §=Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

perhaps may be shot, before the remainder, conscious of their |

danger, seek safety in flight.

Their nests are loose structures of sticks lined with hair, built

in cocoa-nut or other trees, and the eggs are] in.’7\lines long

by lin, 1 line broad. The general colour is a light bluish green,

mottled more sparingly than those of the carrion ‘crow with dark

brown, the markings also being at the obtuse end ; but«n these

particulars considerable variation occurs in both species, and I

have some eggs in which the markings are almost obsolete. |

150. GracuLa rELIaiosa, Linn. |, Hallaleynia, Cing. i

Common along the western coast of the island. Mr. Brodie

procured numerous specimens at -Putlam;' it extends a

into the Kandian provinces, where it is replaced by ’

151. GracuLa priLtocEenys, Blyth, J. A. 8. xv. 285,

This is the * Hill Maina,” the largest and most beautiful of

our species ; the yellow lappets of the ears contrasting elegantly

with the purple-black of the velvety feathers on the head and

neck,

In habits these two species are similar, generally flying in

flocks varying in numbers according to the families who join

in them; they perch on the topmost branches of trees, and

feed on fruits and berries: They also frequent pasture lands,

and attend the grazing cattle, on whose backs they often alight

in search of ticks and other insects; they likewise scratch in

ordure for the coleoptera which burrow therein. They breed,

so the natives tell me (I have never been fortunate enough to

obtain their nests), in the palm-trees about villages, placing

- their nests on the broad ends of the old fronds which lie hori-

zontally. ‘The same authority informed me that the structure

was sticks lined with hair of cattle and the fibres of cocoa-nut, —

and that the eggs were bluish. Both the species are highly

prized by the natives for the facility with which they acquire

the power of imitating certain sounds of the human voice. A

highly educated bird will often sell for 20 rupees or more ; they

are kept in cages made entirely of bamboo, in the manufacture

of which the natives are very skilful. In captivity they are

cheerful, active and prying, exhibiting very much the charac-

teristics of our English magpie, and feeding upon almost all the

substances, raw or cooked, eaten by their masters. Their na-

tural note is a hoarse cackling or loud whistle, uttered in the

same clamorous manner as that of our English starlng. An egg

said to belong to this species is—axis 13 lines, diam. 10 lines;

colour a beautiful darkish blue; in shape it is much more

rounded than that of Acridotheres tristis.

Mr. E. L, Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 217

TIS 10° a0%02 152. Pastor roseEvs, Linn.

» 1 found large flocks of these birds at Pt. Pedro in July, but

-not one specimen, out of the many which fell at several discharges

from a large gun into the huge flocks which for several days

frequented one locality, proved an adult bird. They were very

wary, and I could only approach them by creeping up behind

he and then raking them as they rose with my largest gun.

At the end of about a week they disappeared and I saw no more

of them. They were entirely unknown to the natives. Mr. Brodie,

my esteemed friend and fellow-worker in Ceylon zoology, found

a few at Putlam and noticed their extreme wildness ; they perched

on the summit of the low bushes which dotted the open plains,

and he only succeeded in obtaining a single specimen, although

he followed them for several days.

153: Her#zrornis Pacoparum, Gmel.

This species is not uncommon in the north of the island, but

I have never met with it in the south. Dr. Kelaart found it in

Fort Frederic, at Trincomalie. I think it breeds at Pt. Pedro,

as I shot several young birds in September with the cere still on

the base of the bill. They frequented the ploughed lands in

_ small flocks of four, five or six individuals, and fed on small in-

sects and grubs. Dr. Kelaart includes

154. Hetrzrornis Manaparica, Gmel.

and

155. Her#Rornis CRISTATELLA, Linn.

~ Sed non vidi.

156. Herzrornis aLporrontata, Layard, n, s.

Another of the new species in Mr. Thwaites’s collection, if new

it really is. It may be Pastor Senex, Temm., as it agrees tolerably

well with the short description given in Prince Bonaparte’s Consp.

Avium, p. 419, but that description is so concise that I cannot

be sure of it ; I therefore name it provisionally H. albofrontata.

Length about 8 inches, of closed wing 44 in., tail 3 in., bill

to,.end. of gape 14 in., tarsi l in. General colour of back, tail

and wings black, with a green gloss. Forehead albescent ;

hinder feathers of crest brownish black, with albescent shafts.

General colour of breast, throat, vent and under tail-coverts

albescent, the shafts of the feathers on the throat shining white.

Specimens are in the British Museum.

218 Bibliographical Notices.

157. AcRIpoTHEREs tTRIstTIs, Linn. Gong cowdea, Cing. Na-

canam patchy, Mal,

This is the common Maina of the country; they frequent

meadows in search of worms and grubs of insects, not refusin

perfect coleoptera when they come in their way; they scrat

among the ordure of cattle (whence their native appellation), and

scatter it far and wide over the fields, thus assisting the |

native husbandman ; and the amount of labour they perform is

considerable, as they generally go in parties of six or eight, and

often in flocks of forty or fifty. Like the other mainas also the

often perch on the backs of cattle in search of ticks. pars

They breed in hollow trees, making a nest of fibres and

grasses, and deposit from three to five light blue eggs much

resembling those of the European starling in shape, but rather

darker in colour. Axis 13 lines, diam. 10 lines. Young birds

hatched in March or April.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Symbole ad Monographiam Marseniadarum. Auctore RupULPH

Beren. 4to. 1853. Plates. Copenhagen.

Tuts work is a most interesting contribution to malacological sci-

ence by a young and ardent Danish naturalist, giving a very com-

plete detailed account of the scientific history, the anatomy, and the

zoological classification of these hitherto little-known Mollusca, illus-

trated with excellent plates of the animal, their anatomy, including

the teeth and the prehensile organs of the mouth, (which I believe

have only hitherto been observed by Messrs. Alder and Hancock in

this country,) and of the shells of the different species. Unfortunately

the history and anatomy is in Danish, but the characters of the genera

and species are in the Latin language.

The author divides the family Marseniade into three genera :—

1. Marsenia, containing two subgenera; Marsenia with eighteen

species, and Chelynotus with four species, having three series of teeth

and an earshaped spiral shell. 2. Onchidiopsis, Beck (= Oncophora,

Bergh), with seven series of teeth, and a horny oblong non-spiral

shell, with two species, confined to the North Sea. 3. Marsenina,

Gray, also with seven rows of teeth, but with partly exposed ear-

shaped spiral shell, containing only two species, from the North Sea,

It is probable that the two latter genera may eventually form a

separate family, or form a part of Velutinide.

Oe a a

Royal Society. 219°

ee PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

_ ROYAL SOCIETY.

December 15, 1853.—Thomas Bell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

«On a New Method of propagating Plants.” By E. J. Lowe,

Esq., F.R.A.S., F.G.S. &e.

The author states that it had occurred to him, that if a cutting of

a plant were sealed at the base, so as to exclude the moisture of the

soil from ascending the stem in injurious quantities, the method of

striking cuttings of most species of plants would not be so preca-

rious a process as at present; and accordingly some collodion was

obtained in order to make the experiment.

With respect to this new process, he states, that immediately

upon the cutting being severed from the parent stem, the collodion

was applied to the wound, and then left a few seconds to dry, after

which the cuttings were potted in the ordinary manner.

To test the value of this new process more effectually, duplicates

of all the species experimented upon were at the same time similarly

planted, without the collodion being applied to them.

Experiments were carried on in two different ways; one batch of

cuttings being placed on a hot-bed, whilst a second batch was

planted in the open ground, without even the protection of glass.

First Batch.—All of which were placed ona hot-bed on the Ist

of September, and examined on the lst of October :—

Stove Plants.

Number of Number of |

a Name of plant. cutting : ene path tings

collodion which $00K | cation of eol- |"Mich took

_ applied. 1 lodion. “

I Ixora coccinea ...... bonbbcentstieeces 1 1 0

1 Tacsonia manicata .......... sees eas 1 1 1

3 Franciscea Hopeana......+.-.....0..« 3 3 0

3 Franciscea Pohliana..........-.+++... 3 3 0

2 Gloxinia Maria van Houtte......... 0 2 1

2 Begonia incarnata ...............++ 2 2 1

8 Achimenes patens ...............00e 7 8 6

2 Hoya bella ........-0e0s5. wedsehecasbe 2 2 1

2 Rondeletia speciosa ....0.++-+++-e0008 2 2 1

2 Allamanda nerifolia ..............+... 2 2 1

Greenhouse Plants.

6 Boronja serrulata : -............2 decree 5 6 0

3 Polygala dalmaisiana ............... 1 3 0

6 Polygala crandifiora....... Scuuetebecs 3 6 2

6 Verbena luna iii joes ces ebbas sos 6 6 6

1 Chorozema cordata .........ss0....0+ 1 1 0

1 Epacris pallida ................e....++ 0 1 0

2 Leschenaultia formosa............... 2 2 1

1 Swainsonia astragalifolia............ 1 1 0

1 Swainsonia galegifolia ............... 0 1 0

2 Abelia rupestris .............. dcivgs 2 2 0

4 Plectranthus concolor, picta ...... 2 4 2

220 Royal Society.

Second Batch.—Planted in the open ground on the lst, of wore

tember, and examined on the Ist of October :—

Hardy Plants.

Number of Number of

cuttings Pescoersia cuttings with- parsed of

with Name of plant. which took | Ot the t je hich tl

collodion enue cation of col- t

applied : lodion. eves

12 Garrya elliptica ......ceeeeess. isree 5 12 1

12 EGtiGh: VA@ONE-\ ec iist xcisarsees these cs 7 12 4

18 Bupleurum longifolium ........ ids 6 18 0

12 Fgura fete Dees xaypok ls oss eeckes ay 10 12 7

6 Rose, Souvenir de la Malmaison.. 4 6 3

12 Taxus baccata, golden-leaved var. 8 12 “4A

Total num ber of Total number of : ul

cuttings to which Norseman 7 cuttings without + ob

collodion was oe nagleiry the application paris dbo

applied. of collodion. ,

First batch ...... 59 46 59 23

Second batch ... 72 40 72 19

The experiment, the author considers, speaks for itself. Not--

withstanding the season being too far advanced for the full benefit

of the process to be thoroughly observed, still twice as many cut-

tings took root treated by the new method as had rooted by the old.

The mortality in the open, ground was, increased by slugs having

eaten off above the soil some of the cuttings; those thus damaged

were examined after they had been in the ground a month, and it

was found that the collodion was quite as sound as when first ap-

plied. It would therefore appear that the collodion seals the wound _

of the cutting, and protects it from the fatal effects of damp, until

roots are prepared to force through the covering of gun-cotton. It

is further stated, that the application of this solution has been found

to be exceedingly beneficial in the pruning of such plants as Hu-

phorbia speciosa, Impatiens latifolia, Impatiens latifolia-alba, Hoya

bella, Hoya imperialis, &c., the cut branches being prevented from

bleeding.

It is the author’s intention next spring to follow out this experi-

ment, in budding and grafting, as he considers that it will also be

useful in this branch of horticulture.

Gutta-percha, dissolved in ether, was in some instances substi-

tuted to heal the wounds caused by pruning; yet owing to this so-

lution not drying as rapidly as collodion, the first, and sometimes

the second application was not sufficient.

The effect of these solutions upon cut flowers was very marked.

Two branches were gathered as nearly alike as possible; to the

flower-stalks of the one, collodion was applied. These flowers

were placed in vases filled with water; those coated over with

Zoological Society. 221

collodion began to fade in thirty-six hours, and many were quite

dead in three days; whilst the flowers merely placed in water in the

ordinary manner remained fresh and healthy. Those that faded

soonest were Reseda odorata and Trope@olum majus, and those which

were least affected were Tagetes erecta and Senecio erubescens.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

~~ January 13, 1852.—W. Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. MonoGrapu or THE Famity Aropip®, A Faminy or Crus-

TACEANS BELONGING TO THE Division ENTOMOSTRACA ;

WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF APUS, AND TWO

SPECIES OF OsTRACODA BELONGING TO THE GENUS CyYPRIS.

By W. Barro, M.D., F.L.S. etc.

In drawing up this communication, one of the objects I had in view

was to call the attention of the members of this Society to a group

of animals which must be very numerous, especially in warm climates,

but which nevertheless have been but little attended to. The ani-

mals to which I propose directing your attention belong to that very

interesting division of the great class Crustacea, called Entromos-

‘Traca. The chief interest attached to these creatures, most of

which are very small, is derived from watching their gambols in

their native element, and examining by the aid of the microscope the

wonderful beauty of their various organs, especially their organs of

motion and breathing. Unfortunately few naturalists, comparatively

speaking, have paid much attention to them, and collectors of objects

of Natural History have generally, 2 part from their minuteness,

overlooked them almost entirely. ose however who have watched

these little creatures, whether sporting in the freshwater ponds and

lakes of the interior, or illuming the bosom of the ocean with their

brilliant phosphorescent light, have not failed to be struck with the

beauty and elegance of their forms,—a beauty and elegance which it

is difficult to describe, and the attempt to do which has caused the

grave naturalist Otho Fredericus Miiller involuntarily to rise into the

language of poetry.

The largest species of Entomostraca belong to the order Phyllo-

poda, and the beauty of their movements through the water and the

etry of their various organs of motion are truly exquisite.

The family Apodide contains the largest individuals, though as yet

the number of species described is not great. One species of the

family was known to Linnzeus, who mentions, in the first edition of

his'‘ Fauna Suecica’ (1746), having seen a specimen in 1728 at the

house of a naturalist in London, who told him he had received it

from Prussia. Jacob Frisch * had, previously to the publication of

the ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ made known and figured a species, specimens of

which he had received from Klein, then at Dantzic, who had found it

in East Prussia. Specimens of this species were sent soon afterwards

* Insecten in Deutschland, 1732.

222 Zoological Society.

by Klein to London to Sir Hans Sloane, and at the very ‘same’ time

(1738) this species was found also in England in a pond on Bexley

Heath by the Rev. Lyttleton Brown. Klein’s notice, previously sent to —

Sir Hans Sloane, and Mr. Brown’s description, were published simul-

taneously in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ of that. year, Several

species have since then been discovered, natives of various parts of

the globe and having a wide geographical range. They have been

found in different parts of Europe, in North Africa, in North Ame-

rica, even as high as the borders of the Arctic Ocean, in the West

Indies, and in Australia.

The Family Apodide (belonging to the Order Phyllopoda) may be

thus characterized :—

Pedes branchiales, paribus sewaginta. Antenne breves, styli-

JSormes, pari singulo. Oculi duo, sessiles. . Corpus numerose

articulatum, parte majore clypeo magno obtectum.

The feet, consisting of 60 pairs, are all formed for the purpose of

breathing with, and not for locomotion, the first pair alone being pro-

vided, in addition to the branchial plates, with organs adapted for

assisting the animal in swimming. The first pair are the largest,

and after the second pair they become gradually smaller as they de-

scend, until the last few pairs become almost obsolete. The animals

generally swim on their back, and these branchial feet are in constant

motion even when the animal is at rest. The body is cylindrical,

elongated, consisting of numerous segments, and the upper half, or

more in some species, is covered by a large shield-shaped carapace or

buckler. This carapace protects the vital parts, and is furnished with

a peculiar structure in its substance for increasing the extent of its

branchial apparatus. The antennee are smallorgans and in number onl

one pair, short and styliform. The eyes are two in number, compound,

lunate-shaped, and are sessile, being placed on the upper and central

portion of the carapace. The young have only one eye, which gra-

dually disappears as moulting goes on, until the mark merely remains.

This is generally described as a third eye, but according to Zaddach

the two compound eyes only are provided with optic nerve, pigment

and cornea. The caudal segment of the body gives off two long and

very numerously articulated cylindrical setee or filaments which are

more or less provided with short hairs from each side, pene

Only one genus of this family is recognized by M. Milne-Edwards

in his work on the Crustacea, though Dr. Leach had many years

ago established a second; the character upon which that genus was

founded by Leach is not considered by M. Edwards as of generic

importance; but having observed another character equally remark-

able, which occurs in all the known species of the group which that

‘genus represents, I consider Leach’s genus ought to be adopted, and

I now propose giving the characters of the two genera at greater

length than they have yet been done. ‘

Genus Apvs, Scopoli.

Clypeus corneo-coriaceus. Corpus molle, cylindricum. Seg-

mentum caudale lamina-producta non instructum. Pedum

primi paris appendices, aut rami, longissimi, flexibiles,

Zoological Society. 223

.» In the genus Apus, the tail-segment of the body is rounded, and

has no plate or prolongated appendage between the two long setz

or filaments. first pair of feet are very long, dividing into three

cylindrical branches, the external one of which is very long, in some

ies equalling in length the whole body with the tail filaments in-

uded : they are very flexible, possess much motion, and are very

conspicuous. These organs at once distinguish the genus, and they

ss the same general character in all the species hitherto known.

Boatiopecies have only as yet been described, and I now propose to

add to that number a fifth.

“1. Apus cANncrrrormis, Scheeffer. Clypeo corporis plusquam

dimidiam partem tegente, ovato, olivaceo, corneo ; ramo externo

pedum primi paris longitudine clypeum equante.

Long. toti corporis 24 poll.; lat. clypei 14 poll.

Pro Synonymis vide “ Baird’s Nat. Hist. of the British Entomos-

traca, Ray Society’s Publications, 1850.”

Hab. In Europa ; detecta in Anglia, Gallia, Borussa, &c. In Africa

tentrionali ; detecta in Tunisia, collegit Dominus L. Frazer; in

ia, collegit M. Lucas. Museum Britannicum. ,

The colour of this species is brownish yellow or olive clouded with

marks of a deeper hue. The carapace is oval and extends over nearly

two-thirds of the body of the animal. The keel which runs down the

centre of the carapace is pretty strong, and the deep notch at the

eg extremity is lunated in shape and has its edges finely toothed.

The external branch of the first pair of feet is about the length of the

carapace, while the caudal setze are nearly as long as the whole body,

and are covered with numerous short hairs... The abdominal portion

of the body not covered by the carapace is studded all over with cir-

cular rows of stout hooked spines of a dark brown colour.

2. Apus Guizprner, Thompson. Clypeo corporis vix dimi-

| diam partem tegente, quadrato, membranaceo, nigrescente ;

--vamo externo pedum primi paris longissimo, totum corpus, fila-

' mentis caudalibus inclusis, excedente.

Apus Guildingi, Thompson, Zoological Researches, Fasc. v. 108.

t. 6. f.3 ; M. Edwards’s Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 561.

' Hab. In Insula “ St. Vincent’s,’’ India Occidentali ; Rev. Lans-

downe Guilding.

’ Mr. Thompson in his ‘ Zoological Researches’ remarks: “I re-

ceived this species of dpus together with the Artemis Guildingi

from the West Indies, and having as yet no details, must leave its

history in the hands of- its distinguished discoverer. It is of a light

blackish colour, the clypeus translucent, almost membranous, and

shorter in proportion than in any of the known species, with the

extreme branch of the anterior member extremely long.” Unfor-

tunately we have no further history of this species from its discoverer

the Rev. Lansdowne Guilding, but the short square-shaped cara-

pace and the extreme length of the external a 4 of the first pair

of feet sufficiently distinguish it.

3. Apus Loneicaupatus, Le Conte. Clypeo corporis tertiam

" partem non multo magis tegente, rotundato, subfusco ; ramo

224 Zoological Society.

externo pedum primi’ paris longitudine, clypeum excedente; ,

corporis postica parte longissima, cylindrica. out

Long. toti corporis 1°5 poll., clypei °65 poll. ; lat. clypei *7 polls... ,

Apus longicaudatus, Le Conte, Ann. Lye, Nat. Hist. iv. acoso ‘

Hab. In America boreali. ‘‘ In a shallow lake on the high

between Lodgepole Creek and Crow Creek, N.E. of Long's Peak 5

(Le Conte). ne “igile

This species is readily distinguished by the extraordinary.

of the abdominal portion of the body. The carapace is roun

somewhat truncated at the anterior extremity, an having the. ae -

extremities of the fork terminating in a very sharp point.. It does...

not coyer much more than one-third of the body, and. is.thin Fn 7

substance. The external branch of the first pair. of feet is] oe

ceeding considerably the length of the carapace. The caud fila.

ments are about the length of the abdomen. Mr. Le Conte says

that the species was found in immense numbers. in a small shallow

lake on the high plateau between Lodgepole Creek and Crow Oreck,

N.E. of Long’s Peak, near the Rocky Mountains. \* They were

swimming about with great activity, plunging to the bottom and

rising to the surface.” nah.

4, Apus oprusus, James. Species hec reperta a Domino James

in “* Major Long’s Expedition to the Rocky Mountains,” non

satis bene descripta necnon delineata est.

Long. clypei *3 poll. ; lat. clypei *4 ? poll.

Apus obtusus, James, ‘Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, ii. 336,

Hab. In America boreali. “ Rain-water puddles on the Platte

river, near the Rocky Mountains”? (James).

This species is very briefly described by Mr. James. “In rain-

water puddles,” he says, “we remarked a new species of Branchio- .

pode belonging to the genus Apus; small crustaceous animals, which _

exhibit a miniature resemblance to the King or Horse-shoe Crab _

(Limulus polyphemus) of our own sea-coast, but which are furnished

with about 60 pairs of feet, and swim upon their back. The basins

of water which contained them had been very much diminished by

evaporation and infiltration, and were now crowded to excess, prin- _

cipally with the dpus, great numbers of which were dying upon the

surrounding mud, whence the water had receded. This species is —

distinguished from the productus of Bose and Montagui of Leach, _

by not having the dorsal carina prolonged in a point behind ; and

from canecriformis by the greater proportional width of the thorax,

and more obtuse emargination behind. The length of the thorax along

the middle is three-tenths of an inch and its greatest breadth some-

what more. It may be named dApus obtusus.”’—Note 7. p. 336.

5. Apus Domincensis, Baird, sp. nov. Clypeo corporis dimidiam

partem tegente, rotundo, tenui, corneo; ramo externo pedum

prim paris corpus equante.

Long. toti corporis | poll. ; lat. clypei ¢ poll.

Hab. In Insula St. Domingo, India Occidentali. Collegit M. Sallé.

Museum Britannicum. i

Though a native of the West Indies, this species may. be easily %

Zoological Society. 225

distinguished from 4. Guildingii by its round-shaped carapace of a

ny colour covering half the body of the animal, and its external

ach’ of the first pair of feet only the length of the body, while in

A. Guildingii it exceeds the whole body and caudal filaments in-

cluded. The carina down the centre of the carapace, and the fork

which it takes at the anterior extremity where the division into ce-

phalic and thoracic portions takes place, are marked throughout

their length with a deep brown colour, as are also the short stout

spies on the abdominal portion of the body. These are straight,

not ed as in some of the other species. The caudal filaments

are nearly the length of the body, and are covered with very nume-

rous, extremely short setee. The oviferous feet are present in all the

specimens I have examined, but none contain any ova.

Genus Leripurvs, Leach.

Clypeus corneo-coriaceus. Corpus molle, cylindricum. Segmentum

eaudale lamina producta instructum. Pedum primi paris ap-

pendices, aut rami, brevissimi.

In the genus Lepidurus the tail-segment of the body, which in

Apus is rounded, is furnished with a flap or plate of considerable

size ey ing to some distance between the long setee or filaments.

The first pair of feet, compared with those of dpus, are extremely

short and comparatively inconspicuous. These two characters at once

= the genus, of which only three species have as yet been de-

ibed. In other respects it resembles perfectly the genus Apus.

Scheeffer is the first author who has distinctly described any spe-

cies belonging to the genus Lepidurus. Linnzeus’s description of

the “ Monoculus cauda biseta”’ in the first edition of the ‘Fauna

Suecica,’ will apply to either the Apus or Lepidurus. He quotes

Frisch’s figure, ai states, as I have mentioned above, that he had

seen a specimen in London. We might conclude from this that it

was the Apus cancriformis he had in view ; but in the second edition

of the ‘Fauna’ (1761), he distinctly mentions, in his brief descrip-

tion, that the tail was furnished with two long sete, with a flap inter-

posed between them. As in this edition he continues to refer to

Frisch’s figure, and adds that of Klein, in the ‘ Philosophical Trans-

actions,’ it is evident he confounded two species together ; and as the

Lepidurus productus (the Apus productus of authors) is perhaps the

more common species of the two on the Continent, it is most proba-

ble that he had it in view when he wrote, but erroneously referred

to the species figured by Frisch and Klein as identical with it.

The species which have been described are—

1, Leprpurvs propuctus, Bosc. Clypeo corporis magis quam

tres partes tegente, ovato, elongato, olivaceo-viridi ; setis caude

pennatis ; lamina caudali elongato-ovata, carinata, setis brevi-

bus numerosis obsita.

Long. toti corporis 2} poll. ; lat. clypei 1 poll.

Pro Synonymis vide M. Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 560.

Hab. In Europa; detecta in Gallia, Suecia, Borussa, &e. Museum

Britannicum

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 15

226 Zoological Society.

This species is of an olive-green hue, and is smaller than the Apus

cancriformis. The carapace is of an oval form and covers more

than two-thirds of the body. The notch at its posterior part is less

deeply lunated than in Apus cancriformis, and the keel whieh runs

down its centre is well-marked. The flap of the caudal segment is

of an elongated oval shape and has a keel running down its centre,

which, as well as its edges, are finely serrated, or beset with numie-

rous short setee. The tail-sete are also furnished on each side with

numerous short hairs, which, when magnified, present a fine plu-

mose appearance. ‘The first pair of feet or rami are very small, and

when the animal lies prone are indistinetly visible. AY

2. LePIbURUS GLACIALIS, Kroyer. Clypeo corporis tres partes

tegente, rotundato, viridi; setis caude plumosis ; lamina cau-

dali abbreviata, subquadrata, denticulata.

Long. toti corporis 1 poll. ; lat. elypei 5 poll.

Apus glacialis, Kroyer, Voy. en Scandinavie, Lapponie, &c. t. 40.

Hab. In America boreali; detecta ad ‘Cape Krusenstern” mense

Augusti 1849. Collegit Dominus J. Rae. Museum Britannicum. ©

This species is smaller than the preceding, and of a green colour,

having the carapace of a rounded form with a sh eel running

down the centre. It covers rather more than two-thirds of the body,

and has the notch at its posterior extremity small and finely toothed

on its edges. The spines on the body are small and of the same

colour as the body itself. The first pair of feet or rami are y

short, scarcely visible when the animal is in a prone position be et

the edge of the carapace. The tail-setee are finely plumose, and the

flap between them is of a somewhat square shape, short and toothed

on its edges. Sige:

3. Leprpurus virtpis, Baird. Clypeo corporis magis quam di-

midiam partem tegente, rotundato-ovali, viridi, valide carinata ;

setis eaude brevi-pilosis ; lamina caudali ovali-lunceolata, cart-

nata, denticulata. dere vicopi:

Long. toti corporis 2 poll. ; lat, clypei 1 poll. | meer

Lepidurus viridis, Baird, Proceedings of Zool, Soc. 1850, t. 17. f.1,

Hab. “Van Diemen’s Land.” Museum Britannicum. siete Be

This species resembles considerably the Lepidurus productus. It

is two inches long, and has the tail-setee nearly as long as the body.

The carapace and whole body are of a fine green colour; the cara-

pace of a rounded oval form and covering about two-thirds of the

body. The edges of the notch in the posterior part of the carapace

are strongly toothed, and those of the inferior half of the’ carapace

are very finely serrated. The keel running down the centre is well

marked and projects a short way beyond the edge of the notch. The

tail-setee are beset with very numerous short hairs, and the flap be-

tween them is of an oval lanceolate form, and has the keel beset

with short sharp spines and the edges finely serrated. The first pair

of feet or rami only slightly extend beyond the edge of the carapace.

ee, ee

ee ee ee ee ee,

eee a Se eee ee eee

ie celia as

Zoological Society. 227

sue, ort Spurious Species.

~ Apus caudatus, De Kay, Nat. Hist. New York, Part 6, Crustacea,

p. 6).

1818, vol. i., Mr. Say describes a parasitic Crustacean living on the

Calianassa major (a malacostracous Crustacean), found on the coasts

of the Southern States of N. America and of East Florida. He

names it the Binoculus caudatus ; and in the Nat. Hist. of New York,

Mr: De Kay refers this species to the order Phyllopoda and to the

genus Apus, though he says, “I place it here with some hesitation.”

This animal being parasitic is no doubt referred by Say to the genus

Binoeulus of Geoffroy, (equivalent to the genus Argulus, and which

must be placed in the order Pecilopoda,) and not to the genus Bino-

eulus of Leach, as De Kay supposes, which is the Apus of authors.

Order OstrRAcODA.

Family Cypripip2.

Genus Cypris.

1. Cypris Betcueri, Baird. Testa lucente, albida, elongata,

stricta, supra arcuata, infra sinuata; extremitate anteriore

latiore, margine compressa, rugata; extremitate posteriore

ga ae ag

_ Long. 5 » silat. F

Hab. ; aj “From Sir E, Belcher’s Collection, along with some

freshwater shells from the islands of the Eastern seas.’ Museum

Britannicum.

__ The carapace valves or shell is of an elongate and narrow form,

having the anterior extremity considerably broader than the posterior,

and flattened on the margin, which is marked with a good many raised-

looking strize, which give it a puckered appearance. The posterior ex-

tremity is pointed and acute. The upper margin of the carapace is

arched, while the under margin is sinuated. The valves of the cara-

pace are convex in the centre and are of a shining white colour.

In form this species resembles considerably the C. clavata, Baird,

Brit. Entomostraca, but is less club-shaped and more sharply pointed

at posterior extremity.

2. Cypris Scoompurckii*, Baird. Testa subviridi, hirsuta,

puncturata, ovali; extremitate anteriore rotundata, mar-

gine subcompressa ; extremitate inferiore oblique-truncata et

mucronata, antennis pedibusque brevibus, setis plumosis.

~ Long. +} poll. ; lat. =, poll.

Hab. In insula St. Domingo, India Occidentali. Collegit M. Sallé.

Museum Britannicum.

The carapace valves or shell is of an oval form, with the anterior

extremity rounded in front and having its margin rather flattened or

compressed, the posterior extremity being obliquely truncated above

* Named after Sir R. Schomburgk, Britisk Consul in St. Domingo.

15*

228 Zoological Society.

and terminating in a sharp point. The carapace is.of a whitish green

colour and coyered all round the edges with rough coarse hairs, The

valves are convex on the centre and have their surface dotted all over

with small dots or punctures. The antennze and legs are apparently

very short, and the setee of both are shortly plumose.

This is the largest species of the genus I have yet met with, being

about 3th of an inch in length. Mr. James, in ‘his account. of’ the

Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, mentions his finding a Cypris

along with the dpus obtusus rather more than, one-fifth of, an, ip

in length. % bh nel

2. ON THE Genus THALURANIA. By Joun GOULD, F.RS."

It is now some years since I proposed the generic name of Thalu-

rania for the Trochilus furcatus and its near allies. »This generic

term having been adopted by the Prince of Canino and others, tends

to show that the division is a good one, and hence a list of the spe-

cies known up to the present time, with their native habitats, may

not be uninteresting to the members at the present meeting. I would

also take the present opportunity of laying before’ the Society a new

and very beautiful species, which, as far as I am aware, is only to be

seen in my own collection.

The species of this well-defined genus are—

THALURANIA FURCATA.

Hab, Cayenne, Demerara, and Brag;

THAL. NIGROFASCIATA.

Hab. Woods on the banks of the Upper Amazon. _

Tua. CouuMBIANA.

Hab. Temperate region in the neighbourhood of Bost in 1

lumbia.

THAL. VENUSTA. haul

Inhabits Costa Rica and the southern portion of Mexico. The

only species of the genus yet discovered to the north of Panama.

THAL. VIRIDIPECTUS.

A beautiful species lately sent to Europe from the Caraccas near

to the Andes.

THAL, VERTICEPS.

A species found only in my own collection. It frequents the

wooded regions on the west side of Pichincha in Ecuador. Sent to

me by Mr. Jameson.

THAL. GLAUCOPIS.

Hab. South Brazil.

THAL. WATERTONI.

This is the largest species of the genus and a very beantifat hind

Hab. Demerara.

Zoological Society. 229

soo'Pwan. WAciERr.

o! ab: "The hilly regions of Brazil, particularly Minas Geraes.

This species also inhabits Brazil, and is generally sent in collec-

suas from Rio.

TAL. REFULGENS, i. sp.

“A species very like furcatus in colour, but nearly as large as

drucestond.' "The under fail-coverts are steel-black; crown of the

head velvety black ; breast and shoulders beautiful ’ purplish blue ;

tail black and considerably forked ; wings purplish brown ; throat

rich metallic eM,

Hab.

BAL 7

sco aainitty 27, 1852.—Professor Bell, F.R.S., in the Chair:

:* ry grad ON THE Eees anp YOUNG OF THE APTERYX, AND ON

THE CASTS OF THE EGGs AND CERTAIN Bones or Aipyornis.

- By Proressor Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

The Secretary placed upon the table casts of two eggs and of nine

tions of the leg-bones of S riemitic bird of the Island of Mad

which had been presented by the Administration of the Garden of

Plants in Paris to the Zoological Society of London, and on these

Professor Owen made the following observations.

The casts were beautifully made and coloured,’ and were exact

Tepresentations of the originals; which the Professor had examined

during a visit to Paris in July last. These, were received at the

Garden of Plants in January last, and were described this day twelve-

month oe Ronen 27th) in a communication made by M. Isidore

-St.-Hilaire to the Academy of Sciences *. They had been

obtained by the master of a merchantman at the Island of Madagascar

in 1850, from the natives, who stated that one of the eggs had been

found, entire, in the bed of a torrent, amongst the debris of a

land-slip: a second egg, with some fragments of bone, was subse-

quently found in a formation which is stated to be alluvial: a third

egg, which the natives had perforated at one end, and used as a

vessel, was also obtained. This egg was fractured in the carriage ;

the other two eggs arrived entire.

“They are nearly of the same size, but differ in shape, one being

shorter but a little thicker, and with more equal ends than the other,

The following are admeasurements of these eggs and of an Ostrich’s

Aipyornis. Ostrich.

Ovoid egg. Ellipsoid egg.

Greatest circumference : ft. in. lin. ft.in. lin. __ ft. in. lin.

Lengthwise.............. 2109 29°6'**°}'66

Breadthwise rete 243 2°5'6 14 6

Extreme length in a straight

NEE ae Seale 1.08 10.5 064

M. Isidore Geoffroy estimates the larger of the two eggs to con-

* A translation of this communication appeared in the Annals for March 1851.

280 Zoological Society.

tain 104 quarts, or the contents of nearly 6 eggs of the Ostrich, or

16 of the Cassowary, or 148 of the Hen, or 50,000 of the Humming

Bird. The portions of bones of which casts were exhibited consist

of the lower end of the right and left metatarsal bones and the upper

end of the right fibula. These are nearly equal in size to the cor-

responding parts of the skeleton of the Dinornis, as the following di-

mensions demonstrate :—

Aipyornis, Dinornis giganteus. Casuarius.

in. lin. in. lin. in. lin.

Extreme breadth across the

trochlear condyles...... 5 0 5 6 2 3

Transverse diameter of shaft ak.

6 in. above lower end* . 2 9 2 3:0 pasaeDuelhy

Antero-posterior diameter of

shaft 6 inches above lower

end ies eit pd. F084 1°48 hood O uf

In neither Dinornis nor Aipyornis is the metatarsus perforated, as

in Casuarius and many other birds, above the interspace between the

two outer condyles: that interspace is simply deeper, or curved

‘higher in both. The outer trochlea, which is entire in both portions

of the metatarsi in Apyornis, is, in a marked degree, smaller than

in Dinornis, as is also the inner trochlea, as far as one may judge

from the posterior part which is preserved. The interspaces of the

trochleee are wider posteriorly in pyornis, and the outer one is

more angular at its apes end. The middle portion of the posterior

surface of the lower third of the shaft of the metatarse in dpyornis

is more produced than in Dinornis, and a ridge is continued from it

to each lateral trochlea, dividing the back part of the shaft above

them into three surfaces ; whereas the corresponding surface in

Dinornis is simply flat from side to side. Above this part in Apyornis

the posterior surface on each side of the middle prominence is con-

cave and meets the anterior surface at a ridge, which is narrowest at

the outer border of the bone. In Dinornis both borders of the lower

third of the shaft are thick and rounded.

The Apyornis does not show any trace of the rough tract for

attachment of a back toe, as in the Palapteryx robustus ; in this re-

spect it resembles the Dinornis. .

At 6 inches from the lower end, the shaft begins to be concave

along the middle of the fore part, the concavity deepening as it

ascends; whereas in Dinornis the anterior median concavity of the

shaft does not begin to appear until above the upper half of the bone.

In this character the pyornis resembles the Cassowary ; but it

differs from the Cassowary in the much narrower or sharper lateral

margins of the shaft of the metatarsus. Like the Cassowary, how-

ever, the breadth of the shaft is greater in proportion to that of the

trochleee than in the Dinornis or Palapteryz.

It would be hazardous to conclude as to the length of the entire

metatarse from the breadth of the distal end; for this is equal in

Dinornis giganteus and Palapteryx robustus, whilst the length of

* One-third the length of the entire bone in Dinornis giganteus.

Zoological Society. 231

the metatarse is 1 foot 6 in. in the one and 1 foot 4 in. in the other.

I think it more probable, however, that Zpyornis had a shorter than

that it had a longer metatarse than the Dinornis giganteus. —

.. That its leg-bones were smaller is significantly indicated by the

difference of size in the fibule.

The longest diameter of th Pe ve 1 29°

meter of the upper end..

Bie slecteas desiveter of the spper end... ba4 1 0

This bone in Zpyornis shows a flat, full, oval articular facet on its

tibial side, of which there is no trace in Dinornis.

Upon the whole, therefore, Prof. Owen concluded that the Zpy-

ornis maximus did not surpass in height or size the Dinornis gigan-

_ teus, and that it was more probably a somewhat smaller bird.

From the obvious differences which M. Geoffroy found on com-

paring these fragments with the casts of the metatarsus of the

Dinornis giganteus, he has inferred with much probability not only

its specific but generic distribution, and has proposed for it the name

ornis maximus*. This distinction is illustrated not only by

metatarsal bones, but by the eggs themselves., Mr. Walter

ntell, of Wellington, New Zealand, has recorded his observation

of an egg of a Dinornis found in the volcanic sand, of the magnitude

which he endeayours to give an idea by stating that his hat would

have been but large enough to have served as an egg-cup for it.

_ The fragments of the of Dinornis or Palapterya—of what

species, of course, pi determined—show, after arriving a

proximatively at their size by the curve of the fragments, that the

shell was not only absolutely thinner, but relatively much thinner

than in the Ostrich, and @ fortiori than in the Zpyornis. The air-

pores, also, have a different form, being linear, not rounded ; and the

external surface is smoother.

_ Inthe smoothness and thinness of the shell, the egg of the Dinor-

nis resembles that of the dpteryx: in the thickness of the shell and

the comparative roughness of its exterior, the egg of the 4pyornis

more resembles that of the Ostrich and Cassowary.

Such colour—a dull greyish yellow, as the originals of the eggs of

the Aipyornis now at Paris show—may well have been derived from

the recent alluvial soil in which it is stated that they were discovered :

the darker stain on one part of the circumference of the larger egg

seems to have been due to some accidental circumstance. Most pro-

bably they were originally white, like the eggs of the Ostrich, and like

the ents of the eggs of the Dinornis: whether an original green

tint, like that of the egg of the Emu and Cassowary, would be wholly

discharged by long continuance in the soil, may be a question.

It is most probable that the entire eggs of the Mpyornis were ex-

cluded in the usual fertile state, but had suffered such want or inter-

ey of the heat requisite for their incubation as to have become

* From aimds alta, dpe avis. The trivial epithet is hazardous, to say the

least, With the results of the comparison with the above recorded.

232 Zoological Society.

How hazardous it is to judge of the size of a bird by that of its

ege would appear, Prof. Owen observed, by the remarks which he

should next proceed to offer on the eges of the Apteryx. Of these

the Professor exhibited one entire specimen, and a nearly fully ineu-

bated chick from a second egg, both of which had been most liber.

transmitted to him by the Rev. Wm. Cotton, M.A., from the N

Island of New Zealand. iB

Had it not been for the demonstration afforded by the chick ‘itself,

it might well have been doubted whether so small’a bird could have

excluded so large an egg. The following are the dimensions of the

egg :—

Egg of Apterya,

ft. in. lin.

Greatest longitudinal circumference 91. .04... LidMod

Greatest transverse circumference |..... 5: . gaye Dal Wu

Lenptlh 22 e096 22ers oaian. lt. bas .;.c¢c08- de 0.4.10,

Breadth | 2490.04 i9inode wloxiteles ei 2 lose oA® Sree

The egg presents the usual long oval form, the colour a dull dirty

greyish white; but.this is partly due to grease stains from the de

composition of an incompletely hatched chick, with its yolk, within.

Viewed under a moderately magnifying power the surface presents

a very fine fibrous, or spicular character ; the raised lines, like spicule,

crossing in opposite directions, with air-pores scattered here and there

and barely perceptible to the naked eye. The shell is not more than

ith of a line in ay Supposing, as is most probable, from the

size of the bones of the /pyornis, that it did not exceed the Dinor-

nis giganteus in size, the egg of the’ Apyornis is smaller in propor-

tion to the bird itself than the egg of the 4pteryz is in proportion to

that. bird.

The embryo Apteryx, which had been removed from its shell, had

nearly reached the term of its incubation, the yolk-bag being reduced

to a hernia-like appendage of an inch in length and half an inch in

breadth, protruding about two lines in advance of the cloma, and

covered by a continuation of the ordinary integument of the abdomen :

the free end of the hernia was open, and exposed the ruptiired ends

of the allantoic vessels. ‘.

The whole body was clothed by down-fascicles, presenting the a

pearance of moderately thick cylindrical hairs, 14 inch in length,

with a smooth, unbroken exterior, gradually tapering to a fine point.

This smooth surface is due to an extremely delicate capsule, which

when torn open exposes the down-tuft, consisting of a central stem

with slender smooth barbs from 3 to 5 lines in length, diverging

loosely from each’ side of the stem.

in, ‘lin,

Length of the body from the base of the beak to

the tail '2 AUeIOIIO) oe. SSE add 4.0

Length of thebeak px Snchitqwsb pier sainacee nite LF

Length of the leg from the knee-jomt .......... 4 3

Length of the freely projecting part of the fore-

limb from the elbow-joint .......6.. e+e. 0eee 0 6

i ta Ea pa teeta Pe I i al i ee el a

ee a ee a ee

Re ee ee ee

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 233

>» From these dimensions it will be seen that, with the characteristic

darge size of the unhatched young, in the genus Apteryx, the chief

peculiarities of the remarkable external form of the bird had been

acquired. The feet were very completely formed with well-developed

claws, the small. back claw presenting its characteristic proportions,

and the integument of the naked part of the foot its well-marked

dentations. The little wing-rudiments had their terminal hook.

The tail presented the form of a short bifid prominence. The beak

‘being comparatively soft, had become distorted and bent in the bottle

of spirits in which the specimen was transmitted to the Professor,

but it showed its characteristic shape, the terminal nostrils, and the

slight terminal expansion, which forms the end of the crutch in the

mature bird. The eyelids, with their cilia, and the orifice of the ear

opening obliquely upwards, were rather larger in proportion than in

the adult, according to the usual law of the precocious development

of those organs of sense ; and the same remark applies to the entire

cranium. The neck is relatively shorter and thicker.

The young bird must be excluded unusually well developed, with

a complete clothing very like that of the parent, and capable of using

its limbs and beak for its own safety and support.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

_ danuary 12, 1854.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

Mr. G. Lawson exhibited specimens of Bryum warneum from the

Tents Muir Sands, on the east coast of Fife, where it was discovered

by Mr. W. M. Ogilvie, on the 27th of August last. It was associated

with Bryum cespititium, to which it bears a resemblance. The spe-

cies is new to Britain, and appears to be rare on the Continent. It is

described and figured by Bruch and Schimper in the ‘ Bryologia Eu-

ropeea,’ fase. vi. t. 5.

___The following papers were read :—

1. “On Diatomacez found in the Mull Deposit,” by Professor

Gregory.

Having continued the study of this deposit for more than a year,

Professor Gregory detected in it more than 150 species, a number

three times as large as has hitherto been observed in any other de-

it. Of these, he mentioned on the present occasion about 140, of

which about 120 were known and admitted already as British species.

The following species were new to Britain, but figured by cont*-

nental authors :—

Epithemia gibberula. Himantidium exigerum, Bréé.

Eunotia depressa, Kitz. Navicula Trochus, FAr.

E. Camelus. N. leevissima.

E, bigibba, Kitz. Cocconema gibbum.

The following species were described as new :-—

Eunotia incisa. Pinnularia latestriata.

Pinnularia undulata. P. exigera.

234 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Pinnularia tenuis, ; Cymbella tumens.

P. parva. Gomphonema Brebissonii ?

Stauroneis rectangularis, G. Hebridense.

Navicula apiculata, Smith.

Professor Gregory then directed attention to the remarkable ya-

riations of a form which had been referred by Mr. Smith to. his

Pinnularia divergens, but, as found in the Mull earth, had more than

double the number of striee which belong to that species, It occurs

in several very striking varieties, and the conjecture was thrown out,

that it is in reality not P. divergens, but a distinct species, includi

P. stauroneiformis, P.interrupta and P.mesolepta of Smith, as w

as what he took for P. divergens in the Mull deposit.

Some remarks were also made upon the value of the generic and

specific characters of the Diatomaceee. It was shown that the genera

Cymbella and Cocconema, Hunotia and Himantidium, seem to be re-

spectively separated on insufficient grounds. In regard to specific

characters, it was pointed out that while certain species vary almost

ad injinitum, others exhibit a remarkable degree of permanence. _Ex-

amples of the former are Hunotia triodon, L, bigibba, Himantidium

bidens, H. undulatum, Pinnularia divergens; of the latter, Hunotia

tetraodon, EL. Diadema, Navicula Trochus, N. serians, N. rhomboides,

Pinnularia alpina. It was thought that these very characters of per-

manence and variableness might be usefully employed as specific cha-

racters, and that viewed in this light, each of them afford strong

proof of the real existence of species as natural divisions.

Professor Gregory has still several new forms found in this deposit —

to describe on some future occasion; and he is engaged in the

study of other deposits, in all of which he has already found species

hitherto overlooked, and among these several of the new forms above

named.

2. “On the occurrence of Desmarestia Dresnayi on the coast of

Ireland,” by W. Sawers, Esq.

In a letter to Professor Balfour, Mr. Sawers states, ‘1 have great

pleasure in sending you specimens of an Alga new to the shores of

the United Kingdom. Specimens having been sent to Dr. Montagne

of Paris, he writes, that he gathered the same plant at Fort, St, Se-

bastian, Spain, in 1823, published a description of it, with a plate, in

1842, in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ naming it Desmarestia

pinnatinervia, and that it has been found by M, Crouan at Brest,

though rarely. M,Crouan makes it a variety of Desmarestia Dres-

nay, but M. Montagne maintains the distinctness. of his species

and retains his name D. pinnatinervia. I found the yo pa

floating early in August at Moyville, near the mouth of Loch Foyle,

and have visited the locality frequently since, always getting a num-

ber of specimens, the great majority imperfect. _When fresh, it has

the colour of a Laminaria, but is not so glutinous to the feel, and

thinner. The root is a disc, and sometimes two or three fronds

arise from the same disc; in some cases they are slightly proliferous

where the margin has been injured. The frond is from 12 to 18

Botanical Soviety of Edinburgh. 285

inches long, and 2 to 4 inches in breadth. The lateral nervelets are

forked as in the frond of a fern.”

Dr. Greville was of opinion that the plant must be referred to

D. Dresnayi. He read a description of it, and exhibited a drawing,

both of which will appear in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ and the

iety’s Transactions.

~ 3. © Remarks on the Flora of the Vosges,” by Dr. Dubuc.

4. “On Carex pediformis and other new Austrian Plants,” by

Dr. Adolph Senoner. Dr. S. particularly called attention to Carex

@diformis, Meyer, discovered during last summer in Hungary by

sor Harzlinziky.

“Report on the state of the Society’s Herbarium,” by Dr. Anderson,

Curator.

“Since the last report on the state of the Herbarium was read,

Great rogress has been made towards the complete arrangement of

collection

*Tast autumn, the cabinets and their contents, with the exception

of those containing the British plants, were removed to a commodious

room in the new museum at the Botanic Garden.

~~ The Society’s collection of British plants, which still remains in

the Society’s rooms at the University, is now, by the labours of Mr.

‘Lawson, in a perfect state, and will prove a valuable aid to those who

may be studying critical species or the geopmphic# distribution of

plants in the British Isles. The European Herbarium is also in a

‘most satisfactory condition, but its arrangement is not yet quite per-

fect. The collection is one of great extent, comprising plants from

nearly all the countries of Europe. During last year it has been

enriched by valuable contributions from Spain and Portugal, and by

a very complete set of Scandinavian plants from Professor Blytt, of

Christiania. The Asiatic portion of the collection is the most exten-

sive and perhaps the most valuable of the whole. It consists prin-

cipally of plants from the East Indies, with a few from Arabia and

Syria, part of the collection left to the Society by Mr. Christy. The

Indian plants have been collected by Roxburgh, Wallich and Wight,

the Countess of Dalhousie, Dr. Cleghorn, Captain Campbell and Dr.

Jameson, of the Company’s Gardens at Saharunpore. By the labours

of Dr. Cleghorn and myself, the naming and arranging of the species

have advanced to the Ochidacez, but still much has to be done in the

of revision, &e. The Society’s collection is rather rich in African

plants, of which a considerable number of species is from the Cape

of Good Hope, some named, but the greater part undetermined.

“The Society have also a large tind dna collection of plants from

America, principally from North America, contributed by Dr. Gavin

Watson of Philade! hia, Mr. James M‘Nab, and Dr. Philip Maclagan,

*“The number of South American plants (rarities in all herbaria)

is small. Within the last two years the amount has, however, been

increased by very valuable parcels from Mr. Spruce. Since the last

report a considerable collection of Australian plants has been pur-

chased

“In concluding this report, allow me to congratulate the Society

236 Miscellaneous.

on the flourishing condition of its Herbarium; and also to request

that the younger members will come forward and assist in completing

its arrangement. There is still much to’do, and we only ‘require

workers ; and lastly, I would remind any of our members that may

go abroad, that though far removed from us and our meetings, they

are still members, and as such they should remember the interests of

the Society and its Herbarium; and as a proof I would; as Curator of

the Museum, request them to send home specimens of the plants oe-

curring in their respective localities.” DRO

baitath ea MISCELLANEOUS.

On Sciurus glacialis (Leemargus borealis, Mull. § Henle) and its

Parasites. By P. J. Van BENEDEN, (9°

Tus fish inhabits the northern seas; it is very common on the

coasts of Iceland and Greenland, but exceedingly: rare on the Eu«

ropean coasts. .. It is called Haakal by the Icelanders ; -Aepekalle by

the Belgian fishermen. A specimen was taken in May last by the

Ostend fishermen, and came into Prof. Van Beneden’s hands quite

fresh ; its parasites in fact were still living. i.

The stomach contained at least twenty carapaces of 4iga marginata,

with some débris of a Loligo and Echiurus, and some other matters

which could not be distinguished.

The right eye was covered. by an enormous, specimen of the

Lerneopoda elongata, Kroyer, firmly attached to the sclerotie coat.

The abdominal cavity contained three large Tetrarhynchi in the

Scolex state; they were attached by their trunks to the peritoneum.

This Tetrarhynchus is new.; Prof. Van Beneden describes it.under

the name of bom

T. linguatula, V. B.

In form this worm differs so much from all other species of Tetra-

rhyncus, that, at first sight, it would not be supposed to belong to

that genus; it resembles neither a Teenioid nor a vesicular worm.

It is entirely white. In the state of Scolex the worm consists of two

distinct parts ; a rather broad anterior portion of a firm consistence,

(the head), and a very delicate ribbon-like posterior portion.

The anterior part, or head, is furnished with four very short

trunks, resembling a wine-glass in form when torn out, and covered

with strong hooks arranged in a quincuncial order. Of these there

are about twenty in each circle. Each hook consists of a recurved

spine which is directed forwards when the trunk is not exserted, and

of a rather large base inserted into the skin, rounded at one end and

pointed at the other. The head is flattened like the body of the

Linguatula of the dog; it has on each side a furrow indicating the

point of union of the bothridia, of which there are but two; the fur-

rows only reach half the length of the head. Total length 50 millim.

In the stomach there were several hundred Nematoid worms, which

the author has not yet determined; one extremity of their bodies

was always rolled spirally.

Miscellaneous. 237

large Cestoid worms were found in the spiral intestine and

the narrow portion of the stomach; some of them measured a foot

fm ngth ;. they form a new species of the genus Anthobothrium.

sore A. perfectum, V. B.

‘» The anterior portion of the bothridia is hollowed into a sucker ;

the posterior portion has always a boat-like form. The strobila is

formed.of a great number of individuals; it is narrow in front, but

broad and tolerably thick in its posterior portion. The segmentation

is only visible at some distance from the bothridia. The proglottides

are longer than broad, with a black spot in the middle of each. The

ovaries are inflated and become black when exposed to the light. The

ag ne elongated, but without filaments.

_ The gills of the fish nourished five specimens of a Trematode worm,

which has been confounded by Kroyer and Diesing with Polystoma

appendiculata, a aang which lives on Mustelus vulgaris and Scyl-

lium caniculum. The author says that it is not only distinct from that

Species, but that it may even form the type of a new genus, distin-

guished by having Y-shaped hooks on the caudal appendage. He

gives it the name of Onchocotyle borealis, but does not describe it

any further at present.—Bull. de [ dead. Roy. de Belgique, 1853,

pt: 2. p. 258. c

ON THE GENUS LATIA,

» M. Reclus im the ‘Journal‘de Conchyliologie” for July 1851, de-

scribes a shell under the name of Crepidula neritoides, p. 205. t. 6.

f. 16, 17, as coming from New Holland, observing that he received

it from Mr. Cuming under'the name of Lottia neritoides. This is

the shell which I described ina paper read at the Zoological Society

on the 11th of December 1849, and published at length in the

‘ Annals of Natural History’ for January 1851 (vol. vii. p. 68), under

the name of Latia neritoides.. It is almost unnecessary to observe,

that it has not so much affinity with Crepidula as Ancylus has to

Patella; that it is from New Zealand, and not from New Holland; and

that Mr. Cuming never could have referred it to the genus Lottia!

I should not have thought it requisite to have mentioned these inac-

curacies, not yery creditable to his reputation as a conchologist, if

M., Petit in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie’ for 1852, iii. p. 260, after

the error had been pointed out to him, had not wished to make it

appear that the genus Latia was really not published until after

M. Reclus’ paper had come out, because he erroneously states that

the printing of the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society for the

year 1849 was deferred, because the volume for 1850 has been. so

delayed, overlooking the fact that the paper, with the description

of the genus, had also appeared entire in the ‘Annals of Natural

History’ for January 1851, when M. Reclus’ paper was not printed

until July of that year. But M. Petit overstates his case in his

anxiety to justify his friend ; he declares that M. Reclus received the

shell without any note of its habitat, when in the deseription of the

shell he gives it as coming from New Holland, without any mark of

238 Miscellaneous.

doubt. Or are we to consider this as a gratuitous addition? if'so, what

authority are we to place in the other habitats given by this author ?

M. Petit objects to my having used two generic names so alike as

Lottia and Latia (!), and further asks if the genus is distinct from

Grunlachia of Pfeiffer. When he made this inquiry he could scareely

haye compared the figures of the two shells, which are both given in

his Journal.—Joun Epw. Gray. ini ele

The Anglesey Morris, Leptocephalus Morrisii. bate

Invol. ii. page 409 of the second edition of Yarrell’s British Fishes,

the fish mentioned above is described, and although “twenty spe-

cimens had then been taken, within a few years, on different parts of

the coasts of England, Wales, and Ireland,” there is no mention of

it as having been found in Scotland. It is with great pleasure I am

able to state, that one was taken at Wick, N.B., about six years ago,

om a fisherman, who took it to Mr. Nichol, druggist, of Pulteney

own, Wick, in whose possession my son Joseph saw it, preserved

in spirit, since which I have examined it, and find that it agrees in

every respect with those described in Yarrell; it is about six inches

in length, and in a good state of preservation.

As I have no work on the fishes of Scotland to refer to, I think it

right to give publicity to this interesting addition to the Scottish

Fauna. Cuas. W. Peacu.

Wick, 18th Feb, 1854.

FIGURED PEARLS OF THE CHINESE.

Some years ago I described the Chinese mode of producing arti-

ficial pearls of a large size and regular form (Ann. Philos. ix. 27).

Mr. Fortune has lately sent to England some specimens of Dipsas

plicata, showing that the Chinese have improved on the process. In

the specimen I formerly described, the artificial matrix was a plano-

convex piece of mother-of-pearl producing a rounded pearl. In those

now sent the pearls each represent a Chinese joss or sitting figure of

about an inch in length, and there are often as many as eleven or twelve

in each valve, forming three parallel lines, all with the head of the

figure direeted towards the margin of the shell. They are all of the

same form and size, and the matrix is a soft white metal: it is evi-

dently thin, as they do not add much to the weight of the shell. In

the specimens I have seen the matrices are most regularly and ev

covered with the pearly layer, but the covering is so thin that

doubt if they can be used for ornament, and rather suspect that they

are manufactured for the purpose of being sold as curious shells than

for the purpose of setting.

M. Oscar Marescaux has kindly shown me some similar specimens

sent from China by his brother Alfred, who procured them from Loo

Choo Lake. He has also one of the pieces of metal taken from one

of the shells ; it is thin, rather brittle, and evidently cast from a kind

of bell metal, with a concave inner and a smooth whitish convex outer

surface, showing the copper colour on the edge—Joun Epw. Gray.

Meteorological Observations. 239

tot~ On a Migration of Dragon-fies. By M. C. Morren. —

‘In a short notice communicated to the Royal Society of Belgium,

M. Morren mentions, that on the 16th of June last, at about four

o'clock in the afternoon, an immense swarm of dragon-flies was seen

at Hasseignies, in Hainault, flying towards the north-west. The

passage of these insects lasted for about three-quarters of an hour,

over a surface of at least three-quarters of aleague. Those which flew

lowest were at a height of from 6 to 7 feet from the ground, but it

was impossible to hedge of the elevation of the highest fliers. The

cies was the common Libellula depressa, Linn. No reason could

be ascertained for this extraordinary migration.—Bull. de [ Acad.

Roy. de Belgique, 1853, pt. 2. p. 323.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1854.

- Chiswick.—January 1. Clear and frosty: snowing: frosty. 2. Frosty through

out: severe frost at night. 3. Severe frost, with fog: overcast. 4. Overcast and

cold: snow 7 inches deep. 5. Thick haze: rain and sleet: 2 inches additional

depth of snow. 6. Hazy. 7. Heavy rain. 8. Clear and fine. 9. Rain: foggy:

rain at night. 10,11. Cloudy andcold. 12. Cloudy: slightraim. 13. Slight

haze: clear. 14. Clear: hazy. 15. Foggy: cloudy, _ 16. Dense fog: overcast.

17. Cloudy. 18. Densely clouded: overcast. 19. Dense fog. 20. Rain: over-

cast. 21. Fine: frosty. 22. Frosty haze: clear and fine: overeast: frosty. 23.

Foggy: very fine: 24. Cloudy and windy: rain: frosty. 25. Frosty: clear and

fine: cloudy. 26. Fine: very clear. 27. Densely overcast: rain. 28. Slight

rain: cloudy: clear. 29. Boisterous, with rain: overcast. 30. Cloudy and mild:

clear. 31. Overcast: cloudy.

Mean temperature of the month .......... hbcacuertas cee aascoune 37°88

Mean temperature of January 1853 ......... PWIA sade winct cde 40 ‘41

Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-eight years . 36 °68

Average amount of rain in Jan. .....,.00..sssescesenseesecs sosee 1°74 inch.

Boston.—Jan. 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: snow a.m. and p.m. 3. Cloudy: thermo«

meter at 8 a.m. 5°. 4. Stormy: snow-storm a.m. and p.m. 5. Cloudy. 6

Cloudy: snow a.m. 7. Cloudy: raine.m. 8. Cloudy: raina.m. 9—13. Cloudy.

14, Fine. 15. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 16—19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy : rain p.m.

21. Cloudy. 22,23. Fine. 24. Cloudy: rain a.m. 25. Fine. 26. Fine: rain a.m.

27. Cloudy. 28,29. Cloudy: raina.m. 30. Fine. 31. Cloudy.

_Sandwick Manse, Orkney—Jan. 1. Snow-drift a..: snow-showers p.m. 2,

Bright a.s.: cloudy p.m. 3, Bright a.m.: snow-showers p.m. 4, Bright a.s.:

clear p.m. 5. Bright a.m.: snow-showers p.m. 6. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 7.

Thaw a.m.: sleet and rain p.m. 8. Sleet-showers a.m. and p.m. 9. Bright,

frost a.M.: cloudy p.m. 10. Bright, frost a.m.: clear p.m. 11. Clear, frost a.a.:

elearp.m. 12. Snow-showers a.m. snow-drift, showers p.m. 13. Clear, fine a.m.

cloudy p.m. 14, Cloudy a.m.: clear, frost p.m. . 15. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora

pa, 16. Bright s.a.: rain p.m, 17, Cloudy a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 18. Bright

A.M.: Cloudy, aurora p.m. 19. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 20. Bright a.m.;

cloudy, aurora p.m. 21, 22. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 23. Clear a.m. : cloudy, aurora

p.M. 24. Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m. 25. Cloudy a.m.: sleet-showers, lightning p.m,

26. Hail-showers 4.mM.: cloudy p.m. 27. Cloudy a.m.: showers p.m. 28. Showers

A.M, and p.m, 29. Showers s.M.: showers, aurora p.m. 30. Drizale a.m.:

drizzle, aurora p.m. 31. Showers a.m. : cloudy p.m.

Mean temperature of Jan. for tweuty-seyen previous years ... 387-46

Mean temperature of this month ......... stores ctercent crerrseeee 36°47

Mean temperature of Jan. 1853 ee. ee. ccceccssesesecceeeneceees 38 °55

Average quantity of rain in Jan. for thirteen previous years . 4°35 inches.

aL. | 26.0 | 26.1 OS.9£ |St.9£ | z.of|Eg.1f [€6.Eb) o6¢.62 L6v.6z 14.62 199.67 £11.62 “uwoy|

Ex, |rereesees|ererererel nom lomo | om | ob | SBE | SxS] oF | ES 65.62 $9.62 £1.62 $0.08 oz,of “rf

gt. |resseeeeeleeeeereesl ow | omg | ems | orb | EP aS} Sp | <g $£.6z gr.6z oL,6z IIr1,0£ tbr,0£ of

+r. go. Or. |emsm| «ms | «ms | $68 | zh gt) gp | ss of.6z 88.87 LE.6z 308.62 VE6.6z *6z

gr. $o, or. 9 -m | ems | 66 | 6&1 S.Sb| 62 | 6b gv.6z $9.6z $L.6z $60,.0£ ZLt1 of "37@

Lo, | dt. | £0. | «ms | -s | «ms | f%| gh] S.gf| zp | ob ov.6z £$.6z o1,6z ‘Lgz.0f Lgrv.of Le

Ez, [rereeeseeletererees! oy | og | omg iy) SE 9f| 9z oS 90.0£ Lv.6z 06,62 1££.0£ 9fS of "9%

seereeeeel £o, | go. |omgm| mes! me | re | 66 tf} o£ | gb 01.62 £62 LL.6z $g0,0f Ezrof Sz

rz, || Zo. |emsm| os | ms | 6€ | SE cb! bz] 41S £2.62 £0.62 $£.6z 9LS.6z £vL.6z vz

seeserscclenseerensieressere+] sag | omg] og | Seb | 66 | El of | of £7.62 £1.62 LL.6z 3z0.08 6go.0f | +z

seeeecces|rersesteel go, *s | +g | ems Sip | Shh fb} S¢ 1S ££.6z 64.62 09.62 £26.62 $00,0€ Tord

setteteceleeereeeseeeeeerers| ag *g | *as iy | ch 6£| 62 | Sb S+.62 85.62 $1.62 >6.6z $90,0£ 61

gz. | 10. | ms | mss| ms | tb | OF! bbl Sy | gh $$ 62 £4.67 £9.62 976.62 940,0£ Lt

scvcerseelecesenaee! 76, * *s | ag | 6€ | HE ££} 1p | oF £v.6z 79.62 09.62 $19.62 £98.62 "91

G0.) WO, feet ge lege fb tee to 6g th LE tE) ee | ot 79,67 9$.6z $v.62 $29.62 $12.6 Sr

seeveveveleeseeeees! or, | egg lemgml ems | £6 | LE ££] oz | Sb 9$ .6z gv.6z ov.6z Lol,6z £28.62 +10

of, 8o. | ‘Ss |emss| *s | ZE | SLE} 1£] gz | xb zb.6z cb.6z fv.6c 968 .6z 9$9.6¢ | fx

titeseeesleeseeeees! ZO, g *s | -os | SE | SEE ££| 62 | oF 2S 62 z9.6z 6S 62 6S 9,62 ££8.6¢ ‘TE

siteseeeelennerenee eeerereesl emg |) egy 1 of r¢ +E! x¢ gt 68.62 00,0£ 99.62 ££9.62 9638.62 ‘IE

Sz, teeteeees! Zo. ‘as, «| muul oo 9z S9z 9f VE gt 10,0£ 46,62 gz.67% SEv.6z 909.62 ‘OL

19. go. ‘au | a or) of | +E of] Le | ob v1.62 19.62 00,62 960,62 611.62 6

09. CE, sere | soma: (oes) | tae 1a SE SE gf] 1€ | gv 18.62 $£.6z 69.87 £63.32 691.62 g

os. 9°. £€. a: 9 “s VE} SE: /) S28) fof op $z.6z t2.67 £6.92 1$3.97 gS1.6z “L

testeseneleseesees| 90, 9 o | m | $€c! Lz of! gz | gf 62.62 £7.62 ZB.Rz 636.32 bor.6z 9 ¢

€1. oz. fo. | ‘aa | ‘a | om} ze} Le 1f/ 1€ | of VE.6z LY.6z gl.gz 006.87 026.9% ¢

teseereeleeeerenes] gg. ‘ou | asa | ‘ag le | & 1f| 4¢ Zé €S.6z £5.62 L6.9% 716.97 ob6.97 v

6r. | Sr. |reeerrr"| om | as | a | $c | PE} rz] ge | zé $$ .6z 26.6 22.6% z£1.6z g1£.6z €

GR. [nernnes|seteros sl cme {coe | met #E | ot | Sel > ze gr.6z $0.6z 30.62 $oz.6z 162,62 °%

teeseeens srerreoeel oor | emmm| ms | gz | gz wz} Lr | z& 72.6% $£.62 91.62 gll.6z £7.62 *y

a ‘

- Fe 3 2 5 g g “ 2 urd jlican $6 &F “UI, | ‘xeyr | = urd Fg ‘ure £6 & 2 SC *xe] wee

#8 | § e8| 8 | 25 |yompang | 28 Es

le be Perey e * | “ouyig | ** | PSTD “pneeg “font ee MO "UO

“Urey *puLAA *1o}UIOULIOY, TL, *TaqoMOLE gy elas

@rrnrarwarn, Sacamrsr ane

~ am 6: Fa PS WE PET SS RT a a Pee ee ee a ean

iistccn ILE... ANNALS

AND

ee ene

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

3 [SECOND SERIES.]

No. 76. APRIL 1854.

. | Pa ae

. 3

t -

» XXII.—On the Structure of the Echinoderms.

' ; By Jonannes MGxeER.

[Coneluded from p. 123.]

CRINOIDEA.

_- . Narure has produced no transitional form between the Sea-

urchins and the Starfish, which would be a flattened Sea-urchin

with an ambulacral abdominal surface and an entirely antambu-

lacral dorsal surface, but with only the double series of interam-

bulacral plates of the Sea-urchins. The sole approximation to

this form is the pentagon of the pentagonal kinds of Starfishes,

whose interambulacral plates always form a triangular accu-

mulation, of which only those plates which border upon the

ambulacrals are arranged in a similar order to these. Much

nearer the Sea-urchins in form, but not in composition, are,

among the Crinoids, the Blastoidea possessing a solid shell and

no free arms, especially those Pentremites* with rounded calyces,

and the genus Higocrinus, Roemer. The apex has enlarged into

the antambulacral area of the calyx. However, the composition

of the interambulacral are of the calyx departs far more widely

from that in the Sea-urchins than these do from the Starfishes ;

in the Blastoidea these_areze are formed partly by the five ra-

dialia which are disposed in the direction of the radii, partly by

the interambulacral azygos deltoid pieces, a conformation which

can be compared to nothing in the interambulacral are of the

Sea-urchins.. The composition of the ambulacra is also aberrant in

the Pentremites, as well from those of the Asteride as from those

* See, for an elaborate comparison of Pentremites with Asteride and

Ophiuride, Prof. E. Forbes’s Memoir on the British Cystidee, Mem. Geol.

Survey.— TRANSL.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 16

242 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

of the Sea-urchins ; this is evident from the analysis of the Pen-

tremites given by Roemer. In Pentacrinus the antambulacral

and ambulacral zones of the calyx (with ambulacral grooves) are

equal, and both have become produced upon the moveable arms.

The development of the antambulacral side of the radii in the

Crinoids takes place either from the very base of the calyx, or

from its circumference, or in the neighbourhood of the mouth,

as in most Cystidee. In the latter case, the calyx presents no

radial arrangement of plates from the base to the immediate

neighbourhood of the mouth; it begins only at the mouth in

the oral arms, whose ambulacral grooves however lead to the

mouth, and, like the articulated antambulacral surface of the

arms, present no traces of the general plan of the Echinoderms.

Hence it is intelligible why, so long as the Cystideans were held

to be armless, the radial arrangement of the Echinoderm was

unrecognised.

The determination of the different structures which occur in

the radii of the Crinoids is not always easy, but I have come to

the following conclusions :—Radii are radial divisions of the

Crinoid for the reception of the ambulacra, and they are either

calycine radi or arms. Calycine ambulacra are grooves with

suckers upon the ventral surface of the calyx in the direction of

the arms when these exist. -Ambulacra of the arms are the ven-

tral surfaces of the arms and pinnule, provided with suckers.

The Blastoidea have calycine ambulacra without arms. Many

Crinoids, as Actinocrinus, Platycrinus, &c., have arms without

calycine ambulacra or clefts of the calyx; the Pentacrinites and

their allies possess both arms and calycine ambulacra. The

arms are articulated in either one or two series, and are either

simple or dichotomously divided. The divided arms arise from

an undivided arm-basis, which is either articulated upon the

calyx or is enclosed by its plates. The arms therefore are pro-

bably not originally double. The pinnule, on the other hand, are

always in double rows and are never divided or branched.

They are articulated processes either of the calycine ambulacra

(Blastoidea) or of the ambulacra of the arms. Where arms are

present the pinnule are absent on the calyx, and first appear as

the arms become free from the calyx. They are articulated either

in single or in double series, and are provided upon their ventral

surface with suckers, like the arms and calycine ambulacra.

Every single joint of the arm, or every segment of the ambu-

lacrum (Blastoidea), has only one pimnula. The pinnulz always

alternate. Unquestionable examples of arms without articulated

pinnule are afforded -by Cupressocrinites ; of pinnule without —

arms by Pentremites. Pinnule composed of a single piece, form-

ing series upon a joint (of an arm) like the little plates on the

Prof; J. Miller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 2438

arms of Cupressocrinites, pass into marginal ambulacral plates,

which are erect plates along the sides of the ambulacral grooves,

and may occur as well along the ambulacral grooves of the calyx

as of the arms and pinnule (Pentacrinus). They are set so

closely upon the arms, that many occur upon a single joint.

Pentacrinus possesses both marginal plates and pinnule. Spines

or bristles are unarticulated appendages of the arms, and occur

only in the division of Crinotdea costata (Saccocoma) ; they are

arranged in pairs and opposite, upon each joint of the arms,

thus differmg from the pimnulz, which are articulated and alter-

nate. Cirri are articulated processes on the stem of the Crinoids

and on the terminal knob of the Comatule.

The ambulacra of the recent Crinoids are. treated of in the

memoir upon Pentacrinus ; they are grooves which are continued

from the mouth upon the perisoma of the calyx towards the

arms and pinnule, covered by a soft membrane, and in Penta-

crinus supported upon each side by perpendicular calcified mar-

ginal plates. Within the grooves there are two series of fine

apertures upon which the minute suckers are seated. Upon the

arms and pinnule the calcareous formations are limited on the -

ventral surface to the marginal plates of the ambulacral grooves.

On the calyx, on the other hand, the ambulacral grooves are

supported by calcareous deposits in addition to the marginal

plates. Those plates which form the edges of the ambulacral

grooves have a wall-like elevation, and serve not only to embrace

the ambulacra but to support the erect marginal plates ; they may

be called the lateral ambulacral plates; they are distinguished,

like the marginal plates, from the other ventral plates by the

absence of the problematical calycine pores which characterize

the latter. Beneath the soft covering of the groove little plates

also lie, which were inditated in the memoir upon Pentacrinus.

For the sake of comparison with the ambulacral plates of the

Sea-urchins and Starfishes, I thought it important to subject

these subambulacral plates to a closer examination. They form

a single and therefore azygos series under the membrane of the

groove, and are united to the lateral ambulacral plates by a firm

membrane, in which lie the ambulacral pores. These pores are

usually situated between the lateral series of plates and the me-

dian series. A semicanal is excavated upon the upper surface of

the median series of plates, which appears destined to receive the

ambulacral vessel. _The ambulacral vessel would therefore, as in

the Asterida, lie upon the outer surface of the ambulacral ske-

leton, and, as in them, be covered by the soft skin of the ambu-

lacral cleft, while the ambulacral pores which are connected

with the feet should perhaps be interpreted as passages leading to

ampullz, The presence of calcareous plates renders microscopical

16*

244 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

investigation impossible, and allows only of dissection under the

simple lens, by which the constitution of the plates and the am-

bulacral pores may be very well detected, but the relation of the

feet to the ambulacral vessels is not directly observable. The

entire inner surface of the calyx is loosely lined by a membrane,

which also contains very minute microscopic calcareous plates.

In making a general comparison of the ambulacra in the differ-

ent orders, it is important to remember that Pentacrinus pos-

sesses not only median azygos but also lateral conjugate ambu-

lacral plates, and that the ambulacral pores lie between the two.

The ambulacra of Pentremites so far agree with this, that, ac-

cording to Roemer’s exact analysis, they possess besides the con-

jugate plates, a median azygos plate, which however runs under

the whole ambulacrum. The ambulacral vessel and its lateral

branches towards the pinnule, discovered by Roemer and Yandell,

most likely lay above the plates, not under them, and the am-

bulacra were probably covered by a soft membrane, as in Pen-

tacrinus.

The general arrangement of the ambulacral vessels follows one

plan in all Echinoderms, but the composition of the ambulaeral

skeleton and the position of the ambulacral vessels in relation to

it are subject to very great variations in the different organs. The

ambulacral plates of the Sea-urchins, Starfishes and Crinoids

differ essentially from one another, as much as the system of

dorsal and interambulacral plating.

There exist however certain azygos median pieces in different

divisions, which, when they are present, lie upon the dorsal side

of the ambulacral vessel ; to this series belong the subambu-

lacral plates of Pentacrinus, the great subambulacral plate of the

Pentremites, the rotulz in the oral skeleton of the Sea-urchins,

and those portions of the oral skeleton of the Holothuriade above

which the ambulacral canals pass to the walls of the body.»

Cystidee.— Among the Crinoids the Cystidee of L. von Buch

form a group which is distinguished by the inclusion of the ge-

nital organs, together with the other organs, in the calyx. In

the Pentacrinites and Comatule on the other hand, the sexual

organs are attached to the pinnule of the arms; in those Cri-

noids which have only one calycine opening (mouth), as Actinocri-

nus, Platycrinus, &c., the exclusion of the sexual organs from the

calyx is at once rendered probable by the absence of any aper-

ture corresponding with them. The Cystidee, on the other hand,

have at least two and sometimes three apertures to their calyx,

one of which, distinguished by its valvular-closure, is found in

no other Crinoids than the Cystidee. L. von Buch has deter-

mined that this valvular pyramid is the genital aperture. We

owe to him the recognition of the close alliance of these forms

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 245

with the Crinoids, and at the same time of their peculiarities, the

exact analysis of their calyces and the exposition of their genera.

That they are not armless, as had hitherto been generally sup-

posed, was first observed by A. von Volborth, who discovered the

arms in Echino-encrinus angulosus and striatus, subsequently in

Echinospherites aurantium, where they proceed from the mouth.

The figures of the Duke of Leuchtenberg, and those of Volborth

of Spheronites Leuchtenbergii and Protocrinites oviformis would

indicate the presence of arms in these also, although they have

not been actually obtained. In fact, branched grooves run from

the mouth over a great part of the calyx; the branches of the ©

grooves however end in papille of the calyx, which must be

regarded as points of origin of arms—a circumstance so much the

more remarkable, as it would follow that the arms of these Cystidee

must have had a position far removed from the mouth (Verhandl.

d. Konig]. Mineralog. Gesellschaft zu Petersburg, 1845-46,

Petersb. 1849). A specimen of Spheronites Leuchtenbergit in

Von Buch’s collection agrees exactly with these figures. When,

in his second essay, L. von Buch founded the order Cystidee

(1844), the oral arms of Echino-encrinus were already known. He

did not regard them as Crinoid arms, but called them feelers.

With a correct foresight he even then arranged the Pseudocri-

nites and Agelocrinus, with long arms passing from the oral part

of the calyx, among the Cystidee, but was not inclined to con-

sider these processes as true arms. He had even in 1840 termed

the remains of the three arm-like processes in Hemicosmites arms

or proboscides, but was led away from a just comprehension of

their nature by comparing them with oral tubes.

In his beautiful monograph on the British Cystideans (Mem.

Geol. Survey, t. ii. Lond. 1848) Forbes has increased the num-

ber of forms with oral arms. He divides the Cystidee into,—

Ist, those with arms: Pseudocrinites, Apiocystites, Agelocrinites ;

2nd, those with oral pinnule: Prunocystites; and 3rd, armless

forms: Caryocystites and Spheronites ; to which latter the Bri-

tish form Echino-encrinus is added. Forbes considers that the

arms observed by Volborth in the Russian species of Echino-

encrinus are oral pinnule. The oral arms of Echino-encrinus and

Prunocystites are articulated in two series. - Volborth observed

that in the former ‘they are beset with small plates upon their

ambulacral surfaces, which he calls tentacles, remarking that

pinnulz are absent. These plates have the characters of mar-

ginal plates, which in the Crinoids (Pentacrinus) occur on the

arms as well as on the pinnule. In Echino-encrinus

the remains of six arms were present. That this number does

not agree with the five depressions which usually surround the

mouth is explained by the fact, that the number of these facets

246 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

varies ; Von Buch states that there are five or six; and I possess

a specimen with eight round depressions about the mouth, which

are united with the mouth by grooves. Echino-encrinus striatus

possesses, according to Volborth, together with a very much

narrower pointed oral extremity of the calyx, only two much

larger opposed oral arms, which have the same structure as in

Echino-encrinus angulosus. From their relations, however, it is

probable that these are not pinnule, but arms; for it is not

usual for pinnulz to be isolated. If they both belong to a single

_ ambulacrum, how are we to imagine a single ambulacrum in this

locality in the immediate neighbourhood of the mouth? If, how-

ever, they belong to two different ambulacra, they can, as soli-

tary structures, be only arms.

The arms of Echinospherites aurantium, Wahlenb. (Sphero-

nites aurantium, His.) have essentially exactly the same relations

as Volborth has described and figured. In such well-preserved

specimens as now lie before me, the origins of three articulated

arms at the oral region of the calyx are recognizable. The five

uppermost calycine plates are raised into a three-sided pyramid

transversely truncated above, whose obtuse edges are prolonged

into the arms. Two sides of the pyramid are broader than the

third. The sutures between the five pieces are so disposed that

two of them are situated upon the broader side of the pyramid,

the three others in the obtuse edges. Two supplementary pieces,

however, are added to the five principal portions of the pyramid,

and extend from the calyx into two of the angular sutures. The

pore-grooves of the plates of the calyx extend only on to the

lower portion of the circumference of all the seven pieces. The

arms immediately subdivide again. From the oral aperture

grooves, beset with marginal plates, pass on to the arms. For

the rest, the division of the arms shows that they are arms, and

not pinnule. Whether these arms, like those of a few other

Cystideans, as Pseudocrinites, were provided with articulated

pinnulz, cannot be decided, since they are broken short off.

Whether the Caryocystites possessed arms is not as yet known,

but it can hardly be doubted, since they are not certainly distin-

guishable from Echinospherites.

In Hemicosmites, three of the six uppermost plates of the calyx

are provided with an insection, which arises from the triradiate

median calycine opening. Each of the insections is continued

into a groove; the groove terminates after a slight expansion in

an elevation of the calyx which served for the attachment of an

arm. The elevation no longer lies on the plates of the upper-

most, but upon three of the plates of the second series. The

elevation exists only in specimens which are not worn down, and

is beautifully obvious in a specimen which M. Ewald has sent

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 247

me. The triradiate clefts of the calyx, and the calycine grooves

continued from them, are covered with minute plates which

readily fall off. In the specimens figured by L. von Buch, they

are still perfect, and form a fine series of plates from the mouth

to the ventral surface of the three arms. In this series, again,

three delicate grooves are distinguishable, as in Echinospherites

aurantium, which correspond with the subjacent clefts of the

large plates of the calyx and their grooves. In the always

much worn specimen of Cryptocrinites cerasus, no indications of

arms have hitherto been observed.

Forbes regards the Cystidee, like the Blastoidea, as sections

of the Echinoderms different from the Crinoids. The Spheronites

were already arranged among the Crinoids by reason of their

stalks before their arms were discovered, and we now have still

more reason for considering this to be their true position. | Vol-

borth and Roemer consider the Cystidee as a group of Crinoids;

which is also my own view. The position of the arms, however,

must not be regarded as one of their characters ; for in Sphero-

nites Leuchtenbergit and. Protocrinites oviformis the arms were

situated far away from the mouth, as in the other Crinoids.

The suctorial feet of the Cystideans were unquestionably placed,

as in Pentacrinus, on the ambulacral side of the arms and in the

ealycine grooves. . In the introductory part of this essay, how-

ever, it has been demonstrated to be contrary to all analogy

that suctorial feet should exist in any Echinoderm upon the

antambulacral side of the perisoma from the apical.end to the

arms, or between the ambulacral radii. In the Cystidee, there-

fore, the whole calyx, with the exception of the calycine grooves,

is to be regarded as anambulacral.

The genera Pentacrinus, Caryocrinus, and most Cystideahs are

distinguished among the Crinoids by the existence of very pecu-

liar pores in the anambulacral plates of the calyx. Pentacrinus

alone has afforded the opportunity of an exact investigation of

these pores. I have described and figured them in the essay

upon Pentacrinus.

The interambulacral (interpalmar as well as intrapalmar) caly-

cine pores of Pentacrinus pierce the ventral calycine plates, and

lead beneath the inner membrane of the calyx. They possess

no soft external prolongations. In contrast with the ambulacral

calycine pores for feet, these may be called anambulacral calycine

pores. Their signification is not understood, only it is certain

that they are not passages for feet. .A comparison with the

respiratory pores of the Asteride suggests itself; soft. tubes pro-

ject from these, with regard to which Ehrenberg has shown (and

I can confirm his statement by my own observation) that they

248 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. -

are ceeca, which are indeed connected with the abdominal cavity,

but are perfectly closed externally.

The calycine pores of Caryocrinus are equally without relation

to the arms ; and thence, though differently distributed, resemble

the anambulacral calycine pores of Pentacrinus. They occupy

the antambulacral part of the calyx behind the arms as far as

its base.

Most Cystideans (Cryptocrinites cerasus excepted) possess

calycine pores, which are distributed over a greater or smaller

part of the calyx without radiation and in a very peculiar manner.

In those forms with calycine grooves, as Protocrinites and Sphe-

ronites Leuchtenbergii, these pores again appear to be anambu-

lacral, since, like the anambulacral pores of Pentacrinus, they

are disposed in the arez external to and between the ambulacral

grooves ; here, however, their distribution is far wider, since

they extend as far as the base.

Two principal divisions have been made, according to the

distribution and combination of these pores :—

I. Cystideans with pore-rhombs. The pores are disposed in

rhomboidal figures, the one-half of which belongs to one plate,

the other to its contiguous neighbour. Every two pores of these

rhombs appear to be invariably united by canals or grooves,

which are visible either upon the outer or on the mner side of

the plates, in such a manner that the united pores belong to two

different adjacent plates.

a. Pore-rhombs without external connexion of the pores.

Hemicosmites and Caryocrinus ; in Hemicosmites the combining

grooves are, according to Volborth, upon the inner surface of

the plates.

b. In Echinospherites granatum, Wahlenb. (Ceryooystites gra-

natum, v. B.), the pores are united by bands projecting exter-

nally, which contain the connecting canal of the pores, and this

canal is always a single one between each pair of pores, or even

a series of pores*. The more importance is to be attached to this

circumstance, as the number of the calycine plates, even of the

basal plates in Caryocystites granatum, varies, so that some spe-

cimens possess more superimposed plates than others, and even

specimens with five basal plates are not rare. According to the

arrangement of the plates, I do not think that Caryocystites and

Echinospherites could be separated.

_A form nearly allied to Caryocystites granatum, observed by

M. Beyrich (Drift [Geschiebe] near Berlin), the plates of whose

calyx are more numerous, is distinguished by the bands which

* ... und dieser Canal ist immer ein einziger zwischen je zwei Poren,

oder selbst einer Porenréihe.

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 249

unite the pores belonging to an. entire series of pores, which

penetrate the entire thickness of the plates, so that the series of

pores appear also upon the inner surface of the plates. Some-

thing similar may also be observed in many specimens of Caryo-

cystites granatum, inasmuch as the canals of the bands not un-

frequently also exhibit clefts here and there between the terminal

pores. These clefts may indeed be readily explained by the

grinding down of the canals; the occurrence of the regular rows

of pores in the species above mentioned, however, leads us to

question whether they always have this origin.

ce. In Echinospherites aurantium and aranea every two pores

of two plates are not uncommonly connected by one, usually by -

two canals, which are recognizable upon the outer surface of the

plates; Echinospherites testudinarius, included by Von Buch in

the ill-defined genus Caryocystites, is an elongated Echinosphe-

rite. Its pore-rhombs agree more closely with the previously-

named species than with Caryocystites granatum, though the

number of the pore-canals between every pair of pores is in some

localities still greater. In fact, we not unusually observe not

only two, but three, or even four conjoined canals, which open

at both ends into a pore, and are so connected.

d. The genera Echino-encrinus, Pseudocrinites, Apiocystites,

Prunocystites, are distinguished by possessing only a few pore-

rhombs—fragments of the system—which however are here

justly termed pore-rhombs. In Echino-encrinus angulosus and

striatus there can be_no doubt that the elongated pores of these

rhombs are clefts which penetrate the whole thickness of the

plates. Forbes remained in doubt with regard to these pores, and

was inclined to interpret the ‘ pectinated rhombs’ as the situation

of ciliary organs comparable with the ciliated epaulettes of the

larvee of Echini. Seeing the very problematical nature of all

_ pore-rhombs, and of all non-ambulacral pores of the Crinoids, in

fact, the supposition that the cilia are connected with the pores

and pore-canals is not to be excluded.

The number of the pore-rhombs in the Echino-encrinites ap-

pears to vary, and Echino-encrinus granatum, Volb., would appear

to be only such a variety of the E. angulosus.

II. Cystideans with double pores upon the calycine plates,

which belong not to two different plates, but to the same. The

plates are facetted, and each facet possesses two closely approxi-

mated pores. Here belongs a small group of Cystideans, which,

since it consists of many genera, might be called Diploporitide

(Diploporiten). The genera included in it are :—

1. Spheronites pomum, His. Type of a peculiar genus, which

may retain the name of Spheronites, as opposed to the Echino-

spherites with pore-rhombs,

250 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

2. Protocrinites (P. oviformis, Kichw.).

3. Spheronites Leuchtenbergii, Volb. Type of a peculiar genus,

which may be termed Glyptospherites. That the Russian Sphe-

ronites pomum, Leuchtenb., or S. Leuchtenbergii, Volb., is not

the Swedish S. pomum, Volborth thought probable from Gyl-

lenhal’s account. The specimens of the Swedish form in the

Mineralogical Museum of this place put this beyond doubt.

There are no calycine grooves on the true Spheronites pomum,

His. ; on the other hand, the five outermost calycine plates are

elevated into a triangular pyramid truncated at the mouth, as in

Echinospherites aurantium; the edges of the pyramid are broken

off in all the specimens, and leave a doubt as to the form of the

arms which were probably present. The base of the calyx is

transversely truncated, and very broad in relation to the diameter

of the calyx ; it consists of 6-7 pieces.

The relation of a few other Diploporitide to these genera is

still unknown. Many of the Cystideans described by Forbes,

and enumerated by him among the Caryocystites, viz. C. Litchit

(F.), C. pyriformis (F.), C. munitus (F.), do not belong to the

genus Caryocystites (Von Buch), being rather Diploporitide

allied to Spheronites pomum, which require further investigation.

Crinoids with reticulated hands.—A fossil Crinoid with reticu-

lated hands from Gothland has long been recognized as such in

Stockholm, but has not yet been figured and described. Many

years ago Prof. A. Retzius transmitted fragments of the hands

to me, at the same time pointing out the peculiarity of this Cri-

noid. Numerous dichotomously-ramifying series of joints are

united into a petaloid form by lateral processes of the joints. I

had never seen anything of the kind, and could hardly imagine

them to be portions of a Crinoid.

On mentioning these fragments to Von Buch, he recollected

that similar equally problematical fragments from Gothland were

in his own possession. We brought them upon the same day

to the Gesellschaft Naturforsch. Freunde, and it was evident

at once that they were identical. Von Buch, with the friendship

which he has always shown, readily offered to share with me the

specimens which he possessed. I was obliged however to renounce

the attempt to elucidate the nature of the animal from such por-

tions as J possessed without the calyx; and I entertain a thorough

aversion for the practice of hastily naming, which inflicts upon

science an encumbrance out of all proportion to the possible

gain therefrom. I gave over the fragments which I had received

to the Mineralogical Museum, as the most proper place for their

reception. In this museum there were also additional fragments

of this Crinoid from Gothland, sent to me by M. Beyrich.

When M. Peters visited Stockholm in the spring of the pre-

Prof, J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 251

sent year, he inquired further for the remains of the animal from

Gothland; and M. Lovén was so good as to send to me for

description the beautiful fragments which he possessed of it. In

one of these specimens, the greater portion of the calyx with a

part of the hands is preserved; in another, a part of the calyx

with the petaloid hands. A third specimen consists of the hands

alone. Prof. A. Retzius also sent me besides a beautifully pre-

served specimen of the hands. Who can contemplate without

joyful surprise these remains, in which the peculiar structure of

one of the most remarkable forms of the Crinoids is clearly

evident ?

The base of the calyx, whose plates are perfectly smooth, is

not quite perfect, but appears to consist of five basalia, on which

follow a circle of five parabasalia ; with these alternate five arm-

bases, radialia, which are in contact, there is, however, a small

intermediate piece between two of the five. This arrangement

would thus agree with Cyathocrinus. The parabasalia are hexa-

gonal; their breadth to their depth as 3:2. The basalia are

exceedingly depressed, three times as broad as they are deep.

On each of the basalia three joints are seated,—one, of a tri-

angular form, upon the excavated centre of the anterior edge ;

two at its sides; the inner edges of the latter lie over the middle

jiece, and so come into contact. These two lateral pieces are the

tiasss for all the series of joints of both halves of the hands. To

each are first attached two joints, an internal, and a far broader

external. The broader is the first of the longitudinal series of

broad joints which runs along the outer edge of the commence-

ment of the hand. At first very broad, they become successively

narrower; their outer edges constitute the outer edge of the

hand, while the inner edge is, as it were, cut into steps of two

joints, sufficiently deep to allow of a new series of joints being

articulated upon the notches thus formed. ;

The step-like notches therefore pass over one, and further on

even many joints. The series of joints soon divides dichoto-

mously again, and the dichotomy is continually repeated. Even

at a small distance from the bases of the arms, we find more than

thirty longitudinal series in the breadth of a hand; at the

distance of an inch from the base of the hand there are as many

as eighty series, and so they go on multiplymg. The joints lie

not merely in regular dichotomous longitudinal series, but in as

exactly regular arched transverse series, and are. articulated

together laterally by opposed processes, so that all the joints of

the hand taken together form a petal with innumerable minute

gaps. These five hands have an extraordinary breadth at their

periphery ; in their expanded condition they would doubtless no

252 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

more cover one another than the expanded petals of a penta-

petalous corolla; in the closed condition they mutually overlap,

Just like the folded petals of a closed corolla; in fact, their

sides are quite rolled in. The joints of the coalesced fingers are

in general as long as they are broad, or a little longer.

- The dorsal surface of the joints is flat, the lateral processes lie

in the middle of the length of the joints, but usually somewhat

further forwards, so that the joints viewed from the dorsal sur-

face have the form of a cross with very short arms. The union

of these joints before and behind, in a longitudinal direction and

by their lateral processes transversely, gives rise to a network

with regular meshes. At the commencement of the arms the

meshes are as yet undeveloped, and the joints not cruciform but

four-sided. ‘

Close above the calyx the joints measure in thickness, that is

in the direction from the dorsal to the volar side, much more

than in length. The lowest, which rest upon the radialia of the

calyx, are the thickest. Thence onwards they decrease suc-

cessively in thickness, so that soon it is only one-third of what

it was close above the calyx. The great development of the first

joints internally, produces, with the radiale of the calyx, a sort of

arch over the periphery of the calycine cavity. A nutritive canal

is observed upon the articular surfaces at the end of the joints.

In a transverse section also we observe that the volar side of the

joints is deeply excavated, the cavity being included by two

ridges.

Further outwards the thickness of the joints rapidly dimi-

nishes; an inch from the base they are still twice as thick as

they are long, but very soon their thickness is not greater than

their breadth. They retain the excavation upon the volar side,

which forms a deep canal on the volar side of the longitudinal

series of joints, and is covered transversely by minute plates,

which usually alternately interdigitate with one another. At the

sides of the volar surfaces of the joints, including the ambulacra,

stand exceedingly delicate pinnule or narrow marginal plates,

many of which (three to four) occur in the length of a single

joint. These pimnule are unarticulated ; it is only at their base

that a small portion appears to be divided off. The height of

the pinnule on the broader portion of the hand equals the

thickness of the joints. The volar surface of the hand was

therefore, corresponding with the dichotomy of the series of

joints, provided with hundreds of dichotomous ambulacral

grooves, supported by delicate calcareous marginal plates.

When the series of fingers have been broken out from the

stone and the impressions of their volar sides left behind, these

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 253

impressions appear like rounded dikes with closely-set trans-

verse or zigzag insections, which appear to correspond in posi-

tion with the covering plates between the pinnule.

_ On making a transverse section of the hands, the involution

of the sides of the arms is observable. In a longitudinal section

ndicular to the calyx, we observe not merely the interior of

the calyx and the above-mentioned overarching of the peripheral

portion of the cavity of the calyx, but also the ventral perisoma

above the calyx, which, passing from the hands, lies above the

overarching portion, and stretches like a line over the middle of

the calyx. The delicate pimnule or marginal plates of the series

of joints of the hands are continued on to the ventral surface of

the calyx, and in sections may be traced to the middle, where in

all probability the mouth was situated.

The composition of the stem is at present unknown.

Among the numerous Crinoids of Gothland described and

figured by Hisinger in the ‘ Lethza Suecica,’ we look in vain for

any figure of reticulated arms, though there are not a few among

them whose arms have not been preserved. It is difficult to

conceive that among the many remains of Crinoids which he saw,

there should have been nothing appertaining to the reticulated

Crinoid ; and in fact there is a figure, not of the reticulated hands,

but of the calyx and the first joimts, which would appear to do

so. It is his Cyathocrinus pulcher, “ calycis articulis hexagonis

margine striatis, manibus circiter 35, brevibus linearibus, puncto

medio profundo, angulo recto infractis.” Leth. Suec. Suppl. ii.

tab. 39. fig. 5. It would be impossible to conclude that this is

our Crinoid from the figure of the pieces of the calyx, which is

probably imperfect ; and the marginal striz figured upon them

are equally in disagreement with it. For in the Crinoid with re-

ticulated arms, the margin of the pieces of the calyx at the edges

by which they are in contact is in some parts excavated, and in

some entire, without the external surface of the pieces of the calyx

themselves being insected or striated. What however strongly

suggests that this is our Crinoid, is the figure of the lowermost

joints of the arms which are still attached to the calyx, and ex-

tend from without inwards as far as in the Crinoid with reticu-

lated arms, and possess the canal in the same situation and the

excavation upon the volar side. Hisinger has taken these joints

with their bare articular surfaces for short linear hands inflexed

at a right angle. The median deep point, which he speaks of,

is the nutritive canal which makes its appearance upon the arti-

cular surface of the joits. It is very difficult to make out

Hisinger’s figure, and it would be quite impossible without a

knowledge of that internal structure of the joints peculiar to the

Crinoid with reticulated arms. The object there figured is

254 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms.

assuredly allied with ours; but we should not be justified in

identifying the two either from the description or the figure.

In the Royal Mineralogical Museum of this place there is a

model in plaster of an English Crinoid from Dudley, the exces-

sively delicate and numerous rays of whose arms, and the regular

series of their articulations transversely and longitudinally, pre-

sent a certain similarity with the network of the Swedish Crinoid.

The calyx agrees with that of Cyathocrinus rugosus, Miill., i. e.

Crotalocrinus rugosus, Austen, having the same sculpture of the

calycine plates. At the first sight of this model, which came

from M. Crantz, one is inclined to ascribe to this English Cri-

noid the same reticulated structure of the hands as in the Swe-

dish form, and to regard them both as species of one and the

same genus, or of two closely allied genera. On careful exami-

nation, however, no certain evidence of a transverse connexion of

the joints in the English Crinoid can be obtained. In fact, the

very numerous series of articulations are so given off from the

calyx, that there are great difficulties in the way of the sup-

position that they are united into five hands. However, this

point can only be decided by the examination of various original

and well-preserved specimens.

Austen thus speaks of Crotalocrinus in the ‘ Annals of Natural

History,’ vol. xi. 1843, p. 198 :— Dorso-central plates five ;

first series of perisomic plates five; second series five; on the

latter are a series of wedge-shaped plates which bear the rays:

the exact number of these plates is unascertained. Column with

a pentapetalous perforation.

“ C. rugosus. The plates surrounding the body agree with

the generic character. Rays numerous, probably amounting to

one hundred. Column composed of thin joints articulating into

each other -by radiating strie. The columnar canal is pentape-

talous. The rays are remarkably small in proportion to the size

of the animal.”

The authors, who could compare with Miller’s specimen, ob-

serve, that Miller has erred with regard to the plates, which he

wrongly regards as scapule, with a single excavation for articu-

lation with the arm-joints. These plates possessed no excavation

at all, but a regular series of wedge-shaped plates rested upon

them, from which the rays, amounting to about 100, proceed.

The description which M‘Coy gives of the genus Crotalocrinus

and of C. rugosus in his ‘Synopsis of the Classification of the

British Paleozoic Rocks,’ pt. 2. p. 55, strengthens my belief that

the model of the English Crinoid is referable to C. rugosus. The

description of the calycine plates agrees exactly. It is stated

with regard to the five scapule that a series of small pentagonal

plates rests: upon ‘each, which for the whole breadth of each

Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 255

plate support a great number (? 15 or 16) of very delicate rays.

None of the English writers mention any reticulated connexion

of the rays; I must therefore leave it unsettled, whether this

English Crinoid stands in any relation, either close or distant,

with our present subject.

Under these circumstances it will be necessary to found a

iar genus for the Crinoid from Gothland with reticulated

arms, for which I propose the name of Anthocrinus—species An-

thocrinus Loveni, Mill. It is obvious that these Crinoids with

reticulated arms stand alone and constitute a peculiar small sec-

tion, of which at the present time only one form, from the Silu-

rian formation of Gothland, is known. I shall hereafter, when I

am more fully acquainted with the Crinoids of this formation, be

able to speak of its relations with the other Crimoids of the

transition limestone.

_ The continuation of this memoir is concerned with the Holo-

thuriade, and reports of its contents have been already given. The

numerous figures appertaining to the memoir are reserved for

the Transactions of the Academy. In conclusion, I offer my

hearty thanks to the friends who have so generously assisted my

labours. —

Supplementary Notice.

It should be added to the remarks upon the interambulacral

plates of the Asteride, that in Astropecten the different series of

interambulacral plates are simultaneously applied to the ambu-

lacral plates ; the outer being the lateral plates of the grooves,

the inner only visible in the abdominal cavity uniting the ambu-

lacral plates with the inferior marginal plates. The intermediate

plates between the lateral and marginal plates have already been

referred to.

Note by the Translator.

Without wishing in the slightest degree to detract from the

originality of the views with regard to the homologies of the Cri-

noid skeleton expressed by Prof. Miiller in the preceding pages,

we nevertheless feel bound, in justice to our distinguished coun-

tryman Prof. E. Forbes, to state that he has long taught in his

public lectures an essentially. similar doctrine, viz. that the

‘head’ of a Crinoid may be compared to an Echinid placed

mouth upwards, and having its vent brought into proximity with

the mouth (as in Echinocyamus) : that the arms are freed ambu-

lacra; that the cup or ‘ pelvis’ is formed, partly by the oculars,

partly, in many genera, by accessory plates (like those in the disc

of Salenia), and partly by the interambulacral plates,—the genital

256 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on a new species of Closterium.

plates being probably suppressed ; finally, that the basal or

stem-bearing plate is the homologue of the madreporiform body.

It was our intention to have added some illustrations to the

present memoir, but on consideration we thiak it better to run

no risk of misrepresenting Prof. Miiller.

XXIII.—Deseription of a new species of Closterium (Closterium

Griffith). By the Rey. M. J. Berxeney, M.A., F.L.S.

[With a Plate.]

A pretty but rather puzzling little Alga has been nursed for

two years or more by Dr. J. W. Griffith in bog water, in which

it has multiplied, without however giving any opportunity of

ascertaining its mode of propagation. I have lately had occa-

sion to examine mounted specimens, accompanied by a mag-

nified representation of the plant in a living state, and from

these and notes communicated by Dr. Griffith, who is preparing

a work on the microscope, to the appearance of which I am

looking forward with much interest, it is quite clear that it belongs

to the genus Clostertum, notwithstanding its comparatively minute

size, the absence of curvature, and the hitherto unobserved copu-

lation of the filaments. The circulation, which can only be seen

under a power of from 1000 to 1500 diameters, is precisely that

of Clostertum, and the green colour and absence of lateral mark-

ing forbid the notion of its being a Synedra, though there are

one or two species figured by Kiitzing to which it has some

resemblance in point of form. The species may be characterized

as follows :—

Closterium Griffithii. Minutum rectum fusiforme medio turgi-

dulum, utringue fortiter attenuatum apicibus acutissimis setaceis

hyalinis. Long. °033-"025 unc., centro lat. ‘0002-0016,

At first the frond is green, but a hyaline band is at length

formed in the centre, where division ultimately takes place.

Closterium setaceum resembles it somewhat in form, but that is

more swollen in the centre, much longer, striated, and the tips

of the fronds are curved. The var. 8. of C. cornu approaches it

in size, but the whole outline is extremely different. There can

be no doubt of its being a very distinct species. The figure

(Pl. XIV. fig. 2) represents three individuals in different stages

of growth magnified 450 diameters. The species belongs to

the genus Stawroceras, Kiitz., which is very properly considered

~ as part of Closterium by Mr. Ralfs.

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 257

XXIV.—WNotes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Leoroip

Layarp, F.Z.S., C.M.ES. &c.

[Continued from p. 218.]

158. Procevs Puiuiprinus, Linn. Tokanam cooroovi, Mal. ;

lit. Basket-maker Bird. Tuatteh cooroola, Cing.

Scattered pretty generally throughout the island and migra-

tory. It breeds in June, fabricating hanging nests, which are

too well known to the readers of this periodical to need deserip-

tion. I should observe, however, that the male also has a nest

for himself which is similar to that used for breeding in, except

that it has no gallery, and the chamber that contains the eggs

in the one has no bottom in the other, so that the droppings of

the bird, which always sits with its head towards the opening

which replaces the gallery, fall through to the ground. Here the

male bird rests at night, or shelters himself by day from the sun.

and wind, while he sings to his assiduous partner on the eggs.

The natives all tell me that the male bird conveys fireflies to

its nest and sticks them to the side by means of mud for the

purpose of illuminating its dwellings. I cannot say that I ever

saw this substitute for candle, but I have never found the nest

of the male bird without observing a patch of mud.on each side

of the perch on which the bird sits. It is clearly not placed

there to strengthen the structure; can it be for the purpose

of sharpening its bill? and may not the husks of seeds, and

perhaps the wing-cases of a stray beetle left sticking upon it, have

given rise to the idea which the natives entertain ?

The bird feeds on seeds of various kind, associates in flocks,

and builds in companies on palm and other trees or bushes in-

discriminately. The eggs are from two to four in number, and

pure white. Axis 8 lines, diam. 6 lines.

Dr. Kelaart includes P. Bengalensis in his list, but I think he

has wrongly identified the species, the nidification of which is

so peculiar that he would have noticed it. Can he have seen

159. Proceus Manyar, Horsf.,

which I found replacing P. Philippinus in the neighbourhood of

Tangalle? If so, the species probably extends round to Trinco-

malie, and occupies the east of the island, while Philippinus takes

the west.

I procured Manyar in April, devouring small seeds on the

ground, and keeping to the neighbourhood of low bushes in the

uncultivated districts. They congregated in small flocks.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 17

258 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

160. AMADINA unDULATA, Lath.

161. AMapina Maraparica, Linn.

162. Amapina Matacca, Linn.

163. Amapina striata, Lath.

164. AMAapINA RUBRONIGRA, Hodgs.

165. AmMApDINA PECTORALIS, Jerd. Tinna cooroovi, Mal., from

their devouring Tinna, a native millet. Wie-cooroola, Cing. ;

lit. Paddy Bird. These names apply to the whole group of

these birds.

_ These little birds are found im great numbers and in various

localities. Pectoralis is confined to the hilly zone. Dr. Kelaart

found it at Nuwera Elia, and I procured it at Gillymalle. Rubro-

nigra Dr. Kelaart does not appear to have seen, and I only found

it about Galle. Malacca I only noticed at Jaffna and about the

peninsula. The rest are universally distributed. They all fre-

quent the fields of paddy and fine. grain, upon which they feed ;

and they breed in trees or high bushes in the vicinity. MM. undu-

lata breeds in companies, often forming thirty or forty nests m

one tree, and in some instances I have found one structure

containing several nests ; but single nests often consist of a mass

of straw and feathers larger than a man’s head ; in the centre of

this is a small passage into the interior, which is thickly lined

with soft feathers. The eggs are from three to five in number,

and pure white. Axis 7 lines, diam. 6 lines barely. The eggs

of M. Malacca are—axis 63 lines, diam. 5 lines barely.

The natives keep large numbers in cages and fatten them to

be used as medicine in pulmonary complaints ; they catch them

in horse-hair nooses.

166. Passmr Inpicvus, Jard. & Selby. Geh cooroola, Cing. ; lit.

House Bird, from building about houses.

The Indian sparrow is certainly distinct from our European

bird, though its note is similar, and it lives about the habi-

tations of men ; its eggs also run through as many varieties,

from an almost spotless white to the darkest mottled brown.

Their length is 9 lines, diam. 6 lines.

The natives are much attached to this bird, and to attract it

to their dwellings hang on a peg in the verandah a chatty with

a hole broken in the bottom; this is soon selected by a pair of

sparrows for their nesting place, and I have reason to know that

the same pair will return to the spot year after year, and rear

their callow nestlings undisturbed by the presence of the inmates

of the dwelling.

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 259

167. Atavpa'cuicuta, Frank. Poolloo, Mal. ; lit. “ Wormer,”’

from feeding on worms.

This is the “ skylark ” of Europeans, and is very abundant in

all open lands whether pasture or ploughed ; it is also found in

the sandy plains of the northern, and among the terraced fields

of the central province. It sings sweetly enough, but does not

mount to the altitude of our English species. For its nest it

selects some depression in the soil which it lines with fine grasses,

and in it deposits from three to five eggs of a brownish gray

colour, profusely streaked and mottled. Axis 9 lines, diam. 7

lines. It breeds in April. Dr. Kelaart introduces this species

into his catalogue on the authority of Mr. Blyth—and

168. Ataupa Marasarica, Scop.,

on his own. Has he not mistaken A. gulgula, or Mirafra affinis

(which he excludes altogether), fur_4. Malabarica? I have shot

several hundred larks, but never found a single specimen of A.

Malabarica, specimens of which J had from Mr. Blyth for iden-

tification. Dr. Kelaart does not inform us in his ‘ Prodromus’

whence his specimens were obtained, and as the various species

of this genus are very hard to distinguish without a thorough

knowledge of them all, I cannot-help thmking that my surmise

is correct.

169. PyRRHULAUDA GRISEA, Scop.

I have only met with this species in the northern and eastern

che of the island ; when on the open lands it is very abundant,

being often seen in flocks of fifty or sixty individuals.

They are fond of dusting themselves on roads, and lie so close

that one is frequently within a step of treading on them before

they rise. I believe they are migratory, at least I never could

find any breeding with us, and I have seen flocks careering from

the direction of the continent when I have been out at sea

dredging.

170. Mrrarra AFrinis, Jerd.

This species is abundant about Tangalle, and I have procured

it at Pt. Pedro. I never saw it in the hills, nor does Dr. Kelaart

notice it, so 1 presume it is confined to the low country ; it is

- not however easily distinguishable from our other larks or pipits

until taken in the hand; it may consequently have been over-

looked. It has one habit however by which I always distin-

guished it when alive; on being flushed it soars up uttering a

pleasing song, and wings its way towards some tree on to which

it descends, its legs pendant and wings fluttering rapidly, and

singing the while with all its little might ; the instant however it

17*

260 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

touches its perch, always the highest naked branch, its song

ceases, and it stands on the look-out ready for flight on the least

alarm.

171. Bucrros Gineatensis, Shaw. Kandatia, Cing.

The lesser “ Horn-bill ” is common in the Wanny about Ana-

rajahpoora and in the Mookalane jungles of the southern pro-

vince. It feeds on the tops of the loftiest trees upon fruits and

berries, which it swallows whole.

It is a wary and shy bird, and although its presence is often

revealed by its loud harsh call, it rarely falls before the hunter’s

gun, and the best way to procure it is to lie concealed near a tree

in fruit, if it be such it feeds upon.

The irides are reddish, and when partly hidden by the long

stiff black eyelashes have a very peculiar appearance.

In some specimens the bill is white, with a black patch extend-

ing from the naked space round the eye about three-fourths of

an inch along the lower half of the upper mandible: the bill

33 in. long. The three outer tail-feathers are white, the fourth

half black from the quill, the fifth black. The head has a rufous

tinge.

In other specimens the head wants the rufous tinge, the first

tail-feather is white with the outer shaft black up two-thirds of

its length, and slightly tinged up one-third of the inner web ;

second and third feathers black on both sides up two-thirds of

their length ; fourth black up to an inch from the top; fifth

black altogether.

Bill 23 m. long and black, with a white patch on the upper

mandible about 13 inch long, beginning about half an inch from

the base.

This species ? is found in the southern province about the base

of the hills ; the former in the Anarajahpoora Wanny.

172. Bucreros Maraparica, Lath.

B. Pica, Scop.; B. violaceus, Wagl.; B. intermedius, Blyth.

Errana-chundoo-cooroovi, Mal. ; lit. Double-billed bird.

Atta-kandatia, Cing.; lit. Bone (atta) Kandatta, from the

bony structure of its bill.

Not so generally distributed as the preceding, though enjoying

as wide a range. I have seen it at Tangalle and near Pt. Pedro.

It generally flies in large flocks, and seeks much of its subsist-

ence on the ground, to which I never saw B. Gingalensis resort.

In such situations I never could detect what it sought, but on

trees it feeds upon berries and fruits. To procure the latter,

when attached to a branch, it resorts to an odd expedient—the

- Mr EL. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 261

coveted morsel is seized in its powerful bill, and the bird throws

itself from its perch, twisting and flapping its wings until the

fruit is detached; on this the wings are extended, the descent

arrested, and the bird regains its footing. The head is now

thrown back and the food allowed to fall into the throat and

swallowed without mastication. L

A live bird which I had for some time in my possession used

its bill for the purpose of recovering its perch as a parrot would

do, with this exception, that the Buceros employed the whole of

the bill, hooking on by the under side of the lower mandible,

while the parrot uses the upper mandible.

I have been credibly informed, that during the season of incu-

bation the male bird encloses the female in the hollow tree

selected for the reception of the. nest with a wall of mud, as a

defence against the monkey tribes, who certainly would need

more than ordinary courage to attack a fortress defended by

such a formidable weapon as the powerful bill of the bird. The

cock bird assiduously provides for his imprisoned partner, feed-

ing her through an aperture left for the purpose, and when the

young are excluded breaks down the wall and sets her free, to

assist him in satisfying the increased demand upon his parental

energies.

As I have rigorously rejected from this list all species that I

have not personally identified, and have only included those cata-

logued by Dr. Kelaart in his ‘ Prodromus,’ in order to give my

idea of their authenticity, I do not introduce Buceros albirostris,

Shaw, but I may say I feel confident that this or an allied spe-

cies exists in the mountains. I have seen it on two occasions,

- and Muttu came in full of a new Kandatta which he had seen

im the Mookalane while I lay ill at Gillymalle. His description

tallied precisely with what I had myself witnessed, and my idea

is that the bird was B. albirostris, specimens of which I received

from Mr. Blyth.

173. Loricuius Asraticus, Lath. Gira malitchia, Cing.; and

Pol-girawa, Flower Parrot.

Kandy, Putlam, Caltura, Galle, Hambantotte, and Gillymalle are

the various localities where I have most plentifully procured this

pretty little parrakeet. At Gillymalle they were in such abundance

that the flowering trees were literally alive with them ; they clung

to the bright scarlet flowers head downwards, or scrambled from

branch to branch, while the forest echoed with their bickerings.

They bit off the leaves (which fell like scarlet snow upon the

ground) to get at the calyx, and when this dainty morsel was

devoured they flew off to the banana trees, down the broad leaves

262 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

of which they slid and fastened upon the ripening clusters of

fruit or the pendant heart-shaped flower.

174, Patmornis ALexanpri, Linn. Laboo girawa, Cing.

This, the largest of our parrakeets, is found in countless thou-

sands at Batticaloa, nestling in the cocoa-nut trees and resorting

to them by night in vast flocks. I procured a specimen or two

near Matelle in the central province, where I also procured all

our other parrots, and I shot a single bird at Gillymalle.

The natives tell me they breed in hollow trees and lay two

round white eggs. The young are much sought after to rear as

pets, and they are taught to speak many native words with great

distinctness.

175. PaLzornNis TorQUATUS, Briss. Rana girawa, Cing.

Killy, Mal.

Exceedingly abundant at Chilaw on the western coast, and

northward to Jaffna and round by Mulletivoe to Trincomalie on

the east coast, and in the interior of the island likewise. At

Chilaw I have seen it in such vast flights, coming to roost in the

cocoat-nut trees which overhang the native bazaar, that their

noise quite drowned the babel of native tongues engaged in bar-

gaining for the evening provisions.

Hearing of the swarms which resorted to the spot, I posted

myself on a bridge some half a mile away, and attempted to

count the flocks that came from one direction, eastward, over

the jungle ; about five o’clock in the afternoon straggling bodies

began to wing their way homeward, but many of them came

back again to pick up the scattered grains left on the fields near

the village ; about-half-past five however the tide fairly set in, and

I soon found I had no flocks to count—it was one living scream-

ing stream: some high in air winged their way till over their

homes, when with a scream they suddenly dived downwards

with many evolutions until on a level with the trees ; others flew

along the ground rapid and noiselessly, now darting under the

pendant boughs of some mango or other solitary tree, now

skimming over the bridge close to my face with the rapidity of

thought, their brilliant green plumage shining in the setting

sunlight with a lovely lustre. .

I waited at this spot till the evening closed in, and then took

my gun and went to the cocoa-nut tope which covered the bazaar.

I could hear, though from the darkness I could not distin-

guish, the birds fighting for their perches, and on firing a shot

they rose with a noise like the rushing of a mighty wind, but

soon settled again, and such a din commenced as J shall never

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 263

forget: the shrill screams of the birds, the fluttering of wings

innumerable, and the rustling of the glazed leaves of the cocoa-

nut trees, mingled with the gabbling of the natives below, quite

stunned me, and I was glad to escape to the path by the river’s

bank which led to the miserable Government Rest House where

I was stopping, and where the roar of the breaking surf dis-

pelled the noise which still rang in my ears.

P. torquatus breeds in hollow trees, making little or no nest,

and laying three or sometimes four pure white eggs, weighing

113.16 grs. Axis 14 lines, diam. 11 lines. It feeds on grain

of all kinds, fruits, chillies, plantains, &c.

It is easily domesticated, becomes very attached and familiar,

and is usually seen in most native and European houses.

176. Patzornis Layarnt1, Blyth.

Syn. P. bitorquatus? Kuhl.

Of this species Mr. Blyth writes*: “As the Society has now

received this species from Ceylon, and as there were some Ceylon

birds in the Mauritius collection presented by Mr. Earle, there

can be little doubt that No. 8 A. is erroneously assigned to the

Mauritius in p. 4.” I tried for months to procure another spe-

cimen of this bird, but though I had several hundred parrots

killed I could not find one. I hardly think it a good species, but

time will show. It was shot at Pt. Pedro.

_ 177. Patzornis Catrurops, Layard, J. A. S. xxxii.

Alloo girawa, Cing.

. My first acquaintance with this lovely bird was at Kandy,

where I killed a male and female at one shot from a flock flying

over my head ; I took them for the common P. torquatus until I

picked them up, and then great was my delight to find such an

elegant new species. It proves to be the common parrakeet of

the hilly zone, and I have traced it in all parts of it. It feeds on

berries, and seeks them on the very summit of the trees. When

a flock is occupied in feeding every bird is as silent as the grave,

and so difficult are they then to be distinguished, that though I

have sometimes marked a flock into a tree, I have stood for ten

minutes and could not perceive a single bird, though aided by

the keen eyes of my fidus Achates, Muttu, and perhaps three or

four natives: suddenly with one consent away would go the

whole flock with a scream which almost deafened one. The

natives tell me it breeds in hollow trees and lays two white

roundish eggs. ‘

* Addenda to Appendix No. 3 of Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

264 Rey. W.A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

178. Patzornis cyanocepnatus, L. Malitchia and Battoo-

girawa, Cing.

Found throughout the island except in the northern province.

It is very commonly seen in confinement in the native houses,

and is easily domesticated. Nestles in hollow trees : eggs four,

pure white and rounded.

[To be continued. }

XXV.— Monograph of the British Graphidez.

By the Rev. W. A. Lercuton, B.A., F.B.S.E. ~

[Continued from p. 212.]

2. Graphis, Ach.

Apothecium lirellzform, immersed ; perithecium carbonaceous,

dimidiate or confined to the sides, the base being naked; disk

canaliculate, surrounded with a proper margin and an accessory

thallodal margin. Thallus crustaceous or membranaceous.

Name from ypadis, a design or sketch.

1. Graphis scripta, Ach. Thallus thin, membranaceous, con-

tinuous, even ; lirelle emergent, slender, contracted here and

there, extremities acuminate ; proper margin thin, elevated, wavy

and crisped ; thallodal margin membranaceous; disk rimeeform,

naked ; sporidia eight; in asci, oblong or oval, margined, contain-

ing 8-10 horizontal rows of subrotund, margined, yellow spores.

Lichen scriptus, (Linn.) Ach. Prodr. 25 (1798).

Opegrapha scripta, Ach. Meth. 30 (1803); Fries, L. Ref. 370 (in part) ;

Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part); Tayl. Fl. Hib. p. 2. 106 (in 2094

Bohler’s Lich. Brit. no. 28!

Graphis scripta, Ach. L. Univ. 265 (1810).

—— scripta a, Ach, Syn. 81 (1814); Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. p. 1. 252 (in

part).

pulverulenta, a. phleodes, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 330 (in part) (1827).

PiateE VI. fig. 17. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella ; 5, sporidia—

all magnified in different degrees.

The following varieties are noticeable :—

a. diffusa. Lirellz rather long, simple or with a single branch,

variously curved and wavy, lying in all directions.

On oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Cultra, Co. Down! Colin

Glen, Belfast ! Mr. W. Thompson.

Thallus thin, membranaceous, very pale whitish yellow or

cream-colour, continuous and entire, or cracking, breaking up,

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 265

and peeling off in thin scales, for the most part smooth and

shining, except here and there and about the lirelle, where there

are many minute irregular roundish elevations or granulations

more or-less crowded, visible only under a lens, limited and cir-

cumscribed, when it comes into contact with other lichens, by an

irregular, waved, broadish pale black line or margin. Lirelle

scattered and distant, uplifting and bursting through the thallus

in a kind of irregular cleft, the thin upraised‘membrane of the

thallus forming a spurious thallodal margin by closely adhering

to and covering nearly the entire sides of the lirella, leaving only

the thin elevated proper margins visible and free, very slender

and narrow, simple or with a single branch, either about the

middle or at one extremity, if branched at the one extremity

then the lirella is furcate, if at the middle the branch is either

straight and at right angles to or curved and parallel with the

main body, straightish or variously curved, not uniform in any

one direction, but lying scattered irregularly and rather openly or

not crowded together, of a dull black, scarcely shining, generally

rather long, but variable in length, flexuose and wavy. Disk in

a dry state, rimeform, a mere simple deep chink. When wetted

all the parts expand, and the true form and habit of the lirella are

developed and disclosed. The thin elevated margins are then

seen to be in general closely approximated at one extremity of

the lirella, and to proceed so along the sides in a flexuose and

irregularly waved manner, now approaching, now separating

from each other, until approaching the other extremity they

form a lanceolate or linear-lanceolate expansion, more or less -

marked and distinct, termimated by a very finely acuminate

pomt. The disclosed disk is in consequence variable in width

throughout the whole length, now a mere chink, now more or

less distinctly open and expanded, of a pale colour, naked and

never pruiose.

B. flexuosa. Lirelle elongated, simple or branched, flexuose.

Lichen scriptus, Hoffm. Enum. Lich. tab. 3. fig. 2 d.

Opegrapha pulverulenta, Pers. Ust. Ann. st. 7. tab. 1. fig. 2 B. b.

Graphis scripta, 8. varia, Ach. L. Univ. 265 (1810).

» —— seripta, a. b. varia, Ach. Syn. 81 (1814):

—— scripta, Ach., var. flexuosa, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 18! (1851).

On oak and beech. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hamp-

shire! Mr. Lyell. Loch Tay Woods! Dr. R. K. Greville. Os-

westry, Shropshire! Rev. T. Salwey. Gloddaeth near Conway,

Caernarvonshire !

Thallus thin and membranaceous, smooth and shining or mi-

nutely warty, as in the preceding, with which it assimilates also

in colour, though with a whiter or paler aspect. Some specimens

266 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the’ British Graphidee.

have the thallus irregularly raised into verruce or rugosities,

and become white and pulverulent. Others again are so de-

cidedly rugged all over, that the lirelle appear seated on thick-

ened upraised irregularly wavy rugosities, white and pulverulent

or ashy gray: this latter is supposed to be that of great old age,

or resulting from some peculiar circumstances which render the

thallus thus thick and tartareous. The Jirelle are very long,

curved, flexuose and wavy in every form and fashion, either quite

simple, or with a single branch at one extremity, or sometimes

branched at both extremities, distinct and separate, or curving

and anastomosing and running one into the other, narrow or

various in breadth.

Some specimens on beech from the New Forest had'the lirelle

so very much elongated and so slender, curved, flexuose and

wavy, simple and variously branched, as to render it probable

that they may be referable to Graphis scripta, e. tenerrima, Ach.

L. Univ. 266 and Syn. 82.

y. radiata. Lirellz dendritically radiate.

Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. Rammerseales, Dumfriesshire ! Cultra,

Co. Down! Mr. W. Thompson.

Thallus thin, membranous and shining as in the last, but the

granulations or minute rugosities rather more numerous, and

slightly white or pulverulent about the lirelle. Lyrelle either

scattered or approximate, but not crowded, each consisting of

five, six, or more slender, flexuose, wavy, rather elongated mem-

bers, separate but radiating from a common centre, in a den-

dritic manner subdichotomously branched, each branch ulti-

mately terminating in a linear-lanceolate elongated acuminate

expansion ; sometimes however the ultimate branches are shorter

and more rigid, terminating in an obtuse wide-spreading fur-

cation. The wavy character of the thin proper margins, the

naked, not pruinose, rimeform, more or less expanded disk, and

the general habit of the lirelle as in the preceding varieties.

8. divaricata, Lirelle divaricately branched.

Lichen scriptus, Hoffm. Enum. t. 3. f. 2 a.

Graphis scripta, 5. hebraica, Ach. L. Univ. 266 (1810).

—— scripta, «. d. hebraica, Ach. Syn. 82 (1814).

Opegrapha scripta, Johnston! Fl. Berw. 2. 100 (1831).

Graphis scripta, Ach., var. divaricata, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 19! (1851). >

Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. Bangor, Co. Down! Mr. W. Thompson.

Rae Hill Woods! Dr. R. K. Greville. Castle Bernard Park, Ban-

don, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks. Berwick-on-Tweed! Dr. G.

Johnston. Gloddaeth, near Conway, Caernarvonshire!

Thallus thin and membranous, sometimes quite smooth,

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 267

shining or dull, generally with more minute granulations or

rugosities especially about the lirelle, whence and from their

more crowded condition the plant assumes a pulverulent or ashy

and dusty appearance; in some instances becoming ashy-

coloured and densely rugose from the thickly crowded lirelle.

Lirelle very numerous and crowded, variable in form and size,

straightish or curved, some of them long, simple, straightish and

wavy, others simply curved, others curved back on themselves,

others short and variable in curvature, either with a single

branch from the centre at right angles, or two or three in a sub-

stellate form ; others simple at one extremity, with one, two, or

three brafhches at the other ; others again furcate, or simply and

shortly branched at both extremities ; others bent into a right

angle. The general character and habit resemble all the pre-

ceding.

The form and habit of the lirella form the chief distinctive

characteristics between Graphis scripta and G. pulverulenta and

their respective varieties or forms. In G. scripta it is emergent,

as Acharius expressly says, the uplifted and rifted thallus form- —

ing a thin membranous thallodal spurious margin to the lirella,

whose proper margins are thin and elevated, encompassing the

naked rimzeform disk in a wavy, flexuose, irregular manner, nar-

row and nearly parallel at the one extremity, with a linear-lan-

ceolate elongato-acuminate expansion at the other.

In G. pulverulenta the lirella seems uplifted and sessile on or

amid the thickened swollen thallodal margins, the proper mar-

gins thick and uniform, encompassing in a bold uninterrupted

and nearly parallel curving the uniformly expanded pulverulent

disk ; the extremities being acute, often with a peculiar curve

giving to a branched lirella somewhat of a hastate shape.

From Graphis serpentina both are separated by the sporidia.

I at one time fancied that the sporidia in G. scripta were of a

regular elliptical shape, those in pulverulenta being oblong, but .

I think not so constantly so as to be distinctive, intermediate

variations in form having been noticed in both. However the

hint is thrown out for further observation.

The sporidia prove all the specimens of Opegrapha scripta in

Scherer’s ‘ Lich. Exsice.’ to be in reality forms of Graphis ser-

pentina.

G. scripta, pulverulenta, and serpentina have been so confounded

together by authors generally, that without the examination of

authentic specimens of the varieties of each, it seems to be a

mere hopeless guesswork to attempt an arrangement of the

synonyms. Nothing but the sporidia can distribute them cor-

rectly.

268 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

2. Graphis pulverulenta, Ach. Thallus thin, subtartareous,

continuous, rugulose; lirellze subsessile, broadish, extremities

cuspidate; proper margin thick, elevated, uniform ; thallodal

margin elevated, tumid; disk broadly canaliculate, pruinose ;

sporidia eight, in asci, oblong or oval, margined, containing 8-10

horizontal rows of subrotund margined yellow spores.

Opegrapha pulverulenta, Sm. E. Bot. 1754 (excl. syn.), the magnified figure

excellent (1807).

Graphis pulverulenta, Ach. L. Univ. 266 (excl. syn. Pers.) (1810); Leight.

Lich. Brit. Exsic. 20!

—— pulverulenta, «. phleodes, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 330 (in part) (1831).

scripta, B. pulverulenta, Ach. Syn. 82 (excl. syn. Pers.) (1814).

scripta, Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 4. pt. 1. 252 (in part) (1827).

Opegrapha scripta a, Fries, L. Ref. 371 (in part, inasmuch as he quotes

Ach. L. Univ. and E. Bot. fig. I have not seen his Lich. Suec. Exs.

no, 33 & 124) (1831).

scripta, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part) (1833); Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2.

106 (in part).

- On oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Hartshill Wood near Athet-

stone ! Gopsall Wood ! Leicestershire! Rev.A.Blowam. Bangor !

Montalto ! Cultra! Co. Down, Mr. W. Thompson. Barmouth !

Rev. T. Salwey.. On poplar, near the Berrow, southern end of

Malvern Hills, Worcestershire! Mr. E. Lees. Donnington Park,

Leicestershire! Rev. A. Blozam. Blarney, Cork! Mr. I. Carroll.

Gloddaeth near Conway, Caernarvonshire !

Thallus effuse, in some instances very thin and membranous,

of a pale dull ashy yellow or cream-colour, thickened and swollen

about the lirellz, minutely verruculose ; in other instances be-

coming much thicker, subtartareous, swollen into upraised irre-

gular rugosities, cracked, the small portions of even surface

smoothish and cream-coloured. In other cases, probably from

age, becoming very thick, tartareous, pulverulent, very rugged

and rough with upraised crowded rugosities, extensively and

variously cracked, either whitish or cream-coloured, or of a dull

darkish gray hue. In a few instances quite thick, tartareous,

pulverulent, even, continuous, and almost quite white. Lirelle

generally crowded, exceedingly variable in size, shape and direc-

tion, curved into all sorts of forms, simple, or branched either at

right angles or in a divaricate and subradiate manner. Under

all circumstances and forms, however, maintaining this one uni-

form and constant character and habit. The lirella appears to

be upraised and laid sessile upon or amid the tumid thallodal

margins which are thrown fully back, disclosing the entire bold

prominent lirella, which is broadish, nearly uniform in width

throughout, terminating at each extremity in an acute point,

very frequently with a peculiar curve which gives it much of a

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 269

euspidate aspect, and which renders a branched or divaricate

lirella of a subhastate form. Disk broad and open, more or less

pulverulent and pruinose, encompassed with a thickened, raised,

rounded, incurved, uniform and unbroken proper margin, curving

in a peculiar bold and striking manner. The different forms of

lirella seem to be so intermixed, even on the same specimen, as to

render any attempts to define varieties from the specimens before

me altogether hopeless.

“No. 89. Opegrapha scripta, y. pulverulenta”’ ! and “ No. 90.

Opegrapha scripta, 5. abietina”’! in Mr. Borrer’s copy of Schzrer’s

Lich. Exsice.’ Ist ed., are, according to the sporidia, forms of

Graphis serpentina, Ach. Graphis pulverulenta, Ach., does not

appear to be represented in that work, and by consequence not

in Scherer’ s ‘Spicilegium Lich. Helvet? nor ‘Enumeratio Lich.

Euro

The sporidia are similar to those in Graphis scripta, Ach.,

but the different character and habit of lirella, peculiar to itself,

well distinguish it from that species, whilst the sporidia separate

it from Graphis serpentina, Ach. It may be however considered

as very doubtful whether seripta and pulverulenta ought to be

retained as distinct species.

Puiate VI. fig. 18. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidium.

3. Graphis serpentina, Ach. Thallus thin, membranaceous

or subtartareous, continuous, even or rugose ; lirelle immersed,

slender, of the same width throughout, extremities obtuse ; proper

in narrow, elevated, wavy and crisped; thallodal margin

eleyated, tumid ; disk canaliculate, naked or pruinose ; sporidia

eight, in asci, linear, margined, rounded at the ends, containing

8-10 transversely oval margined yellow spores.

Lichen serpentinus, Ach. Prodr. 25 (1798).

ning gE serpentina, Schrad. Journ. d. Bot. 1801], st. 1. p. 79; Ach.

Graphis serpentina, Ach. L. Univ. 269 (1810) ; Syn. 83; Fée, Crypt. Ecore.

Offic. Exot. 40 (1824) ; pt. 2. p. 29. tab. 39. Graphis, fig. 20 (sporidia).

Opegrapha scripta, Scher. Lich. Exsicc. 87-91 imclus. 1st ed. (1893) ed.

alt. immut. 87—91 inclus. (1842) ; Spicil. 46 & 322 (excel. syn. & var. ¢

7 & 3) (1823-1836); Enum. 150 (excl. syn. & var. 5).

—— scripta, c. serpentina, Fries, L. Ref. 371; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in

part).

Graphis scripta, Sprengel, Syst. Mh p- 1. 252. in part (1827).

pulverulenta, b. periblastetica, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 330 (1831).

Puiate VI. fig. 19. a, Thallus and lirella; 5, sporidia—all magnified.

The following varieties are to be observed :-—

a. minuta. Lirelle very short and simple, straight.

On young oak and ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Crafnant near

Oswestry, Shropshire ! Rev. T. Salwey.

270 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, very slightly shining, pale

yellow, limited by a brown wavy ling, uplifted so asto form a

thin membranous spurious border to the lirelle. Lirelle nu-

merous, approximate but not crowded, for the most part very

short and straight, arranged in somewhat of a subparallel man-

ner, with others longer and variously though slightly curved or

waved, interspersed and scattered, subsessile or a little raised

above the level of the membranous thallus, narrow, slender and

simple, one here and there with a single simple short branch at

right angles, the smaller ones generally pointed at both ends,

the larger ones of about the same width throughout, and more

obtuse or obtusely pointed at the extremities. Disk rimeform

or slightly channelled when dry, when wetted expanded and flat,

brown, with or without a very slight pruina, surrounded by a

tolerably thick, uniform, black, curved and wavy proper margin.

B. diffusa. Lirelle elongated, simple, curved, distantly scat-

tered in all directions.

On ash. Charlton Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On sycamore,

Derriquin, Ireland! Dr. Taylor in herb. Borrer. On Ulmus-mon-

tana, Colin Glen, Belfast ! Mr. W. Thompson.

Thallus thin, slightly tartareous, continuous, even, or in irre-

gular rugosities, pale yellow or pale olive, elevated into more or

less stout and thick spurious margins about the lirelle, by abra-

sion probably, becoming there whiter and pulverulent, limited by

an irregular wavy brown line. Lirelle elongated and slender,

curved, wavy and distantly scattered in all directions, simple or

very seldom with a single short branch at right angles, not up-

raised above the level of the spurious margins, or only in a very

slight degree, of about the same width throughout, though here

and there a little contracted, obtuse or obtusely pointed at the

extremities. Disk rimeform when dry, when wetted expanded

and flat but still narrow, encompassed by a curved, wavy and

crisped narrow proper margin.

The right-hand specimen of “No. 90. Opegrapha scripta,

8. abietina, Scherer,” in Mr. Borrer’s copy of 1st ed. of Scherer’s

‘ Lich. Exsice.,’ and the left-hand specimen of No. 90 in my copy

of “ edit. alt. immut., ” apparently belong to this variety.

y. varia. Lirelle elongated, very various in shape, size and

disposition, rather crowded.

On young oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On alder, near Little

Malvern, Worcestershire! Mr. E. Lees.

Thallus thin, membranous, continuous, minutely tuberculate,

or nearly smooth and scaly, pale yellow or pale olive, upraised

and forming a distinct tumid narrow spurious margin to the

‘

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the-British Graphidez. 271

lirellz, bounded where it meets other lichens by a brown, rather

broad, wavy, irregular line. Lirelle numerous and rather

crowded, lying scattered irregularly in all directions, and of va-

rious shapes and sizes, either straightish, or curved and wavy

more or less, either simple or furcate at one extremity, or with a

Jonger or shorter simple branch from about the middle at right

angles, or branched near one extremity, slender, narrow and

elongated, of about the same width throughout, and terminating

in a point either quite obtuse or more or less acute, scarcely if

at all elevated above the level of the spurious margin. Disk in a

dry state rimzform or very slightly channelled, when wetted

expanded, but still narrow, slightly pruinose, surrounded by a

thinnish black proper margin which is very much curved, wavy

8. flexuosa. Lirellee very elongated and slender, flexuose,

simple.

On oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Castle Bernard Park, Ban-

don, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks.

Thallus in colour, structure and appearance similar to the

last. Lirelle very elongated and slender, flexuose, curved and

twisted in all directions, for the most part simple, but some with

a minute furcation, or a large forked branch at one extremity,

entire or simple at the other, either straight at the extremities or

sometimes one or both ends suddenly bent or curved, immersed

and not raised above the level of the spurious margins, of the

same width throughout, extremities obtuse. Disk rimzform

when dry, when wet expanding, but still very narrow, of the

same width throughout, pruinose, surrounded with a thin ele-

vated flexuose, crisped, black, proper margin.

In Mr. Borrer’s copy of the Ist edition of Schzrer’s ‘ Lich.

Exsicc.,’ “No. 90. Opegrapha scripta, 5. abietina, Scherer,”

growing on firs, making allowance for slight differences resulting

probably from the nature of the bark, seems referable to this

variety. The sporidia show it to belong to G. serpentina and not

to scripta. The right-hand specimen attached to this seems to

belong to our variety diffusa. The same may be said of the two

specimens of No. 90 in “edit. alt. immut.”

e. horizontalis. Lirelle crowded, very long and slender, dis-

posed horizontally.

On oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Holly Bush Hill, Malvern

Range, Worcestershire ! Mr. E. Lees.

Thallus thin, membranous, subtartareous, pale yellow, thickly

covered with minute tubercles, paler in colour, which give to it

a whitish appearance, distinct towards the margin, confluent in

272 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez.

the central parts, swollen, thickened and upraised into a narrow

spurious margin about the lirelle. Lirelie very numerous and

crowded, exceedingly long and very slender, straightish or wavy,

or curving and twisting in various degrees and ways, but all

maintaining more or less of-a horizontal parallel direction rela-

tive to each other, more especially recognizable towards the

margins of the patch, simple or with a curved branch, either at

right angles from the middle or near one or both extremities,

which are also either one or both furcate, or crooked or simple;

extremities obtuse or obtusely pointed or more or less acute, im-

mersed in and on a level with the spurious margin. Disk when

dry very narrowly rimeform, when wetted exceedingly narrow,

of nearly equal width throughout, with scarcely any discernible

pruina, encompassed by a slender wavy, curved and crisped,

elevated black proper margin.

f. divaricata. Lirelle short and straight, divaricately branched.

Graphis serpentina, var. divaricata, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 21! (1851).

On oak and ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Colin Glen, Belfast !

Bangor, Co. Down! Tullamore Park, Co. Down! Knockdolian,

Ayrshire! Rammerscales, Dumfriesshire! Mr. W. Thompson.

Oxfordshire! Baxter in herb. Dr. R. K. Greville. Tunbridge

Wells! Mr. W. Thompson. Gloddaeth near Conway, Caernar-

vonshire !

Thallus thin, membranous, continuous, pale yellow or pale

olive, slightly shining or dull, generally smooth, sometimes with

tubercles and rugosities, scarcely if at all raised into spurious

margins about the lirelle. Lzred/ie numerous but not crowded,

small, short and straight, or only slightly curved, with a short,

simple, straightish or curved branch at right angles from the

middle, the extremities more or less acutely pointed, a little

raised above the thallus. Disk narrow and canaliculate when

dry, when wet expanded and more or less pruinose, surrounded

by a rather stout wavy proper margin. :

No. 87 in my copy of “ed. alt. immut.,” Scher. Lich. Exsicc.,

seems identical with this variety. No. 87 in Mr. Borrer’s copy

of the lst ed. is referable to var. spathea.

». radiata. Lirelle radiate.

On young oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus thin, subtartareous, irregularly rugose, pale yellow,

whitish, the spurious margins by reason of the crowded state

and peculiar form of the lirelle obliterated, only here and there

visible in a slight’ rugosity. Lirelle very much crowded, ar-

ranged in a radiate manner from a common centre, the radiations

SSS

Si Sl

ae, aed

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphideer. 278

simply or doubly branched, or frequently with lateral branches,

_terminating in curved acuminate points, immersed in and slightly

prominent above the rugosities of the thallus. Disk rather widely

eanaliculate, even when dry, more expanded when wetted, prui-

nose, surrounded by a stout elevated margin, very irregular in

its width from alternate contraction and dilatation, singularly

and peculiarly waved and crisped.

The specimen on oak of “ No. 91. Opegrapha seripta, «. ser-

pentina, A. Scher.” im Mr. Borrer’s copy of Ist ed. of Schzrer’s

Lich. Exsicc. is referable here. The other specimen on beech

belongs to our G. diffracta. No. 91 of “edit. alt. immut.” on

beech is eutypa, Ach. The sporidia prove them to be forms of

G. serpentina.

@. stellata. Lirellz stellate.

On ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus thin, membranous, pale olive, continuous, smoothish,

sometimes a little roughened with minute scattered tubercles,

elevated into a thin membranous spurious margin about the

lirellz, circumscribed by a brown wavy line. Lirel/e distant, few

and scattered, arranged in small irregular star-like groups, ex-

tremities of the rays or branches rather acute, slightly raised

above the thallus. Disk rimzform or slightly canaliculate when

dry, more expanded when moistened, and surrounded by a rather

thick stout proper margin.

t. spathea, Ach. Lirelle moderately long, simple, curved,

numerous, scattered in all directions, approximate.

Graphis serpentina, 8. spathea, Ach. L. Univ. 270 (1810); Syn. 84.

—— scripta, Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 650! (1820).

On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus thin, subtartareous, continuous, pale yellow, rough-

ened with minute tubercles or rugosities, elevated about the

lirellze into narrow spurious margins, partially circumscribed by

an irregular wavy brown line. JLire//e numerous and scattered,

but not crowded, though approximate, moderately long, though

varying exceedingly in size, some longer, some shorter, lying

scattered in all directions, curved and wavy, simple, immersed in

the spurious margins, though elevated a little above their level,

obtuse or obtusely pointed at the extremities. Disk in a dry

state rimeform, nearly closed by the stout rounded incurved

proper margins, which when wetted are narrow, surrounding in a

wavy, more or less crisped state, the expanded disk which is

destitute of pruina.

In Mr. Borrer’s copy of Schzrer’s Lich. Exsicc. Ist edit.,

“ No. 87. Opegrapha scripta, «. limitata, A. Scher. ;” “No. 88.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 18

274: Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez.

Opegrapha scripta, «. limitata, B. Scheer.’’ seem identical with

our plant. ‘No. 89. Opegrapha scripta v. pulverulenta, Ach.”

is again the same thing, but in an older state, with the disk

broader and more expanded, approaching the eutypa form. In

“ed. alt. immut.” No. 89 is similar to No. 89 of the Ist ed.,

but No. 87 is our var. divaricata, and No. 88 is a form of our

G. diffracta, much resembling the specimen on beech of

* No. 91. Opegrapha scripta, ¢. serpentina, A. Scher.” in Mr.

Borrer’s copy of the 1st ed., which is also referable to G. dif-

fracta; whilst No. 91 of “ed. alt. immut.” differs from No. 91

of the 1st ed., being rather referable to eutypa. The sporidia

prove the identity of all of them to G. serpentina.

Mr. Borrer’s herbarium contains a miserable morsel from

Acharius of his variety spathea, which does not however accord

with the description in ‘ Lich. Univ.’ and ‘ Syn.,’ but with which

our British specimens agree pretty well.

The variety spathea is not unlike some states of G. diffracta in

general external appearance, but is distinguished from that by

the nature and structure of the thallus.

x. tremulans. Lirelle peculiarly tremulous in their outline.

Graphis serpentina, var. tremulans, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exs, 22! (1851).

Onash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Killarney! Mr. W. Thompson.

Gopsall Wood, Leicestershire ! Rev. A. Blozam. Cors-y-gedol !

Rev. T. Salwey. Chelmsford, Essex! Mr. H. Piggot. Pentre-

gaer near Oswestry ! Weir Coppice near Shrewsbury !

Thallus thin, subtartareous, cracked here and there, more or

less roughened with minute tubercles and rugosities, pale ashy

yellow or ashy gray, scarcely raised around the lirellz, the spu-

rious margin being obliterated. Lirelle‘elongated, chiefly simple,

some branched or furcate at one extremity, or from the middle,

curved and waved in all directions, giving the general appear-

ance at a little distance of a coarse irregular network thrown

over the bark, elevated above the thallus, extremities very obtuse.

Disk narrow, but widely canaliculate when dry, when wet more

expanded, pale and subpruinose, surrounded by the proper mar-

gin which is narrowly edged, excessively waved and crisped, and

by its irregular contractions and dilatations giving to the lirellz

a peculiar tremulous aspect.

r. eutypa, Ach. Lirelle with a very broad densely pruinose

disk.

Opegrapha serpentina, Sm. E. Bot. 1755 (1807).

—— serpentina, ¢. eutypa, Ach. L. Univ. 270 (1810); Syn. 84.

Graphis pulverulenta, Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 361! (1813).

On oak, beech and ash? Ardingley! St. Leonard’s Forest,

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 275

Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On beech, New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell

in herb. Borrer. Cultra, Co. Down! On Spanish chestnut,

Knocknageney, Belfast ! Mr. W. Thompson. Oxfordshire! Mr.

Baxter in herb. Dr. R. K. Greville. Berrow, Malvern Hills, Wor-

cestershire! Mr. E. Lees. Donnington Park, Leicestershire !

Rev. A. Bloxam.

Thallus thin, subtartareous, continuous or cracked, smooth

and somewhat shining, pale yellow, or sometimes with a grayish

white pulverulent aspect, raised in irregular rugosities, especially

about the lirelle, which are uplifted by them, and forming spu-

rious thallodal margins more or less distinctly visible. Lirelle

very numerous and crowded, by their breadth and ayproximation

giving a very black appearance to the plant, moderately long,

some more elongated, but varying in length, either obtuse or

acute at the extremities, considerably raised above the thallus,

for the most part simple, though many branched at right angles

from the middle or near one end, flexuose and curved and wavy,

lying in all directions. Disk very wide, canaliculate, flattened or

hollowed more or less according to age, white with pruina, sur-

rounded by the very prominent, stout, elevated, curved and wavy

proper margin.

“No.91. Opegrapha scripta, e. serpentina, Scheer.” Lich. Exsicc.

“ed. alt. immut.” in my copy is referable to this variety.

#. recta. Lirelle elongated, narrow, simple, horizontal and

parallel.

Verrucaria typographica, Willd. Flor. Berol. 370. t. 7. f. 14 (1787).

Opegrapha recta, Humb. Fl. Freiberg. 57 (1793).

“—— Cerasi, Pers. in Ust. Ann. st. 11. p. 20” (fide Ach.) (1794); Ach:

Meth. 27; Sm. E. Bot. t. 2301 (not O. Cerasi, Pers. J. c., according

to Martius, Fl. Brasil. J. c. infra).

? —— Cerasi, DeCand. Fl. Frang. ed. 3. vol. 2. 310.

Lichen Cerasi, Ach. Prodr. 26 (1798).

Graphis Cerasi, Ach. L. Univ. 268 (1810) (admirable description).

—— seripta, y. Cerasi, Ach. Syn. 83 (1814).

—— scripta, Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. pt. 1. 252 (in part) (1825).

ti by ar seripta, 8B. recta, Schzerer, Spicil. 46 (in part) (1823); Enum.

151; Tuckermann, Syn. 76 (in part).

Graphis ope ¢. orthograpta, Wallr. Fl. Crypt. Germ. 1. 331 (in

part) (1831). : :

—— pulverulenta, recta, Martius, Fl. Brasil. 1. pt. 1. 71 (excl. O. macro-

carpa, Pers., according to the fig. rather referable to our var. horizon-

talis) (1833).

Opegrapha scripta, b. recta, Fries, L. Reform. 371 (in part) (1831); Summa

Fl. Seand. pt. 1. 118 (in part); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part).

Oncherry and plum trees. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus thin, membranous, continuous, smooth, slightly

shining, pale yellow or straw-colour, in very elongated narrow

é 18*

276 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

horizontal patches, bounded by a pale blackish watery line, more

or less distinet and conspicuous, not unfrequently almost entirely

obliterated. Larelle very numerous, either crowded or more

distant, disposed in a horizontal direction parallel to each other,

generally rather long and narrow and of the same width through-

out, though with others of various lengths interspersed, acu-

minate and sharply pointed at each extremity, though sometimes

obtuse, simple and nearly straight, only slightly curved, some-

times by confluence branched, prominent and emergent or burst-

ing through the thallus, which is uplifted and forms membranous

slightly thickened thallodal margins. Proper margins stout,

thickened, rounded, prominent and uniform, enclosing a canali-

culate disk, generally narrow and almost rimeform, frequently

more expanded, either entirely destitute of or with only a faint

ruina.

: Distinguished from all other varieties of serpentina by the

horizontal arrangement of the elongated, narrow, simple, parallel

lirellee ; and from scripta and pulverulenta by the sporidia.

Chevallier (Hist. Graphid. p. 16) says that his Opeg. Cerasi is °

not that of Acharius, which he regards as a variety of scripta.

The lirelle represented in his tab. 1. fig. 3 & 4 are certainly

blunter and not acuminate at the extremities, and also appear

interwoven or lying one over the other, not preserving the

parallelism so peculiar to our piant. Possibly Chevallier’s plant

may be a state of Opeg. atra.

PLATE VI. fig. 20. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 5, sporidium.

4. Graphis diffracta, Turn. MS. Thallus thickish, tartareous,

pulverulent, cracked, rugulose; lirellee immersed, slender yet

clumsy, of the same width throughout, extremities obtuse ; pro-

per margin narrow, elevated, wavy ; thallodal margin very nar-

row, almost obliterated ; disk canaliculate, naked ; sporidia eight,

in asci, linear, margined, rounded at the ends, containing 8-10

transversely oval margined yellow spores.

The thick, tartareous, cracked thallus and the peculiar form

and habit of the lirellee, traceable through a distinct series, appear

to justify the separation of this from G. serpentina, in which the

thallus partakes generally of a more membranous structure, but

whether it will be permanently regarded as a distinct species

may perhaps be doubtful, among plants so protean and trickey

in their variations, particularly as the sporidia are similar. The

varieties spathea and eutypa of G. serpentina alone approach it in

their subtartareous thallus.

Puiavre VI. fig. 21. a, Vertical seetion of thallus and lirella; 5, sporidia.

“I

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 2

The following varieties are noticeable :—

a. minor. Liarellz small.

On beech. Tilgate Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On alder,

near Little Malvern, Worcestershire ! Mr. E. Lees.

Thallus thin, tartareous, extensively cracked, somewhat pul-

verulent, the surface irregular, spurious thallodal margins nearly

or quite obliterated, pale dirty ashy gray, or pale yellow or pale

olive. Lirelle exceedingly numerous and crowded, very small,

short, broad and simple, varying in form from a mere roundish

dot to a small oblong or linear-oblong, or linear figure, very

obtuse and rounded at the ends, immersed, slightly prominent

above the level of the thallus, the shorter and smaller ones for

the most part straight, the longer ones more or less curved and

wavy, of a dark brown colour. Disk canaliculate, wide, open

and concave, even in a dry state, without pruina, when wet ex-

panded and flat, encompassed by the thin, prominent, more or

less waved proper margin.

_ B. major. Lirelle larger.

On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus very thin, subtartareous, even, extensively cracked,

bounded by a wavy irregular brown line, dull olive colour, raised

around the lirellz into a very narrow spurious margin. Lirelle

very numerous, not crowded but closely and pretty regularly

scattered over the whole thallus, much longer than in the pre-

ceding variety, slender and linear, very irregular and varied in

their disposition, slightly waved and curved, extremities obtuse

or obtusely pointed, or one obtuse and rounded, the other pointed,

immersed. as in the last, but with a more distinct spurious mar-

gin, dark brown. Disk as in the last, canaliculate, open and

concave, without pruina, elevated and flat when wetted, sur-

rounded by the thin prominent wavy proper margin.

y. radiata. Lirelle radiate. -

On ash? Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus in the centre moderately thick, tartareous, extensively

cracked, pulverulent, white, and raised around the lirellz into a

spurious white pulverulent margin, frequently more or less obli-

terated, thinner and not so pulverulent towards the wavy irre-

gular paler margins of the patch, which are destitute of lirellz.

Lirelle very numerous and crowded, confined to the central por-

tion of the thallus, elongated, but varying in size, variously

branched, either simply or repeatedly, disposed more or less in a

somewhat radiate arrangement, linear and slender, of the same

width throughout, obtuse at the extremities, black. Disk rime-

formi-canaliculate, narrow, more or less open when dry, expanded

278 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez.

and flat, but still narrow when wetted, brown, slightly pruinose,

surrounded by the thin, prominent, wavy, curved, and crisped

proper margin.

No. 91 (specimen on beech) in Mr. Borrer’s copy of Ist ed.

Scher. Lich. Exsicc. and No. 88 in my copy of “ed. alt. immut.”

are referable to this variety.

6. flecuosa. Lirelle variously flexuose.

On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New

Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer.

Thallus much thicker and more tartareous than in the pre-

ceding varieties, extensively cracked, pulverulent and white,

irregular and rugose, raised into spurious margins around the

lirellze, pale yellow or cream-colour, bounded by a brown line.

Lirelle very numerous and crowded, either simple and curved,

or branched from the middle or the extremities, simply or re-

peatedly flexuose, curved and twisting in all directions, and with

all degrees of curvature, in the more closely crowded specimens

anastomosing one with the other, immersed, scarcely prominent,

obtuse and rounded at the extremities in the branched form,

more acutely pointed in the simple form, though more or less

elongated, yet stout and clumsy in general aspect. Disk

rimzeformi-canaliculate, more or less open, encompassed by the

stout, rounded, prominent, incurved, wavy, proper margin, not

pruinose.

In what appears to be a very old state of. this flexuose variety

on oak in Mr. Borrer’s herbarium, and which resembles a frag-

ment in the same collection from Acharius, labelled “ Graphis

serpentina, var. eutypa, Ach., an a Gr. rugosa distincta?” the

thallus is quite tartareous, pulverulent and white, altogether

raised into innumerable prominent rugosities, by their proximity

almost obliterating the slender, narrow, elongated, branched,

flexuose lirellee, which are situate in the hollows or interstices

between the rugosities.

5. Graphis Smithii. Thallus thin, membranaceous, even or

rugose’; lirelle immersed, broad, simple or branched in a sub-

radiate subparallel manner ; proper margin very narrow; thallodal

margin thin and membranous; disk plane, naked or pruinose ;

sporidia eight, in asci, linear, margined, rounded at the ends,

containing 6-8 transversely oval, margined spores.

Opegrapha scripta, Sm. E. Bot. 1813 (not of Ach.) (1807).

Lyellii, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part). _

On hazel, in a wood at the Berrow, south end of Malvern

Range, Worcestershire! Mr. HE. Lees.

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 279

a. vera. Lirelle radiate, like Chinese characters.

Mostly on young oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. St. Leonard’s

Forest ! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus thin, membranous, pale yellow, continuous, smoothish,

somewhat verrucoso-rugose, in some states very rugose and rug-

ged, probably from age or peculiar locality, limited by a brownish

irregular line, slightly raised in a thin membrane as a thallodal

margin around the lirellz, which is sometimes almost obliterated.

Lirelle scattered, rather close together but not crowded, va-

riously branched in a subradiate manner, the branches parallel

so as to resemble Chinese characters, very black, immersed, but

the disk on a level with the surface of the thallus. Disk plane,

black, with or without pruina, the proper margin very thin and

narrow, scarcely discernible. In section the perithecium is seen

to be confined to the sides of the lirellz alone, the base being

naked as in Graphis.

8. elongata. Lirelle much more simple, slightly branched,

linear-oblong or lanceolate, extremities acute.

Sussex! Mr.Borrer. Bangor, Co. Down! Mr. Wm. Thompson.

Corsygedol! Rev. T. Salwey. Gloddaeth, Caernarvonshire ! !

ith some resemblance to the simple lirelle of Hymenodecton

dendriticum, but the structure differs.

y- divaricata. Lirelle with a single branch at right angles.

Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On ash, Gopsall Wood, Leicestershire !

Rev. A. Blozam. Oxfordshire! Mr. Bazxter in herb. Dr. Greville.

Dunscombes Wood, Cork! Mr. I. Carroil.

8. simpliciuscula. Lirelle smaller, simple.

Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

e. macularis. Lirelle very small, numerous, crowded, like

irregular rounded or oblong spots.

Ireland! Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer. Bagley Wood, Ox-

ford ! Mr. Baxter in herb. Borrer. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Bangor

and Cultra, and Holywood House, Co. Down ! Mr. Wm. Thomp-

son. Llandrindod! Rev. T. Salwey. Castle Bernard Park (syca-

more), Bandon, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks. Blarney, Ireland!

Mr. I. Carroll.

Under all forms distinguishable from Chiographa Lyellu and

Hymenodecton dendriticum by the structure of the lirellz. $

Puate VI. fig. 22. a, Vertical seetion of thallus and lirella; 5, sporidia.

[To be continued. }

280 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements

XXVI.—A Reply to two Statements published by the Paleonto-

graphical Society, in their volume for 1853 ; one appearing to

accuse the University of Cambridge of illiberality in the admi-

nistration of its Museum ; the other reflecting on the character

of Professor M‘Coy. By the Rev. Professor Sepewicx,

M.A., F.R.S. &c.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

I vENTURE to request the publication of this Reply in the next

number of your Journal, which is not only an excellent vehicle

of scientific information, but also one of the guardians of the

honour of scientific men. You can have no interest in the fol-

lowing statements, except so far as they have a bearing on the

cause of truth.

Some time after I had seen the ‘Third Part of the British

Fossil Corals,’ published by the Palzontographical Society in

1852, I wrote to their Honorary Secretary, and collected from his

reply, that any communication from myself, in opposition to two

statements made by Professor Milne-Edwards and M. Jules

Haime (in the Memoir, just mentioned, p. 151), would probably

be rejected by the Society, or, at least, published in their next

volume, in a form which would not be satisfactory either to

Professor M‘Coy or myself. I therefore resolved to postpone

my Reply till it might appear in the “ Third Fasciculus ” of the

Cambridge Paleozoic Fossils, which would be published (as I

then hoped) in the spring of 1853,

_ Meanwhile, during my engagements away from Cambridge,

I had a letter from Professor M‘Coy, agreeing in substance, and

almost word for word, with the one which forms the most im-

portant part of this communication. Greatly do I blame myself

for not having immediately sent his letter to the press. But I

was anxious, at the time, to add some words of vindication for -

the University of Cambridge; and having no access to the Pa-

leontographical volumes, or any other books of needful reference,

I was compelled to postpone my Reply ; and I thereby failed,

unconsciously, in my duty to my friend: for I now know that he

did not immediately publish his own vindication, because he

thought that he had entrusted it to myself.

The plates and letter-press of our Third Fasciculus were in

progress immediately after the publication of the Second (July

1852) ; and Professor M‘Coy, who is compelled by his duties at

Belfast, to leave Cambridge in the autumn, hoped to complete

reflecting on the University of Cambridge. — 281

the plates, by the help of an Irish artist, during the following

winter. In this hope he was entirely disappointed ; and on his

return to Cambridge near the end of April 1853, his work was

for some weeks retarded by the unavoidable absence of Mr.

West, our artist. Much of the letter-press was however struck

off ; and on the return of Mr. West the work was pressed for-

ward by almost incessant labour. A very vexatious, and to me

a rather costly accident, so much retarded the final completion

of the plates, that Professor M‘Coy was again compelled to leave

Cambridge ; and, to our joint mortification, the publication of

the Third Fasciculus was necessarily postponed till the spring

of 1854.

These dates can have but little interest to the reader; but

they form a part of my vindication and apology.

in like manner the First Fasciculus was more than two years

in hand before its publication. Its plates of corals were, I be-

lieve, all struck off i 1849; but the work was published in

May 1851: and out of this latter date an utterly groundless

imputation of unfair dealing has been imsinuated against Pro-

fessor M‘Coy. z

When he had left Cambridge at the end of the summer vya-

cation of 1853, there was no longer the shadow of a plea for any

further delay in the publication of this Reply; and it would

have been sent to the press in November or December last but

for a serious attack of illness, which has made me, for almost

four months, incapable of undertaking even the humblest intel-

lectual task. Such is my apology to Professor M‘Coy, and to

those who are interested in the fossil history of our Palzozoic

deposits ; and I conclude by expressing a hope that the following

statements may be thought worthy of a place in your scientific

Journal.

I have the honour to be,

Gentlemen,

Your faithful Servant,

A. SEepewick.

Cambridge, March 4, 1854.

Reply, &c.

The first statement on which I am called upon to bestow some

words of comment I shall immediately subjoin. The second

statement appears word for word in Professor M‘Coy’s letter:

and I may here remark, that although the subjoined quotation

is word for word, the italics are my own—the passages having

282 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements

been underlined in my private copy of the volume from which

it is taken.

“ Most of the carboniferous fossils that we have represented in the

lates joined to this monograph belong to the collections of the Geo-

fbgtcat Society of London, the Museum of Practical Geology, under

the direction of Sir Henry de la Beche, the Museum of Bristol, and

the rich cabinet of our esteemed friend J. S. Bowerbank, Esq. We

much regret not having been able to obtain the same liberal aid from

the Museum of the University of Cambridge, and to have been there-

fore obliged to omit representing in this work a certain number of

species, that we have not seen in any of the numerous collections so

generously placed at our disposal by the great majority of the English

geologists. But the omission that we here allude to is now of less

importance than it appeared to us, when our application to the Cam-

bridge Museum was rejected, for, since that time, a young palzeonto-

logist belonging to that scientific establishment, Professor M‘Coy,

has published very good figures of almost.all the corals that we were

desirous of obtaining communication of from the above-mentioned

museum. His recent work will enable us, at least, to complete our

Catalogue of the Corals found in the Carboniferous formation of Great

Britain; and having gone to Cambridge in order to see the fossils

described by that gentleman, we have easily recognized those species

which we had already met with elsewhere, and can without hesitation

refer most of the others to generical divisions here adopted.” (British

Fossil Corals, Part 3. pp. 150, 151, 1852.)

To this passage another is affixed, in the form of a note,

which is copied (as above stated) in Professor M‘Coy’s letter.

The two passages cannot be considered apart : and what are the

conclusions which any reader of common sense would naturally

draw from them? That MM. Edwards and Haime had per-

sonally made an application for the loan of certain Palzozoie

fossils in the Cambridge Museum which had been rejected ; that

this rejection was in disadvantageous contrast with the liberal

conduct of all other public bodies to which they had applied ;

that their loss, on account of this rejection, was the less, because

Professor M‘Coy had (since) published and figured (First Cam-

bridge Fasciculus, May 1851) nearly all the species of which

they were anxious to have the loan ; that the Professor had made

an unfair use of their First Part of British Fossil Corals (7. e.

Tertiary and Cretaceous Corals, &c. published in 1850); and

that to cover his plagiarism he had misdated a portion of his

own labours, and virtually stated what was not true. I think

that any attentive reader must inevitably have drawn all these

inferences from the passage above quoted and the note affixed

to it.

Professor M‘Coy may safely be left to fight his own battles ;

for I know that he has truth and reason on his side; and so far

‘reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 283

as regards the University my direct reply shall not be long. I

affirm, that. no application, direct or indirect, was ever made to

me, either by MM. Edwards and Haime, or by any member of

the Palzontographical Society, for a loan of any part of the Cam-

bridge Paleozoic fossils ; and I was astonished when I first read

the above quotation, and the note affixed to it. For till that

time I had not so much as heard that the two distinguished

authors had undertaken the description of the older British

fossil corals, and commenced their task.

This I stated in a letter to Professor Milne-Edwards, who

justified what he had written by an appeal to Mr. Bowerbank,

the Honorary Secretary of the Palzontograpbical Society.

With that gentleman (of whom I shall ever speak with kindness

and respect) I have, consequently, had a short correspondence,

in which he states that Professor Edwards did come to Cam-

bridge and applied for a loan of certain fossil corals. On this

point there is no dispute or doubt. But he further states, that

after the Professor’s return from Cambridge, he (Mr. B.) en-

deavoured to enforce the application by a letter to myself ; “ that

he-never wrote to me (in behalf of the Palzontographical Society)

but once, and that once was regarding the Paleozoic fossils.’ He

further states, “that shortly after having written,” he met me

at Ipswich, and in a short conversation, as we were on the point

of starting to a public meeting, he again made his request for

the loan of the corals*.

Of the conversation I have not the shadow of a remembrance ;

but I can prove to demonstration, that his letter (above-men-

tioned) had reference only to the Oolitic corals. From the very

first he appears to have laboured under a positive mistake as to

the nature and extent of Professor Edwards’s application to our

museum ; and one mistake inevitably led to another.

Independently of all direct evidence, what are the obvious

probabilities of the case? When MM. Edwards and Haime

were at Cambridge (in 1849?) they asked for the loan of

certain Oolitic species, and for no others (Prof. M‘Coy’s letter,

infra) +. Therefore any subsequent letter urging their request

* [have no present means of fixing the date of the conversation al-

luded to in the text ; but it must have taken place (as I collect from Mr. B.)

at one of the annual Ipswich meetings which preceded the meeting of the

British Association in 1851 ; and therefore probably in 1850.

T I cannot exactly fix the date of the visit of MM. Edwards and Haime,

but Professor M‘Coy informs me that it took place a considerable time

before the publication of the First Part of their British Fossil Corals ;—it

must therefore have been in 1849 or early in 1850. He adds, in the note I

have just received from him, “ They made no a’ plication for Palzozoic fos-

sils, which they knew I was publishing, and whieh they told me they had

then no intention of touching.”

284 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements

must inevitably have been understood by myself as relating only

to certain Oolitic species, unless the contrary were expressed,

which assuredly it was not. Again, Mr. Bowerbank states that

my verbal reply (at Ipswich) was considered by him “as equi-

valent to a refusal ;” and that the subject could not afterwards

be introduced to me, “ without the appearance of undue impor-

tunity.” All this is perfectly consistent. If the Paleontogra-

phical Society thought that I had refused the loan of the Oolitic

fossils in 1849 or 1850, it was perfectly natural for them to

abstain in 1851 from any request respecting the Cambridge

Paleozoic fossils. In one word, I knew exactly what had taken

place at Cambridge during Professor Edwards’s visit, and Mr.

Bowerbank did not ; and hence originated that verbal misun-

derstanding I have just pointed out.

Since the above correspondence closed, I have had a second

communication from Professor Edwards (Paris, Feb. 4, 1854),

in which he now gives me the positive grounds of his statement

respecting Cambridge. Among other matters he quotes a letter

of Professor M‘Coy (dated March 15, 1850, and now in Pro-

fessor Edwards’s possession at Paris) “ relative to the Oolitic

corals,” and without a word of reference to any others. Professor

M‘Coy’s letter contains a copy of a note he had just received

from myself, which was painfully written with the left hand;

a fact which fixes its date to March 1850, were there no other

evidence. My note concludes with the following words: “ Pray

explain to Mr. Bowerbank that the fossils (7. e. ‘the Oolitic

corals’ as they are expressly called by Professor M‘Coy) are the

property of the University, and are in daily use among the stu-

dents, in the way of consultation, and that it is impossible for

me to send them away to Paris ; but all other help in my power

shall be given, and every facility for making drawings, &c.”

When I lately saw my left-handed note, I was afraid that it

might have been written in a petulant spirit; for I was at the

time in much suffering, and neither Professor M‘Coy nor myself

had been quite pleased with the reserve of MM. Edwards and

Haime. When at Cambridge they accepted his services for a

specific object, and they did not afterwards condescend to inform

him or me that those services would not be wanted. There is,

however, as I rejoice to find, no petulance in my note.

What took place at Cambridge (in 1849?), when it was visited

by Professor Edwards and his distinguished fellow-labourer, is

stated in Professor M‘Coy’s letter. It was my great misfortune —

not to be present, and I only know the facts at second-hand.

But, soon afterwards, I met Professor Edwards in London, who

spoke in courteous and, as I thought, in warm terms of his re-

ception by Professor M‘Coy; and I declare, with the sincerity

reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 285

of perfect truth, that when we parted I had not the most distant

thought that he (M. Edwards) was dissatisfied with the arrange-

ments he had made at Cambridge, or wished to have them

changed.

Had MM. Edwards and Haime thought good, in their great

~ essay on the British Oolitic Corals (1851), to charge the Uni-

versity with unwonted illiberality for having “ rejected ” their

application for certain species in our Museum, they might have

done so with, at least, verbal truth; although such a charge

would, I think, have been uncourteous and unjust. But having

let this occasion slip, and as if to make amends for this forbear- _

ance, they published their charge in 1852 (transferring it from

one memoir in which it might have appeared, with a show of

reason, to another in which it ought never to have appeared), so

as to make it almost incompatible with plain historical truth ;

and, I believe, in such a form as to have misled the Council of

the Palzontographical Society. Be this as it may, a plain state-

ment of facts would, in 1851, have had no sting, and would

never have provoked a reply. But why is the charge against

Cambridge taken out of its true historical place, and brought

forward in another? For no purpose, which I can comprehend,

except that of affording a vehicle for a very unjust msinuation

against the character of one of the most honourable and de-

voted of the sons of natural science. Such insinuations ought

never, under any circumstances, to disfigure the Transactions

of a public Society. It is most true that public Transactions

are not to be the vehicles of short-lived controversy, and the

Council (as I now think) did right in rejecting my application

to them. Their proper office is to be the great recipients of the

stream of truth,—pure, sincere, and strained from every par-

ticle of malignity. In one single unhappy page they have over-

stepped the duties of their high and honourable office.

The Cambridge Geological Museum is the property of the Uni-

versity ; and there is not a specimen in it which I call my own.

Though I have collected largely during thirty-five years, and at

the cost of thousands, I have collected for the public; and the

public has a true interest in the administration of the Museum*.

What, then, is the nature of its administration? It is under a

board of Auditors, who are governed by laws given in the

founder’s will. The Professor does not receive the keys of the

Museum till he has signed a very heavy bond, which he would

forfeit to the University on any culpable neglect of duty. Two

* Fora more full account of the contents of the Museum, and of the

gradual formation of its very extensive collections, both British and Fo-

reign, the reader is referred to the “blue book ” of the Royal University

Commission, published by authority in 1852. 3

286 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements

Inspectors are annually appointed, who can demand the keys

whenever they think right ; and they do demand them yearly, so

as to see that no specimens, in the arranged catalogues, are lost or

out of place. No salary is ever paid to the Professor till after

the report of the Inspectors has been given in to the board of

Auditors. These stringent regulations have been the means of

preserving the original collection in its integrity: and though

now seldom consulted it possesses many very valuable specimens,

and has a great historical and antiquarian, as well as a scientific,

interest ; as every one knows who has studied the old printed

Woodwardian catalogues. The same regulations apply to the

additional collections (made during the last thirty-five years)

after they have been arranged and placed in the cabinets of the

Museum. ‘They are then liable to Jnspection, and to all its con-

sequences in the annual report.

During the removal (about twelve years since) of the old, as

well as the modern, collection into the new museum, it was

exposed for several weeks to a great risk of loss—one or two

valuable specimens disappeared ; but not, I believe, one from the

original cabinets. Since then the modern additions have so far

advanced in arrangement, and been so much increased by the

bounty of academical friends, by purchase, and by my own la-

bours, that we have now a collection of very great value, and

illustrative of nearly all departments of Palzontology.

What, then, is the spirit in which this Museum has been

governed? With the exception of very short intervals (necessary

for cleaning and repairs) it is open six days a week during the

whole year—at the rate of six hours a day during the winter,

and eight hours a day during the summer, months. Academical

men, and strangers, and foreigners are admitted alike without

restriction —may remain during all reasonable hours—may

sketch the specimens—and may turn to their own profit and in-

struction the vast scientific labour that has been bestowed on

the collection. Artists have, more than once, been sent down

to copy specimens and portions of the great series, and their

applications have never been in vain. Every possible facility

has been given to their labours. In all these respects the ad-

ministration of our Museum dares to challenge comparison with

that of any other public museum in Europe.

While any part of our vast collection has remained unarranged,

I have treated it as my own property; finally, however, to be

transferred to the arranged cabinets of the University; after

which it becomes subject to the more stringent laws of our Mu-

seum. After their arrangement in the University cabinets, I

have no right to send any specimens away from the Museum.

By such an act I might forfeit a very heavy bond. Not that

reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 287

I have any fears of this kind; but no man of honourable feeling

wishes to owe his safety to the forbearance of his friends.

Spite of the regulations here alluded to, I have several times

(as Professor Owen, Mr. Searles Wood, Mr. Sowerby, and Mr.

Davidson and others could witness) conveyed, for a few days,

very rare specimens away from our Museum to serve some scien-

_ tifie purpose. I did so in each instance meo periculo, and with-

out consulting the authorities, as I thought the occasions might

perhaps justify the irregularity and the risk. My honoured

friend, the late Professor De Blainville, strongly urged me to

send him, for examination, a very valuable specimen from the

old Woodwardian cabinets, which had once formed a part of the

ancient collection of Agostino Scilla. I could not comply with

his request ; but I ventured to place the specimen in the custody

of Professor Owen, that good drawings and casts might be made

of it for M. de Blainville’s use.

After the great labour, continued for more than thirty years,

in the formation of our collection, the cost bestowed on its ar-

rangement, the perfect liberality of its administration, and the

noble descriptive and scientific catalogue of our whole Palzozoic

series by M‘Coy, I little expected to hear a whisper of censure

against us on the score of our Museum ; nor should I have cared

one straw for any implied censure in the passage on which I

have been led to comment, had it not been followed by a very

unjust imsinuation against my friend; and I now request the

reader’s attention to his letter of explanation and defence,

Professor M‘Coy’s Letter.

Belfast, 26th December, 1853...

My pear Sir, ;

In reply to your letter, relative to the observations published

by MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime in p. 151 of the Third part

of their Memoir on Fossil Corals, for the Palontographical

Society, reflecting unjustly on the liberality of the Cambridge

Museum, and on myself, I beg to state that I published preli-

minary descriptions of the new Carboniferous and Oolitic corals

in the collection, m the Annals of Natural History for 1849,

and that some considerable time after their publication MM.

Edwards and Haime came to Cambridge to see them. I was

fortunately there, and spent several hours in demonstrating all

my species to them ; I also showed them the drawings on stone

making for our plates. They were highly complimentary on all

the work that had been done, and stated that they were about

preparig a Monograph on Tertiary, and subsequently ene on

288 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements

Oolitic Corals for the Paleontographical Society, but had no

immediate intention of touching the Paleozoic Corals. They

then said they were desirous of figuring my newly-published

Oolitic species, and asked whether the specimens would be sent

to them on application. I said there was great difficulty about

sending specimens out of the collection, but that if they wanted

figures our artist should draw them in after-time if they liked,

and that I would myself superintend them carefully. They were

delighted with the suggestion, thanked me, pointed out all the

specimens I was to get drawn, and the number and size of the

figures, saying they would arrange, on their return, for Mr.

Bowerbank to pay the artist. It must be want of memory, there-

fore, that betrayed MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime into the

statement at the top of their page 150: ‘ We much regret not

having been able to obtain the same liberal aid from the Univer-

sity of Cambridge.” Their lines farther on (top of page 151) are

also liable to misconception, at least; as ordinary readers think

the paragraph an insinuation that I knew nothing of these new

corals till MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime asked for them, and

that I hastened with them into print on “ their application being

rejected :””—the plain facts being, that these gentlemen were

attracted to Cambridge by my previously published descriptions

of those very corals ; that they had then made no application at

all ; that when they came they saw our artist finishing our plates;

that my part of the work was finished ; that I gave them every

information in my power*, though the Cambridge work was not

regularly published till after their departure.

At the foot of the same page (151) MM. Milne-Edwards and ~

Haime mutilate a note of mine (at page 17 of the Cambridge

Pal. Foss.), and thus draw so false-a conclusion that they seem

to have penned a wilful calumny. My note referred to is—“ As

these pages were passing through the press I received MM.

Milne-Edwards and Haime’s great English Memoir on_Corals,

but at too late a period to profit materially from the new portions

not previously published in the Comptes Rendus.” And yet MM,

Milne-Edwards and Haime act as if the underlined, important,

portion had not been written. Their note is as follows :—

“This work (Cambridge Pal. Foss.) was published in May 1851,

some months after the first part of our Monographie des Poly-

piers des Terrains Paleozoiques, and at least a year after the

distribution of the first part of our ‘Description of the British

Fossil Corals’ to all the members of the Paleontographical

Society. In the beginning of his book (p. 17) Professor M‘Coy

* Some of which (e.g. the existence of radiating lamella in Michelin’s

Dendropora) they published soon after in the Comptes Rendus without

acknowledgement.

reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 289

expresses his regret at not having become acquainted with the

latter publication early enough to be able to refer to it; and we

feel much gratified in seeing that the results, which Professor

M‘Coy appears therefore to have obtained solely from his own

observations, are often so very similar to those published by

ourselves a year before ; even by a singular coincidence he often

makes use of the same names for the divisions previously esta-

blished in the first part of this Monograph.”

- With regard to the first statement here made, I got the Cam-

bridge University bookseller to write to the French publisher for

the exact date at which he delivered the parts of the ‘ Archives’

containing the French memoir in question (which bears no date,

and had been quoted in print by MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime

long before it was published), and I received the authentic letter in

reply, fixing the real date of publication as the 26th of June 1851;

I did not of course receive it till July, our work being out the May

previous. In their second statement, that our Cambridge Fasci-

culus of May 1851 was “ published at least a year after” the First

Part of their Palzeontographical Memoir, they also err in a matter

of fact known to every Local Secretary of the Society throughout

the country ; and if they mean to deny that I only received it as

the sheets on which I wrote the note were passing through the

press, they again not only err in a matter of fact, but grievously

err in a matter of courtesy. Here I may add, that I received

the volume from the Cambridge Local Secretary on the day it

was sent down by the Society to him for the members. As for

the concluding part of their note, in which they try to make it

appear that I used their writings while stating that I did not

know them,—I have already pointed out that, to serve this pur-

pose, they have suppressed the half of my note which stated that

I had profited by their previously published French writings ;

and those who examine the Cambridge work will find that in it

I have repeatedly referred to MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime,

and their French papers on Corals in the Annales des Sciences

and Comptes Rendus, of which their English work is little more

than a partial translation, and that there is no ground for their

insinuation, that either by a “singular coincidence ” or other-

wise, their names or observations were passed for my own.

In M. Milne-Edwards’s letter to you he complains only of the

author’s name not being put to the Orders, Classes, or Tribes,

so that his cannot be distinguished from mine or any other

writer’s. I need only refer the members of the Paleontogra-

phical Society to their last volume (1852), where they will find

the same thing done by Prof. Forbes in his Monograph; also by

King (who gives his reasons) in a former volume, and by several

others ; and without wasting time with the reasons, I may say

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. _—

290 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements

that (except where mistakes might arise) I do not put an author’s

‘name to any group larger or less definite than a genus, and

never mean to do so.

Having now refuted these aspersions at your request, which I

should scarcely have done for myself, I may add, that MM. Ed-

wards and Haime have figured and described, as new, in their _

‘Monographie,’ several corals previously published by myself in

the ‘ Annals of Natural History, and that the first idle time I

have, I shall write a paper on this and other scientific unfair-

nesses in their works, with which at present we have nothing

to do.

I have the-honour to remain,

My dear Sir, -

Very truly yours,

Rev. Prof. Sedgwick. Freperick M‘Coy.

So far as Professor M‘Coy’s letter bears upon matters of fact,

I can give my unqualified testimony in its confirmation. There

is not a more single-minded, honourable, and truth-loving man

in the list of those whom I rejoice to call my friends. No other

English writer has more fully and fairly quoted the works of

those who have preceded him in his own line of study; and no

other English writer has shown the same accurate and extensive

knowledge of what may be called the literature of paleontology :

—I am not so rash as to offer any estimate of the comparative

merits of his classification of Fossil Corals and of that given by

MM. Edwards and Haime. In one respect, however, he has an

apparent advantage over them, inasmuch as his labours are more

directly connected with the works of the best authors who have

preceded him in investigations similar to his own.

, In clearness of description the work on the Cambridge Palzo-

zoie Corals is almost unrivalled ; and the lithographic illustra~

tions, if inferior to those executed at Paris in artistical touch,

are by no means inferior to them in accuracy of details, and in

the graphic delineation of those characters which give a true

scientific meaning to the speeimens.

The work, when finished, will contain a careful deseription of

every English paleozoic species in the Cambridge Museum,

collected during the last thirty-two years by myself and by my

friends from all the old fossiliferous strata of England. To

affirm that, in a work of such great extent and difficulty, the

author has fallen into no mistake or error of judgement, would

be an idle boast. But I do very confidently affirm, that Professor

M‘Coy began his task at Cambridge after a thorough scientific

training of many previous years ;—that with acute senses sharp-

ened by long experience—that with a philosophical perception

reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 29)

of the highest. requirements of natural history, and with a

tience in the endurance of continued labour which has seldom

d its match, he has produced a work which entitles him to

the gratitude of the University, and (I dare to add) of the scien-

tific world. ‘

Praises thus unqualified (called forth by the circumstances

which have led me to take up the pen) might seem partial or

exaggerated. But I know them to be well deserved; and to

confirm my own words, and to prevent any misconstruction of

them, I will quote the remarks upon M‘Coy’s work by Professor

Bronn of Heidelberg—a great paleontologist (as I surely need

not tell the reader), and, at the same time, a very just but severe

eritic, who is not inconsiderate or prodigal in his words of praise :

** Dieses Werk ist ausserordentlieh reich an scharfen Beobachtung-

en, fleissigen Beschreibungen und von M‘Coy aufgestellten Sippen

Bee PSs. Mit der auslandischen und insbesondere

deutschen Literatur ist der Verfasser wohl bekannt, und er hat sie

reichlich beniitzt ; das Ganze ist eine der wichtigsten Erscheinungen

in der palaontologischen Literatur und fortan unentbehrlich bei allen

palaozoischen Studien.” ..... ** This work is extraordinarily rich

in acute observations, careful deseriptions, and in genera and species

established by M‘Coy....... The author is well acquainted with

the foreign, and especially with the German literature, and has made

an abundant use of it ; the whole is one of the most important appear-

ances in the literature of Paleontology, and henceforward in-

dispensable in-all Paleeozoic studies.”” (* Neues Jahrbuch’ by Pro-

fessors Leonhard and Bronn of Heidelberg, 1853, pp. 97, 98.)

During the early progress of M‘Coy’s work (though repeatedly

urged to do so) I studiously abstained from giving him any

scheme of tabular arrangement derived from the physical groups

of the Cambrian and Silurian series. I simply gave him the

general facts of superposition, He, therefore, began by arranging

all the groups of fossils, below the old red sandstone, as parts

of one system; and for two successive years, without a single

word of interruption from myself, he described them, in the

printed labels and catalogues, as Upper and Lower Silurian,

In the further progress of his work he found a great palzon-

tological break in the -series, which led him to separate it into

two Systems ; and then, for the first time, he adopted my name

Cambrian for the lower of the two, Still there was an unex-

meee difficulty : for in one remarkable group (called Middle

ilurian in the Government Survey, and containing the greater

number of the Lower Silurian rocks of Sir R. I. Murchison)

were subordinate groups of strata, some of which conformed to

the Silurian, and others to the Cambrian type. My own col-

lection did not seem to sanction the establishment of the so-called

19*

292 Dr. R. K. Greville on the discovery of

Middle Silurian group; and on the fossil evidence in the Cam-

bridge Museum Professor M‘Coy ventured to affirm his con-

viction, that some great sectional or paleontological error had

been committed in the establishment of the middle group.

We put this conclusion to the test in 1852; and on good

sectional and fossil evidence, we were enabled to break up this

group into two parts, which were not only palzontologically

distinct, but generally unconformable one to the other. Thus

the May Hill Sandstone became at length the true base (phy-

sically and palzontologically) of the whole Silurian series; and

by the interpolation of that sandstone there will be no longer

any real difficulty in the tabular view which will precede the

Third Fasciculus*.

I might here (as not by any means unconnected with the

subject of this communication) also dwell upon the great value

of Professor M‘Coy’s determination of the Devonian corals, as

distinguished from the Cambrian, the Silurian, and the Carbo-

niferous: but I must forbear; and I hope to take up some of

the subjects, here pointed at, in a future communication.

XXVII.—Notice of the discovery of Desmarestia Dresnayi on the

coast of Ireland. By R. K. Grevitie, LL.D. &e.+

[With a Plate.]

Tue Alga to which this notice refers was collected towards the

close of last year, at Moville, near the mouth of Lough Fyle in

the north of Ireland, by William Sawers and — Morrison, Esqrs.,

and communicated by the former gentleman to Professor Balfour,

by whom specimens were placed in my hands for examination.

It is a form quite new to the British flora ; and as its affinity is

involved in some obscurity, its discovery on our shores is in-

vested with considerable interest. Specimens transmitted to the

celebrated French cryptogamist, Dr. Montagne, have been pro-

nounced by him to be identical with an Alga found by himself at

Fort St. Sebastian in 1823, and published in the ‘ Annales des

Sciences Naturelles’ for 1842, p. 251. t. 7. f. 2, under the name

of Desmarestia pinnatinervia. Dr. Montagne obtained only a

single individual, scarcely more than 4 inches high, fully 2 inches

wide, and truncate; being evidently an abnormal development.

- M.Cronan has likewise met with it, though rarely, at Brest, and

regards it as a variety of Desmarestia Dresnayi of Lamouroux,

* Memoir read before the Geological Society of London, Noy. 3, 1852.

+ Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, January 12, 1854. _

Desmarestia Dresnayi on the coast of Ireland. 293

described and figured in the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Natu-

relles,’ t. xiii. p. 105, the figure being half the natural size.

Professor J. Agardh—the most recent authority—in his great

work, ‘Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum,’ refers both the

above Algz to varieties of Desmarestia ligulata, but still includes

D. pinnatinervia among his “ Species inquirendz,” with the ad-

ditional remark, “videtur pars inferior frondis latioris Desma-

restiz ligulatee.”

_ D. Dresnayi, Lam., which was published in 1819, was found

on the French coast. It has a slender stipes about half an

inch high, which immediately gives off two lateral fronds about

2 feet long and 1 to 2 inches broad, linear-lanceolate, with a

fine longitudinal nerve and very delicate opposite lateral nerves,

which are sometimes forked. The margin is sinuate, more or

less toothed, and towards the base some of the lateral nerves are

prolonged into very short leaves of the same form as the frond,

thus manifesting a tendency to the pinnate development charac-

teristic of the genus. The colour is described as olivaceous, and

the substance membranaceous.

D. pinnatinervia, judging from the figure given by Dr. Mon-

tagne, has so close a resemblance to D. Dresnayi, that were the

two side branches in the figure of the latter plant removed, the

remaining central portion (which appears to have been shortened

by some injury) would be almost a fac-simile of it. The cha-

racter of the nervation and of the margin is precisely the same

in both—so also is the stipes, the colour and the substance. The

frond, however, is quite simple, and Dr. Montagne compares it

- to large specimens of Laminaria debilis.

With regard now to the Irish plants, they appear to constitute

an intermediate link between the two forms above mentioned.

They have a slender well-defined stipes half an inch long or

more, a linear-lanceolate frond from 12 to 18 inches long and

2 to 4 inches broad, the margin more or less sinuate and den-

tate. An exceedingly five but very perceptible nerve runs from

the base to the apex, from which, lateral ones opposite, and fre-

quently forked, are given off at intervals of nearly a quarter of

an inch. .These lateral veins, which are somewhat inconspicuous,

at least in the dried specimens, terminate in the marginal den

ticulations. Mr. Sawers observes, that the colour in the fresh

state is that of a Laminaria, while the substance is thinner. That

gentleman also describes the margin in one or two specimens as

slightly proliferous ; bringing the plant so very near to D. Dres-

nayi, that I do not see how the two can be separated; and the

latter name having the priority must be retained, if they are to

be considered as distinct from D. ligulata.

It must be confessed that the transition from the ordinary

294 Dr. 'T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

narrow and decompound state of D. ligulata, as it occurs on the

British coast, to that of the Alga under consideration, is very re-

markable ; and as far as I know, intermediate states have not

occurred. But Professor J. Agardh speaks of the frond of some

French specimens of D. ligulata as an inch in breadth. Professor

J. Agardh’s var. 8. (D. herbacea, Lamx.) and var. y. (Sporochnus

herbaceus, var. firma, Ag. Syst.) do not at all agree in their pin-

nated forms and spinuloso-serrate margin with our plant; and if

his conjecture should eventually prove to be correct, it would be

difficult to adduce a more extraordinary deviation from a specific

type. It might be described as var. 8. subsimplex. In the mean

time a figure (Pl. XIV. fig. 1) of so interesting an Alga will, it is

hoped, be not unacceptable to the British botanist.

XXVITI.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the

_ Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals.

By Tuomas WitxrAms, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal

College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural

Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea.

[With two Plates. ]

[Continued from p. 200.]

Tue epidermal skeleton of the Arthropoda is histologically pe-

culiar. Chitine was first defined by Odier*. In the year 1845

it was more fully investigated by C. Schmidtt. By Lassaigne it

has been distinguished under the name of Endomaderm : it is a

proximate principle which resembles cel/ulose. Both are inso-

luble in caustic potass. Nitrogen however is present in chitine

and absent in cellulose: it is the animal basis of the integu-

mentary structures of Insects and Crustacea. It is a principle

of low vital properties. To the presence of this substance is pro-

bably to be ascribed the fact, already mentioned as extraordinary,

of the universal absence of vibratile cilia from ail the structures

of Insects and Crustacea. And why is vibratility not a pro- —

perty of those organized parts of which chitine is the proximate

basis? The very definedness of this question marks an advance

in the real science of physiology. Effect is linked to its true

eause, attribute to its right substratum, function to its imme-

diate instrument. Chitine is produced under two distinct con-

ditions: in Insects it oceurs under the circumstances of atmo-

spheric respiration, in Crustacea under those of the aquatic.

* Mém. de la Soe. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1823, p. 29.

+ Zur Vergleich. Physiol. d. Wirbellos. Thiere, p. 32.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 295

The external machinery of the process of breathing, however

unlike the constituent parts, or different the principle of its

action, does not therefore appear to involve any difference in the

ultimate products of the nutritive actions of the organism.

The suppression of motive cilia in the Arthropoda is the signal

of the saving of power. The economized force is diverted to

other purposes. The nervous and vascular centres are raised in

standard: the whole muscle-system is augmentedly developed,

and the secernent organs are woven into more complex structures.

The presence of chitine in the dermal skeleton of the Articulata

entails a distinctive character upon the periphery of the circu-

latory system. Contractile vessels cannot exist in the substance

of-an incontractile solid. This segment of the circulation of

Insects should be studied with special reference to this point.

When the skeleton is very thick, it is composed of a series of

superimposed lamin, between which are tunnelled certain chan-

nels, as in bone, for the conveyance of the nutritive fluid. in

the centre of the larger of these channels trachee may be de-

monstrated*.

The true epidermis of Insects is always and universally com-

posed of a tessellated hexagonally-celled epithelium. The ana-

tomical characters of the ultimate blood-channels of Insects will

be most successfully studied in the corresponding parts of the

circulatory apparatus of the Crustacea. The same description

essentially applies to both.

Crustacea.

Every Crustacean is a water-breathing, every Insect an air-

breathing animal. To this rule there can be found no real,

many apparent, exceptions. In the system of the Crustacean

there exist no water trachee. Although the Crustacean is an

insect breathing water, the mechanism contrived to accomplish

the process is comparable in no single particular with that

used in the instance of the Insect breathing air. In the former

plan there is no wonder-striking singularity. The apparatus

employed is common to every aquatic animal. The organs of

breathing in every true crustacean conform essentially to the

aquatic type. Though some species seem to enjoy the power of

respiring on the atmospheric plan, the apparatus used fulfils the -

requirements of the branchial principle.

One typal form of blood-corpuscle prevails throughout all the

species of this class, The fluid, in the embryonic state, as in

the larve of Insects, and antecedently to the evolution of the

branchiz and the heart, presents a description of corpuscle dif-

ferent from that which afterwards in the same animal charac-

* See Histological Catalogue by Prof. Quekett.

296 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

terizes the adult fluid. The former is a real chylaqueous com-

pound, is moved by means of the general muscles of the body,

and undergoes the change of aération without the intervention

of any special organs.

Central parts of the Circulatory System.

In this class the heart occurs under the character either of a

saccular vesiculiform viscus, or under that of the vasiform or

tubular.

In the higher species, in which the organ is partly branchial

and partly systemic, it is the point of departure of an arterial

system of distinctly walled pulsatile tubes which in the lower

becomes abortive. It is placed in the axis of the body, directly

under the shell, at the anterior part of the back, and is often

attached to the internal surface of the dermal skeleton by mus-

cular fibres: it is the chief propelling power of the blood. In

the Siphonostoma and Lophyropoda it is a simple sac, either

spheroidal or elongated in figure: it has only two orifices, a

venous behind and an arterial in front. This organ in the Deca-

pods, occupying the middle of the cephalothorax and star-shaped,

passes off into arteries in front, behind and below, the returning

venous blood entering through orifices at the upper and lateral

portions. In the Peecilopoda, Isopoda, Amphipoda and Lemodi-

poda it is tubular in form, and occupies the mid-region of the

dorsum, sends off arteries before, behind and laterally, and re-

céives the venous blood through lateral venous orifices. It is

most highly developed in the Stomapoda.. In the Phyllopoda it

ud prem the Myriapodal chambered type.

n the lower Crustacea the blood passes from the heart di-

rectly into intervisceral lacune: no defined vessels exist. In

the higher, in which the organ is unarticulated and more cen-

tralized, arterial trunks occur; after a short course they are lost

in the interstices of the tissues.

The venous currents converge from the lower part of the body

into various intercommunicating sinuses, situated some upon

the median line and others at the base of the appendages. From

these sinuses the blood proceeds to the branchiz and thence into

the dorsal sinus, the walls of which are thin and non-contractile,

and within which the heart is entirely enclosed.

This dorsal sinus is filled during the systole, and the arte-

rialized blood which it contains is absorbed during the diastole

through the venous orifices of the heart without any aid on the

part of the walls of the sinus *.

* See Anatomy of the Invertebrata, by Siebold, translated by Burnett,

for very copious bibliographic references on the literature of this and all

other classes of Invertebrated animals.

a Nl mma alee niin tenet titi, tS ini

ef .

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 297

General descriptive Anatomy of the Branchial Organs.

The ultimate questions of structures will be more advan-

tageously studied if preceded by a few general statements as to

the more prominent characters of the organs dedicated to the

office of respiration. The Siphonostoma, Lophyropoda, and many

Stomapoda present no special branchial organs.

Those of the Lemodipoda and some Stomapoda are reduced

to a few vesicular or cylindrical, sometimes wholly rudimentary

appendages which hang freely from the base of some of the feet, or

are inserted isolatedly at the sides of the body (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1).

The Phyllopoda are provided at. the base of each of their swim-

ming feet with an ovoid or lanceolate branchial lamella: it is

distinguished from the feet by the absence of bristles.

It is only the first and last pairs of feet in the Amphipoda

which are modified into respiratory organs.

In the Isopoda the five pairs of post-abdominal feet are nearly

always concerned exclusively in the office of breathing. The

two multi-articulate cirri of each of these feet are changed into

plates (Pl. XVII. figs. 4 & 5), which directed backwards, are im-

bricatedly arranged and applied against the under surface of the

last caudal segment. - In shape these plates differ according to

the species. Intermediate between the Isopoda and Decapoda,

the Poecilopoda in their branchial organs partake of the charac-

teristics of both. Inserted on the abdominal feet they resemble

those of the first order ; lamellar in age they approach the

branchiz of the Decapods.

The respiratory organs of some Stomapoda (Pl. XVII. fig. 3)

are evolved in the highest degree ; they consist of tubular tufts

arranged around a stalk, and float freely in the external medium.

In anatomical structure they fall under the type of those of the

Lobster (fig. 8). In Squi/la these tufts exist on the ten anterior

feet.

“The branchiz of the Decapods are attached to the bases of the

anterior abdominal feet, lodged in a branchial chamber, and

protected by the cephalothorax. The most developed form of

the breathing apparatus in the Crustaceans occurs in the Deca-

pods. In this order not only is the function thrown upon par-

ticular organs entirely set apart for the purpose, but these organs

are lodged and protected within a special cavity; and the re-

newal of the water necessary to their operation is secured by the

motion of distinct appendages or flabelle. The thoracic cavity

is formed by a reduplication of the external tegument, and is pro-

vided with two orifices, one for the introduction and the other

for the expulsion of the fluid. Through these orifices a constantly

renewed supply of water is made to pass by the agency of a large

298 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

valve-like organ, placed in the efferent canal, which by its move-

ments drives a continual-current from behind forwards, or from

within outwards, and thus occasions a constant ingress through

the afferent opening: this organ is the flabellum. It is the

modified appendage of the second pair of feet-jaws, specially

developed to answer this purpose. The perfect contact of the

water with the respiratory surface is further ensured by the

actions of the flabelliform appendages of the other maxillary or

ambulatory member,:which in most Decapods penetrate into the

branchial cavity, and incessantly sweep and comb over the surface

of the branchiz. The membrane lining the branchial chamber

in some land Crabs, which not only habitually live out of water,

but are infallibly drowned if immersed in that fluid, is sometimes

disposed in folds capable of aeting as reservoirs for a considerable

quantity of water, and sometimes presents a spongy texture

equally well adapted for storing up the fluid which is necessary

to keep the organs of respiration in the state of humidity re-

quired for the performance of their functions*.

_ The preceding cursory account is offered only as an introduc-

tion to that narrative of original details which is now to follow.

An exact inquiry into the circumferential circulation of the

Crustacea will serve to elucidate the apparatus of the blood-

system as it exists in the Insect organism. It is only by a minute

scrutiny into the last extreme of the blood-current, that the

physiologist can penetrate the mystery of the nutrimental act

and the ultimate mechanism of the respiratory process. No

opportunity is more favourable than that offered in the example

of the Crustacea ;—the structures are transparent; the blood-

current is obvious to the eye ; every element of structure may be

readily reduced to its last analysis.

Minute Anatomy of the Peripheral Blood-channels and Branchial

Organs.

In nearly all species the primary blood-channels, both venous

and arterial, are circumscribed by a special membrane which is a

distinct and separable structure. The arterial trunks are con-

tractile ; they embrace closely the contained fluid. The muscle-

tissue present in the parietes of the heart extends evidently to

those of the arteries. The veins are non-contractile; their walls

adhere externally to the solid parts, amid which they lie; they

cannot therefore contract in transverse diameter ; they are pas-

sive conduits, the arterial are active. The arterial and venous

trunks are lined internally by an extremely fine hexagonally-

celled epithelium (Pl. XVIII. figs. 2,3,4). The cells present re-

* See Carpenter’s Principles of Comparative Physiology.

—— | =

| Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 299

markable regularity in size and outline. They are not detectable

on the internal walls of the parenchymatous passages which

coincide with the capillary segment. The blood-channels are

therefore here imparietal. The epithelium ceases where the spe-

cial boundary of the artery ceases ; it begins again at the limit

denoting the origin of the true veins. This hexagonally-celled

epithelium is the prevailing envelope or lining of all organs

and cavities in the Crustacea. It betrays no other diversities

than those which depend upon the size and distinctness of the

contained cell-granules. The cells are never furnished with a

nucleus. The granules are in the interior of the cells, and adhere

internally to the cell-wall. A different opinion is expressed how-

ever by Professor Quekett : he describes the granules as belong-

ing to the underlying structures. The error of this description

may be placed beyond doubt by the reagency of acetic acid.

Dr. Carpenter denies the existence of cells in the epidermis, In

the adult Crab, for some time after the monlting has taken

place, that is, after the shell has become hard, it is, as this

author states, impossible to detect the cellular arrangement of

the membrane exterior to the calcareous layer. The cells seem

to have been mechanically worn away. Soon after the moulting

however, the presence of ced/s in the epidermis of the carapace,

for instance, admits of easy demonstration.

The hexagonally-celled epithelium is an element of varied use

and great importance in the crustacean organism ; it constitutes

real boundaries everywhere of the extreme or capillary circula-

tion (Pl. XVIII. fig. 5). Plates (a,b) are formed by the ap-

position of its constituent cells laid accurately edge to edge:

these plates are united by imterposed islets or patches of paren-

chyma (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1, a). Between the latter are left

large, irregularly and angularly bounded passages, traversed by

the extreme blood-currents (fig. 1, 6). The islets of paren-

chyma consist of a variable number of nucleated cells, filled

obviously with the fluid elements of the blood. The groups

differ in size and outline in different organs. They are some-

times embraced by a common capsule: in such a case the latter

would constitute the real boundary of the blood-channel. As

such a capsule is the independent envelope of a detached group

of cells, rather than the continuous boundary of a conduit, how-

ever irregular in form and outline, it cannot with any anatomical

propriety be defined as the wall of the latter. The epidermal

plates, between which the blood-passages are disposed, are in-

flexible, firm, non-contractile. ‘‘ Membranous parietes” of blood-

vessels adherent internally to these plates could not contract

upon the contained fluid without approximating the plates.

Such an effect would imply a strong muscular effort. No

300 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

muscles exist in these extreme situations. No separate vascular

membranes bound the peripheric blood-currents ; therefore no

“ capillaries” exist in the Crustacea. The faet then is now

susceptible of general expression, that in the articulated animals,

most certainly in Insects and Crustacea, the peripheral circula-

tion in consequence of the presence of a firm unbending epider-

mal skeleton, cannnot by mechanical possibility be any other

than it is, namely a profusion of irregularly subdivided streams, |

traversing angularly bounded passages in fixed non-contractile

inflexible solids. An exception to this axiom may exist in the

example of some of the internal organs—probably in the museulo-

glandular walls of the alimentary canal, certainly not in the liver

of the Crustacea, as will be afterwards shown.

Let now these general anatomical facts be applied to the ana-

lysis of the branchial organs in their several varieties in this

class, or to the mechanism of the respiratory act, where there

exists to this end no separate provision.

The araneiform Crustaceans are furnished with no separate

respiratory organs. Almost every English systematic writer de-

scribes the Pycnogonide as destitute of a true circulating

system*, This is an error. In Pycnogonum the existence of a

dorsal vessel lying on the dorsal aspect of the stomach may be

readily demonstrated. The blood follows the cecal diverticula

of the stomach into the legs; it returns by separate channels

along the ventral aspect of the ceeca into an auricular division of

the heart. The peripheral blood-currents do not subdivide. The

solids are not permeated by subdivided capillary currents. Every-

thing beyond the main stream is cyclosis—that is, non-corpus-

cular fluid passes by endosmose from cell to cell. This extra-

vascular movement of fluid plays a part in the nutrition of the

solid structures of Invertebrata, of which the frequency and the

extent are by no means yet rightly estimated by the physiologist.

The floating corpuscles of the blood never pass beyond the walls

of the proper vessels: they never reappear de novo in the fluid

beyond the vessels, In the latter region the fixed cells impress.

upon the blood required changes. But this extra-vascular fluid

after leaving the vessel, may unquestionably undergo the process of

aération. This is exemplified im the Pycnogonide, in which the

blood-current is so little subdivided. In this group the floating

corpuscles are relatively to the size of the animal very large.

They conform to the crustacean type; they are granular and

nucleated, suspended in a clear, colourless fluid. They move in

* «Tn one of the most degraded forms of the class, we revert to the sim-

plest possible type of the circulating apparatus ; even the dorsal vessel,

which is so characteristic of the Articulata, being apparently deficient in the

Pyenogonidz.”’—Dr. Carpenter’s Principles, &c., p. 695. .

ero

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 301

a definite orbit. This fact alone proves the presence of a heart

—if the fluid constituted a chylaqueous system its movements

would be oscillatory.

The Entomostracous Crustacea present few diversities as re-

gards the number and disposition of the parts dedicated to the

office of breathing. In every species the feet are found to be

modified parts. The circulating system is crustacean, not insect-

like, in type. The dorsal vessel is a simple tube; it is in no

instance moniliform ; it-is no¢ multiplied by valves into indepen-

dent contractile chambers. The peripheral circulation is lacunar,

not capillary*. In the Branchiopodidz the articulations of the

feet expand foliaceously. An augmented surface is thus created.

It is utilized respiratorily. By the ceaseless action of the legs a

eurrent in the surrounding element is maintained, which is ap-

plied to the purposes of respiration. In every order of Ento-

mostracous Crustacea the extreme circulation coincides precisely

in every particular with that afterwards to be described in the

higher Crustacea. Every appendage of the body is subservient

to the function of breathing.

In the families Nebaliade and Branchiopodide, the abdominal

appendages of which are foliaceous, currents of blood can be

traced by aid of the corpuscles, traversing irregular passages

which coincide with great exactness with those so easily seen

in the corresponding appendages of the Macrourous Decapods.

In several genera of the familiar Daphniadz, and Lynceide,

the extreme blood-currents in almost every part of the body can

be clearly defined by the eye. Im every foot, in every foliaceous

appendage, in the very bristles, the act of aération is accom-

plished. The blood-corpuscles in all Entomostraca are crusta-

cean in type and structure. They are small in number rela-

tively to the bulk of the blood.

In Caprella linearis (P\. XVII. fig. 6), a filiform crustacean,

common in the Bay of Swansea, two membranous processes (a)

depend from the under surface of the abdomen. By Milne-

Edwards they are said to be vesicular. They are really flat.

A single current of blood courses round the circumference (d/ 4).

The centre of the lamina is parenchymatous. These organs

exemplify a principle in the organization of the Crustacea.

They prove how little is the measure of the respiratory function

in the Crustacea, compared with the high nervous development

and active muscularity of these animals.

* The general facts stated in the text may be verified most readily by

the exammation of any of the numerous Entomostraca which inhabit our

freshwater pools. Microscopic in size, they admit of being easily sub-

mitted to inspection.

‘

302 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

No setz or bristles of any description are added to these

simple organs. They are enveloped in an exquisitely-attenuated

tessellated epithelium. It preserves its tenuity without a sacrifice

of stiffness. These organs are very readily converted into vesicles

by compressing the body of the animal. The force of the fluids

separates the parallel laminz, and converts a plane into a sac.

They are moved by muscles at the base; they are attached to

the second and third segments of the thorax. The action of

the water upon them is auxiliated by flabelle. They exhibit the

apparatus of breathing under the characters of the greatest

simplicity.

The common Talitrus will serve to illustrate the anatomy of the

branchial parts in the Amphipodan family. The thoracic limbs

are commonly said to be transformed into branchie at their

bases. The depending edges of the dorsal plates (the epimeral

pieces of the tergal arc) are however much more suitably or-

ganized than the proximal articulations of the legs (Pl. XVIII.

fig. 1,c). They are penetrated by a very dense system of canals

(4, c). The epidermis is reduced to an extremely thin and

transparent lamina. The component hexagonal cells may be

readily observed (fig. 2). The outer or epidermal lamina is

united to the opposite parallel lamina by dots of parenchyma (a).

The blood streams in the intermediate passages (b). These parts

therefore correspond in ultimate structure in the most exact

manner with leaves of the branchie of the Crab. The bases of

the legs are filled with muscle fasciculi. In Talitrus, as in

all Crustacea, the blood-currents are large and few in number.

No setz or bristles of any sort belong to these lateral branchial

plates. The respiratory current is maintained by the action,

which is ceaseless, of the three pairs of abdominal prolegs.. In

several orders of this family the, flabelle of the abdominal ap-

pendages are converted into branchie (Pl. XVII. figs. 4&5). In

minute structure they coincide with the lateral respiratory

plates of Talitrus. From these parts, when thus specialized for

breathing, bristles are absent. The associated pa/p excites the

aérating current.

In the family of Stomapoda, the species of which are rarely

found in the British seas, each segment of the abdomen is fur-

nished with a pair of broad natatory feet, the basilar joint being

quadrilateral (Pl. XVII. fig. 3, @), each bearing two lamellar

branches (d), the exterior of which gives attachment on its

posterior face, and close to the peduncle, to a tufted branchia (6).

The minute structure of the branchial tubuli conforms in every

respect with those of the Lobster, afterwards to be described.

Bach tubule is traversed in its centre by an afferent column of

blood, which breaks out into a network along the circumference

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 303

on its return to the proximal extremity. They are admirably

fitted for the intended purpose.

The respiratory organs in the Decapod Crustaceans manifest

the highest specialization. They are fixed to the sides of the

thorax, and lodged artfully in expressly provided thoracic

chambers.

Two types of structure prevail among this class, the tubular

or cylindrical, and the laminar. Both forms are exeniplified in

the Macrourous decapods. The tubular is less common than

the laminar. Scyllarus, Palinurus, Gebia, and Homarus are

genera which afford examples of the cylindrical or tubular; in

Astacus the tubules of the branchiz are less numerous, and are

disposed only on two of the sides of the branchial shaft, having

a pinnate appearance; those tubules which are inserted on the

coxz are terminated by a thin, multiplicate, lamelliform dilata-

tion, and resemble in structure an ordinary branchial lamella.

The coxe im Homarus and Palinurus are provided with a

plate-like process inserted at the side of the coxal branchia. It

is of a leathery consistence, and covered with numerous hairs.

The presence of these bristles proves that it cannot participate in

the process of respiration. It is probably only a septum of sepa-

ration between the branchie. In Aristeus, in which the branchize

are sixteen in number on either side, they are penniform. They

are composed of a shaft, from which pass off right and left

numerous curled filaments, whose convex borders are coyered by

tufts of very delicate, densely packed, branchial cylinders.

The second or /amellar type of branchia occurs in all the Bra-

chyura and Anomura, and in the genus Galathea among the

Macroura. This type prevails also in the genera Palemon, Hip-

polyte, Alpheus, Peneus, Crangon*.

The familiar Lobster affords the best example of the first or

cylindrical type of branchiz. They consist of plumose pyra-

midal processes, enclosed in a thoracic cavity, and provided with

peculiar flabelle. The latter subserve the twofold use of agi-

tating the water and cleansing, and separating the minute

tubercles of which the organs are composed. In number the

branchiz vary in different species. They amount to 20 in Asta-

cus, and in the most nearly allied species. In other Macroura

the number falls. In the Palinuri, Scyllari and Peneus it is 18;

in Pandalus, 12; in the Calianasse, 10; in the Palemons, 8;

7 only in the Crangons, Hippolytes, and Sergestes. In the

Lobster, the Crawfish, in Nethrops, Palinurus, and the Scuyllarus,

the branchiz are subdivided most elaborately into minute tubular

* Ann. d. Sc. Nat. xi. 1827, pl. 26, and xi: 1839, pl. 3. fig. 1, pl. 4.

figs. 1-4.

304 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

or cylindrical processes, which diverge at right angles from the

axis of support, in which the main afferent and efferent channels

of the blood are lodged. The gill of the Lobster (Pl. XVII. fig. 8)

expresses, typically, the general and minute structure of the

branchial organs of ad/ the above-enumerated genera. They con-

sist of fourteen separate organs, disposed in two alternate series,

and lodged in a thoracic cavity. ach gill, conical in general

figure, resolves itself into a multitude of small tubes (fig. 8, a”),

proceeding from the sides of the axis.. In a transverse section, it

will be seen that the large afferent trunk (a), running up one side

of the axis of the whole gill, sends off a minute branch to each

lateral tubule (a). A single tubule (B) has then its afferent

vessel, which runs along its central axis (B, 4). The sides of this

afferent vessel are cribriform, so that the blood readily escapes at

every point of its course into the loose lacunose tissue (C) and

(B, c) which forms the circumference of the tubule, and through

which the blood returns to the efferent or venous trunk (B, c).

The blood-corpuscle thus runs round the circumference of a

cylinder. This latter represents the area and period of aération.

It corresponds with a plane surface equal in length to such circum-

ference. There is not, therefore, either functionally or structurally,

any real difference between the cylindrical branchial filament and

the leafy variety of this organ. The walls of the tubule are per-

fectly smooth. The hexagonal cells of the epidermis are detect-

able at the extreme outermost coat. These cells differ from those

of the ordinary epidermis in nothing but in the fact of their

greater tenuity. The islets of the included parenchyma are

composed of nucleated cells. They are nourished by the

branchial blood. The presence of these masses of living solids

in the midst of the blood-current, at the very point at which

the latter is undergoing aération, concludes the controversy as

to the capacity of the fluid in such place and time, at one and

the same period to receive oxygen and to nourish the parenchy-

matous tissue. Here it is accomplished. The question why,

in the Lobster and its kindred, nature should resort to this

curious method of multiplying and subdividing the branchie,

illustrates the unsearchableness of ultimate causes.

In the Lobster, as in the Crab, two orders of flabelle exist.

The first consists of a whip-like process, moved by powerful

muscles, and guarding the ouwdlet of the branchial chamber (PI.

XVIII. fig. 9. shows the minute structure of extreme end). By

its regular movements, a determinate current of water flows out-

ward. The edges and flat surfaces of this marvellous instrument

are profusely armed with secondary instruments (PI. XVIII. fig.9),

matchless for their beauty, surprising as means to an intendedend.

The external or horizontal flabellum is sufficiently long to sweep

‘Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 305

vertically over the whole group of gills. From its position and

structure, it can affect only the outermost surfaces of these organs.

If this instrument were a simple, flat, smooth-edged process, it

is easy to conceive, that during its motion over the branchize

from above downwards, the component tubuli of the latter could

not by mechanical possibility be separated so as to favour the

rush between them of the aérating element. This difficult pur-

pose is accomplished by an inimitable contrivance. The flabellum

is covered in rich profusion with minute, flexible, mop-like

threads (fig. 8, E). At the distal extremity of each seta or bristle,

a group of minute flexible processes are added. A structure of

so great singularity cannot be misinterpreted. The purpose

which they are designed to fulfil cannot be mistaken. They

constitute artfully-adapted provisions for cleansing, mopping,

separating, agitating the constituent filaments of the branchie.

No other description of instruments would answer the same ends.

They are not merely substitutes for cilia. Cilia would simply

effect the rapid renewal of the aérating element. They answer

the manifold uses enumerated. Another variety of seta is inter-

mixed with the former on the same flabellum. It consists of a

sword-shaped process (fig. 8, f), less flexible than the former, from

the edges of which secondary, acute, minutely-delicate points

arise at an obtuse angle. They are designed only to act in one

direction. They are situated chiefly on the margins of the fla-

bellum (D). They exist on those placed vertically between the

gills, as well as on that long whip-like flabellum which acts hori-

zontally in the branchial cavity. They are less fitted to wipe the

surface of the tubules than to catch at their edges when swiftly

drawn over or between them. Thus they separate and mo-

mentarily hold apart the slender filaments of the branchiz.

Nearer to the root of each of these sete, and only on one side,

a second system of angular teeth occurs, which are turned back-

wards towards the root (Pl. XVII. fig.9, C, E, D). They are thus

capable of acting in a direction the reverse of the serrations placed

on the extremity of the same seta. The mop-like variety of sete

does not exist on the flabella of those Crustacea the branchiz of

which are leafy or laminar.

Under the latter circumstances they would prove ineffective

as cleansing utensils. They could perform no mechanical work

on passing between smooth parallel lamine. Between cylin-

drical filaments they act far otherwise. Nothing can surpass

the efficiency of the contrivance. There exists such an evidently

suitable relation between the structure and form not only of the

flabella, but of their minutest hairs, and the shape and figure of

the branchie in the same subject, that the incomparable inge-

nuity with which these little implements are adapted to the exact

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 20

806 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

office to be discharged can only be appreciated by studying them

in their connexions.

The flabellum, examined in its general structure, is a machinery

no less remarkable. It consists of two horny parallel plates

(Plate XVIII. fig. 9, 6, c). Between these plates there travel with

great regularity radiating currents of blood (f). The currents

are separated by muscular fascicles (e), observing a similar dispo-

sition. The latter are levers of great power. Along the margins

of the flabella the blood returns in large obvious channels. It

is worthy of the special attention of the physiologist, that from

these currents there proceed outwards at right angles minute

streams traversing the axis of each microscopic seta (a). The

fluid in these exists as a single column, sometimes as a flux

and reflux stream moving in lacune (fig. 7,a). It does not ad-

vance and return along different conduits. In other words, the

hollow axis of the seta is not divided by a longitudinal partition

into two channels. It isa single tube. The blood in these parts

moves in a flux andreflux manner. These little appendages, the

structure of which is so accessible to the eye, express with great

clearness the method in which constantly, in all invertebrated

animals, the nutritive fluids reach the collateral recesses, the by-

parts of the solids. In the Lobster, the biliary tubules (Pl. X VIII.

fig. 10) resemble strikingly in structure the branchial. To esta-

blish further the manner in which, in the crustacean organism,

the blood is related to the organized parts, it were at this place

not inappropriate to allude incidentally to the mimute anatomy

of the liver-follicle of the Crustacea. It is a simple tube (fig. 10),

having two coats embracing one another concentrically (f). Be-

tween these coats the blood flows in irregularly-bounded channels,

forwards on one side, or half, and reversely on the other.

The hollow axis is filled by the secreted product (c,g,h). It

is the commencement of the excretory duct. The epithelial cells

of the outer coat are the same at every stage of the tubule (a).

Those of the inner (e) begin to change in character as the ex-

treme cecal end of the tubule is approached. At first they are

hexagonal and flat; by degrees they bulge; they become filled

more and more with fluid, until at length they become sphe-

roidal (4). They form a layer of several series deep. This end

of the follicle, as supposed by Mr. Goodsir, is really the pro-

ducing or secretive centre. The blood pervades irregular pass-

ages tunnelled between the spheroidal cells (0). The fluid ~

elements of the blood pass from the blood-channels into the

interior of the modified epithelial cells. From the latter it

exudes into the hollow axis of the tubule (c). This is the act

of secretion! The fixed cells impress upon the fluid by which

they are traversed a tendency to change, a disposition to combine

‘ Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. _ 307

its elements anew. This change continues after the fluid escapes

from the cells, beyond the pale of the living solids. The oil-cells

by Dr. Leidy. They are mechanically-formed oil- and albumen-

cells (g). The chemical change proceeds in the secreted product,

without the direct agency of cells, as it flows from the distal to

the proximal end of the tubule*. The yellow colour (h, d) is not

developed until the product reaches nearly the middle of the

tubule. The process of respiration can only be resolved to its

last analysis by first determining with exactness the manner in

which other vital nutritive acts are accomplished. The endosmose

of gases requires that the partition should be thin (PI. XVIII.

fig. 5, a, 5), the epithelial cells compressed and attenuated, and all

unnecessary contents withdrawn ; the act of fluid secretion de-

mands the presence of the reverse conditions (fig. 10, 5): such con-

trasted reasoning must prove directive to the thoughtful reader.

Induction founded on contrasts serves often best to establish the

principia of a science.

‘The branchiz of the Anomourous Crustacea are arranged in the

thoracic chamber in alternate series of fourteen in number. The

chamber is open along the whole extent of its inferior boundary.

To this circumstance is to be ascribed the absence in these

Crustaceans of the flabella. They are not required. The influx

. and efflux of the water into the respiratory cavity are without

such assistance unimpededly rapid. Propelling and guiding

instruments would here prove a useless incumbrance. The gills

im the Paguride are composed of lamine. They are four-

sided pyramids in shape. ‘The respiratory leaflets are arranged

however in a bipyramidal manner (Pl. XVII. fig. 7, B); that

is, a wide channel (between / and g, fig. 7, B), comciding with

the length of the gill and with the primary blood-vessels, lies

between the rows of leaflets which are built up on each side of

the axis. Along this groove (fig. 9, a, fig. 7, d) rushes a current

of water, descending along the gill on one side and ascending on

the other. The ascent occurs on the inner side. The minutely-

divided streams of water, which directly operate on the respi-

ratory laminz (or cylinders, as the case may be), connect these

two main vertical currents by horizontally passing between the

branchial leaves. If these laminze were to become adherent

through the absence of moisture, the respiratory process could no

* T have not attempted in the text, because it would be out of place, to

compare the results of my own investigations on the structure of the liver-

follicle of the Crustacea with those of Mr. Goodsir and Dr. Leidy. Such

comparison must be made by the future student. I venture to think that

neither the structure of the hepatic follicle nor the process of secretion has

ever before been placed in so clear a light.

20%

308 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

longer proceed. Thus the Crustacean dies rapidly in perfectly

dry air ; but if, in the branchial chamber, a sufficient proportion

of humid vapour exist, the gaseous oxygen of the air (when the

animal is out of water) is dissolved, and the breathing proceeds as

efficiently as if the animal were still revelling in its native ele-

ment. This mechanism explains the capacity with which many

Crustacea are gifted, of living almost as well in air as in water.

This apparent amphibious power does not prove that when in air

they really breathe on the atmospheric plan, but that the oxygen

of the air which is admitted into the branchial chamber is flucdi-

fied by the moisture which still remains in this cavity. The

mechanism of the respiratory process, even under such cireum-

stances, is really aquatic in type.

In ultimate structure the branchial lamine in the gills of the

Hermit Crab (Pl. XVII. fig. 7, B), conform exactly with those of

the Brachyurous orders, subsequently to be explained. The

coats of the axial branchial vessel in the Hermit Crab are smooth,

and destitute of those hooks which are distributed so systemati-

cally over those of the common edible Crab (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6).

The hooks are not required because there are no flabella. The

setee (Pl. XVII. fig. 7, M) which depend from the roof of the

branchial cavity of the former present the mop-like character

of those already described in the Lobster.

In the Brachyurous orders, exemplified by the vulgar edible .

Crab, the gills are constructed on the leafy or laminar principle

(Pl. XVII. fig. 9, A). They stand vertically in the containing

chamber. ‘The leaves on each gill are arranged in two series (a),

one on either side of the longitudinal blood-channels. The shape

of the ultimate leaves differs in different species. In some they

are semilunar ; in others they are reniform, in others pointed, &c.;

in all they leave deep grooves for the free play of the branchial

current from the root to the apex of the gill, and from the apex

to the root on the other side. The streams passing horizontally

between the leaflets connect the two main longitudinal currents.

Thus the water-currents on the outside of the branchiz observe

the same distribution and division as the blood in the interior.

The structure of the branchial lamine admits of resolution to

the very last elements of organic structure. They are incon-

ceivably slender and delicate. The most cautious attempt to

inject the gills converts the leaf into a bag, the lamina into a sac,

so delicately are the plates held together ; but though thus atte-

nuated in the extremest degree, each lamina consists of two

opposed plates.

These plates are composed exclusively of a single layer of

epithelial cells, hexagonal in outline, and adjusted edge to edge.

Under the highest power of the microscope they exhibit minute

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 309

granules (Pl. XVIII. fig. 4). Neither tubercles, nor setz, nor

hooks, nor teeth such as those of the cells of the epidermis of

insects, occur on any part of their surfaces or edges. The flat

surfaces and edges are perfectly smooth. The laminz are slightly

thicker immediately around the vessels than near the margins.

In the former situation the intermediate parenchyma is slightly

thicker than in the latter.

The microscope readily resolves these patches of solid tissue

to their last elements (Pl. XVIII. fig.5). They are cells, generally

but not always bearing nuclei, and frequently oil-globules.

They are enveloped by a common capsule, but not always so.

They are filled with a colourless fluid, which reaches them imme-

diately from the contiguous blood-current.

Their office is simply and purely mechanical. They connect

together the parallel epithelial lamine. They divide the blood-

stream. They exhibit every possible variety of size and figure.

They are undoubtedly penetrated and surrounded by a plexiform

arrangement of nerve-tubules (P]. X VIII. fig. 13, 5). These nerves

play no part in the physical act of respiration. Nerve-force is

here introduced only for the maintenance of the organic strue-

tural integrity of the elements. From this condition their right

function is inseparable. Oxygen does not therefore really enter

and mix with the blood independently of nerve-power.

_ In the Brachyurous Crustaceans the flabella (Pl. XVII. fig. 9, B)

constitute important instruments in the machinery of breathing.

They are indispensable in consequence of the closed character

of the branchial chamber. They amount to three in number:

two small ones which move between the anterior gills, and one

external horizontal flabellum, which in its are of motion sweeps

oyer the external surface of the whole row of branchie.

Like those of the Lobster, the flabella of the Crab are profusely

studded with appropriate hairs (C, D, E) for agitating and sepa-

rating the branchial lamine. During the moment of separation

a rush of water takes place between these lamine. So admirably

adapted are the sete of the flabella to the purpose intended,

that they must be regarded as express provisions. No other

sort of instrument would subserve the end in view. How

graceful are the contrivances of nature! how perfect her

adaptations !

The ultimate setz are multiplied at their distal extremities by

several parallel rows of acutely-pointed teeth (C, D, E). Those

on the base of the stalk point differently from the former.

By this inimitable disposition these exquisite organules are

fitted to do double work. They also obtain a better leverage by

hooking to the corresponding teeth, which in these orders are

310 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic

distributed over the exterior of the vessels of the gills (Pl. XVIII.

fig. 6).

The part enacted by the adipose element in the physiological

act of respiration, replete with novel interest, belongs to the

physiological bearing of the question of respiration*,

In the preceding review of the mechanical condition of the

respiratory process as it occurs in the higher Articulata, the

physiologist must have observed the comparative fewness of the

corpuscles of the blood (Pl. XVIII. fig. 11), the smallness of the

bulk of the blood relatively to the dynamical capabilities of the

articulated animal, the small proportion of blood which in a

given time traverses the branchial organs, the breadth of the

ultimate blood-stream measured by the size of the pulmonary

capillary of the vertebrated animal. These facts seem certainly

to prove that there can exist no direct proportionality between

the amount of respiratory process and the general dynamical

capabilities of the Crustacea.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVII. anp XVIII.

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. ts ators. of the ninth pair composing the external foot-jaws of

ecapod Crustaceans, and which are homologous with the sub-

cylindriform process of the first pair in Squilla, with the thoracic

feet of the twelfth in Isopodan aeeeiocs and with the thoracic

feet of the third pair in the Branchiopoda: a, internal element ;

b, palp; d, branchia; c, flabellum.

Fig. 2. Appendages of the eighth pair constituting the foot-jaws in the

Decapoda,—which are homologous with the prehensile jaws in

Squilla, with the thoracie feet of the first pair in the Isopods,

and with the branchial processes of the second pair im the

Branchiopods.

3, Abdominal appendage of Squilla: a, internal member; d, external ;

6, branchia.

Fig. 4. Abdominal appendage of the Isopoda: a, external or cutaneous

process: 6, internal and branchial.

. Abdominal appendage of a Branchiopod. The dotted process is

the respiratory.

Fig. 6, A. Caprella linearis (male) : a, respiratory appendages; 5, the same

still further magnified ; b', shows the single blood-current moving

Fig.

* See ante, “‘ Process of Respiration.”

+ I have understood that some years ago a paper was read by Prof.

Quekett, before the Microscopic Society of London, “ On the structure of

the flabella in the Crustacea.” It has never been my good fortune to see

that paper. The description given in the text is foubded upon a very

extensive series of original examinatiohs. I am desirous here to pay the

tribute of my gratitude and admiration to Prof. Milne-Edwards, for the

assistance and instruction which I have received from the study of his

numerous splendid contributions to this branch of comparative anatomy.

Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 311

round the circumference of the process; C, corpuscles of the

blood.

7, B. A e pair (magnified and viewed by transmitted light) of the

5 “foment ir leaflets of the Hermit Crab: e, d, two longitudinal

blood-channels, seen in section ; f, g. embrace a deep groove be-

tween the leaflets for the branchial current of water ; 2, h. denote

the nchymatous islets situated between and dividing the

blood-streams (0); M, a single seta, — from the roof of

fae cavity; k, sharp teeth on its h, another variety

Fo. 8, A. A single gill of the Lobster, represented as a transparent ob-

_ ject in transverse section: a, section of afferent vessel. The

arrows exhibit the division and direction of the afferent blood in

its course towards the ultimate branchial tubules (a’”). The

ultimate afferent current occupies the azis of each tubule;

a", marks (in section) the great afferent trunk of the gill, receiving

its blood as shown by the arrows from the circumferences of the

tubules. B,.a single tubule enlarged; 4, afferent vessel, having

cribriform walls: C, ¢, the efferent stream; at (c) the capillary

system of the tubule is seen. C, the same tubule seen in section.

D, one of the interbranchial flabella. E, a single mop-like seta

from its edge; f, one from its flat surface.

Fig. 9, A. A single pair of the branchial laminz of the Crab : a & 6, afferent

and efferent trunk, connected together by means of the interme-

diate branchial lammz. These latter are composed of parallel

epithelial plates tied together by means of minute intermediate

nodules of fleshy substance. Between these the blood streams in

imparietal passages. B, horizontal flabellum of the Crab; C, D,

E, sete with which it is armed.

Puate XVIII.

Bip: 1. Leg, and the projecting free border of the epidermal plates of

Talitrus. Intended to express typically the ultimate respiratory

structures of all Crustaceans: a, a nodule of fixed parenchyma,

composed of slightly refracting oil-cells, nucleated granular cells, ,

and molecules ;—generally such a group is destitute oye Na of

embracing membrane ; 4, the irregular imparietal, angular

ages lying between the arenchymatous nodules ; e, the wll of

the epidermis, feed

Figs. 2,3 & 4. Varieties of epithelial cells met with in different parts of

the Crustacean : a, a cell shown in full, under a high power, to

bring out its granular character ; 3, the same in outline.

Fig. 5. The parenchymatous patch a, fig. 1. enlarged, to show its minute

structure: a, 5, epithelial lamine; c. represents exactly the

, low refractive character under which oily-element exists

in the fixed solids of the Crustacea. The whole interior of this

patch is permeated by lateral slow-moving currents of blood,

diverted from the main stream.

Fig..6. A small piece of the wall of the large branchial vessels, showing the

hooks (a) on which act the setz of the flabella.

Fig. 7. A portion of the proximal end of a hair, to exhibit the absence of

vessels and to show the lacunose to-and-fro character of the

blood-movement.

Fig. 8. The active, vibratory, abdominal palp of the Shrimp.

Fig. 9. The same viewed transparently : 5, ¢, epithelial lamine ; ¢, radia-

312 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

ting muscular fascicles; d, radiating imparietal blood-channels ;

> Setee.

Fig. 10. Liver-follicle of the Lobster, viewed by transmitted light:

a, b, cecal end, having glandulose walls by the swelling of the

parietal epithelial cells; c, the secreted product in its first stage,

oil-cells colourless and minute; d, d, the same increasing in size

and becoming yellow in colour; g, oil-cell; A, yellow cell.

Fig. 11 is fig. 12 enlarged. It shows the ultimate structure of the tentacle

of a Prawn. The muscular masses occupy the axis, and the blood-

corpuscles course along the sides.

Fig. 13. Tllustrates the mode in which the ultimate nerve-tubules are dis-

tributed in the gill-lamine of several Crustacea: 6, c, nerve-

tubules ; c, patches of parenchyma... :

[To be continued. }

XXIX.— Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire:—A

description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata

from the Lias and Oolites. By THomas Wrieut, M.D. &c.,

Professor of the Natural Sciences in the Cheltenham Grammar

School*,

[With three Plates. |

[Continued from p. 173.]

Genus Prepina, Agassiz.

As this genus was incorrectly defined in our memoir on the

Cidaridz, it having been there stated that the mammillary emi-

nences were “ crenulated like those of Diadema,”’ we take this

opportunity of correcting the error, and giving a definition more

in accordance with our present knowledge.

Test thin, circular, more or less depressed ; primary tubercles

small and perforated ; mammillary eminences with smooth ring-

like summits without crenulations ; pores in general disposed in

triple oblique pairs ; mouth small and slightly decagonal, mar-

gin not much notched; ovarial disc small and not prominent ;

ambulacral areas with one, two, or more rows of small tuber-

cles ; interambulacral areas sometimes with two rows only, some-

times with two rows and additional secondary rows of tubercles

more or less complete.

This genus is extinct, and is found in the oolitic cretaceous

rocks.

Pedina Bakeri, Wright. PI. XI. fig. 4, a-c.

Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas narrow, with one row

of small tubercles disposed in a slightly zigzag line down the

centre of the areas ; interambulacral areas broad, with two rows

of primary tubercles raised on prominent mammillary emi-

from the Lias and Oolites. 313

nences in the centre of the plates; the margms of the

areolas surrounded with circles of small granules ; no second-

ary tubercles.

Height ,ths of an inch, transverse diameter }3ths of an inch.

Description.—This Pedina presents a different form from its

other congeners: the test is circular and depressed ; the ambu-

lacral areas are narrow, about one-third the width of the inter-

ambulacra ; the usual double row of tubercles in this region is

~ reduced to one row, the tubercles of which are disposed alter-

nately on the right and left sides of the areas, thereby forming

a single zigzag line down the centre thereof; the tubercles at

the equator and on the upper surface are small, but there are

two or three of a larger size at the base of the areas ; a few gra-

nules form imperfect crescents round their narrow areolas. The

interambulacral areas are nearly three times the width of the

ambulacra ; they are adorned with five pairs of primary tuber-

cles of nearly a uniform size throughout, which are raised on

prominent mammillary eminences, the summits of which are

smooth, ring-like and without crenulations ; circles of small

nules bound the areolar spaces ; there are no secondary tubercles,

nor any sculpture upon the intertubercular surface of the plates,

so that down the centre of the areas there is a smooth valley

between the primary tubercles. The apical disc is well preserved

in our specimen ; the ovarial plates are of an irregular octagonal

form and of moderate size, they are covered with a few granules

scattered irregularly over their surface ; the ocular plates are of

a rhomboidal form and have large eye-holes. The base of the

specimen is covered up with hard rock, so that it is impossible

to expose the mouth-opening without endangering the specimen.

Affinities and differences.—The Pedine have been so imper-

fectly described by M. Agassiz in his ‘ Descriptions des Echi-

nodermes fossiles de la Suisse,’ that there is much difficulty in

making out the species figured and described in that monograph.

When it is recollected how limited were the materials at Agassiz’s

command when he published that valuable contribution to

Palzontology, and how delicate the test of this genus is, we can

readily understand how so many different forms of the same

Urchin came to be described and named as distinct species.

After a careful examination of many specimens, we confess that

Pedina aspera, rotata, ornata and sublevis, Agass., appear to us

to be so many different forms of one and the same species. We

have before us likewise the original type specimen of P. granu-

losa, Ag., which has been kindly communicated by Professor Des-

longchamps. An examination of that Urchin has convinced us

that it is only a larger individual of P. aspera, as we find it in

314 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

the Inferior Oolite, and is identical with the fossil which we

have described as P. rotata. Ona further examination of this

specimen, M. Agassiz, it would appear, had arrived at a similar

conclusion, for on the ticket which accompanies it is the follow-

ing remark in his handwriting :—“ Pedina granulosa, Ag. C’est

sous ce nom que cette espéce est citée dans mon catalogue ; ce-

pendant il se pourrait qu’elle ne fut qu’une variété un peu enflée

de mon P. aspera.” This species was collected by Prof. Deslong-

champs from the Great Oolite of Ranville. We have likewise

before us a portion of Pedina collected from the Oxford clay of

the Boulonnais by M. Bouchard-Chantereaux, and marked by

that eminent palzontologist, who kindly sent us the specimen,

“Trés rare. J’en ai encore trouvé que trois morceaux de cette

espéce.” It so nearly resembles the Ranville Urchin that we

have no doubt of their identity. By the extreme kindness of M.

Michelin and M. de Loriére, we have before us specimens of

P. Gervillii, Ag., from the Kellovien étage of Chauffour, depart-

ment of the Sarthe, which are identical with Pedina aspera or

rotata, collected by us from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite

of Gloucestershire. In fact the French and English specimens

are so entirely alike, that we should mistake the one for the other

had we not previously marked them. It would appear from these

remarks, that whether we retain the specific name rotata or

aspera for this widely distributed Urchin, we must at least cancel

the other names which have been given to various forms of the

same, as we have now before us well-preserved specimens from the

Inferior Oolite, Gloucestershire, the Great Oolite, Ranville, Cal-

vados, the Oxford clay near Boulogne, Pas de Calais, the Kello-

vien of Chauffour, Sarthe.

[Since these sheets were sent to press, the Rev. A. W. Gries-

bach has communicated a Pedina, collected by him in the Corn-

brash at Rushden, Northamptonshire; as this fossil is in a

good state of preservation, we have been able to make a careful

comparison of it with a fine P. aspera now before us, and there

can be no doubt of their identity. The discovery of this Urchin

in the Cornbrash is another link in the chain of evidence showing

the wide stratigraphical range of this form in the Oolitic seas. ]

P. Bakeri differs so entirely from the forms named in the pre-

ceding remarks, that it is impossible to mistake it for either of

them; its diagnostic characters consist of the size and small

number of the primary tubercles, the absence of secondary

tubercles, the scanty granulation on the interambulacral areas,

the narrowness of the ambulacra, and the single row of tubercles

thereon. We have only met with the small but tolerably per-

fect specimen of this species figured (Pl. XI. fig. 4, a—e).

Locality and stratigraphical range-—We collected this rare

from the Lias and Oolites. 315

form of Pedina from the Pea-grit of Crickley Hill, and have seen-

fragments of its test in the same bed at Leckhampton, but

never in any other locality. ;

We dedicate this species to our friend T. Barwick L. Baker,

Esq., of Hardwicke Court, the President of the Cotteswold Natu-

ralists’ Club, for the warm interest he takes in the progress of

the Paleontology of Gloucestershire.

Pedina Etheridgii, Wright. PI. XI. fig. 5, a-c.

Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas with from six to eight

small perforate tubercles at their base, and a double row of

small granules on their upper surface ; the interambulaeral

areas with primary tubercles only, the areolas of which are

surrounded with regular circles of granules; pedal pores not

numerous, arranged in nearly a single file with a slight ele-

vation. between the two pores of each pair; apical disc large ;

ovarial plates leaf-like ; mouth-opening small.

Height ;4,ths of an inch, transverse diameter }$ths of an inch.

Description.—This pretty little Urchin has a circular outline

in the young state, which in larger specimens inclines towards a

pentagonal form; the base is flattened, and the upper surface of

the test is much depressed. The ambulacral areas are narrow,

and have from six to eight small perforated tubercles at their

base, and a double row of from twelve to fourteen minute imper-

forate granules in each row on their upper surface, which in

and size resemble those covering the other parts of the

_ test ; between the pedal pores of each pair is a small elevation ;

these collectively form a prominent moniliform line which ex-

tends from the margin of the disc to the mouth-opening; the

pores are disposed in nearly a single file, and do not form the

triple oblique pairs which we observe in the larger Pedine. The

interambulacral areas are about twice the width of the ambu-

lacra ; the rows of primary tubercles occupying the centre of the

plates have seven tubercles in each row, they are small in ‘size

and are rendered promiment from being raised upon uncrenu-

lated mammillary eminences, the bases of which are sharply de-

fined and surrounded by complete circles of moderately sized and

regularly arranged granules; the regular disposition of these

granulations gives an air of decoration to this little species not

observed among other congeneric forms; the entire absence of

secondary tubercles from the areas renders the decoration more

complete. The apical disc is large; the ovarial plates are widely

rhomboidal, the oculars are small and heart-shaped, and the sur-

face of both is covered with minute granules nearly as large as

those which adorn the other parts of the test. The madrepori-

316 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

form tubercle makes a distinct elevation on the surface of the

single plate, and the anal aperture is transversely oblong; the

base is flat, the mouth-opening is small, and its margin is divided

into ten nearly equal-sized lobes ; the spines are unknown.

Affinities and differences.—In its general outline and depressed.

upper surface, with the pedal pores in nearly a single file, this

little Urchin resembles a Diadema ; from that group however it

is distinguished by the rudimentary condition of the ambulacral

tubercles, and the absence of crenulations from the summits of

the mammillary eminences. It is distinguished from P. Bakeri

by having small primary tubercles set more closely together, and

in having a greater number in each row. From P. aspera it is

known by having the upper surface more depressed, the pedal

pores separated by a moniliform line of granules, and in the

absence of secondary tubercles. It has a strong resemblance at

a first glance to Diadema Mooreii, but an examination with the

lens at once discloses the points of difference, which are these :-—

the ambulacral areas in Pedina Etheridgii have imperforate gra-

nules on their upper parts, whilst in Diadema Mooreii there are

perforated tubercles; the moniliform line between the pedal

pores ‘in P. Etheridgii is absent in D. Mooreii; the mouth-

opening is likewise much smaller in P. Etheridgii than it is in

D. Moorei.

_ Locality and stratigraphical range-—P. Etheridgii has been

collected from the marlstone of Bredon Hill, Gloucestershire.

Mr. Moore found it in the Upper Lias of Ilminster, and we have

collected several specimens from the Pea-grit (Inferior Oolite)

of Crickley and Leckhampton Hills, but have never seen a

trace of this species in any of the upper beds ; it seems there-

fore to have a limited vertical range between the marlstone and

the basement-beds of the Inferior Oolite, and is one of the few

species which lived in the Liassic and Oolitic seas.

We dedicate this species to our friend Mr. Etheridge, of the

Bristol Museuin, who has kindly assisted us in comparing our

specimens with the fine series of Echinoderms under his care,

and has likewise otherwise aided us in the most friendly manner

in working out the subjects of these memoirs.

Genus Potycypuus, Agassiz.

Small Urchins having a subglobular form ; the upper surface

of the test is covered with numerous small imperforate tubercles

of a very uniform size; the base and basal angle are furnished

with several tubercles of a size disproportionately large when com-

pared with those of the upper surface ; the pedal pores are dis-

posed in a triple oblique series of pairs ; the mouth is large and

from the Lias and Oolites. 317

pentagonal ; the anal plates form a narrow prominent ring at the

vertex, and the interambulacral areas are in general divided by a

median depression.

Polycyphus nodulosus, Minster.

Syn. Echinus nodulosus, Goldfuss, Petrefact. Ger. tab. 40. fig. 16 ;

Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 12.

Arbacia nodulosa, Agass. Prodrom.

Polyecyphus nodulosus, Agass. & Desor’s Cat. raisonné, Ann. Scien.

Nat. tome vi. p. 361.

Test hemispherical; ambulacral areas a little more prominent

than the interambulacral areas ; ambulacra with from four to

five rows, and interambulacra with from twelve to fourteen

rows of small] tubercles disposed in nearly parallel lines ; bases

of the ambulacra with twelve, those of the interambulacra

with sixteen larger tubercles.

Height {4,ths of an inch, diameter }Aths of an inch.

This pretty little Urchin was first described by Prof. Goldfuss

from specimens named by Count Miinster from the Oolites of

Baireuth ; the hemispherical test exhibits a disposition to assume

a subpentagonal circumference from the greater prominence of

the ambulacral areas ; the surface of the test is divided into

fifteen nearly equal lobes by the ten poriferous avenues, and the

five depressions which divide the interambulacra down their

mesial lines ; these lobular divisions are more defined in young

and small specimens than in large and old ones; the ambulacral

areas are one half the width of the mterambulacral, and have

nine large tubercles at their base, and four or five rows of small

tubercles at their widest part, which gradually dimimish to three,

two and one as we approach the apex of the area ; the interam-

bulacral areas are twice the width of the ambulacral, they have

about twenty-four large tubercles at their base, and about twelve

rows of small tubercles at their widest part, which gradually

diminish by the disappearance of the external rows to ten, eight,

six, four and two, as we trace the rows from the equator to the

apex of the areas; the tubercles on the sides and upper surface

of the test are nearly of a uniform size, they are arranged in

rows, the tubercles are opposite each other and do not alternate

as in some other genera. The interambulacral areas are each di-

vided by a slightly depressed line into two lobes ; these are sepa-

rated from the ambulacral areas by straight narrow poriferous

avenues, so that the test of this beautiful Urchin appears to con-

sist of fifteen nearly equal lobes, those of the ambulacra being

the most prominent and best defined, in consequence of the

318 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

depth of the poriferous avenues being greater than the sulcus

which divides the interambulacra.

The mouth is large and decagonal, and lies in a concave

depression in the base, surrounded by the larger tubercles

which occupy this region of the test. The ovarial plates are

small, and form a rather prominent ring around the anal open-

ing ; the eye-plates are small, but in some of the foreign indivi-

duals now before me the eye-holes are very distinct.

Affinities and differences.—This Urchin resembles <Arbacia

Forbesii, but may be distinguished from that species by having

the ambulacral areas proportionately wider, the tubercles larger

and opposite to each other, and the poriferous avenues having

the pedal holes in triple oblique pairs; it belongs moreover to a

newer rock of the Oolitic series.

Locality and stratigraphical range.— We know only one English

specimen of this species, which was found in the Cornbrash by

Mr. Buy near Sutton Benger, Wilts; on the continent it occurs

in the Baireuthian Jurakalke, where it was found by Count Miin-

ster. It has been collected from the Great Oolite of Langrune

by Prof. Deslongchamps and M. Tesson, and from the Calcaire &

polypiers at Ranville by M. Michelin. We beg to record to each

of these gentlemen our best thanks for the beautiful series of

type specimens of this Urchin with which they have so liberally

supplied us.

History.—Figured and described for the first time by Gold-

fuss. We are not aware that any detailed description of the spe-

cies has been given before, with the exception of the very brief one

contained in the ‘ Petrefacta Germaniz.’

Polycyphus Deslongchampsii, Wright. Pl. XII. fig. 4, a-e.

Test hemispherical, circumference circular; ambulacral areas

with two rows of larger and two rows of smaller tubercles ;

interambulacral areas with two rows of larger and several rows

of smaller tubercles ; the small tubercles in both areas often

degenerating into mere granulations; basal tubercles large

and prominent.

Height {ths of an inch, transverse diameter }3ths of an inch.

Description Amongst the many beautiful forms of Urchin

structure, this pretty little species will bear comparison for neat-

ness and symmetry with any of the family to which it belongs.

We found the first specimen about eighteen months ago, and since

then have added an interesting series to our collection. It must

be a rare form, as only two or three specimens have been obtained

besides those collected by ourselves. The ambulacral areas are

one half the width of the interambulacral, and have one row of

from the Lias and Oolites. 319

tubercles on each side of the margins of the area, between these

are several rows of small granulations arranged without much

order; at the base of the area ten larger tubercles are disposed

in pairs, the tubercles on the right side alternating with those

on the left; the interambulacral areas are about twice the width

of the ambulacral ; a single row of tubercles occupies the centre

of each of the two columns of plates, and numerous smaller

tubercles degenerating into mere granules cluster around the

base of the large tubercles; a second row of tubercles extends

upwards from the basal angle towards the equator, where it ter-

minates ; the basal tubercles consisting of about six pair occupy

all the base of the area—they are about the same size as those

of the ambulacra; but are arranged somewhat less regularly

The median depression in the centre of the interambulacra is

very well marked in this species, so that the test has the appear-

ance of being divided into fifteen lobes. The anal plates form a

prominent narrow ring around the oblong anal opening, and the

eye-plates are closely soldered to them ; the eye-holes are very

istinct in most of our specimens. The mouth-opening is of

moderate size, and is slightly decagonal; the poriferous avenues

lie in considerable depressions of the test, which throws the am-

bulacral areas into prominent relief from the interambulacra.

Affinities and differences.—The marginal rows of tubercles on

the ambulacra, and the central rows of tubercles on the plate

columns of the interambulacral areas serve to distinguish this

species from P.nodulosus. It has a considerable resemblance to

the young forms of Echinus germinans, but the regularity of the

rows of tubercles on the sides and upper surface of the test,

and the size and arrangement of those at the base afford good

diagnostic characters by which it may be easily distinguished

from that common form ; the same group of characters serves to

distinguish it from Arbacia Forbesit.

_ Locality and stratigraphical range——We have only found this

species in the Pea-grit of Crickley Hill; all the other specimens

that were collected by Mr. Gibbs of the Geological Survey, were

found in the same bed of this locality.

We dedicate this fossil to Professor Deslongchamps of Caen, to

whom paleontology is indebted for many important contribu-

tions to the Oolitic fauna published in the ‘ Mémoires de la

Société Linnéenne de Normandie.’

Nucleolites Woodward, Wright, 1852. Pl. XII. fig. 5, a-e.

Test subquadrate, sides tumid, dorsal surface flatly convex, anal

valley deep, narrow and spear-shaped, extending from the

apical disc to the posterior border ; ambulacral areas narrowly

320 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

lanceolate; posterior lobes short and truncated ; base flat ;

antero-interambulacra and postero-interambulacra slightly

swollen at their base; the single ambulacrum. scarcely pro-

duced ; mouth-opening pentagonal, situated anteriorly ; apical

dise small and nearly central. |

Height ;6,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and

th, transverse diameter 1 inch and 2,ths; the larger speci-

mens are so much deformed by pressure that their proportional

dimensions cannot be accurately given.

Description.—Some individuals of this species were formerly

considered by us to be only varieties of Nucleolites orbicularis,

Phil., but a better knowledge of the structure of this Urchin,

derived from the study of a series which we collected last summer

and have carefully compared with good typical examples of N. or-

bicularis, leaves no doubt about the distinctness of N. Woodwardit

from that Cornbrash form. The test is thin and not often suffi-

ciently well preserved for determining the species; the one which

we have figured is a small but a very perfect specimen, it has a

subquadrate outline and is jth of an inch broader than it is in

the antero-posterior diameter ; it is slightly narrower anteriorly

than posteriorly, and (which is more apparent when it rests upon

its dorsal surface) the posterior margin is seen to be broadly

truncated ; the sides are tumid, sometimes irregularly so, and

the test is higher across the apices of the postero-lateral ambu-

lacra than at any other point ; the tumidity of the sides produces

a greater flatness of the dorsal surface than we observe in any

other of the small Nucleolites of the Oolitic rocks; the ambu-

lacral areas are nearly all of the same width, they have a narrow

graceful lanceolate form, from the mouth to about midway

between the margin and the apical disc, they are nearly of equal

width; at this point the pores gradually change their form, and are

slightly separated apart for a short distance, and begin again to

converge as they approach the disc ; the internal row are circular,

the external in the form of oblique slits, the widest part of which

is outwards, the circles are formed by notches in the upper and

under sides of the small ambulacral plates, and the oblique slits

by uncalcified portions of the margins of the same plates; from

the termination of the petaloid portion of the ambulacral areas

to the mouth, the pores are small and set wider apart, whilst

the diameter of the areas remains about the same; near the

mouth-opening they are again more closely crowded together,

and terminate in arches the convexity of which look towards

that aperture; the interambulacral areas are of unequal width ;

the anterior pair are the narrowest, the posterior pair are wider

than the anterior, and the single interambulacrum is the widest ;

~ from the Lias and Oolites. 321

the anal valley is a long narrow depression extending from the

apical disc to the margin, it has perpendicular sides and a small

anal opening, the base is flat and only slightly depressed at the

mouth ; the anterior and posterior pairs of interambulacra are

moderately convex in this region, and the basal portion. of

the single interambulacrum is very slightly produced ; the mouth-

opening is excentral, nearer the anterior margin, it has a pen-

tagonal form with five rudimentary lobes. The surface of the

test is covered with microscopic tubercles requiring a good lens

to distinguish them ; these bodies are only a little larger at the

base of the test; the apical disc is small and nearly central, its

elements are so closely soldered together that its general form

ean alone be distinguished; the eyeholes are situated at the

apices of the ambulacra, and the ovarial holes further outwards

and between them, whilst the madreporiform tubercle occupies

the centre of the disc; the test is very thin and often deformed,

its upper surface having sometimes an irregular appearance.

The beauty and regularity of the specimen figured forms an ex-

ception to all the others we possess of this species.

Affinities and differences.—Nucleolites Woodwardii most nearly

resembles N. orbicularis, and is the only one among its Oolitic

congeners for which it could be mistaken. The following cha-

racters are diagnostic of N. Woodwardiu. The tumidity of the

sides and flatness of the dorsal surface, both of which are absent

in N. orbicularis. In our species the base is flat and the inter-

ambulacra are slightly produced, whilst in N. orbicularis the base

is concave and the interambulacra are convex and prominent. In

N. Woodwardii the anal valley is narrow, whilst in N. orbicularis

it is wide ; the general outline of our species is subquadrate, that

of the N. orbicularis is circular ; the petaloid arrangement of the

ambulacral areas extends downwards nearer to the margin in N.

orbicularis than in N. Woodwardii ; the narrowness of the anal

valley in our species establishes an affinity between it and C/ypeus

altus, M‘Coy ; but the flatness of the base and the depression of

the dorsal surface in N. Woodwardii, make a wide distinction be-

tween it and that species, which has a high convex dorsal surface

and extremely prominent basal interambulacra, with a greatly pro-

duced interambulacrum; it differs from N. Hugii in having the ©

anal valley extended from the disc to the posterior margin, whilst

in that species a portion of the test intervenes between the dise

and the valley; the difference between N. Woodwardii and N. scu-

tatus and JN. clunicularis is so great, that it is scarcely possible

that N. Woodwardii can be mistaken for either of these forms.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—We have collected this

Urchin from the Great Oolite near Cirencester and at Salperton

Tunnel, Great Western Railway, and from beds of the same age

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 21

322 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

near Pewsdown, Gloucestershire, and near Burford, Oxon; it has

likewise been found near Minchinhampton : as far as we know,

it appears to be a Great Oolite species.

We dedicate this species to our friend Mr. 8. P. Woodward, of

the British Museum, to whose kindness we are inuch indebted. for

the privilege of comparing our specimens with the magnificent

series of Echinodermata under his care, and which he has ren-

dered so valuable for reference by a systematic classification and

a correct nomenclature.

Nucleolites Michelini, Wright. Pl. XII. fig. 6, a~c.

Test circular or oblong, discoidal and much depressed, posterior

border produced, truncated and slightly deflected in old in-

dividuals; ambulacral areas narrowly lanceolate ; pedal pores

closely set together, vertex and apical disc nearly central ;

anterior half of the dorsal surface convex, posterior half much

declined from the vertex to the posterior border; anal valley

narrow above, diverging below, extending from the apical dise

to the border; base flat, slightly concave ; mouth excentral,

margin with five small lobes ; : postero-lateral interambulacral

areas ‘gst tumid at the base.

Height ;%ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 3 inches

and iths, feubeverse diameter 2 inches and yoths of an inch.

Description.—The outline of this Urchin varies in different

individuals, and it likewise varied at different periods of life in

the same individual ; its most typical form is oblong, convex an-

teriorly, produced and truncated posteriorly, and swollen out in

the region of the postero-lateral interambulacra ; ; in others the

circumference is nearly circular, and in some it is transversely

oval; the first form is we think characteristic of adult life, as the

production and truncation of the single interambulacrum were

markedly shown in the only two large specimens of this rare

species which we have seen; in all the test is very flat, the ante- -

rior half is gently and nearly equally convex, the posterior half

is sloping and much declined in the direction of the posterior

border. The ambulacral areas are narrow, the anterior one most

so; the antero-lateral and postero-laterals are about the sanie

width, they have a panceeiat form, and are composed of very

narrow plates; about =5,ths of an inch above the margin, the

pores slightly diverge from each other, and continue apart until

they approach the apical disc ; the distance between the rows of

pores in this species is less than in any other Nucleolite of the

same size we know, and forms one of the characters by which it

is distinguished from its congeners; the ambulacral areas are

likewise slightly elevated above the general surface of the test in

SR Re on ee ee ee ae

from the Lias and Oolites. 323

all the specimens we have examined ; the interambulacral areas

are of unequal width, the antero-lateral pair are the narrowest,

they are however about nine times the width of the anterior

single ambulacral area ; the postero-lateral pair are ;5,ths of an

inch wider than the antero-laterals, and the single interam-

bulacrum is about the same width as the latter. The anal valley

extends from the apical dise to the posterior border ; it is very

narrow, with deep perpendicular sides above, which become shal-

low and expanded below ; the postero-lateral interambulacra are

swollen out at the margin; the single interambulacrum is

considerably produced, and its posterior border is broadly trun-

eated and slightly deflected, within which the expanded sides of

the anal valley are excavated. The base is nearly flat, the eleva-

tions are due to the prominence of the postero-lateral interam-

bulacra, and to the deflection of the single interambulacrum.

The mouth is excentral, nearer the anterior margin, and the oral

lobes are small ; the apical dise was of moderate size, judging

from the space it occupied, but it is absent in all our specimens ;

the surface of the test was covered with very minute tubercles,

which in the examples before us are nearly all effaced.

Affinities and differences.—N. Michelini m its oblong form,

truncated posterior margin, and narrow anal valley resembles

N. Solodurinus, but it is readily distinguished from it by the

form, narrowness, and structure of the ambulacral areas; in

_ WN. Solodurinus they are expanded and petaloid, and in N. Miche-

lini they are narrow and lanceolate ; the pores at no point are

at any great distance apart; the anal valley in both species ex-

tends from the apical disc to the margia, but it is more expanded

below and deeper above in N. Michelini than in N. Solodu-

rinus. We have before us Clypeus angustiporus, Agass., from

a coarse Oolitic rock (Bradfordien ?) near Metz, collected by

M. Terquem, and kindly sent us by M. de Loriére; from this

species V. Michelini differs in many particulars; in the French

Urchin the apical disc is excentral, the anal valley is wide above

and not much expanded below, the ambulacral areas are narrow,

and the test gradually declines from the vertex to the anterior

border, which forms a rather acute angle; the base is undulated,

and the mouth-opening is nearly central ; these characters clearly

distinguish our Urchin from it. - N. Michelini differs so widely

from all the various varieties of N. sinuatus with which we are ae-

quainted, that it cannot possibly be mistaken for either of them,

if any care be taken when a comparison is made between them.

Locality and stratigraphical range—We have collected this

i only from the Freestone beds of the Inferior Oolite of

allsquarry and Nailsworth ; the specimen figured was cut out

of the centre of a block of building stone ; the oolitie grains are

21*

324 Bibliographical Notices. :

imbedded in the plates of the test, and have m some measure

injured the surface.

We dedicate this species to M. Michelin of Paris, the distin-

guished author of the ‘Iconographie Zoophytologique,’ as a

tribute of gratitude for the valuable collection of Echinoderms

he liberally and generously sent us from his unrivalled cabinet,

to facilitate our studies of these beautiful forms of ancient life.

Nucleolites scutatus, Lamarck.

Since the publication of our memoir on the CassipuLip# of

the Oolites*, we have received from Professor Deslongchamps

and M. Tesson a series of type specimens of Nucleolites seutatus

from the Coral Rag of Trouville, Calvados, which we have com-

pared with Nucleolites dimidiatus, Phillips, described in that me-

moir; from this comparison it is certain, that our Wiltshire and

the Yorkshire Nucleolite, figured by Professor Phillips as NV. dimi-

diatus, is the true N. scutatus of Lamarck. This circumstance

affords another example of the great importance of comparing

all our British Oolitic fossils with those collected from. the

Jurassic strata of the continent of Europe, before assigning them

a position in our catalogues of species.

[To be continued. }

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Botanical Letters to a Friend. By Dr. F. UNerr. Translated

by Dr. Paux. London: Highley, 1853.

Tue philosophical botanist, he who regards the vegetable creation

as one great group of the collective representatives of the fruit of

life, who gathers up plants from far and near, to trace the laws of

morphology through the kaleidoscopic multiformity of shapes, to fol-

low the mystery of organization through its progressive stages, or to

sift the complex ingredients of the history of the diffusion of vege-

tation over our globe,—he to whom the word Botany expresses the

existence of such fields of inquiry as these, is often exposed to an

ordeal such as his brethren labouring in physical science now happily

recall as among the traditions of the past. That is to say, while the

astronomer, the physicist, and the chemist appear to the outer world

. armed with mysterious powers, before which the soothsayers and

magicians of former ages would ‘ pale their ineffectual fires,’ the bo-

tanist, running abreast of his science in these days, is a being alto-

gether removed from the cognizance of the many; and dreads to

hear an allusion to his pursuits, in general society, well knowing that

it will be the text to a disquisition on the ‘‘beautiful wild flowers

that grow in such and such a place,” a recommendation to visit such

* Annals of Natural History, vol. ix.

Bibliographical Notices. 325

and-such a spot, for the sake of the curious ‘ mosses,’ found about

the rocks, and more such innocent, unconscious irony, conveying to

him the impression that he is regarded as an individual, inoffensive

ps, but somewhat monomaniacally devoted to.a pursuit which

no end or aim beyond the collecting and classifying of weeds, and

whom it is advisable to the artistic horticulturist to keep out of his

garden as a ruthless destroyer, or an encourager of obstructive, unat-

tractive ‘ curiosities.” Were education what it ought to be,—did Greek

roots and the root of evil, with their accompaniments, absorb no

more than their appropriate share of the time of our youth, the natu-

ralist would perhaps have a fairer appreciation. For with the majority

of mankind, it is only in youth that the mind is freely opened to

the reception of new fields of knowledge, and seeing that even the

small Latin and less Greek are mostly lost in the bustle of active life,

it can hardly be expected that new modes of thought and observa-

tion, new sciences, will be readily taken up by the occupied adult ;

yet, if the young mind had been familiarized with the objects and

methods of natural history, many and many a man, now a mere

sportsman, a grower of prize turnips, or a hunter up of old first edi-

tions or rare copies, might have found delight and advanced human

knowledge, in devoting his leisure to the promotion of séme branch

of inquiry, in which his intellect would have had a fair chance of

being kept in healthy exercise and trained to the annihilation of pre-

judice.

: These reflections have been awakened by the sight of the book

before us, a translation of a little work written by one of the most

distinguished among German botanists of the new school, for the

purpose of popularizing the leading ideas of the science. The letters

are intended for educated readers, and perhaps may be found to pre-

suppose a larger infusion of scientific knowledge than is gene-

rally pocnssred here ; but the conscientious reader, who will take the

trouble to read them as carefully as he would a leader in ‘ The Times’ —

on the subject of free trade or the law of settlement, will not find

much more difficulty in understanding them, and will gain acquaint-

ance with laws which have a rather more striking and permanent in-

fluence on the world’s history.

“The translation is fairly done,—perhaps is a little too much tinged

with German idiom. As a small matter, but one partaking of the

crying sin of modern literature, we must deprecate most strongly the

introduction of new words and barbaric compounds, and in this view

cannot forgive the expression plant-cell, plant-acid, &e. The wood-

cut illustrations are very elegant.

Synopsis des Caloptérygines. Par M. E. pe Seys-LonGcHAMps.

Brussels, 1853.

Every one who has wandered on a summer's day on the banks of

any of our rivers, must have noticed a dragon-fly of considerable size,

whose beautiful metallic tints, dark wings and graceful motions

render it one of the most elegant denizens of ‘such localities. This

Fam. AGRIONID2.

Subfam. CALOPTERYGIN.

326 Bibliographical Notices.

insect is the Libellula Virgo of Linnzeus ; it was placed by Fabricius”

in his genus 4grion, and adopted by Leach as the type of his genus

Calepteryw (called Calopteryx by recent authors). Since the time

of Leach many allied species have been described, some of which

have been, regarded by their describers as warranting the establish-

ment of new genera, until at length the Linnean species has become

the type of a subfamily, to which the name of Calopterygine is

applied, containing one hundred species, divided into no less than

twelve genera. Of these two species only were known to Linneus,

and four to Fabricius ; Burmeister in 1839 only mentions sixteen

species, and Rambur in the last general work upon the Neuroptera

published in 1841, describes only twenty-seven. For the knowledge

of the remainder science is indebted to the author of the small work

whose title stands at the head of this notice.

The author informs us in his preface that this ‘ Synopsis’ consists

of the synoptical tables which he prepared for his own use whilst

working upon a monograph of the Calopterygine which is now in

the press. It is intended in fact to serve as a sort of prodromus to

the larger work, and contains in a semi-tabular form, short characters

of all the divisions, genera and species which will be described more

fully in the latter. The reputation of M. de Selys-Longchamps

renders it almost unnecessary for us to say anything with regard to

the merits of his work ; we may observe however that it appears to

have been executed with great care, the specific characters especially

being very carefully drawn up.

The species are distributed into twelve genera—namely, 1. Calo-

pteryx (Calepteryx, Leach); 2. Neurobasis (suppressed m an ap-

pendix and united with Phaon) ; 3. Echo; 4. Phaon; 5. Vestalis ;

6. Heterina, Hagen; 7. Euphea (including Epallage, Charp.) ;

8. Heliocharis; 9. Dicterias; 10. Libellago (including Rhinocypha

and Micromerus, Ramb.) ; 11. Amphipteryx ; and 12. Thore, Hagen.

Those genera to which no author’s name is attached are due to

M. de Selys himself. Of the higher groups or Legions the author

gives the following tabular arrangement :—

Legions. Genera.

Pterostigma short

Srertion I, or wanting .... 1. Calopteryx 1-6.

Epistoma not

Suppiv. I. [ prominent. Pterostigma y

ery

Costal and subcostal long, regular .. 2. Euphea .. 7-9.

nervures nearly} Secrion II.

- Drvision I. equal in number. | Epistoma very

The two sectors of POMINENt 661.5 NV ds ove viene ve 3. Libellago.. 10.

the arculus ari- 4 Suspiv. Il.

sing from about | Only 2-3 subcostal _ .

its middle. nervules; costal

nervules more nu-

4 L TOE i's sss’ aves ov ye Ge¥ <a vanidnabios Saab eaiees seeaam 4. Amphiptery# 11.

Division Il. yi

The two sectors

of the arculus

arising together ‘

L. from its APOX os ccssvecececrcncesencrenseesreraecssesescesessesersnees 5. Thore...... 12.

Of the geographical distribution of these insects M. de Selys speaks

as follows :—The Calopterygine are distributed over the whole of

the warm and temperate portions of the globe, except in Oceania.

Royal Institution. 327

Half the species belong to the old world, which is inhabited by spe-

cies of the Legions Euphea, Libellago and Calopteryx. The genus

Heterina, coutaining thirty species, six species of Calopteryx, the

genera Heliocharis and Dicterias each containing a single species, and

the Legions Amphipteryx and Thore, are found in America, and prin-

cipally in the tropical parts.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL ENSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN.

February 10, 1854.—Right Hon. Baron Parke, Vice-President, in

the Chair.

On the Structure and Homologies of Teeth. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S.

The Lecturer commenced by observing that, although the teeth

were among the least vitalized of animal parts, and commonly pos-

sessed no power of repairing fracture or decay, they presented many

phenomena of anatomical, physiological, and homological interest, a

selection from which he proposed to offer as the subject of the

eyening’s discourse.

Any hard body attached to the walls and projecting into the cayity

of the mouth, where it is exposed to view when the mouth is open,

is called a tooth: but the parts properly so called, are those which

consist of a gelatinous basis, hardened by earthy salts, in which the

lhosphate of lime predominates. Such teeth are peculiar to the

ertebrate.Classes. In them they present manifold varieties as to

number, size, form, structure, position, and mode of attachment, but

are principally adapted for seizing, tearing, dividing, pounding, or

aN the food ; in some species they are modified to serve as

ormidable weapons of offence and defence ; in others as aids in loco-

motion, means of anchorage, instruments for uprooting or cutting

down trees, or for transport and working of building materials; they

are characteristic of age and sex; and in man they have secondary

relations subservient to beauty and to speech.

Teeth are always intimately related to the food and habits of the

animal, and are therefore highly interesting to the physiologist : they

form for the same reason important guides to the naturalist in the

classification of animals; and their value, as zoological characters, is

enhanced by the facility with which, from their position, they can

be examined in living or recent animals; whilst the durability of

_ their tissues renders them not less available to the paleontologist in

the determination of the nature and affinities of extinct species, of

whose organization they are often the sole remains discoverable in

the deposits of former periods of the earth’s history.

_ Teeth are not of a uniform tissue or substance like bone: that

which forms the body of the tooth is called “dentine ;’’ the tissue

which forms the outer crust is called ‘‘ cement ;’’ and in most Ver-

tebrata a third substance is situated between the dentine and cement,

328 Royal Institution.

called “enamel.’’ The characteristics of these. three primary tissues

of a tooth were briefly defined: they differ in hardness, the cement

being least dense, the enamel most.

The tubular structure of the dentine relates to the disposition of

the hard material so as best to resist pressure, and to the eireulation

of plasma, transuded from the pulp through the dentine, so as to

maintain a certain, though languid, vitality ‘of the-tissue.

Some secondary modifications of the chief tissue of teeth were

noticed under the names of osteo-dentine, vaso-dentine, vitro-dentine,

dendro-dentine, and labyrintho-dentine; the latter highly complex

and beautiful modification being due rather to a modification of dis-

position, than of composition of the dentine itself. The singular laby-

rinthic interblending of the dentine and cement reaches its: maximum

of complexity in the teeth of some gigantic extinct batrachian Reptiles,

from the Triassic formations, called from their distinct peculiarities,

** Labyrinthodonts.”’

The chief varieties in the form of the teeth in Fishes were then

enumerated, and more especially illustrated in the predatory Pike,

the vegetarian Carp, the shell-crushing Myliobates, and the coral-

browsing Scarus. The elastic attachment of the teeth of the Lophius,

and the mode of growth and succession of the Shark’s numerous teeth

were explained.

From the class of Reptiles examples of dental structure were

selected from the Serpent-tribes, in relation to the poison-apparatus,

‘and from the Crocodile, in respect of the constant succession and dis- _

placement of the teeth. The structure of the teeth of the extinet

Iguanodon and Megalosaurus was also noticed.

The Mainmalian class might be divided, in regard to the succession

of the teeth, into two groups—the Monophyodonts, or those that gene-

rate but one set of teeth, and the Diphyodonts, or those that generate

two sets of teeth.

The Menophyodonts include the Cetacea and the Bruta (Ldentata

of Cuvier) ; all the other Orders are Diphyodonts,

The teeth of the Mammalia, especially the Diphyodonts, have

usually so much more definite and complex a form than those of

fishes and reptiles, that three parts are recognised 1 in them; viz. the

“fang,” the ‘neck,’ and the ‘‘crown.” The fang or root (radix)

is the inserted part; the crown (corona) the exposed part; and the

constriction which divides these is called the neck (cervin). The

term ‘“‘fang”’ is properly given only to the implanted part of a teoth

of restricted growth, which fang gradually tapers to its extremity ;

those teeth which grow uninterruptedly have not their exposed part

separated by a neck from their implanted part, and this generally

maintains to its extremity the same shape and size as the exposed

crown.

It is peculiar to the class Mammalia to have tceth implanted in

sockets by two or more fangs; but this can only happen to teeth of

limited growth, and generally characterizes the molars and premolars:

perpetually growing teeth require the base to be kept simple and

widely excavated for the persistent pulp. In no mammiferous animal

Ol — ———— ee

Royal Institution. 329

does anchylosis of the tooth with the jaw constitute a normal mode

of attachment. Each tooth has its particular socket, to which it

firmly adheres by the close co-adaptation of their opposed surfaces,

and by the firm adhesion of the alveolar periosteum to the organized

cement which invests the fang or fangs of the teoth.

True teeth implanted in sockets are confined, in the Mammalian

class, to the maxillary, premaxillary, and mandibular, or lower max-

illary bones, and form a single row in each. They may project only

from the premaxillary bones, as in the Narwhal, or only from the

lower maxillary bone, as in Ziphius; or be apparent only m the lower

maxillary bone, as in the Cachalot; or be limited to the superior

and inferior maxillaries, and not present in the premaxillaries, as in

the'true Ruminants and most Bruta.

“The teeth of the Mammalia usually consist of hard unvascular

dentine, defended at the crown by an investment of enamel, and

everywhere surrounded by a coat of cement. The coronal cement

is of extreme tenuity in Man, Quadrumana, and terrestrial Carnivora ;

it is thicker in the Herbivora, especially in the complex grinders of

the Elephant; and is thickest in the teeth of the Sloths, Megathe-

rioids, Dugong, Walrus, and Cachalot. Vertical folds of enamel and

cement penetrate the crown of the tooth in the Ruminants, and in

most Rodents and Pachyderms, characterizing by their various forms

the genera of the last two orders; but these folds never converge

from equidistant points of the circumference of the crown towards its

centre. The teeth of the quadrupeds of the order Bruta (Edentata,

Cuv.) have no true enamel; this is absent likewise in the molars of.

the Dugong and the Cachalot. The tusks of the Narwhal, Walrus,

Dinotherium, Mastodon, and Elephant, consist of modified dentine,

which in the last two great proboscidian animals is properly called

‘*jyory,”’ and is covered by cement.

The Dolphins and Armadillos present little variety in the shape

of teeth in the same animal; the teeth are often very numerous ;

and this sameness of form is characteristic of most of the monophyo-

donts. d

‘In’ almost all the other Mammalia, particular teeth have: special

forms for ‘special uses: thus, the front teeth, from being commonly

adapted to effect the first coarse division of the food, have been called

cutters or incisors; and the back teeth, which complete its comminu-

tion, grinders or molars; large conical teeth, situated behind the

incisors, and adapted by being nearer the imsertion of the biting

muscles, to act with greater force, are called holders, tearers, laniaries,

or more commonly canine teeth, from bemg well developed in the

Dog and other Carnivora, although they are given, likewise, to many

vegetable feeders for defence or combat: e.g. Musk-deer.

Molar teeth, which are adapted for mastication, have either tuber-

culate, or transversely ridged, or flat summits, and usually are either

surrounded by a ridge of enamel, or are traversed by similar ridges

arranged in various patterns. Certain molars in the Dugong, the

Mylodon, and the Zeuglodon, are so deeply indented laterally by

opposite longitudinal grooves, as to appear, when abraded, to be com-

posed of two cylindrical teeth cemented together, and the transverse

330 Royal Institution.

section of the crown is bilobed. The teeth of the Glyptodon were

fluted by two analogous grooves on each side. The large molars of

the Capybara and Elephant have the crown cleft into a numerous

series of compressed transverse plates, cemented together side by side.

The modifications of the crown of the molar teeth are those that

are most intimately related to the kind of food of the animal pos-

sessing them. [Illustrations were given of the chief of these modi-

fications in the purely Carnivorous mammals, where the molars are

simple, trenchant, and play upon each other like scissor-blades: in

the mixed feeding species where the working surface of the molars is

flattened or tuberculated: in the insectivorous species where it is

bristled with sharp points: and in the purely herbivorous kinds,

where the broad grinding surfaces of the teeth are complicated by

folds and ridges of the enamel entering the substance of the tooth:

the most complex forms being presented by the Elephants.

Teeth of each of the kinds above determined, and arbitrarily named

‘‘incisors,”’ ‘canines,’ “ molars,’ have received other special names,

in regard to certain peculiarities of form or other property ; and the

ablest comparative anatomists have been led astray in determining

their homologies when they have suffered themselves to be guided

exclusively by morphological characters. The small anterior grind-

ing teeth in the human subject have been called *‘bicuspids.’”” The

penultimate upper tooth and the last lower tooth in the Lion are

termed, from their peculiar form, “sectorials,”’ or “ carnassial teeth,”

“‘molaires carnassi¢res”’? of Cuvier. Teeth of an elongated conical

form, projecting considerably beyond the rest, and of uninterrupted

growth, are called “tusks ;” such are the incisors of the Elephant

and Dugong, and the canines of the Boar and Walrus: the long and

large incisors of the Rodents have been termed, from the shape and

structure of their cutting edge, scalpriform or chisel-teeth, “‘ dentes

scalprarii.” The inferior incisors of the flying Lemurs (Galeopithecus)

have the crown deeply notched like a comb, and are termed “ dentes

pectinati.”’. The canines of the Baboons are deeply grooved in front,

like the poison-fangs, ‘‘ dentes canaliculati,” of some serpents. The

compressed conical crowns of the molar teeth of the small clawed Seals,

Stenorhynchus, are divided either like a trident into three sharp points,

or like a saw, into four or five points; the molars of the great extinct

Zeuglodon had a similar form; such teeth have been called dentes

serrati. But the philosophical course of the knowledge of nature

tends to explode needless terms of art, invented for unimportant

varieties, and to establish and fix the meaning of those words that

are the signs of determinate species of things.

The Cuviers divided the molar series of teeth, according to their

form, into three kinds: ‘false molars,’ ‘‘ carnassials,’ and “ tu-

bercular molars ;” and, in giving the generic characters of Mam-

malia, based the dental formule on this system: thus the genus

ae * ‘ ° 2—2 :

Felis is characterized as having “ fausses molaires =—;, carnassiéres

2—2

1—1 Bedi icity Bag,

Top tuberculeuses I? — &

In a diagram of the leading modifications of Diphyodont dentition,

Royal Institution. 331

an uninterrupted line marked ‘‘ Cuvier’’ was made to intersect the

teeth in each jaw of the Carnivora, called by that great anatomist

*‘carnassi¢res :’ those anterior to them being the teeth which he

called “‘ fausses molaires ;”’ those behind being the “ tuberculeuses.”’

Most zoologists, both at home and abroad, have adopted the Cuvierian

system of formulising the molar teeth. Prof. De Blainville, however,

abandoned that classification of the molar series, without assigning

his objections to it; and proposed another, in which he-divides the

series ito “‘avant-molaires,”’ ‘‘ principales,” and ‘“arriére-molaires ;”’

he exemplifies this division by the human dentition, in which the

five grinders on each side of both jaws are formulised as “two

ayant-molaires, one principale, and two arriére-molaires.”” The teeth

regarded by De Blainville as the homologues of these, were indi-

cated in the diagram above referred to by a dotted line intersecting the

“dent principale” in each species.

Truly homologous teeth are determined, like other parts, by their

relative position, by their connexions, and by their development. The

teeth of one side of the jaw repeat, are answerable to, or are homo-

types, of the teeth on the other side; and those in the upper jaw

usually correspond, in like manner, to those in the under jaw.

Those teeth which are implanted in the premaxillary bones, and in

the corresponding part of the lower jaw, are called “ incisors,’ what-

ever be their shape or size. The tooth in the maxillary bone, which

is situated at, or near to, the suture with the premaxillary, is the

“canine,” as is also that tooth in the lower jaw which, in opposing

it, passes in front of its crown when the mouth is closed. The first-

formed incisors and canines are deciduous ; they are succeeded and

displaced vertically by the permanent incisors and canines. With

d to the other teeth, their true nature and homologies, about

which the difference of opinion has chiefly prevailed amongst anato-

mists, are determinable not by shape or size, or by relative position

to the zygoma, but by developmental characters exclusively. The

first set are the “deciduous molars ;” the teeth which displace and

succeed them vertically are the “premolars; the more posterior

teeth, which are not displaced by vertical successors, but succeed

each other horizontally, are the “molars,” properly so called.

The phenomena of the development and succession of the teeth

were then explained and illustrated in examples of Carnivorous, Her-

bivorous, and mixed-feeding species of Diphyodont Mammalia.

Genus Felis.—In the Cat, the deciduous incisors begin to appear

between two and three weeks old; the canines next, and then the

molars follow, the whole being in place before the sixth week. After

the seventh month they begin to fall in the same order; but the

_ lower sectorial molar and the tubercular tooth above, appear before

the deciduous molars are shed; they do not push out any predeces-

sors, and have no successors ; they are, therefore, true molars. The

first deciduous molar in the upper jaw is a very small and simple

one-fanged tooth ; it is succeeded by the corresponding tooth of the

permanent series, which answers to the second premolar of the Hyzena

and Dog. The second deciduous molar is the sectorial tooth ; its

382 Royal Institution.

blade is trilobate; but both the anterior and posterior smaller lobes

are notched, and the internal tubercle, which is relatively larger than

in the permanent sectorial, is continued from the base of the middle

lobe, as in the deciduous sectorial of the Dog and Hyeena 5 it thus

typifies the form of the upper sectorial, which is retained in the a:

manent dentition of several Viverrine and Musteline species:

third or internal fang of the deciduous’ sectorial is continued from

the inner tubercle, and is opposite the interspace of the two outer

fangs. 'The Musteline type is further adhered to by the young Feline

-in the lar ge proportional size of its deciduous tubercular tooth. Tn

the lower jaw, the first milk-molar is sueceeded by a tooth’ which

answers to the third lower premolar in the Dog and Civet. The

deciduous sectorial, which is sueceeded by the premolar, answering -

to the fourth in the Dog, has a smaller proportional anterior lobe;

and a larger posterior talon, which is usually notched ; thereby

approaching the form of the permanent lower sectorial tooth in the

Mustelide. The last tooth which is functionally analogous to the

carnassial above, is the first of the true molar series, and is the

homotype of the little tubercular tooth above. se

The true nature of the dentition of the Lion and other Felines,

as determined by the above pheeiomena of development, is :—

BAL HIGH 16!) yg: Bang Begs)

Sige rograe Ms Sings Grays

cisors, 1 canine, 3 premolars, and 1 molar, on each side of the

upper jaw, and ‘the same, with the exception of a small premolar,

on each side of the lower jaw. The teeth, which are the seat of

the sectorial or carnassial modifications, are not homologous | or

homotypal in the two jaws.

In the genus Ursus the dentition was, in like manner, shown ‘to

3—3 I—l 4—t 2—

i Sage Ps a a ray Foy 2. ; :

In. the Hog, four deciduous molars are succeeded by four

premolars, vertically; and three molars are developed in_ hori-

zontal succession behind these, the dental formula being :—

BoB Ib, doh gg! Shag | ‘

hiro ondiak sid-o8 an obit ne

This number of teeth is never surpassed in the Diphyodont series ;

and the Lecturer regarded it as the typical dentition. . It is, however,

rarely maintained in | existing species, but appears to have been much

more common in extinct. Mammalia, especially those from the. most

ancient tertiary epochs; illustrations of which, were given in the

Hyenodon and Hyopotamus, and examples cited. in the extinct

genera Cheropotamus, Anthracotherium, Hyracotherium, Oplothe-

rium, Merycopotamus, Hippohyus, Anoplotherium, Paleotherium,

and Paloplotherium.. In the three latter genera, Professor Owen

had determined the nature of the molar series to be the same as in

the Hog, by specimens showing the deciduous dentition.

In the hoofed quadrupeds with toes in uneven number (Perisso-

dactyla), whose premolars, for the. most part, repeat both the form

a. signifying that there are 3 in-

. beri

Royal Institution. 333

and the complex structure of the true molars, such premolars are

distinguished by the same character of development as those of the

Artiodactyla, or Ungulates with toes in even number; although

here the premolars, are. distinguished also by modifications of size

and shape.

In most of the South American Quadrumana, the number of teeth,

as contrasted with the Monkeys of Africa and Asia, is increased to

thirty-six, by an addition of one tooth to the molar series on each

side of both jaws. It might be concluded @ priori, that as three is

the typical number of true molars in the-placental Mammalia with

twoisets of teeth, the additional tooth in the New-World Monkeys

would be a) premolar, and form one step to the resumption of the

normal number (four) of that kind of teeth. The proof of the accu-

racy of this. inference was given by the state of the dentition in the

young of the Howler-Monkey (Mycetes), in which a diagram was

exhibited of a dissection of the jaws, exposing the germs of the per-

manent. teeth: the crown of a premolar being found above the

third milk-molar in place, as well as above the second and first.. As

s number, therefore, the molar series, in Mycetes, is interme-

diate between that of the Bear, Ursus, and Felis; the little premolar

p- i. in Ursus, tells plainly enough which of the four is wanting to

complete the typical number in the South American Monkey, and

which is the additional premolar distinguishing its dental formula

from that of the Old-World Monkeys and Man.

_ With regard to the Human Dentition, the discovery, by the great

t Goethe, of the limits of the premaxillary bone in man, leads to

the determination of the incisors, which are reduced, as in Apes and

Monkeys, to two on each side of both jaws; the contiguous tooth

shows by its shape, as well as position, that it is the canine ; and the

characters of size and shape have also served to divide the remaining

five teeth in each lateral series into two bicuspids and three molars.

In this instance, as in the dentition of the Bear, the secondary cha-

racters conform with the essential ones. But since we have'seen of

how little value shape or size are, in the order Carnivora, in the

determination of the exact homologies of the teeth, it is satisfactory

to know that the more constant and important character of develop-

ment gives the requisite certitude as to the nature of the so-called

bievispids in the Human subject. The condition of the teeth was

shown in the jaws of a child of about six years of age. The two incisors

on each side are followed by a canine, and this by three teeth havin

crowns resembling those of the three molar teeth of the adult. In

fact, the last of the three is the first of the permanent molars; it

has pushed through the gum, like the two molars which are in advance

of it, without displacing any previous tooth, and the substance of the

jaw contains no germ of any tooth destined to displace it; it is there-

fore, by this character of its development, a true molar, and the germs

of the permanent teeth, which are exposed in the substance ofthe

jaw between the diverging fangs of the two anterior molars, prove

them to be temporary, destined to be replaced, and prove also that

the teeth about to displace them are premolars. According, therefore,

334 Royal Institution.

to the rule previously laid down, we count the permanent molar in

place, the first of its series, and the adjoining premolar as the last of

its series, and consequently the fourth of the typical dentition; the

next premolar in advance being the penultimate or third of the typi-

cal series. |

We are thus enabled, with the same scientific certainty as that

whereby we recognise in the middle toe of the foot the homologue

of that great digit which forms the whole foot, and is encased by the

hoof in the Horse, to point to the second bicuspid in the upper jaw,

and to the first molar in the lower jaw of Man, as the homologues of

the great carnassial teeth of the Lion and Tiger. We also conclude

that the teeth which are wanting in Man to complete the typical

molar series, are the first and second premolars, the homologues of

those which were marked in the diagram of the dentition of the Bear. —

The characteristic shortening of the maxillary bones required this

diminution of the number of their teeth, as well as of their size, and

of the canines more especially ; and the still greater curtailment of

the premaxillary bone is attended with a diminished number and an

altered position of the incisors. One sees, indeed, in the Carnivorous

series, that a corresponding decrease in the number of the premolars

is concomitant with the shortening of the jaws. Already in the

Mustelide, the first premolar below is abrogated; in Felis also

above, with the further loss of the second premolar in the lower jaw;

the true molars being correspondingly reduced in these strictly flesh-

eating animals, but taken away from the back part of their series.

If we were desirous of further testing the soundness of the foregoing

conclusions as to the nature of the teeth absent in the reduced dental

formula of Man, we ought to trace the mode in which the type is

progressively resumed in descending from Man through the Order

most nearly allied to our own.

Through a considerable part of the Quadrumanous series, e. g. in

all the Old-World genera above the Lemurs, the same number and

kinds of teeth are present as in Man; the first deviation being the

disproportionate size of the canines and the concomitant break or

*‘diastema”’ in the dental series for the reception of their crowns

when the mouth is shut. This is manifested in both the Chimpan-

zees and Orangs, together with a sexual difference in the proportions

of the canine teeth. Then comes the added premolar in the New-

World Monkeys, and the further additions in lower quadrupeds, until —

in the Hog genus we see the old primitive type of Diphyodont den-

tition resumed or retained. .

With regard to the application of the above principles and charac-

ters to other or newly-discovered species: —When the premolars and

the molars are below their typical number, the absent teeth are miss-

ing from the fore part of the premolar series and from the back part

of the molar series. The most constant teeth are the fourth premolar

and the first true molar; and, these being known by their order and

mode of development, the homologies of the remaining molars and’

premolars are determined by counting the molars from before back-

wards, e.g. “one,” “two,”’ “three ;”” and the premolars from behind

Royal Institution. 335

forwards, “four,” “three,” “two,” “one.” The incisors are counted

from the median line, commonly the foremost part of both upper and

lower jaws, outwards and backwards. ‘The first incisor of the right

side is the homotype, transversely, of the contiguous incisor of the left

side in the same jaw, and, vertically, of its opposing tooth in the

opposite jaw; and so with regard to the canines, premolars, and

molars ; just as the right arm is the homotype of the left arm in its

own segment, and also of the right leg of a succeeding segment. It

suffices, therefore, to reckon and name the teeth of one side of either

jaw in a species, with the typieal number and kinds of teeth ; e. g. the

first, second and third incisors,—the first, second, third and fourth

8 orem first, second and third molars; and of one side of

jaws in any case.

The homologous teeth being thus determinable, they may be

severally signified by a symbol as well as by a name. ‘The in-

cisors, ¢. g., by their initial letter 7., and individually by an added

number, 7.1, 7. 2, and i. 3; the canines by the letter c.; the pre-

molars by the letter p.; and the molars by the letter m.; these

also being differentiated by added numerals. Thus, the number

of these teeth, on each side of both jaws, in any given species,

Man e. g., may be expressed by the following brief formula :—

i. = c. <= Pp: — m. = = 32; and the homologies of the

individual teeth, in relation to the typical formula, may be sig-

nified by 7.1, 7. 2; ¢.; p. 3, p. 4; m.1, m. 2, m. 3: the sup-

pressed teeth being 7. 3, p. 1, and p. 2.

These symbols are so plain and simple as to form no obstacle to

the ready comprehension of the facts explained by means of them.

Were those facts described in the ordinary way, by means of the

verbal phrases or definitions of the teeth; as for example, in Man,

“the second deciduous molar, representing the fourth deciduous

molar in the typical dentition,” instead of d. 4, and so on, the de-

scriptions of the manifold modifications of the teeth and of dental

development must continue to occupy much unnecessary space, and

levy such a tax upon the attention and memory, as would inevitably

tend to enfeeble the judgement and impair the power of seizing and

appreciating the results of the comparison.

Each year’s experience had strengthened the lecturer’s conviction

that the rapid and successful progress of the knowledge of animal

structures, and of the generalizations deducible therefrom, would be

mainly influenced by the determination of the homology of parts and

organs, and by the concomitant power of condensing the propositions

relating to them, and attaching to them signs or symbols equivalent

to their single substantive names. In the lecturer’s work on the

** Archetype of the Skeleton,”’ he had denoted most of the bones by

simple numerals: the symbols of the teeth are fewer in number, are

easily understood and remembered ; and, if generally adopted, might

take the place of names: they would, then, render unnecessary the

endless repetition of the titel definition of the part, harmonise con-

flicting synonyms, serve as a universal language, and at the same

336 Loological Society.

time express the expositor’s meaning in the fewest and clearest terms.

The entomologist had long found the advantage’of) such signs as _

¢& and 2, in reference to the sexes of Insects and the like ;) and the »

anatomist, would find it to his advantage to avail himself of this

powerful instrument ‘of thought, instruction and discovery, from

which the chemist, the astronomer, and the tases have ob-

tained such important results. ho 10 eee

, A ‘ith &

w Taqqy ond

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. : 8 + hie

February 10, 1852.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chairs, c ru

The Chairman exhibited a specimen of the Echiodon Dru

of Mr. Thompson of Belfast, a very rare species of fish, of sein

only one example has been previously known. Dr. Drummond ob-

tained the first specimen on the beach at Carnclough, near Glenarm’

in the county of Antrim, in June 1836, cast ashore probably by the

tide of the preceding night, after a strong easterly wind. The spe-"

cies was considered new to ichthyology, and was first’ described

figured in the Transactions of this Society by Mr. Thompson, vol. iii”

p- 207. pl. 38. Nothing that has transpired since the publication”

of Mr. Thompson’s paper has sas aes a belief that this a. ig a

heen previously known.

The specimen now exbilited | was most liberally sent to Mr. Yarra’

by Mrs. Pokies of Valencia, in the county of Kerry, who was

fectly aware of the characters, the rarity, and the value of the me ?

It was found by her daughter Helen on the shore of the harbour of ’

Valencia, after a violent storm from the west, which occurred there *

on the 23rd of January last. ti Saw

This example is smaller than the one noticed by Mr. Thompaoay>

measuring only 8 inches in length, but quite perfect. Mr. Dhomp- . 3

son’s example measured 12 inches (Brit. Fishes, vol. ii. p. 417).

The following papers were then read :— vi pats Fe hid 53°

1. On Cysrosoma SAUNDERSII, OF Guitiis AND Westwoon.

By A. W: Scorr, M.A. seataies

ra! oeecngses

Head er sides of the thorax running in a vicsigies line from ~

the head to an acute angle behind; abdomen of the male deeply eon- ~

stricted immediately behind first segment; second joint of the ans

tehnee distinct from the third, and not forming with it the tapering

setee which terminates them; upper wings destitute of a” rrassbesed é

running parallel to their inner margin.

The male measures, in expanse of wings, nearly 4} ipiliees the

female 33 imches.

The antennee in both sexes are very short, 7-jointed, the two same

joints strong and thick, the remainder much finer and gradually ter-

minating in a point.

The legs, anterior pair, with two minute spurs at the apex of tia y Ac.

Zoological Society. 337

the femora are robust, with their lower edges serrated ; the second

and posterior pairs longer than the anterior, with minute spurs on

the ends of the tibie and sete, placed in pairs and evenly distri-

buted along the inner edge; the femora of these are slender and not

serrated. The tarsi of all the legs 3-joited, and terminated by

two strongish claws, and fringed underneath by sete. From the

base of each coxa of the second and posterior pairs there proceeds

a large flexible spine.

The upper wings are coriaceous, lanceolate and sharply pointed,

with the cells of inner side open, and not shut in by a long marginal

nervure as in the true Cicade. The under wings are small, and

furnished with very weak nervures.

_ The.colour of the whole upper surface of both sexes is of a pale

delicate green, with the exception of the posterior wings, which are

- transparent, possessing, however, a slight greenish tinge. Thecostz

of the fore-wings are white, with a pinkish hue running along the

centre. The under portion of the base of the upper wing inclines to

low, which colour extends round the thorax. The antennz are

ack, and the eyes a bright, light reddish colour. In the preserved

specimens, the beautiful delicate green, which constitutes the general

colour, becomes duller and darker, and frequently assumes a hue of

The draws of the male are rounded, and marked by seven trans-

verse furrows, slightly tinged with brown, in the middle, and

i from those of the true Cicade in being more conspi-

cuous on a dorsal view of the insect. Besides, the abdomen is

deeply constricted immediately behind them, so that the first segment

appears as it were to form part of the metathorax, and the abdomen

seems coe Bee pete of the seven last segments, which are here

exceeding] as in the orthopterous genus Pnreumora.

The abdomen of the female is of a size and form more correspond-

ing to that of the female Cicada, but it is of a more cylindrical form

and less angular at the sides. The dilated sides of the metasternum,

which form the two plates covering the under sides of the drums in

the male, are here comparatively small.

These insects are extremely numerous on Ash Island, principally

inhabiting an orange grove of about 1200 trees, and we scarcely ever

remember seeing one beyond a few rods of the limits of this garden,

nor have we ever heard of or discovered a single specimen elsewhere,

with the exception of the few brought by Sir Thomas Mitchell from

a short twilight of this

Duri e short twilight of this country, the male commences and

ends his song, which ‘resembles a loud os guttural, R, continued

incessantly, and with vibrations. So loud indeed is this sound, that

when near to several insects it becomes even painful to the ear. It

is, moreover, very unlike the shriller and harsher notes uttered by the

common Cicada.

‘ —— brief period after sunset the — and females occasionally

y from tree to tree, their flight being slow and steady, particularl

that of the former. eairetien time in which these insects ie

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 22

388 Zoological Society. -

heard is immediately, in hot and sultry weather, before a thunder-

storm, and then only at broken intervals. This habit was particularly

noticed on our placing the males on a bunch of flowers in the draw-

ing-room, where every evening they regaled us with their short-lived

song, and at other periods occasionally predicted the rade storm.

The larvee live underground upon the roots of plants, and in their

habits and transformations closely approximate to those of the eom-

mon Cicada. each

The perfect insects appear early in September, and’are to be found

until about February. They are extremely easily captured, the females,

being taken when in flight by a common butterfly net, and the males”

by going to the spot from where their voices proceed, and suddenly

shaking the bough, which causes them to drop to the ground, Ph

they may be picked up. ; . Soe

The male has been indifferently figured under the name of Cysto-

soma Saundersii, in the ‘Arcana Entomologica,’ in which Mr. West.

wood mentions its affinity to Hemidictya, and gives good dissections.

His description, however, is not correct, when he characterizes the

insect as “ pallide lutea,” whereas the species is “ leete viridis.” The

female, we believe, is not known in England.

Ash Island, Hunter River, New South Wales,

Noy. 6, 1851.

2. Description OF A NEW SPECIES OF ANOMALURUS, FROM

Fernanpo Po. By Lovis Fraser, H.B.M. Vicze-Consun

FOR THE KINGDOM oF DaHoMEY. 7 S56

The Proceedings of this Society contain the description of a very.

interesting new form of Rodents, discovered by myself at Fernando

Po, and to which the name Anomalurus Fraseri was given by Mr.

Waterhouse. A second species of the genus has subsequently been

found in Ashantee, by an enterprising eallectot sent out by the Direct-

ors of the Leyden Museum, and has been named after its discoverer,

by M. Temminck, Anomalurus Pelii. I have now to submit to your

notice a third species of the genus, which I propose to name after

my friend and coadjutor, John Beecroft, Esq., H.M. Consul for the

Bights of Benin and Biafra, also Spanish Governor of the island of

Fernando.Po, as a just tribute to one who has devoted upwards of

twenty-three years to the cause of Western Africa and its inhabitants,

and whose knowledge of both is unequalled. This extraordinary

entleman has entered all (or nearly all) the rivers on this coast, 80

tal to Europeans, and after six weeks’ search amongst the swamps

and creeks, has discovered the junction of the Benin and Niger:

latter river he has navigated three or four times as high up as Rabba.

He also ascended Clarence Peak.

The principal peculiarities of the three species of Anomalurus are

as follows :-—

ANOMALURUS FrRAsERI, Waterh.

General hue of the upper parts brown ; the flank-membranes dusky

: Zoological Society. 339

or black ; under parts dirty white, slightly washed with buff-yellow ;

a considerable aréa around the base of the ears black, as well as the

long hairs on the basal part of those organs; cheeks deep brown ;

throat grey ; feet and tail dusky.

Hab. Fernando Po.

- ANoMALURUs Beecrortt, Fraser.

Upper parts, including the greater portion of the flank-membranes,

ellowish grey, slightly inclining to rufous on the mesial line of the

y on the fore part ; under parts of a bright rust colour ;

- edloured mark in the middle ; a white spot on the crown of the head

(probably not constant), and a short white band on either side of the

neck running on the shoulders; a dusky patch on the flank-mem-

brane above, cominencing on the margin of the membrane near the

anterior part, and Gxtefittiy backwards and inwards rather less than

half way along the flanks ; tail dusky brown.

~ Hab. Fernando Po. :

This species is rather larger than the An. Fraseri, and differs,

moreover, in the upper parts of the body being yellow-grey, instead

of brown; in having the greater portion of the flank-membranes as

well as the feet grey, instead of dusky ; in wanting the conspicuous

black area around the base of the ears—the part in question being of

the same general grey colour in An. Beecrofti as other parts ; in having

the cheeks hoary grey, intead of deep brown; and in having the

under parts of a bright rusty red. There are differences likewise to

be observed in the scales on the under side of the tail; they cover

less space in the longitudinal direction, are broader, and have the pro-

jecting angles less prominent.

Length from tip of nose to root of tail ..........

~i99 Teh S453

eseecceenseteee rec eoe ee sew ee ese eeee ee

= ffom ose to ear... ee.

3 Ores FP PES 904 tp. eagags. by

> of fore foot and claws........:......... 1

= of hind foot and claws ................ 2

ANOMALURUS Pe.i, Temminék.

~ Larget than either of the foregoing. Black above; dirty white

below; throat dusky; chin, upper surface of the nose, the region of

the muffle (or naked portion of the nose), the long and soft hairs on

the outér surfacé of the ears at the base, and the tail, white; the

flank-membrane is broadly margined with white, and the hairs on

the feet are for the most part white, but with an admixture of black

or dusky ; the long hairs springing from the base of the nails of the

seo are black.

Hab. Ashantee.

1 of the sealy portion beneath ............ 3

22*

540 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH,

February 9, 1854.— Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair,

The following papers were read :— :

looay Fl

1. “On the occurrence of Anacharis Alsinastrum in. Ireland,’ by

G. Dickie, M.D. The author remarks that they have probably the

earliest record of the presence of the Anacharis in the United King-

dom, for Mr. John New, a gardener, informs him that “about eighteen

years ago, the pond at Waringstown was cleared of overhanging trees,

when the Anacharis was immediately observed, after the planting of

some aquatics, making it necessary several times during the summer

to clear it out, It is not known whether it existed in the pond pre-

viously to the above date, or was introduced with the aquatics at that

time. For many years its name was not known. to any person, in, the

neighbourhood.” { hoblety

2. “Notes of a Botanical Trip to the Tents Muir, in the north;of

Fife, in July last,” by Mr. G. Lawson. The object. of these notes

was to call attention to a rich locality, which, although within. easy

reach, had not hitherto been much examined by Edinburgh botanists.

It is an extensive tract, chiefly of sand dunes, extending along the

coast from Ferry-Port-on-Craig- to the river Eden. The following

were among the plants noticed: Anagallis tenella, Lycopodium inunda-

tum, Littorella lacustris, Teesdalia nudicaulis, Radiola, Millegrana,

Sisymbrium Sophia, Fumaria micrantha, Senecio viscosus, Juncus

balticus, Papaver Argemone, Chrysanthemum segetum, Veronica Ana-

gallis and scutellata, Peplis Portula, Malva sylvestris, Myosotis col-

lina, Bryum warneum (Mr. Ogilvie), Weissia, nigrita, Didymodon

inclinatum, Stereocaulon tomentosum. The pools and moist hollows

on the Muir were rich in freshwater Algee, including Nostochineze and

Desmidieee. The party did not find Isnardia palustris, and fancied

that the abundance and luxuriance of Peplis Portula might have led to

some mistake. The Peplis afforded a retreat for myriads of Hydra

viridis. Fee

3. ‘Notice of Localities for Rare Plants in the neighbourhood

Edinburgh,” by Mr. G. R. Tate. The following were among, t.

plants noticed :— ae Sita

. Alyssum calycinum.... On debris below the Queen’s. drive, near

Duddingston. ‘I noticed the plant in this locality in the month of

May before it was in flower; at that time there were a numberof

specimens. As the season advanced and the locality became mo:

generally known, nearly the whole. were eradicated... It is hare

possible that the Alyssum could have escaped the notice of the nume-

rous botanists visiting Arthur’s Seat and_ its neighbourhood, had it

existed in this locality for any length of time. The probability is,

that it had been introduced by seed sown, at no yery distant. date, b

some one anxious to adda species to a flora already overstocked wit

doubtful natives. . I obtained this plant at Rrraond: in yery small

quantity,” 7

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 341

Sinapis Cheiranthus. In a field near Gullane. Not previously

found in Scotland, and doubtfully indigenous.

sre longifolia. In bogs at the foot of the Knock Hill, not far

from the station of Carex irrigua.

Hypericum Androsemum. Near Culross.

Hypocheris glabra. Near Culross.

Lamiiem’ maculatum: Banks of the Esk, about two miles above

‘Musselburgh.

=" Rumex alpinus.’ Ux two localities near the Knock Hill, both near

““Tulipa sylvestris. Sides of the Water of Leith, above Currie.

'” Zannichellia palustris. Canal near Fountain Bridge.

“Carex incurva. Sea-shore between Longniddry and Prestonpans.

“"4.**On thé Nightshade Family,” by Mr. Peter Fairbairn. “Mr.

Fairbairn detailed the character and properties of the Solanacee, and

‘alluded particularly to the nature and qualities of the alkaloids

“yielded by different genera and species. He remarked that: the

effect produced by such alkaloids as Hyoscyamine, Daturine, and

‘Atropine were different from those produced by Solanine, especially

as regards the dilatation of the pupil.

“Dr. T. Anderson remarked that Mr. Fairbairn had not adopted the

‘division ‘proposed by Miers into Solanacee and Atropacee, orders

‘which were distinguished by eestivation and other botanical characters,

‘as ‘well ‘as by their physiological properties. He did not consider

that any correct evidence had been adduced of the narcotic proper-

ties of the species of Solanum. The infusion of S. Dulcamara could

be given in large quantities without producing any narcotic effects,

‘and its berries had been used as a preserve. The effects of the plants

‘belonging to the order Atropacee did not develope themselves like

‘those’of opium; they were more of a stimulant character and were

Slowly produced, and they were accompanied with marked enlarge-

“ment of the pupil.

5, *Tilustrations of the value of Botanical Histology to the Medical

_ “Stident’ and Practitioner,” by Dr. Lindsay, Assistant Physician to

_the Crichton Royal Institution, Dumfries. The author stated that

the” origin of this paper was due to the fact that there existed

among the medical students of the Edinburgh University, a strong

feeling that they are compelled by the Curriculum-regulations to learn

‘too much of the collateral sciences of natural history, chemistry

‘and ‘botany,—botany being, in particular, a science, the knowl

‘of ‘which is regarded as quite unnecessary for the practice of their

‘profession. The idea that the study of the scientific or theoretical

jualifies to a certain extent from the acquirement of practical

Knowledge is a fatal error, and he believed that every Professor of

the University could bear testimony to the fact that those students who

had distinguished themselves in one department of their Academic

curriculum generally did so equally in every other. Dr. Lindsay’s

object in this communication was merely to lay before’ such sceptics

the results of the short experience of one but lately a student—of one

who had been at the same time a scientific and a “practical man,”

342 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

and to point out more especially by a few illustrations the yalue of

microscopical botany to the general practitioner.

March 9, 1854.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

The following papers were read, viz. :—

1. On the Pollen of Zamia horrida,’ by J. H. Balfour, M.D.

The pollen is in its ordinary condition elliptical, with a groove in

one side, resembling very much a grain of wheat in appearance. The

groove is formed by the folding inwards of the edges of the pollen-

grain, which when fully expanded under the action of water becomes

completely spherical. When water is applied under the microscope,

the two edges of the groove are seen to unfold and spread out so as

to produce the circular grain; when allowed to dry, the grain resumes

the elliptical grooved condition. It is perhaps difficult to say whether

the elliptical or the spherical form is to be looked upon as the cha-

racteristic one ; the elliptical being the dry state of the pollen, while

the spherical is the moist condition. The true structure is rendered

more apparent by an application of iodine. The pollen of Cycads

is stated by many to be angular. This is not the form in Zamia

horrida. .

2. “Notice of the Muscology of the East Coast of Fife,’ by the

Rey. Thomas Brown. The author offered some observations on the .

distribution of Mosses on the east coast of Scotland, with reference

more particularly to such stations as the Sands of Barrie, the Tents

Muir, Elie and Gullane Links, which although all situated close to

the sea-shore, presented several alpine species. He enumerated the

Mosses found by him in the neighbourhood of Elie, which included

a yariety of Mnium affine not previously found in fruit in Britain,

Bryum dealbatum, Hypnum abietinum, Encalypta rhaptocarpa, Di-

dymodon inclinatum, and other unusual species. .

3. “Note on the supposed Antheridia of the Rhamnee,” by J, S.

B. Sanderson, M.D. A careful examination of the buds of various

species of Rhamnus, particularly of R. catharticus, led the author to

believe that the club-shaped organs described by Grisebach differed

from the antheridia in not being developed from a single special mother-

cell, in not possessing a central cavity at any period of their growth,

and in containing a resinous secretion. e could not detect the

*long-tailed globules enclosed in minute spherical cells,’’ observed by

Grisebach to oscillate in a very lively manner.

4, “ Register of the Flowering of certain hardy plants in the Royal

Botanic Garden from 9th February to 7th March, 1854,” by Mr, ©

James M‘Nab.

5. On the Anatomical Structure of Coniferee and other Gymno-

gens,” by Mr. G. Lawson. The author remarked that the structure

and development of the wood-cell had been well elucidated by Hugo

‘yon Mohl in various papers in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’

and in his work on ‘The Vegetable Cell,’ but there was one aspect in

which the subject had not been so fully viewed as appeared desirable.

Mr. Lawson’s examinations had been undertaken principally for the

purpose of ascertaining in how far the peculiarities in the minute

: Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 348

anatomy of the Coniferze coincided with their general structure, and

i be depended upon in the determination of their orders, genera

and species,—an inquiry from which fossil botany and investigations

relative to timber were likely to derive advantage. After detailing

the general structure of the wood-cells of Coniferee, and pointing out

fecidliayitiee that occurred in various plants of the order, he described a

remarkable modification which had been noticed in-the Yew, viz. the

ged in the wood-cell of what appeared to be a spiral fibre, but which

been shown by Harting to be a connected pellicle with thickened

ridges arranged in a spiral manner. Mr. Lawson had found this

structure to be by no means so rare as had been supposed, and although

_ principally confined to plants belonging to Taxacez, it was stated not

‘to’ be universal in that order, nor peculiar to it. He had. observed

it in the following plants :—Cephalotaxus Fortuni, C. pedunculata,

C. tardiva, Torreya taxifolia, T. nucifera, Taxus baccata, T. cana-

densis, Podocarpus japonica, P. koraiana, Abies Douglasii, Fitzroya

patagonica. \talso occurred ina specimen of pine wood from Upper

California, which presented interesting microscopical characters, but

which he had been unable as yet to identify. This structure was not

to be confounded with the faint spiral streaks seen under a high power

on the secondary membrane of the wood-cells of many Coniferze. It

had been long a question whether true punctated tissue was strictly

confined to Gymnogens. A careful examination of Drimys grana-

tensis and other plants had led him to believe that the disks which

“oceurred in aromatic trees were essentially the same as those of

‘Coniferze, and indeed accorded in a remarkable manner with those

of many Araucarie and Taxaceze, in which the central dot was not

circular, but formed by two elliptical slits crossing each other. The

manner inwhich this appearance arose was fully explained bya reference

to the spiral arrangement of the slits, which also seemed to account

for the alternation of the disksin Araucaria. In the determination of

‘fossil plants and of unknown timbers, Mr. Lawson believed that

valuable characters were afforded by the peculiarities of the wood-

veell, such as its general size, presence or absence of a spiral terti

‘membrane, arrangement of disks (alternate or opposite), their distance

from each other in different directions, and whether in single, double,

‘treble, or quadruple rows on each cell ; absolute size of the dise, and

‘its breadth as compared with that of the cell; form of dise, whether

circular, elliptical or angular, or a combination of these forms ; form

of central dot, and (if not circular) direction of the same. The cells

of the medullary rays, and the pits in connection with them also

afforded useful marks of distinction. By aid of the above characters,

to which many more might be added, he had been able to mark di-

stinctions between timbers whose appearances to the naked eye pre-

sented no definite characters. It was of great importance, however, in

adopting such distinctions, that we should also retain the other means

of investigation we possess, and his present attempt was meant not to

ginplece, but to supplement these. He is still engaged in the prose-

on of the subject, and expressed an anxiety to obtain additional

344 Miscellaneous.

specimens for examination, Specimens of the timber of V7 ellingtonia

gigantea presented under the microscope a double row.of opposite

apt which, as well as their central dot, were. elliptical.

. “On Ophioglossum lusitanicum, Linneeus,”, by Thomas Moore,

F. t S. The author remarked that the discovery of the Ophioglossum

lusitanicum, L., within the politico-geographical limits of Great Britain,

so soon after that of the Gymnogramma. leptophylla, another 8. Eu-

ropean fern, is a fact of much interest; and thought that a short account,

of the plant drawn up from fresh Guernsey specimens might be of some

interest to those who are studying either our native Ferns or our,

native flora.

eek.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Vegetation of Mount Argeus in Cappadocia.

By M. P. pe Tcourmatcuerr.

As Mount Argeeus, of which I have ascertained the height to. bis

3841 metres above the level of the sea, consists of a certain number!

of plateaux, forming so many terraces arranged one above another,

with intervening slopes of greater or less abruptness, the study of

the most characteristic vegetable forms of these plateaua may fur-

nish an approximative idea of the vegetable physiognomy of the

giant of Asia Minor, which had not been visited. by any botanist until

I ascended it in August 1848. _ Amongst these plateaua, of which I

have indicated the respective positions in my work on the ‘ Géo~;

graphie physique de I’ Asie Mineure,’ the, most considerable are, that,

of Tékir, situated on the eastern side of the mountain, at an altitude

of 2128 metres, and the three plateau arranged in. steps onits»

southern face, by which one ascends from the plain of Everek to the’

summit of the mountain. ,These plateaux may be designated by the:

following names, rising from, the bottom upwards: the basaltic pla.

teau, placed immediately above the plain of Everek, which. consti

tutes the southern foot.of the mountain; the lower plateau; and

lastly, the upper plateau, which leads to the central cone, crowned by

the crater, which is surrounded .on. the south side by a barrier of

inaccessible trachytic rocks. al

The great number of limpid streams which water the surface of 9

the Tékir plateau, maintain.a.pretty good vegetation in that locality.

Amongst the plants in flower on the 17th of August, I observed,

Oxyria reniformis, R. Br. sp., Carduo deflorato aff., L., Podosper=\

mum imtermedium, Solidago Virgaurea, L., Chancmebins oreades,

Boiss., Helichrysum globiferum, Boiss., Andr wehhe telephioides, li.,

Lamium armenium, Boiss., Silene argea, n. sp., Phyteuma linifo-

lium, Boiss., Pulsatilla albana, Stev., Sibbaldia parvifolia, Willd.,

&c. ; as well as some species of Asperula, Odontites and dadrosnin,

which were less characteristic.

The basaltic plateau, the dry poor soil ef which is strewed with

blocks of stone and pierced by projecting rocks, is only covered with»

es Sh Se COrCrS™—~<‘CSS

Miscellaneous. 345

vegetation in isolated spots: I found in flower, Plumbago europea,

Anchusa officinalis, L., variety angustifolia, Potentille argentee

affinis, Rosa, n. sp., Coronilla glauca, &c.: the most characteristic

features of the plateau, however, were Quercus nana, Populus greca

(both in the shrubby state), a great number of Euphorbiaceae, Eri-

geron alpinum, Astragalus aureus, and the Verbascum olympicum,

.; the latter plant scarcely attains a height of 40 centimetres in

this locality.

‘The lower plateau has scarcely any characteristic forms. In pro-

portion as we ascend the steep declivity which leads from the lower

to the upper plateau, the Quercus nana gradually disappears, and is

replaced by the Juniperus nana, which continues to grow a little above

the upper plateau, so that. the limit of shrubby vegetation may be

fixed (at least on the southern exposure of the mountain) at an abso-

lute height of about 2600 metres, and consequently 137 metres

above the upper plateau, the elevation of which is 2463 metres. The

surface of the latter is covered with immense quantities of Verbascum

chrysorrheos, Boiss. It was here that I observed for the first time

the Jurinea depressa, Mey., a plant much sought for by the Turks

on account of the musky odour which it exhales, and which has ob-

tained for it in the neighbouring country the name of Muskgulé

(musk-rose). » This fine and rare Composite plant had already (18th

of August) passed its period of flowering, and I had much trouble

in discovering and collecting a few good specimens. The lower limit

of the Jurinea depressa is consequently 2463 metres ; its upper limit

probably attains 2700 to 2800 metres. Associated with this plant

were! Daphne buxifolia, Wahl., Silene argea, un. sp., Thymus angusti-

Solius, Ziziphora nummularia, n.sp., Satureia argea, nu. sp., Hiera-

cium: pannosum, Boiss., Morina persica, Astragalus aureus, Poten-

tilla argentea, &c. Of these plants, the Daphne, Astragalus, Po-

tentilla, Silene and Thymus descend below 2463 metres, whilst the

Ziziphora, Satureia and Hieracium keep at this altitude, or even

occasionally rise still higher. The Hieracium pannosum attains, if

not: the zone of pe snows, at least a region where these descend

frequently, as was the case when I was there ; its stem usually attains

a height of 30 centimetres; all parts of the plant, but especially the

large radical leaves, are covered with white woolly hairs to such an

extent, that, when seen at a certain distance, the solitary heads,

bristling with a close pappus, appear like so many balls of snow.

In ascending the precipitous side of the central cone, which rises

immediately from the upper plateau, a tolerably fine vegetation is met

with to an elevation of 3005 metres. On this space, that is to say,

between 2463 and 3005 metres, I observed Jurinea depressa, Mey.,

var. sulphurea, Astragalus nummularius, Lam., Astr.chianophilus, and

two other species of Astragalus ; a Cotyledon, an Evax, and an Are-

naria, which have not been determined ; Sibbaldia parvifolia, Willd.,

Polygonum alpinum, L., Cystopteris fragilis, Bernh., Myosotis palus-

tris, Silene arge@a, n.sp., Sedum olympicum, Boiss., Veronica fruti-

culosa, L., Alopecurus vaginatus, Pall., Alsine recurva, Solidago

Virgaurea, Podospermum intermedium, &c. Of these plants, Silene

346 Miscellaneous.

argea, Alsine recurva, Solidago Virgaurea and Podospermum inter-

medium rise above 3005 metres, for I found them in the fissures of

the abrupt rocks which pierce through the incline of the central cone

and reach the most elevated region. On this naked slope, covered

with loose cinders and with scattered bands of snow, the four last-

mentioned plants are found associated with Euphorbia niceensis, All.,

Serophularia olympica, Boiss., Pyrethrum Kotschii, Boiss., and some

species of Chamemelum, Saxifraga and Erigeron, which have not

been determined ; thus, without counting the latter, the seven species

just referred to are the representatives of the highest regions of

Mount Argezeus, as they all attain an altitude of 3841 metres, It is

interesting to observe in this number the Huphorbia niceensis and

the Solidago Virgaurea, which I am in the habit of seeing so fre-

quently in my garden in the plain of Nice. These plants, of which

the horizontal development is so great, have consequently also a ver-

tical development of 3841 metres, flourishing inetfferoutly in the

neighbourhood of the eternal snows, and beside the date-palm, the

Opuntia and the Agave.—Comptes Rendus, 23rd January, 1854.

On certain Statements contained in Dr. T'. Williams’ Papers on the

Respiratory Organs of the Articulata.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, London, March 6, 1854.

I wave observed with surprise and regret such a mass of erroneous

statements in the papers now publishmg in the ‘Annals’ on the

Respiratory Organs of the Articulata, by Dr. T. Williams, that’ I write

at once to say, that, at a future period, at my earliest convenience

after Dr. Williams has completed his remarks on the subject of the —

Blood and the Respiratory. Structures, I shall feel myself called upon

to beg for space in your Journal to attempt to remedy the injury

which these errors are likely to inflict on science by their promul-

gation. I hasten to inform you of this least it should be supposed

that T assent to these statements. ed

I am, Gentlemen,

Yours very obediently,

Grorce Newport.

ON THE GENERA VOLUTELLA AND CYMBIOLA.

It was formerly considered that the chief distinction between Vo-

Iuta and Marginella of Lamarck was, that one had the shell exposed,

and the other covered by the expanded and reflexed lobes of the

mantle. M, D’Orbigny, in his work on the Mollusea of South

America, figured the animal of Voluta angulata, and showed that

that species had the mantle lobes expanded and partly covering in the

shell ; on this character it has been formed into a genus under the name

of Volutella, for it differs from Marginella in having the expanded

Miscellaneous. 347

_--eephalic veil of other true Volutes, A yery fine specimen of

‘Voluta papillosa haying lately passed under my examination, I was

struck with the fact that it also showed, from the peculiar enamel

‘coat on the whorls and outer edges of the outer lip, that its mantle

must also have been similarly expanded; though this character had

hitherto escaped notice from the shells having been cleaned,—this

cae liar coat, the great beauty and character of the shell, having been

troyed. This led me to examine carefully the other species of

the family, and it is now clear that several species of the Volutes

have the same character. They may be divided thus :-—

__ * Mantle lobes largely expanded and entirely covering the spire,

which is often entirely hidden by a shell-deposit.

1. VPolutella angulata.

> ** Mantle lobes moderately expanded, covering the lower side of

the spire, and leaving a callous band on the suture of the other part.

2. Volutella Scapha. 3. Volutella imperialis. 4. Volutella eym-

biola. 5. Volutella Sophia. 6. Volutella volvacea; and perhaps 7.

Poluta tuberculata, Swainson.

_*** The mantle lobes moderately expanded, not covering the spire,

the suture of the spire simple.

8. Volutella papillosa. 9. Volutella fulgetrum. 10. Volutella

ancilla. 11, Volutella fusiformis.

_ The genus Cymbiola, which differs from Voluta in having simple

conical teeth,-as described in a former number of this Journal, is

peculiar for having a narrow callous band round the suture, showing

that the hinder part of the mantle is expanded, as may be observed

in Cymbiola undulata, C. reticulata, C: maculata, C. pallida, C. Tur-

neri, C. zebra, and C. lineata: the two latter have been referred to

the genus Marginella, but they are perfectly distinct from it.

00 J. E. Gray.

Observations on Notamia bursaria. By G. H. Kinestey, M.D.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

August 4, 1852.

GeENTLEMEN,—I found several tiny specimens of Notamia bur-

saria today, about low-water mark, off Harriet Lodge, West Cowes,

attached to pieces of seaweed and decaying wood.

- The water was as usual very foul and the specimens exceedingly

fai, so much so, that they might easily have been overlooked

ithout the aid of the microscope. Under a good 3-inch glass, how-

ever, the beautiful pearly lustre of the general polypidom, the ex-

uisitely graceful shape of the individual cells, and the activity of

the polypes in the few cells occupied by living tenants, soon gave

interest to the minute and exoogling dirty zoophyte.

The polypes resembled in general features the others of their

348 Miscellaneous.

class: the tentacles, now grasping and ciliated—the alimentary eanal,

curved on itself, packing so. closely and cleverly into, its cell—the

well-defined stomach, with its contents whirling swiftly round and

round, possibly by the agency of cilia—the distinct muscular appa-

ratus for the retraction of the polype—the delicate membrane conti-

nuous between it and its protecting envelope—and moreover the very

liver-like appendages to the stomach, presented no especial pecu-

liarities differing from other Bryozoa, a nl

But whilst watching the polypes gently and cautiously emerging

from their cells, like the lady from the gold vase in Hoffmann’s ‘ Gold-

enen Topf,’ and suddenly and swiftly retreatmg when the currents

formed by their ciliated tentacula brought morsels, grateful or

otherwise, within their lips, or when their expanding arms touched

those of a neighbour (for, as is unfortunately the case with other

beings when forced into close companionship with others having the

same personal interests, they seemed to fear and dislike each other

most cordially),—the eye was startled by an occasional sudden snap,

as sharp and decisive as the descent of the hammer when the trigger

is touched,—a little out of focus, and proceeding from the bulbous

termination of a slender tube which arose from the central stem just

above the vase-like cell in which the polype lived. a

On examining more closely (with a good 4-inch object-glass), one

saw that this bulbous termination—this bowl of the tobacco-pipe—

possessed a pair of jaws—no, not jaws, but a bill, an inyerted par-

rot’s-bill; the lower mandible sharp, hooked, and firmly fitted onto

the edge of the bowl, with a process running down its external con-

vex border, and the upper slender, curyed, moveable, fitting aecu-

rately, into the lower one, attached. to the bowl by. an nial

formed. flexible membranous hinge, acted on by a distinct finrabopel

muscle, whose expanded origin was attached to the greater part of the

inner’ surface of the bowl, and whose tenden-was inserted into the

slightly inflated base of the mandible. ae

The action of this muscle was seen very distinctly at each opening

or shutting of the beak.

Both mandibles were of a distinct, bluish, stee/y gray, sharp and

keen, looking fit for their business (whatever it was).

The only thing I have ever seen at all like it is the ‘ parrot-beak’

of a Mediterranean Cephalopod which resembles it very strikingly.

The upper beak may be often seen to move up and down two or

three times before it closes entirely, which it generally does sharply

and with a sort of snap, so decisive that one almost fancies that one

can hear it. At the same time the globular contents of the bowl are

jerked sharply upwards.

Within the bowl and behind the fan-shaped muscle, or perhaps

between the two fan-shaped muscles, was seen indistinctly an. irregu-

larly globular mass, which was thrown into active motion whenever

the jaw closed.

I never could trace any communication between the tobacco-pipe

apparatus and the lower larger polype-cell, or the central stem. In-

deed the ‘dow/’ seemed to be distinctly separated from the ‘ shank ”

Miscellaneous. 349

a septum. I could never trace fluid or globules passing down the

nk to the common stem of the polypidom.

~The polype and the tobacco-pipe seemed perfectly independent of

each other. — I found active polypes without accompanying tobacco-

Pps, and yery often tobacco-pipes in full snap, with the inhabitants

f the capacious drawing-room floors beneath dead and gone, their

cells swept and garnished, tenanted only by some vagabond Solifer,

‘and possessing no signs of their former inhabitants, beyond a few of

the brown liver-like spots adhering to their transparent walls.

~Tnever could make out why the tobacco-pipe opened his mouth,

‘or why he shut it, although the jerking movement of the globular

‘stomach (?) would make one believe that he did so to some purpose. I

cé saw a small Navicula evidently pinched tightly by the beak of a

obacco-pipe, which in a few seconds opened and let him escape,

Whereupon having been saved from this Scylla he plunged inconti-

hently into the Charybdis of the polype below, and in a short time

was whirling round and round on his long axis in its stomach. I

‘watched it for some time, and it certainly appeared to me as if he (or

4) was being ground down or sucked out in some manner, as he went

in of a strong burnt sienna colour, and gradually became nearly trans-

parent. I was unfortunately prevented from seeing his exit. —

‘These tobacco-pipe appendages dud out from the central stem at

its’ free extremity at the same time with the larger polype-cells, but

appear to arrive at maturity later than these, remaining as mere in-

The

sctions of the tube, without jaws, for some time after the cell below

‘is tenanted by an active polype.

~The large polype seems to bud out from the central stem into the

‘cell prepared for it, and ‘at first has a very simple and hydroid ap-

jearance, but rapidly gains all the functions of its elder brethren.

diane found any appearance of egg-capsules on any of my spe-

ee" [We have inserted the above as a clever piece of Natural History

description,—but the “ tobacco-prpes”’ have long since been fully

‘described by Van Beneden, Busk, &c.’as © Avicularia.’—Ep. }

Description of a new species of Helix from Van Diemen’s Land.

By Lovett Reeve, F.L.S. &e. A

~Herix Launcestonensis. Hel. testd umbilicatd, abbreviato-

“conoided, trochiformi, superné rugosd et ferrugined, quasi epi-

__. dermide indutd, infra levigatd, nitente, intense nigra; fascid di-

_stinctd luted cingulatd; spird obtusd; anfractibus sex, superné

convexis, medio concavis, carinis lineisque gemmulatis undique

cingulatis, peripherid acute carinatd, basi convexd ; umbilico me-

diocri, pervio, subprofundo; aperturd obliqué lunari, peristomate

tenui, viz reflexo, margine columellari breviter dilatato.

_ Hab. Launceston, Van Diemen’s Land.

This very characteristic new species of Helix has just been réceived

from Van Diemen’s Land, where it was collected last summer by

Mr. Ronald Gunn in a dense beech forest, north-east of Launceston.

850 Miscellaneous.

. It differs materially from any of the vast numbers of Helices nowknown

to conchologists, especially in the different character of the upper

and lower parts of the shell. The upper portion of the whorls

a rough rusty surface encircled by numerous finely beaded lines and

keéls ; the lower surface is smooth and shining, jet-black, encifeled

by a distinct yellow band.—Proc. Zool. Soe. Feb. 24, 1852. | *

On the Colours of Plants. By M. Martens.

At the close of a long memoir on this subject, the author gives the

following summary of his results :—

1. The only two fundamental or primitive colours in plants are

blue and yellow, or in other words anthocyane and anthoxanthine. _

2. These primitive colouring matters are formed under the vita]

influence, not only in the petaloid, but also in the herbaceous por-

tions ; in the latter they are most frequently associated together and

with other organic matters, thus forming the insoluble green chloro-

phylle.

3. Chlorophylle always has a tendency to become yellow in plants

in consequence of the great alterability of the blue colouring principl

unless the latter has been rendered more stable by union with ie

which reddens it. In this case the leaf, instead of acquiring a yellow

colour by the alteration of the chlorophylle, becomes red. .

4. The red colour of leaves is not always the result of the presence

of an acid, whether by the action of this upon the blue or upon the

sea colouring principle of the leaves. The red matter of the

eaves, the so-called erythrophylle, may also arise from the oxygena-

tion of the yellow principle or xanthophylle. +

5. The blue and yellow colouring matters, especially the -former,

being often, when isolated, in a liquid state, must be carried in this

case by aqueous transpiration towards the surface of the plant, by

which means they must become deeper in colour, or more concen+

trated, in the cells which lie immediately under the epidermis, where

they are constantly met with, and where they may Bs be subjected"

to the action of oxygen.

6. Although the coloured juices usually exist in the most super-

ficial layers of cells, in which the chlorophylle is scanty, they may

nevertheless arrive there from more internal cells by the action of en-

dosmose and exosmose.

7. In proportion as the blue, yellow of red colouring juices appear

in the cells of the herbaceous parts, the quantity of chlorophylle di-

minishes ; it may even disappear entirely when the petaloid colora-

tion becomes very intense, as in the red cabbage.

8. Chlorophylle, being capable by its decomposition of giving rise

to blue and yellow matters, may assist indirectly in the formation of

the colours of flowers as well as of coloured leaves. !

9. The colours of flowers can only change according to the varia-

tions of which the blue and yellow are capable. Now blue is able

to pass to red by means of acids, and also to present all the colours

Meteorological Observations. 351

spting from the mixture of blue and red, whence is obtained a

series of shades or colours, called the cyanie series.

_10. The yellow colouring matter being capable of reddening by

oxygenation, and also by acids (as in the yellowish juice of some cells

of the leaves of red cabbage), yellow flowers may pass to red, and

also present all the shades intervening between these colours; these

colours constitute the xanthic series.

11. The red colour of the two series is far from being the same,

not only as to its origin, but also as to the variations of tint which it

may undergo. That of the xanthic series is less common in leayes

than in flowers. The contrary is the rule for the red of the eyanic

series.

12. The two kinds of red, like the two fundamental colours, are

sometimes united in the same flower, which may then present every

imaginable variety of colour. — Bulletins de [ dead. Royale dé

Bruvelles, xx. pt. 1. p. 232.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1854.

Chiswick.—February 1. Cloudy: rain. 2. Overcast: clear, with bright sun:

. 3. Frosty: dense fog. 4. Frosty: very fine: overcast. 5. Clear : cloudy.

6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: clear at night. 8. Clear: cold and dry: overcast. 9.

y: rain. 10. Clear and frosty: cloudy and cold: clear. 11. Cloudy and

fine: hazy. 12. Foggy: clear and fine. 13. Frosty: cold and dry: clear, with

sharp frost at night. 14. Sharp frost: fine. 15. Overcast. 16. Cloudy: clear:

overcast. 17. Cloudy. 18. Drifting snow: clear and cold: boisterous at night,

19. Clearand cold. 20. Overcast. 21. Clear and fine. 22. Fine: cloudy. 23.

Clear. 24. Cloudy. 25,26. Very clear. 27. Uniformly overcast : clear : overs

cast. 28. Fine.

Mean temperature of the month ..,............+0:05 Fares APTA Y fy -Y |

_ Mean temperature of February 1853 ...........:..ccecsessecce - 32°53

Mean temperature of Feb. for the last twenty-eight years... 39 “13

Average amount of rain in Feb. ......sc0...cccsseueeseeseceoeses 1°57 inch.

Boston.—Feb. 1. Cloudy. 2—4. Fine. 5—9. Cloudy. 10. Fine: snow a.m.

11, Cloudy. 12. Fine. 13. Cloudy. 14. Fine. 15, 16. Cloudy. 17. Cloudy:

rain P.M. 18. Cloudy: stormy. 19. Fine. 20. Cloudy: rain a.m. and pom

21. Fine. 22. Fine: rain p.m. 23—26. Fine. 27,28. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Feb. 1. Showers a.m.: clear p.m. 2. Showers Acar: -

and p.m. 3. Cloudy a.s: cloudy, aurora p.m. 4. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 5°

Sleet-showers 4.M.: showers p.m. 6. Showers a.M.and p.m. 7. Sleet-showers

a.m. : hail-showers p.m. 8. Hail-showers a.m.and p.m. 9. Snow-showers a.it.:

clear p.m. 10, Cloudy a.m.and p.m. 11. Drizzle a.m.: cloudy p.m. 12. Cloudy

A.M.and p.m. 13,14. Drizzle a.m.and p.m. 15. Hail-showers A.M. and p.m.

16. Drizzle a.m. and p.m. .17. Snow-showers A.M. and p.m. 18. Snow-showers

A.M. : liail-showers p.m. 19. Cloudy a.m.andv.m. 20, Showers a.m. : clear p.m.

21. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 22. Drizzle A.m.: showetsP.m. 23. Snow-showers

A-.: hail-showers p.m. 24. Showers a.m.: showers, aurora p.m. 25. Showers

A.M.: aurora P.M. 26. Cloudy a.m.and p.m. 27. Raina.m.andp.m. 28. Sleet=

showers A.M.: showers P.M.

Mean temperature of Feb. for twenty-seven previous years ... 38°20

Mean temperature of this month ...... Whcbbefdesdoadeaasiae sa-00~ 39 °20

Mean temperature of Feb. 1853 oo... cece eee cece sees eens 33°74

Average quantity of rain in Feb. for thirteen previous years... 3°33 inches.

Se, Ne ee eae

O1.b | 82.0} zg.0 18.gf |¥6.6£ | 1.9£ |S€.6zloo.9h| 761.62 Lgl.6z £3.62 10.0 oof.0f | ‘uveyy

of, “msm | AR fv | $9f | S.ov] cE} ES 69.62 $1.62 00.0£ 17.0 S1t,0£ ‘Le®

setegenes 1 u, | $b | ob SE] Ez | of 16.62" SE.0£ 07,08 SLP.0£ €PS.0€ ‘9%

PT, [etteseeeeleweeeeeee! oa Lema) omg gt | gh | gf] SE LY 79.67 9+.6z 90.0 16z.0£ z0S of “bz

gz. go. om | ot zv| ov LE| bz | 6¥ 90.0£ £6.62 00.08 Lof.o£ Z19,0f Ez

Ez, |rs**22°+] “go, om | cuss |. as 6¢ Sob gf|- £ LY 19.6 gt.6z £3.62 £6.62 Lvz,of (92

z0, Gr, |tetteteee! ag ‘a. | cau | $90} zh | $.cf) Sc] 6b 39.62 £0.0£ “00,08 27L.6z £9z.08 "IZ

go. | zo. | Zo. | m ‘l*msm} cm | Sob] Sch | gt| gz |-2S 96.62 8.62 “£9.62 306.62 96z.0£ ot)

Go, . |trreeerte|eereeeres! eae | egy u 6£ | SLE 1£| Sz | oF 35.62 $8.6z 99.67 63.62 656.62 °6r

Lo. fo. go. |-mu | a | -mu] SEé | §éé €£| Lz | oF 18.62 LE.6z 91.62 Sgv.6z $£L.6 “gr

GI, [rtttereetlesereeeee! eager “MW “MS 6z te or Qz gh $8.87 ; 638.87 S£.6¢ Fov,6z 694.62 “LI

Er, |ecereveee sesoosevel: omar | “ANtl 1 tr gle ££! +E 2b +f.6z 99.62 91.62 S00,0£ $70.0 “gt

Ho, |recececesleereeeeee! oma | emu | ou ze | arf gz| 62 | bh $6.62 66.62 99.62 926,62 036.62 Cr

ET, |eeseneeee “ms | $08 | Sb of| of -| $b 29.67. 66.62 gz.0£ ZvE.of z£9.08 “vr

ee ee "9 SE | grb | SE! Lr | gf of.0£ g£.0£ bz,08 zo$ of 119.0f £10

Go, |reterseesireeeerees! om | op. | egg | re | 6E 9z| gz | 1b | zE.0€ 7,08 6,62 LS1,0f 987.08 °tr

Lo, |tttttteetleeeserees emo | emu uw Sof gt te gz ob S1.0£ or.o£ 00,0£ Sgr.of €Lz.0£ ‘It

ZI. vo. | mu | mu | sma} S9f | LE Eb] of | Sb €£.08 0.0£ oL,6z z00,0£ 621.0£ 6

+z. sesseevee! ctr | cms | cm | SE | ESE 9£| gf | Sb £3.62 £S5.6z $2.62 £or.0£ ZL1,0& *g

EE, |rrrenerer|eseroreee] om | cam | ome | SE] of gb} Sg | +S LE.6z ov.6z 99.62 1£0,0£ 190.0£ “L

We. c_fresseornsiesereres| caw | oak [om ee | BP PAST 0g | “0S 62.60 2£.6z 35.62 1g0,0£ 130.0 9

“i. “m:| ms | Sob | 6€ VE] ob | tb 90.62 gf.6z 09.67 698.62 L£6,6z °¢

Bactanteriessreeesel: ox, | op | O8-| ‘os | OF] oF |-S.ez) SE “1 Se 72.6% 39.62 ‘¥g.6z ££3.62 rLo.of | by ¢

go. |rseeerrrelesserreee] og longo] cou | Eb 1 Sh] gc] -rz-] €€ $r.0f | L1.0f “$o,0£ 1bz.0£ Lzt.of €

PE, [rrregposetoeseneoesl sms! neo! om] Sh | orb. SES] oe ct tb £0.0£ $6.62 98.6 611.0 | | vLz.of 4

Of, [rrrrres! zh. [omsm] ms | ms | Sef] “ZE] ob| Se-] eS | 22.62 29.62 08.6¢ | 6£6.6c | 096.6¢ | *x

£O- g ri faces > iat PG a pene oe. ‘an | , 23% "q2a

Ee ee ek amma cod Mam Me)

£8 | 8 = | se | & | 2S |“yomporg | BS ‘ BS

. ? baie $ ay ‘SauyIO es *“sOLAsTy *yormpurg ‘AouyiO ze “PISO *qQUOyT

“Urey *puLAL *1ajaUIOULIEY, J, “ToqOMLOIV yo shed

wer ee ee

wes meetin eectecrensa ta hgine am

AH E AN NALS

“+ 4 —s

#4 PEP: ae AND

el MAGAZINE. OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SECOND SERIES.]

| if. weee No. 77. MAY 1854.

XXX, —A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

By Purripe Lurzey Scrarer, M.A., F.Z.S.

Tuovcs Brisson (to whose exact descriptions the greater part of

_ the species of birds contained in the last edition of the ‘ Systema

Na ture’ are referred) gives several members of his genus Bucco,

- Linneus adopted but one of them, founded on the bird deno-

“tninated ‘ Bucco’ par excellence by the former author, and to

a which the latter added the erroneous specific term capensis.

This Bucco capensis therefore—however far in accordance with

:| the views of modern systematists we subdivide the family to

which it belongs—in whatever way we arrange the birds with

» which others have -associated it—must always be retained as

21 the species of the Linnean genus Bucco.

* @melin and Latham made large additions to Linnzeus’s solitary

~~ ‘species, uniting, as Brisson did before them, in their genus Bucco

13 -- members of two very different families—that is, of the present —

- fissirostral true Bucconide, and of the seansorial family Capi-

a "| tonide, between which and the Bucconide there has been ton-

tinal confusion even up to the present day.

31 Cuyier in his ‘Tableau Elémentaire d’Histoire Naturelle’

_ (1798-99), was the first to recognise the necessity of a sepa-

“ration between the Barbus of the old world and those of the

~~ new. For the former scansorial group he suggested the restriction

| of the French term Barbu, and proposed the name Tamatia for

is ‘the uew world B. capensis ‘and its allies. Here we have the first

| ‘traces of the heresy afterwards so widely spread, of using the

. Linnean title Bucco for a group of birds with which Linnzus

__ himself was perfectly unacquainted.

-. In 1806 Le Vaillant published the second volume of his mag-

__nificent work the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Paradis,’

_. which contains a monograph of the Barbus. These he divides

_ into three sections :—

~Ann. § Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 23

5 es seal ay Sd

eect ntire Seen sai

{tee wb; FR Sp

354 Mr. P.L.Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

1. Barbus proprement dits (i.e. Capitonide).

2. ——— Tamatias (i. e. Bucco, Linn.) B ‘da

3. Barbacous (i. e. Monasa, V.) (Bucconide.)

In the correctness of these divisions we see how far in advance

Le Vaillant was of preceding authors, and have to lament that

from his having used only French terms in his writings, others,

who merely latinized his names, have obtained the credit of being

the authors of many scientific discoveries which are rightly due

to him alone.

Neither Illiger nor Vieillot kept clearly apart the Bucconide

and Capitonide, though the latter in his ‘ Analyse’ (1816) first

formed the important genera Monasa for Le Vaillant’s Barbacous,

and Capito (with the type B. cayanensis), from which (as the

earliest proposed genus in the family) the Capitonide take their

name.

Temminck however employed Capito for the fissirostral Bue-

conide, and Bucco for a genus of Capitonide, exactly reversing

the correct use of these two names. His example was followed

by Wagler, Swainson, and other writers. Wagler in his ‘Systema

Avium,’ 1827, gives an excellent monograph of the two genera

Bucco and Monasa, under the titles Capito and Lypormz. He

includes 14 species in these genera; Le Vaillant m 1806 had

given only 7; we are now acquainted with more than 30, an

illustration of the rapid progress lately made in the extension of

the number of species of birds.

To Mr. G. R. Gray is due the credit of proposing to restore to

the present family the Linnean appellation Bucco ; correcting in

this, as in many other instances, the inaccurate practice of using

generic names in different senses to those originally attached to

them by their first founders, In his ‘ Genera of Birds’ he makes

the present group the first subfamily of Alcedinide, under the

title Bucconine, or Puff-birds. The scansorial Buccones of Tem-

minck and others he places under the term Capitonine, or Bar-

bets, as the first subfamily of Picide. The only alteration I

venture to suggest to this arrangement is to raise both these

groups to the rank of families, retaining them respectively

among the Fissirostres and Scansores, in the places assigned to

them by Mr. Gray. The peculiar structure of the feet and

eccentric habits of the Puff-birds are, I think, sufficient to war-

rant our doing this in their case, and what we know of the mode

of life of the Barbets seems also to favour the idea of their being

constituted a distinct family of Scansores*,

* Mr. Wallace tells me that the Capito amazoninus (?) observed by him

at Guia, on the Rio Negro, feeds on fruit, and seems like a little Toucan in

its habits. z

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 355

I have thought it necessary to make the preceding remarks in

order to vindicate the usage of the name Bucconide for the pre-

sent family; the Prince of Canino having in his ‘Conspectus

Generum Avium,’ notwithstanding Mr. G. R. Gray’s before-men-

tioned corrections, continued the terms Bucco and Capito in their

respectively perverted senses,—precisely the opposite to those

assigned to them by their original propounders.

e members of the family Bucconide are inhabitants of the

most tropical portion of the new world, ranging from about

15° N.L. to 30° south of the equator, and not passing the ridge

of the Andes as far as I am aware.

The generic divisions hitherto established among the Bucco-

nid and their types are as follows :—

Bucco, Linn.

B. collaris, Lath.

Tamatia, Cuv.

T. macrorhyncha (Gm.).

Cuavunornis, G. R. Gray.

C. tamatia (Gm.).

Cypnos, Spix.

C. macrodactylus, Spix.

Matacoptixa, G. R. Gray.

M. fusca (Gm.).

Nonnvta, Selater.

N. rubecula (Spix).

Monasa,Vieill. (Lyrornrx, Wagl. Scorocnaris, Gloger.

_ Monastss, Nitzsch.)

M. atra (Bodd.).

Cue.iporters, Gould. (Bracuyrerss, Sw.)

C. tenebrosa (Pall.).

Of these divisions I propose to adopt only four, namely Bucco,

Malacoptila, Monasa, and Chelidoptera, as truly generic ; the

others may be placed at the head of different subsections to

mark out slighter differences, in the manner adopted by Mr. G.

R. Gray in his recently published Catalogues of the British -

Museum.

In the first genus, Bucco, with fifteen species, the gonys is

always curved upwards from the base towards the apex ; the upper

mandible, which is strongly hooked over the under, is deeply

23*

356 Mr. P.L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

channelled in the interior, and often bifid at the extremity. The

plumage is black and white, varied with brown, and generally

with bars or spots upon the breast. In the first sections of the

genus the bill is excessively dilated laterally at the base; in the

latter section in several species, on the other hand, much com-

pressed. —

In the next genus, Malacoptila, the gonys is nearly straight,

with a slight curve downwards at the extremity. The upper

mandible is gradually curved into a point over the under, and

has not the fierce hook observable in the former genus. I am

acquainted with eleven species of this genus : the additional one

here given (the inornata of Du Bus) may possibly be the same

as one of the others. The plumage is generally brown, more or

less striated with lighter shades, and frequently with a gular or

super-pectoral uniform patch. ‘The rictal and mental bristles

are strong and largely developed, the latter forming a striking

character in several species. .

The third genus, Monasa, with four species at present known,

contains the largest birds-in the family. The plumage is dull

lead-coloured or blackish, the bill bright red or yellow. The

upper and under mandibles are regularly curved downwards.

The tail is much lengthened. The spiny processes at the carpal

joint, which are present, I believe, all through this family, are

principally noticeable (as being most developed) in the genus

Monasa.

In the fourth and last genus, Chelidoptera, the wings are much

longer than in the preceding genera, and are evidently formed

for rapid flight. The tail is quite short and nearly square. The

plumage is Monasa-like, but relieved by a brown patch on the

belly.

cote observe that I have worked into the present synopsis

all the synonyms I have been able to discover as having been ap-

plied to members of the present family, except one, to wit Capito

senilis, Tschudi, Av. Consp. 301, et Fauna Per. p. 259, founded

on Bucco senilis, Péppig, a MS. name in the Leipsic Museum.

As no description has ever been published of this species, the

name is of no authority, and need not be noticed. Indeed I

hardly know whether the bird referred to belongs to this family

or the Capitonide.

Genus I. Bucco.

A. Bucco, Linn.

1. Bucco cotiarts, Lath.

Bucco, Brisson, Orn. iv. p. 92.

Bucco capensis, Linn. 8. N. i. 168; Gm. 8. N.i. 406.

collaris, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. 202; Vieill. Enc. Meth. p. 1420; Gray’s

Gen. p. 74; List of B. M. pt. 2. sect. 1. p. 47.

Pe ee a a a ee

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 357

Capito collaris, Temm. Tabl. Meth. p. 41; Wagler, Syst. Av. sp. 3; Tsch.

Ay. Consp. p. 300; Tsch. F. P. p. 259; Bp. Consp. p. 146.

Tamatia collaris, Less. Man. d’Orn. p. 167. .

Le Tamatia a collier de Cayenne, Pl. Enl. 395.

Le Tamatia a collier noir, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. ii. t. 42.

B. supra ferrugineus, tenuissime nigro lineatus: vitta dorsali

nigra, supra ochracea marginata : subtus albescens ; vitta pec-

torali nigra; ventre fulvescentiore: rostro rubro, culmine nigro :

pedibus flavidis. - S

Long. tota 7-0; ale 3:1; caudz 3-5.

Hab. in Cayenna; Guiana (Le Vail.) ; Rio Negro (Wallace) ;

Peruy. reg. sylv. (Tsch.).

_ This well-known bird is, as I have mentioned before, the only

species of Linnzeus’s genus Bucco. It was erroneously called ca-

pensis by him, which renders it necessary to adopt for its name

Latham’s appellation collaris. Cayenne specimens occur in most

‘eollections. Le Vaillant says it is also to be found in Guiana,

_ though Richard Schomburgk does not include it in his eatalogue

of birds in the third volume of his ‘ Reisen in Britisch Guiana,’

Tt extends across the branches of the Rio Negro (whence ex-

amples were brought by Mr. Wallace) into the wood region of

the Peruvian provinces bordering on Brazil, where it was found

by Dr. Tschudi. ;

B. Tamatia, Cuv.

2. Bucco MacroruyNcuvus, Gm.

Barbu & gros bee de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 689. bed!

Bucco macrorhynchus, Gm. 8S. N.i.406; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 203; Vieill.

Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. iii. 240; Vieill. Enc. Meth. p. 1420; Schomb.

» Reisen, iii. 719; Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 47.

Capito macrorhynchus, Wag}. Syst. Av. sp. 1; Tsch. Av. Consp. p. 300; Tsch.

F. P. p. 259; Bp. Consp. p. 146. -

Cyphos macrorhynchus, Strickl. Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 418.

Tamatia a plastron noir, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. ii. t. 39.

B. supra niger, torque, collari et fronte latissime albis: snbtus

albus ; vitta lata pectorali nigra; ventris lateribus nigro con-

ferte radiatis ; rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tota 10°0; ale 4°5; caude 3-5.

Hab. in Cayenna, Surinamo (Le Vail.); Guiana (Schomb.) ; Para, ~

fl. Amazon, Rio Negro (Wallace) ; Honduras (Dyson) ; Peruy.

reg. sylv. (Tsch.).

This is the largest species of the genus and one of the earliest

known. It appears to be rather widely distributed, since I

cannot find any real difference between Honduras examples

~ collected by Mr. Dyson and those from the Amazons, Schom-

358 Mr. P.L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

burgk says it is one of the rare birds of British Guiana, and he

met with only a few individuals on the Canuku mountains. It

seems more common on the Amazon, where many specimens have

been lately collected by Messrs. Hawxwell and Wallace. Dr.

Tschudi found it in Cis-andean Peru, in the provinces bordering

on Brazil. The feathers of the back and wings, except the pri-

maries, are narrowly edged with white, the rectrices slightly

tipped with white. My measurements are taken from a full-

sized individual. Younger birds are rather smaller, the bill

considerably inferior in size, and the white front much narrower.

The breast band is broader in some examples than in others.

3. Bucco Swainson, G. R. Gray.

Tamatia macrorhynchus, Sw. Zool. Ill. (1821-22) t. 99.

Bucco Swainsoni, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 47.

Capito Swainsoni, Bp. Consp. p. 146.

B. supra niger, fronte et vitta subnuchali albis: subtus albus;

vitta pectorali nigra; abdomine fulvo: rostro et pedibus

nigris.

Long. tota 9°0; ale 4°1; caude 3:0.

Hab. in Brasil. Merid.

This South Brazilian representative of the preceding species

was figured by Mr. Swainson in his ‘ Zoological Illustrations’

under the name of its prototype. To Mr. Gray belongs the credit

of distinguishing it therefrom and naming it after its first

describer. It may be easily recognized by its smaller size,

weaker bill and fulvous vent. My specimens are from Rio de

Janeiro, I believe. The bird is to be found in most collections,

more commonly even than the true macrorhynchus.

4. Bucco prctoratis, G. R. Gray.

Bucco pectoralis, Gray’s Gen. p. 74. pl. 26; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 41.

Capito pectoralis, Bp. Consp. p. 146.

B. niger wneo tinctus; regione auriculari et inthis late albis :

subtus albus vitta pectorali latissima nigra; ventre medio

crissoque albis, lateribus nigrescentibus: rostro pedibusque

nigris.

Long. tota 8-0 ; ale 3:8; caudee 3:0.

Hab. in America Meridionali.

The nuchal collar extending from eye to eye and the broad

pectoral band render this species easily recognizable. The

British Museum type-specimen is unique, as far as my experience

goes.

i ie wa

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 359

5. Bucco Orpt1, Cassin.

Bucco Ordi, Cassin, Pr: Ac. Se. Phil. 1851, p. 154. pl. 8.

Iam only acquainted with this species from Mr. Cassin’s

original notice of the type-specimen, which is in the Museum of

the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. He describes

it as follows :—

‘* Form.—Generally short and robust ; feathers of the head but

little elongated, wings and tail short. A strict congener of B. ma-

crorhynchus and pectoralis.

“ Dimensions.—Total length 73; wing 3°3; tail 2°8.

“ Colours.—Tail with a central transverse white bar. Breast

with a narrow band of black, immediately succeeded by another

much wider of dark chestnut-brown ; throat and abdomen white,

which is the colour also of the frontal feathers and of the internal

webs of the primaries at their bases, and of a narrow collar on

the back of the neck. Entire superior surface of the head, body,

wings and tail black, with a greenish gloss. Tail with a band of

white most observable on the inner webs of the feathers and

narrowly edged with white at its end. Flanks striped with the

same dark brown as the broader belt of the breast. 3

“ Hab. Venezuela.

“ Obs.—A bird resembling generally the several species of

which B. macrorhynchus is a representative, but immediately

recognizable by the white in its tail, and its smaller size. I have

seen only the specimen now described.”

This bird appears certainly quite distinct from any other of the

genus.

6. Bucco rectus, Bodd.

Barbu a poitrine noire de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 688. fig. 2.

Bueco tectus, Boddaert, Tabl. d. Pl. Enl. p. 43.

Bucco melanoleucus, Gm. 8. N. i. 406; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 203; Vieill.

Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. iii. 241; Enc. Meth. p. 1420; Licht. Verz. d. Doubl.

-p.8.

Capito melanoleucus, Wagl. S. A. sp. 2; Bp. Consp. p. 146.

Bucco tectus, Gray’s Gan: p- 74; Gray’s List of BM. p- 47.

Le petit Tamatia a plastron noir, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. ui. t. 40.

B. supra niger, capite albo punctulato, alis albo variis: striga

oculari alba: fascia caudali media et altera terminali alba: sub-

tus albus vitta pectorali lata nigra ; rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tota 6°0; ale 2-9; caudz 2-0.

Hab. in Cayenna, Surinamo et Guiana (Wagl.) ; Para (Wallace).

This is the smallest of the five species of pied Barbets we are

at present acquainted with, and to be recognized at once by the

round white spots on the head, which are not found in any of

the preceding.

360 Mr. P.L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

Its range is from Guiana southwards, as far as the banks of

the Amazon, where Mr. Wallace collected specimens.

C. Chaunornis, G. R. Gray.

7. Bucco tamatia, Gm.

Barbu & ventre tacheté de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 746. fig. 1.

Bucco tamatia, Gm. 8S. N. i. 405; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 202; Vieill. Gal.

des Ois. pl. 34; Enc. Meth. p. 1421; Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 8;

Schomb. Reisen, ii. p. 719; Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray’s List of Bb. M.

. 48.

Capito tamatia, Wag]. Syst. Av. sp. 6; Steph. Gen. Zool. xiv. 156; Temm.

Tabl. Meth. p. 41.

Tamatia maculata, Cuv. Régn. An. (1817) i. p. 429; Sw. Orn. Draw, pl. 11.

Nyctactes tamatia, Strickl. Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 418.

Chaunornis tamatia, Gray, List of Gen. (1841) p. 13.

Tamatia tamatia, Bp. Consp. p. 146.

Le Tamatia &@ gorge rousse, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. ii. t. 41.

B. supra fuliginoso-brunneus, rufescente plus minusve trans-

versim lineatus: fronte superciliisque ferrugineo tinctis: striga

utrinque suboculari in torquem nuchalem obscure producta

alba: collo antico ferrugineo vitta nigra utrinque marginato:

~ yentre maculis nigris conferte transvittato: rostro pedibusque

nigris.

Long. tota 6°2; ale 3:0; caude 6°5.

Hab. in Guiana (Le Vail.) (Schomb.) ; Cayenna; Para et fl. Ama-

zonum (Wallace).

This species appears to me to be closely allied in shape and

structure to the preceding, although some authors have made it

the type of a different genus. Schomburgk found it in the

deepest woods of British Guiana, where, he says, “it seems to

have an extensive range. They are seen in solitary spots, and

sit alone, more rarely in pairs, phlegmatic and sorrowful-looking

upon the branches of the low bushes. They are by no means

shy, and let one approach within six or eight steps, when they fly

a little way farther and resume again their sorrowful melancholy

position. Their food is insects.” It extends thence down to the

banks of the Amazon, where it was procured by Mr. Wallace.

8. Bucco ruricotuis (Wagler).

Capito ruficollis, Wag). Isis 1829, p. 658; Bp. Consp. p. 146.

Bucco ruficollis, Gray’s Gen. p. 74.

Tamatia gularis, d’Orb. and Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 166.

Bucco gularis, Gray’s Gen. p. 74.

Capito gularis, Bp. Consp. p. 146.

B. fuliginoso-brunneus ; torque cervicali postico, loris et regione

auriculari albis: dorso et alarum tectricibus albo mixtis:

subtus albidus; gutture medio rufo; vitta pectorali nigra:

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 361

ventre medio paululum rufescente, lateribus nigro maculatis :

rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tota 8°5; ale 3°5; caude 3:3.

Hab. in Nova Grenada; Carthagena (Lafr.); Santa Martha

(Verreaux) ; Mexico (Wagl.) (?).

An accurate description of this bird was first given by Wagler

in the ‘ Isis,’ in one of the papers which he called “ Beitrage und

Bemerkungen zu dem ersten Bande seines Systema Avium.”

MM. de Lafresnaye and d’Orbigny named it afresh in an article

upon some birds from Carthagena, in the ‘ Revue Zoologique,’ in

1838. An example in the Munich Museum is labelled as from

Cayenne. The brothers Verreaux have lately received several

skins of this species from their collector at Santa Martha, which

is on the coast-line some distance to the east of Carthagena and

on the opposite side of the Magdalena. I expect, therefore,

that the northern coasts of the New Grenadian republic will be

found to constitute its true Aabitat, and should rather doubt its

extending so far as Mexico, whence Wagler’s specimens were

said to have come.

In general distribution of colours it rather resembles B. macro-

dactylus, but is twice the size. It may be easily recognized by

the large rufous patch in the middle of the throat and well-

defined black breast-band.

9. Bucco sicincrus (Gould).

Tamatia bicincta, Gould, Pr. Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 80.

Tamatia bitorquata, Sw. An. in Men. p. 327.

Bucco bicinctus, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 48.

Capito bicinctus, Bp. Consp. p. 146.

B. nigro-fuliginosus, fulvo mixtus: foots auribus mentoque

albidis: subtus ochraceo-albus, vitta gutturali lata, pectorali

angusta et maculis ventris lateralibus, cum rostro et pedibus

nigris.

Long. tota 8:0; ale 3°5 ; caude 3-3.

Hab. Venezuela (Dyson) ; Trinidad (Lord Hasta);

The specific name bicinctus is quite sufficient to distinguish

this species from all others at present known of this family.

Trinidad specimens are among the fine collection of birds from

that island presented to the Zoological Society by Lord Harris.

Examples in the British Museum were collected by Mr. Dyson

in Venezuela.

10. Bucco raptratus, Sclater.

Bucco radiatus, Sclater, Pr. Zool. Soc. Dec. 13, 1853.

B. supra clare ferrugineus, nigro transversim radiatus: nucha

et dorso summo pene omnino nigris: corpore subtus et

862 Mr. P.L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

cervicali torque pallide fulvescenti-albis; capitis lateribus

pectore et ventris lateribus lineis vigris transversim radiatis :

loris gula et ventre medio cum crisso albis: pedibus nigris :

rostro plumbeo.

Long. tota 8:0; ale 3:4; caude 3:0.

Hab, in Nova Grenada.

On first seeing this Bucco I took it for an immature state of

B. chacuru, but a more accurate examination has convinced me

that it is quite distinct. The present species may be at once di-

stinguished by its lead-coloured bill and radiated under-plumage,

as well as by the entire absence of the large black blotches on each

side of the neck, which form one of the characteristic features

of the latter species. Of two examples in the British Museum,

one is labelled as having been received from Santa Fé di Bogota

in 1843,

The upper plumage is clear ferruginous brown crossed with

regular black bars which are narrower on the head: on the neck

and upper back the feathers are nearly wholly black. The

under surface of the remiges is buff-coloured ; the inner web of

the apical half of the primaries is pure pale black. The rectrices

are uniform clear brown, paler below and regularly crossed by

seven or eight black bands.

11. Bucco cuacurv, Vieill.

Chacuru, Azara, no, 261.

Bucco chacuru, Vieill, Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. iii. 239; Vieill. Enc. d’H. N.

p- 1420; Gray’s Gen. P 74; Gray, List of B. M. p. 48.

Capito melanotis, Temm. P\. Col. 94; Wagl. Syst. Av. sp. 5; Max. Beit.

z. Nat. iv. 359; Tsch. Av. Consp. p. 301; Tsch. F. b, p- 259.

Bucco strigilatus, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 8.

Capito chacuru, Hart. Syst. Ind. Azara, p. 17; Bp. Consp. p. 146.

Capito leucotis, Sw, Orn. Draw. pl. 10; Bp. Consp. p. 147.

Bucco leucotis, Gray’s Gen. p. 74.

B. supra brunneo-rufescens nigro conferte fasciolatus; capite

nigricantiore : capitis lateribus omnino nigris: loris, regione —

auriculari, vitta collari postica et corpore toto subtus albis:

subtus ad latera subobsolete nigro radiatus: rostro rubre,

culmine ad apicem nigro : pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 8°0; ale 3:3; caude 3:0.

Hab. in Brasilia ; Bahia (Max.) ; 8. Paolo (Iicht.) ; Peruvia reg.

sylv. (Tsch.) ; Porto Imperiale (Cast. et Dev.); Paraguaya

(Azara).

This Bucco appears to range farther south than any other

species, being the only one included by Azara in his account of

the birds of Paraguay. Prince Maximilian of Neuwied says

that he “met with it in the bush and wood valleys of the

SS ee ee Oe

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 363

province of Bahia, yet not often. It is a still, solitary bird, and

he never heard its voice. Generally it sits upon a low bough,

or hops in the thick bush upon the ground.”

The form of the bill in this species is very much compressed,

in other respects the general habit of the bird is not far removed

from that of the more typical Buccones.

12. Bucco tanceoxatus, Deville.

Bucco lanceolatus, Deville, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1849, p. 56.

B. supra brunneus: subtus albus nigro longitudinaliter striatus :

fronte anguste albo: crisso rufescente.

Long. tota 5:5.

Hab. Pampa del Sacramento in Peruv.(Dev.); Rio Napo (Jardine).

- I noted down the preceding short description (which, however,

I think is sufficient to identify this peculiar species) when I

_ examined the type-specimen in the Paris Museum. M. Deville’s

account of it is as follows (see Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 7. c.) :

“ Above reddish brown, rather brighter on the head, ears and

upper tail-coverts; with a narrow terminal band more or less

clear upon the back and coverts. Below spotted with white

and black: tail brown above, gray below, with two black spots,

one at the base and the other nearly at the extremity, which is

gray: two medial rectrices brown and without spots: the outer

pair of rectrices spotted only on the inner web, the outer web

being gray. Crissum cinnamon colour. Length 10} cent.”

Sir William Jardine has an example of this bird received in a

collection from the Rio Napo.

13. Bucco macuLatus (Gm.).

Alcedo maculata, Gm. S. N. i. p. 451.

Bucco somnolentus, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 8.

Capito maculatus, Wagl. S. A. sp. 7; Temm. Tabl. Meth. p. 41.

Tamatia somnolenta, Sw. Orn. Draw. pl. 9.

Le Tamajac, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. Suppl. t. F.

Tamatia tamajac, Less. Man.i. p. 168.

Tamatia maculata, Bp. Consp. p. 147.

Bucco maculatus, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray, List of B. M. p. 48.

B. supra nigrescens: singulis pennis irregulariter rufescente trans-

versim vittatis; capite obscuriore: loris superciliis et vitta

collari rufescentibus : subtus albus; collo antico clare rufes-

centi-fulvo: mento pure albo: pectore et ventris lateribus

maculis rotundis nigris signatis: rostro rubro, culmine et basi

nigro : ibus plumbeis. :

or got gi 3 ale 3-0; caude 2°7.

Hab. in Brasilia; Para; Bahia (Licht.),

364 Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

This well-known Brazilian species may be recognized by its

clear buff-coloured neck and upper breast, and the round spots

on the belly. Specimens from Para are in the Derby Museum

at Liverpool.

14. Bucco striatipectus, Sclater.

B. striatipectus, Sclater in Pr. Zool. Soc. Dec. 13, 1853.

B. supra nigrescens; alis caudaque magis brunnescentibus ;

omnino rufescente transversim striatus: capite nigro fere

immaculato: mento albo, gutture toto et collo undique fulvo-

rufis :_pectore et ventris lateribus albis, nigro longitudinaliter

striatis :. ventre medio albo: crisso fulvescente.

Long. tota 7°8; ale 3:5.

Hab. in Bolivia (Mus. Derb.).

I am rather doubtful, I confess, about this species, whether it

is truly distinct from the preceding. The only difference is that

the characteristic round black spots on the under surface are in

this species replaced by longitudinal strie. The two examples

in the Derby Museum are labelled ‘Bolivia? I have seen several

others. I described this and some of the other new species

included in the present synopsis in a paper read before the Zoo-

logical Society on the 13th December, 1853.

D. Cyphos (Spix).

15. Bucco macropacty us (Spix).

Cyphos macrodactylus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. t. 39. fig. 2. p. 51.

Capito cyphos, Wagl. S. A. sp. 4; Tsch. F. P. p. 259.

Capito macrodactylus, Bp. Pr. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 119; Tsch. Av. ve

p- 300; Bp. ge P., 146.

Bucco macrodactylus, ray’s Gen. P- 74.

B. fuliginoso-brunneus ; capite rufescente ; dorso summo nigres-

cente; dorsi singulis pennis margine clarioribus: vitta cervicali

postica ochracea: mento ochraceo albido: vitta lata gulari

nigra subtus albo marginata: ventre tenuissime nigrescente

lineato: rostro nigro: pedibus plumbeis.

Long. tota 5°8; ale 2°7; caude 2-4.

Hab. in sylvis fl. Amazonum (Spix) ; in prov. Peruvie orienta-

libus (T'sch.) ; Rio Napo (Jard.) ; Nova Grenada.

This is certainly rather an abnormal species as regards the

form of the bill, which somewhat resembles that of the next

succeeding genus, but is much broader at the base. The broad

gular bar is situated higher up than im the other species. I have

9 i ee ne

ieee ‘

Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 365

some doubts whether I am right in placing it here—perhaps, in

many respects, it is more nearly allied to B. tamatia, &c.

Spix’s specimens came from high up the Amazons, I expect,

as Tschudi found the bird in Eastern Peru. An example in my

collection has every appearance of a Bogota skin.

[To be continued.]

XXXI.— Observations on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. By Capt.

-Rosert C. Tyrier, of the 38th Regiment Bengal Light

Infantry.

Sryce the following observations will in all probability be

uninteresting to most readers, I give them expressly for the

assistance and guidance of those who visit Calcutta from foreign

ports, and are desirous during perhaps a limited stay to procure

specimens of natural history belonging to Bengal, and which

frequently without their own personal exertions they are unable

to do; I therefore select the fauna of Barrackpoore (a pretty

military station) and its immediate vicinity, where I resided for

upwards of two years, thus having ample opportunities to render

myself tolerably familiar with the birds and small mammalia

that belong to or occasionally visit this part of Bengal.

The distance from Calcutta to Barrackpoore is fifteen miles.

The road is planted on both sides with tall superb trees, and it

is chiefly on this road and its vicinity that I obtained or observed

the specimens which form the subject of my observations; ot her

genera and species besides those enumerated by me have been

occasionally collected, but these I shall omit mentioning as they

did not fall under my immediate observation, and solely confine

myself to those that did.

I shall therefore begin with the Palgornis torquatus, the com-

mon ring-necked green or Mango Parrot of India; it is very

~ common, as well as the elegant red-headed Paleornis cyano-

cephalus ; the latter is difficult to obtain, from being so con-

stantly persecuted by native bird-catchers ; the females have a

bluish-coloured head. The Palgornis barbatus is to be had, but

very rarely ; I only obtained two specimens ; besides these three

species, I have seen no other of this genus.

I shall now proceed to the Raptores, and commence with the

Hypotriorchis severus, a beautiful little species and uncommon.

Tinnunculus alaudarius, which is the same as the European

Kestril, iscommon. The Elanus melanopterus is often met with,

as well as Hematornis cheela ; this latter is a noble crested bird,

found near marshes, where abundance of the Circus eruginosus,

366 = Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore.

the same bird as the English Marsh Harrier, is found. The

Circus cinerascens, or Montagu’s Harrier of England, is also

sometimes obtained, as well as Circus melanoleucus, but the

latter is rare. The species of Raptores most frequently ob-

tained is the Micronisus badius, which is very plentiful. The

_ Spizaétus limnaétus and Pontoaétus ichthyaétus, two fine species,

are both uncommon ; however I was fortunate in obtaining good

specimens of both. The Haliastur indus and Milvus ater are

very abundant, and found everywhere; the first is known as

the Brahminee Kite, and the latter as the common Kite of all

India.

The Vultures follow, and I shall first mention the Otogyps

calvus ; they are common, and recognised at once by their

scarlet head and wattles from other vultures: the other two

species are Gyps indicus and Gyps bengalensis ; the former is of a

brown and the latter of ablack colour. I have seen no other vultures

in this neighbourhood : all three are very common, the two last

more so than the first, which latter is frequently called the King

of the Vultures : these birds are so peculiarly filthy and disgust-

ing in their habits, that few collectors bestow much attention or

pains in procuring them.

I was rather unfortunate in my collection of Owls, but suc-

ceeded in procuring good specimens of Scops aldrovandi and

the fine large Horned Owl, the Ketupa javanensis, as also Ninox

scutulatus ; all these three species may be considered uncommon ;

but the little Athene brama is very common, frequenting old

trees and houses. The only other owl procured in this locality

was the common Strix javanica, so closely allied to the Strix

flammea of England (the Barn Owl).

The Upupa epops, the Hoopoe of England, is not common

at Barrackpoore, though during the cold season a few may be

procured.

We now proceed to the Kingfishers: the Halcyon ghurial and

Halcyon smyrnensis are both very common, but the Halcyon

amauropterus is rare; this latter abounds in the Soonderbunds,

and occasionally visits Barrackpoore. This tribe of birds is

easily found from their constant coarse shrill call; they frequent

the neighbourhood of trees, whereas the common Ceryle varia of

Strickland, which is the Asiatic variety of Ceryle rudis, abounds

near streams of water and large rivers, where they may con-

stantly be seen hovering in the air like a kestril in, search of

their prey. The Alcedo bengalensis is also very common, and

found in retired shady places near water. We now come to

the common and only Roller Ihave seen in this part of the

eountry, the Coracias indica; there are but few Europeans who

are not acquainted with the Indian Blue Jay, as this bird is

————

Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 367

called. The Eurystomus orientalis is also found, but is very

Amongst the Bee-eaters I can only mention two species, the

very common little green Merops viridis, and the less common

large species Merops philippensis; this latter is a well-known

cold-weather visitor. One of the most common Woodpeckers is

the gay-coloured Brachypternus aurantius ; it is very abundant ;

the male is easily distinguished from the female by its com-

plete scarlet head, whilst the head of the female is speckled with

white on the forehead. Another very common species is the small

black and white Picus macei ; in the male of this species the head

is red, in the female black. Thenext species, Micropternus phaio-

ceps, which is a brown Woodpecker, is not common; the males

have red on their cheeks. I now conclude the Woodpeckers by

mentioning my good fortune in obtaining a male and female of

Gecinus chloropus ; they are green and very rare. During the cold

season numbers of the English Wryneck, Yunzx torquilla, are

found about orchards and gardens. There are only two species of

Barbets found about Barrackpoore, the Megalaima asiatica and

the small Megalaima philippensis, both very abundant ; they are

easily distinguished from each other, when concealed by the

thick foliage of the trees they frequent, by their totally different

constant call; the note of the M. asiatica sounds like kootur,

kootur, kootur, constantly repeated, but the note of the M. phi-

lippensis is a simple koot, koot, koot ; they are not easily distin-

guished from the leaves of trees, their colour being somewhat of

the same hue.

_ I shall next mention the Cuckoos, and begin with a very com-

mon species, the Cuculus varius; it is found m gardens and

orchards, as also the Cuculus striatus, or Bhow kuttah kho of

the Bengalees : this latter is a rare bird ; its call is very like the

note of the Pomatorhinus erythrogenys of the Himalayas. Bhow

kuttah kho signifies in Bengalee—Daughter-in-law tell a tale ; the

note sounds very like a double cuckoo, thus cuckoo, cuckoo. The

Cuculus tenuirostris is also found, but is rather uncommon, and I

obtained but few specimens. I now come to one of the most

common species, the Eudynamys orientalis, or Coel of India; the

male is black andthe female brown, speckled with white ; both

have scarlet eyes; the young male though black is speckled with

white, and the young of both sexes have dark eyes: the contrast

in the colour of male and female has frequently misled people

to suppose them to be different birds: this Zudynamys deposits

its eggs in the nest of the common crow, Corvus ‘splendens.

The eggs of both species are very similar, with the exception that

the Crow’s is more pointed at one end ; otherwise the similarity

is great. The call of the Coed is well known: at daybreak they

368 Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore.

welcome the first rays of light by their wild attractive note ; they

call also during the day, and not unfrequently at night ; in cloudy

and rainy weather they make a clamorous noise; natives often

keep them in cages expressly for their wild cheerful note. As

the rainy season sets in, the Oxylophus melanoleucus begin to ap-

pear, and their call is heard in every direction ; this is a fine

black and white species with a crest: the handsome Oxylophus

coromandus is also found, but is very rare. I now come to a very

common bird, and the last species of this group I have found at

Barrackpoore, the Centropus philippensis, or large Crow Phea-

sant of Europeans. I obtained only two species of the genus

Caprimulgus, viz. C. asiaticus and C. albonotatus, the former is

more common than the latter. The Swifts are limited to two,

the Cypselus affinis and C. balassiensis; the latter is a most delicate,

slight species, frequenting palm-trees and building their nests in

the fronds of the Borassus ; the former species build in houses, &c.

One of the most common birds in India is the Corvus splen-

dens or common Crow, which occurs in abundance everywhere,

both in country and town, and is mischievous to a degree; it

is the nest of this bird that the Coel generally selects for her

eggs: the only other Crow found here is the Corvus culminatus ;

these birds are common, and are called Ravens in India. After

leaving the Crows, the next bird to be mentioned is the Dendro-

citta rufa; they are common and soon attract attention by their

constant call of Chugul Khore, or tell-tale ; these birds are called

Brown Magpies. We now come to the Minas ; the first and most

common is the Acridotheres tristis, or Dassee mina of the natives ;

they are very numerous and are often kept in cages, as they soon

learn toimitatesounds and become docile. The Acridotheres griseus

is also found, but rarely; this bird is known by its peculiar crest

and yellow eye; it is not such a favourite cage-bird as the last-

mentioned species. The Sturnus contra is very plentiful ; 1 have

seen some tame ones which could imitate sounds very well ; they

become very tame and are often kept by natives. The last of this

group which I have seen in this part of Bengal is Sturnia mala-

barica; they are common, and build in the hollows of trees,

keeping together in large flocks.

That interesting bird the Ploceus philippensis, is the only spe-

cies of the Weaver-bird that I have seen at Barrackpoore ; the

long bottle-shape nest of this bird, hanging in numbers to the

leaves of the palm and other trees, cannot fail to attract the

notice of the most unobservant individual. The Ploceus manyar

and Ploceus bengalensis have both been obtained in this neigh-

bourhood, but I have never seen them. Amongst the little

Munias ave M. rubronigra, M. undulata, and M. malabarica, all

equally common. The Passer indicus, or common House Sparrow,

Capt. R.C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 369

is plentiful everywhere, building in houses and quite tame in

their habits.

I now come to a class of birds, which from their dull colours

and obscure appearance seldom engage the attention of collect-

ors; they are the Larks found about this station. I will begin

with Alauda gulgula, which is common ; Mirafra affinis and Mi-

rafra assamensis are by no means uncommon: the genus Mirafra

is easily distinguished from other larks by their thick-set ap-

pearance. The little Pyrrhulauda grisea, which is common, fre-

quents open fields; the males have black underneath, but in

every other respect so similar is the general colour of these little

creatures to the ground they frequent that they are often passed

unobserved, besides which they conceal themselves by lying flat

on the ground. The Dendronanthus maculatus is not uncommon,

and frequents groves of trees; the habits of this bird are very in-

teresting ; they are found amongst dry leaves, and when disturbed

fly into the trees and conceal themselves among the branches.

The Anthus richardit of England is also met with, but is rather rare;

while the Anthus rufulus is very plentiful, and is caught by natives

and sold for food to Europeans ; in fact, all larks are called by

them Begarees, by which term Ortolans are supposed to be un-

derstood ; however there is scarcely a lark in India that does not

possess its own peculiar native name. The most interesting

of this group is the pretty Nemoricola indica, which seems to

partake both of the habits of the lark and wagtails: it is not

common.

The four species of Water Wagtails as they are termed, are

all very common and cold-weather visitors, viz. Motacilla luzo-

niensis, M. boarula, Budytes citreola and B. viridis ; as the three

latter are yellowish and often cause confusion, I will simply

mention that the genus Mofacilla is easily distinguished from

Budytes by the long lark-like nail on the hallux of Budytes;

B. citreola and B. viridis are easily distinguished by the green

hue on the back of the latter.

We leave these comparatively speaking attractive birds, and

come to those of more sombre plumage, such as the Sphe-

nura striata; this is an uncommon bird, found amongst bushes

near water; the bristles at the base of the mandibles are cu-

riously placed. The Sat Bhya, or as they are frequently called

Panch Bhyas, which means “ seven or five brothers,” the Malaco-

cercus bengalensis, are very common, and are found in gardens

and jungle, hopping about in search of food; they are well

known ; their colour is of a dirty brown, and they have a pecu-

liar white eye, which gives them a most uninteresting appearance.

The little Drymoica inornata and Cisticola cursitans are found in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 24

370 = Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore.

great numbers amongst the long grass ; the latter is so very mi-

nute that it frequently escapes all observation. |

That wonderful little bird the Orthotomus longicauda, or

Tailor-bird of India, is very common, and builds its nest in

gardens and other suitable places; the nests are very peculiar,

composed outwardly of from. one to four leaves stitched

together, enclosing a nest of the finest construction and ma-

terials within it: the eggs not only differ in number, but very

much in colour and shape; I have some white and speckled

with brown, others pure white, and so on; a bluish gray and

speckled are the most common. The Indian variety of Lanius

superciliosus is very common, but the L. nigriceps is rather un-

common and only met with at some little distance from canton-

ments. Occasionally great numbers of Tephrodornis pondiceriana

make their appearance; and I have obtained a fine specimen of

that beautiful bird Pitta triostegus, found amongst dry leaves

under mango-trees ; they are here very rare; so is the Oreocinela —

_dauma, of which I obtained several good specimens. The Turdus

atrogularis and merula, houl houl, sometimes make their appear-

ance, but this is very rarely the case ; I only saw one of each spe-

cies. Of the genus Geocichla I obtained three species: G. wnt-

color, very rare; G. citrina, very common; and G. dissimilis, often

found in groves of trees; it is very singular that, out of the

numbers of Geocichla dissimilis shot, a male is seldom or never

procured; this latter, when in fine adult plumage, is. distin-

guished from the sombre colour of the female by the bright red-

dish streaks-on its flanks. I procured two fine specimens of

Kittacincla macrourus, the Shama of India; they were shot in

rather thick jungle, and are very rare, whereas the Copsychus

saularis, the Dhial. of the natives, is very common ; both these

species are good songsters, particularly the first, but at all times

are delicate birds unless well fed with worms, &c. A good singing

Shama is a valuable bird, and not easily purchased; the natives

are very partial to them and keep a great many ; their cages are

covered over with a white cloth to prevent their being disturbed,

for they are very timid, besides which they sing better and oftener

when covered over. The little Cyanecula suecica is a regular

cold-weather visitor, as also the Ruticilla indica ; this latter is not

very common, which is rather singular, considermg how plen-

tiful they are in Bengal, whereas the beautiful red-throated

Calliope kamtschatkensis are not uncommon; they occur in

jungle near grass and water.- The Pratincola indica is also found

seated on hedges and bushes, and during the cold season in

groves of trees. The Hrythrosterna leucura is often met with; the

males, though small, have a slight resemblance to the English

Robin: the two most beautiful of this group found near Bar- |

Capt. B. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 371

rackpoore are the Cyornis rubeculoides and the Staparola mela-

nops; they are however uncommon, but I was fortunate in get-

ting several specimens of both.

I have now to add a most rare addition to my Barrackpoore

collection, viz. three specimens of the Hemicheliden fuliginosa :

mine appear to be the first specimens obtained here ; they are

very rare. The next birds we come to are dull species, though

very sprightly and active in their habits: the first, Arundinaxr

olivaceus, is rare; but the next, Acrocephalus brunnescens and

A. dumetorum, are very common, as well as Phyllopneuste rama ;

these latter are found amongst the branches of high trees.

Here the lively and pretty Culicipeta burkii is found during

the cold season, as well as the Reguloides modestus and R. tro-

chiloides; both of these latter species are rare. The most-

common of this group are the Phylloscopus tristis, P. viridanus

and P. fugubris, all of which are very abundant, particularly the

first two ; these birds are so minute that they are scarcely sought

for. I found the Graucalus macei rather scarce, as well as Cam-

pephaga sykesii, but C. fimbriata is very plentiful.

‘I now come to the beautiful Pericrocotus peregrinus and P.

roseus ; the first is very common, the latter is not so: few birds

are more beautiful than the males of this elegant timid species ;

they are always found in small packs about trees, constantly on

the move in search of insects. The Swallows seem limited to

three, Hirundo daurica, H. rustica, which is the same as the En-

glish species, and the little river H. sinensis ; the second of these

named species is by no means common, the other two are often

met with ; the little River Swallows make their nests in holes in

the banks of the river: the manner in which the banks are per-

forated with the holes these birds make is astonishing ; several

hundreds congregate together and live in perfect harmony. The

Artamus fuscus is also common ; they keep in small packs, fre-

quenting jungles ; their habits are very like swallows’ ; they are

mn seen perched in rows on a long thin twig, occasionally

darting off in search of insects. During the cold season several

Chibia hottentota are to be obtained ; the gloss on the plumage

of this bird, as well as on that of the common little Chaptia -

@nea, renders them objects of great interest, notwithstanding

their black colour. The Dicrurus macrocercus, so commonly seen

throughout the year im open fields, is also a very interesting spe-_

cies, as well as D. longicaudatus; both are very frequent, the

former keeping to open fields and the latter near groves of trees.

Besides the two mentioned I have obtained a specimen of a third

and very rare species, D. c@rulescens ; they are found in groves of

trees and have a white belly ; the young of the former species are

marked with white, but very different from the pure white belly

: 24+

372 Capt, R.C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore.

of the D. carulescens. The D. macrocercus is a larger and blacker

bird than D. longicaudatus, which latter is of a more ashy hue,

and is in size only a little larger than D. cerulescens: all the

birds of this group are called King Crows.

The elegant Tehitrea paradisi is common; the young males

are brown like the females, with black heads and with the

two centre tail-feathers elongated like the adult male; they

gradually change their plumage, become mottled with white,

and by degrees assume the pure white of the adult male,

but retaining the fine glossy black head, crest and neck :

the females do not seem to change from brown to white,

though old barren females are said to do so. I obtained the

nest of this species; it was elongated and built in the fork

of a branch like the nest of the Dicrure, but more elegant in

its formation: this species has been kept alive on shrimps,

but it is very delicate and difficult to preserve. Myiagra

cerulea is common; the delicate blue of the male is very

beautiful; the female is of a brown hue, preserving in a slight

degree the blue of the male, on the head in particular; they

are found amongst the thick foliage of trees: I observed a

singular peculiarity of this bird, which was, darting off a branch

into water and catching small aquatic insects. There is another

common cold-weather bird which appears about the same time

as the last, the Cryptolopha cinereocapilla; they are of a delicate

yellowish hue, with an ash-coloured crest, and are similar in

their habits to the Myiagra cerulea. But one of the most elegant

birds of this group is the Leucocerca fuscoventris ; this little black-

coloured Fan-tail is found in every grove of trees hopping about,

with its long fan-shaped tail spread, and every now and then

turning round in a sort of self-pride and vanity.

With this bird ends my list of the Flycatchers of Barrackpoore,

and I shall now proceed to the well-known Bulbuls, or as

many Europeans call them, the Nightingales of India: the first

and most common species is the large Pycnonotus bengalensis ; it

has a scarlet vent, is very common and a well-known species ;

natives keep them for fighting. The only other species found

here is the small red-cheeked elegant P. jocosus; these birds

have a very sprightly gay appearance: Bulbuls frequent

gardens and orchards, keeping in small flocks. Another very

common bird is the pretty Jéra typhia; the males are blacker

than the females; I have shot some males so very black about

the head as to induce me to the belief that they were hybrids.

Few birds attract the eye of strangers more than the gay

colours of the very common Oriolus melanocephalus; their ex-

cessive gaudy colour and musical flute-toned note render them

objects of great attraction. The little Sun-bird, as the charm-

Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 873

ing Nectarinia zeylonica is called, is very common, and forms a

beautiful addition to the fauna of Barrackpoore; early in the

morning are these busy little creatures seen sucking the nectar

from flowers : I had several of their nests ; they are elegantly con-

structed, and are suspended to the branch of a creeper or other

bush ; I found a very pretty one suspended to some creepers

inside of a bower over my bed-room window. The eggs vary in

size and colour as well as in number. The little Diceum cruen-

tatum with its scarlet back, and the little sombre D. minimum

are very abundant, but at all times difficult to obtain owing to

their extreme minuteness, besides which they keep often in the

upper branches of high trees. The Pigeons are limited to very

few ; the most beautiful found here is the Torta nipalensis, a very

rare bird ; but the Treron phenicoptera and T. bicincta are pretty

common : all three of these species are called Green Pigeons.

The Doves: Turtur risorius and T. suratensis are both very

common, as well as the lovely Green Dove, Chalcophaps indicus ;

these latter are found in dense jungle and in retired places. The

only other species of this order 1 have seen at Barrackpoore is a

half-domesticated and evidently hybrid of Columba livia; they

are very common and live in old temples and houses; they are

often caught and shot for eating.

The only species of Rasores I have found here is the Turniz

bengalensis, which is_the small pale variety of 7. ocellatus ; the

eggs of this species were brought tome. It is very singular that

{ did not obtain a single quail or partridge at this station.

I now close my list of land birds, and shall proceed to enume-

rate the so-called water birds, of which there is a large and exten-

sive variety : my own collection, I regret to say, is very limited ;

but they were all I could procure during my residence, after

every effort that could be bestowed im search of them. I shall

begin by mentioning that the Sarciophorus bilobus is common,

as well as Lobivanellus goensis ; this is the true Teetaree of the

natives ; L. cinereus is also met with ; all these three species are

obtained in open fields or near water. The Charadrius virginiacus,

a closely allied species to our English Golden Plover, is also

found in great numbers ; so is the little Hiaticula philippina. The

Totanus fuscus, the Spotted Redshank of Europe, is not com-

mon, but the Actitis glareola (the English Wood Sandpiper),

the A. ochropus (the English Green Sandpiper), the A. hypo-

Jeucus (the English common Sandpiper), as well as Tringa mi-

nuta and T. temminckui of England, are all very common spe-

cies at Barrackpoore ; there is scarcely a puddle of water that

is not more or less resorted to by some of these birds.

Of the true Snipes of the sporting world, the first is the

English species, Gallinago scolopacinus ; they ave very common,

374 Capt. R.C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore.

as well as the other well-known common species, G. stenura;

the only observable difference between these two species is the

curious pointed thin feathers under the tail of the latter. The

Jack Snipe of England, G. gallinula, is also abundant. The

next bird I have to mention is the pretty and beautifully marked

Rhynchea bengalensis ; they are called Painted Snipes : the habits

of this bird partake more of that of the Woodcocks than the

Snipe; I haye often shot them im bush jungle at some distance

from water; they are exeellent eating. I was fortunate in ob-

taining the egg of this species. The Metopidius indicus is also

common: the young of this bird differs much im colour from

the adult, so much so that they might easily be taken for dif-

ferent birds. The next closely allied genus is the beautiful Hy-

drophasianus chirurgus ; this elegant bird is known as the Water

Pheasant ; they are very plentiful in marshes, where they may

be seen in company with the Metopidius indicus, running lightly

over the surface of the lotus leaves and other aqpaiae plants ; they

are always a timid bird.

The curious Threskiornis cablasineccitealen: the black-headed

white Jéis of sportsmen, is rare and is considered pretty good

eating; the adults have a naked black head and neck, whilst

the young are feathered in those parts. The Tantalus leucoce-

phalus with its elegant pink feathers is also not uncommon; as

also the common Spoonbill, Platalea leucocephala; this bird is

the same as the English species. I obtained a great many Ana-

stoma oscitans ; the young of this singular bird alone have their

mandibles entire, the edges of the mandibles of the adult being

invariably destroyed from their constantly breaking shells of the

Ampullaria and other things they feed on. 1 only procured one

specimen of the Mycteria australis; they are very rare, and one

of the finest birds we have of this group. The Ciconia leucoce-

phala is also found, but rare. The next I have to mention are

those well-known birds called Adjutants, from the circumstance

of their frequenting the vicinity of barracks, picking up bones

and offal thrown out to them ; the most common species is Lep-

toptilos argala ; they frequent towns and villages : Calcutta is full

of them, and they constantly visit Barrackpoore. The next of

this genus is Leptoptilos javanica; 1 only saw one of this small

species, in a field near cantonments ; they invariably keep in open

country and seldom approach towns or villages ; they are distin-

guished from the other species by thew inferior size and the

scale-like appearance of the feathers on their back.

The Herons found here are but two, Ardea cinerea and A. pur-

purea, both common and identical with the English species. We

now come to the Egrets : Herodias alba, the largest species, is not

common, but Herodias intermedia, the next in size, is more so,

Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 375

whilst H. garzetta and H. bubulcus are very common ; the latter

are found in fields following cattle, in search of inseéts : all these

birds are called Paddy Birds by Europeans. I obtained another

bird of the genus Herodias, but as it may prove to be a hybrid, I

will make no particular mention of it. The next three species

are common, viz. Butorides javanica, Ardeola leucoptera and Nyc-

ticoraz griseus ; this latter is the same as the Night Heron of

England. The Botaurus stellaris, or common Bittern of Europe,

is also frequently obtained, but the little Ardetta cinnamomea is

rare. The marshes are abundantly tenanted by the Porphyrio

poliocephalus ; they are seen early in the morning and late of an

evening venturing into fields to feed, but always in the vicinity

of water ; their gay colour and natural docility make them great

favourites. The Porzana phenicura and P. pygmea are very

common; the former I have frequently shot on trees. The

Rallus striatus and R. indicus are also rarely met with, but the

Gallinula chloropus, which is the same as the English Moor Hen,

is not uncommon. During a very severe gale of wind we had

at Barrackpoore, I saw a fine specimen of that splendid large

Gull, the Larus ichthyaétus, the only one I saw; it was flying

along the banks of the river, unable to make any progress

against the wind.. The Hydrochelidon indica and Sterna aurantia

are both common, the latter more so than the former. A large

flight of Pelicans passed over Barrackpoore, but of what species I

am unable to say, for they flew very high. The Graucalus pyg-

meus 1s a common species about ponds and marshes.

_ I was very unfortunate with my Ducks; but as my object is

only to enumerate what I actually saw, I trust the reader will

excuse my giving so small a list.. The Dendrocygna major and D.

arcuata are both common ; they are known to Europeans as the

_ Whistling Teal of India. The little Rice Teal, Nettapus coro-

mandelianus, is very plentiful, as is also Querguedula circia, the

English Garganey or Summer Duck. I likewise procured the

Fuligula nyroca, the White-eyed Duck of Europe; they are not

common ; but the little common Grebe, Podiceps philippensis,

is very abundant on all ponds and marshes.

This ends my ornithological list of birds actually seen wild

and collected by me, at and in the neighbourhood of Barrack-

poore during a period of two years: in the Calcutta bazaar a

great many more species are exposed for sale, brought from the

Soonderbunds and other places; all these are to be purchased

at a very moderate price.

I shall now conelude by giving a brief sketch of the mammalia

I saw at Barrackpoore, first mentioning that a Leopard, Felis

leopardus, was shot in a garden; it had evidently strayed here —

from the Soonderbunds ; they have been shot here before, but

376 = Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

are not frequent visitors. A Paradowurus typus just caught was

brought to me for sale; the Herpestes griseus, or common large

Mungoose, is sometimes found ; the Canis aureus is very com-

mon, and in. the park of Barrackpoore I have seen this animal

(the Jackal of India) allow carriages to pass within a few yards

of it, whilst they composedly sat down; the common Fox, Vul-

pes bengalensis, 1s also found.

Amongst the Rats I obtained Mus indicus, M. flavescens, M.

nemoralis, M. decumanus and M. manei ; also Sorex murinus, and

another Sorex which may prove a new species or a very dark

variety of the former; the Sciwrus palmarum is very common.

Amongst the Bats I obtained Nycticejus castaneus, N. luteus,

_ Rhinolophus lepidus, Taphozaus longimanus, Megaderma lyra, Cy-

nopterus marginatus and Pteropus edwardsii, all very common ;

this latter is the Flying Fox of India. Thus ends my list of mam-

malia found at Barrackpoore: that several other species exist

there can be no doubt, yet as I failed to obtain them I refrain

from mentioning them. I must not omit mentioning that I

received every assistance from my friends E. Blyth, Esq., and

Jas. Curr, Esq., during my stay at Barrackpoore, to whom I offer

my best thanks.

XXXIT.— Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire: —A

description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata

from the Lias and Oolites. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &c.,

Professor of the Natural Sciences in the Cheltenham Grammar

School.

[Concluded from p. 324.]

Ophioderma Gaveyi, Wright, 1852. PI. XIII. fig. 1 a—c.

Diagnosis.—Disc large, upper surface not exposed, under surface

with five pairs of heartshaped plates, above which the five rays

pass ; the-median scutal plates of the rays form a ridge in the

centre of each pair of plates; the mouth-opening is sur-

rounded with five pairs of very prominent toothlike processes ;

the rays are slender and gently tapering; the central scutal

plates on the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the rays are

narrow, those on the ventral surface resemble the bodies of

small vertebra deprived of their neural elements.

Transverse diameter of the body-dise 1 inch and ;%ths, trans-

verse diameter of the rays at their junction with the dise nearly

yoths of an inch.

Description —This Sea-star must have been rather abundant

in the Liasic sea; we have seen many fine specimens of it, and

ee. eS ee

from the Lias and Oolites. 377

numerous fragments of others in the locality where it was col-

lected. The body-dise is large and pentagonal, it is composed

underneath of ten thin, delicate triangular plates arranged in

pairs, each pair forming a heartshaped shield, having an elevated

rugose carina down its centre, formed by the median element

of the ventral scutal plates which protrudes between each of the

two plates forming a pair ; the five shields are otherwise smooth

on their under surface, and were united together in the living

state by a membrane, but in the specimen hefore us they are

quite separate from each other ; at the apex of each of the ten

triangular plates a sharp toothlike process projects downwards,

which together form an imposing dental circle around the mouth-

opening. The rays are long, slender, and gently tapering ; we

have not been able to measure the absolute length of one, as

those which we have met with were always fractured ; the dorsal

median pieces of the rays are hexagonal and elongated trans-

versely, the ventral median pieces are elongated in the direction

- of the length of the ray, and resemble the bodies of small ver-

tebrze which had been deprived of their neural arches; the mar-

ginal plates are rounded and finely imbricated, their outward

free border is toothed with five or six pectinated processes, which

in the living state supported as many spines; the remains of

these are sometimes seen attached to their supports; the

lateral scutal plates clasp the rays firmly and securely, and over-

lap the median pieces both above and below.

_ Affinities and differences—This elegant Sea-star somewhat

resembles in its general contour Ophioderma Milleri, but it is

distinguished from that marlstone species by having a propor-

tionately larger body-disc, with more slender and more tapering

rays: in the form and structure of the scutal elements of the

rays themselves there is likewise a difference, those in O. Milleri

are of a more elongated and regular form, whilst in O. Gaveyi

they are shorter, more ridgy and vertebrate-like ; the ten trian-

gular ventral discal plates are smaller in O. Milleri than in O.

Gaveyi; they want likewise, in the figures given by Mr. Charles-

worth in the London Geological Journal, the toothlike spines at

their apices which are so characteristic of our Ophiura.

Locality and stratigraphical range—This Sea-star was col-

lected by Mr. Gavey from the upper shales of the Lower Lias

at Mickleton Tunnel near Chipping Campden, Gloucestershire,

whilst making the Oxford, Worcester and Wolverhampton Rail-

way; and we have found some fragments of a Sea-star much

resembling in structure this species in a Liasic bed of the same

horizon at Hewlitt’s Hill near Cheltenham, during the excavation

of the new reservoir of the Water Works Company of that town.

We dedicate this species to our friend Mr. G. E. Gavey, whose

378 = =Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

eareful and minute investigation of the beds exposed in the sec-

tion which he. has so well described*, added to the discovery of

new forms of Radiata and Mollusca in the same, has enriched

our knowledge of the Liasic fauna of Gloucestershire.

Ophioderma Griesbachii, Wright. PI. XIII. fig. 2 a, b.

Diagnosis.—Body-disc small, upper surface not exposed, under

' surface irregularly subpentagonal, formed of five pairs of heart-

shaped plates; rays long, slender, and awl-shaped, prolonged

beneath into the centre of the body-disc ; inferior surface with

median vertebrate-like elements, and lateral scutal plates in

the form of oblique pyramidal pieces, which clasp the sides of

the rays in an imbricated manner, and support at their ter-

minal points short stout spines; mouth subpentagonal, sur-

rounded by ten blunt spinous processes, formed by the deve-

_ lopment of the first lateral scutal plates of the rays, where they

join each other around the mouth,

Diameter of the body-disc ,4,ths of an inch, length of the rays

from the mouth-margm to their apex }4ths of an inch.

_ Description —This beautiful Brittle-star of the Oolitic sea was

discovered by our friend the Rev. A. W. Griesbach, of Wollaston,

and we owe to his kindness and liberality the series of exquisite

specimens before us, by which we have been enabled to complete

the description of this new fossil. The body-disc is small, con-

sisting of five pairs of heart-shaped plates ; the union between the

separate elements of the disc was very intimate, as it is only at

one or two points that a suture is exhibited ; so close is the union,

that in other specimens the body-disc seems to be formed of a

single circular element ; each pair of plates has a heart-shaped

form, and the ray corresponding thereto stands out in bold relief

from the under surface of the disc. In none of the specimens

found is the upper surface of the disc exposed; and we know

not with ‘certainty what kind of ornamentation adorned its

dorsal surface ; at one part, however, where a portion of one

of the plates is weathered, we think we detected with our

inch object-glass under the microscope, a series of small imbri-

cated scales resting on the rock surface; the rays are long,

slender, and gently tapering ; their under surface, the only one

exposed, exhibits, Ist, a central element having an elongated

form, which resembles the body of a fish’s vertebree in miniature ;

2nd, lateral elements more largely developed, consisting of tri-

angular plates of a pyramidal form slightly twisted round, by

which arrangement the apices of the pyramids are made to clasp

* Railway Cuttings at Mickleton Tunnel and Aston Magna, by G, E.

Gavey, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. February 7, 1853.

from the Lias and Oolites. 379

each other, and thereby produce a regular imbricated structure ;

the points of the lateral plates support small, short, stout spines,

which are only seen in one of the rays of the three specimens

before us. Where the base of the ray crosses the under surface:

of the body-dise it is firmly attached thereto, and as they ap-’

proach the centre, each of the lateral plates of the rays becomes

greatly developed, and form by their union five channels, which

extend into the mouth ; this opening is in the centre of the disc,

and has a subpentagonal form; it is of a moderate size, and is

surrounded by ten stout spines formed by the development of

the first lateral plates, which are much expanded and terminate

at the oral border in short stout spinous processes ; the lateral

plates from the adjoining rays are here united together, so that

two spines from the lateral plates of different rays are closely

approximated, and the five rays are thereby united together

round the mouth-opening like five Gothie arches, so that the

mouth with its channels, formed by these arches, resembles a

miniature starfish in the centre of the disc; the five pairs of

spines may have served as jaws.

Affinities and differences—Our knowledge of fossil Ophiuride

is unfortunately so limited, and the details of those forms

known are so meagre, that there is much difficulty in making

a comparison between the extinct genera of this family. In our

description of Ophioderma Gaveyi a diagnosis has been attempted .

between it and O. Milleri, Phil., both of these being Liasie spe-

cies. The other forms hitherto published are those figured by

Goldfuss, namely the Ophiura prisca, Miinster, from the Muschel-

kalk of Baireuth; the OpAiura loricata, Goldf., from the Muschel-

kalk of Wiirtemberg; the Ophiura speciosa and O. carinata,

Minster, from the Lithographic slates of Solenhofen ; of these

Goldfuss’s figures are excellent, and leave nothing to be desired,

as that able natural-history artist Herr Hohe, whose crayon has

added such lasting value to the ‘ Petrefacta Germaniz,’ has given

accurate details of structure which prevent the possibility of con-

fusion regarding the identification of the species drawn by him.

_ The Ophiura Egertoni, Brod.*, found in nodules of micaceous

sandstone at the base of the Inferior Oolite near Charmouth, is

so entirely distinct from our fossil, that to mistake them is im-

possible ; between O. Griesbachii and O. speciosa and O. carinata,

the difference is likewise very great ; O. loricata comes nearet to

our BGrittle-star than either of the others, but the great develop-

ment of the lateral plates of the rays, and the clasping and im-

bricated character of the same in O. Griesbachii, forms a struc-

tural character which separates it widely from Goldfuss’s species.

* Geol. Trans. 2nd series, vol. y. pl. 12.

380. Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

If we seek further for resemblances to our Brittle-star, we must

look for them more amongst the beautiful Ophiocome of our

seas than among any forms we are acquainted with in the fossil

state, but even between it and them the differences are many and

distinct.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This beautiful fossil was

collected by the Rev. A. W. Griesbach from the Forest marble of

Oundle, Northamptonshire, where it is rare. We have dedicated

this species to that gentleman, to whom we are indebted for

much valuable information relative to the stratigraphical distri-

bution of Echinoderms in his county, and likewise for a liberal

contribution of materials to aid us in the completion of these

memoirs. :

Pentacrinus Goldfussii, Wright. PI. XIII. fig. 3.

Diagnosis.—Calyx composed of a central pentagonal plate, five

small heart-shaped pieces, and five large triangular basal ele-

ments; rays thick, strong and bifurcated; total number of

their subdivisions unknown ; the five primary rays consist of

two pieces, the basal piece is flat, and has a slightly elevated

portion about the centre of the upper surface, the brachial

piece is strong and triangular, its base resting firmly on the

former; the sides of the triangle support two arms; the ten

secondary rays consist of from ten to eleven circular pieces

with smooth unequal undulated surfaces, whereby their thick-

ness is rendered very unequal; the secondary rays support

twenty tertiary rays, which have the same general character

as the’secondary rays; the number of pieces entering into the

composition of each is unknown; from the fragmentary state

of this part of the specimen the number may be estimated at

from fifteen to twenty pieces. The column near the calyx is

composed of thin, deeply divided five-rayed plates, with well-

marked transverse articular impressions on their surfaces ;

every fourth plate is thicker, broader, and more prominent

than the one above it or below it ; the side arms are numerous,

and composed of thin circular plates: the lower part of the

column is unknown.

Description.—This beautiful Sea Lily is remarkable among its

Liasic congeners for the comparative strength and thickness of

its rays; the centrum of the calyx is simply a thickened and en-

larged columnar joint to which the upper part of the column is

articulated ; around the apices of the rays of this centrum five

small heart-shaped basal pieces are inserted, the points of which

are directed outwards; they are very convex externally, project-

ing from the surface of the calyx, and have the appearance of

from the Lias and Oolites. 381

five mammillary eminences disposed around the union of the

column with the calyx.

The rays are short and robust; the primary portion consists

of two pieces, a flat basal plate and a triangular brachial plate ;

the basal plate has a slight elevation on its outer and upper

articular surface ; the brachial plate has the form of an equi-

lateral triangle, it is very convex externally, and has its base firmly

planted on the flat basal plate, and its sides support the se-

_condary rays ; these are ten in number, and consist of from ten to

eleven circular plates, each differing in form and thickness from

the other, their articular surfaces being smooth and undulated

in different directions, the elevations of the one plate always

corresponding to the depressions of the other with which it is

articulated ; these inequalities are well seen in the specimen

before us; from the various angles at which these plates lie in

‘relation to each other, the ultimate brachial piece of each of the

secondary rays has a triangular form externally, the sides of

which support the tertiary rays ; these, like the secondary rays,

consist of unequal-sized plates with undulated articular surfaces,

which are marked with fine lines that radiate from the centre to

the circumference ; the number of the elements in these ter-

tiary rays cannot be accurately made out in consequence of the

imperfection of this part of the skeleton ; judging however from

the remains of the plates in a part of the slab once occupied by

a tertiary ray, we estimate their number to have been from fifteen

to twenty. The inferior surface of the centre of the calyx ex-

hibits a depression produced by the convexity of the brachial ele-

ments and the prominence of the heart-shaped basal pieces ; into

this depression the summit of the column closely fits, It is

unfortunate that so small a portion of the column of this

Crinoid is preserved, as it is possible that the lower part of the —

stem was different from that which is preserved ; the upper part

of the column before us consists of thin star-shaped plates, the

rays of which are deeply divided, and their surfaces are sculptured

with well-marked transverse articular processes ; between every

third plate a thicker and brvader plate is introduced ; the side-

arms appear to have been numerous about the upper part of the

column ; they were composed of thin circular plates having un-

dulated surfaces similar to those observed on the secondary and

tertiary rays.

Affinities and differences.—Pentacrinus Goldfussii resembles in

some points P. tuberculatus, Mill.: through the kindness of

MajorAustin and Mr. Etheridge we had the privilege of comparing

our fossil with Miller’s type specimen in the Bristol Museum, but

the imperfection of that Crinoid makes a rigorous comparison

impossible ; one point of difference which Miller thought specific

382 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata

‘of P. tuberculatus he thus describes : “The column differs in its

joints, being thinner, and their having been covered all over with

‘a more conspicuous muscular coat, which shows itself in nume-

rous minute tubercles the result of its contraction * :” this cha-

racter is certainly absent in our fossil. It is distinguished from

P. briareus, Mill., P. subangularis, Mill., and P. scalaris, Goldf.,

by the absence of lateral branches from the rays, and from all

others of its Liasic congeners with which we are acquainted in

the strength and thickness of the rays themselves.

Locality and stratigraphical range-—This remarkable Sea Lily

was discovered by Mr. R. EH. Gavey, C.E., in the Lower Lias of

Mickleton Tunnel near Chipping Campden, Gloucestershire ; it

is imbedded in shale resting on a hard slab of limestone, and was

associated with the remains of other Radiata.

We dedicate this fine Liasic Crinoid to the memory of the late

Prof. Goldfuss, whose great work, ‘ Petrefacta Germaniz,’ has so

much increased our knowledge of the Liasic and Oolitic fauna.

A Tabular View of the Stratigraphical Distribution of the New Species

described in this Memoir.

52\ eleelSelael alesis

Genera and Species. — Authority, eet E: 54/32 B32 i gS a3

—|—|—+ ; oe

Cidaris Edwardsii_ ...... eee} Wright »...|

Bouchardii «........--- Wright, ..)..+4 e+ | see}

Hemicidaris minor ......... Agassiz .....|.s00 | oss] ise pest

“Acrosalenia crinifera ......| Quenstedt | x '

Diadema Davidsoni ...... Wright. 0.) sce} 8] Soe faded Pees

Mooreii~...). 46050 ce0s Wright ::;.43.2]| «s! &

Pedina Bakeri .......... snsee|: Wright, ++. h vod | sac hings bom

Etheridgii ......... evel Wright. os.}eee [eee] tome

Polycyphus nodulosus_ ...| Miinster...)... |. |... | s+] ae | x

Deslongchampsii_ ...| Wright ...) ++. | ...| e+!

Nucleolites Woodwardii ...) Wright ...) 6. | es. | eee | eee] x

— Michelinii ............ Wright...) . [eve] ee | x

—— scutatus .......c..0000. Larbarck <3) ..09::| 20>} ase] 6354 ab9 meen eda

Ophioderma Gaveyi......... Wright ...) »

Griesbachii ............ Wright 20] 0. | ec | coe | ons [see Poet

Pentacrinus Goldfussii ...) Wright ...! »

* Miller’s Crinoidea, p. 65.

‘i Sg a from the Lias and Oolites. ; 383

_EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI. XII. anv XIIL.

Puate XI.

‘Fig. 1. Cidaris Edwardsii: a, natural size, and restored to its globular

form; 6, portion of an ambulacral area magnified, showing the

pedal pores and tubercles ; c, primary tubercle, with its circle of

areal granules, magnified ; d, one of the jaws and its tooth, of the

~ natural size; e, secondary spine, natural size and magnified ;

J, primary Sami natural size and magnified.

Fig. 2. Cidaris Bouchardii: a, b, natural size; ¢c, primary tubercle and

' ~~ ambulacral area, magnified.

Fig. 3: Hemicidaris minor: a, natural size ; 6, magnified two diameters ;

/ -_ @, primary tubercle and ambulacral area, magnified.

Fig. 4. Pedina Bakeri: a, natural size; 6, magnified one and a half dia-

"meter; c, primary tubercle and ambulacral area, magnified.

Fig. 5. Pedina Etheridgii : a, natural size; 5, upper surface and ovarial

plates, magnified two diameters; c, under surface and mouth-

opening, magnified two diameters ; d, primary tubercle and ambu

lacral area, magnified.

> Puate XII.

Fig. 1. Acrosalenia crinifera: a, natural size; 5, upper surface, magnified

three diameters; c, under surface, magnified three diameters ;

' d, primary tubercle and lateral granules, magnified.

Fig. 2. Diadema Davidsoni: a, under surface and mouth-opening, natural

size; 0, upper surface and anal opening, natural size; c, side

view, showing the tubercles of both areas; d, base of one of the

ambulacral areas, showing the clustering together of the pedal

pores in this region; e, primary tubercle, ambulacral area, and

al pores, magnified.

Fig. 3. Dt Moees : a, natural size ; b, upper surface and ovarial dise,

magnified two diameters; c, under surface and mouth-opening,

magnified two diameters; d, primary tubercle, circle of granules,

and pedal pores, magnified.

‘Fig. 4. Polyeyphus Deslongchampsii : a, natural size ; 6, wpper surface and

ovarial disc, magnified one and a half diameter; c, outline of the

mouth-opening ; d, genital and ocular plates of the ovarial disc,

magnified ; e, primary tubercle, areal granules, pedal pores, and

ambulacral area enlarged. .

Fig. 5. Nucleolites Woodwardu : a, upper surface, of the natural size;

6, side view, of the natural size; c, ambulacral area and pedal

pores, magnified two and a half diameters; d, tubercles and areas,

. ified ; e, mouth-opening and ambulacral area, magnified one

and a half diameter.

Fig. 6. Nucleolites Michelini : a, upper surface, reduced one-third in size;

5, lateral view, reduced one-third in size; c, a portion of the am-

bulacral area and pedal pores, natural size.

PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Ophioderma Gaveyi : a, disk, with portion of the rays, natural size;

, part of the upper side of a ray, enlarged three diameters;

ou c, under side, en d three diameters. i

Fig. 2. Ophioderma Griesbachii: a, natural size ; 6, disk and a part of the

rays, enlarged three diameters.

Fig. 3. Pentacrinus Goldfussii: natural size.

384 Mr. J.S. Bowerbank on Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some

XXXITI.— Observations on “ Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some

Statements reflecting on the University of Cambridge.” By

J. S. Bowrrsanx, F.R.S., Hon. Sec. Paleontographical

Society.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In Prof.Sedgwick’s “Reply to some statements reflecting on the

University of Cambridge,” there is a passage which I cannot

allow to pass without a few observations. At page 283, line l,

in the number of the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. for April 1854,

Prof. Sedgwick writes, “I affirm, that no application, direct or

indirect, was ever made to me, either by MM. Edwards and

-Haime, or by any member of the Palzontographical Society, for

~ a loan of any part of the Cambridge Paleozoic Fossils.” ~The

best reply to this passage will be a short detail of the circum-

stances connected with the production of Prof. M.-Edwards and

M. Jules Haime’s work on the ‘ Fossil Corals of Great Britain.’

Previously to the publication of any portion of the work, it was

felt necessary by Prof. M.- Edwards to visit London to collect mate-

rials forthe proposed monographs, and immediately after his arrival

we had several interviews, in the course of which I pointed out to

him the various sources whence he might obtain the specimens

to be figured and described in the series of Monographs to be

produced ; and from the first communication I had with him, I

fully understood that his work was intended to embrace, not a

part only, but the whole of the Fossil Corals of Great Britain.

Our supply of Tertiary and Oolitic Corals from the London

collections was so complete and abundant as to render us very

easy regarding that part of the subject; but our principal

anxiety was on account of the Carboniferous, Silurian and

Cambrian Corals. Fortunately I have preserved the rough

notes made during the last conference we had on these subjects,

and among these notes are the following :—

«P. M.-E. Letters to Pengelley and Battersby,—Coral from

Museum, Dublin. Write Ball, E. W. Fletcher of Dudley, Gray

of Dudley, and Sedgwick.” The whole of these names, with

which Prof. Sedgwick’s is associated, are notorious as collectors

of Paizozoic fossils. It is true that I have not the slightest recol-

lection of the act of writing to any of these gentlemen, but it is

equally true that every one of them, excepting Prof. Sedgwick,

kindly and liberally forwarded considerable packages of Palzeozoie

fossils to Prof. M.-Edwards, at Paris, to aid him im the produc-

tion of that portion of his work; and I therefore feel morally

certain that, in accordance with my duty as Secretary of the

iM nin Sori...

—=- -

Statements reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 885

Society, I did make written application to the parties whose

names are mentioned in the note quoted above, and among them

to Prof. Sedgwick, but receiving no letter from him in reply,

I recollect well solacing myself with the idea that I should very

shortly see him at the Anniversary Meeting of the Members of

the Ipswich Museum. ;

In the earlier part of my recent correspondence with

Prof. Sedgwick, he expresses a total oblivion regarding the

receipt of such a letter from me touching the loan of Corals, but

subsequently the existence of such a letter, although entirely

forgotten by the worthy Professor, is rendered apparent by a

quotation from one of Prof. Sedgwick’s notes to Prof. M‘Coy, in

which he deputes the latter gentleman to reply to my commu-

nication. What that letter may have contained, I cannot pretend

to say with precision, but Prof. Sedgwick says it has reference

only to Secondary Corals, and it is not improbable that I may

have used that term in its oldest and most extended sense ; but,

let that be as it may, I am certain regarding my personal appli-

cation at Ipswich to the Professor, and which application it

appears he has forgotten as completely as he did the letter above

alluded to, which it ultimately appears from his own evidence he

received.

As I expected, I met Prof. Sedgwick at the house of a mutual

friend, at Ipswich, on the evening preceding the Anniversary of

the Ipswich Museum, but I had no opportunity during the

evening of conversing with him ; but on the following morning,

shortly after breakfast, I applied to Prof. Sedgwick, in the name

of the Council of the Palontographical Society, for the loan of

such Mountain Limestone and Silurian fossils as Prof. M.-Ed-

wards might require from the Cambridge Museum, for the com-

pletion of his Monograph; and I recollect well the purport of his

reply was, “ That he could not himself do it—that such things

were not permitted to leave the University—and that the proper

course would be to make a formal application to the governing

body of the University (I forget the term used), and that he did

not think they would then grant the request.”

I wrote to M. Edwards the result of my application, and

afterwards told him personally what had occurred, and he agreed

with me in considering it as a refusal. At the next meeting of

the Council there was a general expression of regret at the result

of the application, and a strong conviction that, had the Professor

thought fit to have assisted us in the affair, there would have

been but few difficulties to surmount.

In corroboration of the above statement, I may mention that

in a note recently received from Prof. Milne-Edwards, he writes,

“Tf I remember right, it was either you, Sir H. de la Beche or

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 25

386 On Statements reflecting on the University of Cambridge.

Prof. Forbes that were so obliging as to ask M. S. to lend me

the Cambridge specimens; at the same time that you presented

a similar demand on behalf of the Paleontographical Society to

Messrs. Fletcher, Battersby, the British Museum, Geological

Society, &c, &c.””? The lhberal supply that we received from

other sources, if I recollect correctly, rendered an application to

the British Museum unnecessary. In every other respect the

recollection of Prof. M.-Edwards regarding the application to

Prof, Sedgwick for Mountain Limestone and Silurian corala, is

in perfect accordance with my own.

I cannot account for the impression made on Prof. Sedgwick’s

mind, that the Paleozoic corals were not intended to be published

by Prof. M.-Edwards and M. Jules Haime, as in the Report

made to the Annual Meeting, held on the 23rd of March, 1850,

and subsequently printed and distributed to the Members, the

following passage occurs :— The Council have also the pleasure

to announce, that the first work for 1850, Part I. of Prof. Milne-

Edwards’s Monograph of the ‘ Fossil Corals of Great Britain,

containing twelve plates, is in the binder’s hands, and will be

delivered with the works for 1848 and 1849.” The title of the

work thus advertised before the issue of the first part distinctly

embraces the whole of the fossil corals. In the Report of the

following year, the work is again designated by the same com-

prehensive title. Nor is there any discrepancy in the statement

amade by Prof. M.-Edwards to Prof. M‘Coy, quoted in his letter,

p. 287, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. April 1854, who writes, “‘ They

were highly complimentary on all the work that had been done,

and stated that they were about preparing a monograph on the

Tertiary, and subsequently one on the Oolitic corals for the

Paleontographical Society, but had no immediate intention of

touching the Palzozoic corals.”” Had the word immediate been

left out, I could have perfectly comprehended the misapprehen-

sion that appears to have arisen in Prof. M‘Coy’s mind regarding

the limitation of the work; but the introduction of that word

appears to me distinctly to imply that the Paleozoic corals were

not excluded, but simply deferred until their turn for publication

should arrive.

Of the two modes of application, I am more surprised that

the written one should haye been so completely forgotten until

recalled by Prof. M‘Coy’s extract from Prof. Sedgwick’s letter

to him; while the personal one, made a very short time pre-

viously to a public meeting in which the learned Professor took

a deep interest, and at which he delivered one of those eloquent

and brilliant addresses which it is his habit to pour forth on such

occasions, may naturally be supposed, under the excitement of

the period, to have been totally obliterated by passing events.

nn eee

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 387

XXXIV.—Monograph of the British Graphidez.

By the Rev. W. A. Lereuton, B.A., F.B.S.E.

[Continued from p. 279.]

3. Hymenodecton.

Apothecium lirellaform, immersed ; perithecium a very thin

black cartilaginous membrane, entire or surrounding the sides

and base; disk broad, plane, surrounded with a very slender

proper margin and an accessory thallodal margin. Thallus

crustaceous or membranaceous.

Name from ipry, a membrane, and Sexrixds, fitted to receive,

in allusion to the membranous structure of the perithecium.

1. Hymenodecton dendriticum. Thallus tartareous, pulveru-

lent, determinate ; lirelle immersed, branched in a pedato-radiate

manner; proper margin very thin ; thallodal margin prominent,

rugose; disk plane, dilated, pruinose; sporidia in asci, eight,

_ linear, margined, rounded at the ends, containing about eight

transversely oval margined spores.

apha dendritica, Ach. Meth. 31. t. 1. f. 10 (1803) (bad); Sm. E. Bot.

1756 (excellent); Fries, L. Ref. 372; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147. ~

—— dendritica a, Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 106 (1836); Scher. Enum..152;

Exs. 585!

Graphis dendritica, Ach. L. Univ. 271. (1810) t. 3. fig. 16; Syn. 83.

“ Arthonia dentritica, Dufour, Journ. Phys. 87. 206.’ (1818) (fide Fries

et Chevallier); Chevallier, Fl. de Paris, 1. 294.

Opegrapha scripta, ¢. dendritica, Schzr. Spic. 47. 323 (1823-1836).

Platygramme ritica, Meyer in GY whee ae Syst. Veg. 4. 1. 254 (1827).

Graphis pulverulenta, 8. syngrapta, Wallr. Crypt. 331 (1831).

a. Smithii. Lirellz ramifying at an obtuse angle, extremities

acute, thallodal margin prominent.—E. Bot. t. 1756.

On beech. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hampshire !

Mr. Lyell. kt ee Rev. T. Salwey. Castle Bernard Park,

Bandon, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks.

Thallus thin, tartareous, pulverulent and cracked, forming

large, whitish or pale yellow patches, often with a reddish tinge

or glow, circumscribed by a pale watery wavy brown margin or

line, the central portion very rugged from the confluent thallodal

margins, entirely tr ga the crowded lirelle which cease

before reaching the margin, leaving a naked space between them

and the wavy line. ‘irelle very densely crowded in the centre,

appearing there through partial obliteration, by reason of com-

sponte and confusion, as mostly simple or onlyslightly branched,

ceolate acute at both extremities, towards the margins be-

coming less crowded and more distant from each other, repeatedly

; 25*

388 Rev. W.A. Leighton on the British Graphidez.

branched in a distinct and very elegant pedato-radiate manner,

wavy, curved and flexuose, the extremities very acute, immersed

and sunk. Disk broad, plane or concave, clothed with a grey

pruina, the proper margin very thin and delicate, scarcely dis-

cernible, flanked by the raised, prominent, broken, rugose thal- ~

lodal margins. A vertical section shows that the ascigerous disk

is contained in a very thin brown membranous perithecium,

which entirely subtends the base, and forms one of the charac-

teristic distinctions between this and Chiographa and Graphis

Smithii (O. scripta, BK. Bot.).

Specimens of this in herb. Borrer! named Opeg. dendritica

by Acharius himself are identical with the KE. Bot. figure, though

the figures and descriptions in the works of Acharius agree

better with our var. y. obtusa.

B. acuta. Lirelle ramifying at a very acute angle, nearly

parallel, extremities simple, acuminate; thallodal margin pro-

minent.

On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Upton,

Pembrokeshire! Rev. T. Salwey.

y. obtusa. Lirelle ramifying at an obtuse angle in a furcate

manner, extremities very obtuse, frequently furcate; thallodal

margin nearly obliterated.

On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Tun-

bridge Wells! Mr. W. Thompson. Pembrokeshire! Rev. T.

Salwey. Castle Bernard Park, Bandon, Ireland! Mr. J. Carroll.

Puate VIL. fig. 23. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 8, sporidium.

4. Chiographa.

Apothecium lirelleeform or subdisciform,-sessile ; perithectum

carbonaceous, entire or surrounding the sides and base; disk

plane, broad, surrounded with a proper margin and an accessory

thallodal margin. Thallus membranaceous. ;

Name from yoy, snow, and ypady, writing, in allusion to

the white powdery thallodal margin.

1. Chiographa Lyellii. Thallus membranous, smooth and

waxy, determinate ; lirelle prominent, sessile, oblong or linear-

oblong, simple, curved ; proper margin narrow, prominent ; thal-

lodal margin elevated, white, pulverulent; disk plane, broad,

pruinose; sporidia in asci, eight, linear, margined, rounded at

the ends, containing about 7-8 transversely oval margined spores.

Opegrapha Lyellii, Sm. E. Bot. 1876 (good) (1808); Fries, L. Ref. 373

(excl. E. Bot. 1813); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (excl. E, Bot. 1813); Scheer,

Spic. 323; Enum. 152.

Graphis Lyellii, Ach. Syn. 85 (1814).

ee ee ae

kt ge

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 389

“ Arthonia marginata, Dufour, Journ. Phys. 87. 205.” (1818) (fide Fries

et Scherer).

. Platygramme Lyellii, Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. p. 1. 255 (excl. E. Bot.

~"1813) (1827).

New Forest, Hampshire! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer.

Thailus thin, membranous, of a dull dirty yellow or olive colour,

smooth and waxy in appearance, very similar to some states of

Verrucaria nitida, Schrad., limited by a dark brown wavy irre-

gular line. JLirelle numerous, scattered irregularly, more or

less crowded, prominent and sessile, oblong or linear-oblong,

rounded and obtuse at each extremity, for the most part simple,

straightish, the margin variously waved and curved, occasionally

branched, though apparently in general the result of confluence ;

—there are also smaller lirelle of an irregular rounded form in-

terspersed.. Disk broad, flat or concave, of a dull dark brown,

more or less pruinose, surrounded by a narrow prominent ele-

vated wavy black proper margin, and encompassed by an elevated

rounded spurious thallodal margin, very conspicuous by its white

colour and pulverulent appearance. A vertical section shows

the perithecium to subtend the base of the disk, just as in an

Opegrapha, not at all resembling the fig. 2 of the genus Leior-

reuma in Eschweiler’s Syst. Lich. 13, though the author remarks,

“anatomiam optime representat Ill. Sowerbyus icone Opegraphe

Lyellii ejus (Eng. Bot. vol. 27. tab. 1876),” where the structure

is identical with our Plate VII. fig. 24a.

‘The structure of the lirella distinguishes it from. Graphis

Smith (Opeg. scripta, E. Bot.), and that together with the

sessile lirellze with their white thallodal margin and its general

habit from Hymenodecton dendriticum.

Puate VII. fig. 24. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 5. sporidia.

5. Aulacographa.

Apothecium lirelleform, subimmersed, prominent; _perithe-

cium carbonaceous, dimidiate or confined to the sides, palmatifid,

the base naked ; disk rimeform, closed, surrounded with a proper

longitudinally furrowed margin and an accessory thallodal margin.

Thallus membranaceous.

Name from aivaé, a furrow, and ypad), writing, in allusion

to the furrowed proper margins. ;

1. Aulacographa elegans. Thallus membranaceous, subtarta-

reous, orbicular, granulated or rugose, determinate; lirelle

erumpent, prominent, sessile, oblong or lineari-elongate, simple,

straight or curved ; proper margin thick, tumid, prominent, lon-

gitudinaily furrowed ; thallodal margin thin, membranous; disk

rimeform ; spofidia in asci, lineari-elongate, with a broad mem-

390 Rev. W. A. Leighton.on the British Graphidee.

branous border, contaming 11-13 transversely oval margined

spores.

Opegrapha elegans, Sm. E. Bot. t. 1812 (1807); Fries, L. Ref. 370; Hook.

Br. Fl. 2. 146; Scher. Enum. 152; Exsic. 515! Bohler, Lich. Brit. 27!

scripta, n. elegans, Scheer. Spicil. 323 (1823-1836).

Graphis elegans, Ach. Syn. 85 (1814); Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. 1. 250.

pulverulenta, 8. geminata, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 331 (1831).

Opegrapha sulcata, Moug. & Nest]. Stirp. Vog. 360! (1813); “ DeCand.

Fl. Frang. 6. 171.” (fide Fries); “ Duf. Journ. de Phys. 87. p. 222.

n. 22.” (fide Scheer.) ; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 107.

Aulacographa elegans, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 68 ! (1852).

Sussex, on various trees, finest on holly! Mr. Borrer. Near

Ashbourne, Derbyshire! Scotland! Dr. R. K. Greville. Oxford-

shire! Mr. Baxter in herb. Greville. Crafnant, Shropshire !

Rev. T. Salwey. Fast and north sides of Bardon Hill, Leices-

tershire ! Gracedieu, Leicestershire! Rev. A. Bloxam. St. Leo-

nard’s Forest, Sussex! Tunbridge Wells! Mr. W. Thompson.

Berrow Wood! and Holly-bush Hill! Malvern Hills, Worcester-

shire, Mr. E. Lees. Thorndon Hall Park, Essex! Mr. H. Piggot.

Riverstone! and Ballymartle! co. Cork, Mr. I. Carroll.

Gloddaeth near Conway, Caernarvonshire! Haughmond Hill,

Shropshire !

Thallus forming large roundish uninterrupted patches of seve-

ral inches extent, with a pale irregular border, except when it

meets with other lichens, when a narrow brownish line or border

makes its appearance, of a pale cream colour or whitish, or whitish

gray, sometimes somewhat shining, generally dull, either thin,

membranaceous, continuous and covered with minute granular

protuberances, or thicker and subtartareous, rugose and eracked.

Lirelle numerous, scattered in all directions, mostly simple, but

by confluence, or more correctly speaking, by contact, appearing

branched, sometimes so thickly congregated in groups as to be

radiate, and on the birch affecting a subparallel arrangement, in

size as various as in direction and arrangement, short and stout,

oblong or linear-oblong, obtuse at the ends, or very elongate,

linear and slender, straightish or wavy and curved, and slightly

tapered towards each extremity, all erumpent and prominent,

bursting upwards through the crust which remains as a thin

accessory border appressed along the sides and base of the lirelle,

and also as a film imvesting and filling up the furrows of the

prominent proper margins, giving them in contrast with their

full black colour a variegated pulverulent aspect. Disk very

narrow, merely a simple chink, almost closed by the incurvature

of the thick stout prominent rounded proper margins, which are

marked by deep distinct uninterrupted longitudinal furrows.

The number of these furrows is very variable, sometimes only a

single one on each side the disk, sometimes 2, 3 or even 4.

Rey. W.A. Leighton on the British Graphider. 391

With a single furrow the plant is as represented in E. Bot.

t. 1812, with many furrows it becomes Op. sulcata, Pers., Tayl.

Fi. Hib. 107, but as these variations with every intermediate

gradation are all clearly traceable abundantly on almost any patch

of considerable size, they seem to be too inconstant to constitute

distinct varieties, evidently being only different states. The

i structure of the perithecium when seen in a vertical

section will be sufficiently intelligible by reference to our Pl. VII.

fig.26 a,a1. The sporidia are very large and peculiar, of a linear-

elongate form, slender and narrow, consisting of about 11-13

transversely oval pale yellow spores with white margins, con-

nected together, the central one the largest, the others gradually

diminishing in size towards each extremity, the whole invested

with a thin hyaline membranous sac, which under the micro-

scope appears to form a broad white articulated border to the

Puiate VII. fig. 26. a, Vertical section of lirella with a single furrow on

the proper margins; a1, vertical section of lirellz with many

furrows on the proper margins; 5, sporidium.

; 6. Lecanactis, Eschw.

Apothecium lirelleform, or subdisciform, immersed ; perithe-

cium carbonaceous, entire or surrounding the sides and base;

disk plane, open, pruinose, surrounded with a proper margin.

Thallus crustaceous.

Name from Aexdyn, a dish, and axtiv, a ray, probably from its

affinity to the genus Lecidea, whose apothecia are patellule.

The structure of the perithecium would have led me to arrange

this with the genus Opegrapha, but it is retamed in deference to

the authority of Eschweiler and Fries, the latter of whom, speaking

of its affinity to Opegrapha, remarks, “ meo sensu preter vege-

tationem diversam essentialiter differunt excipulo semper aperto,

margine jam primitus erecto (tenui) disco planiusculo, habitu

Lecidee v. c. L. corticole. Forma apotheciorum magis polygona

quam lirelleformis. Excipulum valde differt. Opegraphe ge-

nuine Verrucariarum instar incipiunt, nunquam vero Lecanac-

SUMAL. 35s =. Paucis, si Graphidearum tribus dissolveretur, neg-

lecta apotheciorum forma, a qua pendet, Opegraphe ad Limbo-

rieas, Lecanactides ad Lecideas pertinerent. Hane quoque cum

Lecideis affinitatem generis nomen imponens in mente occulte

habuisse videtur Auctor.” L. Ref. 374.

1. Leeanactis lyncea,Eschw. Thallus tartareous, pulverulent,

white; lirelle immersed, oblong or lineari-oblong, rounded at

each end, simple, curved ; proper margin stout, elevated, wavy ;

disk plane, dilated, pruinose; sporidia im asci, eight, fusiform,

7-septate, pale yellow.

392. Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez.

Lichen lynceus, Sm. E. Bot. t. 809 (1800).

Lecidea lyncea, Ach. Meth. 52 (1803).

Opegrapha cesia, DeCand. Fl. Fr. 2. 309 (1805) (fide Fries); Cheval. Hist.

Graph. t. 20. fig. 3 Cy 4,5; Flor. Paris, 531.

Arthonia lyncea, Ach. in Schrad. N. Journ. Bot. 1. st. 3. p. 11 (1806) ;

L. Univ. 147 ; Syn. 7; Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 1158!

Opegrapha notha, var. cesia, Ach. Syn. 76 (1814) (fide Fries, Borrer et

Martius).

cymbiformis, var., Scher. Spicil. 51. 553 (1823-1842).

Graphis cesia, Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. p. 1. 252 (1827).

Lecanactis lyneea, Eschweil. Syst. Lich. 14. fig.7 (1824); Fries, L. Re-

form. 375.

Leiogramma lynceum, Martius, Fl. Brasil. 1. pt. 1. 99 (1833).

Opegrapha lyncea, Borr. in. Hook. Br. Fl. 5 144 (1833) ; ‘obler, Lich.

Brit. no. 93!; Scher. Enum. 158.

On old oaks, and oak timber long exposed to the weather.

Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hampshire! Mr. Lyell in

herb. Borrer. Oswestry, Shropshire ! Rev. T. Salwey. On the

‘Bear’s Oak’ at Penshurst, Kent! Mr. W. Thompson. North-

amptonshire! Rev. Churchill Babington. Hartshill. Wood near

Atherstone, Warwickshire! Donnington Park, Leicestershire !

Rev. A. Bloxam. Thorndon Hall Park, Essex! Mr. H. Piggot.

Great Malvern, Worcestershire! Mr. E. Lees, Haughmond

Hill, Shropshire !

Thallus diffuse, thin, tartareous, white, pulverulent, cracked.

Lirelle numerous, scattered irregularly over the whole thallus,

more or less crowded, very various and variable in shape and

size, of an orbicular, oval: oblong, or linear-oblong, or elongate

form, rounded and obtuse at both extremities, straightish or

curved and wavy, chiefly simple, but sometimes compound or

branched apparently from confluence, imbedded in the thallus,

and either level with or elevated above its surface. Disk broad

and expanded, flat, rough with minute points or elevations,

exsious, or pale bluish-grey with pruina, surrounded by a stout

rounded elevated black wavy proper margin, often inconspicuous

from excess of pruina or age, but with care always to be detected.

In vertical section, the receptacle of which the proper margin is

the upper edge is seen to subtend the whole of the sides and

base of the pale brown hyaline ascigerous disk, and to be ex-

panded below into a sort of torus, which penetrates the thallus

down to the bark on which the plant grows.

Not to be confounded with Lecidea albo-atra, B. corticola,

Scher. Exs. 445! to which it bears some general resemblance,

the structure of that plant being different, and the sporidia small,

broadly oblong, dark, 3-septate. Nor again with Opegrapha

cymbiformis y. hebraica, A. corticola, Scher. Exs. 98! in which

the lirellee in an old state are of somewhat similar appearance.

Nor to be regarded as a variety of Opeg. cymbiformis, Scher.,

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphider. 393

as in Scherer’s opinion (Spicil. 51), the sporidia in that plant

(Scher. Exs. 97 ! and 98 !) being of a subclavate form, 5-septate,

pale yellow. sf

The plant named Spiloma fuliginosum, Turn. and Borr. Lichen.

Brit. 37 (Spiloma microclonium, E. Bot. 2150, not of Ach.),

which consists of small conglomerations of minute irregularly

rounded dark olive-green globules, has, as I think, no connec-

tion with Lecanactis lyncea further than being parasitical upon

its thallus. .

Eschweiler (Syst. Lich. 14) describes the sporidia correctly,

“thecz fusiformi-cylindrice, annulate,” but figures them incor-

rectly in fig. 7.

Puare VII. fig. 25. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirellz; 5, sporidia.

[The one has made the sides of the sporidia angular, which is

mcorrect.

7. Platygramma.

-Apothecium lirellform, subsimple or radiate; perithecium

none; lamina proligera free; disk plane, open, naked, without

any margin. Thallus crustaceous.

Name from mAartvs, broad, and ypdppa, a letter.

- 1. Platygramma Hutchinsie, Leight. Thallus crustaceous, mi-

nutely cracked ; lirelle immersed in elevated thallodal verruce,

oblong or elongated, simple or-branched, straight or flexuose ;

disk plane, dilated, naked; sporidia eight, in asci; fusiform,

5- or 7-septate, pale yellow.

Platygramma Hutchinsie, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 130! (1853).

On shady rocks near the ground, Ireland! Miss Hutchins in

herb. Borrer. Keswick, Cumberland! in herb. Borrer. New-

ton Rocks, Cleveland, Yorkshire! Mr. J. G. Baker.

Thallus thin, crustaceous, spreading over the face of the rock

apparently to some extent, bordered by a raised tubercular black

serpentine line, especially visible in young plants, or smaller

portions of the plant, of a dull or dirty pale yellow on the ex-

terior, white within, continuous and smooth to the naked eye,

under a lens cracked into very minute areolz, which are mi-

nutely verrucose. Lirelle very numerous, scattered without

order over the entire surface of the thallus, each imbedded in a

separate elevated thallodal wart, the smooth sides of which form

a narrow margin to it, of a paler yellow than the thallus, infi-

nitely variable in shape and size, round and minute, oblong,

linear, branched into two, three, or many and multiform ramifi-

cations, straight or curved, and wavy and flexuose, dark brown.

Disk on a level with the surface of the thallodal wart, concave

without any proper border. In section each side of the upper

portion of the nucleus is brown, dense, and thickened, but of the

394 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

same consistence, not carbonaceous, which sometimes is alto-

gether wanting, and sometimes gradually tapers off into merely

a brown film subtending the base. Nucleus pale yellow, con-

sisting of asci and paraphyses. The sporidia sometimes with

more septa than seven.

Puiate VII. fig. 28. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirelle; 6. sporidia; —

c, upper surface of thallus and lirelle.

2. Platygramma elaborata. Thallus tartareous, turgescent,

smooth ; lirelle immersed, branched, flexuose, with a thallodal

margin ; disk rounded, dilated, naked ; sporidia eight, in asci,

acicular, 13-septate, pale yellow. -

Opegrapha venosa, Sm. E. Bot. t. 2454 (1812)—(not Opeg. venosa, Pers.,

which, according to Eschweiler, Syst. Lich. p. 13. fig. 3, is a true Gra-

phis); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 148.

Opegraphe atre var., Scher. Spicil. 326 (1836) (in part).

On beech trees. New Forest, Hampshire! Mr. Lyell in herb.

Borrer.

Thallus in small, more or less turgescent patches, variable in

shape and extent, on the bark of old beech trees (in our speci-

mens entirely surrounded by Sagedia aggregata, Fries, and like

that plant), apparently limited by a blackish or dark brown mar-

gin, irregular and wavy, and variable in breadth, of a dirty

cream-colour, smooth, continuous, only slightly cracked here and

there, tartareous and of considerable thickness, somewhat de-

pressed between the lirelleform apothecia, but forming a pale

spurious thallodal margin on a level with and around them.

Apothecia imbedded in the thallus in variously branched, flexuose,

wavy, slender, very elegant, lirelleform figures, obtuse at the

extremities, somewhat rounded and prominent on the surface

which is on a level with the thallus, of a dark red-brown, nearly

black, entire and without any proper margin or disk, and there-

fore not an Opegrapha. A vertical section shows a pale hyaline

nucleus without any apparent tunic or perithecium, slightly

darkened on the surface, imbedded in the tartareous thallus.

Sporidia eight, in asci, very slender and elongated, more or less i

acute at each extremity, pale yellow, 13-septate. . 3

Differs from Sagedia aggregata, Fries, by the sporidia and 2

lirelleeform apothecia ; and from Graphis serpentina, of which a |

state, generally similar, occurs on the same bark, by the different a

structure of the lirellz and the sporidia. "4

Scherer’s Exsic. 587! Opegrapha crassa, var. venosa, accord- }

ing to the very imperfect specimen in Mr. Borrer’s copy, and

which is altogether wanting in mine, is not identical with Pla-

tygramma elaborata, but.is a state or variety of Sagedia aggregata

fie e

i eee

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 395

in which the apothecia have become confluent, and which is fre-

quently observable together with the usual state of S. aggregata

on many of the numerous specimens gathered by Mr. Lyell in

the New Forest, Hants, existing in Mr. Borrer’s herbarium. The

sporidia at once show to which plant it belongs, being identical

with those of S. aggregata. See Leight. Brit. Angioc. Lich. t. 8.

fig. 1.

_ Puate VII. fig. 27. a, Vertical section of thallus and apothecia; 5, sporidia.

I here introduce a plant which exists in Mr. Borrer’s herba-

rium from “ Loughlinstown, Ireland,” but from whom received

he is ignorant, and which I have also detected growing with

aphe on young ash near the Sharpstones Hill, Shropshire.

Lam doubtful whether it should be referred to Platygramma or

to Chiodecton, with which latter genus the structure of the apo-

thecia greatly assimilates it. I call it provisionallly Chiodecton

graphidioides : its description is as follows :-—

Thallus thin, white, tartareous, evanescent. Thallodal verruce

large and prominent, clustered in groups, round, thick and tar-

tareous, of a dirty white or cream colour, smooth, scarcely pul-

verulent, marked with irregular rugosities, often from compres-

sion in a crowded state forming a cracked continuous crust,

very much resembling that of some Graphidee. Apothecia gene-

rally one in each verruca, very variable in size and shape, lirel-

leform, simple or branched, straight or wavy, either acute at the

extremities or obtuse and rounded, broad and expanded, blackish-

brown, somewhat convex, prominent on the upper surface, slightly

shining, but without any trace of pruma or proper margins or

disk, though surrounded with a sort of spurious thallodal margin

narrow and whitish. A vertical section shows an erect irregu-

larly quadrangular dark brown torus penetrating the thallodal

yerruca, and resting on the thallus or epidermis, bearing on its

summit a pale hyaline disciform, flattened or depressed nucleus

of paraphyses and erect narrow obovate asci, surmounted by the

dense dark brown veil or disk. Sporidia eight, in each ascus,

fusiform, elongated, more or less curved, 3-septate, pale yellow.

Puate VII. fig. 29. a, Vertical section of thallodal verruez and apothecia ;

6, sporidia.

[To be continued.]

396 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

XXXV.—WNotices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY :

M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq.

[With two Plates. ]

{Continued from vol. ix. p. 387.]

662. Agaricus (Amanita) strobiliformis, Fr. Ep. p. 5; Bull.

t. 593. ‘

On the ground on the grassy borders of woods. Laxton Park,

Norths., Sept. 1852. Abundant.

Pileus when young subglobose, bulb of the stem conical

below, rooting, its border sometimes incised all round, sometimes

even, floccose above to the edge of the pileus; scales of pileus

large, wart-like, with a brown disc and white floccose border, at

length falling off. Pileus when expanded 8 or 9 inches across,

at length quite smooth; margin extending beyond the gills.

Stem 6-7 inches high, 1} inch thick, firm, solid; bulb not.

properly scaly ; veil large; gills rounded behind, the shorter

- ones denticulate at the base. Smell and taste at first slight, at

length disagreeable.

This is undoubtedly the species of Vittadini and Bulliard. Too

much stress must not be laid upon the incision of the bulb or

its scales, for neither character is constant.

663. A.(Amanita) Ceciliz, n.s. Pileo primum semielliptico,

volva murina crassiuscula rimosa, demum basi irregulariter cir-

cumscissa marginata operto, dein campanulato ; margine sulcato ;

stipite sursum attenuato spongioso farcto ; annulo nullo.

On the ground in woods, King’s Cliffe, Aug. Sept.

Pileus at first semielliptic, densely and uniformly clothed

with the thick mouse-coloured volva which at length splits

irregularly below from a slight prominence at the base of the

stem, but by no means vaginate; then campanulate, obtuse,

3-4 inches across, margin sulcate, dingy yellow, either quite

smooth or more or less clothed with the depressed or even

acutely warty remains of the volva. Stem 4 inches or more

high, 3 of an inch thick, attenuated upwards, above silky, trans-

versely or obliquely rimose, below squamulose from fragments

of the volva, spongy within with occasional cavities, but by no

means filled with floccose down, not truly bulbous ; ring none.

Gills thick, sometimes forked or anastomosing, the shorter ones

abruptly truncate behind, quite free, at length remote ; inter-

stices venous. Smell none. Taste sweet.

- Allied to A. vaginatus, but without a distinct sheathing volva,

and with the stem merely spongy within and not filled with deli-

—<_—-

Rey. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 397

eate cottony fibres. In full-grown specimens there is only a slight

mark showing where the edge of the pileus rested. It is allied

to the veil-less species from the Himalayas. The name is intended

to record the services which have been rendered to Mycology by

many excellent illustrations and in other ways by Cecilia E.

Berkeley. .

664. A. (Lepiota) Badhami, n.s. Pileo primum campanulato

obtuso, dein expanso |. depresso umbonatoque squamis minutis

velutinis ermineis hispido ; stipite deorsum bulboso albo sericeo

fibrilloso-farcto ; annulo firmo submobili; lamellis remotis ven-

tricosis ; totus vulneratus croceo-sanguineus.

Under yew trees. Apethorpe, Norths., Sept. 1852. East

Bergholt, Suffolk.

Pileus 2-4 inches across, at first campanulate obtuse, at length

expanded, often depressed and umbonate, hispid, with minute

velvety fuliginous scales, but sometimes entirely fuliginous without

any distinct scales. Stem 2-3 mches high, {3 inch or more -

- thick, attenuated above, bulbous below, white, silky or floccoso-

squamose, stuffed with cottony threads; rig firm, erect. and

defiexed, more or less moveable beneath, frequently clothed with

dingy granules; gills truly remote, ventricose, rather broad ;

spores elliptic, ‘0003 inch long, flesh tolerably compact. The

whole plant when wounded assumes a rich red tint.

A splendid Agaric resembling some forms of A. elypeolarius,

but more robust. In some specimens the surface is decidedly

scaly, in others simply velvety. The margin often projects

beyond the gills and is delicately silky and fimbriated. The

stem, though bulbous, is by no means marginate. Smell rather

i ble.

*A. melleus, Vahl. A ringless form of this species occurs in

Suffolk and Northamptonshire.

665. A. (Tricholoma) eqguestris, L. Suec. no. 1219. In fir

plantations. Stapleton, Gloucestershire, C. E. Broome, Esq. ~

666. A. (Tricholoma) portentosus, Fr. Ep. p. 26. In woods,

King’s Cliffe, Sept. 7, 1852.. Exactly according with a drawing

transmitted by Fries.

667. A. (Tricholoma) nictitans, Fr. Ep. p. 28. In woods.

Suffolk, Rev. Dr. Badham, Sept. 1851.

668. A. (Tricholoma) acerbus, Bull. t.571. fig. 2. In woods.

East Bergholt, Rev. Dr. Badham. A very fine species, remark-

able for its bitter taste and involute sulcate margin.

669. A. (Tricholoma) subpulverulentus, Pers. Myc. Eur. iii.

p- 221. In grassy pastures. Abundant, as at King’s Cliffe,

Oct. 24, 1851; Kent, Mrs. Ilussey, Oct. 1851. The same

species apparently occurs at Tibet, on the river Shayuk, at

Sassar, not far from the Karakoram Pass, at a height of 16,000

398 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

feet, and a very similar species has been gathered in Nova

Zembla. .

670. A. (Clitocybe) cerussatus, Fr. Ep. p. 61. Fir woods,

Norths. Abundant, forming very large rmgs. Sometimes pro-

ducing a merulioid hymenium on the top of the pileus.

671. A. (Collybia) atratus, Fr. Ep. p. 98. On charred ground

in woods. Rockingham Forest, Norths.

“We have been enabled -to determine this from copies of the

drawings of Hymenomycetous Fungi in the Museum at Stock-

holm, kindly transmitted by M. Fries.

672. A. (Mycena) crocatus, Schrad. Amongst leaves in woods.

This beautiful species is figured in the last edition of the

‘Journal of a Naturalist,’ under the name of “the Stainer,” as-

found in Gloucestershire.

*A. (Pleurotus) fimbriatus, Bolt. Hast Bergholt, Jari. 3, 1852,

Rev. Dr. Badham. On dead wood. Most beautifully and

repeatedly lobed and fimbriated.

673. A. (Pleurotus) acerosus, Fr. Ep. p. 135. On decayed

wood, on soil, gravel, &c. Hitcham, Suffolk, Dec. 1849, Prof.

Henslow.

674. A. (Pleurotus) atroceruleus, Fr. Ep. p. 187. On dead

wood. Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq.

675. A. (Volvaria) Taylori, n.s. Pileo conico-campanulato

obtuso livido ex apice striato-rimoso tenui ; stipite solido pallido;

volva spadicea lobata sublaxa, lamellis antice latis postice valde

attenuatis roseis. On the ground, Jersey, Mr. M. A. Taylor.

Pileus 14 inch high and broad, beautifully pencilled and cracked ;

margin lobed and sinuated ; stem 24 inches high, } inch thick,

slightly bulbous at the base. Gills uneven.

This beautiful species is described from an excellent drawing

by Mr. M. A. Taylor, and is clearly quite different from every

other species; the dark volva, campanulate pileus and uneven

attenuated gills are marked characters. The habit is rather that

of some Entoloma than of its more immediate allies.

676. A. (Pluteus) nanus, P. Syn. p. 357. On fallen sticks,

Wothorpe, Norths., Aug. 23, 1853. The yellow-stemmed variety.

Spores subglobose, even, ‘0002 inch long.

*A. (Pluteus) phlebophorus, Ditm. in Sturm’s Deutschlands

F]. i. t. 15. On dead sticks, Wothorpe, Aug. 23, 1853.

The plant of Greville is certamly not the true species of

Ditmar, which has occurred as above, exactly according with the

figure in the ‘ Deutschlands Flora.’ The pits of the pileus are

very deep and the reticulations very distinct ; in one plant the

stem is slightly floceulose. Spores subglobose, ‘0003 inch long.

*A, (Entoloma) repandus, Bull. t. 423. f. 2. This species is

placed by Fries in Hebeloma, but the plant of Bulhard_ has

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 399°

certainly rose-coloured, irregular stellate spores, studded with

very large processes, ‘00044. inch long, -00025 broad, and large

urn-shaped cystidia.

_ 677. A. (Entoloma) Blozami,n.s. Pileo compacto campanu-

lato obtuso basi sublobato udo atro-ceruleo subsericeo ; carne

alba ; stipite sursum leviter attenuato basi obtuso, lamellis lati-

usculis attenuato adnexis.

In pastures, Twycross, Warwickshire, Rev. A. Bloxam ; Leigh

i near Bristol, Noy. 1853.

Pileus 1 inch or more across, campanulate, very obtuse, moist,

of a dark, dingy blue or purple, or sometimes slate-coloured

ee with lilac, slightly silky, inclined to be lobed below; flesh

thick in the centre, white, except near the edge, where it

oo of the hue of the pileus. Stem 1} inch high, 3 an inch

thick, attenuated upwards, of the same colour as the pileus,

solid. Gills moderately broad, pale pink, attenuated behind or

slightly annexed. Spores irregular, subglobose, with a large

globose nucleus. —_-

A figure of this will appear in the ‘ History of Leicestershire.’

678. A. (Entoloma) frumentaceus, Bull. On the ground

under a hedge, Woodnewton, Sept. 1852. Somewhat cespitose ;

pileus 31 inches across, plane with the margin arched and

“sinuated, dry, buff tinged with red, marked with fine streaks

which are sometimes slightly raised, fleshy, firm, rather brittle.

Stem 2 inches high, 1 inch thick,-of the same colour as the

pileus, streaked and slightly cracked, sometimes compressed,

blunt at the base with alittle white down stained with the spores.

Gills broad, moderately distant, sinuated and toothed, rounded

behind, sometimes emarginate, adnate, cinereous, with a reddish

yellow tinge; spores elliptic, minute, ‘0002 inch long, rose-

coloured. Taste agreeable; smell farinaceous with a slight taint

of Amadon.

This is undoubtedly the plant of Bulliard, which is not

described by him as yiscid. The spores are decidedly rose-

coloured and not white.

679. A. (Entoloma) costatus, Fr. Ep. p. 147. A very common

species in grassy pastures, as at King’s Cliffe, Oct. 23, 1851.

Readily distinguished by the distant broad gills, which are

rounded behind and nearly free, traversed at length by waved

ribs, and with their margin undulate and not discoloured. Smell

none. Spores irregular, subglobose, with a globular nucleus.

680, A. (Nolanea) Babingtonti, Blox. Paileo conico campa-

nulato cinereo spadiceo-sericeo nitente fibrillis apice liberis sub-

is ; stipite equali fistuloso spadiceo-tomentoso sub-

strigoso ; lamellis yentricosis distantibus cinereis postice obscu-

400 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

rioribus adnatis ex antheridiis candidis micantibus. Twycross,

Warw., Nov. 21, 1851, Rey. A. Bloxam.

Pileus scarcely half an inch across, conico-campanulate, cine-

reous, shining, with dark brown silky subfasciculate hairs, the

ends of which are free; disc subsquamulose, margin straight.

Stem about an inch high, not 1 line thick, equal, fistulose, spadiceo-

tomentose, substrigose ; gills ventricose, distant, cinereous, darker

behind, adnate, glittering with the white antheridia. Spores

oblong, ventricose on the outer side, rather irregular, sometimes

with a distinct. septum.

A very curious little species, which also occurs in North

America. The form of the spores is peculiar, resembling that of

some Hunotia. The species will be figured in the ‘ History of

Leicestershire,’ about to be published, but without the analysis

which is given in our plate.

PLATE XV. fig. 1. a. Sporophore and spicules magnified ; b. sporophores

with their spicules and spores; ¢. spores highly magnified; d. hair from

surface of pileus.

*A. (Pholiota) aurivellus, Batsch. On ash, Woodnewton,

Sept. 1852.

This species was introduced into the English flora on the

authority of the quotation of Bolton’s figure by Fries. We are

glad therefore to confirm its claims to a place in our flora.

681. A. (Pholiota) Mycenoides, Fr. Ep. p. 170. On a lawn

amongst moss, Apethorpe, Norths., Oct: 12, 1853.

682. A. (Hebeloma) obscurus, P. Syn. p. ‘847. Pine planta-

tion, East Bergholt, Nov. 18, 1851.

Remarkable for its violet-coloured stem or flesh, and its

uncinate adnexed gills ; spores obovate, ‘0004 inch long,

0002 wide.

683. A. (Naucoria) Pediades, Fr. Ep. p. 197. On cultivated

ground, Cranford, Nov. 2, 1847, J. F. Graham, Esq.

684. A. (Naucoria) sipartus, Fr. Ep. p. 201. On wood, the

cases of caddice worms, &e., East Bergholt, Rev. Dr. Badham,

who has both forwarded specimens and shown them growing.

685. A. (Crepidotus) alveolus, Lasch, in Linn. vol. iv. no. 582.

On dead wood and onthe ground, King’s Cliffe and Fineshade,

Norths., Sept. 1852, Aug. 1853.

Closely allied to A. mollis, but not at all gelatinous. Spores

‘0003 inch long.

686. A. (Crepidotus) Byssisedus, P. On the bare soil, Fine-

shade, Sept. 1852; Bowood, C. E. Broome.

Some of the specimens were furnished with a distinct slender

stem, and two deeply umbilicate occurred on the same day at

;

“4

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 401

Laxton, which we could not distinguish, though possessing all

the characters of Eccilia. Spores angulato-stellate, 0004 inch

long, (00028 wide. |

687. A. (Crepidotus) cheimonophilus, n.s. Totus albus pileo

convexo crassiusculo villoso; stipite brevissimo vel obsoleto ;

lamellis distantibus postice attenuatis. On small dead branches

of Pyrus torminalis, Benefield, Norths., Dec. 18, 1851.

Pure white. ileus 4 of an inch across, convex, clothed with

villous down ; margin inflexed. Stem extremely short or obsolete;

gills few, distant. Spores very pale yellow, brown, oblongo-

elliptic, with a distinct lateral nucleus.

_ Resembling at first sight young specimens of A. platypus, but

differing totally in character. We do not know of anything

closely allied.

688. A. (Psalliota) stercorarius, Fr. Ep.-p. 220. In pastures

on dung as at Apethorpe, Norths.

Distinguished from A. semiglobatus by the distinct medullary

substance with which the stem is stuffed. It is doubtful whether

the Cobham plant is the same species.

689. A. (Psilocybe) coprophilus, Bull. t. 566. f.3. On dung,

as at Morehay Lawn, Norths.

Pileus when very young white and downy, subhemispherical,

clothed with little white superficial scales, brown, at length smooth

and pale umber, darker at the ubtuse apex, slightly fleshy. Stem

flexuous, slightly attenuated upwards, whitish shining, at first

scaly like the pileus, within which it is pruinose. Gills nearly

plane, ventricose, adnato-arcuate or subdecurrent, umber brown.

690. A. (Psilocybe) Physaloides, Bull. t. 366. f. 1.

Abundant on the walls of the sewage filtermg apparatus at

Croydon, Sept. 1852: see Gard. Chron., Sept. 25, 1852, Mr.

W. Marshall. Spores :0005 inch long, ‘0003 broad.

691. Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) caperatus, Fr. Ep. p. 256 ;

Johnst. East. Bord. tab. 9. Berwick, Sept. 19, 1845, Dr. Johnston.

One of the finest of the Hymenomycetes. Pileus, ring and

stem presenting deeper or lighter shades of ferruginous orange,

dusted with pulverulent particles, which consist of obovate pedi-

cellate cells, the sides of which are sometimes proliferous.

Spores bright ferruginous, ‘0004 inch long.

692. C. (Phlegmacium) anfractus, Fr. Ep. p. 262. In woods,

King’s Cliffe.

Our species agrees exactly with a drawing transmitted by —

Fries, but the pileus is completely covered by a close white volva

when young, which is not mentioned by authors.

693. C. (Incloma) Bulliardi, P. Syn. p. 289. Leigh Woods,

Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq.

Remarkable for the brick-red of the base of the stem.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 26

402 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

694, C. (Telamonia) periscelis, Fr. Ep. p. 300. West. of

England, Mr. Broome; near Eltham, F'. Currie, Esq.

695. C. (Telamonia) psammocephalus, Bull. t. 531. f. 2. In

woods, King’s Cliffe.

696. C. (Hygrocybe) armeniacus, Scheeff. t.81. In fir woods,

Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq.

697. Pazillus atrotomentosus, Batsch, fig.82. Compton Bassett,

Wilts, Miss Dalby.

Of this we have seen only a very characteristic drawing, which

leaves no doubt as to the species. i

698. Gomphidius gracilis,n.s. Pileo conico-subhemispheerico

glutine fuligmoso hic illic in maculas atras transeunte vestito ;

stipite flexuoso gracili squamuloso; lamellis aquose fuligineis.

In fir plantations, Llanberris, July 26, 1842.

Pileus 1 inch across, conico-subhemispherical, of a pale vinous

brown, when dry clothed with dirty fuliginous slime, which dries

especially round the margin into black spots, or forms a narrow

irregular black border. Stem 2 inches high, 12 line thick, flexuous,

pale, especially above, where it is sprinkled with minute white

scales, virgate below, with the remains of the slime, yellow at the

base ; gills arched, decurrent, forked, thick, obtuse, clothed under

a lens with short tomentose hairs, of a washy bistre. Spores

oblong, elliptic, 0009 inch long, :0003 inch wide, with a nucleus

at either end.

Resembling in some respects Gomphidius stillatus, Strauss, but

distinguished from that and every other species by its slender stem

and delicate habit.

699. Hygrophorus mesotephrus, n.s. Pileo convexo subhe-

mispheerico viscoso striato candido centro brunneo ; stipite gracili

apice granulato farcto ; lamellis decurrentibus candidis.

On the ground in woods, Bowood, C. E. Broome.

Pileus about 1 inch across, convex, subhemispherical, white with

the dise brown, viscid striate, the extreme margin often remaining

quite even, flesh white, hygrophanous. Stem about 2 inches high,

2 lines thick, flexuous, attenuated at the base, white, viscid,

floccoso-granulated at the apex, stuffed with a fibrillose pith.

Gills pure white, moderately broad, rather distant, ventricose,

shortly decurrent. Spores ‘00035 inch long.

A very delicate species allied to H. fusco-albus, but with a very

different habit. In age the lower part of the stem is slightly ~

stained, but by no'means squamose.

PuaTE XV. fig. 2. a. H. mesotephrus, nat. size: b. spores magnified.

700. Hygrophorus leporinus, Scheff. t. 313. On open pastures

at Durdham Downs, Gloucestershire, Sept. 29, 1848, C. E. Broome;

Kent, Mrs. Hussey.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 403

_ The spores of this species have a pale umber tint ; they are

nearly globose and about ‘0002 inch in diameter.

701. Hygrophorus Colemannianus, Blox. Pileo subcarnoso

umbonato umbrino, centro excepto expallente, levi, udo striato

viscidulo ; stipite subzequali subsericeo albido ; lamellis latiusculis

pileo subconcoloribus distantibus ; interstitiis rugoso-venosis.

In grassy pastures, Twycross, Warwickshire, Rev. A. Bloxam.

Pileus 1-2 inches broad, at first subcampanulate, at length

expanded, strongly umbonate, reddish umber, paler when dry,

except in the centre; when moist striate and very obscurely

viscid. Stem 1 inch or more high, 1-2 lines thick, brittle, fibrous,

nearly equal, white, very slightly tinged with umber, somewhat

- silky; gills umber, but paler than the pileus, strongly decurrent,

broad, distant ; interstices strongly vemed and rugose. Spores

*00025--0003 inch long, obovate.

This may possibly be the supposed form of H. sciophanus,

figured by Batsch under the name of A. fragilis, f. 215 ; but if

so, it can scarcely be the same species with that which is figured

in ‘ Flora Danica,’ t, 1845. f. 2. ‘A figure will appear in the

‘ History of Leicestershire.’

702. H. letus, Fr. Ep.-p. 329. Open commons, Hanham,

near Bristol, C. E. Broome.

Spores 0003 inch long, nearly globose.

703. Lactarius turpis, Weinm. Syll.2.p.85. In or about fir

woods, as at East Bergholt, Suffolk, Leigh Down near Bristol.

Growing to a very large size, and remarkable for its yellow,

olive or umber hue. This is A. necator, P., but not of Bulliard,

which appears to be exclusively L. ¢orminosus.

704. Lactarius theiogalus, Bull. t. 567. f. 2. King’s Cliffe,

Sept. 1852.

This is now separated from the more common form, to which

Fries gives the name of L. chrysorheus. The milk of L. theio-

' galus does not assume so bright a yellow tint as that of L.

chrysorheus.

*Lactarius chrysorheus, Fr. Ep. p. 342. A. theiogalus, Eng.

Fl. Extremely common. i

705. Lactarius pallidus, Pers. Syn. p.431. In woods, Bowood,

C. E. Broome.

706. Lactarius camphoratus, Fr. Ep. p. 346. On the ground in

woods. Leigh Wood, near Bristol, H. O. Stephens, C. E. Broome.

707. Russula ochroleuca, Pers. Syn. p.443. Abundant in fir

plantations, Apethorpe, Sept. 2, 1852.

708. Marasmius Stephensii, n.s. Fasciculata; pileo depresso

centro rugoso vinoso-maculato stipite cavo torto apice farmaceo

albo deorsum nitido nucicolori; lamellis distantibus albidis.

Amongst dead beech leaves, near Dursley, Oct. 17, 1845.

26%

404 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

Fasciculated. Pileus 1—1 inch across, depressed and wrinkled

in the centre, opake, tough, cream-coloured, stained with vinous

red, especially when bruised ; flesh white, thin. Stem 1-2 inches

high, hollow, twisted, white and mealy above, quite smooth and

shining below, of a rich light nut-brown. Gills few and distant,

rather broad, of the same colour as the pileus. Taste and smell

exactly like that of M. oreades. :

*Marasmius Hudsoni, Fr. The whole of the outer surface of

' the pileus is clothed with echinulate processes, and the spores are

fusiform, ‘0004 inch long, with a central nucleus, very different

from those of any other Agaric or Marasmius.

Puate XV. fig. 3. a. Echinulate processes and base of a hair; 6. young

hair; c. spores. All highly magnified.

709. Polyporus (Pleuropus) Rostkovii, Fr. Ep. p. 489. On

the dead stump of a tree, Apethorpe, Norths., June 16, 1853. _

Thin, flaccid, 6 inches across, infundibuliform, but often lateral,

smooth, even, pale ochraceous, mottled below with darker spots

and virgate, dark brown at the base, margin lobed, involute.

Flesh white, tough. Stem connate, black, tough, reticulate from

the decurrent pores. Pores large, 2 lines or more long, elongated ; _

_edge obtuse, or very thin and torn. Spores with two nuclei,

‘0005 inch long, ‘0002 broad, narrower than in P. squamosus,

to which it is closely allied.

710. P. (Anodermei) fragilis, Fr. El. i. p. 86. On dead fir

trees, Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq.

711. P. (Anodermei) adiposus, n.s. Albus; pileo ceraceo-—

molli breviter reflexo vario obscure tomentoso ; hymenio crassius-

culo; poris parvis acie obtusis. On the ground amongst Mar-

chantia, Twycross, Nov. 1851, Rev. A. Bloxam.

Very variable in form, sometimes fixed by the apex, sometimes

resupinate, white, waxy, thickish when fresh, but losmg much

of its substance in age, here and there acquiring a foxy tinge,

substance not zoned within. Pores when horizontal with the

edges even, but often elongated and irregular, not stratose. Sur-

face scarcely tomentose, uneven. Turning brownish in drying.

Allied to P. amorphus, but a very distinct species.

*Dedalea confragosa, Fr. On willow, Apethorpe, Norths.,

Jan. 1853.

_ It appears to us very doubtful whether Trametes rubescens be

really distinct ; but if so, there is no doubt that Bolton’s plant and

the English specimens, amongst which is Boletus angustatus,

Sow. t. 193, as appears from the original specimens, all belong to

the same plant with that of Schweinitz. The resupinate plant on

oak, which we supposed, from the inspection of named specimens,

to be Merulius rufus, Pers., is probably only a form of this species.

It appears to be the same with P. bathyporus, Rostk.

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 405

712. Merulius molluscus, Fr. Syst. Mye. i. p. 329: Near

Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq.

713. Hydnum Weinmanni, Fr. El.i. p. 136. On dead branches

with the bark still adherent. Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq.

714. Hydnum alutaceum, Fr. Ep. p. 516. On old stumps,

Collyweston, Norths.

715. Cortictum nudum, Fr. El. p. 221. On branches of elm,

yew, &c., common. Intermediate between C. incarnatum and

C. cinereum. -On the same branch individuals occur very thin,

quite smooth and effused, while others are thicker, more cinereous

and tuberculate. Spores oblong, slightly curved, ‘0005 of an

inch long, ‘00015 broad.

716. Corticium confluens, Fr. El. p. 218. On ash branches,

Wothorpe, Norths. Distinguished from the last more especially

by its white tomentose margin. In our plant the spores are

oblong, -0008 inch long, -0004 broad.

The more perfect specimens have a few scattered papille.

717. Cyphella muscigena, (Pers.) Syn. p. 572. On moss,

especially Polytrichum, or even on the bare ground. Hanham,

Oct. 1852, C. E. Broome. White with a slight ochraceous tinge.

At first flabelliform, fixed by a little down, at length laterally

confluent, downy above, often spathulate. Hymenium slightly

corrugated.

common. ‘This is the Cantharellus levis, Eng. Fl., and differs

from the former species in its dingy hue and bullate pileus.

_ 719. C. ochroleuca, n. s. Membranacea cupularis sursum

villosa ochroleuca ; margine demum fisso ; hymenio levi pallide

ochraceo. On decayed bramble twigs. Batheaston, Oct. 1851.

One line or more broad, at first cup-shaped, but mostly irre-

gular, then lobed or fissured, villous above, white tinged with

yellow; hymenium even ochraceous, brighter than the pileus.

A pretty little species allied to C. Goldbachit.

720. C. Goldbachii, Weinm.! Ross. p. 522. On dead leaves

of Aira cespitosa. Spye Park, Wilts., C. E. Broome.

This is very near C. cuticulosa, from which it differs in its

villous coat, which Mr. Forster could scarcely have overlooked,

as it is almost visible to the naked eye. A Cyphella occurred in

the same locality on dead leaves of Carex paniculata, which we

cannot distinguish from C. griseo-pallida.

721. Clavaria Botrytis, P. Bowood, Nov. 18, 1843, C. E.

Broome. -

722. Clavaria aurea, Scheff. t. 287. Leigh Wood, Bristol,

H. O. Stephens. ;

723. Clavaria crispula, Fr. Syst. i. p. 470. At the base of

406 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

decayed trunks of elder and ash. Woodnewton, Norths., Dec. 7,

1852. Forming large fascicles with a creeping white root.

724. Tremella vesicaria, Bull. t. 427. f. 3; Eng. Bot. t.2451.

On the ground amongst grass.

This species was omitted in the ‘English Flora,’ because no

specimen had been seen, and it was asserted by Fries to be an

Alga. We have, however, lately received the species as collected

in Pennsylvania by Dr. Michener, and the structure is that of a

true Tremella with globose sporophores and broad oblong spores,

0004 inch long, ‘00025 broad. We have also a fragment of

the specimens figured in ‘ Eng. Bot.’

725. Tremella indecorata, Sommerf. Lapp. p. 306. Bursting

through the bark of fallen branches and pea-sticks. Penzance,

J. Ralfs, Esq.

Dark pitchy brown when dry; dirty cinereous when swollen

with moisture. This is, we believe, Bonorden’s 7. albida. We

have not seen the true fruit.

726. Tremella versicolor, n. s. Minuta gutteeformis aurantia

demum fuscescens.

Parasitic on Corticium nudum on decorticated trees. Thame,

Dr. Ayres; Apethorpe, Feb. 23, 1850; Batheaston. Forming

minute, orange, tear-like, convex spots on the hymenium of the

Corticium, paler when young, at length assuming a rufous tinge.

In young plants the delicate hyaline threads are terminated

by four globules which ultimately branch, forming moniliform

threads as in Bonorden’s Hormomyces. Obovate vesicles also

occur in parts, but we have not seen the perfect spores. The

_ general appearance is like that of Tremella guttata, Bonorden.

727. Tremella viscosa, (P.) Corticium viscosum, P. Obs. 2. p. 18.

This species, which is not uncommon, has the true structure of

a Tremella and cannot remain in the genus Corticium. We find

globose sporophores bearing three or four elongated sterigmata

and oblong, obliquely attached spores, which.sometimes contain

one or two nuclei.

PLaTE XV. fig. 4.- Portion of the hymenium with the globose sporo-

phores, one of which bears three, and another four fertile sterigmata sur-

mounted by oblong spores.

728. Dacrymyces deliquescens (Bull. t. 455. fig. 3). On dead

boughs of holly, Batheaston, Jan. 1851; on larch, Wothorpe,

Norths., Aug. 23, 1853.

Our plant has at present occurred only with the septate spores

figured by Tulasne and the strong threads from which they rise,

without any of those which break up into distinct oblong articu-

lations. It is, in fact, exactly what Bonorden figures under the

Dr. Kelaart on new species of Ceylon Repiiles. 407

name of Septocolla adpressa, p. 152, fig. 247. Our Ditiola nuda

is the same thing, but with the sporophores perfectly continuous

and of the same colour with the parent threads, as represented

in our figure, the correctness of which we have verified by a

fresh examination. In all, we find the minute bodies which

Tulasne calls spermatia attached to the spores. i)

729. Hymenula punctiformis, n. s. Gelatinosa punctiformis

pallida subundulata sporis ellipticis.

On decorticated fir poles. Batheaston, Sept. 12, 1853.

Punctiform, gelatinous, dirty white or very pale umber, slightly

tinged with yellow, + of a line broad, slightly undulated, consist-

ing of erect simple threads; spores minute, elliptic, ‘0002 inch

long.

This has somewhat the appearance of minute specimens of

Peziza vulgaris, but there is no trace of asci.

*Ditiola radicata, Fr. Syst. Myc. ii. p. 170. On fir. East

Bergholt, Rev. Dr. Badham.

- [To be continued. ]

XXX VI.—Descriptions of new species of Ceylon Reptiles.

By Dr. Kexaarr.

Eumeces (?) Taprobanensis, n. 8.

Asove dark brown, with six lines of black dots on the back ;

sides of neck and body of a darker brown colour, minutely dotted

white; a few white dots also on the limbs; beneath whitish;

upper surface of tail of the same colour as the body ; under sur-

face gray, each scale with a blackish spot. Head short, subtri-

angular ; muzzle narrow, rounded. Nostril pierced on the upper

edge of nasal plate. yes large; eyelids scaly, edges slightly

granular ; lower lid with a series of larger scales. Ears small,

circular, dentated anteriorly by two or three projecting scales.

Body rather short, subcylindrical. Tail elongated, rounded, taper-

ing, pointed. Limbs four, small, not wide apart. Toes 5-5,

short, unequal, tubercular beneath, clawed. Palms and soles

granular.

Head and body 1,4 inch; tail 2,5, inch.

Hab. Nuwera Elia (6000 feet).

This Skink is distinguished from Riopa albopunctata of Gray

by its dark brown colour, and the limbs being placed nearer each

other.

Polypedates (?) Schmarda, nu. s.

Above brownish gray ; beneath white, posterior half of abdo-

men marked with black. Eyebrows armed with spies. Back and

408 Dr. J.E.Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

sides tuberculated. Limbs armed with tubercular sharp-pointed

spines. f

About 14 inch long.

Hab. Adam’s Peak (5600 feet).

This novel form of Tree-frog was found by Professor Schmarda

of Prague in his late visit to Ceylon, in company with Chevalier

_Fridau and Baron Konigsbrun.

Ceylon, Galle, January 28, 1854.

XXXVII.—A Revision of the Arrangement of the Families of

Bivalve Shells (Conchifera). By Joun Epwarp Gray, Ph.D.,

F.R.S,; V.P.Z.S.

I wave lately had occasion to examine the animals of several

genera of Bivalve shells, and to consult and compare all the

figures and descriptions of the animals of the different genera I

have been able to find in the various works and essays on

this subject, for the purpose of preparing for the press the

text of the fifth and concluding volume of Mrs. Gray’s work,

‘ Figures of Mollusca.’ With these materials before me, I was

led to consider, as I have done on several other occasions, the

characters which have been used to separate the various families,

and those which unite them into larger groups,—a subject sur-

rounded with difficulties, when we consider the very great uni-

formity which exists in the animals of this class, and the modi-

fications which habitation and modes of life produce in genera

which are evidently nearly related to each other, as shown in a

former communication (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1859, vol. xi. p. 402).

After repeated comparison, and forming lists of the families

according to the various characters, after the example of Adanson, _

and thus obtaining those which appear to be least variable in

the greater number of the families, I am induced to believe that

the division of the Class into Orders, according to the presence,

absence, and number of the siphonal openings, as proposed by

Poli, and followed by Cuvier, Gardner, and many other natural-

ists, but without paying any attention to the length or shortness,

the retractility or contractility of these organs, as was done

by those and most of the authors who have succeeded them,—

is decidedly the best and most natural*.

* M. Deshayes’ ‘ Traité élémentaire de Conchyliologie,’ 1843-1850. A

conchologist, wedded to the Lamarckian school, has asked, with considerable

critical acrimony, “ Et d’abord pourquoi M. Gray commence-t-il la classe

des Conchiféres par la famille des Vénérides? Nous avouons ne pouyoir le

deviner. Jusqu’ici tous les classificateurs, quelques soient les primcipes de

leurs méthodes, ont toujours été entrainés par la nature des choses a placer

EE =

’

Dr. J. E. Gray on some Familes of Bivalve Shells. 409

I am not aware of any attempt having been made to improve

2 pear distribution of Bivalve Mollusca formed on the

examination of the animals, or to embody the observations

which have been recently made by other naturalists, smce my

arrangement of the families, published in the Synopsis to the

British Museum in the year 1840, and its revision in 1842. Yet,

during the last twelve or fourteen years, we have been furnished

with some most important observations on the subject by

Messrs. Alder, Hancock, Clark, and Edward Forbes in our own

country, and by M. Philippi, Deshayes, Valenciennes and others

on the continent of Europe..

. I consider such a periodical revision of the labours of others,

especially when accompanied by personal observation, to be very

important, as bringing together, and putting into a connected

form and systematic order, the discoveries which have been made

in the meantime, or observations the importance of which may

have been overlooked by myself or others when previously

occupied on the subject ; and they evidently have considerable

effect, as is shown by the complete manner in which my revision

of the system of Gasteropoda, in the fourth volume of the ‘ Figures

of Mollusca,’ and the more recent improvements suggested in it,

have been adopted by Messrs. Adams, in their very useful work |

on the ‘Genera of Mollusca, and the partial adoption of it in

Philippi’s ‘ Handbuch der Conchyliologie und Malacozoologie.’

I now proceed to give the arrangement proposed.

Class I. ConcHIrERA.

Subclass 1. SrpHonopuors. Manile leaves connected, with two

stphonal openings behind.

In many of these animals, especially in those which have a

small pedal opening, there is a minute (4th) aperture with an

internal valvular protuberance in the mantle under the lower

siphon. -

The gills in most families hang down on each side of the foot.

In Anatinide, Solenomyade, and Pandoride they have been

described by some authors as single, folded on itself, and by others

as the two gills soldered together ; they appear to be attached

la famille des Vénus vers le milieu de la série des Mollusques acéphales

Dimyaires.” The reply is easy. They are placed at the head of the class

for the very reason M. Deshayes has assigned, that they appeared to me

to bethe most perfectly developed, and consequently the most typical animals

of the class; and as it is our habit to place the Primates, Insessores and

Percide at the head of the respective classes of animals to which they

belong, so it ap legitimate to place the family Veneride at the com -

mencement of the Bivalves, the other families diverging from it in two or

more series.

410 Dr.J.E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

by a central line, and what is usually the outer dependent gill is

bent up against the upper part of the side of the body, the striz _

radiating from the central attachment; hence in Solenomya they

have been called pinnate. See Hancock, Ann. and Mag. N. H.

1853, vol. xi.t.3 &t.11. In Lwucinide there is only a single gill

on each side, the outer being absent, or the two are soldered

into one.

The gills of Nucule and Pandore are somewhat intermediate in

appearance between the pinnated gills and the more common

form, and the transition from the Nucule to the Arce is easy.

Order I. VENERACEA.

Mantle with two more or less elongated siphonal openings.

Gills short, not produced into the inhalant or lower siphon.

Siphons often more or less separate, under the hinder adductor

muscle.

I. Foot compressed: animal crawling.

1. Cardinal teeth diverging, central bifid.

A. Siphons more or less united, short ; cartilage of hinge external,

marginal,

1. Veneride, Syn. B. M. 1842, 74; P. Z. 8S. 1847, 183; Ann.

and Mag. N. H. 1853, 36.

2. Cyprinide, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1853, 36.

3. Glauconomide, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1853, 36. Siphons

united at the base; pedal opening small.

4. Petricolide, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1853, 36.- Siphons

separate nearly to the base, pedal opening small. Perhaps allied

to Tellinide.

5. Corbiculada, P. Z. 8.1847, 184; Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1853,

36. Cyrenade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 75.

6. Cyrenellade, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1853, 37. For the cha-

racters of these families see the ‘ Annals.’

6*, Mysiade. Pedal opening moderate, inferior. Siphons

none ; anal opening linear, with two semilunar lateral valves, in-

halant small, round, fringed. Gills two on each side; lips four,

moderate. Foot compressed, lanceolate. Hinge with two diver-

ging bifid teeth ; no lateral teeth. Cartilages linear, marginal.

1. Mysia= Diplodonta.

7. Astartide, P. Z. Soc. 1847, 19. Crassinade, Syn. B. M.

1842, 80. Pedal opening elongate. Shells covered with a thick

brown periostraca. Cardinal teeth broad,triangular, hinder lateral ;

of the left valve double.

1. Astarte. 2. Cypricardia, sp. according to D’Orbigny.

Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells. 411

B. Siphons separate, elongate, slender.

8. Tellinide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 75; P. Z.S8. 1847, 186. Pedal

opening elongate. Shell oblong, cartilage internal or external.

2. Cardinal teeth diverging, central laminar, folded ; cartilage

_ internal, in a triangular pit.

9. Mactrada, Syn. B. M. 1842, 75; P. Z.S. 1847, 185; Ann.

and Mag. N. H. 1853, 38.

10. Paphiade, P. Z. 8. 1847, 186; Ann. and Mag. N. H.

1853, 38. Mesodesmide, Syn. B. M.1842,75. Mantle lobes

united. Pedal opening small, anterior. Gills truncated behind.

Siphons short, separate, anal largest.

ll. ?Anatellide, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 1853, 38. Animal

unknown.

3. Cardinal teeth very oblique, hinder nearly parallel with hinge-

margin ; cartilage external, marginal ; umbones subspiral.

12. Glosside, P. Z. S. 1847, 195. Isocardiade, Syn. B. M.

1842, 80. Foot compressed, truncated, short, small; pedal

opening rather contracted ; lips simple; shell free.

13. Chamada, Syn. B. M. 1842, 79; P. Z. 8.1847, 193. Foot

very small, rather produced in front; lips foliated; pedal opening

very small ; shell irregular, attached by the outer surface of one

valve.

Fig. 1.

UT ee

Animal of Chama from Torres’ Straits.

a, a, adductor muscles ; p, pedal muscle; d, dental membrane ; ¢, labial

tentacle ; g, small outer gill; e, anal siphon; 5, branchial siphon; f, pedal

orifice ; m, pallial line ; 0, portion of lett mantle lobe occupied by ovarium ;

1, liver.—S. P. Woodward.

4. Hinge tooothless ; cartilage internal, in a pit, with a shelly

appendage in front.

; 14. Anatinide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 77; P. Z. S. 1847, 190.

Siphons elongate, generally separate. Gills pinnate, apparently

412 Dr. J.E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

one on each side the upper part against the side of the body.

Mantle with a small valvular hole under the siphons. Hinge-teeth

rudimentary. Cartilage internal, in a pit in each valve, with a

peculiar shelly plate before it or covering it. Shell inequivalve,

umbo with a cartilage slit. Periostraca often hispid. :

a. Stphons united. Valves equal. Clavicle linear. Laternula.'

b. Siphons separate at the end. Valves unequal. Clavicle flat,

covering the cartilage. Lyonsia, Byssonia.

c. Siphons separate. Valves unequal. Clavicle small, subcy-

' lindrical. 'Thracia, Periploma, Cochleodesma, Myodora,

? Poromya, Neara.

d. Siphons separate, one valve attached. Clavicle large. Chamos-

trea, Myochama.

5. Hinge toothed or toothless. Cartilage external, marginal. Shell

pearly. Periostraca hard, polished.

15. Mutelade, P. Z. 8. 1847, 197. Inidinide, Syn. B. M.

1842, 80. Foot large, compressed, angular in front; pedal.

opening very long. Gills large. Shell scarcely to be distin-

guished from Unio or Anodon, but the hinder submarginal im-

pression is rather more truncated.

II. Foot conical, acute, angularly bent behind (for leaping).

16. Cardiada, Syn. B. M. 1842, 75; P. Z. 8.1847, 185; Ann.

and Mag. N. H. 1853, 37. Gills narrow, elongate, floating,

only attached at the upper end. Cardinal teeth conical, forming

across when the valves are closed. Cartilage external, marginal.

III. Foot truncated and dilatile at the end (for crawling and

anchoring). ;

17. Ledade. Nuculide §, P. Z. S. 1847, 190. Gills small,

oblong, subpinnate, formed of separate threads ; lips large. Palpi

very long, subulate. Siphons small, united. Hinge-teeth two,

nearly parallel with hinge-margin, each divided into numerous

transverse hook-like plates. Siphonal inflection distinct.

a. Cartilage internal, triangular. Leda, Yoldia. (See fig. 2.)

B. Cartilage external, marginal. Solenella.

17*,. Modiolarcade. Gills four, thick, subtrigonal, truncated

in front, narrow, produced and united together behind the foot.

Lips four, moderate. Palpicbsolete. Siphonal apertures distinct,

anal moderate ; inhalant very large, inferivr, simple-edged. Foot

oblong, truncated, lanceolate, acute in front, with subposterior

central hole for byssus. Shell equivalve. Hinge-teeth none

————— or rtrtts‘S;OOCOC

—

Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells. 413

or rudimentary. Cartilage linear, external. Periostraca hard,

polished. Living attached to floating seaweeds.

1. Modiolarea. Modiola trapezium, Lamk. This is the

animal I described as Crenellide, Syn. B. M. 1841, 177; it is

very distinct from Crenella or Modiola.

2. ?Mytilimera.

3 Wy,

SOO

Yoldia australis.

The figure, from a drawing by Albany Hancock, Esq., represents the

animal as seen through its transparent mantle, on the removal of the right

valve.

a, a, adductor muscles; p, p, pedal muscles; 2, x, lateral muscles of the

foot; f, foot; ¢, ¢, labial palpi and appendages; g, gills; s, siphons;

m, ial line; i, a convolution of the alimentary canal, lying close to the

ight side, and producing an impression in the shell ; /, ligament.

IV. Foot elongate, slender, strap-like, byssiferous (for anchoring

. the animal).

18. Dreissenide, Syn. B. M. 1842,82; P.Z.S. 1847, 199. Foot

conical, small; anterior adductor muscle small, on a transverse

subumbonal internal plate. Mantle edge double. Valves sub-

trigonal, keeled. Hinge toothless. Cartilage external, marginal.

Fluviatile.

19. Galeommide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P. Z. S. 1847, 192.

Foot very small, ligulate, flattened beneath. Mantle edge double,

outer more or less expanded and reflexed, covering (perhaps all)

the shell, inner covering the gape of the shell. Gills two pair,

dependent, united together behind the foot; lips elongate.

Shell oblong, gaping beneath. Hinge toothless. Cartilage

internal, in a triangular pit.

V. Foot very small, rudimentary, byssiferous ; hinder adductor

muscle large, placed forward in the centre of the lower edge

of the shell. Pedal opening small, in front near umbo ; anal

opening apparently behind and above the adductor muscle.

20. Tridacnide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 82; P. Z. S. 1847, 198.

414 Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

Foot small. Anterior adductor muscle very small. Mantle

double-edged, inner edge expanded. Gills small, thick, pinnate,

united behind. ;

Order I]. PuHotapacra.

Mantle with two close, more or less elongate siphonal openings

under the hinder adductor muscle. Gills two pair, produced

into the inhalant or lower siphon. Pedal opening generally small.

Siphons united (except in Pharus).

Suborder 1. OrtnHoconcua. Body symmetrical. Valves equal,

gaping at each end. Mantle partly exposed. Cartilage ex-

ternal or none. _ Living perpendicularly in holes in rock or

sand.

A. Cartilage none, replaced by muscles.

1. Pholadide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 76 ; P.Z. 8. 1847, 187. Foot

clavate, truncated, anterior. Gills two on each side.

B. Cartilage external, marginal.

2. Gastrochenade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 77; P. Z. 8. 1847, 188.

Foot small, cylindrical, anterior, not byssiferous. Gills two on each

side. Shell gaping in front. Cartilage small, weak. Living

enclosed in or imbedded in a shell-case.

3. Saxicavide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 79; P. Z. S. 1847, 193.

Foot small, cylindrical, inferior, byssiferous. Gills two on each

side; lips small. Siphons moderate. Shell solid. Hinge-teeth

rudimentary. Cartilage thick. 1. Saxicava. 2. Cypricardia.

4. Pholadomyada, P. Z.8.1847,194. Foot short, compressed,

with a small bifurcate pedal appendage behind. Siphons united.

Pedal opening small. Gills two on each side, thick, united behind

the body. Shell oblong; gaping at each end. Hinge-teeth rudi-

mentary or none. Cartilage exterior, marginal.

5. Solenide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 77; P. Z. 8. 1847,189. Foot

very large, clavate or truncated in front, not byssiferous. Pedal

opening anterior. Gills two on each side. Shell cylindrical

or oblong, gaping at each end. Hinge-teeth distinct. Cartilage

very large, on a distinct fulerum. Living sunk in the sand.

» Suborder 2. Heveroconcua. Body not symmetrical. Valves

unequal. Cartilage internal, in a pit; hinge simple. Pedal

opening inferior. Living lymg on the side in sand or mud.

6. Myade, Syn. B. M. 1842,78; P.Z. 8. 1847,190. Siphons

elongate, united, covered with a horny periostraca. Gills two on

each side, dependent; lips small. Shell porcellanous. Hinge

toothless. Cartilage-pit in a hollow in one and a concavity in

the umbonal surface of other valve.

Dr. J.E. Gray on shies Families of Bivalve Shells. 415

7. Corbulide,Syn. B. M. 1842,78; P. Z. S. 1847,192. Siphons

moderate. Foot small. Gills two on each side, dependent,

separate, moderately prolonged; lips long. Shell porcellanous.

Hinge with a conical tooth and a cartilage-pit on each valve.

8. Pandoride, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P. Z. S. 1847, 192.

Siphons large. Foot moderate. Gills subpinnate, one on each

side, greatly prolonged; lips long. Shell pearly. Hinge with

two diverging teeth and a triangular pit on each valve. Valves

very unequal.

Subclass 2. AstpHonopHora. Manile lobes mostly free, bearded

behind or on the whole edge, sometimes with a separate siphonal

opening for the vent.

Order HI. Lastacea.

Mantle lobes united, with an anal aperture under the hinder

-adductor muscle, and a pedal aperture.

1. Solenomyade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P. Z. S. 1847, 192.

Pedal opening anterior. Foot large, oblong, clavate, truncated

at the end. Siphonal opening in a disc, surrounded with long

beards. Gills pinnate, appearing only one on each side, broad,

of separate threads. Palpi small, slender. Shell gaping, thin.

Periostraca hard, polished, dilated beyond the shell; cartilage

internal. Animal, leaps and swims about by suddenly drawing in

the umbrella-shaped foot, at the same time the water is expressed

from the hinder opening by the closing of the valves.

2. Lasiade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P.Z. 8.1847, 192. Pedal

opening inferior, moderate, front edge sometimes produced into

a hood (or united and forming an anterior aperture for an in-

halant siphon ?). Gills two, laminar, dependent, unequal, oblong,

on each side ; lips cylindrical, outer pair small, inner very broad.

Foot compressed, with a central inferior groove, byssiferous.

Mantle double-edged, inner dilatile.

Order IV. Unitonacera.

Mantle lobes free, slightly united behind, forming a separate

anal siphonal opening placed under the hinder adductor muscle.

Suborder 1. Luctnacza. Foot cylindrical, elongate, inferior ;

anterior adductor muscle generally elongate.

1. Lucinide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 80; P. Z. S. 1847, 195.

Anal siphons elongate, cylindrical, retractile into the mantle-

cavity. Pedal opening inferior, moderate. Gills lamellar, only

one on each side the body, oblong, broad, united behind the base

416 Dr.J.E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

of the foot. Foot cylindrical, elongate, inferior, not byssiferous ;

lips none. Mantle doubled-edged, imner dilatile.

a. Normal. *Lucina, Thyasira, Fimbria. **Codakia, Loripes.

b. Gills two on each side, lips moderate. ?Ungulina. ~~

Suborder 2. Susmyrizacea. Foot large, compressed, anterior

adductor muscle nearly as large as the hinder.

A. Shell free. Periostraca brown, hairy. Marine.

2. Carditide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 79; P. Z.S.1847,193. Foot

compressed, conical, rather angulated behind. Cartilage external,

marginal. Hinge-teeth diverging, very oblique. Gills two pairs,

free, behind the body. :

3. Crassatellide, Syn. B. M. 1840, 141; 1842, 91; P. ZS.

1847, 194. Gills two pair, dependent, produced, acute, and

united behind the base of the foot. Lips four, rhombic. Foot

short, compressed, triangular, with a deep groove. . Mantle lobes

free, hinder end bearded, anal opening separate. Cartilage in-

ternal, in a triangular pit. Hinge-teeth diverging. ;

B. Shell free. Periostraca hard, smooth. Fluyiatile.

4. Unionidae, Syn. B. M. 1842, 80; P. Z. S. 1847, 196. Foot

compressed, subquadrate, angulated behind. Mantle edge

smooth, generally bearded behind. Gills two pair, large,

dependent. Shell pearly within; hinge variable, toothed. or

toothless. Periostraca hard, polished.

a. Unionina. Foot moderate.

b. Mycetopedina. Foot elongate, enlarged at the end. Shell gaping

at each end.’ Mycetopide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 81; P. Z. 8.

1847, 197. Th. ge

C. Shell attached by the outer surface of one valve. F luviatile.

5. Etheriade, Syn. B. M. 1842,79; P. Z. 8. 1847,193. Mantle

edge bearded. Gills large, two pair. Foot moderate, anterior

adductor muscle small, linear. Gills two pair, dependent. Shelh

pearly and blistered within. Hinge toothless. Cartilage sub-

internal, curved. Young shell free, like Unio?

Suborder 3. Mytinacea. Foot small, ligulate, byssiferous ; an-

terior adductor muscle small.

6. Mytilade, Syu. B. M. 1842, 82; P. Z. 8S. 1847, 198. Anus

simple. Gills two on each side, dependent.

Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells. 417

a, Mytilina, Hinder part of mantle only slightly produced ;

anterior muscle small.

8. Crenellina, Hinder part of mantle produced, forming false

siphons, Crenellide, Syn. B, M. 1842, 82.

y- Iithodomina. Hinder part of mantle more or less produced ;

anterior muscle moderate-sized.

7. Pinnade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 83; P. Z. 8. 1847, 199. Anus

furnished with a long ligulate valve.

Order V. PecTinacea.

Mantle leaves free all round, without any separate opening

for the outgoing current and vent.

Suborder 1. Arcacrea. Shell oblong or roundish, the anterior

and posterior adductor muscles subequal. Mantles bearded

behind. Hinge-teeth deeply grooved or divided into trans-

verse interlocking plates.

a. igs lanceolate, subulate, angulated (for leaping).

1. Trigoniade, Syn. B, M. 1842, 81; P. Z. S, 1847, 197.

- Shell pearly within. Hinge-teeth two, diverging, deeply cross-

grooved.

b. Foot truncated or dilatile at the end, often byssiferous (for

anchoring).

2. Arcade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 81; P.Z.S. 1847, 197. Foot

rather compressed, truncated, often ‘secreting a laminal byssus.

Gills subpinnate. Shell subquadrate or roundish. Hinge-teeth

two, each divided into numerous transverse interlocking teeth.

Gills formed of fibres.

a. Arcaina. Foot byssiferous. Gills subpinnate, separate from

each other behind. Hinge-teeth straight, even with the

hinge-margin. Cartilage m small marginal pits.

8. Pectunculina, Foot securiform, simple, not byssiferous ; gills

dependent. Cartilage in small marginal pits.

yy. Nuculina. Foot compressed, end of disc bearded. Gills

pinnate ; lips broad, triangular, large, striated internally.

Cartilage i in a small, central, internal pit.

Suborder 2. Matieacea. Shell subtrigonal; anterior adductor

muscle small, rudimentary, hinder large, subcentral ; gills

laminar.

3. Pteriade, P.Z.S.1847. Aviculide, Syn. B, M.1842, 83.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 27

418 Dr. J.B. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells.

Foot slender, cylindrical; grooved in’ ‘front. ‘Shell! itntetmally

pearly ; hinge toothless or nearly so.’ ,

a. Pteriacna. Foot byssiferous. Mantle lobes enigud" ” Shell

eared, with a byssal notch in front.’ Cardinal teeth rudi-

mentary, horny, attached by byssus. idginn wash

B. Crenatulina. Foot not byssiferous ; mantle fringed behind.

Shell not eared, without any anterior byssal groove ; hinge

toothless. - Living i in sponges. t hontielg

Suborder 3. Ostracza. Shell suborbicular ; anterior alddaiete

muscle obliterated, hinder large, central. — se aes

- Mantle often bearded on the whole edge.

A. Pectinina. Foot distinct, small, byssiferous or si

‘ Gills disunited medially. Tentacles separate from gills.

4, Spondylide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 83; P. Z. S$. 1847, 201. Foot

short, thick, end with an enlarged truncate radiating dise, with

a central pedicelled ovate body ; lips foliaceous, pinnately lobed.

Mantle with bright ocelli:. Hinge with two large apteelnpking

teeth.

5. Pectenida, Syn. B. M. 1842, 83; P. Z. 8. 1847, 200. Foot

long, cylindrical, often byssiferous at the base. Mantle with

bright ocelli. . Hinge of shell not, or only obscurely toothed.»

6. Limade. Pectenide, Syn. B: Mi 1842, 38; PZ. S.1847,

200. Foot compressed, not byssiferous. Mantle without» any

ocelli on the edge: Shell gaping; hinge toothless; ~isino.0ib

syid

B. Ostreina. Foot none. Tentacles separate from the ie :

7. Ostreide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 84; P.Z. 8. 1847, 201. > Shell

attached ‘by the outer surface of one valve. Hinge toothless.

Tentacula short. hsgoxe

8. Placentade, P. Z. S. 1847, 201. Placunide, Syn. BoM.

1842, 81. Shell free when adult. Hinge with two: diverging

teeth. ’ Animal Sagi} toddo

C. Anomiaina. Foot small, cylindrical, truncate at the end, fort

ing a laminal horny or strong byssus. Tentacles very long,

not distinct from the gills.

9. Anomiade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 81; P. Z. 8.1847, 201. Foot

passing out through a slit in one of the valves and permanently

attaching the animal to marine bodies. Shell with two or three

subcentral scars.

On the Reproduction of a lost part of an Operculum. 419

XXXVIIL—On the Reproduction of a lost part of an Operculum,

’ and of its probable Restoration when entirely destroyed. By

i Dr. J. E. Gray, FP.RS., V.P.ZS. &e.

Tn is to be expected that an operculum of a Gasteropodous Mol-

lusk might be sometimes broken or injured, but I have never

been able to find any very distinct example of the kind, so as to

study how the repair of the lost part would be effected. That

such an occurrence would most probably be rare, is easily ex-

plained from its situation, as the operculum is protected by the

last whorl of the spire of the shell when the animal is expanded,

-and by the mouth when it is contracted into the cavity of the shell.

I have lately met with a very distinct example in a spe-

eimen of Fusus in the British Museum collection. Fig.l.

In this specimen the apical half of the operculum

has been broken off (see fig. 1), and the lost part

has been renewed by an irregular roundish pro-

cess, nearly of the size of the lost part, not quite

as thick as the original portion, and formed of

rather irregular horny plates ; the smaller or first-

formed portion being in the centre of the broken

line, so that the restored part bears some similarity

‘tothe annular operculum of a Paludina. This restoration is

exactly like that which would have taken place in a shell under

similar circumstances, and is a further proof of the truth of the

theory which I have long advocated, that the operculum is a ru-

dimentary valve, and is homologous to the second valve of the

Bivalye Mollusks.

In examining two specimens of Pleurotoma babylonica, pre-

‘served im spirits, with the opercula attached, I was much sur- ,

prised to observe that the opercula of the two specimens were

exceedingly different in structure and belonged to two distinct

modifications of that valve, one (fig. 2) being subannular, with

the nucleus apical, like the other species of the genus, and the

other (fig. 3) annular, with the nucleus subcentral, somewhat

like the operculum of Paludina.

The examination of the restoration of the lost half of the

27%

420. On the Reproduction of a lost part of an Operculum,

operculum. of the Fusus before referred to has solved the diffi-

culty, and I have no doubt that one of these animals had by

some accident lost its operculum, and that it had gradually

restored it; commencing, as in the case of the restored part of the

operculum of the Fusus, by a small nucleus in the centre of the

opercular mantle, on the back of the foot, and gradually adding

_new layers round the edge of it, until it formed an annular oper-

culum nearly of the size of the “original, but differing from it in

shape, being less acute in front and nearly similar in form at

the two ends. A more minute examination has strengthened

this theory, for the operculum of this specimen is less regularl

developed than is usual in the annular operculum of the kind,

and is much thinner than the normal operculum of the genus, -

as is the case in both these particulars with the restored pats of

the operculum of the Fusus.

This change in the formation of the operculum when it is re-

produced, is just what one might have expected. The animal,

when it has to form its operculum at its birth, begins its forma

tion at the tip, and increases its size, as the animal requires a larger

operculum for its protection, by the addition of new layers to the

outer edge of its larger and last-formed end : but when it has to re-

produce this organ, the opercular mantle having reached a certain

size, it proceeds to cover its surface with a new protection in the

most easy and rapid manner, and, commencing from a more or less

central spot on the surface, enlarges the surface covered by adding

new matter to the entire circumference of the first-formed part ; it

continues this process without waiting to make the operculum

as thick and solid as the one which was lost; until it reaches the

size of the original, moulding itself on the opercular mantle, and

adapting its form to the form of the throat of the aperture of

the shell which it has to close. The change of form in the front

of the restored and mended operculum is caused by the parts

being moulded on the existing opercular mantle—consequently

they have not the narrow front part which is found in the

normal form, caused by that part having been formed when the

animal had this part of a small size; and as it imereases in size

the whole opercular mantle moves forward, leaving the small tip

of the operculum free, and useless to the animal, and therefore

not necessary to be reproduced when the operculum is re-formed.

in the adult age of the animal.

In the British Museum collection there is also a specimen of

Cominia maculata with the operculum almost entirely repro-

duced, with the same alteration of the general form and position

of the nucleus. These mended or reproduced opercula are

always known from the normal operculum of the animal by being

more or less irregularly formed and thinner in consistence,

Linnean Society. 421

-PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

) LINNZAN SOCIETY.

November 1, 1853.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr, James Yates, F.L.S., offered some observations on the inflo-

rescence of Cycas revoluta aad Macrozamia spiralis, illustrated by

specimens.

Cycas REVOLUTA.

Prof. Miquel of Amsterdam, to whom we now look for the best

systematic arrangement and description of Cycads, remarks, that

male specimens are rarer in Europe than female. ‘‘ Specimina culta,”

says he, “‘ omnia feré feminea. Masculinum in Horto Petropolitano

exstat, ubi bis floruit (Otto u. Dietr. Gartenz. vii. 1839, p. 24).”

See his ‘Monographia Cycadearum,’ 1842, folio, p. 24, and his

“Genera et Species Cycadearum viventium” in the ‘ Linnea’ for

1843, p. 683. This observation is certainly true in regard to Great

Britain. Since the first example of the female at Farnham, described

by Sir J. E. Smith in the ‘ Linnean Transactions,’ vol. vi., not less

than six other plants have borne fruit, and some of them two or

three times, viz. at Chatsworth, Ravensworth Castle, Laurel Mount

and Knowsley near Liverpool, Kew,and Lauderdale House, Highgate:

The plant last alluded to (Mr. J. Yates’s) flowered in 1845,-and

subsequently produced four magnificent crowns of leaves, the finest

of them consisting of fifty-three leaves. In October 1852, the first

appearance of another cone was indicated by scales, covered with

their soft yellow tomentum ; but it remained long doubtful whether

this would turn out to be another crown of leaves, or a head of

fruit-bearing fronds. In April last the question was determined, as

the peculiar palmate fronds were clearly seen, and were closely

folded over one another, having the form of a somewhat flattened

spheroid and the size of a moderately large melon. In May these

fronds or spadices increased rapidly and yigorously. They expanded

and remained open three days, so that the young drupes, also covered

with down and nearly the size and form of horse-beans, were easily

discernible. They then closed again, and the whole spheroid be-

came as compact and solid as before. It was conjectured that this

temporary disclosure of the drupes, supposing it to be the habit of

the piant, might be a provision for their fecundation, admitting of

the access of the pollen. The fronds, which are crimson shaded by

their thin covering of yellow down, are now spread inall directions and

have attained their full development, except that the drupes, perhaps

in consequence of the cold, wet, and dull season, fall without having

come to perfection. It is also to be observed, that these fronds,

about 110 in number, are closely set and spirally arranged upon a

very short axis. The distance between them and the fronds of 1845

is about 8 inches or 20 centimetres, showing an elongation of the

trunk of 1 inch for each year.

Miquel mentions only one male plant, viz. that at St. Petersburg ;

and in this country it cannot be ascertained that more than two

males have produced cones, to wit, those in the Botanic Garden at

422 Linnean Society.

Sheffield, and that belonging to Henry Ricketts, Esq., at the Grove,

Brislington, near Bristol. The Sheffield plant has now flowered

thrice. Its first cone, produced in England, is preserved in the

Museum at York; its second belongs to the Royal Botanic Society

in the Regent’s Park ; its third appeared this year, and, that it might

be suitably displayed, the whole plant was transported to York last

summer and was there publicly exhibited, It is now taken back

to Sheffield. It appears that this male was purchased by the late

Earl of Derby, formerly President of the Linnean Society, about

A.D. 1825, together with the female already noticed, which is

a noble specimen, still preserved at Knowsley, and which bore fruit

in 1850. The Brislington specimen has been in the possession of

its present owner about half a century, and may be between fifty and

sixty years old. In 1847 it raised a cone or spike 58 c. (i. e. 23 in.)

long, which is agreeable to the ordinary size and form of this

production ; and now it has raised a second, but with a remarkable

anomaly in its development. ‘This is not half the length of its

predecessor, and, instead of being drawn to a point, is curtailed and

terminates abruptly in a tuft of. barren scales, resembling those,

which, as intimated above, always precede the rise either of a crown

of leaves or of a fruit-bearing cone. A check in the development

of the cone appears to have been sustained, preventing the further

prolongation of its axis, and at the same time causing its scales to

be no longer dilated and antheriferous.

MacrozaMIA SPIRALIS.

Mr. Yates next exhibited a small, but perfect specimen of the

cone of a male plant, which he lately imported from Sydney. This

is probably the first time that a Macrozamia has produced a cone in

this country. Together with the recent cone Mr. Yates showed

also two old specimens, which had been sent with the living plant by

W.S. MacLeay, Esq., F.L.S., and which that gentleman obtained near

his own residence at Elizabeth Bay. One of these two specimens

is very remarkable in consequence of being double. At the top of

a peduncle of the usual 'size and appearance are fixed two equal,

parallel and perfect male cones. Mr. Yates showed, that some approach

to this double formation is occasionally found in the genus Kncepha-

lartus, inasmuch as the axis of the cone is sometimes bifid near

the summit. }

It was also remarked, that the peduncle of Macrozamia bears

leafy appendages, and that these have not been found in any other

recent genus, but are very conspicuous on the peduncles of the

fossil Zamites gigas, which is found in the Oolitic strata near Whitby.

Read some ‘‘ Observations on the parasitic habits of Rhinanthus

Crista-galli, and its injurious effects on the growth of Barley.” By

Joshua Clarke, Esq., F.L.S. &c.

These observations were made during the last summer in the

parish of Debden, in the county of Essex. The field contained four

acres of barley, the soil a stiffish clay; the Rhinanthus was growing

in patches at different parts of the field, some of which were much

larger than others, and occupying at least half the surface, by which

a ae

Linnean Society. 423

about, two acres of the barley were completely destroyed, and the

aining part of the crop very much injured, both in quantity and

a ‘The farm consisted of 170 acres, principally clay soil,

such as is usually called heavy land ; thirty acres of it were of barley,

about ten of which were destroyed by this plant.

In regard to the mode by which the Rhinanthus effects the

injury, Mr. Clarke states that the fibres of the roots attach

themselves to the fibres of the barley, on which they form small

round tubers, or what perhaps may be more properly called spongioles,

which embrace the ‘fibres so effectually, that they suck the juices

of the plant so as to starve it, and in most instances ultimately

destroy it; these spongioles are formed of cellular tissue.

correct knowledge of the habits and natural history of a plant

may lead to its eradication, but in this instance it is a matter of

kdiieinerable difficulty, the ordinary method of destroying weeds by

a summer fallow being of no avail, as the Rhinanthus does not

ow in clean earth. Mr. Clarke has for some years been trying to raise

it from seed in clean earth, but has never succeeded. ‘The other

thiethod of destroying weeds by green crops in rows is equally un-

successful, as it does not grow among green crops. As it is annual,

it certainly should be pulled up before it seeds ; and as it grows on

a clay soil, and to no great extent except in a wet season, the land

should be “xiticarey deamned:

Read also a Note “On the Reproduction of Lost Parts in Earth-

worms.” By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

> ‘The author exhibited three specimens of Earthworms, which have

had parts: of their bodies reproduced,—an occurrence which was

formerly proved, by the experiments of Bonnet and Spallanzani, to

take, place in these animals. One of the specimens exhibited was

still, living, the others were. preserved in spirit. In each of them

moré than one-third of the posterior division of the body had been

restored. ‘The new parts in all were much smaller in diameter, and

ithe segments much shorter than in the original anterior portion of

the body.. Although the reputation of Bonnet and Spallanzani re-

(quires no: defence, the author thought it might be interesting to the

Fellows to examine these specimens, since the fact of reproduction

in Earthworms and other Annelids has recently been denied... Ina

“Report on the British Annelida,” by Dr. F. Williams, published in

the Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science

for the year 1851, that gentleman, after mentioning the experiments

of Bonnet and Spallanzani, as quoted by Prof. Owen, makes the

following statement :—‘‘ On the authority of hundreds of observa-

tions, laboriously repeated at every season of the year, the author

of this report can declare, with deliberate firmness, that there is not

one word of truth in the above statement” (Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1851,

p- 247). Dr. Williams, Mr. Newport added, must have been sin-

gularly unfortunate in his observations, since it is no uncommon

thing, at this season of the year, to find Earthworms which have

had a large portion of the body restored; as is easily seen by the

much lighter colour, more delicate texture and smaller dimensions

of the new parts, as compared with the original parts of the animal.

424 Linnean Society.

November 15.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Read a Notice “ On Hodgsonia, Hook. fil. et Thoms., a new and

remarkable genus of Cucurbitacee.’’ By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S.,

F.L.S. &c., and Dr. Thomas Thomson, F.L.S. &c.

Hopesonta.

Cuan, Gex.—Fi. Mas. Calycis tubus elongatus, post anthesin de-

ciduus, 5-gonus, angulis dentibusve incrassatis recurvis. Petala 5,

flavida, gamopetala, calycis limbo adnata, obovato-cuneata, patentia,

apice truncata, fimbriato-lobata ; lobis longissimis tortis, penduilis.

Stamina 5, triadelpha. dnthere monadelphee, extrorse ; loculis

linearibus contortis.

Fu. Fam. Calye basi ovario spherico adherens, superné longé tubulosus,

mari omnind similis, intts disco spongioso, Corolla maris. Ovarium

l-loculare. Placente 3, parietales, basin versus utrinque 2-ovulate;

ovulis ascendentibus, anatropis. Stylus elongatus, tubum calycis equans.

Stigma 3-lobum, lobis superné emarginatis. Bacca depresso-globosa,

magna, obscuré 5-sulcata, pulpd induraté demum sicca repleta. Semina -

per paria in nuces 6 arcté accreta, altero minore plerumque effceto,

Testa lignosa, basi fissa (rima elongata), profundé longitu inaliter re-

ticulatim suleata; epidermide vasculari in sulcos penetrante tecta,

- Endopleurum crassissimum, suberosum. Embryo exalbuminosus; eoty-

ledones magni, plani; plumula lobata. B-

Frutex alté scandens, Caulis ramosus, sulcatus, succo agueo copioso

scatens, vasis magnis aére repletis percursus. Folia alterna, semper-

virentia, coriacea, 3-5-palmatiloba, Flores magni, extus rufobrunnet

puberuli, intis pallidée siraminei villosi ; masculi spicati basi bracteati ;

foeminei axillares solitarii (v. ex cl. Roxburgh) in racemum brevem

dispositi. Petioli elongati, basi versus axillam gemma? corned conicd

stipuleformi suffulti. Cirrhi laterales, 2-3-fidi. Tae

HopGson1A neterociita, Hook. fil. et Thoms.

Trichosanthes heteroclita, Roxb. #1. Ind. iii. p. 705 ; Wall. Cat. no. 6684 !

T. grandiflora, Wall. Cat, no. 6€85! non Blume. S70 ft 28GG

An ‘I’. hexasperma v. T. macrocarpa, Blume, Bijdr. p. 935%

Hab. in sylvis densis montium inferiorum Sikkim Himalaye (ad 5500 ped,

ascendens) ; Assam ;. Mont. Khasia, Silhet, Chittagong, Penang, Java?

—v,U. 0,

A very remarkable plant, one of the handsomest and most curious

of the whole natural family, with the inflorescence and flower of

Trichosanthes, but in fruit widely different from any of the extensive

Natural Order to which it belongs. It has been extremely well

deseribed by Roxburgh as a species of Trichosanihes, and was

cultivated many years ago in the Calcutta Botanic Garden, where it

is now lost. A figure of the female flower is also in the Museum of

the India House. Root branching. Stem climbing for 80 to 100 feet,

festooning lofty trees. Wood of very remarkable structure. Theal-

most axillary conical bodies, referred to buds, but generally described

as stipules, are most remarkable and deserve careful study. Flowers,

very handsome, appear in May, and the fruit ripens in autumn and

winter; female flowers are rare, and from being solitary, are less

conspicuous than the males. Ovarium covered with small warts

that project through the dense, almost velvety, rusty pubescence,

1-celled with three varietal placente, that project into the axis, and

—— ae a

a eae

Linnean Society. 425

clearly show the normal structure of Cucurbitaceous fruits to have a

parietal placentation ; cavity of the ovarium filled with watery pulp,

that hardens as the fruit advances to maturity and becomes of the

consistency of a hard turnip, full of watery. fluid that escapes in

large drops when the fruit is pierced. Ovules suberect, in pairs,

each pair collateral and at right angles to the radius of the ovary ;

of these the ovule next the axis ripens, and that next the circum-

ference of the ovary becomes accrete to the outer one and seldom

ripens... This position and ceconomy of the ovules is quite unique

in the order. Flowers about 4 inches long; the limb 3 inches in

diameter, inodorous; fringes of the petals-5-6 inches long. Calyx

with several deep brown polished tubercles or warts towards each

angle or tooth. Tube of the calyx lined with a thickened disc, which

surrounds the style and is in contact with it; it lines the staminal —

tube of the male flower. Berry 6-10 inches across, of a fine deep

red-brown colour, covered with a very short tomentum ; pulp whitish.

Seeds erect, very large, each double, resembling a 2-celled nut,

coyered with an adherent vascular pulpy-coat, which penetrates deep

fissures in the free face of the larger seed. Testa hard, somewhat

porous ; the free surface of the larger seed deeply grooved in anasto-

mosing channels ; outer surface rather corky or spongy, inner hard,

smooth, polished. The testa is slit longitudinally down its base

towards the hilum for one half or one inch in the larger seed, and

has a smaller corresponding slit on the smaller nut. A compressed

prolongation of the endopleurum (which is very soft, thick and

corky) projects a little through this fissure, and the radicle points

towards it. Embryo flat, of the form of the seed, occupying a

narrow slit in the centre of the endopleurum, nearly as broad-as the

cavity of the testa, surrounded by a delicate membrane. _ Cotyledons

plain, white, very oily; radicle small, conical; plumule 2-lobed,

lobes notched. The seeds are eaten by the natives of Sikkim, who

call the fruit Kat’hior pot. An original specimen is in Sir William

Hooker’s herbarium, from Buchanan Hamilton, labelled as from

Penang, with the MS. name of “ Trichosanthes Theba.” Roxburgh’s

trivial name of heteroclita has been retained, for though it was in-

tended by its illustrious author to imply that the plant varies from

its congeners of the genus Trichosanthes, it will apply sufficiently

well in future for a plant which is heteroclite in respect of the

natural family (Cucurbitacee), to which it undoubtedly belongs.

Blume’s descriptions are quite insufficient to determine whether it

belongs to his M. macrocarpa or herasperma, or either. ‘These

plants are no doubt congeners of Hodgsonia, and considering that

the H. heteroclita ranges from the level of the sea at Penang, lat. 6°

north to alt: 6000 feet in Sikkim, lat 27° north, the probabilities are

great that it is also found in Java. The leaves vary from 2-lobed

to 5-lobed, usually the latter, and the lobes are much acuminate,

rarely blunt, coarsely serrated towards the tips or quite entire.

The genus is named in honour of B. H. Hodgson, Esq., F.L.S.,

Resident at Darjiling, where the plant was discovered, and whose

scientific services in the Himalaya justly merit the honour of so

splendid a plant.

426 Linnean Society.

December 6.— Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in- the Chair...

Read a “ Notice of several species of Bats, captured in England

during the present autumn.” By G, B. Buckton, Esq., F.L:S. &e.

The species referred to are Vespertilio serotinus, Daub., V. Dau-

bentonii var. emarginatus, and the typical V. Daubentonit?° OF V.

serotinus three specimens were obtained in August last at Chartham,

about three miles from Canterbury, and captured in rather a singular

manner. On returning late from a fishing expedition, the author

was interested in watching several large bats hawking for beetles

and the white moth (Porthesia chrysorrhea), which was then plentiful.

The idea occurred to him of roughly imitating the last insect by

drawing a shred of white paper through the top ring of his rod and

vibrating it; and this manceuvre, under the thick trees, had the

effect ofa decoy, and in a few minutes he switched down two speci-

mens almost unhurt. On another evening he procured a third in-

dividual, and might easily have obtained more, as it appeared to be

the common bat of the neighbourhood ; although Mr, Jenyns, to

whom the specimens were submitted, states that he has seen but

two other: English specimens, which (as appears from Mr. Bell’s

‘ British Quadrupeds’) were taken in the neighbourhood of London.

Mr. W. Borrer has, however, found it not of “unfrequent occurrence

in the chalk excavations.in Dover Cliff. When handled, these bats

uttered a shrill chatter, and showed their teeth, with a strong dis-

position to bite... Their flight is graceful but somewhat heavy, and

appeared to be limited’ to about an hour after sunset... They seem. to

affect the vicinity of high trees and shady places.

Vespertilio Daubentonit var. emarginatus was knocked down while

flitting in company with another, over the water, under some willows

on the banks of the river Stour; and three specimens of V. Dau-

bentonii were obtained from the church-tower of Christchurch, Hants,

where they may be found in plenty. Mr. Buckton describes. the

differences between V. emarginatus and V. Daubentonii as follows.

V. emarginatus is nearly.an inch larger in expanse of wings and. half

an inch longer from the nose to the tail*. The ears are somewhat

narrower and more deeply notched ; the thumb is stouter, and with

reference to the size of the bat not so long. The fur is more,of an

ash-gray, and the flying membrane and fur of the under side) more

cool in colour. It appears to have much of the habit of V. mystaci-

nus. On falling into. the water it swam well to the bank, notwith-

standing some current in the stream. Mr. Couch, ina paper published

in the ‘ Zoologist,’ has recorded the occurrence of V. emarginatus in

the neighbourhood of Falmouth; but Mr. Newman, in the same

* The actual measurements are as follows :— .

V. emarginatus. V. Daubentonii.

inches. inches.

EXpOnse, ..--.9eannnaps AOE scosucbas eee =O2

Nose to tail ....2.... OF O ebteccize 3:1

POR OTR 2207. FO 1! I es +. 16 nearly.

Tailt: atiz 6i.stiaisi 1433), aia. 1:23

Thumb wteee Oe ceceee 4 onereeneames 3

Ss SS. ee —s

Linnean Society. 427

periodical for September 1852; has expressed a doubt (which is

shared by others) of the existence of the continental V. emarginatus

in this country. On this subject Mr. Buckton read part of a letter

from Mr. Couch addressed to Mr. Borrer, to the following effect.

Mr. Couch regrets that he_has no specimens, it being his custom to

send away his specimens as soon as he has made such an examination

as he deems necessary. The last he had were sent to Mr. Heysham

at Chester, and the little Horse-shoe Bat travelled all the way from

Cornwall thither alive. He is preparing a paper on the subject of

Bats for the ‘ Zoologist,’ in which he has collected many particulars

which he thinks interesting ; but with regard to the disputed identity

of his species he refers to the ‘ Naturalist’ for Noyember 1851,

where will be found a paper on this species, with a figure, by Mr.

Cocks of Falmouth. The specimen which Mr. Couch examined,

and to which he assigned this name, agreed with the characters

there pointed out; and appeared to differ widely from any other

British Bat. . The notch in the ears was much more decided than in

Mr. Bell’s figure.

Read also a “‘ Notice of the appearance of myriads of a species of

Aphis im the North of England, during the present autumn.” By

J. Hogg, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c.

~ These insects not only abounded in immense numbers in country

, but ‘also in vast swarms in the very centre of the town of

kton. As these insects appeared just at the time when the

cholera had broken out in that portion of England, many people

considered that they were connected with that disease ; and that

they were forerunners, or at least indicative of the presence of the

cholera. This Mr. Hogg considers to be fabulous and absurd, but

he thinks that some of the same causes which might promote cholera,

might likewise assist in ‘the ‘rapid increase of these Aphides at the

Same season; such as warm, moist weather, the absence of wind,

and other like causes. Or indeed the excess, or it may be the want

of electricity in the atmosphere, might tend to account for the presence

of cholera, and the extraordinary multitudes’ of these insects in the

same localities ; but that the existence of the cholera was in any way

influenced by the Aphides, or the converse, he altogether disbelieves,

Mr. Hogg exhibited some of these insects in the hope that the

species might be determined. He had not examined them minutely,

but believed that they might prove to be the Aphis Rumicis. They

were taken by him at Norton, in the county of Durham, in the latter

part of September in the present year. He added that he has

no recollection of having witnessed before such multitudes of these

black, or dark-coloured, flies with light wings; and that they were

extremely troublesome by flying into the eyes and mouth.

Read, further, a paper entitled ‘« Remarks on Sarsaparillas.” By

Berthold Seemann, Esq., Ph.D., F.L.S. &c.

After quoting a remark of Sir W. Hooker, that those plants which

are most useful to mankind are frequently the least known botanically,

and the testimony of the late Dr. Pereira as to the unsatisfactory

nature of our knowledge of the botanical sources of the various sorts

428 Linnean Society. ‘

of Sarsaparilla, Dr. Seemann proceeds to endeavour to elucidate the

facts connected with this perplexing subject. He refers first to

specimens collected by Dr. Warszewics, during his last visit to the

Volcano of Chiriqui in Veraguas, and transmitted by him to Mr.

Daniel Hanbury, and which Dr. Seemann pronounced to belong’ to

the Smilax officinalis of Humboldt and Bonpland ; a view which was

confirmed by a tracing made in Paris by Mr. Hanbury, from the

original imperfect specimens of that plant, and subsequently by

specimens collected by Dr. Warszewics at Bajorque in New Granada,

the locality where Humboldt and Bonpland obtained their Smilax

officinalis, and which are completely identical both with the plant of

the two distinguished travellers above named and with the specimens’

collected by Dr. Warszewics at Chiriqui. ‘The author then extended

his inquiry to other so-called species supposed to be allied to Smilar

officinalis, and states that having examined the specimens of Smilax

papyracea of Poiret, in the possession of Mr. Bentley, on which that

gentleman had published an able article in the Pharmaceutical

Journal for April 1853, he became convinced of the identity of that

plant also with Smilaz officinalis. He next refers to Smilax medica

of Schlechtendal and Chamisso, well described and tolerably figured

by Nees von Esenbeck, which he believes to be also identical with.

the plants previously examined; the supposed differences having

originated in the extreme variableness in this genus of the roots,

stems, branches and leaves, from which the principal characters of

the three supposed species were derived.

The following is the description given by Dr. Seemann of the plant,

which unites under the name of Smilax officinalis the synonyms of

Sm. papyracea and Sm. medica. It grows in the lower coast region

as well as on the mountains at an elevation of 5000 feet above the

sea, und is confined (as far as at present known) to the continent of

America, where it is found between 20° N. and 6° S. latitude,

and 110° and 40° W. longitude. Jamaica, from whence so large

a quantity is annually obtained, has been well ascertained not to

produce any itself, the article known as ‘“ Jamaica Sarsaparilla ”

being imported into that island from the Spanish Main; nor is it

authentically proved to occur in any of the other islands of the

West Indies, The rhizoma is cylindrical, and the roots (Sarsaparilla

of Commerce), abounding more or less in starch, according to age and

locality, are as many as 10 feet inlength, and generally furnished with

branched rootlets (beards). The plant itself is glabrous in every

part, and averages 50 feet in length. The stem is quadrangular,

furrowed or striated, and on the edges furnished with flat prickles,

which are occasionally curved upwards. The branches are either

quadrangular or multiangular, and either with or without prickles,

The petiole, sheathing at the base, is furnished with two spirally-

twisted tendrils, which are often 10 inches long, and either furnished

with prickles or destitute of them. The leaves are extremely vari-

able; at times they are broadly cordate, almost trilobed, gradually

tapering to an acumen; at others they are ovate-oblong, and even

lanceolate, and rounded at the apex, but always mucronate; they

are generally 5-nerved, the two outermost nerves being mostly

Races | x:

; Linnean Society. 429

bifurcated, and all the nerves prominent on the under surface, acutely

edged and often furnished with prickles; the colour of the leaves is

of a dark green, the under surface being a shade paler than the upper,

but never glaucous ; as in many other species of Smélaz, their length

varies from 2 inches to.a foot, and their breadth at the base from

1 .to 6 inches; in thickness also they vary considerably, being

either coriaceous or more or less paper-like, and in the latter case

furnished with transparent lineolar dots. The peduncles are axillary

-and solitary, somewhat flattened, and bear an umbel composed of

about sixteen flowers. The flowers are still unknown. The berries

are round, red, and of the size of a small cherry or less; and each

contains two or three plano-conyex seeds of a light brown colour.

Dr. Seemann does not expect that botanists will object to the union

of the three supposed species; but he fears that pharmacologists

may be disinclined to adopt his views, inasmuch as regarding the

different commercial sorts of Sarsaparilla as essentially distinct, they

lay great stress upon certain superficial characters of little botanical

importance. Thus the so-called Lisbon or Brazilian Sarsaparilla,

which comes in rolls about 3 feet long, is chiefly distinguished

from the Jamaica Sarsaparilla, by having fewer rootlets or beards,

and inasmuch as the beards contain a greater amount of mealy matter,

is on that account of less value in the market. But the author states,

that, if the Lisbon Sarsaparilla be carefully examined, it will be

plainly seen that the rootlets have been removed by some rough

mechanical process, and that when gathered they had as much beard

as the Jamaica kind, making it probable that if the merchant who

buys up this Zarza in various parts of Brazil, would instruct the

collectors that the preservation of these rootlets would not only save

them trouble but also increase both the weight and commercial

ue of the roots, we should soon have from Brazil the same valua-

ble Sarsaparilla which we now obtain from Jamaica. The distinction,

however, on which pharmacologists lay the greatest stress is into

“‘mealy’’ and ‘‘non-mealy,” according as the mealy coat immediately

below the outer cortical layer is of greater or less thickness, ‘or

entirely wanting. This distinction, which is at once seen to be by

no means well-defined, depends moreover on the age of the roots

and the locality in which they were collected, the formation of starch

being probably entirely regulated by physical circumstances. Ina

bundle of Jamaica Sarsaparilla many roots may be found mealy at

one end and non-mealy at the other. Again, the form of the cellsof the

nucleary sheath of the roots has been considered as furnishing good

marks of distinction between the Sarsaparillas of Central and South

America; and Schleiden declares that he can readily distinguish

them microscopically. But this theory, as appears from Mr. Bentley’s

paper before referred to, does not rest on any safe foundation.

Dr. Seemann believes therefore that he may safely conclude that

the greater part of the Sarsaparilla of Commerce is the producé of

one and the same species of Smilar; but he does not wish to infer

from the identity of the three supposed species, that the commercial

distinctions, now so universally acknowledged, ought to be given up,

430 “Miscellaneous:

He believes that so long as the Brazilians continue to strip the roots

of their beards, there will be in the market) the ‘so-called: Lisbon

Sarsaparilla, and as long as the inhabitants of othe Spanish Main

preserve these rootlets, there will be Jamaica Sarsaparilla; and further,

that as long as the climate and other physical conditions of Guate+

mala remain unchanged, we shall receive from thence: Sarsaparilla

distinguished by its abundance of mealy matter. ie oHT

MISCELLANEOUS.

RUNCINA HANCOCKI, foilde

Wuen in company with Mr. William Thompson, I observed

Runcina Hancocki in considerable abundance in the pools left be-

tween the rocks at low tide in Belmont Cove, Weymouth, bate Uinly

on the tufts of Hypnea purpurascens which were infested with Dia-

tomacea, which induces me to believe that they feed on these parasitic

plants. I brought several of them to London, and have since sent

some to Mr. Alder, who verifies the determination. Messrs. Alder

and Hancock (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xviii. 289. t. 4), when they

first described the animal, referred them to the genus Iemapontia,

order Inferobranchiata. Mr. Edward Forbes (Brit. Moll. iii. 611.

t. CCC.) formed them into a genus, placed provisionally at the end of

the sentie, observing that in all probability it represented a distinct

family. 5

The examination I have been able to bestow on the animal. induces

me to agree with Mr. Forbes on this point, and I should be inclined

to arrange the Runcinide in the order Pleurobranchiata, near Bullide

and Pleurobranchide. It has the armed gizzard and gills of Aply-

siade. To the excellent description of Messrs. Alder and Hancock, I

may add, that the tongue-membrane is covered with three longitudinal

series of large transparent teeth, like some of the Bullide:.The

central tooth is broad, tranverse, with the upper edge reflexed,

notched in the middle, and with three unequal denticles on each side

of the middle line. The iateral teeth are rather large, versatile, conic,

arched, compressed, with an acute tip. The prehensile collar is

horny, large, rugose, with roundish tubercles. I am’ somewhat

inclined to consider the front part of the back, enclosing the eyes,

which are rather bent up on the sides and separated from the other

part of the back by a paler colour, as the frontal lobe of the Bullida,

which is united at this paler part to the true mantle, giving the ani-

mal the appearance of having a single oblong shield-like mantle,

The mantle is very hard and tough, but without any appearance of a

shell or spicula.—J. E. Gray.

Note on the Coloration of the Waters of the Chinese Sea.

By M. Camitye Daresrte.

In this note M. Dareste informs us that the Trichodesmium ery-

threum, described by Ehrenberg as the cause of the red colour assumed.

by the Red Sea at certain periods, has been brought from the Chinese

sea, in a sample of water taken at a time when a great extent of the

ocean was coloured red and yellow. The coloration was not con-

Meteorological Observations. 431

tinuous; ‘but ‘formed patches separated by transparent:intervals.. The

red colour predominated in that portion of the sea which washed the

southern ‘portion of China; to the south of the island of Formosa,

whilst the yellow colour was observed principally to the north of this

island, im the sea: known as the Yellow Sea. The water was taken

front the portion of the sea which was of a red colour.

The same plant. was received some years since from Ceylon’ by

M. Montagne, so that it appears to range throughout the Indian

Ocean from the coast of. Africa to that of China. M. Dareste also

refers to the description of an atmospheric dust by Mr. Piddington,

published in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for 1846,

which he thinks contained minute forms of vegetation similar to, if

not identical with, the Trichodesmium erythraum.—Comptes Rendus,

March 6, 1854, p. 461.

_). METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1854.

) Chiswiek.—March 1. Frosty: very fine: clear, with sharp frost at night. 2.

Frosty : -very fine: hazy. 3. Very dense fog: foggy : partially overcast: frosty.

4, Frosty, with slight fog : overcast. 5. Overcast: clear: dense fog. 6: Dense

: foggy throughout. 7. Foggy: fine: overcast. 8. Cloudy: overcast: clear.

9. Overcast : very fine: overcast. 10. Cloudy: slight rain. 11. Fine :- clear.

12. Slight fog: very fine. 13. Clear and fine. 14. Cloudy: slight rain. 15.

Foggy: cloudy. 16. Cloudy and fine. 17. Clear throughout: frosty at night.

Si BPeht haze: rain... 19. Rain: overcast. 20. Clear and.cold... 21, 22. Fine.

‘23. Cloudy and cold. 24, 25. Overcast. 26. Cloudy. 27. Overcast : very fine.

28. Cloudy: very fine. 29. Clear: very fine. 30. Overcast: fine. 31. Clear

Gigs 2 § :

b ~ ; Mean temperature of the month Pee eee ee eee eee SORE t eee 42°54

«=: \\.,Mean temperature of March 1853. ........ eeeayhys se waereesi-3 + 37°41

\.\. Mean temperature of March for the last twenty-eight years. 42 *23

1” > Ave amount of rain in March — ..............ssesseeseceeeees 1:36 inch.

* Boston. arch I—3. Fine. 4,5. Cloudy. 6,7. Foggy. 8,9. Cloudy. 10.

‘Fine? 11, Cloudy. 12,13. Fine. 14. Cloudy: rain a.wt.°15. Fine. 16. Cloudy:

taifi a.m.17. Fine: rain a.m.andp.m. 18. Cloudy. 19. Fine. 20—26. Clondy,

27,.Fime: rain a.m. 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine. 30. Cloudy. 31. Fine.

_, Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Cloudy a.M. and p.m. 2. Bright a.m. :

Cloudy p.m. 3. Clear, fine a.m.: clear, aurora’ P.w, 4. Clear, fine s.M. :

clear p.m. 5. Bright a.m.: drizzle p.m. 6, 7. Cloudy a.m.and p.m. 8. Bright

ame: clear Pat 9. Rain a.m.: cloudy p.mi; 10; Bright a.m.: showers p.m.

411, Rain a.m,:, cloudy p.m. . 12. Bright a.m.: clearp.a. . 13, Bright as:

oudy pas. 14, Cloudy a.m.: fine p.m. 15. Clear a.M.: cloudy p.m. 16,

oudy a.M.: clear pM. 17. Cloudy a.m.: drops p.m. 18. Cloudy a.m.:

showers p.m. 19, 20. Cloudy a.m. : clear, aurora p.m. 21. Bright a.s.: cloudy,

aurora p.m. 22. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 23. Cloudy a.m: clear p.m. 24. Cloudy

Am, and p.m. 25. Cloudy a.m.: clear, aurora P.M. 26. Bright a.m.: clear,

aurora P.M, 27, Showers a.m,: cloudy p.m. 28. Clear a.M.: cloudy, hazy p.as,

29. Cloudy a.m.: cloudy, drizzle p.m. 30. Clear a.m.and p.m. 31. Clear a.m:

cloudy p.m.

Mean temperature of March for twenty-seven previous years . 40°37

Mean temperature of this month ......sscececeeeecssssceescences . 45°14

Mean temperature of March 1853. 2........ 000... ciedaeceeeee 38 “24

Average quantity of rain in March for thirteen previous years 2°59 inches.

The mean temperature of this month is higher than that of any March for the

last twenty-seven years, and the barometer on the 4th was as high as on any day

during the same period except on two, viz. 27th December 1840; when it was

30-72, and on Ist February 1841, when it was 30-76,

On the 30th, about 8 o’clock Pp... a comet with a long tail was seen N.W.

about 7° above the horizon, and remained visible to the naked eye, and attracting

attention for an hour and a half, but has not been seen since then, as the sky was

too cloudy for several evenings,

So, [rerssegee|oseereeee] ew [emu | oan gv | ov Sti 62 | LS: £3.62 96.62 00,08 VSE.0£ 1ob.of “EE. -

, Yo, |erserreeelorereeten! ca | sss | ems | bb | SBP S| ge | gS | 62.62 i 06,62, £3.62 TIz0£ | 6z.0f ‘of |

fe Web tbls dee ont “ms [ere | om | Lb | 58S 6+] rf | o9 | 1g.62° 1g.6z +6.6z zr£.08 L£gt.of 62 ’

Peet eterelecesrtaseleeereeees “MSM ‘uw “MU gb oS rs gz 19 L6.6z 00,0 ‘ £6.62 $6z.0£ 6L£.0£ "37@

Lo. Qo. [esereee| new | Sage | ogg gb | Lr ov} gz |} 9S £6.62 69.62 $g.6z 761.08 661.0£ Lz

wrsvearerlertenrt*-] go, | ew | -mn | ema | ge! ov |. db} of | oS | 266e £3.62 £$.6z gLg.6z 190.08 { 92

go. See eeee el ee eeeneee “ou “M “MU LE tr ab ov gh 73.67 18.67 ZL,6% $$6,6z gor.of Cz

debs epee u |-au| Sb| Lb] Srv] Ez | gh | ra.0f 62,08 00,0£ £0z.0£ tLz.0€ “bz

sareeapecloensereestevessres/ mums | cu | tmn | tb | sop bb] fc | 2S LE,0€ ob.of o1.of 6H£.0£ 66£.0£ fz

se seettbesensesteleeeers eo] amr oe | gin Sb | Sb zbvl cb | 64 Pb.of 2S.0£ 07,0£ 614.0£ g6b.08 “tz

wecvevveelscacececs ide “MUM! ‘ot ‘ou cr fv ot Li 6 19.0£ 19.0£ 90,08 I7Z.o£ tot.o£f ‘Izy

resteneesbreeenseeel aq. | og ‘a | au | S0b.| Sb gf} 1f |} Sb gS.0£ gS .of Lo.of glz.of gSf.0€ ‘Oz

mtmerteestoit-) Se.) su | oe to || $28 gSb zbi r€ | Sb | 2S.0€ 6£.0£ 9L.6z £06,6z 141.08 “61

Go. | Gc. | 61, | ‘as | -m | -ms | §th | gb | Eb] SE | Es 16,62 $4.62 08.6% 486,62 zr .of "gt

seeeeeres! fo, [ereeeseetl agg “9 ‘u | Sob | sfb gf| fz £s 10,08 gT.o£ or.o£ 96£.0£ 629 o£ “Lr

Go. frrses***! ro, "MS | *MSS/cms:| Ib | gh | of} Se | gS 36.62 99.62 $9.6z oLo,0& 1£z,0f “gt

resseweeel go, 16 4 som: os "g gh | Sr 6£| bby | LS £9.62 £g.6z 08.62 Bzr.of LSr,0€ “Sr

Peeereecclecececacc|seeceaeees *s “MS *g gt LY oS Lz £9 19,62 09.62 89.62 $26.62 Ig0(0f "tI

6e° bei “m |omss| ems | rb | tb $$| ob | 9S z$.6z $€.6z 9$.6z 166.62 T01,0£ ‘OL

_[tabechacslecesmeceelseceserwel “vg | eaom | omg Sb &9b oS gt <9 61.62 69.62 £6.62 Sgz.of z£El.0£ *g

OL, |rresreree|esreneres) og lems lt cms | Sob | Lb | off tb | of £3.62 $0,0£ oof LLE.of beb.0£ “L

Lo, eee ‘m |i a | ob | Lb] gel be | 61.0£ 9£.08 o%.0£ LEv.of 9£9.08 9 ¢

Se NBs ee lteecsonel ow bom bon | Se ghd > ott oct gt.of 7.08 LE.of oL$.0f brL.of “$

reeescersleesenseee] om | ag | og ze | tb! Schl €€ | OS 09.0 1L.0f vr.of $oL.of z$L.of +

serenecrelesessceceleesseseoe] og | gua] 49 ch | tH of| gt | *S 19.0£ zh.o£ ZE.0£ 60S .of 8z9.0£ 3

seersesesleseareess|ecserreas] emg | og *g gb | gt zf| gx $s €z.0£ $2.08 gf.0£ Lzg.0f 899.08 “e

Eo, rereterer|oesrersenl og [em [ems | Sh | SZ] bE gr | +S of.0£ gt.of vE.0£ Llo.of zoL.of *r

2 we ¢ Fol w |.9 lua “we ‘arp, | “xe urd “unt & “ut *xeyL nt

Eg ; ee e ie A fs)"ur-e £6 7) IA | “Xe fs ¥6 ‘4 NW P9SI

Es B 5 aS P/F ee oun BE “yorastyg *yormpurg ‘AouxI19 Pe “PASO “qqUOyY

0 she

- “Urey “PULA ‘so,OMIOMUIEY,T, eee sca

THE ANNALS

AND

_ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SECOND SERIES.]

No. 78. JUNE 1854.

XXXIX.—On some new Genera and Species of Fossil Fishes.

By Sir Purtie Grey Ecerron, Bart., F.R.S. &e.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

__ In the early part of last year I was solicited to undertake the

preparation of a second Decade of fossil fishes for the Memoirs of

the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. -Having mate-

_nials at hand I completed the task assigned to me, and delivered

in the manuscript in the commencement of the month of July.

In consequence however of a press of business in the Stationery

Office, I have not yet received the proofs for correction, nor, as

far as I have been able to learn, is there any likelihood of the

matter being proceeded with for some time to come. The ma-

_nuscript contains the detailed descriptions of twelve new species,

comprising three new genera; most of them from the Purbeck

beds and the Lias. The delay of publication of these materials

haying almost reached twelve months, I am induced to ask for a

vacant space in your Magazine for the following short descrip-

- tions of the species, in order that Mr. Morris and others, who

have works in progress on British Paleontology, may be put in

possession of these additions to our fossil fauna.

Genus AsTERACANTHUS, Agassiz.

A. granulosus, Egerton. An ichthyodorulite about 1 foot in

length, characterized by the small size of the tubercles orna-

menting the exposed portion of the spine. <

Locality. Hastings sand, Tilgate Forest. Decade 8. pl. 1.

A. verrucosus, Egerton, An ichthyodorulite of common oc-

currence at Swanage. The surface is closely beset with stelliform

tubercles rising from circular expanded pedestals.

Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 2.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 28

434 Sir P. G. Egerton on some new genera and species

A, semiverrucosus, Egerton. This species rests upon a single

specimen in the Dorchester Museum. It is characterized. by its

short and falciform figure, and by the peculiarity of the surface

ornament, consisting of an intermixture of coarse tubercles

with raised lines, similar to those on the spines of the genus

Hybodus.

Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 3.

A. papillosus, Egerton. Although not a British species, this

is alluded to as completing the enumeration of the species of this

genus. It is an ichthyodorulite of short and massive proportions,

having its surface invested with large round papille,

Locality. Oolite, Caen.

Genus PHotiporHorvs, Agassiz.

P. granulatus, Egerton. This species more nearly resembles

the P. ornatus of Agassiz than any other. It differs in the deeper

proportions of the body and in the characters of the scales, which

are more oblong and have the striations finer and more regular,

and the posterior margins less deeply serrated. Those in the

vicinity of the dorsal fin are granulated.

Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 4.

Genus Hisrionorvs, Egerton.

This genus has some affinities to Lepidotus and Semionotus.

It resembles the former in the outline of the head and trunk,

and the latter in the large size of the dorsal fin. This organ

however occupies a much greater extent of surface, commencing

near the nape of the neck and reaching almost to the caudal fin.

H. angularis, Fgerton. The species is characterized: by the

abrupt angles occurring at the occiput and at the insertion of the -

dorsal fin. The scales somewhat resemble those of a large Pho-

lidophorus and are similarly articulated ; they are finely serrated

on the posterior margin. » The teeth are fine and conical.

Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 5.

Genus AsPIDORHYNCHUS, Agassiz.

A. fisheri, Egerton. This is a slender species, differing in its

proportions from any of the species figured in the ‘ Poissons

Fossiles.’ The scales along the dorsal line are curiously figured

with irregular vermiform ridges running longitudinally. The

teeth are sharp and numerous.

Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 6.

ee alt Ai es oO

of Fossil Fishes. 435

Genus PHoLiporHorts, Agassiz.

-P. higginsi, Stutchbury. This Pholidophorus was named some

years ago by Mr. Stutchbury of the Bristol Institution m honour

of its discoverer Mr. Higgins, but has not been described. It is

_ _ a diminutive species, remarkable for the large size of the scales

and the thickness of the ganoine which covers them. Those on

the anterior part of the trunk are deeply notched ; the duct tubes

of the lateral line are very prominent.

Locality. Lias, Aust. Decade 8. pl. 7. figs. 1-5.

P. nitidus, Egerton. This species differs from P. higginst in

the greater regularity and more even surface of the scales, which

are also devoid of serrations. The body of the fish is more

elongated.

Locality. lias, Aust. Decade 8. pl. 7. figs. 6-8.

Genus Lecnonotus, Egerton.

A small fish remarkable for the extent of the dorsal fin, which

occupies the entire length of the back. The scales have consi-

derable resemblance to those of Pholidophorus, near to which

genus Legnonotus must be classified.

L. cothamensis, Egerton. Until a second species of this genus

has been discovered, the generic characters will suffice to identify

it. The scales are not unlike those of Pholidophorus higginsi in

proportions and relative position and arrangement; they are

more extensively notched at the free margin, and the serrations

are shérter and more obtuse. The teeth are stronger and not so

numerous as in the Pholidophori.

Locality. This fish was discovered with the two preceding spe-

cies in a block of Cotham marble. Decade 8. pl. 7. figs. 9-12.

Genus Prycuoterts, Agassiz.

P. curtus, Egerton. This species is distinguished from the

only other species of the genus, Ptycholepis bollensis, Agass., by

its shortened body and the large proportions of the head.

Locality. Lias, Lyme Regis. Decade 8. pl. 8.

Genus Oxyenatuus, Egerton.

A genus appertaining to the family of the Sauroidei, near

Eugnathus, but distinguished from that genus by the sharpened

form and thin texture of the dentigerous bones and the smallness

of the teeth. The scales have more affinity with those of

Acrolepis. .

28*

436 Rev. W.A. Leighton on the British Graphidez.

O. ornatus, Egerton. Under the designation of specifie cha-

racters may be noticed the delicate striated surface ornament of

the head bones of this fish, and the highly ornamental pattern

on the scales.

Locality. Lias, Lyme Regis. Decade 8. pl. 9.

Genus Pycnopvs, Agass.

P. liassicus, Egerton. This, the only specimen of the genus

found so low as the Lias, is remarkable for the tuberculate orna-

ment on the scales, and the variety in the size and form of the

teeth.

Locality. Lias, Barrow on Soar. Decade 8. pl. 10.

Plates illustrative uf the above species, beautifully drawn and

lithographed by Mr. Dinkel, may be seen at the Meeting of the

Geological Society on the 7th of June.

I have the honour to be, Gentlemen,

Your obedient servant,

P. pe M. Grey EcrErron.

6 Albemarle Street, May 15, 1854.

XL.—Monograph of the British Graphidez.

By the Rev. W. A. Lereuton, B.A., F.B.S.E.

[Concluded from p. 395.]

8. Arthonia, Ach.

Apothecium (ardel/a) roundish, or difformed, tumid, innately

sessile, covered with a subcartilaginous membrane, within sub-

gelatinous, containing immediately under the surface a series of

pyriform asci; perithecium none; disk nearly plane, not bor-

dered, black, rough. Thallus cartilagineo-membranaceous.

“ Name from ap@o to sprinkle, according to Acharius, because

the numerous apothecia are as it were sprinkled over the crust :

but M. Fée justly remarks that dpd@ (and not ap6w) is to sprinkle,

and that therefore the name ought to be Ardonia.” Hook. Br.

Fl. 2. 142.

I propose to designate the apothecium by the term ardella,

significant of its appearance as a sprinkled spot.

1. Arthonia epipasta, B. microscopica. Thallus thin, mem-

branous, smooth, shining, grey or copper-coloured, irregularly

circumscribed ; ardelle innate, scattered, oblong or elongato-

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 437

oblong, simple or branched ; disk dark brown, plane, roughish ;

sporidia linear-clavate, 3-septate.

Graphis microscopica, Ehrhart, Crypt. 273 (1791 ?).

Opegrapha epipasta, 8. caragane, Ach. Meth. 26 (1803); L. Univ. 258.

. Opegrapha microscopica, Sm. E. Bot. t. 1911 (1808).

epipasta, 8. microscopica, Ach. Syn. 75 (1814); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 144.

go ete ara «. stenograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 322 (excl. some

syn.). :

On young oaks and alder. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus forming irregular transverse patches on the smooth

bark of trees of a transversely oblong or elongated shape, well-

defined by its colour, but not bounded by any dark line, very

thin, smooth, somewhat shining, varying from pale greyish-yellow

to a greyish-olive or even copper-colour. Ardelle tolerably nu-

merous, distantly scattered over the thallus im a parallel trans-

verse direction, very variable in shape and size, minute and

roundish or oval, or larger oblong or elongato-oblong, obtuse

and rounded at the extremities, innate, but slightly raised above

the surface, mostly simple, in a young state covered by the

thallus which is ruptured by the emergence of the lirella, and is

then apparently thrown back so as to form a sort of spurious

thallodal margin closely appressed along the sides of the lirella.

Disk dark brown, plane and open, tumid and convex when

wetted, roughish, surrounded by what appears as a very slender

black proper margin always visible, especially so in those ardellz

whose disk has been abraded, but when carefully examined

found to be illusory, arising in reality from the black surface

of the disk bending over the sides of the ardella and inserting

itself under the membranous thallodal margin, which is in

consequence somewhat thickened and upraised, and appears

darker as a very narrow margin to the disk. - The vertical sec-

tion shows this structure, and also that of the nucleus which is

gelatinous and hyaline, having imbedded in it in regular arrange-

ment roundish-clavate asci, each containing eight sporidia of a

linear-clavate form, 3-septate ; the whole covered externally and

laterally by the dark subpulverulent matter constituting the

disk. There is no trace of any carbonaceous, horny or even

membranous receptacle in the ardella.

Not to be confounded with Verrucaria punctiformis and Ver-

rucaria epidermidis, 8. analepta, which are very frequently found

growing side by side with it on the same bark.

The specimens of Opeg. epipasta in Mr. Borrer’s herbarium

were in too imperfect a state to determine anything accurately

concerning them. They were however evidently belonging to

the genus Arthonia.

Priare VIL. fig. 30. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella; b, sporidium ;

¢, asci imbedded in the nucleus.

438 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

2. Arthonia punctiformis, Ach., a. olivacea, Ach. Thallus

thin, membranous, smooth, shining, copper-coloured, indeter-

minate ; ardellz subinnate, scattered, roundish or broadly ob-

long, simple ; disk dark brown, plane or slightly convex, rough ;

sporidia linear-clavate, obtusely pointed, 3-septate.

Arthonia punctiformis, «. olivacea, Ach. L. Univ. 141 (1810); Syn. 4;

Mart. Fil. Erlang. 283; Sommerf. Suppl. Lapp. 141.

Opegrapha punctiformis, Fingerh. Eiffl. 25 (1829).

On young oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

Thallus very thin, smooth, even and shining, somewhat scaly,

pale brown or darkish copper-colour, forming irregular indeter-

minate patches. Ardelle few, distantly scattered, larger than in

the last, variable in size and shape, roundish or broadly oblong,

simple, slightly raised above the surface, probably in a young

state covered by the thallus, which in a later stage is cracked

uround the ardella, forming an inconspicuous spurious thallodal

margin. Disk dark brown, plane or slightly convex, coarsely ~

roughened by raised points or minute tubercles, which a vertical

section shows to be thinner portions of the dark external disk,

towards which the asci, which seem collected into sets, converge,

and through which the sporidia are probably ultimately ejected.

This peculiarity of structure I have not noticed in any other

species. Nucleus gelatinous and hyaline, with broad rounded

asci imbedded, each with eight pale yellow sporidia of a linear-

clavate or obovate form, obtusely pointed at the extremities,

3-septate, covered externally by a darker layer constituting the

disk. :

Acharius doubts whether ‘his Opegrapha epipasta B. micro-

scopica may not be a form of his Arthonia punctiformis, but I

incline to think them distinct.

8. galactina, Ach. Thallus pale yellow or cream-colour.—Ach.

L. Univ. 141; Syn. 4.

On young oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

In all other respects, except the colour of the thallus, similar

to var. a.

Puiate VII. fig. 31. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella; 6, sporidia.

8. Arthonia astroidea. Thallus thin, membranous, smooth,

scaly, white, cream-colour, or olive, hmited; ardelle innate,

clustered, substellate or radiate; disk blackish, plane, rough ;

sporidia in asci, eight, linear-clavate, rounded at the extremities,

3-septate.

Opegrapha radiata, Pers. in Ust. Ann, st. 7. p. 29. t. 2. f. 3. B. b. (1794).

Lichen astroites, Ach. Prodr. 24 (1798).

Opegrapha astroidea, Ach. Meth, 25 (1803); Sm. E. Bot. t. 1847.

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 439

Arthonia astroidea, Ach. in Schrad. N. Journ. Bot. 1. B. 3 st. p. 17.+. 4.

figs. 4 & 5 (1806); Johnston! Fi. Berw. 2. 101.

Arthonia radiata, «. 8. y. 8, Ach. L. Univ. 144 (1810).

—— astroidea, «. & 8, Ach. Syn. 6 (1814).

radiata, Cheval. Fl. Paris, 540 (1826).

— microscopica, y. asterograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 1. 322 (1831).

vulgaris, var. astroidea et radiata, Scher. Spicil. 8.246 (1823-1836) ;

Lich. Exsic. 16! :

apha atra + macularis, Fries, L. Ref. 367 (1831); (in part) Hook.

Br. FT. 2. 145 (18.3).

atra, d. radiata et p. astroidea, Scher. Enum. 154, 155 (1851).

Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Berwick-on-Tweed! Dr. G. Johnston.

Thallus thin, membranaceous, smooth, continuous, sometimes

slightly shining, frequently cracking and scaling off, either milk-

white, or pale yellow or cream-colour, or of a paler or darker

olive colour, slightly raised into a thin membranous spurious

thallodal border around the ardellz, which in a young state are

entirely covered by this as by a thin veil, which bursting makes

way for its emergence, circumscribed either entirely or partially

by a watery wavy border or line, which is either pale and very

indistinct, or distinct and of a darkish brown, forming irregular

transversely elongated patches of an oblong form of various size

and extent on the smooth bark of trees. -Ardelle slightly pro-

minent above the surface of the thallus, very numerous, closely

approximate and even crowded, yet each distinct and separate,

of an irregular round or oblong or linear-oblong shape, congre-

gated many together and forming minute clusters, which by

confluence become pedato-stellate or radiate, and in a still later

stage of confluence become indistinctly stellate, or rather irre-

gular angular blackish-brown flattened spots. Disk blackish or

dark brown, plane and expanded, tumid and convex when moist-

ened, rugged or roughened on the surface, without any percep-

tible proper margin, except the pale very narrow thallodal mem-

branous margin. In a rubbed state the lamina proligera disap-

pears-and the lateral receptacle becomes visible, giving the ap-

pearance at first sight of a margined disk. A vertical section

shows the pale lamina proligera supported on either side by a

dark brown perithecium which does not subtend the base; and

appears of very little greater consistence than the dark surface

of the disk.

The so-called “ varieties” seem rather states of the same plant

than varieties properly speaking.

Puiate VIII. fig. 32. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella; 6, sporidia.

4. Arthonia Swartziana, Ach. Thallus thin, cartilagineo-

membranaceous, scaly, cream-colour or ashy-gray, subdeter-

minate ; ardelle subsessile, clustered into irregular angular or

440 Rev, W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

subradiate shapes; disk black, plane, cracked ; sporidia in asci,

eight, broadly obovate, 3-septate.

Arthonia Swartziana, Ach. Schrad. Journ. Bot. 1.3. p. 13. t. 4. f. 1 (1806) ;

Sm. E. Bot. 2079; Ach. L. Univ. 142; «. Syn. 5; Mart. Fl. Erlang.

285 ; Fingerh. Fl. Eiffl. 25; Johnst.! Fl. Berw. 101; Hook. Br. Fl. 2.

143; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 104; Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsie. 70!

Arthonia vulgaris, 8. Swartziana, Scher. Spicil. 246 (1823-1836).

Opegrapha atra, X. Swartziana, Scheer. Spicil. 326; Exsic. 462!; Enum.

155. a

-— atra, y. macularis, Tuckerm. N. Amer. Lich. 75 (1848).

Arthonia microscopica, B. arthograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 322 (1831).

On ash, near the Retreat, Berwickshire! Dr. G. Johnston. On

smooth bark of trees. Shropshire, generally !

Thallus forming small subdeterminate patches, of an irregular

round or oblong shape, pale yellow or cream-colour with a tinge

of ashy-gray, or altogether ashy-gray, thin and scaling off here

and there. Ardelle numerous, closely approximate, of a very

irregular shape, with a substellate or radiate outline, arising as

it were from the apparent confluence of many ardelle into one

dark blotch of a full dull black colour. Disk flat or convex,

cracked irregularly. Sporidia of a very broad obovate form,

3-septate, pale yellow, eight in each ascus.

PuateE VIII. fig. 33. Opegrapha atra, dX. Swartziana, Scher. Exs. 462:

a, vertical section of ardella and thallus ; 6, sporidia.—Shropshire

specimens of Arthonia Swartziana, Ach.: a’, vertical section of

thallus and ardella ; 0’, sporidia.

5. Arthonia impolita, Borr. Thallus thin, subtartareous,

cracked, indeterminate ; ardelle immersed, roundish or irre-,

gularly oblong; disk flat or slightly convex, brownish or lead-

coloured, rough, pruinose ; sporidia in asci, eight, obovato-linear,

rounded at the extremities, 3-, 4- or 5-septate.

Verrucaria impolita, Hoffm. Fl. Germ. 2. 172 (fide Ach.).

Lichen impolitus, Ehrh. Crypt. 274 (fide Ach. et Scheer.).

Patellaria pruinata, Pers. in Ust. Ann. st. 7. p. 28 (1794).

Lichen pruinatus, Pers. in Ust. Ann. st. 11. p. 19 (1797).

Parmelia impolita, Ach. Meth. 160 (1803). -

Arthonia pruinosa, Ach. L. Univ. 147. t. 1. f. 3 (1810); Syn. 7; Wallr.

Crypt. Germ. 321 ; Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 1159 !

Arthonia impolita, Borr. in K.. Bot. Suppl. 2692. fig. 1 (1831) ; Hook. Br.

Fl. 2.143; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 104; Scher. Enum. 242; Exsic. 506! ;

Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsie. 131!

Parmelia impolita b*, Fries, L. Reform. 183 (1831). ~

Lecanactis impolita, Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 118 (1846); Tuckerm. N.

Ameer. Lich. 77.

On ivy. Kenilworth Castle, Warwickshire! On oak, Hen-

field, Sussex! On worked timber, Livermore, Suffolk! all in

herb. Borrer. Oswestry, Shropshire! Rev. T. Salwey. On oak,

Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 4-4]

Udlington near Shrewsbury, Shropshire! On elm, Batchcot,

Hey Forest near Ludlow, Shropshire

Thallus thin, tartareous, cracked and uneven, somewhat pow-

dery, whitish or pale yellow, spreading indeterminately over the

rugged bark of trees. -Ardelle very numerous and crowded,

covering nearly the whole thallus, and giving it at a little

distance a blackish pruinose aspect, very variable in size and

shape, roundish or irregularly oblong, or otherwise deformed by

confluence, immersed, flat or slightly convex, brownish when

the pruina is rubbed off, otherwise of a lead-colour, minutely

roughened on the surface, which is covered with a white pruina ;

_in section pale and semitransparent, subgelatinous, enclosing

the asci which contain eight sporidia, of an obovate-linear or cla-

vate form, rounded at the extremity, generally 4-septate, some-

times 5-septate, and sometimes only 3-septate, pale yellow.

Puare VIII. fig. 35. a, Section of thallus and ardella ; 6, sporidia; c, ascus

with sporidia, oe

6. Arthonia ilicina, Tayl. Thallus thin, membranous, smooth,

shining, scaly, cream-colour, limited; ardelle subimmersed,

scattered, irregularly rounded or oblong; disk brownish-black,

plane, shining ; sporidia in asci, eight, very large, obovato-clavate,

6-septate, upper cell largest.

Arthonia ilicina, Tayl. Fl. Hib. p. 2. 105 (1836).

On holly. Cromeglown, Ireland! Dr. Taylor in herb. Borrer.

Glengariff, Ireland ! Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer. New Forest,

Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex !

Mr. Borrer. .

Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, somewhat shining, scaly, pale

yellow or cream-colour, forming irregular patches 3=4 inches in

diameter, limited by an indistinct irregular brown wavy watery

border’ variable in width. Ardelle numerous, scattered, of a

large size, but with smaller ones interspersed, irregularly rounded

or oblong, their outline entire or slightly wavy, half immersed

in the thallus, when dry flat, often cracked, curving up at the

margin as it were in loosening themselves from the thallus,

when wet convex and prominent. Disk plane, of a full brownish-

black, slightly shining. Lamina proligera pale brown, darker

brown on the surface, enclosing asci, each containing eight large

sporidia, obovato-clavate, 6-septate, the uppermost cell very

remarkably the largest. :

Opegrapha atra, var. obscura, Scher. Exsic. 517 ! is similar in

colour and general appearance, but the ardelle are smaller, closer

together and arranged in irregular parallelism, their outline

crenato-incised, their surface somewhat wrinkled, the sporidia

442 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez.

one half the size, of a different formation and 5-septate. Is not

this Acharius’s A. gyrosa?

Puate VIII. fig. 36. Arthonia ilicina, Tayl.: a, Vertical section of ardella ;

b, sporidia.

Puate VIII. fig. 37. Opegrapha atra, var. obscura, Scher. : a, Vertical

section of ardella ; b, sporidium ; ¢, ascus with sporidia.

7. Arthonia lurida, Ach. Thallus obsolete, smooth, pale dirty

brown or lead-colour, indeterminate ; ardellz sessile, irregularly

roundish ; disk reddish-black, slightly convex, dull ; sporidia ‘in

asci eight, small, broadly obovate, uniseptate.

Arthonia lurida, Ach. L. Univ. 143 (1810); Syn. 7; Scher. Spicil. 8. 245;

Enum. 242. t. 9. f. 6; Exsie.17!; Borr. E. Bot. Suppl. t. 2692. fig. 2;

Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 143; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 104.

Spiloma paradoxum, Ach. L. Univ. 139 ; Syn. 3.

Coniangium vulgare, Fries, L. Europ. 378 (1831).

Patellaria anomala 6. m. arthonioides, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 370 (1831).

On fir, holly and oak. Ireland! Sir T. Gage in herb. Borrer.

Henfield, Black Down and elsewhere, Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. Orton

Wood, Leicestershire ! Rev. A. Bloxam.

Thallus extremely thin, scarcely distinguishable, pale dirty

brown, on firs of a dark lead-gray hue, spreading indeterminately.

Ardellz numerous, either distinct or confluent, variable in size,

but minute, of an irregular roundish or oblong figure. Disk of

a dull dark reddish-black, smooth or roughish. Sporidia in asci,

eight ? small, broadly obovate, uniseptate, pale yellow.

Puate VIII. fig. 38. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardelle ; b, sporidia.

8. Arthonia spadicea, Leight. Thallus obsolete, smooth,

shining, pale red-brown, indeterminate ; ardellz sessile, variable

in size, larger ones roundish or oblong, smaller round and punc-

tiform ; disk dull brownish-black, flat or tumid, smooth ; sporidia

in asci, eight, small, slenderly claveeform, 3-septate.

Arthonia spadicea, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 97 ! (1852). s

On the smooth bark of hazel and hawthorn, close to the

ground. Shelton Rough near Shrewsbury, Shropshire !

Thallus excessively thin, membranous, of a pale red-brown,

smooth, somewhat shining, spreading indeterminately over and

scarcely distinguishable from the smooth bark of the base of the

trunks which it covers close to the ground. Ardelle numerous,

scattered irregularly as if splashed or sprinkled, very variable in

size, the larger ones roundish or oblong, or by confluence irre-

gular in form, the smaller ones round and punctiform, of a dull

lurid brownish-black ; in old and dry states loosening around

the circumference and peeling off. Disk flat or tumid, especially

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 413

in the centre, smoothish, dull. Sporidia in asci, eight, of a very

peculiar form, slenderly claveform, round at the extremities,

3-septate, pale yellow.

Puiate VIIL. fig. 39. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella ; 6, sporidia ;

ce, thallus and ardellz, nat. size.

9. Coniocarpon, DC.

- Apothecium (ardella) appressed, rotundato-deformed or elon-

, sessile, covered with a subcartilaginous membrane which

ultimately breaks up into a fine powder, within. subgelatinous,

containing a series of pyriform asci; perithecium none; disk

plane, depressed, not bordered, pruinose. Thallus crustaceous.

Name from «ovis, dust, and capzros, fruit.

This genus has in reality precisely the same structure as that

of Arthonia, but it is retained separate on account of the peculiar

property of the upper surface of the ardelle breaking up into

powder, which I have never observed to happen in any of the

species of Arthonia.

Mr. Borrer (én litt. 1852) remarks, “ The surface of the apo-

thecium in Lecanactis lyncea and in Arthonia tmpolita sometimes

becomes powdery. I suspect that both in that state have passed

for Coniocarpon nigrum, DC. » Spiloma variolosum, Ach., S. nigrum,

Lich. Brit.” &c.

ie F Cenmsearpon! cinnabarinum, DC. Thallus filmy, thin, gray-

ish, determinate ; ardelle sessile, clustered, shapeless, solid ; disk

plane, depressed, lurid and pruinose, or powdery and of a bright

vermilion ; sporidia in asci, eight, obovato-clavate, rounded. at

the extremities, 4-septate, the upper cell largest, pale red.

“ Spheria gregaria, Weigel, Obs. Bot. 43. t. 2. f. 10.” (1772); Dicks.

Crypt. 1. 22; With. Fi. Brit. 4. 391 ; “Sowerb. Fung. t. 375. f. 5.”

Lichen impolitus, Sm. E. Bot. t. 981 (1802).

“ Coniocarpon cinnabarinum, DC. FI. Frang, 2nd ed. 323; ” Fée, Crypt

tab. 1. f. 10 (1824); Fries! L. Reform. 379; Summa V. Scand. 118.

Spiloma tumidulum, Ach. Meth. 11. t. 1. f.5 (1803) ; Sm. E. Bot. t. 2151;

Jobnst.! Berw. 101; Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 651!

—— tumidulum «. & 8, L. Univ. 136 (1810); Syn. 1; Hook. Fl. Scot. 2.

35; Grev. Fl. Edin. 324.

Arthonia tumidula, Ach. im Schrad.» N. Journ. Bot. 1. 3. p. 11 (1806).

Spiloma gregarium, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 42 (1813); Hook. Br. Fl. 2.

167; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 77.

Conioloma coccineum, Mart. Erlang. 284 (1817).

_ Coniocarpon gregarium, Scher. Spicil. 223 (1823-1836) ; Enum. 242. t. 9.

f. 5; Exsic. 239!

Arthonia cinnabarina, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 320 (1831).

“ Thallus forming roundish patches of 1-2 inches in diameter,

444. Rey, W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee.

or sometimes spreading more widely” (limited by an irregular

wavy watery brown margin), “in general so very thin as to look

little more than a stain on the bark, more rarely a little tar-

tareous, continuous or slightly cracked, externally gray, white,

or with a pale bluish tinge, green within, its surface generally

smooth and polished, but sometimes a little powdery. Ardelle

very numerous, most variable in shape and size, but usually

roundish, more or less convex, and scarcely so large, taken

singly, as poppy-seed, generally however aggregate and con-

fluent in clusters, which are regularly disposed over the whole

thallus : these clusters, again, are of a very uncertain figure, but,

like the single ardellz, for the most part roundish, often so dis-

posed as to appear more or less lobed or stellate, and sometimes

too, though much more rarely, oblong, or linear and flexuose,

like the lirelle of many Opegraphe.” (Lich. Brit. 43.) Disk

flattish, depressed or somewhat convex, covered more or less with

a bright cimnabar-red powder. The internal structure is pre-

cisely similar to that of the genus Arthonia. Sporidia in asci,

eight, of an obovate or clavate form, 4-septate, the upper cell the

largest, pale red.

The following varieties are enumerated by the learned authors

of the ‘ Lichenographia Britannica’ :—

a. cinnabarinum, T. & B. Ardellz somewhat convex, powdery,

vermilion-coloured.

“Thallus thin, nearly white, smooth, or but slightly rugose,

generally more or less cracked, but not unfrequently tinged with

a pale bluish hue and truly continuous.” Lich. Brit. J. ¢.

On the bark of smooth trees: common. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

On hazel in the dean at Pease-bridge, Berwickshire! Dr. G.

Johnston.

B. rosaceum, T. & B.! Ardelle collected in flat clusters,

which have the appearance of being lobed, powdery, vermilion-

coloured.

“Thallus smooth, white, very slightly cracked, thicker than

“ina.” Lich. Brit. 2. .

On an old oak on Poyning’s Common, Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

y. marginatum, T. & B.! Ardellz somewhat convex, parti-

coloured, chiefly powdery on the margins.

The central part of the disk of the ardelle is either naked and

blackish, or pruinose with a whitish powder, the very edges alone

being powdery and red.

On the bark of smooth trees: common. Sussex! M7. Borrer.

Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 445

*- 8. concolor, T. & B.!. Ardelle convex, of the same colour

with the thallus, pruinose with a whitish powder.

~ On ash and oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

e. dubium, T. & B.! Ardell rather convex, lurid, dark pur-

plish, pruinose. __

Thallus sabtartareous, slightly cracked and sometimes scaly,

of a cinereous or purplish hue.

On ash and oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

€. detritum, T. & B.! Ardell depressed, lurid, dark.purplish,

nearly naked, more or less stellate.

Thallus nearly as in e, but rather thinner and more polished,

and seldom tinged with purple ; sometimes a little raised above

the ardellz, so as to form a sort of spurious margin.

- On hazel.. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

n. microstigma, T. & B.! Ardelle minute, solitary, depressed,

covered with whitish pruina.

Thallus a very thin film, with a tinge of purple, sometimes

rather thicker and white. _ é

On ash in shady places. Sussex! Mr. Borrer.

@. astroideum. Ardelle rather large, mm depressed, naked,

radiate or stellate clusters, subimmersed, or very slightly raised

above the thallus, dark reddish-black or full brown-black.

Thallus either thin, smooth, and of a dull reddish hue, or

thicker, smooth, cracked minutely and copiously, of a pale

whitish-gray or cream-colour.

_ On oak and ash. Ardingley, Michelgrove, and Charlton Forest,

Sussex ! Mr. Borrer.

Puarte VILLI. fig. 40. a, Vertical section of ardella; 5, sporidia.

The following is the result of the examination of the authentic

specimens in herb. Borrer of the genus —

Spiloma.

Spiloma spherale.—Specimens from Schleicher ! in herb. Bor-

rer, were composed of masses of roundish granules.

Spiloma dispersum, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 32!; E. Bot.

t. 2398 ; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 165.

The pulvinuli of this plant appear under the microscope to

be composed externally of oblong brown nearly opake bodies

wrinkled or with network on the surface, probably from internal

granules, supported on short articulated pedicels, from which

the slightest touch easily detaches them, and discovers under-

446 Mr. E, L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

neath similar bodies in a younger and less developed state and

of a greenish-yellow colour.

Spiloma auratum, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 33!; E. Bot.

t. 2078 ; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 165.-

The pulvinuli consisted of masses of irregular rounded gra-

nules heaped together without order or arrangement, darker, or

brownish on the exterior, of a full yellow internally, and appa-

rently breaking up into very minute granules. I could not -

detect any pedicels. :

Spiloma nigrum and its varieties 8. & y, Turn. & Borr. Lich.

Brit. 35!; EH. Bot. t. 2076 & 2077; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 166.

The pulvinuli here also were formed of roundish black gra-

nules.

Spiloma fuliginosum, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 37!; E. Bot.

t. 2150; Hook. Br. FI. 2. 166.

Similar to the last, but the pulvinuli confluent and scattered.

Spiloma decolorans, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 39!; EH. Bot.

t. 2399; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 166.

The sorediate or variolariose state of some thallus.

Spiloma punctatum, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 40!; E. Bot.

t. 2472; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 166. p

A section of the apothecia shows them to be composed of a

dark brown or blackish perithecium enclosing a pale transparent

nucleus, whose upper surface is covered with a dark brown layer.

No traces of asci or sporidia. Most probably the young or

punctiform state of some Opegrapha. ;

Spiloma tuberculosum, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 167; E. Bot. t. 2556.

Something old, imperfect and in decay.

XLI.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an

eight years’ residence in the Island. By Enear Leorotp

Layarp, F.Z.8., C.M.E.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 264.]

179. MrcaLaimMa CANIcEPs, Frank.

Syn. Bucco Zeylanicus ? (Linn.).

Kotoorooal, Cing. Kotoor, Mal.

One of our commonest species and universally distributed. It

feeds on fruits-and berries of all kinds, which it swallows entire ;

it does not, that I know of, devour small birds when in a state

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 447

of nature, but one kept in a large aviary in Colombo destroyed

all the little Amadine placed with it. Not content with snapping

them up when within his reach, he would lie in wait for them

__ behind a thick bush or the feeding-trough, pounce upon them

_ unawares, and after beating them a little on the ground or perch,

swallow them whole. When this cannibal came into my posses-

sion, he was confined in a smaller cage than that in which he

had at first been secured ; this seemed to displease him, and he

went to work to find some means of escape; he narrowly

examined every side and corner to discover a weak spot, and

having detected one, applied himself vigorously to bore a hole

through it, as a woodpecker would have done; grasping the

bars with his feet, he swung himself round, bringing his whole

weight to bear upon his bill, which he used as a pickaxe, till the

house resounded with his rapid and well-aimed blows. On being

checked from exercising his ingenuity in this manner, he became

sulky and refused to eat, or offer his call of recognition when I

approached him; in a day or two, however, he apparently

thought better of the matter, resumed his labours upon

another spot, and fed as voraciously as ever, devouring huge

slices of bananas, jungle fruits, the bodies of any small birds I

skinned, &c. &c. I hoped he would have lived long with me,

but found him dead one morning at the bottom of his cage, and

as he was fat and well-favoured, I presume he died a victim to

the solitary system.

__ The species builds in hollow trees, laying three or four pure

white, but very shining eggs. Axis 1] in. 1 line, diam. 11 lines.

The natives all affirm that the birds hollow out their own nest-

hole. One I saw was in an unsound tree, the nest slightly formed

of a few bents of dry grass.

180. MecaLaIma FLAVIFRONS, Cuv.

This Barbet is confined to the hilly zone, where it predominates

over the other island species. It may be heard at a great distance,

and distinguished by its shrill call. Breeds in hollow trees in

the month of February: lays three or four roundish, polished

white eggs.

181. Mecavarma Puizirrensis, Briss. Mal-Kotoor, Cing. ; lit.

Flower-Kotoor. Kokoorupan, Mal.

This is the prevailing species in the northern province, where

it has acquired the name of “ coppersmith ” among the Euro-

peans, from its ceaseless call, which resembles the knocking of an

artisan engaged in the manufacture of a caldron. It frequents

the tamarind trees, on the fruit of which it feeds.” Like the

448 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

other species, it breeds in holes, and I have seen it in the act of

excavating them in decaying portions of living trees.

182. MEGALAIMA RUBRICAPILLA, Gmel. Mal-Kotoor, Cing.

Very common about Colombo; I have also seen it from Batti-

caloa, and procured it at Jaffna. It frequents the banian trees

in great numbers and feeds upon the ripe fruits, swallowing

them entire.

183. Picus GymNopruaLmos, Blyth, J. A. 8. no. xxxii.

The smallest of our Woodpeckers, and peculiar to the island.

I first discovered it near Colombo in the year 1848, and it was

described by Mr. Blyth in 1849, loc. cit.

It is sparingly, at the same time widely, distributed, and

delights in creeping about the jack-trees; it is therefore more

plentiful to the south of the island, in the cultivated portions,

than towards the northern and jungle districts.

Irides the palest possible yellow ; eyelids deep purple.

184. Picus Manrarrensis, Latham.

Confined to the northern province, and found principally about

the dead limbs of the Euphorbia trees. I have not seen more

than half a dozen specimens.

185. Prcus Macey, Vieill.

Dr. Kelaart includes this in his Catalogue, sed non vidi.

186. GrecInus CHLOROPHANES, Vieill.

Not uncommon in the neighbourhood of Colombo, and in the

lower ranges of the hills. Dr. Kelaart says that at Nuwera Elia

it “is very frequently seen.” Of all our Woodpeckers this seems

the only one addicted to walking, and seeking its food on the

ground. Here it is often found in pairs, breaking into the dried

masses of cow-dung in search of Coleoptera. On being alarmed

it takes refuge on the nearest tree or bush, and displays all the

arboreal activity of its tribe, climbing round the branches and

evading the eye by carefully keeping on the opposite side of the

limbs.

187. Bracnyprernus aurantivus, Linn. Tatchan-cooroovi,

Mal., and Pastru carpentaru, Port. ; lit. Carpenter-bird.

Applied, in fact, indiscriminately to all the Woodpecker

tribe, but more especially to this species from its vigorous

knocking.

The Yellow-backed Woodpecker is confined exclusively to the

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 449

Borassus-growing districts, commencing at Chilaw sparingly,

and increasing in numbers till its knocking resounds from

almost every palmirah tope in the Jaffna peninsula. In these

trees it likewise breeds, excavating large holes in the male trees,

they being generally softer than the female.

In the jungle and among. the cocoa-nut plantations of the

south and central portion of the island it is entirely replaced by

188. Bracuyrrernus Ceytonvs, Forster. Kdaralla, Cing. ;

sometimes Keberedla, Cing. °

—which is peculiar to Ceylon, and very common in the low

country. - Dr. Kelaart also characterizes it as “found in great

abundance at Nuwera Elia.” In habits it precisely resembles

the preceding. Irides red-brown. ~Its call is a shrill, stridulous

scream, often uttered during its flight, which is maintained by

short, rapid jerks, repeated at considerable intervals.

- 189. Bracayprernus StRickiann1, Layard.

I procured a solitary specimen of this new Woodpecker at

Gillymalle; it proved a female; but Mr. Thwaites having forwarded

a large number of both sexes from Kandy, I am enabled now to

describe it fully. Length about 11 in., of closed wing 54 in. ;

tail 4} in.; bill 1 in. ; tarsi 1 in.

General colour of back scarlet-maroon, each feather being

maroon edged with scarlet ; the filamentous feathers on the lower

portion of the back near the tail-coverts (which with the tail are

brown) are brilliant scarlet. Wing primaries of a lighter brown

than the tail-feathers, the outer webs margined maroon, changing

into scarlet. Inner webs of the secondaries marked with four

circular white spots; the interior primaries have but three

spots, the middle two spots, the outside of all but one. The

feathers of the breast and neck chiefly buff with an albescent

centre and dark brown edge, giving’ these-portions a scaly ap-

pearance, which is lost on the sides and belly, where it merely

assumes a mottled irregular form. Chin white, with five distinct

very dark brown lines down it. Head of female brown, with

numerous good-sized white ocelli (in the male this portion is

brilliant scarlet), the feathers over the nostrils light brown; a

streak of the same colour forms an eyebrow. Bill light corneous;

legs bluish. Irides red-brown.

In habits this species resembles B. Ceylonus and aurantius.

The natives discriminate between it and the former, and tell me

that it keeps more to jungle than palm trees.

I dedicate it to the memory of the esteemed naturalist, whose

early loss after my acquaintance with him I have never ceased

to deplore.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 29

450 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

Dr. Kelaart includes B. rubescens, Vieill., in his list, on the

authority of Mr. Blyth, but in his catalogue of the A. S. Museum

Mr. Blyth doubtfully gives it as a synonym of B. Ceylonus.

Can this be my B. Stricklandi?

190. Microrrernvs PHatoceprs, Blyth.

Decidedly a rare species in the island and almost confined to

the south; in fact I have found but one specimen elsewhere, which

was in the jungle near Ratnapoora. It is generally seen in pairs.

Of this species Mr. Blyth writes in epistold, “Your Wood-

pecker might make a fourth race of Micropternus, on the principle

that M. gularis is separable from M. phaioceps.” It is singular

that out of our small number of Picidz, nearly all should be

peculiar or nearly so to the island, and that even in this instance

of one of the coast species a difference should occur.

191. Cenrropus Pururrrensis, Cuvier. Afti-Cuecula, Cing.

Chempagam, Mal.

The common “ jungle crow” of European residents is uni-

versally distributed. It feeds upon grasshoppers, locusts, leaf-

insects, caterpillars, spiders, &e. On the ground it marches

of grass and making short but rapid darts upon the various in-

sects which fly up at its approach. When of its own free will it

resorts to a tree, it flies slowly, sailing along on its rounded wings,

frequently progressing sideways; on. reaching its destination it

jerks up its tail, uttering its monotonous cry of “whoot, whoot,

whoot,”’ and climbs about the branches, beating the bark for

Phasmie and other insects, which trust in their resemblance to

the vegetable world for escape from the bills of their numerous

enemies.

On being alarmed it scrambles rapidly to the summit of the

tree in perfect silence, and glides away in a contrary direction to

that whence the cause of its terror sprung.

I procured a singular albino bird of this species at Pt. Pedro.

It was generally smaller, the black and purple portions were

changed to a dirty creamy white, the dark red portions to a light

brown. The specimen is now in the British Museum.

192. CenTRopus cHLORORHYNCHOS, Blyth, J. A. 8. No. xviii.

This species I discovered in the year 1848, between Colombo

and Kandy, on the Avishavelly road. I forwarded the only spe-

cimen procured to Mr. Blyth, who described it, loc. cit., and saw

no other till the spring of last year, when on my intended trip

to Adam’s Peak I shot another in some native gardens at Hang-

—_ hl Sa.

: Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 451

awelly, not far from Colombo, intermediate in fact between it and

Avishavelly, and three more in the dense jungle near Pallabad-

-doola, at the foot of the Peak. These are the only specimens

hitherto procured of this bird. Dr. Kelaart does not appear to

have seen it, and none have been received among Mr. Thwaites’s

collections. It is then doubtless confined to the particular locality

where I obtained it, and is there anything but common. | It has

the same habits as C. Philippensis, and the same call and cat-

like mewing note. Irides red, as in the former.

193. OxyLopHUS MELANOLEUCOs, Gmel.

Abundant in open plains dotted with low bushes from Ham-

bantotte to Jaffna. It sits upon the tops of the Euphorbia trees

and utters a chattering cry.

Shooting one morning in the vicinity of Pt. Pedro, I observed a

pair of Mud birds (Malacocercus Bengalensis) which hovered about

an isolated bush with all the solicitude of parent birds attending

upon a nest of young ones; when I drew near they flew before

me, feigning lameness, and endeavoured to draw off my attention

from some object in the bush; this I soon found was a young

Ozylophus, which I captured, the Mud birds meanwhile fiying

about my head, uttering the most unmistakeable cries of distress.

I found no other young bird or nest in the bush, which was a

small one, and am convinced that these were foster parents to

the young cuckoo.

194, OxyLopuus Coromanpuvs, Linn.

One of our rarest species, only a few specimens falling under

my notice during my residence in the island. One I killed in

Jaffna, another near Colombo, and the last near Ratnapoora.

195. EupynamMys orrentTALIs, Linn. Coosil and Coél, Mal.

Coha and Cowde-coha, Cing.

Wherever crows are found there the “ Coél” is found also,

depositing a single egg in the unguarded nest of either Corvus

splendens or C. culminatus, imdiscriminately.

The egg thus surreptitiously fathered upon the unsuspicious

foster parents is of a palish neutral green colour, mottled very

thickly with dark blotches. Axis 1 in. 3 lines; diam. linch. It

is laid in the month of February and. hatched about March.

When the young are hatched, they appear (according to native

testimony) to eject the young crows in a manner similar to that

by which the European cuckoo gets rid of its hapless brethren.

Crows seem to have a great antipathy to these birds, and pursue

2y*

452 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon.

them relentlessly whenever they appear, while the Coél, like a

thief taken in the act, seeks safety im ignominious flight.

The natives so much admire the note of this bird, that their

poets compare thereto the voices of their mistresses. If we are

to believe that a soft voice is a beautiful thing in a woman, we

cannot coincide in opinion with them, for the Coél’s loud call

may be heard a mile away.

196. Cucutus microprerus, Gould.

Dr. Kelaart includes this species among the Ceylon birds, and

states that it is a mountain species and found but rarely at Dim-

boola. I have not met with the species, but perhaps the follow-

ing young bird, which I cannot identify with anything in the

British Museum, may be the young of this species. I name it

provisionally

197. Cucutvus Bartierri, Layard.

Young. Length 103 in.; of closed wing 6 in. ; tail 6 in. ;

bill 11 lines; tarsi 8 lines.

General colour of back bluish gray with a rufous tinge, which

prevails most on the head and on the extreme edge of the out-

side webs of the tail-feathers ; a double row of alternating whitish

triangular spots runs down the quills of the last feathers. Wing-

feathers banded with white; throat and breast rufous brown

barred with white ; belly and vent white barred with brown ; under

tail-coverts barred sparingly in the same manner; over the eye

there is a row of white dots commencing at the base of the-bill

which has a dark brown upper mandible, the lower being yellow

with a brown tip; feet yellow. Irides dark brown.

I have obtained many examples of this bird in this state, both

at Pt. Pedro and Colombo. It frequents native gardens, delighting

in the shade and uttering a piping note. .

198. Cucutus canorvus, Linn.

A single specimen of this bird, procured in the old Botanical

Gardens at Kew, near Colombo, has fallen under my notice. It

was shot on an American cork-wood tree (Bignonia), the same

on which I killed Motacilla boarula before mentioned, and three

specimens of ‘

199. Cucutus varius, Vahl,

being the only examples I have seen of these birds.

200. Cucutus Sonnerartti, Lath.

Dr, Kelaart has procured several specimens of this, one of our

rarest birds ; he showed me a recent individual the day before my

Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 453

embarkation for England, at the end of March 1853 ; it was shot

in the neighbourhood of Galle, along the course of the Gindurah

river, a little inland. ui

201. CucuLus TENUIROSTRIS, Gray.

__ Very abundant throughout the island; it is migratory, appearing

about Jaffna in the month of February. The rufous-bellied

variety is never seen with us.

202. Cucuius picrvorpes, Hodgs.

The principal habitat of this species seems to be the neighbour-

hood of Kandy, whence Mr. Thwaites has sent numerous speci-

mens. Dr. Kelaart does not appear to have met with it at Nuwera

Elia, as it is not included in his list. I procured it about Cotta,

in the low country.

203. ZANCLOSTOMUS VIRIDIROSTRIS, Jerdon. Mal-coha, Cing. ;

lit. Flower Coha. Handi-koota, Cing., apud Daniell. Coosil,

Mal. -

Very common in most parts of Ceylon, but abounding in the

‘northérn province ; it is usually seen in pairs, flitting from tree

to tree. It is wary and difficult to shoot, as it creeps through

the thickest bushes and trees, and invariably flies out on the

contrary side to that on which the shooter stands. It feeds in

common with Hudynamys orientalis, on the fruit of the banian

My most searching and continuous inquiries into the habits

of this and of

204. PH@NICOPHAUS PYRRHOCEPHALUS, Forst. Mal-Kandatta,

Cing.,—

failed in eliciting from the natives any information respecting

their nidification.

P. pyrrhocephalus inhabits the densest jungles, never descend-

ing to the ground, but living amid the highest branches, It is

unknown in the northern districts; in fact, its range seems limited

- to the mountain zone, and even there it is very local.

Both these latter species are eaten by the natives, who consider

them great delicacies; they sell from threepence to sixpence

_ each. Irides white. In life the feathers round the eye resemble

the finest crimson velvet.

[To be continued. ]

454 Mr. J. Paget on a new Helix and a new Hydrobia.

XLII.—Deseription of a new Helix from Montpellier, and a new

Hydrobia from Nice, with Observations on some varieties of the

Extra-marine Shells of those districts. By Joun Pacur, Esq.

Helix micropleuros.

Animal breve, supra nigrescens, subtus albescens, semipellu-

cidum ; tentaculis superioribus griseo-nigrescentibus, crassiusculis

et obtusis, inferioribus brevioribus et pallidis.

Testa minutissima, subdepressa, supra planiuscula, subtus

convexa, costata, aperte umbilicata; apertura rotundato-lunata ;

peristomate recto, simplice, acuto; anfractibus 83-33, convexius-

culis, paulatim accrescentibus et sutura sat perspicua separatis,

ultimo majore. Fusca, sericina.

Diam. 13-2, long. 1 mill.

Hab. prope Montpellier.

This beautiful little Helix is nearly allied both to the H. rupes-

tris and H. pygmea. From the H. rupestris it is distinguished

‘by its fewer convolutions, flatter shape, thinner shell and smaller

size; from the H. pygmea by its less convex whorls and shallower

suture, by its last whorl sensibly larger than the rest, its larger

mouth and somewhat larger size, and from both more especially

by its epidermic ribs, which, although closer, are no less evident

than those of the H. costata (Miller).

I found this Helix after heavy rain on the dead holly leaves

on some waste ground, called the Bois de la Moures, about a

quarter of a mile south of the high-road between Montpellier and

Mauguio, in the south of France.

Hydrobia varica.

Animal elongatulum, fuscum, rostro proboscidiforme, tentaculis

elongatulis griseo-ccerulescentibus et pellucentibus, disco obtuso,

griseo-ccerulescente,

Testa minutissima, conoideo-ventricosa, vix perforata, tenuis-

sime striata, in ultimo anfractu gibbosa; apertura ovato-pyriformi,

- obliqua, ad summum obtuse angulata, peristomate subreflexo et

acuto; anfractibus 3-4, convexis, sutura sat profunda separatis,

ultimo maximo, dimidium testz efformante.

Tenuissima, corneo-albescens, limo inquinata.

Operculum subpellucidum, in apertura profunde situm, limo

vel limi punctulis inquinatum.

Long. 13-2, diam. 14 mill.

Hab. prope Nizza Maritimam.

This Hydrobia is nearly allied to the Hydrobia gibba (Drap.)

which is found in such abundance at the source of the Lesz,

near Montpellier, but it is distinguished from it by its less elon-

Mr. J. Paget on a new Helix and a new H ydrobia. 455

gated form, by its smaller number of whorls which are less

_ convex and divided by a much shallower suture, by its last whorl

more ventricose and never detached, by its mouth less rounded,

more oblique and more angular, and by the presence of only one

swelling behind the mouth, whereas in the H. gibba there are

generally several in adult specimens.

I have found this Hydrobia in the stream below the mill of

Davigo, and in a ditch at the Grenouilléres, both of which are

supplied from the Var, near Nice. They are attached to the

underside of aquatic plants or the underside of stones, and are

very plentiful.

The observations I have made on some of the Pupe of the

south of France induce me to believe that too much importance

has been given to the teeth as a specific character in this genus.

The Pupa cinerea, which is described as possessing six teeth,

viz. two parietal, two columellar, and two palatal, and is consi-

dered as presenting no variety except in size, I find on the con-

trary with five, six, seven, and eight teeth. In the first case, one

of the columellar teeth are wanting, and in the two latter there

are either one or two additional teeth on the palate. One of the

additional teeth, and the one most commonly found, is placed in

the columellar angle of the palate, the other near the external

angle. This latter, when present, is commonly indicated by a

white line externally. These variations in the number of

teeth are found both in the small and large varieties of Pupa

cinerea, and as I have collected at least a dozen of each in this

neighbourhood (Nice), they cannot be considered very rare.

The variety of Pupa quadridens, in which only three teeth

exist, has been formed into a species under various names, as

‘P. Niso of Risso, P. seductilis of Ziegler, P. lunatica of Jan, and

yet, in the neighbourhood of Montpellier, 1 have found every

shade of variety, from the four teeth of the type,insensibly passing

through the three teeth of this false species to a still more im-

of one or two supplemental teeth in the Pupa secale has given

rise to the Pupa Boileausiana of De Charpentier, although I have

specimens from Montpellier in which every step of the transition

may be found. ‘The same observation may be extended to Pupa

variabilis, P. muscorum, P. umbilicata, and probably to many

other species, in which the number of the teeth is very uncer-

tain, and in which, therefore, as a specific character, they can

only be adopted with great caution.

Another variety of Pupa cinerea common here, which I have

not seen noticed, is marked by a red band running parallel to

456 Mr. J. Paget on a new Helix and a new Hydrobia.

the suture along the four last whorls. This:band is in general

very narrow; but in one specimen found by my son Oliver, in

Vaucluse, the band is broad, and resembles that of the Bulimus

acutus.

The large variety of the Pupa cinerea (length 15, diam. 5 mill.)

is found here abundantly, and is distinguished not only by its

size aud form (it is more ventricose and fusiform than the

smaller variety), but is also strongly and regularly striated. I

have noticed some specimens of this Pupa truncated.

The large varieties of the Pupa quadridens (length 15, diam.

4 mill.) and Pupa variabilis (length 16, diam. 4 mill.) are com-

mon here, as in other parts of the Mediterranean coast.

I believe the presence of epidermic spines has not as yet been

noticed in any Pupe, yet they certainly do exist in the Pupa

doliolum of Savoy, and probably of other countries. I found

one adult and several young specimens behind the hotel called

Grande Maison between Aiguebelle and St. Jean Maurienne.

On the four or five upper whorls they are furnished with epi-

dermic ribs terminating just above the suture, in short trian-

gular spines (like those of Helix ciliata, though much shorter),

forming a projection over the suture, and when fresh, especially

if the dew is on them, very evident to the naked eye. I have

not yet had an opportunity of comparing these specimens with

others in a good condition, but Draparnaud speaks of “a torn

appearance of the epidermis,’ and Rossmiassler notices the epi-

dermic ribs, so that I have little doubt the spines will be found

too. My specimens are now six months old, but the spines are

still very visible, although shrunk, as epidermic spines and ribs

always will do on drying.

The Planorbis cristatus (Drap.), which is found in the ditches

of the Grenouilléres near Nice, abundantly, presents all the

varieties which are described by authors under the names of

P. nautileus and P. imbricatus. In some specimens the epi-

dermic ribs are distant and well marked, and the spines in which

they terminate on the keel very evident ; ; in others the shell is

more rounded, the ribs become more numerous, are little more

than mere striz, and the spines disappear altogether. These

varieties pass into each other by every possible shade of trans-

ition. In adult specimens the peristome is continuous, and the

mouth stands out quite separate from the penultimate whorl.

In some cases the ribs and spines are not merely es but

are marked on the substance of the shell itself. ¥

All the species of Planorbis, and indeed most of the freshwater

shells I have found in Nice, are much smaller than those of the

South of France or Switzerland.

The Cyclostoma elegans of Nice often varies very considerably

Mr. J. Paget on a new Helix and a new Hydrobia. 457

from that of France, although it is like that found about Genoa,

and probably in other parts of Italy. In adult shells the peri-

stome is slightly cup-shaped and ‘Mackesad, while the mouth

stands out quite free from the penultimate whorl, as in the

Cyclos. suleatum, which is common at Marseilles, but is not

found here. The operculum, although like that of the elegans,

is placed at some distance within the aperture, as in the sui-

catum. Notwithstanding these differences, which in some speci-

mens are so strongly marked, that if observed alone they might

induce one to form a new species, the transitions are in other

cases so insensible from this to the common form that it can

only be considered as a variety.

The Valvata piscinalis, both here and in Montpellier, has the

peristome only subcontinuous.

_ The Helix apicina (Lamk.), which is very common at Nice,

has always when young, and frequently when old too, a covering

of short, weak, and very deciduous hairs. It is extraordinary

that the Abbé ‘Dupuy, who must have had the opportunity of

seeing this Helix living, should not have observed this character.

Rossmassler, whom nothing escapes, had only dead shells to

consult; but he conjectures the existence of hairs from the marks

on the shell, though he does not dare to form a character from

them in his description.

The Helix strigella (Draparn.) is in like manner commonly de-

scribed as without hairs, and Rossmissler speaks of it as “ often

with weak hairs which are very short and deciduous.” I have

never found a single young shell of this species that was-not

covered with hairs—very short—nor an adult which did not

either still retain some, especially on the lower side, or in which

the marks where they had been were not quite evident.

Another hairy shell, commonly deprived of its honours because

not studiéd in a perfectly fresh state, is the Helix rufescens

(Flem.), montana (Stud.). I collected it in considerable num-

bers near the Lac de Joux-and the source of the Orbe in Switzer-

land, where De Charpentier indicates it, and I can still see on

many of my specimens very numerous short and often reflexed

hairs. When fresh they were still more evident.

The Helix aperta (Born), naticoides (Drap.), which is exceed-

ingly common in the neighbourhood of Nice, and much esteemed

by gourmands as a Lent dish, has not unfrequently its uniform

colour interrupted by bands of a lighter tint. I have specimens

’ in which these bands occupy the positions of all the different

bands commonly seen in banded shells.

I do not make any observations on the varieties of the Helix

variabilis and Helix cespitum of this neighbourhood, for 1 confess

‘

458 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

they are so puzzling that I seek in vain for any character by

which to distinguish or recognise them.

The Helix splendida of the South of France presents six pretty

well-marked varieties. 1st. With broad black bands, called the

variety of Provence. 2nd. With five narrow bands, which is ge-

nerally considered as the type. 3rd. With the two inferior (4th

and 5th) bands only perfect. 4th. With the fourth band only.

5th. With one white band only,—that which usually aecom-

panies the 4th dark band, which in this variety is corneous

and translucid. 6th. Without bands, but slightly flammulated.

The third of these I found near the Pont du Gard, but all the

rest are common in the neighbourhood of Montpellier.

The H. nemoralis is no longer found living near Montpellier,

nor within fifty miles, but I discovered a considerable number

of them imbedded in the alluvium behind the fortress, which,

from their perfect condition, had evidently inhabited that place

at some former period.

Nice, April 18th, 1854.

XLITI.—WNotices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxerey,

ss M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. . |

[Continued from p. 407.]

730. Lycoperdon atropurpureum, Vitt. Mon. p. 42. On ex-

posed pastures. Leigh Down, near Bristol, C. E. Broome...

Peridium perfectly sessile or strongly stipitate, depressed or

globose, greyish, when half-grown a little cracked in the centre

into polygonal warts, the margin sprinkled with small stellate

warts which give it a furfuraceous appearance ; when mature

dark brown with pale warts, opening irregularly; sometimes there

are a few strong warts at the very base. Spores globose, -00025-—

0003 inch-in diameter, strongly echinulate, capillitium purplish-

brown, but sometimes the whole plant has a yellowish-olive

tinge and the capillitium is similarly coloured.

In every stage of growth this is easily distinguished from the

common puff-balls which it greatly resembles by its large echi-

nulate spores.

731. Badhamia nitens, Berk. in Tr. Linn. Soc. xxi. p. 153.

On decayed oak branches. Feb. 21, 1851, East Bergholt,

Suffolk, Rev. Dr. Badham; Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam.

732. B. pallida, Berk. 7. ec. On decayed oak branches.

March 1, 1851, East Bergholt, Rev. Dr. Badham.

733. B. fulvella, Berk. Lc. p. 154. On dead wood. Kast

Bergholt, Rev. Dr. Badham.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 459

These three curious species, together with Physarum hyalinum,

P. utriculare, and Spherocarpus capsulifer, constitute a distinct

genus characterized by the clustered spores, which are at first

enclosed in a common sac. For further particulars we must

refer to the volume of the Linnzan Transactions quoted above.

734. Didymium furfuraceum, (Schum.) Sell. ii. p. 204. On

oak branches. Wothorpe, Aug. 23, 1853.

735. Phoma inophila, Berk. in Hook. Journ. 1853, p.40. On

planks of maple. King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851.

736. P. mucifera, Berk. /.c. On elm planks. King’s Cliffe,

Noy. 1851.

737. P. ulmicola, Berk. J. c. On elnr planks exposed to the

weather. King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851.

738. P. epileuca, Berk. /.c. p.41. On bleached pine planks.

Wood Newton, Dec. 1851.

739. P. fibricola, Berk. l. c. On ash, oak and elm. King’s

Cliffe, Nov. 1851.

740. P. bicuspidata, Berk. 1. c. On pine wood. Wood Newton,

Dec. 1851.

741. Diplodia fibricola, Berk. in Hook. Journ. 1853, p. 42.

On Lombardy poplar, King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851.

This is the fungus which was found on the elm plank picked

up by Capt. Penny, lat. 76° 2’ N., long. 96° W.

742. D. odspora, Berk. 1. c. On bleached willow. King’s

Cliffe, Noy. 1851.

743. Hendersonia fibriseda, Berk. 1. c.p.43. On birch planks.

King’s Cliffe, Dec. 1851. ;

744. Septoria lituus,n.s. Peritheciis subcutaneis depressis

sporis filiformibus apice curvatis sporophoris paullo excedentibus.

On smooth twigs. Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq.

Concealed by the cuticle which is raised into minute pustules;

perithecia depressed. Spores filiform, curved at the apex, -0015

inch long; sporophores filiform, rather shorter.

Puate XV. fig. 5. Spores on thin delicate sporophores which are

attached to the walls of the perithecium.

745. S.. Ralfsii.. Subcutanea ; epidermide supra perithecia

elevata, centro pustularum albo; sporis rectis multinucleatis.

On decayed apples, Penzance.

Forming black irregular patches, dotted with minute pus-

tules, the centre of which is white. Spores straight, oblong

00133 inch long, with about six nuclei.

Piate XV. fig. 6. Spores highly magnified.

746. S. salicella,n.s. Subcutanea; epidermide supra peri-

460 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

thecia subglobosa elevata; sporis fusiformibus triseptatis cir-

rhos rubellos efformantibus.

On branches of willows. Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq.

Concealed by the cuticle which is obscurely pustulate in con-

sequence of the presence of the subglobose perithecia. Spores

ejected in the form of pale pink tendrils, fusiform, 00133 inch

long, triseptate. .

Piate XV. fig. 7. Spores highly magnified.

747. S. insularis, n.s. Maculis brunneis distinctis, epider-

mide supra perithecia elevata, centro pustularum albo ; sporis

filiformibus curvulis.

On half-dead ivy leaves. . Penzance.

Forming large definite umber-brown spots which are rough

from the presence of the concealed perithecia, with a white spot

in the centre of each pustule; spores filiform, slightly curved,

0015 of an inch long.

Piare XV. fig. 8. Spores highly magnified.

748. S. Badhami, n. s. Peritheciis subcongregatis fuscis;

sporis clavatis elongatis crassiusculis.

On vine leaves, Hast Bergholt, Oct. 1853. ;

Forming little brownish specks on either side of the leaf, con-

sisting of a few subconglomerate perithecia. Spores oblong,

clavate, ‘002 inch long, endochrome sometimes retracted to one

end containing a few minute granules: very rarely there are one

or two septa.

Septoria Vitis, Lévy. is at once known by its dark brown dense —

patches of perithecia: another species occurs on vine leayes,

S. ampelina, B. & C., which has filiform curved spores.

PLATE XV. fig. 9. a. Sporophores and portion of perithecium ; 5. spores.

Both highly magnified.

749. S. Polygonorum, Desm. no. 1171. Twyeross, Rev. A.

Bloxam. :

750. Sporidesmium Lepraria, Berk. in Hook. Journ. 1853,

p. 43; Lepraria nigra, Eng. Bot.! t. 2409. Abundant every-

where on exposed planks. it

751. Torula Hysterioides, Corda, Fasc. 1. fig. 189.» On poles,

Bathampton and Batheaston, C. KE. Broome.

Our species is in every respect the plant of Corda, except that

he calls the threads “ luteoli.” In our specimens they have rather

a green tinge, though the mass as a whole is black.

752. Coniothyrium glomeratum, Corda. In the cracks of elm

planks, especially on the medullary rays, King’s Cliffe, Noy. 1851.

753. Phlyctena vagabunda, Desm. no. 1624. On dead stems

of Dipsacus sylvestris, Twycross, Rey. A. Bloxam,

a se

Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C, E. Broome on British Fungi. 461

754. Puccinia truncata, n. s. Maculis obsoletis ; soris oblongis

epidermide scariosa cinctis; sporis obovato-oblongisapice truncatis.

On leaves of Iris fetidissima, Isle of Wight, Rev. A. Bloxam.

Sori oblong, 1 line or more long, brown, surrounded by the

scarious epidermis; spores obovate-oblong, even, attenuated below,

upper cell abruptly truncate. — i .

755. Epitea Baryi, n.s.; Epitea, Bary, Brandpilz, tab. 4.

fig. 4. On leaves of Brachypodium pennatum, Rey. A. Bloxam,

Gopsal. ,

Dr. De Bary’s plant is on the leaves of Lolium perenne; the

cystidia have in general an abrupt globose head, which seems cha-

racteristic of the species, which has not been observed previously

in Great Britain.

756. Institale effusa, Fr. Summ. p. 447 ; Ptychogaster albus,

Corda, Fasc..2. p. 23. tab. 12. fig. 90. About the roots of

Scotch fir, Apethorpe, Norths., autumn.

_ Excellently figured by Corda, whose plant is exactly ours, and

which Fries states to be his Jnstitale effusa, a species of which

the name only has at present been published. It approaches also

very closely to Institale maxima, Schwein, which differs only in

its redder spores, which are however of the same size and form.

757. Atractium flammeum, Berk. and Ray. Breve subcylin-

dricum cinnabarinum deorsum album pruinosum ; sporis longis

fusiformibus.

On the bark of living willows, Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. It

has been found in similar situations peeping up from beneath

lichens, by H. W. Ravenel, Esq., in South Carolina.

_ Searcely } a line high, cylindrical, flame-red, pruinose below ;

head convex. Spores ‘003 inch long, curved, fusiform, hyaline,

with six or more septa seated on long sporophores. :

This has just the habit of Sti/bum aurantiacum, but is at once

distinguished by its peculiar spores. Mr. Ravenel in a late

communication suspects it to be-a state of some Nectria.

758. Helminthosporium sticticum, n.s. Maculis gregariis

punctiformibus nigris ; sporis oblongo-clavatis uniseptatis. On

-decaying leaves of grasses, Batheaston. ,

Disposed in minute specks, jet-black, threads fasciculate,

nodose or irregular; spores ‘0016 of an inch long, oblong,

swollen above, uniseptate.

The punctiform spots, black, not olivaceous hue, and uniseptate

spores are the characteristics of this species, which is nearly allied

to H. arundinaceum. The threads of the latter are coarser, and

the habit diffuse.

Piate XV. fig. 10. a. Threads and spore magnified; 5, spores m

highly magnified. rece! Vir he ae asa

462 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

759. Monotospora megalospora, n.s. Floccis rectis simplici-

bus, sporis obovatis magnis levibus. On the dead bark of a yew-

tree, King’s Cliffe.

Jet-black. Flocci erect, straight, nearly equal, ‘simple, arti-

culated. Spores terminal, obovate, even, ‘0014-:00133 inch ‘long.

PLATE XV. fig. 11. a. A group of threads with their spores; 5. spores :

both magnified. ig

760. Botrytis Jonesii, n.s. Floccis erectis sursum ramosis ;

ramis ramulisque divergentibus seepissime oppositis ; ultimis fas-

ciculatis, centrali semper sterili acutissimo ; sporis subglobosis

echinulatis. .

Accompanying Mucor Caninus and other moulds on the dung

of animals, as on that of dogs and rabbits. Near Woolwich,

Mrs. Col. Jones. Wothorpe, Norths.

F'locci erect, tinged with fawn colour, simple below, with a few

straight main branches above, mostly at right angles and often

opposite. These are again divided once or twice in the same way, -

the central one being always barren, the others bearing about the

middle fascicles of fertile branchlets, each tipped with a subglobose

echinulate spore, ‘0003 inch long.

Drawings of this with several other interesting species were

communicated by Mrs. Col. Jones. Original specimens accord

precisely with our own. The species is one of the most beautiful

and interesting of a very handsome group.

Piate XV. fig. 12. a. Fertile thread; 5. spores: both magnified.

761. Rhinotrichum Opuntia, n.s. Floccis fureatis hie illic

turgidis ; sporis in ramulis ultimis clavatis transversim seriatis.

Near Woolwich, Mrs. Col. Jones.

White. Flocci rather thick, simple below, two or three times

forked, slight, swollen here and there ; ultimate divisions clavate,

beset with transverse rows of globose spores.

The characters of this species are so curious, that we are un-

willing to omit it, though we have neither specimen nor descrip-

tion. Mrs. Jones’s figures however of those species of which we

have specimens are so correct, that we have no hesitation in

giving it implicit credence.

PiateE XVI. fig. 13. Portion of plant magnified.

761*, Papulaspora sepedonioides, Preuss in Sturm’s Deutsch.

Fl. heft 30. t. 9. On rice paste on which blood-rain had been

propagated, King’s Cliffe, Aug. 1853.

This very beautiful mould consists of decumbent, articulate,

colourless threads, which produce short, erect branches, each

surmounted by a large red cellular body about 0018 inch in dia-

Rey. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E: Broome on British Fungi. 463

meter. This is all that is figured by Preuss as quoted above,

but we have seen the heads studded with oblong erect spores

0004-0006 inch long, with their endochrome bipartite or very

rarely quadripartite ; and if these are truly spores, each individual

head presents nearly the structure of an Epicoccum. In one

instance a spore was observed germinating from the apex.

762. Oidium Favorum, u.s. Floccis erectis septatis, sporis

flavis brevibus subcylindricis. On honey-comb, near Woolwich,

Mrs. Col. Jones.

Flocei erect, white, septate and slightly torulose below, above

bearing a few short cylindrical yellow spores. These spores when

fallen seem to acquire a septum and then to be gradually

attenuated at either end. A new septum is then formed in either

division, the whole constituting an irregularly fusiform body.

~ Piate XVI. fig. 14. Threads and spores magnified.

763. O. Balsamiit, Mont. MSS. Candida, articulis dolii-

formibus utrinque angustatis. On the leaves of Verbascum nigrum,

Wothorpe, Aug. 23, 1853.

This species was sent from Milan by Balsamo to Dr. Mon-

tagne, under the name of Ozdium Tuckeri, but it is a very different

species, distinguished by the very peculiar shape of its spores.

Their length is about ‘0015. Balsamo’s plant grew on Verbas-

cum montanum. No Erysiphe has at present been observed in

connection with this species. The same species occurs on straw-

berries, to which it is very destructive. See Gard. Chron. April 15,

1854.

764. Helvella sulcata, Afz. On the ground in woods, sent

from Andover, 1853.

We have seen a single specimen only of this plant, which

seems to be certainly the species of Afzelius, and is remarkable

for the regular ribs of the stem and the campanulate pileus.

765. Geoglossum olivaceum, P. Leigh Down, Bathford Down

and other places near Bath, C. E. Broome, Oct. 1853.

This very rare species seems to be undoubtedly distinct from

G. viride. Sporidia ‘0006 inch long.

__ 766. Peziza sepulta, Fr. MSS, On the ground, East Bergholt,

Nov. 4, 185].

___ One to two inches across, globose, clothed with dense woolly

fibres, the upper portion often breaking off irregularly and so

exposing the disc. sci cylindrical ; sporidia elliptic, with one,

two or sometimes several nuclei ‘0009 by 0004 inch long.

This is very closely allied to Pez. arenaria, Osbeck, and P. are-

nicola, Lév. It bears also a close resemblance to the genus

Hydrocystis, Tul. .

767. Peziza (Geopyxis) Cornubiensis, n.s. Media sessilis

464 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

villo affixa margine tantum libero subapplanata extus subtiliter

villosa ; hymenio aurantio ; sporidiis oblongis asperulis.

On manured ground, Penzance, Mr. Tracey Millett.

Sessile, $ of an inch broad, depressed, attached to the soil by

villous down ; margin free, clothed with delicate obtuse articulate

hairs ; hymenium orange. Asci pa pe 5 sporidia oblong,

“0009-0007 inch long.

A very fine species.

768. P.glumarum, Desm. no. 1054. On chaff in a farmyard,

Batheaston, Dee. 1852.

The following measurements of the sporidia of Pezize may we

useful :—

P. humosa, *0009-001 inch long by ‘0004-0005 ; the Black-

heath plant mentioned-in the ‘ English Flora.’

P. Polytrichi, 0007-0008 inch long by ‘0007 wide. An ana-

lysis of this species is given in PI. XVI. fig. 14**, im consequence

of the highly developed paraphyses and the curious peer

which they often bear at their side.

P. scutellata, 0008 inch long by -0005 wide.

P. hirta, ‘0009 inch long by 0005 wide, from Wareham; ‘0006

inch long by ‘0003 wide, from Bowood.

P. leucoloma, ‘0008 inch long by *0004 wide, in the plant so

named in ‘ English Flora.’

P. trechispora, ‘0008 inch in diameter.

769. P. (Tapezia), Piggott, nos. Media cient rena

candido, cupulis subhemisphericis vel cyathiformibus leviter con-

cavis, hymenio pallide lateritio.

On the plaster ceiling of a cottage, Chelmsford, H. Piggot, Esq.

Mycelium white, downy, but not spreading very widely, running

up the base of the hemispherical or cyathiform cups which are

about 2 lines broad ; hymenium pale brick-red; margin generally

acute. Asci cylindrical, paraphyses linear ; spores elliptic, with

a single, very distinet nucleus, in the centre of which is a wie

point, 0005 inch long by 0003 wide.

Allied to P. argillacea, Sow. P. domestica is a far edule

species, with spores 0006 by -0004 inch.

770. P. (Dasyscyphe) Berkelei, Blox. MSS. Grevade sessilis,

cupulis hemisphzericis furfuraceo-floccosis quandoque pruinosis,

hymenio concavo fulvo. ;

On dead stems of Umbellifere, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. —

Very minute, gregarious, often crowded, hemispherical, with

the margin at first strongly inflected, clothed with furfuraceous

yellowish flocci. In the younger specimens the orifice is distinetly

marked with radiating lines. Hymenium concave, tawny. Asci

clavate ; sporidia 0003 to ‘0004 inch long, oblong, mayne

or eymbiform.

—_—

Thar oo

Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. EB. Broome on British Funge. 465

_. Under the lens the coat consists of very short flocci, intermixed

with minute hyaline amorphous scales. We cannot point out

any very near ally, except possibly P. humilis, Desm. It re-

sembles P. apala more closely than any other species with which

we are acquainted.

771. P. (Dasyscyphe) aspidiicola, n.s. Nivea, sicca sub-

alutacea, stipite brevissimo; cupula concava subhemispherica

extus furfuraceo-floccosa. On dead stems of Aspidium filiz mas.

Orton, Leic., Nov. 1851, Rev. A. Bloxam.

Very minute, gregarious, white, rather buff when dry. Stem

extremely short, gradually passing into the subhemispherical cup,

which is clothed externally with minute pellucid scales, mixed

-with a few obscure hyaline flocci. Asci very short and slender.

Sporidia -0002 inch long, oblong, subclavate.

Resembling in its investing coat P. Berkeleii, but differing in

colour, in the distinct stem, more open dise, and in the more

minute sporidia. P. Aspidii, Libert, is a more minute species,

of a purer more persistent white, and with a more tomentose -

coat.

772. P. (Fibrina) siparia, n.s. Cupulis subsessilibus extus

furfuraceis ochraceis, hymenio fuscescente ; sporidiis lineari-

oblongis curvis.

On decorticated elm branches, Elmhurst, Oct. 1, 1853.

Accompanied by a floccose stratum, which is however possibly

not constant. Cup at first subglobose, then cyathiform, scarcely

stipitate, but fixed by a broad base with the margin free, externally

ochraceous, furfuraceous ; hymenium ochraceous, at length

brownish ; sporidia linear-oblong, 00045 inch long, curved, often

with a nucleus at either extremity.

This has at first some resemblance to P. firma, but the sporidia

of that species are subelliptic, pomted at either end, and ‘0007

inch long, not to mention other distinctive characters.

773. P.(Mollisia) micrometra, n.s. Minutissima sessilis sub-

turbinata villo albo affixa brunneola, ore subcontracto subtiliter

striato.

On dead stems of Juncus, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam.

Extremely minute, punctiform, subturbinate, attached by

strong villous hairs, smooth above ; orifice somewhat contracted,

marked with close parallel lines, horn-brown ; hymenium plane.

Asci clavate ; sporidia filiform. A very singular though extremely

minute species, to which we can point out no close ally.

774. Patellaria clavispora, n.s. Mollis, junior sparsa sub-

globosa, senior expansa subirregularis picea; sporidiis clave-

formibus 4-6-septatis. On twigs of privet, Luckram, Wilts.,

Nov. 4, 1852.

When young nearly globose, in age expanding, pitch-brown,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 30

466 Rey. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. KE. Broome on British Fungi.

somewhat irregular, soft ; substance beneath the hymenium paler.

Asci cylindric ; sporidia elongated, clavate, 001 inch long, 4-6-

septate ; paraphyses branched, bearing at their tips one or more

dark bodies, sometimes arranged like the joints of a necklace.

The fructification of this species is so remarkable that, there

ean be no difficulty in recognizing it, though its external appear-

ance does not differ greatly from that of some other species. In

an unpublished species, 7. Raveneliz, B., there is a similar deve-

lopment of the tips of the paraphyses.

775. P. lvida, n. s. Gregaria sepe congesta icahbiiek:

spheerica sessilis olivaceo-lutea margine albido, extus subtiliter

sericea.

Abundant on fallen firs, Gopsal Park, Leicestershire, Dec. 1851.

Minute, gregarious, often crowded, olivaceous yellow, greyish

when dry, sessile, hemispherical, fixed by a small point, minutely

silky externally, margin dirty white. Hymenium plane. Asci

subfusiform, bulging in the centre, often geniculate; sporidia

oblong or elliptic, perhaps immature.

This species has a Lichenoid aspect, but has no crust whatever

and is certainly undescribed. It resembles in general appearance

Patellaria carpinea, with which it agrees closely in fruit. P. rha-

barbarina also is closely allied.

*Triblidium caliciiforme, Fr. Summa, p. 869 ; Cenangium eali-

ciiforme, Syst. Mye. On oak bark, Shrewsbury, Rev. W. A.

Leighton; Essex, H. Piggot, Esq.

Asci containing four sporidia, varying greatly in length, but

sometimes as much as *002 inch.

776. Abrothallus Welwitschii, Mout. Ann. d. Se. Nat. Ser. 3.

vol. xvi. p. 79. On Sticta fuliginosa, Essex, H. Piggot, Esq.

This curious production is considered by Montagne a Discomy-

cete near Agyrium, and by Tulasne a Lichen. We are not in a

position to decide so knotty a point, but we have great pleasure

in recording the discovery of so curious an object by Mr. Piggot.

777. Spheria (Platystome) fibritecta, Berk. in Hook. Journ.

1853, p. 43. On bleached larch planks, King’s Cliffe, Dec. 1851.

778. 8. (Caulicole) tritorulosa, n. s. Subcuticularis semi-

immersa subglobosa ostiolo papilleformi ascis elongatis, sporidiis

tritorulosis.

On dead stems of Epilobium hirsutum, Twycross, Rev. A.

Bloxam.

At first covered by the cuticle, then exposed, half immersed ;

perithecia subglobose with a papilleform ostiolum; asci eylin-

drical ; sporidia oblong, ‘0006--0007 inch long, containing three

nuclei, and with two constrictions.

Puate XVI. fig. 15. Asci and sporidia magnified.

Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 467

- 779. S. (Caulicole) Veectis,n.s. Subcuticularis ostiolo demum

nudo ; ascis brevibus eylindricis sporidiis oblongis 5-septatis,

articulo quarto tumido.

On dead leaves of Iris fetidissima, Isle of Wight, Rev. A.

Bloxam.

Covered by the cuticle, which is at length pierced by the black

perv aner sometimes regularly diffused, sometimes forming little

5 asci short, curved, eylindrical ; : sporidia oblong,

‘0001 inch in length, 5-septate, the fourth jomt being much

swollen.

~PLate XVI. fig. 16. Asci and sporidia magnified.

_ | *Nectria ochraceo-pallida, (B. and B.), var. corallina. On

elder, Gopsal, Rey. A. Bloxam. On elm, King’s Cliffe.

Rather smaller than the paler plant and less depressed, but

there is so little difference in the fruit that we think it better

not to distinguish them.

_ 780. Nectria Ralfsti, n. s. Cespitosa; peritheciis crassis

aurantiacis furfure albido dense inspersis, siccis fortiter collapsis ;

ore obscuro papillformi; sporidiis elongatis uniseptatis.

__..Ondead branches, apparently of beech. Penzance. Also on

furze, of a delicate salmon colour.

\ Cespitose. Perithecia orange, globose, but strongly collapsed,

when dry covered with whitish furfuraceous scales; mouth

generally obscure, sometimes minutely papilleform. Asci clavate,

sporidia oblong, elongated, uniseptate, with one or two nuclei in

each division, varying greatly in size from -0006 to ‘001 inch in

length. The hymenium is sometimes exposed, apparently from

the circumcision of the upper portion of the perithecium.

Allied to N. cinnabarina, but presenting many points of di-

stinction, especially in its generally elongated sporidia.

781. N. Bloxami, B. and B. Sparsa_ cimnabarina_peri-

theciis fortiter collapsis subglabris, sporidiis elongatis subfusi-

formibus quadrinucleatis.

On dead stems of herbaceous plants, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam.

Scattered, dark cimnabar red. Perithecia nearly smooth,

strongly collapsed. Sporidia elongated, subfusiform, quadri-

nucleate, 00065 inch long.

This species differs from N. ochraceo-pallida and its coralline

variety, not only in its dark cinnabar hue and collapsed perithecia,

but in the far more delicate and shorter sporidia. There is

sometimes a single very obscure septum.

781*. N. maurata, n.s. Czspitosa, peritheciis globoso-de-

pressis quandoque rubro-tinctis fuscis, flavo-pruinosis, ostiolo

papillzeformi demum impresso nudo atro-fusco ; ascis sporidiisque

biformibus, aliis clavatis sporidiis minimis innumeris curvulis,

30*

468 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

alus cylindricis sporidis octonis ellipticis utrinque appendi-

culatis.

On dead twigs of holly. Shooter’s Hill, F. Currie, Esq. | Near

Bath.

A figure of the asci and sporidia of this curious species will be

shortly given in the ‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle.’ Similar fruit oceurs

in Nectria Cucurbitula. A

782. <Aylographum amplum, n. s.. Peritheciis congregatis —

congestisve subdepressis furcatis ramosisque. On decaying stems

of Rubi, Twycross; Rey. A. Bloxam.

- Distinguished by the perithecia being crowded together in the

most perfect specimens and by their comparatively large size.

Those before us are not so perfect as could be wished, but the

species is unrecorded, and the genus new to this country.

BLoxaMIA, n. g.

Peridium deorsum persistens, sursum delicatissimum hyalinum

evanescens demum excipuliforme ; sporidia quadrata tubulis

arcte congestis enata. Genus curiosissimum anomalum,

Dichosporio proximum, asci enim ‘ni fallimur non typici,

Myzxormiam quodammodo in memoriam revocans.

783. Bloxamia truncata, n.s. On dead Wych elm, Bath-

easton, Feb. 1852.

Perithecia punctiform, often slightly elongated, depressed,

with vertical sides, firmer below and_ persistent, extremely

delicate, white and evanescent above. Hymenium consisting of

closely packed tubes which produce a row of subquadrate spores,

"0001 wide, 000125 long.

This very curious plant in many respects agrees with Nees yon

Esenbeck’s Dichosporium, but Dittmar could not have overlooked

the tubes in which the spores are generated. We do not regard

these tubes as typical asci, but of the same nature as those in

Sporoschisma, and, if so, it will on the one side be connected with

Conoplea of Fries, and on the other with Myrothecium through

Myzxormia. The spores closely resemble those of Scopinella

barbata when the light is indistinct, but under a very superior

microscope no division is apparent.

Puare XVI. fig. 17. a. Plant, natural size; 5. magnified; c. mass of

tubes; d. two of the tubes separate ; e. spores All but the first more or

less magnified.

784. Antennaria semiovata, n.s. Floccis fertilibus erectis brevi-

bus ramosis; articulis torulosis levibus; pycnidiis semiovatis; peri-

theciis curvis acuminatis. On the leaves of Filia mas, near Bath,

Sept. 1853.

Clothing the leaves with dense matted felt. Barren threads

Prof. Milne-Edwards’s Reply to Prof. Sedgwick. 469

creeping, often united into an irregular membrane ; fertile erect,

generally slightly branched, but sometimes subdichotomous ;

pycnidia semi-ovate ; perithecia curved, acuminate.

It is difficult to say what is a species in this genus, which will

ultimately coalesce with Capnodium, of which it appears to present

one form of-fruit. A few curved acuminate perithecia without

fruit were scattered amongst the threads.

~ Piare XVI. fig. 18. a. Threads in various states; b. pycnidia; e. peri-

thecia. Ali magnified.

XLIV.—A Reply to Prof. Sedgwick’s Article published in the

- Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd Series, No. 76,

_ April 1854. By Prof. Mitne-Epwarps.

T6 the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Proressor Sepewick having inserted in the Number of your

Journal that I have just received (April 1854), an extensive

article on certain passages in the ‘Monograph of the British

Fossil Corals’ published two years ago by M. J. Haime and

“myself, I hope you will allow me to lay my reply before your

readers.

“Pwo points are discussed in Prof. Sedgwick’s article: the first

‘is relative to the refusal of the loan of fossil corals belonging to

the Cambridge Museum; the second to what we considered as

bemg our scientific property, and had ‘seen presented to the

public in Prof. M‘Coy’s last work, without any reference to its

origin.

§ 1. When some of the Members of the Council of the Palzon-

tographical Society proposed to me the laborious task of de-

—seribing the Fossil Corals of England, Mr. Bowerbank, Sir H.

de la Beche, Mr. Davidson, and some more of my friends, kindly

undertook to obtain for me the loan of the necessary specimens.

The efforts of those gentlemen were so successful, that I soon

received in Paris ample materials for most parts of the intended

work: the Corals belonging to the Geological Society, the Mu-

seuin of Bristol, the collections of Mr. Bowerbank, Mr. Stokes,

Sir H. De la Beche, Mr. Searles Wood, Mr. Fred. Edwards,

Mr. Wetherell, Mr. Pratt, Mr. D. Sharpe, Mr. Walton, Dr.

Wright, Dr. Battersby, Mr. Pengelly, Mr. Fletcher, Mr. J.

Gray, Prof. Phillips, and several cther geologists, were ‘in the

most liberal manner placed at my disposal for publication, and

I eagerly seize this opportunity to renew my thanks for the

aid:so afforded to my researches. In order to complete some

470 Prof. Milne-Edwards’s Reply to Prof. Sedgwick.

parts of our Monograph, M. Haime and myself were desirous of

obtaining a similar favour from the Cambridge Museum, and

consequently an application for the loan of specimens was made,

in the first instance by us to Prof. M‘Coy, and subsequently to

Prof. Sedgwick by the Honorary Secretary of the Paleontogra-

phical Society, my most esteemed friend Mr. Bowerbank. But

I was informed that Prof. Sedgwick considered the loan of such

specimens not compatible with the regulations of the (neae

bridge Museum.

M. Haime and I were fully aware that we had no right to

throw any censure on that decision; but as it occasioned some

omissions in our Monograph, we deemed it necessary to state

the circumstance that had rendered our work more incomplete

than we had at first hoped it would have been ; and consequently

we did so in the part of our publication where those omissions

began to have some importance.

This simple statement appears to have displeased Prof. Sedg-

wick, and in a letter addressed to me, on the 8th of December

last, he denied the veracity of it ; saying that no application for

the loan of the Cambridge fossil corals had ever been made ;

that had such a request reached him, he would have laid it before

the Trustees and Auditors of the Museum, and should probably

have obtained their consent. I immediately answered Prof. Sedg-

wick, reminding him of the circumstances above alluded to, and

adding, that if I had been misinformed, M. Haime and I would,

with pleasure, rectify our statement in the next Fasciculus of

our Monograph. But I heard nothing more on the subject, till

I received from my bookseller the Number of your ‘ Annals’

containing Prof. Sedgwick’s article.

That article shows clearly, that when writing to me in December

last, Prof. Sedgwick had forgotten the real state of the case ; that

an application for the loan of specimens had been made ou my

behalf by Mr. Bowerbank as well as by myself, and had been re-

jected by the justly celebrated geologist of Cambridge. Professor

Sedgwick now supposes that the unfortunate: negotiation was

relative to certain Oolitic fossils only, and not to the Palzozoic

corals as well as the former. This distinction is not, im our

opinion, well founded, nor is it concordant with the recollections:

of Mr. Bowerbank, who had written to Cambridge on the sub-

ject ; but even were it so, I should not consider it now as bemg

of much importance, since the tenour of the article just published

by Prof. Sedgwick. clearly shows that at all events the result

of the application would have been the same; that is to say,

negative.

It is also necessary to remark here, that the corals, which we

were most desirous to obtain, were those from the Oolite and

Prof. Mulne-nawards’s Reply to Prot. Sedgwick. 471

Mountain Limestone previously described by Prof. M‘Coy in

your ‘Annals’ (1848 and 1849). We wished to lay before the

public, in our ‘ Monograph of the British Fossil Corals,’ figures

of those species executed under our direction, and showing the

characters which we deemed necessary to point out. Through

the kindness of Mr. Davidson and Mr. Walton, we were enabled

toodo so for the Oolitic corals, and, as stated in the passage

criticised by Professor Sedgwick, the omissions occasioned by

what we considered as a refusal of the loan of the Mountain

Limestone specimens belonging to the Cambridge Museum, have

turned out to be less prejudicial than we at first feared, in con-

sequence of Prof. M‘Coy having since then published good figures

of them. We had no thought of blaming Prof. M‘Coy for so

doing, and, as we shall now proceed to show, that circumstance

had nothing to do with what we complaired of in our book.

I do not therefore see any reason to mduce M. Haime and

myself to modify the passage of our Monograph relative to the

refusal of the loan of the Cambridge corals, or to apologise for it.

§ 2. Professor Sedgwick considers as being equally ill-founded,

and also injurious to his friend Prof. M‘Coy, an opinion expressed

by M. Haime and myself in a note, page 151, of our Monograph.

This is of more consequence than the discussion about the ex- -

tent of the refusal above alluded to, and must therefore be

Inthat note we said—“ In the begining of his book (page 17)

Prof. M‘Coy expresses his regret at not having been acquainted

with the latter publication (viz. the first Fasciculus of our Mono-

graph of the British Fossil Corals) early enough to be able to

refer to it ; and we feel much gratified m seeing that the results

which Prof. M‘Coy appears therefore to have obtained solely

from his own observations, are often very similar to those pub- -

lished by ourselves a year before ; even by a singular coincidence

he often makes use of the same names for the divisions pre-

viously established in the first part of this Monograph.”

The signification of these words must have been very clear to

every one conversant with the contents of the two books alluded

to; but in consequence of Prof. Sedgwick’s article I deem it

necessary to be more explicit.

Prof. M‘Coy’s work, the title of which is ‘ A detailed Systematic

Description of the British Paleozoic Fossils, does not contain the

description of one single new species of coral, nor does the

author establish in it any new genera. It consists mostly in the

reprint of the articles published some years before by Prof. M‘Coy

in the ‘ Annals,’ and duly quoted by us in our ‘ Monograph of

the British Fossil Corals.’ What Prof. M‘Coy added to this re-

print m his Systematic work, consists essentially in the plates

472 Prof. Milne-Edwards’s Reply to Prof. Sedgwick.

and in the general classification of the Palzozoic corals ; the

manner in which the previously established genera are united to

form natural divisions of superior value ; the characters assigned

to these divisions aud the names given to them; in short, the

whole systematic arrangement. fiseas

The First Fasciculus of our ‘ Monograph of the British Fossil

Corals’ was principally devoted to the exposition of our general

classification of the class of Corals, and did not contain the de-

scription of any Paleozoic fossils. HOI

It is therefore-evident that the above-quoted note, relative to

the similarity of the results presented in both publications, could

not be applicable)to anything else than the systematic part of

Prof. M‘Coy’s work, and what we added about the names given

to his divisions is not susceptible of any other interpretation.

Consequently we must examine whether the blame so implied in

that note be founded or not.

Our classification was published in England in 1850*, and

was known to Prof. M‘Coy previously to the printing of most

part of his work, since he mentioned the existence of it im the

very beginning of his book (p. 17).

Now the classification presented by Prof. M‘Coy. bears the

greatest resemblance to ours; some parts are new and belong to

that paleontologist, but most of his divisions are exactly th

same as ours, and even bear the same names. 1s

Nowhere, however, does he intimate, even in the most distant

way, that. the classification thus developed in his’ book is essen-

tially or in part ours, He intermingles the divisions founded

on the results of his own observations with those previously esta-

blished by us, and in examining his book, every unbiased reader

would be led to suppose that the various families and subfamilies

there described, and even the system of classification altogether,

was the scientific: property of the author. Prof. M‘Coy even

goes so far as to say that he has not profited materially by an

new portion of our Monograph not previously published in the

‘Comptes Rendus de Acad. des Sciences ; whereas there are

some important parts of his classification that we claim, and that

had never been mentioned in the ‘Comptes Rendus.” The di-

* [do not clearly understand what Prof. M‘Coy means, in his argumen-

tation about the date of this work ; and I must add, that what he says about

the date of the publication of our French work (the Monographie des

Polypiers Paleozoiques)is not only completely irrelevant to the point in dis-

cussion, but also erroneous. It was the First Fasciculus of that work which

we mentioned in our note as having appeared previously to Prof. M‘Coy’s

book, and the date assigned to it by that gentleman (the 26th of June 1851)

is not that of its publication, but in reality that of the publication of the

Third and last Fascieulus of the same book. This attempt to make our

statement appear contrary to truth is therefore unsuccessful. °

Prof. Milne-Edwards’s Reply to Prof. Sedgwick. 473

stinction here alluded to is however of no importance, for in no

instance does Prof. M‘Coy mention having borrowed either from

our papers in the ‘ Comptes Rendus, or in any other publication,

what we claim as being our scientific property in his system of

classification.

Prof. M‘Coy does not attempt to refute our claims, but in

order to account for not having informed his readers to whom

the classification presented in his work essentially belongs, he

now says that in his opinion there is no need for referring to the

authors of zoological groups that are larger or less definite than

the small divisions to which the name of a genus is now given.

In a descriptive catalogue of species, that might be admitted ; but

in a work that professes to be a systematic arrangement, and that

contains the characters as well as the designation of the various

zoological divisions, I should think it incumbent on the author

to mention the principal source from which he has derived the

knowledge of those divisions.

The explanation given by Prof. M‘Coy does not therefore

change the opinion which I had formed on the subject. now

under discussion, and does not in the slightest degree invalidate

the statement criticised by Prof. Sedgwick.

§ 3. In a letter from Prof. M‘Coy, published by Prof. Sedg-

wick, the former gentleman says, “ I may add that MM. Edwards

and Haime have figured and described, as new, in their ‘ Mono-

graphie,’ several corals previously published by myself in the

‘Annals of Natural History,’ and that the first idle time I have,

I shall write a paper on this and other scientific unfairnesses in

their works, with which at present we have nothing to do.”

The first part of this paragraph is*correct. When the de-

seriptive part of the above work was printed*, we had not

yet seen the Number of the ‘Annals and Magazine’ published

im December 1850, and containing the description of some new

Palzeozoic fossils by Prof. M‘Coy ; but before receiving the above

lines we had done him full justice in that respect, for m the

Fifth Fasciculus of our work on British Fossil Corals, the ma-

nuscript of which is in the hands of the Palzontographical Society,

* Almost all the text of our ‘ Monographie des Polypiers Palzoz.’ was

printed in 1850, or in January 1851, previously to my departure for Italy,

where, on account of the bad state of my health, I passed several months

in the beginning of 1851 (April to July). Some copies for private distri-

bution had even been given to a few friends; but in consequence of the

circumstance here alluded to, and the time taken up by the preparation

and printing of the tables during my absence, the last Fasciculus contain-

ing the description of the above-mentioned species did not appear till June

following. This explains how it happened that Prof. M‘Coy’s paper, pub-

lished in December 1850, was not known to us early enough to be quoted

in that work.

A474 Mr. P. Li. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

we have dropped our names and adopted his. As to the scientific

unfairnesses in our other works which Prof. M‘Coy promises to

point out, I should be very glad by his making known what he

considers as unfairnesses ; for if I have wronged either that author

or any other, it must have been unconsciously, and I ani always

desirous of repairing the errors that I may have committed. I

trust, however, that Prof. M‘Coy’s efforts in that direction will

not prove more successful than the arguments by which he

and Prof. Sedgwick have endeavoured to invalidate the state-

ment made by M. Haime and myself in our work on the, Bri-

tish Corals, and that I shall not be obliged to waste more time

on the subject.

I have the honour to be, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

Mitne-Epwarps.

Paris, April 28th, 1854.

XLV.—A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

By Puiu Luriey Scrater, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Concluded from p. 365. ]

Genus II. Manacopriua.

A. Malacoptila, G. R. Gray.

1. Mauacoprriza rusca (Gm.).

White-breasted Barbet, Lath. Syn. ii. 505. :

Bucco fuscus, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 408; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 206.

Lyporniz torquata, juv., Wagl. 8. A. sp. 4.

Monasa unitorques, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. xiv. pt. 2. p. 107; Rey. Zool.

1848, p. 249.

Monasa fusca, Strickl. Cont. to Orn. 1852, p. 43.

Le Tamatia brun, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. y. 2. pl. 43.

Bucco fuscus, Vieill. N. D. dH. N. iii. 239; Vieill. Enc. Meth. 1419.

. Tamatia fusca, Less. Tr. d’Orn. p, 168.

Monasa fusca, Gray’s Gen. i. p. 74 (pars); Bp. Consp. Av. p. 147 (pars).

Malacoptila fusca, Gray, List of Gen. (1841) p. 13.

M. brunnea clare fulvo striata: macula utrinque frontali et magna

triangulari superpectorali albis: ventre obscure fulvescente :

pedibus albidis: rostro nigro basi aurantio.

Long. tota 6°5; ale 3:6; caude 2°7.

Hab. in Cayenna (Le Vail.) ; Rio Nigro (A. W.).

This species has been much confounded with M. torquata.

M. de Lafresnaye in the ‘ Revue Zoologique,’ and Mr. Strickland

in the ‘ Contributions to Ornithology,’ have clearly pointed out

the differences between them, which will be sufficiently obvious

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirosiral family Bucconide. 475

on a comparison of the two descriptions, and may be seen at a

glance on looking at the birds themselves. Latham’s original

specimens of his “White-breasted Barbet,’ under which name he

gave the first. published description of this species, are still

extant in the Derby Museum at Liverpool. This bird extends

from Cayenne.to the upper branches of the Rio Negro, where

examples were collected by Mr. Wallace.

2. Matacoprita ruFA (Spix).

Buceo rufus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. t. 40. fig. 1. p. 52.

. Tage a Waal S. A. sp.; Tsch. F. p. p- 257; Tsch. Av. Consp.

oa Gray’s Gen.i. p. 74; Gray, List of B. M. p. 50; Bp. Consp.

p- :

M. brunnea ; capite cinereo albo striato : loris et colli lateribus

rufescentibus: plaga super-pectorali alba, infra tenuiter nigro

marginata; ventre medio albescente: rostro nigro, mandibula

inferiore basi flava.

Long. tota 7-0; ale 3°5; caude 2-7.

Hab. in sylvis fl. Amazonum (Spix); Para (Wallace) ; Peruvia

Bor. Or. (Tsch.).

My thanks are due to Mr. Alfred Wallace for allowing me to

examine this and many other birds collected by him on the

Amazons and Rio Negro. As Dr. von Tschudi mentions the

present species as an inhabitant of north-east Peru, and

Mr. Wallace’s specimens were from Para, we must conclude

that it inhabits the whole region of the upper and lower Amazon.

3. Maxracoprita torquata (Hahn).

Bueco torquatus, Hahn, Ausl. Vog. pl. 13. p. 5.

Bueco fuscus, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. &.

Bueco striatus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. t. 40. fig: 2. p. 53.

Capito fuscus, ogg A stig? ; ‘

porniz torquata, : » 5. Av. sp. 4.

: pce pirtatn, Sw. Orn. Drew. pl. 4.

Monasa fusca, Bp.; Gray’s Gen. p. 74 (pars); Bp. Consp. p. 147 (pars).

M. nigrescenti-brunnea rufescente fulvo striata: dorso ime

remigibus et rectricibus immaculatis et pallidioribus: plaga

pectorali alba infra vitta nigra marginata: loris et ventre

summo rufescentibus: ventre laterali virescentiore brunneo,

medio cum crisso albescentiore: pedibus nigrescentibus :

rostro nigro.

Long. tota 8:0; ale 3:7 ; caudz 3°7.

Hab. in Brasilia Mer. Or. (Max.); Bahia (Licht.).

‘The pr sent bird is one of the best known of its genus, and

perhaps the commonest in collections. Prince Maximilian of

~ Neuwied gives the following aecount of it:— —

“This Puff-bird is one of the commonest wood-birds in South

476 Myr.P.L.Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

Brazil. Near Rio de Janeiro, about S. Cristovao, I found it in

all the thick woods, even in the neighbourhood of dwellings.

They sit still and melancholy upon a low bough, or upon the

ground, or hop about on the watch for insects, the remains of

which are found in their stomachs. In the’south provinces near

Rio, Cabo Frio, on the Parahyba, and still farther north, they

are common; in the more northerly provinces that I travelled

through, I did not meet with them so often. They are by no

means timid, and are easy to be shot,”

4. Maacoprita ruLvocuLaris, Sclater. .

Malacoptila fulvogularis, Sclater, Pr. Z. S. 1853, Dec. 13th.

M. capite toto et dorso summo-nigris, scapis plumarum leviter

fulvis: dorso alis caudaque fuliginoso-brunneis; dorso medio

punctis pancis triangularibus fulvis; uropygii plumis anguste

fulvo marginatis ; cauda immaculata: mento et gutture toto

clare fulvis: pectore nigro, scapis plumarum late albis: ventre ~

leviter fulvescente.

Long. tota 8°5; ale 3°7.

Hab. in Bolivia (Mus. Derb.). is .

The only specimen of this species I have yet seen is in the

Derby Museum at Liverpool... The bill is black, the head

brownish black passing into brown on the back and rump; the

top and sides of the head and upper neck have the shafts of the

feathers and the adjoining barb of a clear wood-brown ; on the

middle of the back are a few triangular spots of clear brown ;

the rump-feathers are narrowly edged with lighter brown. The

wing- and tail-feathers are clear brown, the wing-feathers lighter

on the outside edge. The chin and whole throat are clear fulvous ;

the breast-feathers are medially whitish and bordered with

blackish brown. The belly and crissum are fulvous whitish.

In the colouring of the head and upper neck this species re-

sembles the preceding.

5. MALACOPTILA SUBSTRIATA, Sclater.

Malacoptila substriata, Sclater, Pr. Zool. Soe. Dec. 13th, 1853.

M. supra umbrino-brunnea capite nigrescentiore : capite et dorso

summo longitrorsum fulvo striolatis : dorsi uropygiique plumis

rufescente ochraceo anguste marginatis: alis caudaque imma-

culate cinerascenti-brunneis: loris et mystacibus elongatis

albis : lateribus capitis et corpore infra nigrescentibus, ochraceo

et albo late striatis: gula media et pectore toto rufescente

ochraceo: ventre brunneo et ochraceo-albido confuse mixto:

-eauda subtus cinerascentiore: rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tota 7°8; ale 3°8; caude 3:8.

Hab. in Nova Grenada.

Mr. P. Li. Sclater on the Fisstrostral family Bucconidie. 477

In» the curiously produced feathers descending from each

extremity of the lower mandible, this species agrees with the

three following, and they are also all four closely allied in plumage.

6. Maxacopriia aspersa, Sclater.

Malacoptila aspersa, Sclater, Pr. Zool. Soc. Dee. 13th, 1853.

M. supra fuliginoso-brunnea, dorso rufescentiore: alis caudaque

immaculate brunneis: nucha dorso toto et alarum tectricibus

maculis triangularibus clare fulvis aspersis: loris albescenti-

bus: regionis auricularis plumarum. scapis pallide fulvis :

mystacibus et plumis mentalibus rigidis: gula alba: pectore

in ferrugineum transeunte: ventre toto crissoque obscure

albis ferrugineo tinctis: pectore et ventris lateribus obsolete

fuliginoso striatis :_rostro nigro, mandibula inferiore ad basin

flava: pedibus obscure brunneis.

Long. tota 7°25; ale 3-2; caude 3:2.

Hab. Caraccas in Venezuela.

I found this new species among the birds of this family in the

British Museum, which I have had full opportunity of examining

through the kindness of Mr. G. R. Gray. In the upper plumage

it closely resembles M. mystacalis, but the spots are rather

smaller and more generally distributed than in that species. The

front is fuliginous, the lores whitish. The under surface comes

nearer to M. subsiriata, but the throat and mental bristles are

here quite white and not ferruginous, and the spots are not so

dark. The bill resembles in colour that of M. mystacalis, but is

more slender in form.

7. Maracoptita Mystacatis (Lafr.).

Monasa mysticalis, Lafr. Rey. de Zool. 1850, p- 215, pl. 3.

M. fuliginoso-brunnea; dorsi medii et tectricum alarium plumis

macula triangulari pallide fulva ad apicem notatis: fronte

loris et plumis mystacalibus albis: gula media et pectore toto

ferrugineo-rubro; yentre medio albicante; lateribus obsolete

fulvyo striatis: rostro nigro, mandibula inferiore basi flavo ;

pedibus pallidis.

Long. tota 7:4; alz 4:0; caude 3:5.

Hab. in Nova Grenada.

This and the two preceding and next following species are-re-

markable for the great development of the rictal bristles and the

quasi moustachios descending from each side of the chin, whence

M. de Lafresnaye formed his name for this bird. The present

species may be distinguished from the two preceding by the deep

red-brown throat and breast. Two examples in my possession

came, as M. de Lafresnaye’s, from Santa Fé di Bogota.

478 Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bueconide.

. MatacopriLa PANAMENSIS, Lafr.

Malacoptila panamensis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1847, p. 79.

Capito panamensis, Bp. Consp. Av. p. 146.

M. supra tota rufo-fusco-brunnea uropygio caudaque intensi-

oribus et unicoloribus : dorsi plumis alzque tectricibus totis

macula parva pallide fulva fere triangulari terminatis : ocu-

lorum ambitu auriumque tectricibus vivide rufis, earum’ scapis

gracilibus pallidioribus: vitta frontali aliaque mystaciforma

utrinque a mandibula infera descendente niveis, hujus vittee

sicut menti et colli laterum plumis strictis, elongatis, acumi-

natis et rigidiusculis: subtus rufescenti-albescens; mento

hujusdem coloris; collo antico et pectore supremo ferru-

gineis: pectoris imi ventrisque plumis sordide albis, nigro-

fusco marginatis quasi large reticulatis ; hypochondriis rufes-

centibus : “rostro elongato, nigro, basi vibrissis pilisque elon-

gatis rigidissimis obtecto: pedibus pallidis, digito medio ut

rite in hoe genere longissimo.

Long. tota 18 cent. ; alee 9 cent. ; caudz 7 cent.

Hab. in prov. Panama. -

I have given M. de Lafresnaye’s description of this species,

with which I am not well acquainted, having seen but one spe-

cimen that I imagine belongs to it. This is in the Derby Museum

at Liverpool, and was obtained by De Lattre at Coban in Jane

1843. The example from which M. de Lafresnaye took his

specific characters was brought by the same active collector from

Panama, and is now in the Philadelphian Museum.

9. Matacorrita 1noRNATA (Du Bus).

Monasa inornata, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux. xiv. pt. 2. p. 107; Rev. Zool.

1848, p. 249; Bp. Consp. Av. p. 147. 4

M. supra sordide fusca: dorsi et tectricum alarum minorum et

mediarum plumis singulis apice rufescente maculatis: uro-

pygio et cauda fuscescenti-rufis : capitis lateribus fuscis, plumis

singulis in medio longitrorsum rufescente striolatis: collo

antico pectore epigastrio et hypochondris rufescente et fusco

variis ; ventre albido ; remigibus obscure fuscis : rostro obscure

fusco, apiculo et subtus flavicante: pedibus fuscescentibus,

unguibus fuscis.

Long. 17 cent.

Hab. in Guatimala.

M. Du Bus: says that this species is nearly allied to his

M. unitorques, i. e. M. fusca, but without any collar or longi-

tudinal strie above. It does not seem to agree with any bird of

the genus with which I am acquainted.

Mr. P..L, Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 479

B. Nonnula.

10. Maxacoprria RUBECULA (Spix).

Bucco rubecula, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 51. t. 39. fig. 1.

Monasa phaioleucos, Temm. Pl. Col. 323. Mee

ee rufalbinus, Temm.,’ Cuy. Régn. An. i. 455.

rubecula, Sw. Orn. Dr. pl. 35.

peaesee ies Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray, List of B. M. p. 50; op Consp.

Pp:

M.cinerascenti-brunnea : gula et pectore brunneo-rufescentibus :

loris et ventre medio albis: rostro nigro.

Long. tota 6-0; alz 2-5.

Hab. prope pagum Mathada flumini 8. Francisci_ proximum

(Spix) ; in sylvis fl. Amazonum (Wallace).

The preceding characters are drawn up from a specimen be-

longing to Mr. Wallace. Others are in the British and Munich

Museums; but I do not consider this a common bird in collec-

tions, and though I possess examples of twenty-one out of the

thirty-three species described in this Synopsis, the present is

one of those that I have never been fortunate enough to meet

with except as before mentioned.

It is difficult to ascertain the true date of the publication of

the different feuilletons of Temminck’s ‘ Planches Coloriées,’ but

I believe Spix’s name for this species was the first published, as

is generally allowed to have been the case.

“The name Nonnula—proposed for the subdivision of the pre-

sent genus which contains this and the next two succeeding

species, in a communication upon new Bucconide made to the

Zoological Society last December—TI coined as a diminutive of

Nonna, i. e. Monaca, the word, I suppose, intended hy Vieillot

when he established the genus Monasa.

11. Maracorrita FrRonTALIs, Sclater.

M. cinerascenti-brunnea : pectore brunneo-rufescente, quasi fere

ferrugineo ; ventre albescente : capite summo antice castaneo :

rostro nigro, mandibula inferiore basi flavescente.

Long. tota 5°5 ; ale 2-5; caude 2°3. ~

Hab. in Nova Grenada.

The British Museum contains two specimens of this appa-

rently new Malacoptila, selected amongst other interesting noyel-

ties from a collection lately received by Mr. 8. Stevens from

Santa Fé di Bogota. I have to thank Mr. G. R. Gray for allow-

ing me to examine them.

The species is most closely allied to the preceding, and inter-

mediate between that and the sueceedmg M. ruficapilia. It may

480 Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

be distinguished from the former by its chestnut head, brighter

red breast, broader and longer bill, and absence of all indications

of white upon the front or lores. The two external rectrices are

light brown, the others blackish edged with light brown.

In younger birds the chestnut head is wanting, which renders

them easy to be confounded with M. rubecula.

Mr. Eyton’s collection also contains an example of this bird.

12. MatacopriLa RUFICAPILLA (‘T'sch.).

seg te ruficapilla, Tsch. Av. Consp. p.300; Tsch. F. P. p. 258. pl. 24.

fig. 1

Monasa ruficapilla, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Bp. Consp. p. 147.

M. brunnea: pileo castaneo : collo postico cinereo : subtus cinerea

medialiter rufa.

Long. tota 6:0; alee 2°4.

Hab. in Peruv. Bor. Or. (Tsch.).

This pretty little species was discovered by Von Tschudi in

North-east Peru. I have seen specimens. in the French National

Collection and in the Derby Museum at Liverpool. It seems

closely allied to M. rubecula in form, and is of ets the same

size.

Genus III. Monasa.

1. Monasa atra (Bodd.),

Coucou noir de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 512.

Cuculus ater, Bodd. Tabl. d. Pl. Enl. p. 30.

tranquillus, wy S. N. i. 417.

Bucco cinereus, Gm. 8. N. i. 409.

Corvus australis, po S. N. i. 377.

Bucco calcaratus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. 206. je

Corvus affinis, Shaw’s Zool. vii. 381.

Bucco cinereus, Licht. Verz. d. or. p- 8.

Lyporniz tranquilla, Wagl. Syst. s

_Monasa tranquilla, Bp. Csken p Pir; Schomb. Reisen, iii. 719; Vieill.

N. D. @H. N. xxi. 321; Veil. Enc. Méth. 1338.

Monasa atra, Gray’s Gen. i. p. 74; Gray, List of B. M. p. 49.

Le Barbacou a bee rouge, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. ii. t. 44, 45.

M. nigra: alarum tectricibus albo limbatis: rostro rubro : pedi-

bus nigris.

Long. tota 11:0 ; ale 5:3 ; caudee 5:2.

Hab. in Guiana (Schomb.) ; Cayenna (Buff.) ; Trinit. ins. ?

This bird, which has been honoured with no less than six dif-

ferent specific names by the older authors, is common in collec-

tions from Cayenne, and I have seen examples said to be from

Trinidad. Schomburgk says that it is always found in pairs, and

prefers the more open woods and the trees on the banks of the

rivers. He never found it in the bush.

Mr. P.L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 481

2. Monasa FLAvtirostris, Strickl.

Monasa flavirostris, Strickl. Cont. Orn. 1850, p. 47. pl. 48.

— azillaris, Lafr. Rey. Zool. 1850, p. 216.

M. nigra: tectricibus alarum minoribus superioribus et infe-

rioribus niveis: rostro flavo : pedibus plumbeis.

Long. tota 8-2; ale 4°3; caudez 3°75. )

Hab. in Peruv. Or. Rio Negro (Lafr.) ; Nova Grenada (?).

Mr. Strickland and the Baron de Lafresnaye published their

“respéctive discoveries of this bird about thé same time, but I

think Mr. Strickland’s name has slightly the priority. Mr.

Striekland’s-specimen was, I believe, from the upper branches of

the Amazon, M. de Lafresnaye’s from the Rio Negro; the bird

therefore in all probability ranges along the head-waters of both

streams. The locality of ‘ New Grenada’ I give on the authority

of specimens in my own collection, which have the usually un-

mistakeable appearance of ‘ Bogota’ skins.

_ This species may be easily distinguished from the preceding

by its smaller size, yellow. bill and snowy-white under and upper

lesser wing-coverts, and the greater wing-coverts not being edged

with white.

3. Monasa NicRiIFRONS (Spix).

Bucco nigrifrons, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 53. t- 43. fig. 2.

Lyporniz unicolor, Wagl. S. A. sp. 2.

Monasa nigrifrons, Gray’s Gen. 1. p. 74; Gray, List. of B. M. p.'49; Bp.

Consp. p. 147. rap

M. nigro-plumbea unicolor : rostro rubro :/pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 9°8; ale 5°0; caude 4°7. «|

Hab. in vicinitate Pare (Wallace) ; in sylvis fluminis Amazonum

(Spix) ; Bolivia (?).

The M. atra appears to be replaced upon the Amazons by the

present species, which was first discovered by Spix. It has no

appearance of white upon the wings, the whole plumage being

nearly uniform plumbeous black.

Askin of Mr. Eyton’s is labelled ‘Bolivia,’ so it possibly ranges

as far as the extreme streams of those tributaries of the Amazon

which flow from that country.

4. Monasa Ppersonata, Vieill.

Monasa personata, Vieill. Gal. des Ois. pl. 36 (1820) ; Ene. Méth, p, 1339.

Bucco leucops, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 8 (1823).

albifrons, Spix, Ay. Bras. yol. i. pl. 41 (1824).

albifrons sive leucops, Spix, lt. c. p. 53.

Lyporniz leucops, rh S. Av. sp. 3.

Capito leucops, Max. Beit. iv. 368. 5:

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 31

482 Mr. P.L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide.

Tamatia leucops, Sw. Orn. Draw. pl. 12.

sta ae Gray’s Gen. p.74; Gray, List of B. M. p.49; Bp. Consp.

p- . ?

M. plumbescenti-nigra : facie alba: rostro rubro: pedibus nigris.

Long. tota 11°2 ; ale 5:2 ; caude 5:2.

Hab. in vicinitate Pare (Wallace) ; in campis provincie Piauhy

(Spix) ; Brasilia Mer. Orient. (Max.).

The three names for this species also were published about

the same time, but I believe Vieillot has the priority. It isa

very common bird in collections from the Brazils. The Prince

Maximilian of Neuwied met with it frequently during his travels

in South-east Brazil, and gives us the following account of it :—

“ This fine Tamatia I did not meet with so often as the former

(Malacoptila torquata). It does not live so near human habita-

tions, but is found in the vast thickly-wooded districts, where

we obtained many of them. In the summer they live in pairs, in

the cold season singly or in flocks. At times pouring forth close

to us from among the leafy branches their loud peculiar cry,

they astonished the hunters not a little. They are somewhat

less stupid and lonely than the former species.. I have often

seen them in motion, especially when several of them were

uttering their loud cries in concert. In their stomachs I found

remains of insects. About their nidification I can give no

information.”

Genus IV. CHELIDOPTERA. -

]. CHELIDOPTERA TENEBROSA (Pall.).

Cuculus tenebrosus, Pallas, Neue Nord. Beitr. iii. p. 3 (1783) s-Gm. S. N. i.

p. 417; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 221.

Monasa tenebrosa, Vieill. N. D. d@’H. N. xxi. 321; Vieill. Ene. Méth. p. 1339;

Steph. Zool. xiv. 156.

Bucco tenebrosus, Licht. Verz. p. 8.

Capito tenebrosus, Max. Beit. iv. 372.

Monasa tenebrio, Temm. Pl. Col. 323. fig. 1 (fig. ace.).

Brachypetes tenebrosa, Sw. Class. Birds, 11. 334,

Chelidoptera tenebrosa, Gould, Pr. Z. S. 1836, p. 81; Gray’s Gen. i. p. 75;

Gray, List of B. M. p. 50; Schomb. Reisen, iii. 720; Bp. Consp.

. 148.

ineteads tenebrosa, Sw. Orn. Dr. pl. 36; Wagler, S. A. sp. 7.

W hite-rumped Black Cuckoo, Lath. Syn. ii. 544.

Petit Coucou noir de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 505 (fig. pess.).

Le Barbacou & croupion blanc, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. il. t. 46.

Ch. nigra, ventre castaneo ; dorso postico et tectricibus alarum

inferioribus cum crisso albis : rostro pedibusque nigris.

Long. tota 7°5 ; ale 4°5; caude 2°5 (sp. ex Brasil).

45 60 ,, 41 », 2°0 (sp. ex Guiana).

gs 6:0 -jyo8S » 2°0 (sp. ex ins. Trinit.).

Hab. in Brasilia (Max.); fl. Amazon (Wallace); Cayenne ; Guiana

(Schomb.); Trinitate ins.

Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 483

- “This bird,”-says Prince Maximilian of Neuwied, “is not

rare in most provinces of South Brazil, and very common in

many of them. It is found in certain spots sitting still and

immoveable upon the high isolated branches of the forest trees.

From time to time it flies after an insect into the air, and falls

back again to its place like a true Muscicapa. It is a stupid,

still, melancholy bird, but likes to sit high and not low, and near

the ground, like the other Tamatie. As in form and colour it

rather resembles a swallow, the Brazilians call it Andurinha do

mato—wood-swallow. The resemblance is greatest when the

bird sits upon the ground, for its feet are little adapted for

walking, and it consequently shuffles along like a swallow does.

Its flight is light and undulating. Sitting upon a high point

where it can overlook the neighbourhood, it often emits a short

eall-note. It is anything but timid, and very easy to shoot. It .

is usually found where the woods are varied with open country,

on the edges of the woods, but likewise in the interior of them.

The food of these birds consists of insects, of which I have found

the remains in their stomachs. On the Rio Grande del Belmonte

I observed how these birds nest. In the month of August I saw

them enter a round hole in a perpendicular sand-bank on the

river, like a kingfisher’s. After digging about two feet in a

horizontal direction, we found two milk-white eggs upon a bad

lining of a few feathers.”

This bird, which was first deseribed by Pallas as long ago as

1783, was rightly separated by Mr. Gould from the rest of the

family on account of its very lengthened form of wing. M. Nat-

terer’s observations on its habits as given by Mr. Gould coincide

with those of the Prince Maximilian just quoted, and I may add,

that Mr. Wallace’s account of its mode of nesting is likewise the

same as that previously given—not that- any confirmation was

necessary to the evidence of so accurate an observer.

A Trinidad skin of this bird in my own collection is much

smaller than the Brazilian examples, and the colours are gene-

rally more intense. The Guiana specimens in the British Mu-

seum collected by Schomburgk are also rather smaller, and

agree nearly with mine from Trinidad.

The same variation occurs in many other birds, amounting, or

being considered to amount in some cases to a specific difference.

2. CHELIDOPTERA ALBIPENNIS, Bp.

Chelidoptera albipennis, Bp. Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 47.

Ch. precedenti similis, sed minor et magis nigra: abdomine

intense castaneo: tectricibus alarum inferioribus candidis :

remigibus primariis basi, secondariis apice latissime albis.

(Bp. Z. ce.)

Hab. in Venezuela; Cumana. .

31*

484 Dr.T.S.Cobbold on the Anatomy of the Giraffe.

I have seen the single specimen in the Museum of the Jardin

des Plantes at Paris, upon which the Prince Charles Bonaparte

established this new species. I must confess I should like to see

more examples of it; as it appears to me to be very possibly

nothing more than the small variety of the preceding type-species

with an accidental white bar on the wing. But I did not make

a very accurate examination of it, and the Prince Charles Bona-

parte has had a much better opportunity of deciding whether it

is a good species than I have. To his authority I defer.

XLVI.—On the Anatomy of the Giraffe (Camelopardalis giraffa,

Linn.). By T. Spencer Coszoxp, M.D., Conservator of the

Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh*.

I wave already communicated to the Physiological Society of

this city a few of the results obtained by a careful dissection and

evisceration of the carcase of a Giraffe. Subsequent examination

of the parts then removed has furnished me with additional

details, to which, in connection with the above, I now beg to

direct your attention.

The animal recently formed an attractive feature in the col-

lection well known as Wombwell’s Travelling Menagerie. From

one of the keepers I ascertained that it had been in this country

only seven months; in height it was about 14 feet, and was

believed to be rather more than two years old. Until a very

short while before death no symptoms of disease had been de-

tected, and the creature was regarded as an exceedingly healthy

specimen. I understood that no fewer than six individuals of

this interesting genus (which comprises but this one species) had

been purchased at different times for the collection, but each of

them, as in the present instance, expired before it had been eight

months in Wombwell’s possession. ‘This cannot surprise us, as

we well know that in spite of all the painstaking and expense

incurred in endeayourmg to keep them alive, no such effort can

prove successful, unless a roomy apartment and numerous other

desiderata be supplied, such as are so advantageously afforded

in the case of those kept in the London Zoological Society’s

Gardens, Regent’s Park.

In the Giraffe under consideration, the first unfavourable in-

dications appeared in the fore-limbs ; these symptoms were attri-

buted to the severity of the cold which prevailed here in the

winter season. The usual remedies were applied, but the extre-

mities gradually gave way until complete paralysis supervened,

and the animal sank about eight days after the first traces of

internal disturbance. é

* Read to the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, April 5th, 1854.

Dr. T. S. Cobbold on the Anatomy of the Giraffe. 485 °

The carcase was purchased for the Museum of Natural Hi-

story by Prof. Traill, to whom our thanks are due for handing

over to the Anatomical Museum of the University, the viscera

and soft parts which remained after the skin and extremities had

been removed. In prosecuting the dissection, Mr. John Lowe

kindly rendered assistance, when the following facts were noted.

The rumen, reticulum, psalterium, and stomach occupied the

anterior two-thirds of the abdominal cavity, the intestines being

situated further back and suspended, as it were, from the lumbo-

sacral region of the spine. The paunch was very greatly dis-

tended with food, to which the general enlargement of the abdo-

men, observable before the body was opened, seemed principally

due. I allude to this circumstance in particular, because little

or no fluid had accumulated in the peritoneal cavity, and the

omenta (which in all the three previously recorded dissections of

the Giraffe made in this country were found loaded with fat) in

the present instance exhibited scarcely the slightest trace of fatty

deposit. In the colon, cecum and rectum, the feces had assumed

their characteristic pellet-like form, and the alimentary mucous

surface appeared healthy throughout.

The spleen, though of the normal size, was very soft and

readily tore up on being handled, the pulp of an almost abso-

lutely black colour separating and running out like thin fluid,

leaving the matrix (consisting of the trabecule, arterial and

venous trunks) quite bare in places. This rapid disintegration

was not considered sufficiently explained by the circumstance of

the animal having been dead four days.

_ The pancreas was healthy and in its usual situation.

The liver, placed far forward in contact with the diaphragm

and in front of the stomach on the right side of the body, is an

exceedingly simple organ. In form, it is elongated, compressed

and slightly fissured, so as to indicate a bilobular tendency : on

the under surface there is an elevation corresponding to the lobus

Spigelii, the outer border of which is particularly prominent.

The entire gland weighed 5 pounds and 6 ounces, and measured

in the longitudinal diameter 16 inches, 9 inches transversely,

and but 25 in thickness. To the naked eye and to the touch, it

appeared healthy, but here and there were detected small hard

points, which on further examination were found to be cysts

containing in their interior cysticerci, or entozoa in the larva

state. It was not until nine days had elapsed since the death of

the Giraffe, that I detected also in the bile-ducts of the liver,

several individuals of the genus Fasciola*, and by means of a

* Fasciola, Linnzus, Blanchard, &e. Distoma, Rudolphi, Bremser, &c.

The term Distoma is unfortunate, as leading to the idea of two mouths ;

the genera Fasciola and Distoma have oniy one true oral aperture, as in

486 Dr. T.8. Cobbold on the Anatomy of the Giraffe.

syringe, I subsequently washed out of the ducts nearly forty

specimens of this entozoon, many of which were thus fortunately

preserved entire, and having placed them in strong spirit, I have

succeeded in injecting their so-called vascular and digestive

systems.

No gall-bladder could be discovered.

On removing the abdominal viscera en masse, the connecting

fibro-cellular tissue surrounding the left kidney was found infil-.

trated, soft and yielding ; the renal organ in a semi-putrid con-

dition, with its substance broken up, pultaceous and intensely

foetid ; the capsule enclosing the right kidney was more firm, but

on being opened the contained gland presented the same far ad-

vanced state of decomposition. The bladder was small, con-

tracted and empty. :

The contents of the thorax were next examined. We found

the lungs collapsed, the one on the left side more completely so ;

both were very soft, of a dark brown colour externally, and ap- -

peared small in proportion to the calibre of the thoracic cavity.

The left lung was much congested and gangrenous in places ;

softening and partial disintegration of some of the larger bronchi

had also commenced. The right lung was less congested and

more healthy throughout.

In reference to the heart, no particular observations were

made-at the time of its removal. I have compared it with that

of the Camel, in which ruminant the relative size of the auricles

and ventricles is less disproportionate; the organ is also very

much larger than that of the Giraffe. The present example

weighed 4 pounds, measured 8 inches from base to apex, and

6 inches in breadth through its greatest transverse diameter.

We have thus far considered the general characters and mor-

bid appearances presented by those viscera in which the vital

functions are principally performed. It is singular that so great

an amount of internal disease should have been going on while

the animal appeared in a healthy state. When the keepers were

informed of these results, much surprise was expressed by one

of them, more especially at the statement made respecting the

almost entire absence of fat. In dissections of the Giraffe, the

prevalence of this element has hitherto attracted particular atten-

tion, so that in this instance its non-occurrence affords strong

presumptive evidence, that the functions of nutrition and secre-

tion bad for some time been impaired.

Monostoma; they are distinguished from the latter genus by the presence

of two ventral suckers (which were originally considered stomata), and

from each other by the digestive organs, which in Fasciola are ramified or

dendritic. See Blanchard’s papers, Ann. des Sciences Nat. 1847, Zool.

p. 278 et seq.

Dr. T. 8. Cobbold on the Anatomy of the Giraffe. 487

Other lesions than those already enumerated were detected.

The paralysis finds its explanation in ramollissement of the spinal

cord, softening of that portion of it corresponding to the last -

cervical and first dorsal vertebrie having taken place ; elsewhere it

was firm in texture and closely enveloped by the dura mater.

The brain was healthy, but a desire to preserve the cranium

entire prevented our examining it very minutely. Its removal

piecemeal has enabled me, however, to retain a tolerably accurate

cast of its size and form, and illustrates the small bulk of the

cerebellum as compared with the cerebrum. The following are

its dimensions :—extreme length 6 inches; breadth 4 inches ;

longitudinal diameter of the hemispheres 43 inches. The cranial

cavity when emptied of its contents was found capable of holding

21 ounces of water. The cerebrum and cerebellum weighed

19 ounces.

Differences in the development of the cranium are said to be

found in giraffes inhabiting respectively the more northern or

southern regions of Africa. These distinctive peculiarities have

more especial relation to the position and approximation of the

horns. In the variety under consideration, which was imported

from the coast of Abyssinia (whence they are usually obtained),

I have noted the following particulars in reference to the bones

of the head :—

dength of cranium; incisive apres to horn tips ...... 20 inches.

do. incisive angle to occipital crest ... 19 a

iecave angle to tip of central eminence ..............00005 9 ee

Mee eeTS CLANIAL DECROEN: sei c0dds coc ck visi ado cecceSecsnccses SF 7.

MAORI rcp cescsinn dunes dprpepionsiasqtepe stared ida sasess A oies

Beetenen Detweent horn tips \....,...cs0cessiyss--cssestansens 4 fs

NNER AN CINE sossns swcdencaseceddsdacenbyasisicotcnancessencesse a:

Greatest diameter of orbital ring ...........-..cccseeeeeseeeees DE eg

Breadth of occipital condyles ............sccccceeeeeeceeeeeees 3k

BPE OF GRGI CORD YING won su scsnsn cis ecisnssoncecpscacernveseses 2 »

Distance between articular surfaces of condyles, only ... 4 lines.

NAIL OE UGKEE TIMINEDY 60) 5 ive ces coc vodndvcasssdcgeabbosonter acs 103 inches.

MEMO UNLCRENE RORCRRELAN gov ce: ci's cay cue ch sex obubabvcteotecse 3 RS

Length of lower jaw .......+.......ss.000 Pion o.8 eeiein eee ba? Ease

Depths Of Tami OF Gitto ......-250.6c.carecssecccnonee eeccasbuses 6 x

Breadth between condyles WE MRIURIN eco i cape te suea duncenee eee eee

Doz * Between Tam 56.06 i 22h. bes cee aks neat soeeedacs 4h

Do. opposite fourth molares — ...............cceeeeeeeees rst,

Several of the grinding teeth are much decayed, and illustrate

further the impoverished state of the nutritive functions. The

dental formula stands thus : —

| ne molars °° Sea = Oe.

The four posterior grinders had not Sanne the gum. The

two outer incisors have divided crowns.

Incisors

y ee

~ w

488 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Growth of Sea-Weeds.

I have but little to say concerning the tongue, which has been

most carefully anatomised by Professor Owen. We have injected

and dissected this organ, and, as Prof. Owen has shown, no vas-

cular reservoirs, or any trace of erectile tissue is to be found,

whereby (as Sir Everard Home supposed) the prehensile move-

ments of the organ might be regulated; on the contrary, its

exalted functions are due to muscular action, the motor nerves

supplying it being very large and tortuous when the tongue is

not stretched out. Imbedded in the cellular aponeurosis sur-

rounding the styloglossi and lingualis muscles, were found three

small semitransparent cysts, containing entozoa, and resembling

somewhat those cysticerci which we spoke of when describing

the liver. A microscopic examination of their contents throws

much doubt upon their identity, but upon these differences we

shall not now enter. The tongue measures in length 16 inches ;

in breadth (3 in. from tip) 24, and at the molar region 3 inches ;

the anterior darker portion (or that continually exposed to the

air) measures rather more than 7 inches.

In conclusion it may be noted, that at the anterior part of the

mouth, beheath the tongue and immediately behind the incisors,

there are two small membranous folds, at the base of each of

which the orifices of two salivary ducts are visible. The palatal

ridges and buccal papillz are largely developed. The passages

to the tonsils readily admit the tip of the little finger. The

rudimentary uvula consists of three small and closely approxi-

mated papille. The trachea measures 4 feet in length, and if

slightly stretched will be increased 7 inches. The elastic liga-

mentum nuchz, which in the living state extended about 5 feet

6 inches, after its removal measured only 3 feet 7 inches. Ex-

amined microscopically Professor Quekett tells us that the fibres

of this latter structure exhibit a transversely striated appearance,

which is due to the presence of certain (scalariform) openings,

which do not extend across the entire diameter of the fibres.

Several gentlemen have availed themselves of the opportunity

here afforded ;. we have searched for these characteristic mark-

ings according to indications given by Prof. Quekett, but it does

not appear that any of us have succeeded in detecting the open-—

ings in question.

XLVII.—On the Growth of Sea-Weeds.

By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S.

Tue Rhodosperms, or Red Sea-weeds, must be the test of suc-

cess in any attempts to cultivate the marine A/ga, and this for

several reasons ; such as their superior beauty ; the great number

~ ae 2

ings =

Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Growth of Sea-Weeds. 489

of their species ; their delicacy of habit ; and their organic rank

in the class. The Chlorosperms, or Green Sea-weeds, have been

mastered; and the central tanks in the Zoological Society’s

Aquarium afford interesting and easily accessible examples of

the successful treatment of these. Here the visitor sees a pro-

fuse growth of Ulva, Enteromorpha, and Conferva, covering the

slate ends of the tanks with their abundant vegetation, all of

which has grown since last summer ; and an object of exquisite

- beauty is presented by a large stone completely concealed by a

crop of the lovely Bryopsis plumosa, which has overspread its sur-

face with luxuriant fronds growing so densely as to remind us

_ of a bank of moss, though greatly excelling it in elegance, and

affording shelter to myriads of tiny Entomostraca, that play in

its foliage like clouds of moving dust. Hitherto, however, the

Rhodosperms have resisted domestic culture, refusing, like the

eagle *, to propagate in captivity.

It was therefore with great satisfaction that I thought I per-

ceived indications of new growth in some Red Algz which I am

keeping in a small tank at my residence at Islington. Some of

these were received from the coast at the end of February last,

and others had survived the winter in confinement, having been

brought up from Weymouth on the Ist of December 1853.

The first suspicion which I had that any of these were sprout-

ing, was produced by my observing, early in April, minute points

projecting from various parts of the frond of a Gracilaria con-

fervoides. They were of a paler red than the rest of the frond,

and from their appearance I conjectured that they might be new

- shoots sprouting forth. I observed the same appearance on

other fronds of the same species, of which several tufty plants

were in the tank; but it was not until the 14th of April that I

instituted a careful examination of these and other Rhodosperms.

On that day I selected fronds of different species, noting with

precision the size, form, and number of their projecting tubercles,

and making accurate sketches of them, both of the natural size,

and as they appeared under a lens. Thus I obtained fixed data

from which to determine the question of their growth.

The flattened wire-like fronds of Gracilaria, which I selected,

had a considerable number of these tiny points, none of which

exceeded half a line in length ; they generally projected in pairs

from opposite sides of the frond, but showed a tendency to

cluster about the terminations of the fronds, which had been

broken off and were therefore truncate. On the 21st the points

‘had increased to twice, and in some instances to thrice their

former length; they had acquired a fusiform figure, and were

indubitably growing shoots.

* “The prison’d eagle will not pair.”—Byron.

490 Mr. Pi. Gosse on the Growth of Sea-Weeds.

On the 14th the fete had detected, springing parasitically from

a frond of Gracilaria, a very minute ‘filament of a Ceramium, yast

discernible. Its tip was simply pointed; but on the 17th this

had divided into-two incurvated hooks, which on the 21st had

increased so as to be visible with the naked eye.

A plant of Chondrus crispus, the firm fleshy variety, showed

the extremities of its old fronds plump, somewhat swollen, and

of a tender cherry-red hue; while from the base new minute

fronds were springing. The latter on the 21st had doubled their

length. This plant has been in my possession all the winter.

So also has a fine specimen of Rhodymenia jubata, dredged in

Weymouth Harbour last November. It consists of numerous

ribbon-like fronds, much fringed at the margins. Their original

red hue had become much discoloured in the course of the winter,

partly by decay, partly by the growth of minute fungoid Algz,

and partly by the deposition of the spores from Ulva, &c., which

adhered, like a green dust, tothem. The fronds had curled upon

themselves a good deal, and I was often on the point of throwing

away the plant, as a worthless incumbrance. I was much pleased

therefore to see signs of vigour here, and those more unequivocal

than in any other species I had examined. On the surface of

the fronds and along their edges new ciliary filaments were

sprouting, but most numerously at the tips of the branchlets,

and of the fronds themselves. From some of these extremities,

which were attenuated to a slender point, the “cilia” were

shooting in close-set array, half a dozen or more springing from

the same point, radiating and crossing each other in all direc-

tions, a perfect maze of tiny spines. At first the individual cilia

in these groups were less than a line in length ; but they speedily

increased both in length and numbers, and were found studding

the ends and branchlets of all the fronds, imparting to them a

singular appearance.

On the 28th (after the lapse of another week) there was no

longer any possibility of doubt as to the plants being in a grow-

ing condition. The budding points on the Gracilaria had greatly

~ imereased in length, and some of them were already bifurcating ;

several of the shoots were now one-sixth of an inch in length, or

at least four times as large as they had been when first measured

a fortnight before.

The furcate points of the Ceramium, the basal shoots of the

Chondrus, and the cilia of the Rhodymenia, had all likewise mani-

fested similar increase.

On the same day (the 28th of April) I marked some minute

scales of the Corallina officinalis, in its incrusting stage ; which

from the freshness and plumpness of their edges, especially of

the more prominent etioe's seemed to be in a growing state,

Zoological Society. 491

I made a careful sketch of the outline of one, to serve as a stand-

ard of comparison. For a fortnight I could detect no certain

increase, but being then absent from home for a week, I found

on my return a decided growth, the scale having pushed out an

irregular sinuous projection.

At the time of my closing this note for the press, the state of

things is as follows. The shoots of the Gracilaria have attained

a length of one-third to one-half of an inch : those of the Rhody-

menia jubata are from one-half to two-thirds of an inch in length ;

they are very numerous, especially about the roots of the plant,

where they form a dense thicket of a rich crimson colour. The

shoots of the Chondrus are steadily increasing, but more slowly.

The tiny Ceramium has come to an untimely end, having been

eaten off, probably by some vagrant Rissoa. The Corallina I

have just described. Besides these, patches of the fine dense fila-

ments of a Callithamnion (perhaps Rothii) are appearing on some

of the shells ; and the tips of a specimen of Phyllophora rubens

have the brightness of new growth ; but as I have not subjected

these to strict comparisons, [ will not imsist on them. The facts

above recorded are sufficient to show that there is nothing in the

nature of the Rhodosperms to prevent their being cultivated in

confinement, with a facility far superior to that which attends

the culture of multitudes of terrestrial plants that reward the

skill and perseverance of the horticulturist.

P. H. Gosse.

May 19th, 1854.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 25, 1852.—J. Gould, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

DESCRIPTIONS OF EIGHTEEN NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLs,

FROM THE COLLECTION oF H. Cumrine, Esa.

By Dr. L. Preirrer.

1. Heurx avus, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd, solidd, ob-

liquée striatuld, nitiduld, pallide fulvd ; spird convexd, brevi ;

suturd levi; anfractibus 4 vix convexiusculis, sensim accres-

centibus, ultimo carinato, utrinque convexiore, fascia Susca ad

suturam, pallidaque ad carinam ornato, basi pallido, cirea um-

bilicum mediocrem, pervium subcompresso ; aperturd viz obliqud,

subtriangulari-lunari; peristomate crasso, albo, caponnp et re-

flexo, marginibus remotis, callo crasso junctis.

Diam. maj. 37, min. 31, alt. 18 mill.

Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

2. Hexix Emivrana, Pfr. H. testé perforatd, conoideo-lenti-

492 Zoological Society.

culari, soliduld, superne confertim costulatd, lineis impressis

spiralibus subregulariter granulatd, opacd, lutescenti-fused ;

spird conoided, vertice elevato, obtusiusculo ; anfractibus 6 con-

vexiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, com-

presse carinato, basi convexo, radiatim striatulo, nitidulo ;

aperturd obliqud, angulato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, ea

margine columellari_ad perforationem reflexiusculo,

Diam. maj. 16, min. 15, alt. 8 mill.

Hab. in insula Ceylon.

3. Hextix Reprisxpt, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, conoideo-glo-

bosd, tenui, trregulariter striatd et obsoletissimée decussatd,

diaphand, nitidd, fulvo-corned ; spird conoided, obtusuld ; an-

Jfractibus 55 convexis, regulariter accrescentibus, ultimo in-

flato, non descendente ; aperturd parum obliqua, lunato-rotun-

datd, altiore quam latd, intus margaritaced ; peristomate sim-

plice, recto, acuto, marginibus remotis, columellari subverticalt,

sursum dilatato, umbilicum angustum semitegente.

Diam. maj. 17, min. 15, alt. 14 mill.

Hab. Shang Hai, Chinze (Mr. Fortune).

4. Hexrx nupa, Pfr. H. testd vie perforatd, conoideo-depressd,

tenut, radiatim striatuld, pellucidd, pallide fulvo-corned ; spird

conoided, acutiusculd ; suturd impressd, albo-submarginatd ; an-

Sractibus 6 convexiusculis, ultimo majore, inflato, non descen-

dente; aperturd fere diagonali, rotundato lunari, latiore quam

altd ; peristomate simplice, recto, marginibus subconniventibus,

dextro arcuatim antrorsum dilatato, columellari subrecedente,

arcuato, superné dilatato, reflexo.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 92, alt. 7 mill.

Hab. in Himalayah (Mr. Fortune).

5, Hexirx Minerva, Pfr. HA. testd umbilicatd, sublenticulari,

solidd, subtiliter et confertim striatd, carinatd, nitiduld, luted,

fasciis 2 nigro-castaneis supra et infra carinam ornatd ; spird

brevi, convexd, oblusd; suturd lineari; anfractibus 4 sensim

accrescentibus, vix convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, basi,

presertim antice, convexo, circa umbilicum angustum, conicum,

subcompresso ; aperturd diagonali, rotundato-lunart, intus sub-

margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, recto, marginibus remotis,

supero antrorsum subarcuato, columellari subverticali, sursum

dilatato, patente.

Diam. maj. 25, min. 225, alt. 12 mill.

Hab. in insula Celebes ? .

6. Hexrx Ressernt, Pfr. H, testd imperforatd, globosd, solidd,

minutissime striatuld, sub epidermide non nitente, virenti-luted

albd, plerumque fasciis saturate castaneis pluribus latis cinctd;

spird conoideo-semiglobosd, obtusuld; anfractibus 43 modicé

convexis, rapide erescentibus, ultimo rotundato, ante: breviter

descendente, circa columellam vix declivem, latam, albam, sub-

excavatam nigricante ; aperturd diagonali, lunato-rotundaté,

Zoological Society. 493

intus albidd ; peristomate albo, expanso-reflexiusculo, intus sub-

incrassato.

Diam. maj. 27, min. 23, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

7. Heurx Eva, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, trochiformi, solidd,

subtiliter et confertim striatd, vie nitiduld, carned, sursum

fascia fusco-violaced ornatd vel omnino fusculd ; spird conicé,

acutiusculd ; suturd impressd ; anfractibus 5 vix convexis, ul-

timo non descendente, acute carinato, basi convexiusculo, medio

impresso; aperturd perobliqué, lunato-rhombed ; peristomate

Susco-limbato, marginibus subparallelis, supero expansiusculo,

basali arcuato, medio angulum obsoletum formante, sceihoapay tc.

breviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 12, alt. 9 mill.

Hab. in insulis Novis Hebridibus.

8. Hexrx tsopon, Pfr. H. testd angusté umbilicatd, conoideo-

lenticulart, solidd, undique minuté granulatd, castaneo-fuscd ;

spird late conoided, obtusuld; anfractibus 5 vix convevius-

culis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo carinato, antice perdeflexo,

strangulato et scrobiculato, basi convexo; aperturd fere hori-

zontali, auriformi; peristomate fusculo, subincrassato, reflexo,

marginibus callo alte elevato flexuoso, medio laminam lingue-

Sormem emittente junctis, dextro valde curvato, bidentato, ba-

sali declivi, unidentato, dentibus subequalibus, validis.

Diam. maj. 19, min. 173, alt. 102 mill.

Hab. in Columbia occidentali.

9. Butimus Janus, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, dextrorsd vel

sinistrorsd, subfusiformi-oblongd, solidd, vix nitiduld, luted-

fasciis 3 extus opace viridibus, intus nitide atro-castaneis, peri-

stoma non attingentibus, basali latissimd, varicibusque casta-

neis sparsis ornatd; spird conicd, acutiusculd; anfractibus 6

—7 convexiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis subequante, basi atte-

nuato ; columelld verticali, strictd; aperturd obliqud, semi-

ovali, bast subangulatd; peristomate subincrassato, breviter

reflexo, albo, marginibus callo nigro-castaneo junctis.

Long. 47, diam. 20 mill.

Hab. in Novis Hebridibus.

10. Burrus rutiernevs, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, oblongé,

solidd, longitudinaliter striatd et concentricée irregulariter sub-

suleatd, fuligined ; spird convexo-conicd, obtusuld ; suturd pro-

Sunda, pallida ; anfractibus 5 modicé convexis, rapide accreseen-

tibus, ultimo % longitudinis equante, basi attenuato 3 columella

earned, subtortd, basi subtruncatd; aperturd vix obliqud,

elongato-auriformi, intus lividd ; peristomate undique expan-

siusculo, margine dextro medio impresso, intus subdentato.

Long. 38, diam. 16 mill.

Had. in Novis Hebridibus.

11. Burrmus Buann1, Pfr. B. testd pervid et anguste umbili-

catd, turritd, tenuiusculd, oblique confertim filoso-striatd, opacd,

494.

Zoological Society.

ealcared; spird elongatd, infra apicem latum, obtusum attenuatd ;

suturd vie impressd ; anfractibus \7 planis, ultimo subangulato,

4 longitudinis subequante ; aperturd vix obliqud, subtetragond ;

peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari superné re-

flexiusculo.

Long. 22, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. Baranguilla in Andibus Columbianis (Bland).

12. PartuLa GiuTinosa, Pfr. P. testd subumbilicatd, sub-

pyramidatd, solidd, levigatd (sub lente vie decussatuld), epi-

dermide fulvd, nitidd, quasi glutinosd obductd; spird elevato-

conicd, apice acutd ; suturd levi ; anfractibus 5, superis planis,

ultimo spiram subequante, convexiore, bast quasi saccato ; colu-

melld leviter arcuatd, superné vix plicatd; aperturd fere verti-

cali, oblongd, oblique protractd ; peristomate lato, intus calloso,

violaceo-fusco limbato, marginibus subparallelis.

Long. 19, diam. 10 mill.

Hab.

13. ParTULA DENTIFERA, Pfr. P. testd subumbilicatd, ovato-

conicd, solidd, sublevigatd, parum nitidd, pallide stramined ;

spird conicd, apice acutiusculd ; suturd marginatd ; anfractibus

3, summis planis, penultimo convexiore, ultimo spird via bre-

viore, convexo, antice medio impresso ; columella subverticali,

vie plicatd ; aperturd vix obliqud, angustd, obverse auriformi ;

peristomate valde incrassato, albo, patente, marginibus sub-

parallelis, dextro superné valde curvato, medio tuberculum

acutum, dentiforme gerente.

Long. ae diam. 10 mill.

Hab.

14. AcuaTina tostoma, Pfr. 4. testd fusiformi-ovatd, tenui,

undique equaliter granulatd, parum nitidd, fulvd, strigis ob-

scuris, latis, subangulatis, castaneis ornatd; spird conic, su-

perné attenuatd, pallidd, apice obtusd; suturd subcrenaté ;

anfractibus 73 vix convexiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante,

basi subattenuato ; columella leviter tortd, basi oblique et bre-

viter truncatd; apertura verticali, anguste semiovali, intus

pallide lilacind, nitidd ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro

regulariter arcuato.

Long. 128, diam. 56 mill.

Hab. Fernando Po (Fraser).

15. AcHATINA GLUTINOSA, Pfr. 4. testd ovato-conied, tenuius-

culd, longitudinaliter striatd, subunicolore fulvd ; spird conicd,

sursum attenuata, apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 74, mediis

lineis spiralibus subdecussatis, ad suturam submarginatam pro-

Jundeé striatis, ultimo spiram pauld superante, sublevigato,

glutinoso-nitente ; columella plicato-tortd, basi abrupte trun-

catd ; aperturd obliqud, fere ovali, intus lilaced, margaritaced ;

peristomate simplice, fusco-limbato, margine basali arcuato.

Long. 98, diam. 45 mill.

Hab. in AfricA occidentali (Fraser).

Zoological Society. 495

(16. Acwatina Desnayest, Pfr. A. testd turrito-ovatd, tenuius-

culd, sublevigatd, nitidd, corneo-fused ; spird elongatd, convexd,

apice obtusuld; suturd simplice, subprofundd ; anfractibus 7

convexis, ultimo 2 longitudinis subequante, basi rotundato ;

columella subtortd, late et oblique truncatd; aperturd vix

-obliqud, rhombeo-semiovali ; peristomate simplice, obtuso, mar-

gine dextro subrepando.

Long. 11, diam. 5 mill.

Hab. in insula Ceylon. .

17. Acuatrna CEREA, Pfr. A. testd oblongo-turritd, tenui, sub-

tiliter et regulariter striatd, nitidd, pellucida, pallide cered ;

spird rectilineari, apice obtusd ; suturd mediocri, minuté crenu-

latd ; anfractibus 8 vix convexis, ultimo } longitudinis vir su-

perante, infra medium subangulato ; columella curvatd, abrupte

truncata; aperturd obliqud, oblongd; peristomate simplice,

recto, margine dextro leviter arcuato.

Long. 14, diam. 42 mill.

Hab. Fernando Po (Fraser).

18. Hexicina sustzyieata, Pfr. H. testd conoideo-depressd,

soliduld, sublevigatd, nitiduld, unicolore rubelld vel albidd,

subtus violaceo zonatd; spird breviter conoided, vertice obtusulo ;

anfractibus 5 vix convexiusculis, ultimo latiore, peripherid ob-

soleté angulato; aperturd diagonal, subsemiovali ; columella

brevi, simplice, callum crassiusculum, circumscriptum retrorsum

emittente; peristomate simplice, breviter expanso, margine

basali fere rectilineart, ad columellam subdentato. Operculum

tenue, corneum.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 6} alt. 5 mill.

Hab. in Novis Hebridibus.

Notes on THE DipUNCULUS, A SPECIES OF PIGEON SUPPOSED

TO BE PECULIAR TO THE NaviGaTor’s IsLanps. By Lieut.

THE Hon. F. Watrote, R.N. Communicatep sy J. H.

Gurney, Esa., F.Z.S.

May 25.

Lieut. Walpole always saw this bird (when in its natural state)

either perching on trees or flying about them,—feeding by day and

roosting by night among the branches. He never saw them on the

ground, though he has seen places where they appeared to have been

scratching, either for roots or for other food. ‘The crops of the spe-

cimens which he examined were, however, generally filled with green

berries, which grew in clusters on a species of ash. The number of

imens so examined was considerable, as the birds formed Lieut.

Walpole’s principal food while on these islands. He found the flesh

most excellent, though in colour darker even that of the English

wood-pigeon. The flight of the Didunculus is mostly limited to a

transit from wood to wood, as they rarely attempt to pass from one

island to another,—the distance between the islands varying from ten

to eighty nautical miles.

4.96 Loological Society.

Though their flight appears to be inferior to that of most pigeons,

it is of the same swooping and continuous character.

They retire late to roost, but are not nocturnal.

They are generally seen either in pairs or in small flocks. The

largest flock seen by Lieut. Walpole consisted of nine.

islands, where they nest amongst the rocks.

Lieut. Walpole does not know the colour or number of the eggs,

but states that the young are naked and helpless. .

The male bird is superior to the female in size, colour, and carriage,

but does not attain his full plumage until the second year.

The natives of the Samoon Islands are fond of keeping the Didun-

cult tame as pets, either taking them from the nest, or, when older,

with bird-lime. ;

They attach the bird by a long string fastened round one leg to a

stick about two feet in length, with a fork at the end, which is stuck

generally in the wall inside the hut, but sometimes in the ground

outside.

The natives, when they walk, often carry with them these sticks

with the birds attached, and train the birds to leave the stick occa-

sionally and hover above it till it is again presented for the bird to

perch on,—the line by which it is attached being long enough to ad-

mit of this operation. : ;

July 27, 1852.—G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., in the Chair.

Note on THE INDIAN WEAVER-BIRD (PLocEUs PHILIPPENSIs).

By Lieut. BurGess.

The dimensions of the male are as follows:—Length 6} inches ;

from the carpal joint to the end of the longest quill-feather, 26 inches.

Trides dark brown; beak bluish black ; base of the lower mandible

dull yellow on the underside ; legs, feet and claws pale flesh-coloured

brown.

Length 64 inches; from the carpal joint to the end of the longest

quill-feather, 28 inches. Beak yellowish horn colour ; base of both

mandibles, especially that of the lower, dull brownish orange ; legs,

_ feet and claws as in the male.

These pretty little birds are sociable in their habits, building seve-

ral nests on the same tree. The nests are of beautiful construction,

shaped like a ball, with a long pendent tube. They are generally

formed of a species of strong wiry grass, but in places where the

date-palm grows, they are made with fine fibres, split by these little

architects out of the small spiked side-leaflets of the branches. Both

male and female work, though the male appears to prefer looking on

and squabbling with his neighbours to building. When a blade of

grass or fibre has been brought to the nest, considerable time is re-

quired to work it intv the growing fabric, the builder weaving both

on the outside and inside. The entrance tube is a most beautiful

piece of workmanship, and in many nests is nearly a foot long. When

these birds commence building, they almost invariably fix upon a

Zoological Society. 497

thorny tree, or one growing over a stream or old well. In places

where date trees are growing on the banks of a stream they appear

to prefer them, but I do not recollect having seen nests away from

water. Having selected their situation, they begin by weaving a

stem of grass or fibre of date leaf, attaching to it a ring of the same

materials; on one side of this ring is worked the body of the nest, on

the other the entrance tube. A very slender drooping bough is gene-

rally selected ; the upper portion of the ball of the nest, as it is being

worked, is strengthened with lumps of mud.

In one or two instances I have seen an upper room over the nest,

between it and the bough. This appears to be the abode of the

male. On one occasion, when watching a colony of these birds build-

ing, I observed a nest with an upper story, in which the male was

lazily sitting whilst the female was working at the room below; and

the natives who assisted me in getting some of the nests assured me

that the upper is the male’s abode. The upper room is made by

widening the stem of the nest, and adding a penthouse to it. When

‘ the nest is finished, which takes place about the middle of August

(the heighth of the monsoon), the eggs, six or eight in number and

of a pure white, are laid. During the breeding season the male em-

ploys himself alternately in helping his mate and fighting with all

others of his kind that approach his nest. His song, often repeated,

is simple and very sweet. ,

It is a very curious fact, that out of some fifty nests not more than

one or two have the upper room attached. If this penthouse is put

up 2 keep off the monsoon rains, why should so few males have

them?

The claws of these birds are remarkably long, enabling them to

hang securely to their nests when building them. _ Their food con-

sists of seeds. In the month of April I shot two or three in the

hedge round a stackyard.. They were males, in the same plumage

as the adult female. The adult male loses, I believe, his bright

golden plumage after the breeding season.

Descriptions oF New SHELLS, FROM THE CUMINGIAN

Cottection. By Arruur Apams, F.L.S. ere.

1. Myocuama Stutcusuryt, A. Adams. M. testa inequivalvi,

subequilaterali, rosea; valva dextra affixa, sinistra convex-

-tuscula, apice acuto, antice recurvo, longitudinaliter costata,

transverse oblique plicata ; costis squamulato-nodosis ; latere

antico rotundato, postico oblique truncato.

Hab. Australia.

This species, named in honour of the founder of the genus, differs

from the type M. anomioides in being longitudinally ribbed radiately

from the apex, and in the apex of the umbones being sharp, pro-

‘duced, and flattened.

2. Myocnama Keppeiurana, A. Adams. M. testa inequi-

valvi, equilaterali, carnea; valva dextra affiva, sinistra con-

vexa, apice producto, acuto, inflexo, longitudinaliter radiatim

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist: Ser. 2. Vol. xiii.

498 Zoological Society.

costata; costis nonnullis dichotomis, squamulis rotundatis,

arcuatis, confertis, ornatis ; latere postico oblique ragere ys

antico rotundato.

Hab. Bass’s Straits, deep water.

This species, found by the Hon. Captain Keppell, differs from the

type in the ribs radiating regularly from the apex and not being

nodosely wrinkled, but furnished with regular rounded arcuated

scaly tubercles.

ee) ws i

3. CRassATELLA oBEsA, A. Adams. C. testa equivalvi, inequi-

laterali, crassa, gibbosa, epidermide rufo-fusca sericea obtecta,

transverse valde plicata, plicis prominentibus, ad marginem

ventralem evanidis ; lunula impressa lanceolata ; latere postico

subproducto, angulato, margine truncato; latere antice gibboso,

margine rotundato.

Hab. New Zealand, deep water (Mr. Strange). —

This species Gonieafiiat resembles C. lapidea, Reeve, but it is not

rayed, nor beaked so strongly posteriorly, and the valves are much

more gibbous and very strongly transversely plicate. \

4, CrassateLta Cuminen, A. Adams... C. testa equivalvi,

inequilaterali, subtrigonali, epidermide fusca radiatim striata

obtecta, transverse concentrice valde plicata, plicis crassis, ele-

vatis, ad marginem ventralem evanidis; latere antico rotundato,

postico subrostrato, margine oblique truncato. ..

Hab. Moreton Bay, East Australia, deep water (Mr. Strange).

This large species is near C. pulchra, Reeve, but differs in being

more gibbose, less beaked posteriorly, in the plicee being ktrone,

and in wanting the coloured rays.

5. AsprrGitium Srraneet, A. Adams. A. testa equivalvi, sub-

equilaterali, alba, transversim sulcosa, umbonibus prominulis ;

tubo inferne clauso, disco terminali basi adherente, ad latera

expansiusculo, margine tubulis minimis ornato, postice subca-

rinato, producto, tubulis curtis instructo; superne elongato,

tortuoso, carinis obtusis quatuor longitudinalibus, ornato, mar-

gine simplice recto.

~ Hab. Seas of Australia (Mr. Strange).

Two specimens of this curious form were collected, one elitteched to

a stone, and the other to the valve of a Mytilus. They were found

at Sydney, in shoal water. The fact of the tube beg nothing more

than the valves greatly expanded and modified, is well shown in one

of the specimens.

6. Tricgon1aA Srrance1, A. Adams. T\. festa equivalvi, ine-

quilaterali, subtrigona, fusca, longitudinaliter valde costata ;

costis antice confertis, postice magis distantibus, syuamis nodi-

Sormibus, transversis, imbricatis, confertis, ornatis; interstitiis

transverse crebre striatis ;.latere antico, rotundato, postico

oblique subtruncato.

Hab. Sydney, deep water (Mr, Strange).

This species is larger than 7. margaritacea, and somewhat, re-

Royal Society. 499

sembles in the style of seulpture 7. uniophora, Gray. The form of

the seales on the ribs at once distinguishes it, however; the shape

of the shell, especially the outline of the hind slope, is also very dif-

ferent.

7. Carron 1nscuuprus, A. Adams. (C. testa oblonga, valde

- elevata, valvis terminalibus ceterarumque areis lateralibus ra-

- diatim costatis, costis granatis, granis transversis, subcon-

Sertis, ad marginem obsoletis ; umbonibus carinatis ; valva ter-

minale antice umbonata ; areis centralibus longitudinaliter valde

liratis ; liris obsolete rugoso-granulatis. Coccineus, areis cen-

tralibus lineis nigro-fuscis duabus ornatis ; ligamento luteo-

Susco fuscoque articulato squamulato, squamulis levis, nitidis,

Hab. New Zealand, on dead shells, deep water (Mr. Strange). -

A beautifully sculptured species of a red colour, with two dark

parallel lines down the centre of the valves.

8. Curron muricatus, A. Adams. C. testa oblonga, in medio

_ valde elevata, nigro-fusco alboque variegata, valvis terminalibus

elevatis acutis ornatis; valva terminali in medio umbonata ;

areis centralibus longitudinaliter valde liratis, umbonibus levi-

bus, elevatis, subproductis ; ligamento squamulato ; squamulis

mucronatis, imbricatis, apicibus suberectis.

Hab. Sydney, under stones, low water (Mr. Strange).

‘This species is remarkable for the somewhat triangular imbricate

seales of the ligament ending in sharp pointed mucrones; the liga-

ment is tessellated with pale fuscous and dark brown ; the ribs on the

lateral areas are four, muricated with sharp granules. :

9. Curron veRsicoLor, A. Adams. C. testa oblongo-ovali, ele-

vatiuscula, rufo, albo, fuscoque varie picta; valvis obtusis, in

medio longitudinaliter sulcosis, umbonibus acutis subrostratis,

apicibus defiexis ; valva terminali in medio umbonata ; liga-

mento tenuiter granoso-coriaceo rufo-fusco, maculis albis quin-

que ornato.

Hab. Sydney, under stones, low water (Mr. Strange).

A prettily variegated species, with the scales on the ligament mi-

- nute, imbedded and not imbricate, and the entire upper surface of

the valves delicately shagreened.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

March 2, 1854.—Professor Graham, V.P., in the Chair.

1. **On the Growth of Land Shells.” By E. J. Lowe, Esq.,

P.G.S., F.R.A.S. &c.

Perhaps the following observations on the growth of land shells

may contain sufficient information to prove interesting to the Royal

Society. Before describing them, however, a few introductory re-

marks will be necessary. Every individual experimented upon has

aan

500 Royal Society.

been kept in confinement since the day it was hatched. Each

species has been placed in a separate box (filled with soil to the

depth of three inches), and care has been taken to feed the Mollusca

every other day, the food chiefly consisting of the leaves of the

lettuce and cabbage. In very dry weather the soil has been moistened

with rain-water about once a week; in the box containing Helix

pomatia small lumps of chalk have been mixed with the soil.

The species experimented upon were :—

Helix aspersa Zonites cellarius

— caperata — lucidus

— hispida '— nitidulus

— nemoralis _ — radiatulus

— pomatia Bulimus obscurus

— rotundata Clausilia nigricans

— virgata * Pupa umbilicata

The facts arrived at are,—

lst. The shells of Helicide increase but little for a considerable

period, never arriving at maturity before the animal has once become

dormant.

2nd. Shells do not grow whilst the animal itself remains dor-

mant.

3rd. The growth of shells is very rapid when it does take place.

4th. Most species bury themselves in the ground to increase the

dimensions of their shells.

First Experiment with Helix pomatia.

A specimen of this species having deposited thirteen eggs which

were hatched during the first week of August 1852, six of the

young ones were deposited in a box (having a lace cover) placed

in the shade. The young Helices were regularly fed every other

day until the beginning of December, when they buried themselves

in the soil for winter; up to this period they had gradually increased

in dimensions to the size of Helix hispida. From December until

April the soil was kept dry, the box being placed in the cellar. On

the lst of April they were replaced in the garden, the soil having

previously been copiously watered. On the 3rd of April the young

ones appeared on the surface, being no larger in size than they were

in December, and although regularly fed up to the 20th of June

they scarcely increased, not being perceptibly-larger in size than

they were in December. However, on the 20th of June five of

them disappeared, having buried themselves (with the mouth of the

shell downwards) in the soil; on the 30th of June they reappeared,

having in ten days grown so rapidly as at this time to become equal

in size to Helix pisana. They again buried themselves on the 15th

of July and reappeared on the Ist of August, having again in-

creased in size. From this date they did not apparently become any

larger, and on the 2nd of November food was withheld for the

winter, and at the present time (February 14th) they are in a dor-

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 501

mant state. Probably they will arrive at maturity by July or August

next. The sixth specimen did not bury itself until the 15th of

-August.

Second Experiment with Helix aspersa.

A pair of Heliz aspersa having been procured in the act of copu-

lation on the 19th of May 1852, they were placed in confinement.

Each individual deposited about 70 eggs, which began to hatch on

the 20th of June: these young ones grew but little during the

summer. ‘They buried themselves in the soil on the 10th of October,

coming again to the surface on the 5th of April, not having grown

during the winter. _In May they buried themselves (with their heads

downwards as with Helix pomatia,—in winter they and other species

buried themselves with the head upwards), appearing again in a

week double the size ; this process was carried on at about fortnightly

intervals until July the 18th, when they were almost fully grown.

It is worthy of remark that this species, as well as Helix pomatia

and Helix nemoralis, and probably other of the Helice, form an oper-

culum at the aperture, after which they retire considerably within

the shell, and form a second (much thinner), behind which they

rest during the winter.

It would be swelling this paper too much to describe all the obser-

vations in full; it will perhaps therefore be considered sufficient’ to

remark that the process of growth within the ground takes place

with Helix nemoralis, Helix virgata, Helix caperata, and Heliz hispida.

Helix rotundata burrows into decayed wood to increase the size

of its shell. Zonites radiutulus appears to remain on decaying blades

of grass; whilst Pupa umbilicata, Clausilia nigricans and Bulimus

obscurus bury their heads only to increase their shells. With respect

to Zonites cellarius, Zonites lucidus, and Zonites nitidulus, it was

not satisfactorily ascertained whether their heads were buried du-

ring the process of growth.

Observatory, Beeston, E. J. Lowe.

1854, February 14th.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

April 13, 1854.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair.

Professor Balfour stated that Mr. Croall-of Montrose, in an account

of a trip to Clova, published in Hooker’s Kew Miscellany, had re-

marked—* Polypodium alpestre at the head of the glen grows side

by side with Lastrea dilatata, but I nowhere observed Athyrium

filiz-foemina associated with, or at the same elevation as, Polypodium

alpestre.”’ This statement was not in accordance with what was

observed by Dr. Balfour and his party during their-trip to Clova at

the beginning of August last. They found Athyrium filix-feemina

and Polypodium alpestre growing together both in Glen Fiadh and

in Glen Dole. In many instances, it was necessary to look at the

502 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

fructification in order to avoid picking the one for the other. At the

head of Glen Dole, and above the path called Jock’s Road, both ferns

grew luxuriantly. Polypodium alpestre descends-much lower than

has been supposed. It was found at little more than 50 feet above

the Dole, on the bank below the Astragalus alpinus cliff.

Mr. G. Lawson remarked that a statement similar to that of Mr.

Croall had been made to him last summer, and he was thus led to

pay particular attention to the point when he visited Clova as one of

Professor Balfour’s party. The statement is not correct, the dthy-

rium being a frequent associate of Polypodium alpestre. ‘This cir-

cumstance, together with the variability of both plants (whose re-

spective varieties are in some cases very similar to each other), ren-

dered it often difficult to distinguish the one from the other, without

inspecting the sori.

Mr. G. Lawson exhibited under the microscope preparations of

the colouring-matters of the flower of Strelitzia Regine, and draw-

ings of the same. This plant is interesting as presenting examples

of both the xanthic and cyanic series in the same flower, but still

more remarkable in the microscopical peculiarities of its colouring-

matters, which are referred to by Mohl in the “ Vegetable Cell”

(p. 44). Mr. Lawson stated that in the blue (or purplish-blue) part

of the flower, the colouring-matter entirely consists of spherical gra-

nules of an intense blue or bluish-purple colour, with occasionally

cells containing similar shaped granules of bright crimson. All the

granules of any one cell appear to be constantly of the same colour.

In the yellow part of the flower, the colouring-matter appears in a

very different form. Instead of spherical granules, we have slender

filaments, which are more or less spirally twisted and rolled up in

various ways in the cell, resembling in their twisting the more delicate

spiral fibres in the external cells of the roots of Epiphytal orchids ;

but they are in many cases short, and form small round coils, giving

the outline of globular bodies, which likewise, however, occasionally

occur. While red and blue colouring-matters usually occur in the

vegetable kingdom diffused in the cell-sap, we find them both in

Strelitzia in a globular form. Although deceptive appearances often

presented themselves, Mr. Lawson felt inclined to believe, from the

examination of numerous specimens, that diffused colour did not at all

occur in the flowers of Strelitzia. When the flower has attained its

maturity, the cells are often so completely filled with the oid blue

granules, that they appear as a dense mass of blue, apparently homo-

geneous, matter in the interior of the cell. The flower should there-

fore be examined in the young state, not only before it has expanded,

but long before the spathe has opened to expose it to the action of

the light; even then the colouring of the flower will be found to

have far advanced, but the cells are not then so completely filled with

the blue globular granules as to disguise their character, and are

distinctly seen. The cells containing the yellow filaments are gene-

rally of larger size and more elongated in form than those containing

blue or red globules.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 503

_ The following papers were read :—

_1. “Experiments on the Dyeing properties of the Lichens,” by

W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D., Assistant Physician Royal Crichton

Institution, Dumfries.

The author presented to the Society the tabulated results of between

500 and 600 experiments made two or three years ago, the chief object

of which was to endeavour to call attention to the fact, that we pos-

sess in our own island Lichens capable of furnishing dyes nearly, if

not. quite, equal in beauty to Orchil, Cudbear, and Litrus.

_ 2. “On a species of Potamogeton from Lough Corrib,” by Mr.

_ J.. Kirk, .of Coventry. Mr. Kirk considered the Potamogeton. as

allied to the P. longifolius of ‘English Botany Supplement,’ and

remarked :—

“« My specimens differ from the plate in Eng. Bot. Sup. in having

most of the leaves on long stalks, and in the absence of the apiculus.

The specimen there figured was picked up floating [growing from the

bottom, not loose—Ep. Ann. Nat. Hist.] in Lough Corrib m July

1835, by Mr. J. Ball, ‘ whilst sailing between Ma’am and Cong,’ and

gern. byt fo Mr. Babington, and is the only specimen known to

been found in the British Islands up to September 1853. The

most striking character in my specimen is the singular and prominent

midrib, the central portion of which consists of three longitudinal

veins or ribs running closely parallel with each other, whilst on either.

side are three to six ribs running closely parallel to them, but rather

more distant from each other; the whole connected. by transverse

veins, and in the fresh state often more than one-fourth of an inch

in width, appearing, until closely inspected, a compact solid midrib,

on either side of which are two to five fine veins, the whole con-

nected by numerous secondary veinlets. Some of the submerged

leayes were 18 inches in length, and most beautifully pellucid, in

this respect far surpassing the other British members of the genus.

‘The floating leaves were scarcely coriaceous, linear-lanceolate or lan-

ceolate, and occurred only in small quantities. The original specimen,

in Mr. Babington’s possession, exhibits traces of this peculiar midrib,

which, I think, is almost sufficient to identify it with my specimen.

The differences alluded to in the outset are not more than may be found

between specimens of well-known species gathered in their prime,

and others gathered, as in the present specimens, where decay has

actually commenced—witness P. rufescens and P. zosterefolius. In

the last-named species, the early leaves are invariably apiculate, but

no trace of an apiculus is to be found in those produced during or

after flowering-time. Whether the plant is identical with P. longi-

folius (Gay), is a question I am not prepared to answer, but feel

much disposed to doubt the latter being anything more than a name ;

at any rate no individual with fresh specimens of my Lough Corrib

plant before him could overlook the prominent midrib (although in

the dried state it is not nearly so conspicuous). Mr. Babington, from

inspection of some of my dried specimens, considers it different from

his original specimen on the grounds already stated, and is disposed

to look upon it as perhaps the Potamogeton sparganifolius of Fries.

504 Miscellaneous.

Mr. Borrer, to whom I sent recent fragments as well as dried speci-

mens, considers it identical with the Eng. Bot. Sup. plant.”

3. “On the Flowering of Plants in the Royal Botanic Garden,” by

Mr. M‘Nab.

4, Illustrations of the application of “‘ Nature Printing” to the

copying of Botanical Specimens, by W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.

MISCELLANEOUS.

BELLIA ARENARIA.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

8 Mulgrave Place, Plymouth, May 17, 1854.

GeNTLEMEN,—In the April Number of this Journal for 1851,

p. 318, there is figured and described by me an Amphipod Crus-

tacean under the name of Bella arenaria.

Finding that the same generic name has been applied to one

of the dnomoura, it would be better perhaps, for the convenience

of science, that the same name should not be repeated in one class of

animals.

It is therefore proposed to call this animal for the future “ Suleator

arenarius,” or ‘‘ the Sand-ploughing Screw,” the name being derived

from the furrow which it makes in the wet sand when crawling ; the

only one of the tribe, as far as I am aware, that so progresses.

I am, Sirs, very obediently yours,

C. Spence Bare.

MR. BOWERBANK AND PROF. SEDGWICK.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Queen’s College, Belfast, 22nd May, 1854.

GEeNTLEMEN,—Mr. Bowerbank’s letter, in your last Number, in

reply to Professor Sedgwick’s remarks on a statement printed by

M. Milne-Edwards in the Paleeontographical Society’s volume for

1852, may be briefly answered (and I hope to his satisfaction) by my

statement that I have seen the list he enclosed of the fossils he asked

for, and it only contained the names of the new British Oolitic corals

mentioned in my paper on Mesozoic Radiata in a former volume of

the ‘ Annals,’ and no Paleozoic corals. Prof. Sedgwick’s statements

are therefore strictly correct, and Mr. Bowerbank’s surmises that he

had written for both kinds, as well as any defence of Prof. Milne-

Edwards founded thereon, are clearly negatived. The list is still at

Cambridge. :

I have the honour to remain, Gentlemen,

Your most obliged and obedient servant,

FrepERIcK M‘Coy.

Miscellanevis: 505

On the Habits of the Mungoos (Herpestes griseus).

By Lieut. Pecus.

In this communication the author gives an account of a combat

which he witnessed at Pondicherry, between a Mungoos and a Cobra

(Naia tripudians). The snake was brought in a trap to the Tra-

vellers’ Bungalow, which is enclosed by stone wails, and on being

liberated and seeing the Mungoos it endeavoured to make its escape.

The latter, however, attacked it immediately with much fury, and a

battle ensued, which lasted about five minutes, when the snake was

observed to dart upon its assailant and wound it with its fangs.

The Mungoos on this rolled over and lay for some little time as if

dead, with a black foam at its mouth; it then suddenly started up

and darted off into the bush. In about twenty minutes it returned,

when the mouth was observed to be marked with green from some

herb it had been eating. It appeared quite recovered, and imme-

diately attacked the snake with even more fury than before. This

combat lasted about six minutes, when the Mungoos got the snake

. by the neck, killed it, and severed its head from its body. The snake

was upwards of five feet long.—Proc. Zool. Soc. July 27, 1852.

Viota Lacrea.—[ Edinb. Cat.}

The following may be added to the list of unrecorded localities for

the Viola lactea: Mayals Green, Gower, Glamorganshire.

Mayals, May 24th. Carouine CaTHEeRINeE Lucas.

On some Varieties of Land Shells from the South of France.

By J. Pacer. -

Since my former communication* I have discovered another hairy

Heliz, which in every other respect resembles the H. Carthusiana of

Draparnaud, or the H. Cantiana of English authors. I met with se-

veral specimens of this shell dead, last autumn, on some wet mea-

dows near the Pont du Var, Nice, but did not remark any peculiarity

about them. On observing however the other day a young Heliz

which I had found in some irrigated gardens near the town, and which

I had taken for a young Carthusiana, to be thickly covered with very

short hairs, I examined the adult specimens with more care, and

found on each of the six I possess, portions of the hairs still remain-

ing. I leave others to decide the value of this character in the de-

termination of the species, but I would call the attention of English

conchologists to a careful examination of their specimens of H. Can-

tiana from Cambridgeshire, in which I think it is not impossible

that the same peculiarity may be observed.

Herr Adolph Schmidt inquires, in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Malaco-

zoologie,’ if the H. depilata is not hairy when young. I have always

found it so when young, and generally more or less so when adult

and living, but, like many other Helices, it easily loses both hairs and

epidermis after the death of the animal.

Nice, May 22.

* See p. 454.

506 Meteorological Observations.

SCHAERER’S COLLECTION OF LICHENS.

We are informed by M. Guthnick, Director of the Botanic Garden

at Berne, that the private collection of Lichens belonging to the late

Pastor Schzerer has been sold to M. Edmund Boissier of Geneva.

He states that there still remain for sale the collections which’

served as the basis of Scherer’s ‘Lichenes Helvetici Exsiccati,’

amounting to 650 species or varieties, of each one of which, with a

few exceptions, there are from 10 to 50 specimens. This rich col-

lection has been valued by Mr. Shuttleworth and himself at 1500

French francs, which he considers ‘‘ beaucoup au-dessous de leur

valeur,’’—and from which sum a small abatement would be made to

a purchaser. He is desirous that a number of British botanists

should join together to purchase, and is open to offers.

M. Guthnick also states, that he can supply Scheerer’s ‘ Lich. Helv.

Exsic.,’ thirteen volumes, at 12 French francs per volume.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1854,

Chiswick.—April 1, 2. Very fine. 3. Fine: clear: frosty. 4. Slight. haze:

cloudless: very clear. 5. Very fine. 6. Foggy: very fine. 7—9. Very fine.

10. Foggy: cold haze. 11. Hazy: fine: clear. 12. Cold haze: very dry air:

partially overcast. 13. Dry haze: fine: clear. 14,15. Very fine. 16. Quite

clear : very fine : overcast. 17. Light clouds: fine: clear. 18. Slight haze: fine :

very clear. 19. Slight haze: cloudless. 20. Very fine. 21. Cloudy. 22. Uni-

formly overcast: drizzling rain, 23. Cloudy and cold, with dry air: boisterous :

very clear. 24. Cloudless: masses of white clouds formed in the forenoon: ex-

cessively dry air: very clear: severe and destructive black frost at night. 25. Light

clouds : very dry air: clear. 26. Overcast. 27. Showery. 28. Cloudy and cold:

very clear. 29. Rain: cloudy: clear. 30. Rain: cloudy: overcast.—The frost

on the 24th was more severe than in any April for at least thirty previous years.

47°53

i Mean temperature of the month ............. suboblebyhehaesvabes

Mean temperature of April 1853 .........ccccsseececsccseesensees 45 -44

Mean temperature of April for the last twenty-eight years . 47 *16

Average amount of rain in April .........c00..seeeees vovcettenoess, | L'O4 mech,

Boston.—April 1—7. Fine. 8. Cloudy. 9—14. Fine. 15. Cloudy. 16—20.

Fine. 21. Raina.m. 22. Rain a.m.andr.m. 23—26. Cloudy. 27. Rain a.m.

and p.M., with thunder and lightning. 28. Rain a.m. 29. Cloudy: rain a.m.

30. Cloudy: rain P.M.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—April 1. Rain a.m.: rain, clear p.m. 2. Clear A.m.:

showers P.M. 3. Showers A.M.: rainp.M. 4. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 5.

Showers a.m.: cloudy p.m. 6. Drizzle a.m.: clearp.m. 7. Bright a.m. : cloudy

p.M. 8. Bright a.M.: showersp.M. 9. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 10. Bright a.m.:

showers P.M. 11. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 12. Clear a.m.and p.m. 13.

Fine a.m.: clear p.m. 14. Fine, clear a.m.: clear, aurora p.M. 15. Fog a.m.:

damp p.m. 16. Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m. 17. Clear, fine a.m. and p.m. 18,

19. Clear aA.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 20. Clear, fine a.m.: clear, fine, aurora P.M.

21. Clear, fine a.m.: cloudy p.m. 22. Cloudy a.m.and p.m. 23. Snow-showers

A.M.: Cloudy p.m. 24. Cloudy a.m.: cloudy, solar halo p.m. 25. Bright a.m. :

clear p.m. 26. Damp a.m.: rain P.M. 27. Showers a.m. and p.m. 28. Snow-

showers A.M. and p.m. 29. Clear a.m.: rain p.M. 30. Showers a.M.: showers,

clear P.M.

Mean temperature of April for twenty-seven previous years . 43°43

Mea.i temperature of April 1853 .......ccccceceeeesssveseesecwens 44°49

Mean temperature of this month —.........se0.00s pias cede e aReoe 44 °68

Average quantity of rain in April for thirteen previous years 1°86 inch.

CON ee eS ee ES Ay Pree ee OS Ew Ae eee

of. Lo. | to. |-mss} «m | ems | for | +b gv| gb | zs £g.gz 638.97 $0.62 $62.62 gz 62 ‘of

£0. ee Co ee a [GL | 6f | och) ce | £8 vL.6¢ 96.62 $$.62 obg,62 £16.62 "gz

gf. 20, fr. |-mum| ‘ma | cma] rb] vb] gS] of | oS $6,6¢ 94.6% £5.6z 209,62 700,08 ‘Le®@

reserssselevserererleneeeeetel ou | og | ogg | ob | 6b | oS] SE | 9S 639.62 £2.08 90.0£ zot.of£ 16£,08 "gt

aeceiaet sereel ay ‘u a | gbb gb | 6,68) 6 1 zv,0£ gt.o€ or,of VLE,0£ Lzv.of Sz

sesssteeslerseeneesleseersrrel ow | equa] cou | gob | EP fv] gr | 1S 6£,08 6£.08 00,08 66z,0f g1t.of $z

Go. |ecestooeel oe | soa | on LE | ge ve] xf LY LE.0f 12.08 $9.62 b9¢.6z I1r,0f fz

1. | go. uw | on | -u gi | acy | Sb] 6£ | 6b £0,08 98.6% $1.62 1bt,6¢ 6£9,6z 2%

trtereeseroereeeel TO, | eguu| coua| s | gb | 6b 1$| rb | o£ 9L,6z. £9.62 07.62 L9£.6z ggr,6z ‘Iz

SAPPe Ese ee skape ees se eeweeee wi[vo "9 9 gb €S $s iS CL 79.6% 68.62 Lv.6¢ 99$.6z oS L,6z "Oot »))

teeennnee avatseneeleoeeseves! og | og | vag | bh | Le] 2S] bp | LZ 00,0 Lo.0f £9.62 898.62 96,62 “61

Bad g SPE seecseces! ong 9 9 SY oS LY 1v Lo “1,08 gt.of Lg.6z ¥z0.0£ of1,of "gr

steessseslersenesteleseeeeeeel ggg | gua | a cy | 41S gh} zt 6S 17,0f 2.08 6,62 90z.0f PEz,08 br |

Aneee ewes weemwerer! TO, "tl “Ul ‘ou gt 6% gt gz Lg L1,0£ 60,08 01.6% 066,62 Lzo,0f Sr

Pree TERT Ti "980 "9 9 gcv o$ gr 9% 19 tE.of ov.of£ Lo.of o$z,0£ grt.of s 10

Wess iseslergcesemol reg) 1 coe] ott: |. 8 zy | gsb | Lb| th | 09 ob.o£ gb.of $o.0f oz£,of gSf.0f “a

So: jrr*soorseierrrenees! sogg. gas | ‘om | gt | Le] ov) LE | Hg gb.of of,of £g.6¢ orrof 107,08 “It

teeeeseesleenarecesleosseusrel oy | eg "9 ov | Seb | Lb] of | 4S 61,08 11,0£ gg.6z ofr,of£ $172.08 ‘Or

10, [rrrerrees}eererererlemsm | amu} on | for | Lb] 6b! rE | So £1.08 00,08 LL.6% Sz1,0£ bgr.of | +6

So, Preeeeetes eee —™M *MS *g) gt gb oS 6z 69 2.6% 98.6% $9.6z gSo,o£ 627,08 ‘8

ZO, |teereseseleseeereen! smog | ema | om | $Sb | bh | zS| €& | 69 60,08 1r,0f 36.6% brEof | c6E0f | <4

go, feretreeselessereeeb mum] om | om | zh] gh | Lbl gz | Lo 36.6% gl.6z 66.62 gof.of 1>b,0f ‘9

ee $0 00s osine|tocegerent ong Ay “’ "MS Sad Bad gb Lt So br.0f 96.62 $6.62 tht,of rZ£,0£ $ C /

Ho, |eeertssesfeceeereesl om [oon | oon | sh | Geb] Sob] oz | gS | St.0f £z,0£ 60,08 | LSbof | g6hof | -s |

Ck Peereenitoere| Sa) ose |e Ses |: OW) OF: Ze.) 29 £1.08 71,08 $0.08 o$z,of bot.of "t

g ; 7, E ; -2 vad ary $6 ef copy | sxuyg | curd fg murs $6 & ron bat a veld

: » x

, , Be |

st 4 B3: [PR] RUS | EP | xomgg | sxemupuus ‘ous . “OHNE “UOT

er mig Sacubcdaney prone jo siuq

“‘XENMUQ ‘asunpy yornpung yw “UOYSNOTD “CE ‘Ady ay? Ag pun NOLsOg 7” [TVA “AW hq

£WOpUo'T sau “MOIMSIHG 7” hzawog pounynoysozy ay} fo uapsvg) OY} yo wosdmoyy, “TI Aq apnue suorzvasesqo norbop0.1L00,0 py :

<u 9 tale maleate al Baie nities «| Suphel! WE

508

INDEX to VOL. XIII.

ACHATINA, new species of, 147,

150, 494. -

Achatinella, new species of, 150.

Acontias, new species of, 26.

Acrosalenia, new species of, 168.

Adams, A., on new species of Rissoina,

65 ; on new species of Murex, Ris-

soina, Planaxis and Eulima, 152;

on some new shells, 497.

Aipyornis, on some casts of the eggs

and certain bones of the, 229.

Agaricus, new species of, 396.

Allan, J., and Macdonald’s, G., Bota-

nist’s Word-Book, reviewed, 57.

Anacharis Alsinastrum, on the occur-

rence of, 340.

Ancillaria, new species of, 155.

Anderson, Dr., on the state of the

herbarium of the Botanical Society

of Edinburgh, 235.

Anomalurus, new species of, 338.

Antennaria, new species of, 468.

Anthobothrium, new species of, 237.

Ants, new species of, 45, 75, 100.

Aphis, on the appearance of myriads

of a species of, 427.

Apodide, monograph of the, 221.

Apteryx, on the eggs and young of

the, 229.

Apus, new species of, 224.

Arachnida, on the circulatory system

in the, 182. ;

Araneidea, new species of, 173.

Astonia on the British species of,

436.

Aspergillum, new species of, 498.

Aspidorhynchus, new species of, 434.

Asteracanthus, new species of, 433.

Asteride, on the ambulacraof the, 112.

Atractium, new species of, 461.

Atta, new species of, 47.

Aulacographa, on the British species

of, 389.

Aylographum, new species of, 468.

Baird, Dr. W., on the Apodide, on

a new species of Apus, and on two

species of Ostracoda belonging to

the genus Cypris, 221.

Balfour, Dr., on the pollen of Zamia

horrida, 342.

Bate, C. S., on Bellia arenaria, 504.

Bats, on some species of English, 426.

Bellia arenaria, note on, 504.

Beneden, Prof. Van, on the develop-

ment of intestinal worms, 157 ; on

pe aes glacialis and its parasites,

36.

Benson, W. H., on a new European

Pupa, and on a new Australian Bu-

limus, 97.

Bergh’s, R., Symbole ad Monogra-

phiam Marseniadarum, reviewed,

218.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on Desmarestia

pinnatinervia, 77; on a new species

of Closterium, 256; on British

Fungi, 396, 458.

Birds, on the habits of, 74, 496.

Blackwall, J., on some newly disco-

vered species of Araneidea, 173.

Bloxamia, characters of the new ge-

nus, 468.

Boltalia sublevis, description of, 28.

Books, new :—Wallace’s Palm Trees

of the Amazon and their Uses, 56;

Macdonald and Allan’s Botanist’s

Word-Book, 57 ; Wallace’s Narra-

tive of Travels on the Amazon and

Rio Negro, ib.; Bergh’s Symbol

ad Monographiam Marseniadarum,

218; Unger’s Botanical Letters to

a Friend, 324; Selys-Longchamps’

Synopsis des Caloptérygines, 320.

Botanical Society of Edmburgh, pro-

ceedings of the, 68, 233, 340, 501,

Botrytis, new species of, 462... _

Bowerbank, J.S., on Prof. Sedgwick’s

‘Reply to some statements reflect-

INDEX. 509

ing on the University of Cambridge,’

384, 504

Brachypternus, new species of, 449.

comet C. E., on British Fungi, 396,

Brown, Rey. T., on the muscology of

the east coast of Fife, 342.

Bryum warneum, on the occurrence

Bucconide, synopsis of the, 353, 474.

Buckton, G. B., on some species of

English bats, 426.

0° new species of, 97, 143, 149,

Burgess, Lieut., on the Indian weaver-

bird, 496.

Burnett, Dr.,on a new muscle-element

in the thoracic muscles of insects,

Butalis, new species of, 127.

a giraffa, anatomy of,

Cellulose, on an animal substance ana-

logous to, 158.

i on the species of,

482. -

Chiodecton graphidioides, description

of, 395.

cee. on the British species of,

Chiton, new species of, 499.

Cidaris, new species of, 161.

Clarke, J., on the parasitic habits of

Rhinanthus Crista-galli, and its in-

jurious effects on the growth of

barley, 422.

Closterium, new species of, 256.

Cobbold, Dr. T. S., on the anatomy

of the giraffe, 484.

Conchifera, revision of the arrange-

ment of the families of, 408.

Coniferz, on the anatomical structure

of, 342.

ee on the British species of,

443.

Crassatella, new species of, 498.

Crustacea, on the aquatic respiration

of, 295.

Cuculus, new species of, 452.

Cyeas revoluta, on the inflorescence

of, 421.

Cymbiola, note on the genus, 346.

Cyphella, new species of, 405.

Cypris, new species of, 227. =

Cystosoma Saundersii, note on, 336.

Dapatnaya, new species of, 28.

Dareste, C., on the coloration of the

waters of the Chinese sea, 430.

Deakin, Dr. R., on new species of

Verrucaria and Sagedia, 32.

Desmarestia Dresnayi, occurrence of,

77, 234, 292.

Diadema, new species of, 170.

Diatomacez, new species of, 233.

Dickie, Dr. G., on the occurrence of

Anacharis Alsinastrum in Ireland,

340.

Didunculus, notes on the, 495.

Dragon-flies, on a migration of, 239.

Drassus, new species of, 175.

Earthworms, on the reproduction of

lost parts in, 423.

Echinodermata, new species of, 161,

312, 376.

Echinoderms, on the structure of the,

1 HQ 241:

Echiodon Drummondii, on the oecur-

rence of, 336. .

Eciton, new species of, 53.

Egerton, Sir P. G., on some new ge-

nera and species of fossil fishes, 433.

Ephemera, new species of, 77.

Epitea, new species of, 461.

Eugystoma, new species of, 30.

Eulima, new species of, 152.

Eumeces, new species of, 407.

Fairbairn, P., on the Nightshade

‘family, 341.

Falcons, note on the Greenland and

Iceland, 110.

Fishes, fossil, on some new genera

and species of, 433.

Forbes, Prof. E., on Spadix purpurea,

SF.

Formica, new species of, 103.

Fraser, L., on a new species of Ano-

malurus, 338.

Fungi, notices of British, 396, 458.

Geotria, description of the new genus,

Giraffe, on the anatomy of the, 484.

Gomphidius, new species of, 402.

Gosse, P. H., on the growth of sea-

weeds, 488.

Gould, J., on the genus Thalurania,

228

Graphidez, monograph of British, 81,

202, 264, 387, 4

Gratiolet, P., on the anatomy of Tere-

bratula australis, 72.

Gray, Dr. J. E.,on a MS. of Laurence

Theodore Gronoy, and on a collec-

510

tion of dry fish which it describes,

41; on a new form of Lamprey,

58; on the teeth of Peronia and

Otina, 73; on a new genus and

species of Seal, 200; on the genus

Latia, 237; on the figured pearls

of the Chinese, 238; on the genera

Volutella and Cymbiola, 346; a

revision of the arrangement of the

families of bivalve shells, 408; on

the reproduction of a lost part of

an operculum, and of its probable

restoration when entirely destroyed,

419; on Runcina Hancocki, 430.

Gregory, Prof., on Diatomacez found

in the Mull deposit, 69, 233.

Greville, Dr. R. K., on the discovery

of Desmarestia Dresnayi on the

coast of Ireland, 292.

Gronov, L. T., account of a MS. of,

41.

Gymnodactylus, new species of, 29.

ancock, J., on the Greenland and

Iceland falcons, 110.

Harpegnathos, characters of the new

genus, 100.

Helicina, new species of, 495.

Heliophoca, characters of the new

genus, 201.

Helix, new species of, 140, 141, 148,

151, 349, 454, 491; on the growth

of some species of, 500.

Helminthosporium, new species of,

461.

Hemicidaris, new species of, 165.

Hemidactylus, new species of, 29.

Herpestes griseus, on the habits of,

505.

Hetzrornis, new species of, 217.

Histionotus, new species of, 434.

Hodgsonia, characters of the new

genus, 424.

Hogg, J.,on the appearance of myriads

of a species of Aphis in the north

of England, 427. .

Holothuriade; on the oral skeleton

of the, 117.

Hooker, Dr. J. D., on the genus

Hodgsonia, 424.

Hunter, J., on a vegetable substance

formed in a water-pipe, 70.

Hydrobia, new species of, 454.

Hygrophorus, new species of, 402.

Hymenodecton, on the British species

of, 387.

Hymenula, new species of, 407.

INDEX.

Imhoff, Dr. L., on a species of African

ant, 75; on Oligoneuria rhenana, 77.

Insects, on a new muscle-element in

the thoracic muscles of, 76; on the

Invertebrata, on the structure of the

organs of breathing in the, 131,

180, 294. 31

Jerdon, T. C., on the species of ‘Ants

fourid in Southern India, 45, 100."

Kelaart, Dr. E. F., on the reptiles of

Ceylon, 25, 137, 407.

Kingsley, Dr. G. H., on Notamia

. a 347.

irk, J., ona species of Potamogeton

from Lough Corrib, 503... att

Lafresnaye, M. de, on the bird of

paradise, 157.

Lagena, new species of, 156.

Lamprey, on a new form of, 58.

Latia, note on the genus, 237,

Lawson, G., on a botanical trip'to the

Tents Muir, in the north of Fife,

340; on the anatomical structure

of Coniferee and other gymnogens,

342; on the colourmg matters of

the flower of Strelitzia Regine, 502.

Layard, E. L., on the ornithology of

Ceylon, 123, 212, 257, 446.

—e on the British species of,

Legnonotus, new species of, 435,

Leighton, Rev. W. A., on the British

Graphidex, 81, 202, 264, 387, 436.

Lepidurus, new species of, 226. °

Leptocephalus Morrisii, on the oceur-

rence of, 238.

Lichens, new British species of, 32;

276, 387, 436 ; Scheerer’s collectio

of, 506.

Limnodytes, new species of, 30.

— Society, proceedings of the,

Linyphia, new species of, 177.

Lowe, E. J., on a new method of

propagating plants, 219; on the

growth of land shells, 499.

Lucas, C. C., on a new locality for

Viola laetea, 505.

Macdonald, G., and Allan’s, J., Bota-

nist’s Word-Book, reviewed, 57.

Macrozamia spiralis, on the inflores-

cence of, 422.

Malacoptila, on the species of, 474.

Mammalia, on the structure and ho-

mologies of the teeth of, 328,

INDEX. 511

Mammoth. Cave, Kentucky] on the

\ blind animals which inhabit the, 71.

Marasmius, new species of, 403.

Martens, M., on the colours of plants,

350. <§ 3

Meteorological observations, 79, 159,

1239, 351, 431, 506.

Milne-Edwards’s, Prof., reply to an

- article by Professor Sedgwick, 469.

Mitra, new species of, 155.

Monasa, on the species of, 480.

Monotospora, new species of, 462.

Moore, T.,on Ophioglossum lusitani-

344

cum, 344.

Morren;-C., on a migration of dragon-

flies, 239.

Miiller, Prof. J., on the structure of

the Echinoderms, 1, 112, 241.

Mungoos, on the habits of the, 505.

Murex, new species of, 152.

Myochama, new species of, 497.

Myriapoda, on the circulatory system

m the, 182. nar.

Myrmica, new species of, 54.

Nassa, new species of, 156.

Nectria, new species of, 467.

Neriéne, new species of, 179.

Nessia, new species of, 25.

Newport, G., on certain statements

contained in Dr. T. Williams’s

on the respiratory organs of

the Articulata, 346; on the repro-

duction of lost parts in earthworms,

423

Notamia bursaria, observations on,

347.

Nucleolites, new species of, 319.

Odontomachus, new species of, 100.

(Ecodoma, new species of, 49.

Oidium, new species of, 463.

Oligoneuria rhenana, note on, 77.

Opegraphas on the British species of,

87, 202.

Ophioderma, new species of, 376.

Ophioglossum lusitanicum, occurrence

of, 344.

Ophiuride, on the oral skeleton of

the, 117. esi

Ornithology of Ceylon, notes on the,

123, 212, 257, 446.

Otina, on the teeth of, 74.

Owen, Prof., on the eggs and young

of the Apteryx, and on the easts of

the eggs and certain bones of Zpy-

ornis, 229; on the structure and

homologies of teeth, 327.

Oxygnathus, new species of, 435.

Paget, J., on a new Helix from

Montpellier, and a new Hydrobia

from Nice, with observations on

some varieties of the extra-marine

shells of those districts, 454, 505.

Paradisea apoda, note on, 157.

Partula, new species of, 150, 494.

- Patellaria, new species of, 465.

Peach, W., on the occurrence of

Leptocephalus Morrisii, 238.

Pearls, figured, of the Chinese, 238.

Pedina, new species of, 312.

Pegus, Lieut., on the habits of the

Mungoos, 505.

Pentacrinus, new species of, 380.

Peronia, on the teeth of, 74.

Petromyzonide, synopsis of the fa-

mily, 59.

Peziza, new species of, 463.

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on new species of

shells, 140, 491.

Pheenicothraupis, new species of, 24. _

Pholidophorus, new species of, 434,

435

Planaxis, new species of, 152.

Plants, habitats for rare British, 69,

340, 505; new method of propaga-

ting, 219; on the colours of, 350.

Platygramma, on the British species

of, 393.

Ploceus Philippensis, note on, 496.

Polyeyphus, new species of, 318.

Polypedates, new species of, 407.

Polyporus, new species of, 404.

Ponera, new species of, 101.

emerod: note on a species of,

503.

Ptycholepis, new species of, 435.

Puccinia, new species of, 461.

Pupa, new species of, 97.

Pycnodus, new species of, 436.

Rana, new species of, 30.

Reeve, L., on a new species of Helix,

349.

Reptilesof Ceylon, on the, 25,137,407.

Rhamnez, on the supposed anthe-

ridia of the, 342.

Rhinanthus Crista-galli, on the para-

sitie habits of, 422.

Rhimophis, new species of, 26.

Rhinotrichum, new species of, 462.

Rissoa, new species of, 68.

Rissoina, new species of, 65, 152.

Royal Institution of Great Britain,

proceedings of the, 327.

512

Royal Society, proceedings of the,

219, 499.

Royal Society of Edinburgh, proceed-

ings of the, 71.

Runcina Hancocki, note on, 430.

Sagedia, new species of, 39.

Salticus, new species of, 173.

Sanderson, Dr., on the supposed an- .

theridia of the Rhamnee, 342.

Sarsaparillas, remarks on, 427.

Sawers, W., on the occurrence of

Desmarestia Dresnayi, 234.

Sclater, P. L., on a new species of

Tanager, 24; on the Bueconide,

353, 474.

Scott, A. W., on Cystosoma Saun-

dersii, 336.

Scymnus glacialis and its parasites,

notes on, 236.

Seal, new genus and species of, 200.

Sea-weeds, on the growth of, 488.

Sedgwick’s, Rev. Prof., reply to some

statements reflecting on the Univer-

sity of Cambridge, 280.

Seemann, Dr. B., remarks on the

Sarsaparillas, 427.

Selys-Longchamps’, E. de, Synopsis

des Caloptérygines, reviewed, 325.

Septoria, new species of, 459.

Shells, new, 65, 97, 140, 152, 349,

454, 491, 497; revision of the ar-

rangement of the families of bivalve,

408 ; on the growth of land, 499.

Solanaceze, notes on the, 341.

Spadix purpurea, note on, 31,

Spheeria, new species of, 466.

Spiloma, on the British species of 445.

Strelitzia Regine, on the colouring

matters of the flower of, 502.

Streptaxis, new species of, 140.

Suleator arenarius, note on, 504.

Tanager, new species of, 24.

Tate, G. R., localities for rare plants

in the neighbourhood of Edin-

burgh, 340.

Tchihatcheff, P. de, on the vegetation

of Mount Argeeusin Cappadocia,

344.

Teeth, on the structure and homo-

logies of, 327.

INDEX.

Terebratula australis, on the anatomy

of, 72.

Tetrarhynchus, new species of, 236.

Thalurania, new species of, 229.

Thomson, Dr. T., on the genus

Hodgsonia, 424. ;

Tremella, new species of, 406.

Trigonia, new species of, 498.

Tytler, Capt. R. C., on the fauna of

Barrackpoore, 365.

Unger’s, Dr. F., Botanical Letters to

a Friend, reviewed, 324.

Uropeltis, new species of, 27.

Vegetable substance formed in a

'_ water-pipe, account of a, 70.

Verrucaria, new species of, 32.

= lactea, on a new locality for,

Virchow, M., on an animal substance

analogous to cellulose, 158.

Volutella, note on the genus, 346.

Wallace’s, A. R., Palm Trees of the

Amazon and their Uses, reviewed,

56; Narrative of Travels on the

“<9 and Rio Negro, reviewed,

Walpole, Lieut. the Hon. F., on the

Didunculus, 495.

perth note on the Indian,

Williams, Dr. T., on the mechanism

of aquatic respiration and on the

structure of the organs of breathing

in invertebrate animals, 131, 180,

294,

Wilson, J., on the blind animals which

inhabit the Mammoth Cave, Ken-

tucky, 71.

Worms, intestinal, on the develop-

ment of, 157.

Wright, Dr. T., on the paleontology

of Gloucestershire, 161, 312, 376.

Yates, J., on the inflorescence of Cy-

cas revoluta and Macrozamia spi-

ralis, 42].

Zamia horrida, on the pollen of, 342.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,

58, 221, 336, 91.

Zoothera, new species of, 212.

END OF THE THIRTEENTIT VOLUME.